Low Voltage LV10-1 Complete English 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Low-Voltage Power Distribution

and Electrical Installation
Technology
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices
Catalog LV 10.1 • 2011
Answers for infrastructure.

© Siemens AG 2010
Related catalogs Contents
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Electrical Installation Technology
Protection, Switching, Measuring and LV 10.1 ·
Air circuit breakers Molded case circuit breakers Miniature ·
Monitoring Devices ·
circuit breakers Residual current protective devices Fuse
·
systems Overvoltage protection devices Switch · ·
Order No.:
E86060-K8250-A101-A1-7600 · ·
disconnectors Switching devices Transformers, Bells and
· · ··
Socket Outlets Busbar Systems Measuring devices and
E-counters Monitoring devices Software
Switchboards and Distribution Systems LV 10.2 Switchboards · SIVACON 8PS busbar trunking systems ·
Order No.: SIVACON 8MC, 8MF Cubicle Systems · SIVACON 8MR, 8ME
E86060-K8260-A101-A1-7600 Cubicle Air-Conditioning · Distribution Boards · Terminal
blocks
GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1

Order No.: · ·
Display and control units Output devices Input devices
·
Combination devices Lighting Sun protection, anti-glare
· ·
E86060-K8230-A101-B5-7600 ·
protection, utilization of daylight Heating, cooling, ventilation,
· · · ··
air-conditioning Load management Safety Quick-assem-
bly systems Gateways, interface converters Physical
·
sensors Control and automation devices System products · ·
· ·
System accessories Counters Radio system - GAMMA wave
·
KNX-Radio Radio system - EnOcean
DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1 · · ·

i-system DELTA line DELTA vita DELTA miro DELTA profil ·
Order No.: · ·· ·
DELTA style DELTA natur m-system Surface-mounting ·
PDF only: (E86060-K8240-A101-B4-7600) product range Switching/pushbutton control/dimming ·
· ·
Motion detectors Shutter/blind controls Room temperature
· ·
controllers Data and communication systems Remote ·
·
control systems Smoke detectors GAMMA bus coupling
units
SIVACON S4 LV 56 ·
Power distribution boards Standard configurations Cubi- ·
Power Distribution Boards cles, supporting structure and enclosures Busbar system· ·
Order No.:
· ·
Assembly kits for switching devices Covers, modular doors,
mounting plates, 19" rack Internal separation Air-condition- ·
E80003-A10-R112-X-7600
·
ing products Accessories
SIVACON 8PS
Busbar Trunking Systems
LV 70 Busbar Trunking Systems, Overview CD-L System
·
(25 A ... 40 A) BD 01 System (40 A ... 160 A)
· ·
CD-L, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A BD2 System (160 A ... 1250 A)
Order No.:
E86060-K1870-A101-A5-7600
Interactive Catalog CA 01 All products of automation technology, drive technology,

Order No.: low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
E86060-D4001-A510-C9-7600 technology, including those in the catalogs listed above
Industry Mall All products of automation technology, drive technology,

Internet: low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
www.siemens.com/industrymall technology, including those in the catalogs listed above
Catalog PDF All catalogs for low-voltage power distribution and electrical
Internet: installation technology can be downloaded as PDF files.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial
Trademarks Technical Support

All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert advice on technical
product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. questions with a wide range
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their of demand-optimized ser-
own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark vices for all our products and
owners. systems.
Further information about low-voltage power distribution and www.siemens.com/
electrical installation is available on the Internet at: lowvoltage/technical-support
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Air Circuit Breakers
1
Low-Voltage Power Distribution Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2
and Electrical Installation
Technology Miniature Circuit Breakers
3
Protection, Switching, Measuring
and Monitoring Devices Residual Current Protective Devices
4
Catalog LV 10.1 · 2011
Fuse Systems
5

The products and
systems listed in this
Overvoltage Protection Devices
6
catalog are developed
and manufactured in
accordance with a
VDE-certified quality
Switch Disconnectors
7
management system
complying with
EN ISO 9001:2000.
Switching Devices
8
Transformers, Bells and Socket Outlets
9
Busbar Systems
10
Supersedes:
Catalog ET B1 · April 2010
Catalog News ET B1 N · March 2010
Measuring Devices and E-counters
11
Catalog LV 1 · 2010
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

this catalog
Monitoring Devices
12
www.siemens.com/industrymall
The products in this catalog can also be found

in the interactive catalog CA 01.
Software
13
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A510-C9-7600 Power Distribution Boards
14
Contact your local Siemens sales office
for further information
© Siemens AG 2010
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
15
SIVACON 8MC, 8MF Cubicle Systems

16
SIVACON 8MR, 8ME Cubicle
Air-Conditioning 17
Distribution Boards
18
Terminal Blocks
19
Appendix
20
© Siemens AG 2010
Innovation is the key to success Energy-efficiency and environmental Customer focus as USP
protection is our business principle
We continue to invest heavily in the re- And this business principle applies cross- This is not just a soundbite, we make ev-
search and development of new technolo- company and to each and every em- ery effort to ensure close customer rela-
gies. We have our own experimental and ployee: We are committed to environmen- tions. We have in-depth knowledge of
test laboratories where we carry out in- tal protection and the careful use of re- their business and involve them in the de-
tensive basic research on the climate in sources. Since 1994, we have been velopment of our innovations. Our skills
buildings and on fire, gas and explosion involved in more than 1300 energy effi- make us an expert provider of industry-
protection. This gives us the experience ciency projects, which have jointly con- specific solutions and services, a preferred
and the opportunity to create solutions tributed to the saving of around 1.5 billion partner during the life cycle of a building -
that continuously flow into our new prod- euro in energy costs and reduced the an- and allow us to enjoy mutual growth with
ucts and systems. At special test premises, nual CO2 burden on the environment by our customers.
such as airport buildings and hospital approx. 700 000 t. So, as you can see, in-
premises, we test the interoperability of telligent solutions in technical infrastruc-
the individual systems. This empirical data tures benefit not only the owners and op-
is incorporated into industry-specific solu- erators of buildings, but also those who
tions that continually set new standards have nothing to do with them.
and underscore our claim to technological
leadership.
2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Answers for infrastructure
Siemens Industry meets the great challenges of our time
head on. With solutions for technical infrastructure in
industrial and non-residential buildings, residential
buildings and public facilities, Siemens ensures enhanced
comfort and energy efficiency in buildings, as well as the
protection and safety of persons, property and business
processes. As a longstanding and professional partner with
all-round expertise in the industry sector, we offer tailored
solutions that generate sustainable added value for our
customers.
Gain a competitive edge -

with integrated building solutions
Total Building Solutions means more in- • Low-voltage power distribution • Fire protection
novation from a single source for en- Switchboards, busbar trunking Fire alarms, alerting, evacuation, ex-
hanced functionality under one roof. systems, distribution boards, tinction and complete fire protection
When it comes to delivering turnkey build- circuit breakers, switch disconnectors, solutions
ings equipped with cutting edge power low-voltage circuit protection, building
distribution, building automation and management systems, switches and Take a closer look at all the options avail-
safety and fire-protection equipment from socket outlets able from Siemens. Check out the oppor-
a single source, Siemens is in a league of • Building automation tunities our products provide and discover
its own. And just to show that we are Heating, ventilation and air-condition- how we can help you sustainably enhance
more than just the sum of our parts, our ing controls, overall energy solutions your competitive edge.
portfolio includes: offering guaranteed savings
• Safety solutions
Access control, video monitoring, bur-
glar protection, alarm control centers,
operation of alarm control centers
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3

© Siemens AG 2010
The right product for every need
Our portfolio comprises switchboards,

busbar trunking systems, distribution
boards, measuring devices, circuit
breakers and switch disconnectors, circuit
protection devices, building management
systems, switches and socket outlets. The
consistency, modularity and intelligence
of our components and systems offer you
numerous advantages – throughout their
service life and wherever you are in the
world. We deliver trendsetting designs
and innovative functions in unique qual-
ity, developed in accordance with the
applicable international standards.
4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Consistent, safe and intelligent

power distribution
Whether in industrial plants or in buildings: Every technical
system depends on a reliable supply of electric power. Even a
short power failure may have serious consequences. For this
reason, you need products and systems which cope with every
eventuality and always keep you on the safe side. Our portfolio is
the broadest world-wide, covering everything from switchboards
to socket outlets.
We will be glad to provide you with extensive support from the
initial information to the operation. Convince yourself of the
possibilities we offer you.
Making efficient use of energy Excellent support Top quality standards world-wide
The consistent concept behind the As a competent and reliable partner we Opting for us puts you on the safe side:
communication-capable components of offer you comprehensive support – from Whether it is our workmanship, the
our low-voltage power distribution range initial information, planning, configura- materials we use or the operability and
forms a sound basis for the measurement, tion and ordering through to commission- functionality of our products –
indication, evaluation and optimization of ing, operation and technical support. We we guarantee top standards of quality
power flows, thus enabling professional know the requirements to be met in your world-wide.
energy management for more cost-effec- area of work and day-to-day business. On
tiveness. At the same time our intelligent this basis we provide you with the type of
building management systems, e.g. for flexible and efficient help that allows you
lighting and heating, help to remarkably to concentrate fully on your customers
reduce power consumption. and their needs.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5

© Siemens AG 2010
New developments
5SL miniature circuit breakers → page 3/6 Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts with TEST button for miniature
circuit breakers → page 3/31
Busbar system according to UL 508 → page 3/45 Auxiliary switches for miniature circuit breakers according to UL 489
→ page 3/52
Selective main miniature circuit breaker, SHU → page 3/56 SIQUENCE residual current protective devices, Type B+ → page 4/9
6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Compact fuse holders for motor starter combinations → page 5/24 Photovoltaic fuses → page 5/64
3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses - fuse monitoring, EFM10 and EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitors
DC version → page 7/64 → page 7/65
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors → page 7/89 Light indicators with LEDs → page 8/14
DC isolators → page 8/20 SENTRON PAC 1500 E-counters → page11/6
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7

© Siemens AG 2010
Expansion modules for E-counters → page11/13 LAN couplers → page 11/21
SENTRON PAC 4200 → page 11/28 SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules → page 11/31
SENTRON ATC5300 → page 12/8 Residual current monitoring, RCM → page12/10
ALPHA SELECT V6.1project management software → page 13/7 SENTRON Powermanager → page13/16
8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Our added extra
Build on a sound basis Low-voltage power distribution on the Web
With our basic and advanced courses, you can lay the founda- Visit us on the Internet. You will find comprehensive informa-
tions for your business success. Expert lecturers provide you tion on our products – SIVACON switchboards, busbar trunk-
with the necessary theoretical and practical knowledge in our ing systems, ALPHA distribution boards, SENTRON circuit
modern training center in Regensburg. Dynamic and easy-to- breakers and switch disconnectors, BETA low-voltage circuit
understand training with multimedia teaching equipment and protection, GAMMA building management systems and
many practical examples. Available in German and English. If DELTA switches and socket outlets – at:
required, we also provide training in-house or in one of our lo- www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
cal Siemens branches.
The range of courses extends through low-voltage power distri-

bution to electrical installation technology. You will get to know
our entire portfolio of products and their application. Step-by-
step we will familiarize you with the entire spectrum of modern
installation options, thus opening up a whole new world of
business opportunities.
And by the way: in 1991, the training center in Regensburg

became the first certified training center in the world to offer
KNX courses, and it is the only manufacturer training center to
teach the entire range of KNX-certified courses in both Ger-
man and English.
For details of our current range of courses, please visit our

website at:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training
Comprehensive support
We can help you with all your requirements: contact us if you

have any queries regarding our products, the planning of your
electrical installation or how to obtain technical documenta-
tion.
Just give us a call:

• Tel.: +49 (911) 895 7222
• Fax: +49 (911) 895 7223
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support
Tender specification texts
For your support, we offer you a comprehensive range of

specification texts:
www.siemens.com/specifications
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 9

© Siemens AG 2010
Much more Selecting

Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
than a catalog. Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be dis-
The Industry Mall. played with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.
You have a catalog in your hands that will serve Ordering

you well for selecting and ordering your products. You can load the products that you have selected in this way into the
But have you heard of the electronic online cata- shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own tem-
log (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? Take a plates and you will be informed about the availability of the products
look around it sometime: in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists directly
into Excel or Word.
Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confir-
mation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier", you
will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you can
easily track the delivery status.
Added value due to additional information

So you have found your product and want more information about it?
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base,
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documen-
tation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and techni-
cal data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image database
you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics, dimension
drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or circuit
diagrams which you can download.
Convinced? We look forward to your visit!
10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

1
© Siemens AG 2010
1
Air Circuit Breakers
1/2 Introduction
3WL Air Circuit Breakers/

Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers
up to 6300 A (AC)
1/6 Introduction
1/7 3-pole, fixed-mounted versions
1/11 3-pole, withdrawable versions
1/15 4-pole, fixed-mounted versions
1/23 Options
1/29 Accessories and spare parts
3WL Non-Automatic Air Circuit

Breakers up to 4000 A (DC)
1/50 3- and 4-pole, fixed-mounted
versions
Ch.12 SENTRON Transfer Control

Devices for ATSE
Technical Information
can be found at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
under Product List:
- Technical specifications
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Characteristic curves
- Certificates
and at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
1 Air Circuit Breakers
Introduction
■ Overview
Size I Size II Size III

Air circuit breakers
3WL air circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers 3WL non-automatic air circuit breakers
up to 6300 A (AC) up to 4000 A (DC)
Size I, II, III II
Rated current In A 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1000, 2000, 4000
1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000,
5000, 6300
Number of poles 3-pole, 4-pole 3-pole, 4-pole
Rated operational V AC ... 690/1000/1150 --
voltage Ue V DC -- ... 1000
Rated ultimate Size I Size II Size III
short-circuit breaking kA 55/66 66/80/100 100/150 (3-pole), 30/25/20
capacity at 500 V AC 130 (4-pole) (at 300/600/1000 V DC)
Endurance Operating 20000 15000 10000 15000
cycles
Mounting position 30° 30° 30° 30° 30° 30° 30° 30°
NSE0_00061a NSE0_00062a NSE0_00061a NSE0_00062a
Degree of protection
With cover IP55 IP55
Without cover IP41 IP41
(with door sealing frame)
Dimensions 3-/4-pole
B T W mm 320/410 460/590 704/914 460/590
Fixed H mm 434 434 434 434
H
mounting D mm 291 291 291 291

NSS0_00535 With- H mm 465.5 465.5 465.5 465.5
drawable D mm 471 471 471 471
NSE0_01109a
NSE0_01108a
NSE0_01107a
NSE0_01106a
NSE0_01111a
Rating Plug
Type ETU15B1) ETU25B ETU27B ETU45B ETU76B

Electronic releases for SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers
Overload protection ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Short-time delayed -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
short-circuit protection
Instantaneous ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
short-circuit protection
Neutral conductor protection -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Ground-fault protection -- -- ✓ ❑ ❑
Zone Selective Interlocking -- -- -- ❑ ❑
LCD, 4-line -- -- -- ❑ --
LCD, graphic -- -- -- -- ✓
Communication through -- -- -- ❑ ❑
PROFIBUS DP
Measurement function Plus -- -- -- ❑ ❑
Selectable parameter sets -- -- -- -- ✓
Parameters freely programmable -- -- -- -- ✓
CubicleBUS -- -- -- ✓ ✓
✓ Standard 3WL air circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers
-- Not available according to UL 489 up to 5000 A, see Catalog LV 16.
❑ Optional
1) ETU15B cannot be used with 3WL circuit breakers, size III. SENTRON transfer control devices for ATSE, see chapter
"Monitoring Devices".
1/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Air Circuit Breakers 1
Introduction
Switching capacity
Size I II III
Type 3WL11 3WL12 3WL13
Switching capacity class N S N S H H C C
N S N S H H C C
3-pole 4-pole
Short-circuit breaking capacity
Rated operational voltage Ue
up to 415 V AC
Icu kA 55 66 66 80 100 100 150 130
Ics kA 55 66 66 80 100 100 150 130
Icm kA 121 145 145 176 220 220 330 286
up to 500 V AC
Icu kA 55 66 66 80 100 100 150 130
Ics kA 55 66 66 80 100 100 150 130
Icm kA 121 145 145 176 220 220 330 286
up to 690 V AC
Icu kA 42 50 50 75 85 85 150 130
Ics kA 42 50 50 75 85 85 150 130
Icm kA 88 105 105 165 187 187 330 286
up to 1000 V/1150 V AC
Icu kA -- -- -- -- 50 50 704) 704)
Ics kA -- -- -- -- 50 50 704) 704)
Icm kA -- -- -- -- 105 105 1544) 1544)
Rated short-time withstand current Icw
of the circuit breakers3)
0.5 s kA 55 66 66 80 100 100 100 100
1s kA 42 50 55 66 80 100 100 100
2s kA 29.5 35 39 46 651)/702) 80 80 80
3s kA 24 29 32 37 501)/652) 65 65 65
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icc
of the non-automatic air circuit breakers
Up to 500 V AC kA 55 66 66 80 100 100 100 100
Up to 690 V AC kA 42 50 50 75 85 85 100 100
Up to 1000 V /1150 V AC kA -- -- -- -- 504) 504) 704) 704)
Size II
DC
Type 3WL12
Switching capacity class DC
Short-circuit breaking capacity
Up to 220 V DC Icc kA 35
0.5 s kA --
1s kA 355)/306)/257)/208)
2s kA --
3s kA --
1)
Size II with In max ≤ 2500 A.
N
Circuit breaker with ECO switching capacity N 2)
Size II with In max = 3200 A and In max = 4000 A.
3)
At a rated voltage of ≥ 690 V the Icw value of the circuit breaker cannot be
S
Circuit breaker with standard switching capacity S greater than the Icu or Ics value at 690 V.
4)
Rated operational voltage Ue = 1150 V.
Circuit breaker with high switching capacity H 5)
H At Ue = 220 V DC.
6)
At Ue = 300 V DC.
7)
C
Circuit breakers with very high switching capacity C At Ue = 600 V DC.
8)
At Ue = 1000 V DC.
DC
Non-automatic air circuit breakers with DC switching
capacity
These breaking capacities are indicated in the corre-
sponding tables by the symbols shown on orange back-
grounds.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
SENTRON 3WL:
Superior individual products integrated into uniform power dis-
tribution systems - up to and including industry-specific indus-
trial and infrastructure solutions
7
2
3 8
5
4
9
1
25
21
10
19
22 11
23
12
24 18 13
17
14 NSE0_01887b
20
16
15
$ Guide frame (pages 1/30 to 1/33) 4 Operating cycles counter (pages 1/25 and 1/38)
% Main circuit connection front, flange, horizontal, vertical 5 Breaker status sensor (BSS) (pages 1/26 and 1/44)
(pages 1/28, 1/45 and 1/46) 6 Protective device with device holder, electronic release (ETU)
& Position signaling switch (pages 1/26 and 1/38) (page 1/34)
( Grounding contact, leading (page 1/42) 7 Remote reset solenoid (pages 1/25 and 1/35)
& Shutters (pages 1/26 and 1/41) 8 Breaker data adapter (BDA) (page 1/43)
* COM15 PROFIBUS module or COM16 MODBUS module 9 4-line display (page 1/34)
(pages 1/26 and 1/44) : Ground-fault protection module (page 1/34)
+ External CubicleBUS module (page 1/43) ; Rated current module (pages 1/24 and 1/34)
, Closing solenoid, auxiliary release (pages 1/23, 1/25 and 1/40) < Measurement function module (pages 1/26 and 1/34)
$ Auxiliary cable connection system (pages 1/27 and 1/39) = Circuit breaker (pages 1/7 to 1/22)
- Auxiliary switching block (pages 1/23 and 1/40)
/ Door sealing frame (pages 1/25 and 1/41)
0 Interlocking set for mechanical ON/OFF (page 1/35)
1 Transparent panel, function insert (page 1/35)
2 EMERGENCY-STOP pushbutton, key operated (page 1/38)
3 Motorized operating mechanism (pages 1/25 and 1/40)
1/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Communication-capable circuit breakers (with ETU45B or ETU76B electronic release)
21
Ethernet
19
20
PROFIBUS
4 5 22 14 15 16 17 18 7
8 6
CubicleBUS
10
11 9
1 1
12
13
2 3
NSE0_01105i
1 SENTRON 3VL 12 Electronic ETU release
2 Electronic LCD ETU release 13 Measurement function Plus
3 Electronic ETU release 14 ZSI module
4 COM10 PROFIBUS module complete with ZSI 15 Digital output module with relay contacts
5 COM20 PROFIBUS module1) complete with ZSI 16 Digital output module with relay contacts, configurable
6 Breaker Data Adapter (BDA) 17 Analog output module
7 BDA Plus with Ethernet interface 18 Digital input module
8 Browser-capable input and output device (e.g. notebook) 19 Switch ES Power on PC
9 SENTRON 3WL 20 PLC e.g. SIMATIC S7
10 COM15 PROFIBUS module2) 21 SIMATIC powerrate
11 Breaker Status Sensor (BSS) 22 SENTRON PAC
1) For a MODBUS connection the COM21 module is required.

2) For a MODBUS connection the COM16 module is required.
Features
• Coordinated communication concept using the PROFIBUS DP Communication:
or MODBUS, ranging from 16 A to 6300 A with SENTRON 3VL • For air circuit breakers with optional communication function
and SENTRON 3WL (ETU45B or ETU76B electronic release) see pages 1/7 to 1/22.
• The high level of modularity of circuit breakers and accessories • For accessories see pages 1/43 and 1/44.
allows easy retrofitting of all communication components
• For more information see also chapters "Measuring Instru-
• Significant additional benefits for the switchboard due to the ments and E-Counters" and "Software".
possibility of linking up external input and output modules to
the circuit breaker-internal CubicleBUS of the SENTRON 3WL
• Innovative software products for parameterization, operation,
monitoring, and diagnostics of SENTRON circuit breakers,
both locally or via PROFIBUS DP, MODBUS or Ethernet/
Intranet/Internet
• Complete integration of the SENTRON circuit breakers into the
Totally Integrated Power and Totally Integrated Automation
solutions
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/5

© Siemens AG 2010
3WL Air Circuit Breakers/Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers up to 6300 A (AC)
Introduction
• Fast and reliable parameterization
■ Benefits • Timely information and response can prevent plant
Low space requirements stoppages
• Effective diagnostics management
The SENTRON 3WL devices require very little space. Size I de-
vices (up to 1600 A) fit into a 400 mm wide switchgear panel. • Measured values are the basis for efficient load management,
Size III devices (up to 6300 A) are the smallest of their kind and for drawing up power demand profiles and for assigning
with their construction width of 704 mm fit into a 800 mm wide energy to cost centers
switchgear panel. • Preventive maintenance reduces the risk of expansive plant
down-times
Modular design
Components like auxiliary releases, motorized operating mech-
anisms, electronic releases, current sensors, auxiliary circuit sig- ■ Applications
naling switches, automatic reset devices, interlocks and en- • As incoming-feeder, distribution, tie, and outgoing-feeder cir-
gagement operating mechanisms can all be exchanged or cuit breakers in electrical installations.
retrofitted at a later stage, thus allowing the circuit breaker to be
adapted to new, changing requirements. • For switching and protecting motors, capacitors, generators,
transformers, busbars and cables.
The main contact elements can all be replaced in order to in-
crease the endurance of the circuit breaker. Due to the reinforced use of electronic control systems, the de-
mands made on air circuit breakers in terms of operator control
Retrofittable modules for electronic releases and monitoring of network processes have increased.
Modularity is one of the main features of the new SENTRON 3WL The extensive, coordinated SENTRON range of devices covers
circuit breakers. all applications between 16 A and 6300 A with compact and
Special LCDs, ground-fault modules, rated current modules and open circuit breakers.
communication modules for the electronic releases are available The AC devices are available as circuit breakers and non-auto-
for fast and easy retrofitting and adaptation to changing require- matic air circuit breakers. DC devices are only available as non-
ments. automatic air circuit breakers.
Communication Standards
The use of modern communication-capable circuit breakers SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers comply with:
opens up completely new possibilities in terms of start-up, pa-
rameterization, diagnostics, maintenance and operation. This al- • IEC 60947-2
lows many different ways of reducing costs and improving pro- • EN 60947-2
ductivity in industrial plants, buildings and infrastructure projects • Climate-proof according to IEC 60068-2-30.
to be achieved. Versions with UL 489 also available, see Catalog LV 16.
For further standards, see Appendix.
Conductor cross-sections
Size I II
Type Up to 3WL11 12 3WL11 16 3WL12 08 3WL12 10 3WL12 12 3WL12 16 3WL12 20
3WL11 10
Permissible load • Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 1250 1600 800 1000 1250 1600 2000
At rear horizontal main • Up to 60 °C (Cu bare)1) A 1000 1250 1600 800 1000 1250 1600 2000
connections • Up to 70 °C (Cu black A 1000 1210 1490 800 1000 1250 1600 2000
painted)1)
Main conductor • Copper bars, Unit(s) 1 × 2× 2× 1× 1× 2× 2× 3×
minimum bare mm2 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10
cross-sections Unit(s) 1 × 2× 2× 1× 1× 2× 2× 3×
• Copper bars,
painted black mm2 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10 60 × 10 40 × 10 50 × 10 50 × 10
Size II III
Type 3WL12 25 3WL12 32 3WL12 40 3WL13 40 3WL13 50 3WL13 63
Permissible load • Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 2500 3200 3950 4000 5000 5920
• Up to 60 °C (Cu bare)1) A 2500 3020 3810 4000 5000 5810
• Up to 70 °C (Cu black A 2280 2870 3600 4000 5000 5500
painted)1)
Main conductor • Copper bars, Unit(s) 2 × 3× 4× 4x 6x 6x
minimum bare mm2 100 × 10 100 × 10 120 × 10 100 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
cross-sections • Copper bars, Unit(s) 2 × 3× 4× 4× 6× 6×
painted black mm2 100 × 10 100 × 10 100 × 102) 100 × 10 100 × 10 120 × 10
1)
ETU76B with graphics display can be used up to max. 55 °C.
2)
Minimum main conductor cross-sections for 4-pole withdrawable circuit
breakers: 4 × 120 × 10 mm.
1/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole, fixed-mounted versions
■ Selection and ordering data

Size Max. rated circuit breaker Rated current1) Icu up to 55/66 kA at 500 V, PU PS*/ PG Weight
current In ECO switching capacity N N (UNIT, P. unit per PU
In max. Order No. Basic SET, approx.
For Order No. supplements, price M)
see page 1/23 per PU
A A kA DT kg
Horizontal main circuit connection
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
Vertical main circuit connection
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
II 4000 4000 66 B 3WL12 40-2@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 85.000
Front main circuit connection, single hole
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
Front main circuit connection, double hole
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
Non-automatic air circuit breakers2) Order No. supplements Add. price
Without electronic release AA None
Electronic releases
Versions without ground-fault protection
ETU15B: Protection functions LI BB ✓
ETU25B: Protection functions LSI CB ✓
ETU45B: Protection functions LSIN3) EB ✓
ETU45B: Protection functions LSIN3) with 4-line display FB ✓
ETU76B: Protection functions LSIN3) with pixel graphics display NB ✓
Versions with ground-fault protection
ETU27B: Protection functions LSING4) DG ✓
ETU45B: Protection functions LSING3)5) EG ✓
ETU45B: Protection functions LSING3)5) with 4-line display FG ✓
ETU76B: Protection functions LSING3)5) with pixel graphics display NG ✓
Standard Order No. supplements (for further Order No. supplements, see page 1/23)
Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing
Without 1st and 2nd auxiliary releases; auxiliary switch 2 NC + 2 NO 1AA2 None
✓ Additional price
For footnotes see page 1/10.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/7
© Siemens AG 2010
current In standard switching capacity S S (UNIT, P. unit per PU
A A kA DT kg
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
II 4000 4000 80 B 3WL12 40-3@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 85.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 43.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
Electronic releases

1/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Size Max. rated circuit breaker Rated current1) Icu up to 100 kA at 500 V, PU PS*/ PG Weight
current In high switching capacity H H (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Order No. supplements, price M)
A A kA DT kg
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
II 4000 4000 100 B 3WL12 40-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 85.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 6300 6300 100 B 3WL13 63-4@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 90.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 59.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
Electronic releases
ETU15B: Protection functions LI6) BB ✓

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/9
© Siemens AG 2010
current In very high switching capacity C C (UNIT, P. unit per PU
A A kA DT kg
III 4000 4000 150 B 3WL13 40-5@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 5000 5000 150 B 3WL13 50-5@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 4000 4000 150 B 3WL13 40-5@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 5000 5000 150 B 3WL13 50-5@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 6300 6300 150 B 3WL13 63-5@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 90.000
Electronic releases
Footnotes for pages 1/7 to 1/10:
1) 3)
The rated current is determined by the rated current module. For the stan- Current transformers for protection of the N conductor and current trans-
dard version, the supplied module is equal to the maximum rated current. formers for detection of the ground-fault current in the grounded neutral
If a lower rated current is required, adaptation by order code on page 1/24. point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34.
2) 4)
For permissible rated short-time current Icc and rated short-circuit making Current transformers for protection of the N conductor are to be ordered
capacity Icm for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3. separately, see page 1/34.
5)
ETU45B and ETU76B with ground-fault protection module GFM AT (alarm
and tripping), see page 1/34.
6)
ETU15B cannot be used with 3WL circuit breakers, size III.

1/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole, withdrawable versions

A A kA DT kg
Without guide frames
(for guide frames, see page 1/30 to 1/33)
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 63.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 68.000
With guide frames, horizontal main circuit connection
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
With guide frames, vertical main circuit connection
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
II 4000 4000 66 B 3WL12 40-2@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 121.000
With guide frames, connecting flanges
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
Electronic releases
Standard Order No. supplements (for further Order No. supplements for circuit breakers and guide frames, see page 1/23)
✓ Additional price For footnotes see page 1/14.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/11
© Siemens AG 2010
A A kA DT kg
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 45.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 63.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 68.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
II 4000 4000 80 B 3WL12 40-3@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 121.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 70.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
Electronic releases

1/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A A kA DT kg
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 63.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 68.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 88.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 88.000
III 6300 6300 100 B 3WL13 63-4@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 96.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
II 4000 4000 100 B 3WL12 40-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 121.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
III 6300 6300 100 B 3WL13 63-4@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 166.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 102.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
Non-automatic air circuit breakers 2) Order No. supplements Add. price
Electronic releases

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/13
© Siemens AG 2010
A A kA DT kg
III 4000 4000 150 B 3WL13 40-5@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 88.000
III 5000 5000 150 B 3WL13 50-5@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 88.000
III 6300 6300 150 B 3WL13 63-5@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 96.000
III 4000 4000 150 B 3WL13 40-5@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
III 5000 5000 150 B 3WL13 50-5@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
III 4000 4000 150 B 3WL13 40-5@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
III 5000 5000 150 B 3WL13 50-5@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 148.000
III 6300 6300 150 B 3WL13 63-5@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 166.000
Electronic releases
1) The rated current is determined by the rated current module. For the stan- 3) Current transformers for protection of the N conductor and current trans-
If a lower rated current is required, adaptation by order code on page 1/24. point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34.
2) For permissible rated short-time current Icc and rated short-circuit making 4) Current transformers for protection of the N conductor are to be ordered
capacity Icm for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3. separately, see page 1/34.
5) ETU45B to ETU76B with ground-fault protection module GFM AT (alarm
6) ETU15B cannot be used with 3WL circuit breakers, size III.

1/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


A A kA DT kg
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
II 4000 4000 66 B 3WL12 40-2@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 103.000
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
Electronic releases

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/15
© Siemens AG 2010
A A kA DT kg
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
II 4000 4000 80 B 3WL12 40-3@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 103.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 50.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
Electronic releases

1/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A A kA DT kg
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
II 4000 4000 100 B 3WL12 40-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 103.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
III 6300 6300 100 B 3WL13 63-4@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 108.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 71.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
Electronic releases

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/17
© Siemens AG 2010
In max. Order No. Basic SET, M) approx.
Order No. supplements, price
A A kA DT kg
III 4000 4000 130 B 3WL13 40-5@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
III 5000 5000 130 B 3WL13 50-5@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
III 4000 4000 130 B 3WL13 40-5@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
III 5000 5000 130 B 3WL13 50-5@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 99.000
III 6300 6300 130 B 3WL13 63-5@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 108.000
Electronic releases
1) 3)
If a lower rated current is required, adaptation by order code on page 1/24. point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34. The
2)
For permissible rated short-time current Icc and rated short-circuit making internal current transformers for N conductors can be ordered by adding
capacity Icm for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3. the supplement "–Z" and the order code "F23", see page 1/26.
4)
Current transformers for protection of the N conductor are to be ordered
separately, see page 1/34.
5)
ETU45B to ETU76B with ground-fault protection module GFM AT (alarm
6)

1/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


A A kA DT kg
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 76.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
II 4000 4000 66 B 3WL12 40-2@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 146.000
I 630 630 55 B 3WL11 06-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 800 800 55 B 3WL11 08-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 1000 55 B 3WL11 10-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1250 1250 55 B 3WL11 12-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1600 1600 55 B 3WL11 16-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 800 800 66 B 3WL12 08-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 66 B 3WL12 10-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 66 B 3WL12 12-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 66 B 3WL12 16-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 66 B 3WL12 20-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 66 B 3WL12 25-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 66 B 3WL12 32-2@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
Electronic releases
✓ Additional price For footnotes see page 1/22.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/19
© Siemens AG 2010
A A kA DT kg
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 54.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 76.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
II 4000 4000 80 B 3WL12 40-3@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 146.000
I 630 630 66 B 3WL11 06-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 800 800 66 B 3WL11 08-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 1000 66 B 3WL11 10-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1250 1250 66 B 3WL11 12-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1600 1600 66 B 3WL11 16-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 800 800 80 B 3WL12 08-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 80 B 3WL12 10-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 80 B 3WL12 12-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 80 B 3WL12 16-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 80 B 3WL12 20-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 80 B 3WL12 25-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 80 B 3WL12 32-3@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
Electronic releases

1/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A A kA DT kg
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 72.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 76.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 106.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 106.000
III 6300 6300 100 B 3WL13 63-4@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 108.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
II 4000 4000 100 B 3WL12 40-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 146.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
III 5000 5000 100 B 3WL13 50-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
III 6300 6300 100 B 3WL13 63-4@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 227.000
II 800 800 100 B 3WL12 08-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1000 1000 100 B 3WL12 10-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1250 1250 100 B 3WL12 12-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 1600 1600 100 B 3WL12 16-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 2000 100 B 3WL12 20-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2500 2500 100 B 3WL12 25-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 123.000
II 3200 3200 100 B 3WL12 32-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
III 4000 4000 100 B 3WL13 40-4@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
Electronic releases

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/21
© Siemens AG 2010
In max. Order No. Basic SET, M) approx.
Order No. supplements, price
A A kA DT kg
III 4000 4000 130 B 3WL13 40-5@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 115.000
III 5000 5000 130 B 3WL13 50-5@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 106.000
III 6300 6300 130 B 3WL13 63-5@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 108.000
III 4000 4000 130 B 3WL13 40-5@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
III 5000 5000 130 B 3WL13 50-5@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
III 4000 4000 130 B 3WL13 40-5@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
III 5000 5000 130 B 3WL13 50-5@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 190.000
III 6300 6300 130 B 3WL13 63-5@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 227.000
Electronic releases
1) 3)
If a lower rated current is required, adaptation by order code on page 1/24. point of the transformer are to be ordered separately, see page 1/34. The
2)
For permissible rated short-time current Icc and rated short-circuit making internal current transformers for N conductors can be ordered by adding
capacity Icm for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3. the supplement "–Z" and the order code "F23", see page 1/26.
4)
Current transformers for protection of the N conductor are to be ordered
5)
ETU45B to ETU76B with ground-fault protection module GFM AT (alarm
6)

1/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Options

Order No. supplement Additional
price
3WL 1 . . . - . . . . . -7 7 7 7
Operating mechanism
Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing 1 None
Manual operating mechanism with mechanical
and electrical closing,
closing solenoid suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio
Closing solenoid
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
110 110 ... 125 2 ✓
230 220 3 ✓
Manual/motorized operating mechanism with mechanical

and electrical closing,
closing solenoid suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio
Motor Closing solenoid
50/60 Hz V AC V DC 50/60 Hz V AC V DC
208 ... 240 220 ... 250 230 220 4 ✓
110 ... 127 110 ... 125 110 110 ... 125 5 ✓
-- 24 -- 24 6 ✓
To order different voltages for motorized operating mechanism and closing
solenoid or closing solenoid for synchronization purposes:
"1" at the 13th digit of the Order No. and order codes, see page 1/25.
1. Auxiliary releases
Without 1st auxiliary release A None
Shunt release suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio
Operating range 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us
Us 50/60 Hz V AC Us V DC
-- 24 B ✓
-- 30 C ✓
-- 48 D ✓
-- 60 E ✓
110 110 ... 125 F ✓
230 220 G ✓
2. Auxiliary releases
Without 2nd auxiliary release A None
Shunt release suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio
-- 24 B ✓
-- 30 C ✓
-- 48 D ✓
-- 60 E ✓
110 110 ... 125 F ✓
230 220 G ✓
Undervoltage release, instantaneous (≤ 80 ms),
short-delay (≤ 200 ms)
-- 24 J ✓
-- 30 K ✓
-- 48 L ✓
-- 60 U ✓
110 ... 127 110 ... 125 M ✓
208 ... 240 220 ... 250 N ✓
380 ... 415 -- P ✓
Undervoltage release, can be delayed between 0.2 s and 3.2 s
-- 48 Q ✓
110 ... 127 110 ... 125 R ✓
208 ... 240 220 ... 250 S ✓
380 ... 415 -- T ✓
Auxiliary switches
1. auxiliary switch block
2 NO + 2 NC 2 None
1. + 2. auxiliary switch block
4 NO + 4 NC 4 ✓
6 NO + 2 NC 7 ✓
5 NO + 3 NC 8 ✓
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/23

© Siemens AG 2010
Options
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. and Order No. with "–Z" Additional price
indicate the appropriate order code(s). 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . - Z
and additional order code(s)
@@@+ . . . + . . .
Code for
"Further versions" -Z
Operating manuals
Printed version
In scope of supply of circuit breaker) French/Italian A 1 1 ✓
In scope of supply of circuit breaker) Spanish/Portuguese A 1 2 ✓
Rated voltage 1000 V AC/DC Add. Add.
Only for circuit breakers with high switching capacity H price price
(8th digit of the Order No. is a "4") 3-pole 4-pole
Cannot be combined with "Rated voltage 1150 V AC order code "A15".
Size II1) Up to 2000 A A 0 5 ✓ ✓
2500 A A 0 5 ✓ ✓
3200 A A 0 5 ✓ ✓
Size III1)2) 4000 A A 0 5 ✓ ✓
5000 A A 0 5 ✓ ✓
6300 A A 0 5 ✓ ✓
Rated voltage 1150 V AC
Only for circuit breakers with high switching capacity H
(8th digit of the Order No. is a "4")
Cannot be combined with "Rated voltage 1000 V AC order code "A05".
Size II Up to 2000 A A 1 5 ✓ ✓
2500 A A 1 5 ✓ ✓
3200 A A 1 5 ✓ ✓
4000 A A 1 5 ✓ ✓
For size III select a circuit breaker with very high switching capacity C,
which can be used as standard up to 1150 V AC.
Tinned version of the customer's connections
on the guide frame3)4)
Only for circuit breakers in withdrawable version with horizontal connection or
flange connection. The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days.
Size I A 0 8 ✓ ✓
Size II A 0 8 ✓ ✓
Size III A 0 8 ✓ ✓
Special packaging (moisture protection) Additional price
Special packaging for extended technical requirements
Cardboard packaging with water-repellent coating on corrugated cardboard A 6 1 ✓
(moisture protection)
Rated current modules / Rating plugs Additional price
Rated
current In
A
Only one module is possible per For size I, II 250 B 0 2 None
circuit breaker (not in conjunction 315 B 0 3 None
with electronic release ETU15B).
As standard the overcurrent 400 B 0 4 None
releases are equipped with a 500 B 0 5 None
rated current module which is
equal to the maximum rated cir- 630 B 0 6 None
cuit breaker current (In max). The 800 B 0 8 None
rated current of the selected
1000 B 1 0 None
rated current module must be
smaller than In max. For size I, II, III 1250 B 1 2 None
1600 B 1 6 None
For size II, III 2000 B 2 0 None
2500 B 2 5 None
3200 B 3 2 None
4000 B 4 0 None
For size III 5000 B 5 0 None
6300 B 6 3 None
1) If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately,
specify order code "A05" for withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame.
2) Not necessary for circuit breakers with very high switching capacity C as
these circuit breakers can be used as standard up to 1150 V AC.
3)
Front connections are tinned as standard.
4)
The permissible temperature-rise limits according to IEC 60947-2 are 5 K
lower for a tin surface than for a silver surface.
1/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Options
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. and Order No. with "–Z" Additional price
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . - Z
@@@+. . . + . . .
Code for
Indication/operator control elements, door sealing frames
5-digit mechanical operating cycles counter1) C 0 1 ✓
Electrical ON button in the operator Button with sealing cap C 1 1 ✓
panel2) Key operation with lock CES C 1 2 ✓
Possible only for circuit breakers
with closing solenoid.
Storage status signaling switch 2) 1 NO contact C 2 0 ✓
(S21)
Ready-to-close signaling switch (S20) 1 NO contact C 2 2 ✓
Signaling switches2) For the first auxiliary release (S22) C 2 6 ✓
For the second auxiliary release (S23) C 2 7 ✓
Motor shutdown switch in the operator panel3) S 2 5 ✓
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons Mushroom pushbutton instead of S 2 4 ✓
the mechanical OFF pushbutton
Door sealing frames T 4 0 ✓
Reclosing lockout and remote resets
Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout K 0 1 ✓
Tripped signaling switch2)4) 1 CO K 0 7 ✓
Remote reset solenoid for displays and reset buttons
including automatic reset of the reclosing lockout
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 K 1 0 ✓
-- 48 K 1 1 ✓
120 125 K 1 2 ✓
208 ... 250 208 ... 250 K 1 3 ✓
Motorized operating mechanisms and closing/opening solenoids
Motorized operating mechanisms
Only possible if the 13th digit of the Order No. = "1"
Motor
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 ... 30 M 0 1 ✓
-- 48 ... 60 M 0 3 ✓
110 ... 127 110 ... 125 M 0 5 ✓
208 ... 240 220 ... 250 M 0 6 ✓
Closing solenoid suitable for uninterrupted duty, 100 % duty ratio
Activation solenoids
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 M2 1 ✓
-- 30 M2 2 ✓
-- 48 M2 3 ✓
-- 60 M2 4 ✓
110 110 M2 5 ✓
230 220 M2 6 ✓
Closing solenoids5) unsuitable for uninterrupted duty, 5 % duty ratio,
synchronizable
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 M 3 1 ✓
-- 48 M 3 3 ✓
110 ... 127 110 ... 125 M 3 5 ✓
208 ... 240 220 ... 250 M 3 6 ✓
Opening solenoids (shunt release)6)7)
Not suitable for uninterrupted duty, 5% duty ratio, synchronizable
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 M 4 1 ✓
-- 48 M 4 3 ✓
110 ... 127 110 ... 125 M 4 5 ✓
208 ... 240 220 ... 250 M 4 6 ✓
4)
✓ Additional price Not available for non-automatic air circuit breakers.
5)
1)
Only possible with motorized operating mechanism. Overexcited, i.e. opening time 50 ms (standard > 80 ms).
2) 6) Only possible if the 14th position of the Order No. for the circuit breaker is
Not possible with communications interface option, order code "F02" or "F12".
3) Only for circuit breakers with motorized operating mechanism, not possible "A", i.e. "without 1st auxiliary release".
7)
with order codes "C11", "C12". Overexcited, i.e. opening time 50 ms (standard > 80 ms).
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/25

© Siemens AG 2010
Options
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. and Order No. mit "-Z" Additional
indicate the appropriate order code(s). 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 price
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@ + . . . + . . .
Code for
Order code Order code
for fixed- for with-
mounted drawable
version version
Interlocks, covers, position signaling switches @@@ @@@
Mutual mechanical
interlockings Fixed-mounted circuit breakers S 5 5 -- -- -- ✓
(interlocking module
with Bowden wire 2 m) For withdrawable circuit breakers -- R 5 5 ✓
with guide frame
For guide frames -- R 5 6 ✓
For withdrawable circuit breakers -- R 5 7 ✓
Arc chute covers 3-pole

Not available for Size I -- R 1 0 ✓
- 1000 V version Size II -- R 1 0 ✓
(order code "A05") Size III -- R 1 0 ✓
- DC version 4-pole
- 4000 A size II Size I -- R 1 0 ✓
- 1150 V version Size II -- R 1 0 ✓
(order code "A15") Size III -- R 1 0 ✓
- 150-kA version, size III
Shutters 3-pole
2-part Size I -- R 2 1 ✓
lockable Size II -- R 2 1 ✓
with padlocks 1) Size III -- R 2 1 ✓
4-pole
Size I -- R 2 1 ✓
Size II -- R 2 1 ✓
Size III -- R 2 1 ✓
Position signaling switches Connected Test Disconnected

for guide frames position position position
1 CO 1 CO 1 CO -- R 1 5 ✓
3 CO 2 CO 1 CO -- R 1 6 ✓
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. and Order No. with "–Z" Additional
indicate the appropriate order code(s). 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 price
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . - Z
@@@ +. . . + . . .
Code for
Communication and measurement functions
Breaker status sensor (BSS) F 0 1 ✓
PROFIBUS communications interface2) Including COM15 and breaker F 0 2 ✓
status sensor (BSS)
MODBUS communications interface2) Including COM16 and breaker F 1 2 ✓
status sensor (BSS)
Measurement function Plus (without PROFIBUS/MODBUS F 0 5 ✓
communications interface)3)
Overload and short-circuit protection for neutral conductors
Internal current transformers for Size I F 2 3 ✓
N conductors Size II F 2 3 ✓
Only possible with 4-pole circuit breakers
with ETU27B to ETU76B Size III F 2 3 ✓
EMC filters
EMC filters Common-mode interference F 3 1 ✓
suppressor filters (e.g. in IT net-
works, caused by frequency con-
verters)
Insertion loss (asymmetric) in the
range 40 kHz to 10 MHz >40 dB.
3)
✓ Additional price Additional voltage transformers are required for connection of the mea-
1)
Padlocks not included in scope of supply. surement function Plus, see page 1/43.
2)
If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately, spec-
ify order code "F02" or "F12" for withdrawable circuit breaker only.
1/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Options
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. Order No. mit "-Z"
and indicate the appropriate order code(s). 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@ + . . . + . . .
Code for
Order code Add. price Order code Add. price
for fixed- for fixed- for with- for withdraw-
mounted mounted drawable able version
version version version
Locking devices @@@ @@@
Locking devices against

unauthorized closing,
in the operator panels
The disconnector unit fulfills the Made by CES S 0 1 ✓ S 0 1 ✓
requirements for main circuit Made by IKON S 0 3 ✓ S 0 3 ✓
breakers acc. to EN 60204-1
Assembly kit FORTRESS or Castell1) S 0 5 ✓ S 0 5 ✓
Assembly kit for padlocks2) S 0 7 ✓ S 0 7 ✓
Made by Ronis S 0 8 ✓ S 0 8 ✓
Made by Profalux S 0 9 ✓ S 0 9 ✓
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons Mushroom pushbutton instead of S 2 4 ✓ S 2 4 ✓

the mechanical OFF pushbutton
Locking devices against Made by CES -- R 6 1 ✓
unauthorized closing, Made by Ronis -- R 6 8 ✓
for withdrawable circuit breakers
The disconnector unit fulfils the Made by Profalux -- R 6 0 ✓
requirements for main circuit
breakers acc. to EN 60204-1,
consisting of a lock in the cabinet
door, active in the connected posi-
tion, function is retained when circuit
breaker is replaced.
Locking devices for operating S 3 3 ✓ S 3 3 ✓
mechanism handles
with padlock2)
Locking devices to prevent move- Made by CES -- S 7 1 ✓
ment of the withdrawable circuit Made by Profalux -- S 7 5 ✓
breakers
Safety lock for mounting on the Made by Ronis -- S 7 6 ✓
circuit breaker
Locking mechanisms
Locking mechanisms to prevent Made by CES -- R 8 1 ✓
movement of the withdrawable Made by Profalux -- R 8 5 ✓
circuit breaker in disconnected
positions, Made by Ronis -- R 8 6 ✓
consisting of Bowden wire and lock
in the cabinet door
Not possible in combination with
order code "R30" or "R50".
Locking devices To prevent opening of the cabinet door in: S 3 0 ✓ R 3 0 ✓
Not possible in combination with ON position (fixed-mounted version)/
order code "R81", "R85" or "R86". in connected position (withdrawable
version)
To prevent movement -- R 5 0 ✓
with the cabinet door open
Connection methods for auxiliary conductors
Connections for screwless N 6 1 ✓ P 6 1 ✓
terminals (tension spring)
1)
Locks must be ordered from the manufacturer.
2)
Padlock not included in the scope of supply.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/27

© Siemens AG 2010
Options
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. and Order No. mit "-Z"
3WL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@
+. . . + . . .
Code for
For withdrawable circuit breakers with guide frames Additional Additional
or for guide frames1) price price
3-pole 4-pole
To select this connection method the 12th
digit of the Order No. for the
circuit breaker must be a "6"
Connection methods for main connections
Top and bottom: Size I, up to 1600 A P 0 0 ✓ ✓
accessible from front, Size II, up to 2000 A P 0 0 ✓ ✓
single hole Size II, up to 2500 A P 0 0 ✓ ✓
Size II, up to 3200 A P 0 0 ✓ ✓
Size III, up to 4000 A P 0 0 ✓ ✓
Top and bottom: Size I, up to 1600 A P 0 1 ✓ ✓
accessible from front, Size II, up to 2000 A P 0 1 ✓ ✓
double hole Size II, up to 2500 A P 0 1 ✓ ✓
Size II, up to 3200 A P 0 1 ✓ ✓
Top: Size I, up to 1600 A P 0 7 ✓ ✓
horizontal, Size II, up to 2000 A P 0 7 ✓ ✓
double hole Size II, up to 2500 A P 0 7 ✓ ✓
Bottom: Size II, up to 3200 A P 0 7 ✓ ✓
accessible from front, Size III, up to 4000 A P 0 7 ✓ ✓
single hole
vertical Size II, up to 2000 A P 1 8 ✓ ✓
horizontal Size II, up to 3200 A P 1 8 ✓ ✓
connecting flange Size II, up to 2000 A P 1 9 ✓ ✓
vertical Size II, up to 3200 A P 2 3 ✓ ✓
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers Additional Additional
To select this connection method the 12th price price
digit of the Order No. for the 3-pole 4-pole
circuit breaker must be a "2"
Connection methods for main connections
Top: Size I, up to 1600 A N 1 1 ✓ ✓
horizontal Size II, up to 2000 A N 1 1 ✓ ✓
Bottom: Size II, up to 2500 A N 1 1 ✓ ✓
accessible from front, Size II, up to 3200 A N 1 1 ✓ ✓
single hole Size III, up to 4000 A N 1 1 ✓ ✓
vertical Size II, up to 2000 A N 2 0 ✓ ✓
Size III, up to 4000 A N 2 0 ✓ ✓
vertical Size II, up to 3200 A N 2 4 ✓ ✓
1)
Only horizontal connection and vertical connection are available for circuit
breakers with very high switching capacity C.
1/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Accessories and Spare Parts
■ Overview
Determination of the number of auxiliary supply connectors required
This selection is only required if the guide frame is ordered under a The required number of auxiliary supply connectors
separate Order No. depends on:
• Operating mechanism type
X6 X5 • Electronic release with/without current transformer
X7
• Type and number of auxiliary releases
NSE0_01104
X8 • Number of auxiliary switches

• COM15/COM16 communication interface
Number of Terminal
auxiliary supply
connectors
a First auxiliary supply connector X6 always required. 1 X6
b Operating mechanisms
b1 Manual operating mechanism with stored-energy feature with mechanical closing 0
b2 Manual operating mechanism with stored-energy feature with mechanical and electrical closing 0 X6
b3 Manual/motorized operating mechanism with stored-energy feature with mechanical and electrical closing +1 X5
c Electronic releases
c1 Electronic releases ETU15B, ETU25B, ETU27B 0
c2 Electronic releases ETU45B, ETU76B (internal CubicleBUS) +1 X8
Connections for external current transformers for overload protection in the N conductor and ground-fault protection
c3 Current transformer installed in the N conductor (required with 3-pole circuit breakers if c2 is not selected) +1 X8
c4 Current transformer in the neutral point of the transformer (required if c2 or c3 is not selected) +1 X8
d Auxiliary releases
d1 With/without 1st auxiliary release (shunt release F1) 0 X6
d2 2nd auxiliary release (shunt release F2, undervoltage release F3, delayable undervoltage release F4) +1 X5
e Auxiliary switch blocks
e1 1st auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC 0 X6
e2 1st and 2nd auxiliary switch block 4 NO + 4 NC or 6 NO + 2 NC or 5 NO + 3 NC (required if b3 or d2 is not selected) +1 X5
f Communication modules
f1 Without communication module COM15/COM16 0
f2 With communication module COM15/COM16 – +1 X7
occupies the entire terminal strip X7, making the following options no longer possible:
• Tripped signal switch S24
• Stored-energy status indication S21
• Electrical ON button S10
• Signaling switch on first and second auxiliary release S22 + S23
g Optional signals/accessories
g1 Tripped signaling switch S24 (only when f2 not selected) +1 X7
g2 Stored energy status signaling switch S21 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1 not selected) +1 X7
g3 Electric ON button S10 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1 or g2 not selected) +1 X7
g4 Signaling switch at first auxiliary release S22 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1, g2 or g3 not selected) +1 X7
g5 Signaling switch at second auxiliary release S23 (only when f2 not selected, required if g1, g2, g3 or g4 not selected) +1 X7
g6 Switch on readiness signal switch S20 0 X6
g7 Motor shutdown switch S12 (only if motorized operating mechanism selected) 0 X5
g8 Remote reset solenoid F7 (required if c2 not selected) +1 X8
h Total number of auxiliary supply connectors (max. 4)
For ordering the auxiliary supply connectors see under "Accessories and Spare Parts, Guide Frames for AC Circuit Breakers/
Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers", pages 1/30 to 1/33 and under "Accessories and Spare Parts, Auxiliary Conductor Connections,
Auxiliary Supply Connectors", page 1/39.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/29

© Siemens AG 2010

Guide frames for AC circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers
Size Max. rated circuit Switching DT Guide frames for 3-pole circuit breakers/ PU PS*/ PG Weight
breaker current capacity non-automatic air circuit breakers (UNIT, P. unit per PU
In max. Icu Order No. Basic SET, approx.
(Order No. supplements price M)
required acc. to table below) per PU
A kA kg
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1AA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2AA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3AA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4AA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 39.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5AA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 45.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6AA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1AB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2AB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3AB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4AB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 39.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5AB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 45.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6AB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1AC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2AC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3AC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4AC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 39.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5AC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 45.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6AC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
III 5000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-7AC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
III 4000 ... 150 B 3WL9 213-6AC@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 63.000
III 5000 ... 150 B 3WL9 213-7AC@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 63.000
Number of auxiliary supply connectors Order No. supplements Add. price
Without 0 None
1 connector 1 ✓
2 connectors 2 ✓
3 connectors 3 ✓
4 connectors 4 ✓
For required number of auxiliary supply connectors,
see table on page 1/29
Type of auxiliary circuit connections
Without 0 None
With screw connection (SIGUT, standard) 1 ✓
With screwless connection method (tension spring) 2 ✓
Position signaling switches
Without 0 None
Option 1 Connected position 1 CO, 1 ✓
test position 1 CO,
disconnected position 1 CO
test position 2 CO,
Shutters
Without A None
With shutter, Size I B ✓
2-part, Size II ✓
lockable Size III ✓
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. Order No. with "–Z" Additional
and indicate the appropriate order code(s). and additional order code 3WL9 2 1 . – . . . . . – . . . . –Z price
@@@
Size II, except 4000 A (switching capacity H) A05 ✓
Size III, not necessary with circuit breakers with very high switching capacity A 0 5 ✓
Tinned version of the customer's connections on the guide frame1)2)
Only for guide frames with horizontal connection or flange connection
Size I A08 ✓
Size II A08 ✓
Size III A08 ✓
For main circuit connection vertical and main circuit connecting flange see the following page.
All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "–Z" and the corresponding order code, see pages 1/24 to 1/28.
1)
2)

1/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Size Max. rated circuit breaker Switching DT Guide frames for 3-pole circuit breakers/ PU PS*/ PG Weight
current capacity non-automatic air circuit breakers (UNIT, P. unit per PU
A kA kg
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 39.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 45.000
II 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-6AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 52.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
III 5000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-7AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
III 6300 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-8AD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 70.000
III 4000 ... 150 B 3WL9 213-6AD@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 63.000
III 5000 ... 150 B 3WL9 213-7AD@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 63.000
III 6300 ... 150 B 3WL9 213-8AD@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 74.000
Main circuit connection connecting flanges
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1AE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2AE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 25.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3AE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4AE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 39.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5AE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 45.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6AE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
Without 0 None
1 connector 1 ✓
2 connectors 2 ✓
3 connectors 3 ✓
4 connectors 4 ✓
Without 0 None
Without 0 None
test position 1 CO,
test position 2 CO,
Shutters
Without A None
2-part, Size II ✓
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
@@@
Size I A08 ✓
Size II A08 ✓
Size III A08 ✓
For main circuit connection front, single hole, main circuit connection front, double hole, and main circuit connection horizontal see
the previous page.
1)
2)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/31
© Siemens AG 2010
A kA kg
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1BA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2BA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3BA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4BA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 47.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5BA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 54.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6BA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1BB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2BB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3BB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4BB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 47.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5BB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 54.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6BB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1BC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2BC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3BC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4BC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 47.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5BC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 54.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6BC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
III 5000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-7BC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
III 4000 ... 130 B 3WL9 213-6BC@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 87.000
III 5000 ... 130 B 3WL9 213-7BC@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 87.000
Without 0 None
1 connector 1 ✓
2 connectors 2 ✓
3 connectors 3 ✓
4 connectors 4 ✓
Without 0 None
Without 0 None
test position 1 CO,
test position 2 CO,
Shutters
Without A None
2-part, Size II ✓
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
@@@
Size I A08 ✓
Size II A08 ✓
Size III A08 ✓
For main circuit connection vertical and main circuit connecting flange see the following page.
1)
2)

1/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A kA required acc. to per PU kg
table below)
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 47.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 54.000
II 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-6BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 62.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
III 5000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-7BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
III 6300 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-8BD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 119.000
III 4000 ... 130 B 3WL9 213-6BD@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 88.000
III 5000 ... 130 B 3WL9 213-7BD@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 88.000
III 6300 ... 130 B 3WL9 213-8BD@@-@@C1 1 1 unit 103 124.000
I 1000 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-1BE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
I 1600 ... 66 B 3WL9 211-2BE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 30.000
II 2000 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-3BE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 2500 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-4BE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 47.000
II 3200 ... 100 B 3WL9 212-5BE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 54.000
III 4000 ... 100 B 3WL9 213-6BE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
Without 0 None
1 connector 1 ✓
2 connectors 2 ✓
3 connectors 3 ✓
4 connectors 4 ✓
Without 0 None
Without 0 None
test position 1 CO,
test position 2 CO,
Shutters
Without A None
2-part, Size II ✓
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
@@@
Size I A08 ✓
Size II A08 ✓
Size III A08 ✓
For main circuit connection front, single hole, main circuit connection front, double hole, and main circuit connection horizontal see
the previous page.
1)
2)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/33
© Siemens AG 2010
"
Designation DT Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight

per PU (UNIT, unit per PU
SET, approx.
M) kg
Protective devices with device holder and optional measurement
function1)
Type With protection Measurement
function function
ETU15B LI Without C 3WL9 311-5AA00-0AA2 1 1 unit 103 0.720
ETU25B LSI Without C 3WL9 312-5AA00-0AA2 1 1 unit 103 0.720
ETU27B LSING Without C 3WL9 312-7AA00-0AA2 1 1 unit 103 0.720
ETU45B LSIN(G) Without C 3WL9 314-5AA00-0AA2 1 1 unit 103 0.720
(without display) With measurement B 3WL9 314-5AA20-0AA2 1 1 unit 103 0.720
NSE0_01610b
function Plus
ETU76B LSIN(G) Without C 3WL9 317-6AA00-0AA2 1 1 unit 103 0.720
With measurement B 3WL9 317-6AA20-0AA2 1 1 unit 103 0.720
3WL9 31.-.AA.0-0AA1 function Plus
Rated current modules / Rating plugs2)
For size Rated current In (A)
= 3 2 0 0 A
I, II 250 B 3WL9 111-0AA51-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
n
315 B 3WL9 111-0AA52-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 2 b
400 B 3WL9 111-0AA53-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
500 B 3WL9 111-0AA54-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
3WL9 111-0AA64-0AA0
630 B 3WL9 111-0AA55-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
800 B 3WL9 111-0AA56-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
1000 B 3WL9 111-0AA57-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
I, II, III 1250 B 3WL9 111-0AA58-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
1600 B 3WL9 111-0AA61-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
II, III 2000 B 3WL9 111-0AA62-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
2500 B 3WL9 111-0AA63-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
3200 B 3WL9 111-0AA64-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
4000 B 3WL9 111-0AA65-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
III 5000 B 3WL9 111-0AA66-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
6300 B 3WL9 111-0AA67-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.010
Ground-fault modules3)
S I
G F M A T 4 5 B GFM AT 45B (only for ETU45B) alarm and tripping B 3WL9 111-0AT53-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.030
g T R IP A L A R M A L A R M t g (s ) I 2 tg
G A
B
C T R IP
.5
.4
.3
.1
.2
.3
GFM AT 55B–76B (only for ETU76B) alarm and tripping B 3WL9 111-0AT56-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.030
D .2 .4
O F F E .1 .5
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 2 7 a
3WL9 111-0AT53-0AA0
Displays
4-line displays for ETU45B B 3WL9 111-0AT81-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.060
N S E 0 _ 0 1 6 0 9
3WL9 111-0AT81-0AA0
Current transformers for N conductor protection
Internal transformers for N conductors Size I B 3WL9 111-0AA11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
(not for ETU Release 2) Size II B 3WL9 111-0AA12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.280
Including wiring kit Size III B 3WL9 111-0AA13-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.500
Internal transformers for N conductors Size I B 3WL9 111-0AA14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Only for ETU Release 2 Size II B 3WL9 111-0AA15-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.280
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 0 a Including wiring kit Size III B 3WL9 111-0AA16-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.500
3WL9 111-0AA2.-0AA0 External transformers for N conductors Size I B 3WL9 111-0AA21-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
(for T5, "Measurement Method" function Size II B 3WL9 111-0AA22-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.380
see Technical Information at Size III B 3WL9 111-0AA23-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.680
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
External transformers for N conductors Size I B 3WL9 111-0AA31-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.600
with copper connection pieces Size II B 3WL9 111-0AA32-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 4.260
(for T5, "Measurement Method" function Size III B 3WL9 111-0AA33-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 8.500
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 1 a
see Technical Information at
3WL9 111-0AA3.-0AA0 www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
EMC filters
EMC filters Not for B 3WL9 111-0AK32-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.280
Common-mode interference suppressor ETU Release 2
filters (e.g. in IT networks, caused by fre- Only for ETU B 3WL9 111-0AK34-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.280
quency converters) Release 2
Insertion loss (asymmetric) in the range
40 kHz to 10 MHz >40 dB.
1) 3)
For replacement in existing circuit breakers please specify the circuit For direct measurement of the ground-fault current, e.g. in the neutral point
breaker ID No. when ordering. of the transformer, a 1200 A/1 A current transformer, class 1, is required.
2)
With the rated current module selected, the maximum rated The internal load of the SENTRON 3WL is 0.11 m. If the ground-fault cur-
current In max of the circuit breaker must not be exceeded. rent is to be determined using the vectorial sum of the phases, a current
The following applies In ≤ In max. transformer must be installed in the neutral conductor.

1/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M) kg
More accessories for electronic releases
Sealable and lockable covers For ETU15B to B 3WL9 111-0AT45-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.050
NSE0_00983b
ETU45B
For ETU76 B 3WL9 111-0AT46-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.050
ETU25B Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout B 3WL9 111-0AK21-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.050
Spare part for option K01, see "-Z" + order code, page 1/25.
Remote reset solenoids1) 24 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AK03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
For mechanical tripped indicator 48 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AK04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Spare part for option K10 to K13, 120 V AC/ B 3WL9 111-0AK05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
see "-Z" + order code, page 1/25. 125 V DC
208-250 V AC/ B 3WL9 111-0AK06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3WL9 111-0AT45-0AA0 208-250 V DC
F 7 Retrofittable internal CubicleBUS For ETU45B and B 3WL9 111-0AK30-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.150
wiring for connection to terminal X8 ETU76B
(without male connector2))
Retrofittable internal wiring for connection of the D 3WL9 111-0AK31-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.020
external N- and G-transformers to terminal X8
(without male connector, not for ETU Release 2)
Retrofittable internal wiring for connection of the D 3WL9 111-0AK33-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.020
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 9 a
external N- and G-transformers to terminal X8
3WL9 111-0AK0.-0AA0 for ETU Release 2 (without male connector)
Locking devices
Interlocking set for Without safety B 3WL9 111-0BA21-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.100
mechanical ON/OFF lock
Consisting of 2 transparent covers each Made by CES B 3WL9 111-0BA22-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
for sealing or for attaching padlocks4),
cover with 6.35 mm hole (for tool actua- Made by IKON B 3WL9 111-0BA24-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
tion), lock mount for safety lock for key
operation
NSE00980
Locking devices against Assembly kit B 3WL9 111-0BA31-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
unauthorized closing, FORTRESS or
in the operator panels CASTELL3)
3WL9 111-0BA22-0AA0
The disconnector unit fulfills the ■ Made by Ronis B 3WL9 111-0BA33-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.400
requirements for main circuit breakers Made by KIRK- B 3WL9 111-0BA34-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.270
acc. to EN 60204-1 Key3)
Spare part for option S01 to S09, Made by Profalux B 3WL9 111-0BA35-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.250
see "-Z" + order code, page 1/27. Made by CES B 3WL9 111-0BA36-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Made by IKON B 3WL9 111-0BA38-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Assembly kit for B 3WL9 111-0BA41-0AA0
NSE00981 padlocks4) 1 1 unit 103 0.360
Locking devices against Made by CES B 3WL9 111-0BA51-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
unauthorized closing, Made by IKON B 3WL9 111-0BA53-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
for withdrawable circuit breakers ■ Made by KIRK- B 3WL9 111-0BA57-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
3WL9 111-0BA31-0AA0 The disconnector unit fulfills the require- Key3)
ments for main circuit breakers acc. to Made by Ronis B 3WL9 111-0BA58-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
EN 60204-1 consisting of lock in the Made by Profalux B 3WL9 111-0BA50-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.227
cabinet door, active in connected
position; function is retained when circuit
breaker is replaced
NSE0_00982
Spare part for option R60, R61, R68,
3WL9 111-0BA53-0AA0 see "-Z" + order code, page 1/27.
Locking devices for operating mecha- B 3WL9 111-0BA71-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.080
nism handle with padlock4)
Spare part for option S33,
see "-Z" + order code, page 1/27.
Locking devices against movement of Made by CES B 3WL9 111-0BA73-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
the withdrawable circuit breakers Made by IKON B 3WL9 111-0BA75-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Safety lock for mounting on the circuit Made by Profalux B 3WL9 111-0BA76-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
breaker. Made by Ronis B 3WL9 111-0BA77-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.300
Spare part for option S71, S75, S76, ■ Made by KIRK- B 3WL9 111-0BA80-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.400
NSE00984 see "-Z" + order code, page 1/27. Key3)
3WL9 111-0BA71-0AA0 Interlocking systems Made by CES B 3WL9 111-0BA43-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.360
2 of the same keys for 3 circuit breakers,
locking device OFF position,
key-operated switch on operator panel.
A maximum of 2 circuit breakers can be
switched on.
NSE0_00986
3WL9 111-0BA76-0AA0
1) 3)
Can only be used in conjunction with "automatic reset of the reclosing lock- Locks, cylinders and keys must be ordered from the manufacturer.
4)
out", e.g. "–Z" + "K01", 3WL9 111-0AK21-0AA0. Padlock not included in the scope of supply.
2)
Required if communication is retrofitted. ■ Start of delivery on request.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/35
© Siemens AG 2010

SET, approx.
M) kg
Locking mechanisms
To prevent movement of the with- Made by CES B 3WL9 111-0BA81-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.800
drawable circuit breakers in dis- Made by IKON B 3WL9 111-0BA83-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.800
connected positions, Made by Profalux B 3WL9 111-0BA85-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.800
consisting of Bowden wire and lock Made by Ronis B 3WL9 111-0BA86-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.800
NSE0_00987 in the cabinet door
3WL9 111-0BA83-0AA0 Spare part for option R81, R85,
R86, see "-Z" + order code,
page 1/27.
"Locking device to prevent opening
of the cabinet door" (order code
NSE0_00988
"R30") or "Locking device to pre-
vent movement with the cabinet
3WL9 111-0BB12-0AA0 door open" (order code "R50").
Interlocking To prevent opening of the Fixed mounting B 3WL9 111-0BB12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.600
cabinet door in ON position
(can be defeated)
To prevent opening of the Guide frames B 3WL9 111-0BB13-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.150
cabinet door (can be defeated)
Spare part for option R30,
"Locking device to prevent move-
ment of the withdrawable circuit
breakers in disconnected position"
(order codes "R81", "R85" or "R86").
To prevent movement with the Guide frames B 3WL9 111-0BB15-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.150
cabinet door open
Spare part for option R50,
"Locking device to prevent move-
ment of the withdrawable circuit
breakers in disconnected position"
(order codes "R81", "R85" or "R86").
Interlocks
Mutual mechanical interlocking, Fixed-mounted circuit B 3WL9 111-0BB21-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.700
with 2000 mm Bowden wire breakers
(one required for each circuit Spare part for option
breaker) S55, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/26.
NSE0_00989
Module for withdraw- B 3WL9 111-0BB24-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.130
3WL9 111-0BB21-0AA0 able circuit breaker
with guide frame
Spare part for option
R55, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/26.
When ordered sepa-
rately
Module for guide frame B 3WL9 111-0BB22-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.100
code, page 1/26.
Module for withdraw- B 3WL9 111-0BB23-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.150
able circuit breaker
code, page 1/26.
Adapter for size III B 3WL9 111-0BB30-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.100
Withdrawable circuit
breaker
Couplings on the circuit breaker B 3WL9 112-8AH47-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.160
(with ring) for mutual interlocking
Can be used in all circuit breakers
Bowden wires 2000 mm B 3WL9 111-0BB45-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.150
3000 mm B 3WL9 111-0BB46-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.220
NSE0_01886 4500 mm B 3WL9 111-0BB47-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.360
3WL9 112-8HA47-0AA0

1/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M) kg
Test devices
Manual tester Release 2 for electronic releases ETU15B B 3WL9 111-0AT32-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.100
to ETU76B
For testing the electronic release functions
Function testers D 3WL9 111-0AT44-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 8.210
For testing the tripping characteristics for
electronic releases ETU15B to ETU76B
Capacitor storage devices
Capacitor storage devices Rated control supply
For shunt release voltage/rated opera-
Storage time 5 min tional voltage
Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz V AC V DC
must match the rated control sup- 220 ... 240 220 ... B 3WL9 111-0BA14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.520
ply voltage of the shunt release 250
Suitable also for 3VL and 3WN
circuit breakers

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/37
© Siemens AG 2010

SET, approx.
M) kg
Indicators, control elements
Ready-to-close signaling switches B 3WL9 111-0AH01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.020
1 NO contact
Spare part for option C22,
Signaling switches1)2) 1st or 2nd auxiliary B 3WL9 111-0AH02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.020
Spare part for option C26 release
and C27, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/25.
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 3 a Tripped signaling switches1)2) B 3WL9 111-0AH14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.080
1 CO
3WL9 111-0AH01-0AA0 Spare part for option K07, see "-Z" + order code,
page 1/25.
Operating cycles counters, B 3WL9 111-0AH07-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.100
mechanical3)
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 4 b

Stored energy status signaling switches1)2) B 3WL9 111-0AH08-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.030
1 NO contact
3WL9 111-0AH02-0AA0
Position signaling 1st block B 3WL9 111-0AH11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
switches for guide (3 CO contacts)
frames 2nd block B 3WL9 111-0AH12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.400
Spare part for option R15 (6 CO contacts)
and R16, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/26.
Electrical ON buttons1)4) With sealing cap B 3WL9 111-0AJ02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.150
(button+wiring)2),
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 5 a
With CES assembly kit B 3WL9 111-0AJ03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.140
3WL9 111-0AH07-0AA0 for operator panel. With IKON assembly kit B 3WL9 111-0AJ05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.140
Possible only for circuit
breakers with closing
solenoid.
Spare part for option C11
N S E 0 _ 0 0 9 9 6 a and C12, see "-Z" + order
code, page 1/25.
3WL9 111-0AH12-0AA0
Motor shutdown switches 5) B 3WL9 111-0AJ06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.100
(mounting on operator panel)
EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons B 3WL9 111-0BA72-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.080
N S E 0 0 0 9 9 7 a
Mushroom pushbutton instead
of the mechanical OFF pushbutton
3WL9 111-0AJ0.-0AA0 Spare part for option S24,
NSE00985
3WL9 111-0BA72-0AA0
1) 3)
Not possible with communications interface option, order code "F02" or Only in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism.
"F12". 4)
Not possible with motor shutdown switch.
2)
X7 manual connector required for circuit breakers or guide frames. If this is 5)
Not possible with electrical ON button.
not already available, please order additionally
(see pages 1/29 and 1/39).

1/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Designation DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M) kg
Auxiliary conductor connections
Male connectors for circuit breakers $ B 3WL9 111-0AB01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.100
NSE00978
Extension for the 1000 V male connector B 3WL9 111-0AB02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.150
versions
(male connector must be ordered separately)
3WL9 111-0AB01-0AA0
Male connectors and extension for 1000 V B 3WL9 111-0AB10-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.000
N S E 0 _ 0 1 2 6 8
Auxiliary supply connec- Screw connection B 3WL9 111-0AB03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.070
tors for circuit breakers or (SIGUT)
guide frames % Screwless connec- B 3WL9 111-0AB04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.070
3WL9 111-0AB03-0AA0 tion method (tension
spring)
N S E 0 _ 0 1 2 6 9
3WL9 111-0AB04-0AA0
Coding kits for fixed-mounted version (X5 to X8) B 3WL9 111-0AB07-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.020
&
NSE00974
3WL9 111-0AB07-0AA0
Sliding contact modules for guide frames ( B 3WL9 111-0AB08-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.100
7 a
9 7
0 0
E 0 _
N S
3WL9 111-0AB08-0AA0
One-part sliding contact modules for guide B 3WL9 111-0AB18-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.120
frames Screw connection (SIGUT) )
NSE0_01586
3WL9 111-0AB18-0AA0
Blanking blocks for circuit breakers B 3WL9 111-0AB12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.030
For a complete auxiliary current connection you must order:

Fixed-mounted version: $+%+&
Withdrawable version: $+(+%
or
$+)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/39
© Siemens AG 2010

SET, approx.
M) kg
Auxiliary releases
Closing solenoids/shunt releases
24 V DC 100 % duty ratio B 3WL9 111-0AD01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
30 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AD02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
48 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AD03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
60 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AD04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
3WL9 111-0AD06-0AA0 110 ... 125V DC /110 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AD05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
220 V DC/230 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AD06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
24 V DC 5 % duty ratio1) B 3WL9 111-0AD11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700

48 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AD12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AD13-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AD14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.800
NSE01001
Undervoltage release
3WL9 111-0AE0.-0AA0 Instantaneous

24 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AE01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.730
30 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AE02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.730
48 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AE03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.730
60 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AE07-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.730
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AE04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.730
NSE01002 220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AE05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.730
380 ... 415 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AE06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.730
3WL9 111-0AE1.-0AA0
Delayed
48 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AE11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.740
380 ... 415 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AE14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.740
Operating mechanisms
Motorized operating mechanisms2)
24 ... 30 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AF01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.510
48 ... 60 V DC B 3WL9 111-0AF02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.510
I
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AF03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.510
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC B 3WL9 111-0AF04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.510
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 0 3 a
3WL9 111-0AF0.-0AA0
Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary switch blocks 2 NO + 2 NC B 3WL9 111-0AG01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.180
2 NO B 3WL9 111-0AG02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.080
1 NO + 1 NC B 3WL9 111-0AG03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.070
NSE0_01004
3WL9 111-0AG03-0AA0
1)
Overexcited, i.e. opening time 50 ms (standard > 80 ms).
2)
X7 manual connector required for circuit breakers or guide frames. If this is
not already available, please order additionally (see pages 1/29 and 1/39).

1/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M) kg
Door sealing frames, hoods, shutters
Door sealing frames B 3WL9 111-0AP01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.360
Spare part for option T40, see
"-Z" + order code, page 1/25.
Protective covers, IP55 B 3WL9 111-0AP02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.600
Cannot be used in conjunction
with door sealing frames, hood
removable and can be opened
on both sides
NSE0_01028a
Shutters
Spare part for option R21, see
3WL9 111-0AP02-0AA0 "-Z" + order code, page 1/26.
3-pole Size I B 3WL9 111-0AP04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.500
Size II B 3WL9 111-0AP06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.630
Size III B 3WL9 111-0AP07-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.860
4-pole Size I B 3WL9 111-0AP08-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.600

Size II B 3WL9 111-0AP11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.770
NSE0_01006
Size III B 3WL9 111-0AP12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.070
3WL9 111-0AP0.-0AA0
Arc chute
Arc chute
690 V Size I B 3WL9 111-0AS01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.110
Size II B 3WL9 111-0AS02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.680
Size III B 3WL9 111-0AS03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.980
NSE0_01007
1000 V / 1150 V Size II B 3WL9 111-0AS05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.140

Arc chute covers1)
3WL9 111-0AS0.-0AA0 Parts kit for guide frame
Spare part for option R10, see
"-Z" + order code, page 1/26.
3-pole Size I B 3WL9 111-0AS32-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.850
NSE0_01008 Size III B 3WL9 111-0AS38-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 4.050
3WL9 111-0AS3.-0AA0
4-pole Size I B 3WL9 111-0AS42-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.340
Coding for withdrawable version
Coding for withdrawable version B 3WL9 111-0AR12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.400
By customer, for 36 coding variants
NSE0_01009
3WL9 111-0AR12-0AA0
1)
Not available for
- 1000-V version (order code "A05"),
- 1150-V version (order code "A15"),
- DC version,
- 4000 A size II,
- circuit breaker with very high switching capacity C.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/41
© Siemens AG 2010

SET, approx.
M) kg
Grounding connection
Grounding connection between
the guide frame and the with- Size I, II2) B 3WL9 111-0BA01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.330
drawable circuit breaker
For 30 kA ground short-circuit Size III B 3WL9 111-0BA02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.350
NSE0 01018a current1)
3WL9 111-0BA02-0AA0 Contacting module for guide frame
Contacting modules for withdrawable circuit
breakers
3-pole Size I B 3WL9 111-0BA05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.250
NSE01019 Size II2) B 3WL9 111-0BA06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.530
3WL9 111-0BA07-0AA0 Size III B 3WL9 111-0BA07-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.270
4-pole Size I B 3WL9 111-0BA08-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.500

Size II2) B 3WL9 111-0BA04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.850
Size III B 3WL9 111-0BA10-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.950
Support brackets
Support brackets B 3WL9 111-0BB50-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 7.000
For mounting fixed-mounted circuit breakers on
vertical plane, only for sizes I and II (1 set = 2 units)
NSE-01022
3WL9 111-0BB50-0AA0
1)
For 60 kA ground short-circuit current, order 2.
2)
Can also be used for size II, 4000 A.

1/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M) kg
CubicleBUS modules1)
Digital output modules with rotary coding switch, B 3WL9 111-0AT26-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.240
relay outputs
Digital output modules, configurable, relay outputs B 3WL9 111-0AT20-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.310
Digital input module B 3WL9 111-0AT27-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.240
Analog output modules B 3WL9 111-0AT23-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.240
Zone Selective Interlocking modules B 3WL9 111-0AT21-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.240
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 2 3 a
3WL9 111-0AT23-0AA0
Parameterization systems
Breaker Data Parameterization, operation, monitoring and B 3WL9 111-0AT28-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.900
Adapters diagnostics of SENTRON circuit breakers
(BDA)2) using the local interface; Breaker Data
Adapter, connection cable to the SENTRON
3WL circuit breaker and to the programming
device (e.g. notebook); can be run with
Internet Explorer with JAVA2 VM 1.4.0-01 and
higher
BDA Plus2)3) Same as BDA, but with additional Ethernet B 3WL9 111-0AT33-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.200
interface for connection to Ethernet/Intranet/
Internet
Connection Connection cable for connection of BDA Plus B 3WL9 111-0BC21-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.350
N S E 0 _ 0 1 0 2 4 a
cables for to terminal X8 of the SENTRON 3WL circuit
BDA Plus breaker. Required if neither COM15 nor
3WL9 111-0AT28-0AA0 COM16 nor other external CubicleBUS
modules are available, length 2 m.
Switch ES Calibration, operation, monitoring, and diag- A 3ZS2 311-0CC10-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 0.200
Power nostics of SENTRON circuit breakers via
parameter- PROFIBUS DP; runs under Windows 95,
ization Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000 and
software Windows XP Professional, requires additional
PROFIBUS card e.g. CP5613
Accessories for communications
Preassem- 0.2 m long, for connection to SENTRON 3WL B 3WL9 111-0BC04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.020
bled with COM15/COM16
cables for 1 m long, for connection to SENTRON 3WL B 3WL9 111-0BC02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.050
CubicleBUS with COM15/COM16
modules
2 m long, for connection to SENTRON 3WL B 3WL9 111-0BC03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.060
with COM15/COM16
2 m long, for connection to SENTRON 3WL B 3WL9 111-0BC05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.070
without COM15/COM16
SENTRON Detailed description of the communication
manuals for functions for SENTRON circuit breakers.
communica- Installation, connection, commissioning, data
tion solu- transmission to the PLC, including description
tions of Switch ES Power and BDA.
PROFIBUS, German, token fee A5E0151347
PROFIBUS, English, token fee A5E0151353
MODBUS, German, token fee
MODBUS, English, token fee Z 3ZX10 12-0WL10-1AB1
3ZX10 12-0WL10-1AC1
Free download from:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
Voltage 380 ... 690 V/100 V, class 0.5 B 3WL9 111-0BB68-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.600
transformers,
3-pole, for
SENTRON
3WL with
measurement
function
Plus4)
All communication components, CubicleBUS modules and measurement functions are available for the ETU45B and ETU76B releases.
1) 3)
Each CubicleBUS module is supplied with a 0.2 m factory-fitted cable to Operation under Windows Vista and Windows 7 on request.
connect the modules with each other. A longer factory-fitted cable is 4)
Is required for operation of the measurement function Plus.
required for connection to the circuit breaker.
2)
A 24 V DC power supply unit is required.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/43
© Siemens AG 2010

SET, approx.
M) kg
Retrofitting and spare parts
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PROFIBUS Retrofit kit for PROFIBUS communications B 3WL9 111-0AT12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.260
retrofit kits including COM15, BSS and set of cables for
Device
all SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers with
PROFIBUS DP
CubicleBus ETU45B and ETU76B releases
COM15 For ETU45B and ETU76B releases B 3WL9 111-0AT15-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.140
PROFIBUS
module
NSE-01025
COM16 For ETU45B and ETU76B releases B 3WL9 111-0AT17-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.140
3WL9 111-0AT15-0AA0 MODBUS
modules
MODBUS IEC Retrofit kit for MODBUS communications B 3WL9 111-0AT18-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.260
retrofit kits including COM16, BSS and set of cables for
all SENTRON 3WL circuit breakers with
ETU45B and ETU76B releases
Breaker status For ETU45B and ETU76B releases B 3WL9 111-0AT16-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.120
sensor (BSS)
Measurement For ETU Release 2 B 3WL9 111-0AT04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.250
function Plus1) (voltage transformer required)
All communication components, CubicleBUS modules and measurement functions are available for the ETU45B and ETU76B releases.
1)
A measuring accuracy of 3 % is reached if retrofitted.

1/44 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M) kg
Main conductor connections, fixed mounting (essential accessory)
Specified for each connection
3WL9 111-0AL06-0AA0
Front-accessible
main connections, Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.100
single hole at top Size I, 1250 to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AL02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.600
Size II, up to 2000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.000
NSE-01010
Size III, up to 4000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 6.100
3WL9 111-0AL56-0AA0 Front-accessible Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL51-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.000
main connections, Size I, 1250 to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AL52-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.300
single hole at bot- Size II, up to 2000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL53-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.800
tom Size II, up to 2500 A B 3WL9 111-0AL54-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.100
3WL9 111-0AL14-0AA0 Size II, up to 3200 A 3WL9 111-0AL55-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.000
B
Front-accessible Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL07-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.400
acc. to DIN 43673, Size II, up to 2000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.400
double hole at top Size II, up to 2500 A B 3WL9 111-0AL12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 4.500
NSE-01011
3WL9 111-0AL64-0AA0 Front-accessible Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL57-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.300
acc. to DIN 43673, Size II, up to 2000 A B 3WL9 111-0AL61-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.000
double hole at bot- Size II, up to 2500 A B 3WL9 111-0AL62-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.700
tom Size II, up to 3200 A B 3WL9 111-0AL63-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.600
Rear vertical main Size I1), up to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AM01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.500
connections Size II2), up to 3200 A B 3WL9 111-0AM02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.200
Size III, up to 6300 A B 3WL9 111-0AM03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 5.000
NSE-01012
3WL9 111-0AM03-0AA0
1)
In the case of vertical connection size I, up to 1000 A
one 3WL9 111–0AM01-0AA0 vertical connection is required,
up to 1600 A two 3WL9 111-0AM01-0AA0 vertical connections are
required.
2)
In the case of vertical connection size II, up to 2500 A
one 3WL9 111–0AM02-0AA0 vertical connection is required,
up to 3200 A two 3WL9 111-0AM02-0AA0 vertical connections are
required.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/45
© Siemens AG 2010

SET, approx.
M) kg
Main conductor connections, withdrawable versions
(essential accessory)
Specified for each connection
Front-accessible
main connections, Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.000
single hole at top or Size I, 1250 to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AN02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.300
at bottom1)
Size II, up to 2000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.800
NSE-01013
3WL9 111-0AN06-0AA0
Size III, up to 4000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 5.200
Front-accessible Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN07-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.300
main connections, Size I, 1250 to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AN08-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.700
acc. to DIN 43673, Size II, up to 2000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.000
double hole at top or Size II, up to 2500 A B 3WL9 111-0AN12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.700
at bottom1) Size II, up to 3200 A B 3WL9 111-0AN13-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.600
NSE-01014
3WL9 111-0AN14-0AA0
Supports
for front and DIN
connecting bars
3-pole for 3 bars Size I B 3WL9 111-0AN41-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.700
Size II B 3WL9 111-0AN42-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.350
Size III B 3WL9 111-0AN43-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.420
4-pole for 4 bars Size I B 3WL9 111-0AN44-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.200

Size II B 3WL9 111-0AN45-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 2.200
Size III B 3WL9 111-0AN46-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 3.200
Rear vertical main Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN15-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.660
connections Size I, 1250 to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AN16-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.870
NSE-01017 Size II, up to 2500 A B 3WL9 111-0AN18-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.490
3WL9 111-0AN41-0AA0
(3 busbar connection
pieces for 3-pole circuit
NSE-01015
breakers)
3WL9 111-0AN23-0AA0
Size III, up to 6300 A, B 3WL9 111-0AN20-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 18.410
at top
breakers)
Size III, up to 6300 A, B 3WL9 111-0AN10-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 18.300
at bottom
breakers)
Rear horizontal main Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN32-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.630
connections Size I, 1250 to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AN33-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.770
Connecting flanges Size I, up to 1000 A B 3WL9 111-0AN24-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.610
Size I, 1250 to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AN25-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.640
NSE-01016

3WL9 111-0AN24-0AA0
1) When using front-accessible main connections

(withdrawable circuit breakers) supports are required.

1/46 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M)
kg
Conversion sets
For converting fixed-mounted circuit breakers into withdrawable circuit breakers
Guide frames and sliding contact modules must be ordered separately.
Number of poles Size
3-pole I B 3WL9 111-0BC11-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 5.100
II B 3WL9 111-0BC12-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 5.900
III B 3WL9 111-0BC13-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 8.100
4-pole I B 3WL9 111-0BC14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 6.400
II B 3WL9 111-0BC15-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 6.450
III B 3WL9 111-0BC16-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 10.700
Main contact elements
You must specify the circuit breaker ID No. when ordering!
Specified for each connection (depending on the number of poles on the circuit breaker, order 3 or 4 units)
Sizes In max Order No. is automatically adapted
to the circuit breaker ID number
I Up to 1600 A B 3WL9 111-0AM90 1 1 unit 103 2.800

L1Y1)
II Up to 2500 A B 3WL9 111-0AM91 1 1 unit 103 5.870
L1Y1)
II Up to 4000 A B 3WL9 111-0AM92 1 1 unit 103 7.700
L1Y1)
III Up to 6300 A B 3WL9 111-0AM93 1 1 unit 103 13.740
NSE-01021
L1Y1)
1)
Please specify the circuit breaker ID No. in plain text when ordering.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/47
© Siemens AG 2010
Schematics in as-supplied state Version Size DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
kg
Withdrawable short-circuiting, grounding and bridging units
Top and 3-pole
bottom
NSE0_01118
Up to 1600 A I C 3WL9 111-0BD01-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 30.000
parts of
system are Up to 3200 A II C 3WL9 111-0BD03-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 40.500
L1 L2 L3 short- Up to 6300 A III C 3WL9 111-0BD05-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 65.000
circuited
and
NSE0_01113
grounded 4-pole
Up to 1600 A I C 3WL9 111-0BD02-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 35.000
NSE0_01119
(as-supplied state)
Up to 3200 A II C 3WL9 111-0BD04-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 46.000
Up to 6300 A III C 3WL9 111-0BD06-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 70.000
N L1 L2 L3
Conversion for the following applications is possible

NSE0_01118
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01116
NSE0_01113 NSE0_01112
NSE0_01119
N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01117
Top and bottom parts of system are short-circuited and grounded Top part of system is short-circuited and grounded,
(as-supplied state) infeed from bottom
NSE0_01120
NSE0_01122a
L1 L2 L3
NSE0_01115 NSE0_01114
NSE0_01121
NSE0_01123a
N L1 L2 L3
Withdrawable bridging unit, infeed and outgoing terminals are permanently Bottom part of system is short-circuited and grounded,
connected to each other infeed from top

1/48 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

■ Options
Structure of the Order No.
3WL1 Ô Ô Ò – ÖéâÕÓ– ÓáÜÔ An important prerequisite for
computer-based order process-
Example
>>> >>>>> >>>> ing is that order numbers must
be structured according to stan-
5. position: Size Size II Ô dardized criteria.
They are used as an unambigu-
6. and 7th posi- Max. rated circuit In max = 2000 A ÔÒ ous means of communication for
tions: breaker current various purposes:
In max
• Offer processing
8. position: Switching capacity High breaking capacity Ö Selection and configuration
class "H": 100 kA • Order processing
Orders
9. position: Electronic release ETU76B with pixel graphics é Order confirmation
display ... Processing of products for stor-
10. position: Electronic release ... with ground-fault protection â age
supplement Order processing in supply lo-
cations
11. position: Number of poles Three-pole Õ Supply and dispatch
• Reporting and planning
12. position: Installation type Fixed mounting, main connec- Ó • Service and warranty
tions on rear, vertical The standardized structure
ensures that only one Order No.
13. position: Operating mecha- Manual operating mechanism Ó
has to be administered for one
nism with mechanical closing
device.
This saves time and effort during
14. position: 1. Auxiliary release Shunt release á
planning, configuring, ordering
50/60 Hz 110 V AC
and stock keeping, and conse-
15. position: 2. Auxiliary release Without 2nd auxiliary release Ü quently above all it saves costs.
The example opposite explains
16. position: Auxiliary switches 2 NO contact + 2 NC contact Ô the various positions within an
Order No.
Accessories: with first order (components are already mounted)

Example 3WL1 Ô Ó Ø – ÖåâÕÓ– ÓáÜÕ– õ áÒÔ Additional accessory compo-
nents can be ordered ready-
> mounted.
"–Z" with order code Communications interface õ áÒÔ These supplements are identi-
"Standard" + Breaker Status Sensor (BSS) fied by "–Z".
+ communication module COM15 for con- Even with additional compo-
nection to PROFIBUS DP nents, one Order No. is suffi-
cient.
Accessories: for retrofitting (components for subsequent fitting)

Example Additional accessories which are
not intended to be ready-
3WL9 Ó Ó Ó – Ò Á Ü Ô Ó – Ò Ü Ü Ò mounted in the factory, such as
Interlocking set for mechanical ON/OFF spare parts for storage, can also
without lock be ordered separately from the
circuit breaker.
Accessories for retrofitting are
identified by the Order No. stem
3WL9.
Documentation
Operating manual German/English Order No. 3ZX18 12-0WL00-0AN1 Delivery time class C
Complete set French/Italian Order No. 3ZX18 12-0WL00-0AJ1 On request
Spanish/Portuguese Order No. 3ZX18 12-0WL00-0AL1 On request
Manuals German Order No. A5E0151347
Communication English Order No. A5E0151353
Free download of documentation from

■ More information
Up-to-date information on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sentron
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/49

© Siemens AG 2010
3WL Non-Automatic Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A (DC)
3- and 4-pole, fixed-mounted versions

For general data see page 1/6.
Size Max. rated circuit breaker DT 3-pole non-automatic air circuit PU PS*/ PG Weight
current breakers DC (UNIT, P. unit per PU
In max. SET, approx.
Order No. Price
M)
A For Order No. supplements, per PU kg
see page 1/23
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@32-.... 1 1 unit 103 64.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@31-.... 1 1 unit 103 85.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@33-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@34-.... 1 1 unit 103 56.000
Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing 1AA2 None
Order No. Price
M)
A For Order No. supplements, per PU kg
see page 1/23
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@42-.... 1 1 unit 103 77.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@41-.... 1 1 unit 103 103.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@43-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@44-.... 1 1 unit 103 67.000
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. Order No. with "–Z" Additional price
and indicate the appropriate order code(s). and additional order code 3WL1 2 . 0 – 8 . . . . – . . . . –Z
@@@
3-pole 4-pole
Rated voltage 1000 V DC
Size II Up to 2000 A A05 ✓ ✓
Size II Up to 4000 A A05 ✓ ✓
Note:
For voltages over 600 V use the version for 1000 V DC rated An external overload and short-circuit protection device is avail-
voltage: Order with "-Z" and order code "A05". able from the company "mat" for the SENTRON 3WL non-auto-
matic air circuit breakers.
All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "–Z" Available only directly from the company mat – Maschinen- und
and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit Anlagentechnik (for address see page 1/52).
breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers up to 6300 A (AC)",
"Options", page 1/24 onwards.
1) Provisions to dissipate heat must be made on the line side.
2) For permissible rated short-time current Icw and short-circuit switching
capacity Icc for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3.

1/50 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


Order No. Price
M)
For Order No. supplements, per PU
see page 1/23
A kg
(for guide frames, see page 1/53)
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@35-.... 1 1 unit 103 68.000
With guide frames, horizontal main circuit
connection
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@36-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
With guide frames, vertical main circuit
connection
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@37-.... 1 1 unit 103 121.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 91.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@38-.... 1 1 unit 103 113.000
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. Order No. with "–Z" Additional price
and indicate the appropriate order code(s). and additional order code 3WL1 2 . 0 – 8 . . 3 . – . . . . –Z
@@@
3-pole
Size II4) Up to 2000 A A05 ✓
Tinned version of the customer's connections on the guide frame3)
Only for circuit breakers in withdrawable version with horizontal connection or flange connection.
The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days.
Size II A08 ✓
Note:
voltage; order with "-Z" and order code "A05". able from the company "mat" for the SENTRON 3WL non-auto-
and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit Anlagentechnik (for address see page 1/52).
1)
Provisions to dissipate heat must be made on the line side.
2)
For permissible rated short-time current Icw and short-circuit switching
capacity Icc for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3.
3)
4)
If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately, spec-
ify order code "A05" for withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/51
© Siemens AG 2010

Order No. Price
M)
For Order No. supplements, per PU
see page 1/23
A kg
(for guide frames, see page 1/53)
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 75.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@45-.... 1 1 unit 103 82.000
With guide frames, horizontal main circuit
_connection
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@46-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
With guide frames, vertical main circuit
_connection
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@47-.... 1 1 unit 103 146.000
II 1000 B 3WL12 10-8@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 2000 B 3WL12 20-8@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 109.000
II 40001) B 3WL12 40-8@@48-.... 1 1 unit 103 136.000
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
and indicate the appropriate order code(s). and additional order code 3WL1 2 . 0 – 8 . . 4 . – . . . . –Z price
@@@
4-pole
Only for circuit breakers in withdrawable version with horizontal connection or flange connection.
The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days.
Size II A08 ✓
Note:
voltage; order with "-Z" and order code "A05". able from the company "mat" for the SENTRON 3WL non-auto-
and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit Anlagentechnik5).
✓ Additional price 5) mat – Maschinen- und Anlagentechnik

1) Provisions to dissipate heat must be made on the line side. Dr. Becker GmbH
2)
Rudolf-Diesel-Straße 22
For permissible rated short-time current Icw and short-circuit switching 22941 Bargteheide
capacity Icc for non-automatic air circuit breakers see page 1/3. Germany
3) The permissible temperature-rise limits according to IEC 60947-2 are 5 K Tel.: +49 (45 32) 20 21-01
lower for a tin surface than for a silver surface. Fax: +49 (45 32) 20 21-21
4) E-mail: info@m-a-t.de
If ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame separately, spec- Internet: www.m-a-t.de
ify order code "A05" for withdrawable circuit breaker and guide frame.

1/52 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


Guide frames for DC non-automatic air circuit breakers
Size Max. rated circuit breaker current DT For 3-pole non-automatic air circuit breakers PU PS*/ PG Weight
In max Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit per PU
(Order No. supplements per PU SET, approx.
A required acc. to table below) M) kg
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3DA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3DB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3DC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 4000 B 3WL9 212-6DC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3DD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 4000 B 3WL9 212-6DD@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3DE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 31.000
II 4000 B 3WL9 212-6DE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 60.000
Order No. supplements Add. price

Number of auxiliary supply connectors 3-pole
Without 0 None
1 connector 1 ✓
2 connectors 2 ✓
3 connectors 3 ✓
4 connectors 4 ✓
Without 0 None
Without 0 None
Option 1 Connected 1 CO contact, 1 ✓
test 1 CO contacts,
disconnected 1 CO contact
Option 2 Connected 3 CO contacts, 2 ✓
test 2 CO contacts,
Shutters
Without A None
With shutter, 2 parts, lockable B ✓
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. Order No. with "–Z" Add.
and indicate the appropriate order code(s). and additional order code 3WL9 2 1 2 – . . . . . – . . A1 –Z price
@@@

Size II A05 ✓
Size II A08 ✓
Guide frames for 4-pole DC non-automatic air circuit breakers
All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "–Z" and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit breakers/
Non-Automatic Air circuit breakers up to 6300 A (AC)", "Options", page 1/24 onwards.
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 1/53
© Siemens AG 2010
Size Max. rated circuit breaker current DT For 4-pole non-automatic air circuit breakers PU PS*/ PG Weight
In max Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit per PU
(Order No. supplements per PU SET, approx.
A required acc. to table below) M) kg
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3EA@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3EB@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3EC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 4000 B 3WL9 212-6EC@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3ED@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 4000 B 3WL9 212-6ED@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
II 2000 B 3WL9 212-3EE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 37.000
II 4000 B 3WL9 212-6EE@@-@@A1 1 1 unit 103 84.000
Order No. supplements Add. price
Number of auxiliary supply connectors 4-pole
Without 0 None
1 connector 1 ✓
2 connectors 2 ✓
3 connectors 3 ✓
4 connectors 4 ✓
Without 0 None
Without 0 None
Option 1 Connected 1 CO contact, 1 ✓
test 1 CO contacts,
Option 2 Connected 3 CO contacts, 2 ✓
test 2 CO contacts,
Shutters
Without A None
With shutter, 2 parts, lockable B ✓
1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Add "–Z" to the complete Order No. Order No. with "–Z" Add.
and indicate the appropriate order code(s). and additional order code 3WL9 2 1 2 – . . . . . – . . A1 –Z price
@@@

Size II A05 ✓
Size II A08 ✓
For guide frames for 3-pole DC non-automatic air circuit breakers see previous page
All other accessory parts must be ordered by specifying "–Z" and the corresponding order code, see "3WL Air circuit breakers/
Non-Automatic Air circuit breakers up to 6300 A (AC)", "Options", page 1/24 onwards.
1) The permissible temperature-rise limits according to IEC 60947-2 are 5 K

1/54 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
2
© Siemens AG 2010
Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2
2/2 Introduction
3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

up to 1600 A
2/6 Introduction
2/10 3-pole
2/34 4-pole
2/55 Options
Ch.12 SENTRON Transfer Control

Devices for ATSE
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Molded Case Circuit Breakers

2 Introduction
■ Overview
Type VL160X/3VL1 VL160/3VL2 VL250/3VL3 VL400/3VL4

Molded case circuit breakers
3VL molded case circuit breakers up to 1600 A
Rated current In A 16 ... 160 50 ... 160 200 ... 250 200 ... 400
at 50 °C ambient temperature
Number of poles 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
50/60 Hz AC V 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
DC1) V 500 500 600 600 600 600 600 600
Electronic releases
Thermal-magnetic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Electronic LCD ETU/ETU -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replaceable -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PROFIBUS module COM20 -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Dimensions
D A mm 105 139 105 139 105 139 139 183
A C B mm 157 157 175 175 175 175 279 279
N S E 0 _ 0 1 1 5 9
C mm 81 81 81 81 81 81 102 102
D mm 107 107 107 107 107 107 138 138
B
Switching capacity Icu/Ics

RMS value acc. to IEC 60947-2
Standard switching capacity N2) N
Up to 240 V AC kA 65/65 65/65 65/65 65/65
Up to 415 V AC kA 55/55 55/55 55/55 55/55
Up to 440 V AC kA 25/20 25/20 25/20 35/26
Up to 500/525 V AC kA 18/14 25/20 25/20 25/20
Up to 690 V AC kA 8/43) 12/6 12/6 15/8
Up to 250 V DC4) kA 30/30 32/32 32/32 32/32
Up to 500 V DC4) kA -- -- -- --
Up to 600 V DC4) kA -- -- -- --
NEMA breaking capacity5)
Up to 480 V AC kA 25 25 25 35
Up to 600 V AC kA 83) 12 12 20
High switching capacity H2) H
Up to 240 V AC kA 100/75 100/75 100/75 100/75
Up to 415 V AC kA 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70
Up to 440 V AC kA 42/32 50/38 50/38 50/38
Up to 500/525 V AC kA 30/23 40/30 40/30 40/30
Up to 690 V AC kA 12/63) 12/6 12/6 15/8
Up to 250 V DC4) kA 30/30 32/32 32/32 32/32
Up to 500 V DC4) kA 30/30 32/32 32/32 32/32
Up to 600 V DC4) kA -- -- -- --
Up to 480 V AC kA 42 50 50 50
Up to 600 V AC kA 123) 12 12 20
Very high switching capacity L2) L
Up to 240 V AC kA -- 200/150 200/150 200/150
Up to 415 V AC kA -- 100/75 100/75 100/75
Up to 440 V AC kA -- 75/50 75/50 75/50
Up to 500/525 V AC kA -- 50/38 50/38 50/38
Up to 690 V AC kA -- 12/6 12/6 15/8
Up to 250 V DC4) kA -- 32/32 32/32 32/32
Up to 500 V DC4) kA -- 32/32 32/32 32/32
Up to 600 V DC4) kA -- 32/32 32/32 32/32
Up to 480 V AC kA -- 75 75 75
Up to 600 V AC kA -- 12 12 20
1)
✓ Available Rated DC voltage applies only for circuit breakers with thermal-
-- Not available magnetic release.
For 3VL molded case circuit breakers according to UL 489 see

Catalog LV 16.
2/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
2
VL630/3VL5 VL800/3VL6 VL1250/3VL7 VL1600/3VL8 ATC5300

Transfer control devices
3VL molded case circuit breakers up to 1600 A SENTRON transfer control
devices for ATSE
315 ... 630 800 1000 ... 1250 1600 see "Monitoring Devices" chapter.
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690

600 600 -- -- -- -- -- --
✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- --
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
190 253 190 253 229 305 229 305

279 279 406 406 406 406 406 406
102 102 114 114 152 152 152 152
138 138 151 151 207 207 207 207
65/65 65/65 65/35 65/35

55/55 55/55 55/28 55/28
35/26 35/26 35/26 35/26
25/20 25/20 25/20 25/20
20/10 20/10 20/10 20/10
30/30 -- -- --
-- -- -- --
-- -- -- --
25 25 25 25
20 20 20 20
100/75 100/75 100/50 100/50

70/70 70/70 70/35 70/35
50/38 50/38 50/38 50/38
40/30 40/30 40/30 40/30
20/10 20/10 30/15 30/15
30/30 -- -- --
30/30 -- -- --
-- -- -- --
50 50 50 50
30 30 30 30
200/150 200/150 200/100 200/100

100/75 100/75 100/50 100/50
75/50 75/50 75/50 75/50
50/38 50/38 50/38 50/38
20/10 20/10 35/17 35/17
30/30 -- -- --
30/30 -- -- --
30/30 -- -- --
65 65 65 65
35 35 35 35
2) 4)
At 240 V AC, 415 V AC and 525 V AC max. 5 % overvoltage, The maximum permitted DC voltage for each conducting path needs to be taken
at 440 V AC, 500 V AC and 690 V AC max. 10 % overvoltage, into account for DC switching applications; see Technical Information at
at 250/500/600 V DC max. 5 % overvoltage. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support; time constant t = 15 ms.
3) Rated current I ≥ 25 A. 5) The NEMA breaking capacity can be found on the rating plate of each IEC circuit
n
breaker.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/3

© Siemens AG 2010

2 Introduction
10
10
11
12
13
NSE0_02087b
$ Withdrawable/plug-in bases (pages 2/70 to 2/75)
% Side panels for withdrawable version (pages 2/70 to 2/75)
& Phase barriers (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
( Flared front busbar connecting bars (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
) Straight connecting bars (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
* Circular conductor terminals for Al/Cu (pages 2/77 to 2/79)
+ Box terminals for Cu (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
, Extended connection covers (terminal covers) (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
- Standard connection covers (terminal covers) (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
. Masking frames/cover frames for door cutout (pages 2/94 to 2/97)
/ Motorized operating mechanisms with stored energy mechanism (pages 2/66)
0 Front-operated rotary operating mechanisms (pages 2/62 to 2/65)
1 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms (pages 2/62 to 2/65)
2 SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers (pages 2/10 to 2/53)
3 Internal accessories (pages 2/55, 2/56, 2/59 to 2/61)
4 Electronic overcurrent releases LCD ETU (pages 2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44 and 2/46)
5 Electronic releases with communication function (pages 2/12 to 2/28, 2/40 to 2/50)
6 Thermal/magnetic overcurrent releases (pages 2/10 to 2/12, 2/30, 2/34 to 2/38, 2/52)
7 RCD modules (page 2/76)
8 Rear terminals – flat and round (pages 2/77 to 2/82)
9 COM20 communication modules to the PROFIBUS DP (page 2/98)
: Battery power supplies with test function for electronic releases (pages 2/84 to 2/88)
2/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
2
8
7
2
6
5 3
15
14
18
22
16
19
17
7
21
6
NSE0_02087b
9
4
8
20
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/5

© Siemens AG 2010

2 Introduction
■ Benefits 3. For starter combinations (in 3-pole version)

These circuit breakers are used both for short-circuit protec-
• The compact design of the SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers tion as well as for isolating functions, which may be required
coupled with excellent characteristics fulfills the high de- in starter combinations consisting of circuit breakers, overload
mands of today's electrical distribution systems. relays and motor contactors. These circuit breakers exclu-
• These circuit breakers offer a broad product range, improved sively feature adjustable, instantaneous short-circuit releases.
technology, space savings and easy operation. 4. As non-automatic circuit breakers (in 3- and 4-pole versions)
• They are available both in thermal-magnetic (16 A to 630 A) These circuit breakers can be used as feeder circuit breakers,
and in electronic versions (63 A to 1600 A). main control switches or non-automatic circuit breakers with-
out overload protection. They incorporate an integrated short-
Communication circuit self-protection system, eliminating the need for back-
up fuses.
The use of modern communication-capable circuit breakers
opens up completely new possibilities in terms of start-up, pa- Switching capacity
rameterization, diagnostics, maintenance and operation. This al-
lows many different ways of reducing costs and improving pro- Circuit breakers with standard switching capacity N
N
ductivity in industrial plants, buildings and infrastructure projects (Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V)
to be achieved:
Circuit breakers with high switching capacity H
• Fast and reliable parameterization H
(Icu up to 70 kA at 415 V)
• Timely information and response can prevent plant
stoppages Circuit breakers with very high switching capacity L
L
• Effective diagnostics management (Icu up to 100 kA at 415 V)
Measured values are the basis for efficient load management, These switching capacities are indicated in the corre-
for drawing up power demand profiles and for assigning power sponding tables by the symbols shown on orange back-
to cost centers. grounds.
Communication: Standards and specifications
• For molded case circuit breakers with communication function
see pages 2/12 to 2/28 and 2/40 to 2/50. SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers comply with:
• For accessories, see page 2/98. IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2.
• For more information see also chapters "Measuring Devices Isolating features according to IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2.
and E-Counters" and "Software".
Disconnecting features (main control switches) according to
■ Applications EN 60204.
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers comply in addition with re-
The different versions of SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers are suit- quirements for "disconnector units with features for stopping and
able for the following applications: switching off in an emergency" (EMERGENCY-STOP switches) in
• Incoming and outgoing circuit breakers in distribution systems conjunction with lockable rotary operating mechanisms (red-yel-
low) and terminal covers.
• Switching and protection devices for motors, transformers
and capacitors Please contact Siemens for details of other standards.
• Disconnector units with features for stopping and switching off The electronic releases of the circuit breakers for motor
in an emergency (main control switches and EMERGENCY- protection also fulfill IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-2.
STOP switches) in conjunction with lockable rotary operating
mechanisms and terminal covers. VL160X to VL400 circuit breakers can be equipped with a
SENTRON 3VL RCD module. They then comply with
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers are available in the following IEC 60947-2 Appendix B.
versions:
The SENTRON 3VL RCD module complies with IEC 61000-4-2 to
1. For system protection (in 3- and 4-pole versions) IEC 61000-4-6, IEC 61000-4-11 and EN 55011, Class B (equiva-
The overload and short-circuit releases are designed for the lent to CISPR 11) with regard to electromagnetic compatibility.
protection of cables, leads and non-motor loads.
2. For motor protection (in 3-pole version) Operating conditions
The overload and short-circuit releases are designed for opti- The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers are designed for operation
mized protection and direct-on-line starting of induction squir- in enclosed areas.
rel-cage motors. The circuit breakers for motor protection are
susceptible to phase failure and feature an adjustable trip Suitable enclosures must be provided for operation in areas with
class. The electronic releases operate with a microprocessor. severe ambient conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors, haz-
ardous gases).
2/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
2
RCD modules
The RCD module is designed for retrofitting to the circuit breaker. Protection of plant and equipment against overload or damage
It can also be retrofitted by the customer. by ground faults (ground-fault protection).
The combination of SENTRON 3VL circuit breaker and RCD The RCD module trips the circuit breaker through vectorial sum-
module can be fed from the top or bottom. mation current formation for all phase currents if the vectorial
sum of the currents in the poles (= the ground fault current) over-
All SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers with RCD modules are avail- shoots the pre-set response and delay time values. AC currents
able with auxiliary switches, alarm switches, undervoltage and and pulsating DC currents are measured (CBR, design A
shunt releases. according to EN 60947-2).
Main connections, basic equipment and options
NSE0_00701 NSE0_00702
NSE0_00700 NSE0_01541
Box terminal Connection with screw terminal Connection to front busbar connecting Circular conductor terminals
(for copper cables or solid/ (available with direct cable lug connec- bars (screw terminal required) multiple feed-in terminal
flexible busbars) tion on VL160X, VL160, VL250, VL400) (for Al/Cu terminal)
Main connections (see below for conductor cross-sections)

Circuit breaker Connection overview and further options
Box terminals Screw terminals Circular conductor Rear Front-accessible
with metric thread for flat terminal/multiple feed-in terminals connecting bars
connectors terminals
@ @
VL160X × × ×
VL160 @ @ × × ×
@ @
VL250 × × ×
VL400 × - ×2)3) × ×
VL630 ×1) - ×2) × ×
VL800 -- - ×2) × ×
VL1250 -- - ×2) × ×
VL1600 -- × -- × -
- Scope of supply 1) Connecting terminal plate for flexible busbar; not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.
@ Optional scope of supply 2) Multiple feed-in terminal
× Available 3) Circular conductor terminal also available.
-- Not available
Type VL160X VL160 VL250 VL400 VL630 VL800 VL1250 VL1600
3VL1 3VL2 3VL3 3VL4 3VL5 3VL6 3VL7 3VL8
Box terminals1)
• Solid or stranded cable Copper only mm2 2.5 ... 95 2.5 ... 95 25 ... 185 50 ... 300 -- -- -- --
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2.5 ... 50 2.5 ... 50 25 ... 120 50 ... 240 -- -- -- --
• Flexible busbar mm 12 × 10 12 × 10 17 × 10 25 × 10 -- -- -- --
Connecting terminal plate for flexible busbar2) mm -- -- -- -- 2 units -- -- --
10 × 32
Circular conductor terminal for cable1)
• Solid or stranded cable Cu or Al mm2 16 ... 70 16 ... 70 25 ... 185 50 ... 300 -- -- -- --
- With terminal cover Cu or Al mm2 16 ... 150 16 ... 150 120 ... 240 -- -- -- -- --
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 10 ... 50 10 ... 50 25 ... 120 50 ... 240 -- -- -- --
Multiple feed-in terminal1)
• Solid or stranded cable Cu or Al mm2 -- -- -- 2 units 2 units 3 units 4 units --
50 ... 120 50 ... 240 50 ... 240 50 ... 240
- With terminal cover Cu or Al mm2 -- -- -- 2 units -- -- -- --
70 ... 300
2
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm -- -- -- 2 units 2 units 3 units 4 units --
50 ... 95 50 ... 185 50 ... 185 50 ... 185
• Direct connection of busbars Cu or Al mm 17 × 7 22 × 7 24 × 7 32 × 10 40 × 10 2 × 40 × 10 2 × 50 × 10 3 × 60 × 10
• Screw for connection with screw terminal M6 M6 M8 M8 M6 M8 M8 --
Conductor cross-sections for control circuits with
terminal connection
Screw terminals
• Solid mm2 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5 0.75 ... 1.5
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0 0.75 ... 1.0
For details see Mounting Instruction.
1)
Cross-sections according to IEC 60999.
2)
Not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/7

© Siemens AG 2010

2 Introduction
VL160 to VL1600 electronic releases – Functional overview
System/generator protection
System protection Setting options
Starter protection
Motor protection
circuit breakers
Non-automatic
L S1) I1) G
supplement
Overload Short-circuit Short-circuit Ground-fault protection

Order No.
Releases
Function
protection protection (short- protection (instan-
time delayed) taneous)
Ir = × In Isd = × Ir tsd [s] Ii = × In Ig = × In tg [s]
DK M -- -- -- ✓ -- I -- -- -- 7 ... 15 -- --
DE M -- -- -- -- ✓ I -- -- -- 8 ... 18 -- --
EE M -- -- -- -- ✓ I -- -- -- 8 ... 18 -- --
DA TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 1 -- -- 9 ... 184) -- --
DD TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.8 ... 1 -- -- 9 ... 184) -- --
DC TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.8 ... 1 -- -- 5 ... 10 -- --
EH TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 1 -- -- 9 ... 184) -- --
EJ TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.8 ... 1 -- -- 5 ... 10 -- --
EA TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LIN 1 -- -- 9 ... 184) -- --
EC TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LIN 0.8 ... 1 -- -- 5 ... 10 -- --
EM TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- -- LIN 0.8 ... 1 -- -- 5 ... 10 -- --
SP ETU10M3) -- -- ✓ -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
MP ETU10M3) -- -- ✓ -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
SB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
MB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
LB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
TA ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LIN 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
NA ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LIN 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
LA ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LIN 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
TB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
NB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
SL ETU12 ✓ -- -- -- -- LIG 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
ML ETU12 ✓ -- -- -- -- LIG 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
SF ETU12 ✓ -- -- -- -- LIG 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
MF ETU12 ✓ -- -- -- -- LIG 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
TN ETU12 ✓ -- -- -- -- LING 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
NN ETU12 ✓ -- -- -- -- LING 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
SE ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSI 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
ME ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSI 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
LE ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSI 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
TE ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSI 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
NE ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSI 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
TF ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIN 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
NF ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIN 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
LF ETU20 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIN 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 -- --
SG ETU22 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIG 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
MG ETU22 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIG 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
SH ETU22 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIG 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
MH ETU22 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIG 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
TH ETU22 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSING 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
NH ETU22 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSING 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 11 0.6 ... 1, OFF 0.1 ... 0.3
SS ETU30M3) -- -- ✓ -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 6/8/11 -- --
MS ETU30M3) -- -- ✓ -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 6/8/11 -- --
LS ETU30M3) -- -- ✓ -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 6/8/11 -- --
CP LCD ETU40M3) -- -- ✓ -- -- LI 0.4 ... 1 -- -- 1.25 ... 11 -- --
CH LCD ETU40 -- ✓ -- -- -- LI, LS, LSI 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 1.25 ... 11 -- --
CJ LCD ETU40 -- ✓ -- -- -- LI, LSI, LIN, 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 1.25 ... 11 -- --
LSIN
CL LCD ETU42 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIG 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 1.25 ... 11 0.4 ... 1 0.1 ... 0.5
CM LCD ETU42 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIG 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 1.25 ... 11 0.4 ... 1 0.1 ... 0.5
CN LCD ETU42 -- ✓ -- -- -- LSIG, LSING 0.4 ... 1 1.5 ... 10 0 ... 0.5 1.25 ... 11 0.4 ... 1 0.1 ... 0.5
✓ Function is available.
-- Function not available
1) Size dependent.
2) TM up to In = 630 A.
3) Motor protection up to In = 500 A.
4) Non-adjustable.
2/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
2
Thermal-magnetic releases
Communication-capable
Ground-fault protection
N pole protected1)
Time-lag class (tR)
Electronic release
Number of poles
Thermal image
Trip class (tC)

Phase failure
I2t (ON/OFF)
LCD display
supplement
Order No.
Magnetic
Releases
releases
DK M -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- --
DE M -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- --
EE M -- -- -- -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- --
DA TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
DD TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
DC TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
EH TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 4 -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
EJ TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 4 -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
EA TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 4 100 % -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
EC TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 4 60 % -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
EM TM 2) ✓ -- -- -- 4 100 % -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
SP ETU10M3) ✓ 40 % IR -- -- 3 -- -- 10 -- -- -- ✓ --
MP ETU10M3) ✓ 40 % IR ✓4) -- 3 -- -- 10 -- -- -- ✓ --
SB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
MB ETU10 ✓ -- ✓4) -- 3 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
LB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
TA ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- 4 50/100 % -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
NA ETU10 ✓ -- ✓4) -- 4 50/100 % -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
LA ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- 4 50/100 % -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
TB ETU10 ✓ -- -- -- 4 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
NB ETU10 ✓ -- ✓4) -- 4 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
SL ETU12 ✓ -- -- $ 3 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
ML ETU12 ✓ -- ✓4) $ 3 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
SF ETU12 ✓ -- -- % 3 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
MF ETU12 ✓ -- ✓4) % 3 -- -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
TN ETU12 ✓ -- -- % 4 50/100 % -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
NN ETU12 ✓ -- ✓4) % 4 50/100 % -- -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ --
SE ETU20 ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
ME ETU20 ✓ -- ✓4) -- 3 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
LE ETU20 ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
TE ETU20 ✓ -- -- -- 4 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
NE ETU20 ✓ -- ✓4) -- 4 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
TF ETU20 ✓ -- -- -- 4 50/100 % ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
NF ETU20 ✓ -- ✓4) -- 4 50/100 % ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
LF ETU20 ✓ -- -- -- 4 50/100 % ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
SG ETU22 ✓ -- -- $ 3 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
MG ETU22 ✓ -- ✓4) $ 3 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
SH ETU22 ✓ -- -- % 3 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
MH ETU22 ✓ -- ✓4) % 3 -- ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
TH ETU22 ✓ -- -- % 4 50/100 % ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
NH ETU22 ✓ -- ✓4) % 4 50/100 % ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ --
SS ETU30M3) ✓ 40 % IR -- -- 3 -- -- 10, 20, 30 -- -- -- ✓ --
MS ETU30M3) ✓ 40 % IR ✓4) -- 3 -- -- 10, 20, 30 -- -- -- ✓ --
LS ETU30M3) ✓ 40 % IR -- -- 3 -- -- 10, 20, 30 -- -- -- ✓ --
CP LCD ETU40M3) ✓ 5 ... 50 % IR -- -- 3 -- -- 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 -- -- -- ✓ ✓
CH LCD ETU40 ✓ -- -- -- 3 -- ✓ -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ ✓
CJ LCD ETU40 ✓ -- -- -- 4 50 ... 100 %, OFF ✓ -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ ✓
CL LCD ETU42 ✓ -- -- $ 3 -- ✓ -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ ✓

CM LCD ETU42 ✓ -- -- $/& 3 -- ✓ -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ ✓
CN LCD ETU42 ✓ -- -- % 4 50 ... 100 %, OFF ✓ -- 2.5 ... 30 -- -- ✓ ✓
1)
Ground-fault protection Size dependent.
$ Vectorial summation current formation (3-conductor system) 2)
TM up to In = 630 A.
% Vectorial summation current formation (4-conductor system) 3)
Motor protection up to In = 500 A.
& Direct detection of ground-fault current in the neutral point 4)
With COM20/COM21.
of the transformer
✓ Function is available.
-- Function not available
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/9

© Siemens AG 2010

3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A
2 3-pole

Type Rated Current setting of the Operating current of the DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V, standard switching capacity N
N
current inverse-time delayed instantaneous ** See "Overview".
In overcurrent releases short-circuit releases "I" Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
"L" Ii per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
IR Order No. supplement
required, SET, M) approx.
A A A see page 2/57 kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection, 16 A to 160 A,
thermal-magnetic releases LI
NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~=
63A
50° C
CAT.A
NSE0_00695
2 4 6
System protection, TM, LI function

With non-adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases
16 16 300 B 3VL17 96-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 1.900
VL160X/ 20 20 300 B 3VL17 02-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 1.900
3VL1 25 25 300 B 3VL17 25-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
32 32 300 B 3VL17 03-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
40 40 600 B 3VL17 04-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
50 50 600 B 3VL17 05-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
63 63 600 B 3VL17 06-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
80 80 1000 B 3VL17 08-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
100 100 1000 B 3VL17 10-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
125 125 1000 B 3VL17 12-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
160 160 1500 B 3VL17 16-1DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
Connection type can be selected by assignment of the 12th position of the Order No. >
• Connection with box terminal 3
• Connection with screw terminal not in conjunction with RCD module 6
NSE0_00540a
OFF
TM ~=
63A
50° C
CAT.A
1.0 .8
xI n IR
NSE0_00703
2 4 6

With adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases
VL160X/ 20 16 ... 20 300 B 3VL17 02-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 1.900
3VL1 32 25 ... 32 300 B 3VL17 03-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
40 32 ... 40 600 B 3VL17 04-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
50 40 ... 50 600 B 3VL17 05-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
63 50 ... 63 600 B 3VL17 06-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
80 63 ... 80 1000 B 3VL17 08-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
100 80 ... 100 1000 B 3VL17 10-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
125 100 ... 125 1000 B 3VL17 12-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
160 125 ... 160 1500 B 3VL17 16-1DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
** Delivery time class A for Order No. supplement "0AA0", see page 2/57.

2/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
DT Icu up to 70 kA at 415 V, DT Icu up to 100 kA at 415 V,

H L
** high switching capacity H ** very high switching capacity L
Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
Order No. supplement per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU Order No. supplement per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
required, SET, M) approx. required, SET, M) approx.
see page 2/57 kg see page 2/57 kg
B 3VL17 96-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 1.900 --

B 3VL17 02-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 1.900 --
B 3VL17 25-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 03-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 04-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 05-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 06-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 08-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 10-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 12-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 16-2DA3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
>
3
6
B 3VL17 02-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 1.900 --

B 3VL17 03-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 04-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 05-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 06-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 08-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 10-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 12-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL17 16-2DD3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
>
3
6

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/11
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole
N
current inverse-time delayed instantaneous See "Overview".
required, See also SET, M) approx.
A A A see page 2/57 page 2/32 kg
NSE0_-00541a
Ii I 16 DC
R
1.0
I n =160A
I
L 7 8
50 C
6 9 xI I I
R i
n ~ .8
I 5 10
TM = CAT.A xI n
NSE0_00691
2 4 6

With adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases
VL160/ 50 40 ... 50 300 ... 600 B 3VL27 05-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
3VL2 63 50 ... 63 300 ... 600 B 3VL27 06-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
80 63 ... 80 400 ... 800 B 3VL27 08-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
100 80 ... 100 500 ... 1000 B 3VL27 10-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
125 100 ... 125 625 ... 1250 B 3VL27 12-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
160 125 ... 160 800 ... 1600 B 3VL27 16-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
VL250/ 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL37 20-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
3VL3 250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL37 25-1DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
• Connection with screw terminal 6
VL400/3VL4 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL47 20-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL47 25-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL47 31-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL47 40-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
VL630/3VL5 315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL57 31-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.000
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL57 40-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.000
500 400 ... 500 2500 ... 5000 B 3VL57 50-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.000
630 500 ... 630 3150 ... 6300 B 3VL57 63-1DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.000
electronic releases LI
NSE0_02119
I R 1.0 .4 t R (S) 30 2.5 Ii 11 1.25 Alarm

.95 .45 25 4 >1.05
10 1.5
L .9 .5 20 6 8 2
Active
I X3 .8 .6 17 8 6 3
x I n .7 .63 14 10 xI n 5 4
NSE0_00691 ,
ETU10, LI function
With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 06-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 10-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 16-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 20-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 25-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 31-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 40-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
VL630/3VL5 630 525 ... 630 1.25 ... 10 × In B 3VL57 63-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
VL800/3VL6 800 320 ... 800 1.25 ... 8 × In B 3VL67 80-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000
VL1250/3VL7 1000 400 ... 1000 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL77 10-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL77 12-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 1.25 ... 9 × In B 3VL87 16-1@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
• Without communication preparation

• With communication preparation
SB
MB
>
Z • Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LB
1)
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply and Communication:
are to be fitted by the customer.
• For accessories, see page 2/98.
• For more information see also chapters "Measuring Devices

2/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
high switching capacity H very high switching capacity L
required, See also SET, M) approx. required, See also SET, M) approx.
see page 2/57 page 2/32 kg see page 2/57 page 2/32 kg
B 3VL27 05-2DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200 B 3VL27 05-3DC3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 20-2DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700 B 3VL47 20-3DC36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL47 40-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 40-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 63-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 63-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
B 3VL67 80-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000 B 3VL67 80-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000
B 3VL77 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL77 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL87 16-2@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300 B 3VL87 16-3@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
>
SB
MB
>
SB
MB
LB LB

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/13
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole
Type Rated Current Operating Ground-fault DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V, standard switching capacity N
N
current setting of the current of the protection "G" See "Overview".
In inverse-time instantaneous Ig Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
delayed short-circuit see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
overcurrent releases "I" 2/32 SET, M) approx.
releases "L" Ii
required,
A A A A see page 2/57 kg
electronic releases LIG
NSE0_02118
I R 1.0 .4 t R (S) 30 2.5 Ii 11 1.25 Ig I t g OFF .6/.1 Alarm

.95 .45 25 4 >1.05
10 1.5 1/.3 1/.1
L .6/.3
.9 .5 20 6 8 2 .6/.3
Active
I X3 .8 .6 17 8 6 3 1/.1 1/.3
G x I n .7 .63 14 10 xI n 5 4 .6/.1 OFF
NSE0_00693
ETU12, LIG function for 3-wire three-phase systems

With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases,
vectorial summation current, ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground fault function (G) can be switched off.
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 06-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 10-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 16-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL37 25-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL47 31-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL47 40-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL77 12-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 1.25 ... 9 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL87 16-1@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300

>
SL
ML

electronic releases LIG
NSE0_02118

.95 .45 25 4 >1.05
10 1.5 1/.3 1/.1
L .6/.3
.9 .5 20 6 8 2 .6/.3
Active
I X3 .8 .6 17 8 6 3 1/.1 1/.3
G x I n .7 .63 14 10 xI n 5 4 .6/.1 OFF
NSE0_00693
ETU12, LIG function for 4-wire three-phase systems

vectorial summation current, external current transformers required in addition, see page 2/90.
Ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground fault function (G) can be switched off.
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 10-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 16-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL37 25-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL47 40-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL77 12-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000

>
SF
MF
1)
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply
and are to be fitted by the customer.

2/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
Order No. supplement see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU Order No. supplement see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
required, 2/32 SET, M) approx. required, 2/32 SET, M) approx.
see page 2/57 see page 2/57
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL47 40-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 40-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 63-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 63-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
B 3VL67 80-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000 B 3VL67 80-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000
B 3VL77 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL77 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL87 16-2@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300 B 3VL87 16-3@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
>
SL
ML
>
SL
ML
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL47 40-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 40-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 63-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 63-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
B 3VL67 80-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000 B 3VL67 80-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000
B 3VL77 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL77 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL87 16-2@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300 B 3VL87 16-3@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
>
SF
MF
>
SF
MF
Communication: • For more information see also chapters "Measuring Devices and
•For accessories, see page 2/98. E-Counters" and "Software".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/15
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole
Type Rated Current setting of Operating S function DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V,

N
current the inverse-time current of the short- standard switching capacity N
In delayed instantaneous circuit see "Overview"
overcurrent short-circuit protection Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
releases "L" releases "I" (short-time see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
IR Ii delayed) Order No. supplement
required, 2/32 SET, M) approx.
S
see page 2/57
A A A A kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection - generator protection,
63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSI
NSE0_02120
L I R 1.0 .4 I sd 10 1.5 t sd(S) .4 0 Alarm
.95 .45 8 2 .3 .1 >1.05
S .9 .5 7 2.5 .2 .2
2 Active
.3 I t
2
I X3 .8 .6 6 3 I t .1
x I n .7 .63 5 4 x I R ON .5 .4 OFF
NSE0_00692
ETU20, LSI function for time-based discrimination

With adjustable overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases, short-circuit delay (tsd = 0 to 0.5 s)
VL160/3VL2 63 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 06-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 10-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 16-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 20-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
250 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 25-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 31-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
400 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 40-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
1250 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL77 12-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 0.4 ... 1.0 × In 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR B 3VL87 16-1@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300

SE
ME
>
Z • Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LE
1)
Communication:

2/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
required, 2/32 SET, approx. required, 2/32 SET, approx.
see page 2/57 M) see page 2/57 M)
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL47 40-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 40-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 63-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 63-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
B 3VL67 80-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000 B 3VL67 80-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000
B 3VL77 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL77 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL87 16-2@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300 B 3VL87 16-3@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
>
SE
ME
>
SE
ME
LE LE

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/17
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole
Type Rated Current Operating S function Ground-fault DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V,

N
current setting of the current of short- protection "G" standard switching capacity N
In inverse-time the instan- circuit Ig see "Overview"
delayed taneous protection Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
overcurrent short- (short-time see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
releases "L" circuit delayed) S Order No. supple-
2/32 SET, M) approx.
IR releases ment required,
"I" Ii see page 2/57
A A A A A kg
63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSIG
NSE0_02121
L I R 1.0 .4 I sd 10 1.5 t sd(S) .4 0 Ig I t g OFF .6/.1 Alarm
.95 .45 8 2 .3 .1 >1.05
1/.3 1/.1
S .9 .5 7 2.5 .2 .2
.6/.3 .6/.3
2 Active
.3 I t
2
I X3 .8 .6 6 3 I t .1 1/.1 1/.3
G x I n .7 .63 5 4 xI R ON .5 .4 OFF .6/.1 OFF
NSE0_00694
ETU22, LSIG function for 3-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
With adjustable overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases,
ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s, ground-fault protection (G) can be switched off
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 06-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 10-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL47 31-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
400 160 ... 400 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL47 40-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL87 16-1@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300

>
SG
MG
1)
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply Communication:

2/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL47 40-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 40-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 63-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 63-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
B 3VL67 80-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000 B 3VL67 80-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000
B 3VL77 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL77 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL87 16-2@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300 B 3VL87 16-3@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
>
SG
MG
>
SG
MG

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/19
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole

N
delayed taneous protection Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
overcurrent short- (short-time per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
releases "L" circuit delayed) S Order No. supple-
SET, M) approx.
IR releases ment required,
"I" Ii see page 2/57
A A A A A kg
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
S L1=178; L2=181
G I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00697
CAT.A n=250 A~ 25 CL
LCD-ETU42, LSIG function for 3-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
Vectorial summation current, ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.5 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL27 06-1CL3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL27 10-1CL3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL37 20-1CL3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL47 31-1CL36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
400 160 ... 400 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL47 40-1CL36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
1250 500 ... 1250 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL77 12-1CL36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL87 16-1CL30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
S L1=178; L2=181
G I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00697
LCD-ETU42, LSIG function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases. External current transformer required in addition, see pages 2/90.
Vectorial summation current, ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.5 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL27 06-1CM3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL27 10-1CM3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL37 20-1CM3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL47 31-1CM36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
400 160 ... 400 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL47 40-1CM36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
1250 500 ... 1250 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL77 12-1CM36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL87 16-1CM30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
1)

2/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
required, SET, approx. required, SET, approx.
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2CL3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3CL3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2CL36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3CL36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL27 06-2CM3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3CM3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2CM36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3CM36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/21
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole

N
releases circuit delayed) S Order No. supple-
"L" releases ment required,
IR "I" Ii see page 2/57
A A A A A kg
NSE0_02121
L I R 1.0 .4 I sd 10 1.5 t sd(S) .4 0 Ig I t g OFF .6/.1 Alarm
.95 .45 8 2 .3 .1 >1.05
1/.3 1/.1
S .9 .5 7 2.5 .2 .2
.6/.3 .6/.3
2 Active
.3 I t
2
I X3 .8 .6 6 3 I t .1 1/.1 1/.3
G x I n .7 .63 5 4 xI R ON .5 .4 OFF .6/.1 OFF
NSE0_00694
ETU22, LSIG function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
With adjustable overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases, external current transformers required in addition, see page 2/90.
Ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s, ground fault function (G) can be switched off.

>
SH
MH
1)
Communication:

2/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL47 40-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 40-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 63-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 63-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
B 3VL67 80-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000 B 3VL67 80-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 16.000
B 3VL77 10-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 10-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL77 12-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000 B 3VL77 12-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
B 3VL87 16-2@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300 B 3VL87 16-3@@30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
>
SH
MH
>
SH
MH

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/23
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole

N
In delayed instantaneous circuit see "Overview"
overcurrent short-circuit protection Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
releases releases "I" (short-time per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
"L" Ii delayed) Order No. supplement
IR S
see page 2/57
A A A A kg
63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LI, LS, LSI
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
S L1=178; L2=181
I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00696
LCD-ETU40, LI/LS/LSI function selectable

With adjustable overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases, short-circuit delay (tsd = 0 to 0.5 s)
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 06-1CH3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 10-1CH3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 16-1CH3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 20-1CH3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 25-1CH3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 31-1CH36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 40-1CH36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL77 12-1CH36-.... 1 1 unit 113 25.000
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 1.25 ... 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR B 3VL87 16-1CH30-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.300
1)

2/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2CH3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3CH3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2CH36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3CH36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/25
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole
Type Rated Current setting of the Operating current of DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V,

N
current inverse-time delayed the instantaneous standard switching capacity N
In overcurrent releases short-circuit releases see "Overview"
"L" "I" Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
IR Ii see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Order No. supplement
see page 2/57
A A A kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for motor protection,
63 A to 500 A, electronic releases LI
NSE0_02081
L
.4 .4 IR .10 .01 Ii 11 1.25 Alarm
.4 .09 .02 >1.05
.4 10 1.5
.4 .5 + .08 .03 8 2
Active
I X3 .9 .6 .07 .04 6 3
.8 .7 xI n .06 .05 xI n 5 4
NSE0_00943
ETU10M, LI function
With thermal image, with non-adjustable trip class tC = 10, with phase failure sensitivity 40 % IR
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 06-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 10-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 16-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 20-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 25-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 125 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 31-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
VL630/3VL5 500 200 ... 500 1.25 ... 12.5 × In B 3VL57 50-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300

>
SP
MP
NSE0_02082
L
.4 .4 IR .10 .01 Ii =11x In 30 10 TC Alarm
.4 .09 .02 >1.05
.4 20 20 =6x
Ii In
.4 .5 + .08 .03 10 30
Active
I X3 .9 .6 .07 .04 Test 10
.8 .7 xI n .06 .05 30 20 Ii =8x In
NSE0_01419
ETU30M, LI function
With thermal image, with adjustable trip class tC = 10, 20, 30, with phase failure sensitivity 40 % IR
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 6/8/11 × In B 3VL27 06-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 6/8/11 × In B 3VL27 10-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 64 ... 160 6/8/11 × In B 3VL27 16-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 6/8/11 × In B 3VL37 20-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
250 100 ... 250 6/8/11 × In B 3VL37 25-1@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 125 ... 315 6/8/11 × In B 3VL47 31-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
VL630/3VL5 500 200 ... 500 6/8/12.5 × In B 3VL57 50-1@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300

SS
MS
>
Z • Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LS
Communication:

2/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 50-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 50-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
>
SP
MP
>
SP
MP
B 3VL27 06-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 10-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 10-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL27 16-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 16-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
B 3VL37 20-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 20-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
B 3VL37 25-2@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 B 3VL37 25-3@@3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 50-2@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 50-3@@36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300
>
SS
MS
>
SS
MS
LS LS

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/27
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole

N
"L" "I" Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
IR Ii per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
see page 2/57
A A A kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for motor protection,
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
L1=178; L2=181
I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_01419
LCD-ETU40M, LI function
With thermal image, with adjustable trip class tC = 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, phase failure sensitivity adjustable in steps 5 ... 50 % IR
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 06-1CP3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 10-1CP3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 16-1CP3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 20-1CP3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 25-1CP3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 31-1CP36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
VL630/3VL5 500 250 ... 500 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL57 50-1CP36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300

2/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2CP3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400 B 3VL27 06-3CP3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.400
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2CP36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900 B 3VL47 31-3CP36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.900
B 3VL57 50-2CP36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300 B 3VL57 50-3CP36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.300

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/29
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole
Type Rated current Operating current of DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V,

N
In the instantaneous standard switching capacity N
short-circuit releases see "Overview"
"I" Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
Ii per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
see page 2/57
A kg
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for starter protection,
63 A to 500 A, magnetic releases I
NSE0_01540a
I6 DK
i
n =160 A
i
CAT.A
1250 2500
NSE0_00707
2 4 6
Starter protection, M, I function

Without overcurrent release, with adjustable short-circuit release
VL160/3VL2 63 450 ... 900 B 3VL27 06-1DK3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
100 750 ... 1500 B 3VL27 10-1DK3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
160 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL27 16-1DK3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
VL250/3VL3 250 1750 ... 3500 B 3VL37 25-1DK3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
VL400/3VL4 200 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL47 20-1DK36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
250 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL47 25-1DK36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
315 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL47 31-1DK36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
VL630/3VL5 315 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL57 31-1DK36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.000
500 3250 ... 6300 B 3VL57 50-1DK36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.000
3-pole, fixed-mounted, for safe disconnection,
NSE0_00708
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers1), I function

Without overcurrent release, with non-adjustable short-circuit release (for intrinsic protection only)
VL160X/3VL1 100 1800 B 3VL17 10-1DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
160 1800 B 3VL17 16-1DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000
VL160/3VL2 100 2500 B 3VL27 10-1DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
160 2500 B 3VL27 16-1DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
VL250/3VL3 250 3500 B 3VL37 25-1DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
Connection type can be selected by assignment of the 12th position of the Order >
• Connection with screw terminal not in conjunction with RCD module at 3VL1 6
VL400/3VL4 400 4000 B 3VL47 40-1DE36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700

VL630/3VL5 630 6300 B 3VL57 63-1DE36-.... 1 1 unit 113 9.000
VL800/3VL6 800 6500 B 3VL67 80-1DE36-.... 1 1 unit 113 15.700
VL1250/3VL7 1250 12000 B 3VL77 12-1DE36-.... 1 1 unit 113 23.500
VL1600/3VL82) 1600 14400 B 3VL87 16-1DE30-.... 1 1 unit 113 29.800
For further versions, including for short-circuit and

ground-fault protection, see pages 2/12 to 2/28.
1)
See also "Switch Disconnectors" chapter. 3K. switch disconnectors are
also available with rear-mounting operating mechanism and leading con-
tacts.
2)

2/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2DK3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200 B 3VL27 06-3DK3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 20-2DK36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700 B 3VL47 20-3DK36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700
B 3VL17 10-2DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --

B 3VL17 16-2DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.000 --
B 3VL27 10-2DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200 B 3VL27 10-3DE3@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.200
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 40-2DE36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700 B 3VL47 40-3DE36-.... 1 1 unit 113 5.700

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/31
© Siemens AG 2010

2 3-pole
Order No. supple- Switch- Type

ment (for complete ing VL160 VL250 VL400 VL630 VL800 VL1250 VL1600
Order No., see capacity 3VL2 3VL3 3VL4 3VL5 3VL6 3VL7 3VL8
pages 2/12 to 2/28) Rated current In
3VL.7 ..-. @@3.-....
Releases 63 A 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
Price
ETU10 SB N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU10 MB N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU10 LB N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU12 SL N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU12 ML N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU12 SF N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU12 MF N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 SE N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 ME N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 LE N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU22 SG N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU22 MG N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU42 CL N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU42 CM N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU22 SH N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU22 MH N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU40 CH N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Available
-- Not available
2/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

3-pole
2
Order No. supple- Switch- Type
ment (for complete ing VL160 VL250 VL400 VL630 VL800 VL1250 VL1600
Order No., see capacity 3VL2 3VL3 3VL4 3VL5 3VL6 3VL7 3VL8
pages 2/12 to 2/28) Rated current In
3VL.7 ..-. @@3.-....
Releases 63 A 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
Price
ETU10M S P N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
ETU10M M P N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
ETU30M S S N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
ETU30M M S N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
ETU30M L S N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
ETU40M C P N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- --
✓ Available
-- Not available
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/33

© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole

N
NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~=
63A
50° C
CAT.A
NSE0_00695
2 4 6

With non-adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, non-adjustable short-circuit releases,
without overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N)
VL160X/3VL1 16 16 300 B 3VL17 96-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
20 20 300 B 3VL17 02-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
25 25 300 B 3VL17 25-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
32 32 300 B 3VL17 03-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
40 40 600 B 3VL17 04-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
50 50 600 B 3VL17 05-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
63 63 600 B 3VL17 06-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
80 80 1000 B 3VL17 08-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
100 100 1000 B 3VL17 10-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
125 125 1000 B 3VL17 12-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
160 160 1500 B 3VL17 16-1EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
NSE0_-00541a
Ii I 16 DC
R
1.0
I n =160A
I
7 8
50 C
6 9 xI I I
R i
n ~ .8
TM = CAT.A xI n
5 10
NSE0_00704
2 4 6

With adjustable thermal overcurrent releases, adjustable short-circuit releases,
VL160/3VL2 50 40 ... 50 300 ... 600 B 3VL27 05-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
63 50 ... 63 300 ... 600 B 3VL27 06-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
80 63 ... 80 400 ... 800 B 3VL27 08-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
100 80 ... 100 500 ... 1000 B 3VL27 10-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
125 100 ... 125 625 ... 1250 B 3VL27 12-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
160 125 ... 160 800 ... 1600 B 3VL27 16-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
VL250/3VL3 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL37 20-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.200
250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL37 25-1EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.200
VL400/3VL4 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL47 20-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL47 25-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL47 31-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL47 40-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
VL630/3VL5 315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL57 31-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL57 40-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
500 400 ... 500 2500 ... 5000 B 3VL57 50-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
630 500 ... 630 3150 ... 6300 B 3VL57 63-1EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200

2/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2

H L
B 3VL17 96-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300 --

B 3VL17 02-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300 --
B 3VL17 25-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 03-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 04-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 05-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 06-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 08-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 10-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 12-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 16-2EH4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
>
3
6
B 3VL27 05-2EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000 B 3VL27 05-3EJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 20-2EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400 B 3VL47 20-3EJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/35
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole
N
thermal-magnetic releases LIN
NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~=
63A
50° C
CAT.A
NSE0_00695
2 4 6
System protection, TM, LIN function

with "N" overcurrent and short-circuit release
N protection = 100 %
VL160X/3VL1 16 16 300 B 3VL17 96-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
20 20 300 B 3VL17 02-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300
25 25 300 B 3VL17 25-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
32 32 300 B 3VL17 03-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
40 40 600 B 3VL17 04-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
50 50 600 B 3VL17 05-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
63 63 600 B 3VL17 06-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
80 80 1000 B 3VL17 08-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
100 100 1000 B 3VL17 10-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
125 125 1000 B 3VL17 12-1EL4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
160 160 1500 B 3VL17 16-1EL4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
NSE0_00539a
OFF
TM ~=
63A
50° C
CAT.A
NSE0_00695
2 4 6

N protection = 60 %
VL160X/3VL1 125 125 1000 B 3VL17 12-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
160 160 1500 B 3VL17 16-1EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500

2/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
B 3VL17 96-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300 --

B 3VL17 02-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.300 --
B 3VL17 25-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 03-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 04-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 05-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 06-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 08-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 10-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 12-2EL4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL17 16-2EL4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
>
3
6
B 3VL17 12-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --

B 3VL17 16-2EA4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
>
3
6

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/37
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole
N
current inverse-time delayed instantaneous See "Overview".
thermal-magnetic releases LIN
NSE0_-00541a
Ii I 16 DC
R
1.0
I n =160A
I
L 7 8
50 C
6 9 xI I I
R i
n ~ .8
I 5 10
TM = CAT.A xI n
NSE0_00691
2 4 6

N protection = 100 %
VL160/3VL2 50 40 ... 50 300 ... 600 B 3VL27 05-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
63 50 ... 63 300 ... 600 B 3VL27 06-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
80 63 ... 80 400 ... 800 B 3VL27 08-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
100 80 ... 100 500 ... 1000 B 3VL27 10-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
125 100 ... 125 625 ... 1250 B 3VL27 12-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
160 125 ... 160 800 ... 1600 B 3VL27 16-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
VL250/3VL3 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL37 20-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.200
250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL37 25-1EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.200
VL400/3VL4 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL47 20-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL47 25-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL47 31-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL47 40-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
VL630/3VL5 315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL57 31-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL57 40-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
500 400 ... 500 2500 ... 5000 B 3VL57 50-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
630 500 ... 630 3150 ... 6300 B 3VL57 63-1EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
NSE0_-00541a
Ii I 16 DC
R
1.0
I n =160A
I
L 7 8
50 C
6 9 xI I I
R i
n ~ .8
I 5 10
TM = CAT.A xI n
NSE0_00691
2 4 6

N protection = 60 %
VL160/3VL2 125 100 ... 125 625 ... 1250 B 3VL27 12-1EC4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
160 125 ... 160 800 ... 1600 B 3VL27 16-1EC4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
VL250/3VL3 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL37 20-1EC4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.200
250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL37 25-1EC4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.200
VL400/3VL4 200 160 ... 200 1000 ... 2000 B 3VL47 20-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
250 200 ... 250 1250 ... 2500 B 3VL47 25-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL47 31-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL47 40-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
VL630/3VL5 315 250 ... 315 1575 ... 3150 B 3VL57 31-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
400 320 ... 400 2000 ... 4000 B 3VL57 40-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
500 400 ... 500 2500 ... 5000 B 3VL57 50-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
630 500 ... 630 3150 ... 6300 B 3VL57 63-1EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200

2/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
B 3VL27 05-2EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000 B 3VL27 05-3EM4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 20-2EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400 B 3VL47 20-3EM46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
B 3VL27 12-2EC4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000 B 3VL27 12-3EC4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 20-2EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400 B 3VL47 20-3EC46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/39
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole

N
"L" "I" Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
IR Ii see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
see page 2/57
A A A kg
4-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection,
NSE0_02119
I R 1.0 .4 t R (S) 30 2.5 Ii 11 1.25 Alarm

.95 .45 25 4 >1.05
10 1.5
L .9 .5 20 6 8 2
Active
I X3 .8 .6 17 8 6 3
x I n .7 .63 14 10 xI n 5 4
NSE0_00691
ETU10, LI function
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 06-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 10-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 16-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 20-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 25-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 31-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 40-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
VL630/3VL5 630 252 ... 630 1.25 ... 10 × In B 3VL57 63-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
VL800/3VL6 800 320 ... 800 1.25 ... 8 × In B 3VL67 80-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
VL1250/3VL7 1000 400 ... 1000 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL77 10-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL77 12-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 1.25 ... 9 × In B 3VL87 16-1@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800

>
TB
NB
4-pole, fixed-mounted, for system protection,

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LIN
NSE0_02077
I R 1.0 .4 t R (S) 30 2.5 Ii 11 1.25 IN Alarm

.95 .45 25 4 >1.05
10 1.5
L .9 .5 20 6 8 2
Active
I X3 .8 .6 17 8 6 3 IN IN
x I n .7 .63 14 10 xI n 5 4 100% 50%
NSE0_00691
ETU10, LIN function

with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N)
N protection = 50/100 %
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 06-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 10-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL27 16-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 20-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL37 25-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 31-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL47 40-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
VL630/3VL5 630 252 ... 630 1.25 ... 10 × In B 3VL57 63-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
VL800/3VL6 800 320 ... 800 1.25 ... 8 × In B 3VL67 80-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
VL1250/3VL7 1000 400 ... 1000 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL77 10-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In B 3VL77 12-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 1.25 ... 9 × In B 3VL87 16-1@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800

TA
NA
>
Z • Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LA
1) Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply and
are to be fitted by the customer.

2/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 10-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 10-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 16-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 16-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL37 20-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 20-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
B 3VL37 25-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 25-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL47 40-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 40-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL57 63-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700 B 3VL57 63-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
B 3VL67 80-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500 B 3VL67 80-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
B 3VL77 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL77 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL87 16-2@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800 B 3VL87 16-3@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
>
TB
NB
>
TB
NB
B 3VL27 06-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 10-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 10-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 16-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 16-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL37 20-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 20-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
B 3VL37 25-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 25-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL47 40-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 40-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL57 63-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700 B 3VL57 63-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
B 3VL67 80-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500 B 3VL67 80-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
B 3VL77 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL77 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL87 16-2@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800 B 3VL87 16-3@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
>
TA
NA
>
TA
NA
LA LA
Communication: • For more information see also chapters "Measuring Devices and
•For accessories, see page 2/98. E-Counters" and "Software".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/41
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole
Type Rated Current Operating Ground-fault DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V, standard switching capacity N
N
current setting of the current of the protection "G" See "Overview".
In inverse-time instantaneous Ig Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
delayed short-circuit see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
overcurrent releases "I" Order No. supplement
releases "L" Ii
IR see page 2/57
A A A A kg
electronic releases LING
NSE0_02079

.95 .45 25 4 >1.05
10 1.5 1/.3 1/.1
L .6/.3
.9 .5 20 6 8 2 .6/.3
Active
X3 .8 .6 17 8 3 I 1/.1 1/.3
G I
x I n .7 .63
6
xI n 5 4 N OFF 50%
IN
14 10 100% .6/.1
NSE0_00693
ETU12, LING function for 4-wire three-phase systems

vectorial summation current, ground-fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground-fault protection (G) can be switched off
with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N), N protection = 50/100 %
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 10-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL27 16-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL37 25-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL47 40-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In 0.6 ... 1 × In, OFF B 3VL77 12-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500

>
TN
NN
1)
Communication:

2/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
required, 2/54 SET, M) approx. required, 2/54 SET, M) approx.
B 3VL27 06-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 10-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 10-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 16-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 16-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL37 20-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 20-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
B 3VL37 25-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 25-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL47 40-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 40-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL57 63-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700 B 3VL57 63-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
B 3VL67 80-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500 B 3VL67 80-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
B 3VL77 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL77 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL87 16-2@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800 B 3VL87 16-3@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
>
TN
NN
>
TN
NN

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/43
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole
Type Rated Current setting of Operating current S function short- DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V,
N
current the inverse-time of the instanta- circuit protection standard switching capacity N
In delayed over- neous short-circuit (short-time see "Overview"
current releases releases "I" delayed) Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
"L" Ii S per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
IR Order No. supple-
ment required, SET, M) approx.
see page 2/57
A A A A kg
63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LI, LSI, LIN, LSIN
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
S L1=178; L2=181
I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00696
LCD-ETU40, LI/LSI/LIN/LSIN function selectable

short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s
with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N), N protection = 50 ... 100 %, OFF
VL160/3VL2 632) 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 06-1CJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
1002) 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 10-1CJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
160 64 ... 160 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 16-1CJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 20-1CJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
250 100 ... 250 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 25-1CJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 31-1CJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 40-1CJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL77 12-1CJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 1.25 ... 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR B 3VL87 16-1CJ40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
1) Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply

2) N = 100 % protection for In ≤ 100 A.

2/44 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2CJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3CJ4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2CJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3CJ46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/45
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole

N
current setting of the current of the short- protection standard switching capacity N
In inverse-time instantaneous circuit "G" see "Overview"
delayed short-circuit protection Ig Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
overcurrent releases "I" Ii (short-time per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
releases delayed) Order No. supple-
ment required, SET, M) approx.
"L" S
IR see page 2/57
A A A A A kg
63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSIG, LSING
NSE-00547a
L
ESC
S L1=178; L2=181
G I
L3=179; N=0
NSE0_00697
LCD-ETU42, LSIG/LSING function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
Ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.5 s, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.3 s
VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL27 06-1CN4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
100 40 ... 100 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL27 10-1CN4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL37 20-1CN4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL47 31-1CN46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
400 160 ... 400 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL47 40-1CN46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
1250 500 ... 1250 1.25 ... 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL77 12-1CN46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 1.25 ... 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR 0.4 ... 1 × In B 3VL87 16-1CN40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
1) Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply


2/46 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2CN4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3CN4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2CN46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3CN46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/47
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole

N
In delayed over- instantaneous circuit see "Overview"
current releases short-circuit protection Order No. For price PU PS*/ PG Weight
"L" releases "I" (short-time see page (UNIT, P. unit per PU
IR Ii delayed) Order No. supplement
S
see page 2/57
A A A A kg
63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSI
NSE0_02120
L I R 1.0 .4 I sd 10 1.5 t sd(S) .4 0 Alarm
.95 .45 8 2 .3 .1 >1.05
S .9 .5 7 2.5 .2 .2
2 Active
.3 I t
2
I X3 .8 .6 6 3 I t .1
x I n .7 .63 5 4 x I R ON .5 .4 OFF
NSE0_00692
ETU20, LSI function for time-based discrimination

VL160/3VL2 63 25 ... 63 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 06-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
100 40 ... 100 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 10-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
160 64 ... 160 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 16-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
VL250/3VL3 200 80 ... 200 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 20-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
250 100 ... 250 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 25-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
VL400/3VL4 315 128 ... 315 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 31-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
400 160 ... 400 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 40-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
1250 500 ... 1250 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL77 12-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 640 ... 1600 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR B 3VL87 16-1@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800

>
TE
NE

63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSIN
NSE0_02078
L I R 1.0 .4 I sd 10 1.5 t sd(S) .4 0 IN Alarm
.95 .45 8 2 .3 .1 >1.05
S .9 .5 7 2.5 .2 .2
2 Active
.3 I t IN
2
I X3 .8 .6 6 3 I t .1 IN
x I n .7 .63 5 4 x I R ON .5 .4 OFF 100% 50%
NSE0_00692
ETU20, LSIN function for time-based discrimination

with overcurrent and short-circuit release in 4th pole (N), N protection = 50/100 %, OFF
VL160/3VL2 63 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 06-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
100 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 10-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
160 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL27 16-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
VL250/3VL3 200 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 20-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
250 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL37 25-1@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
VL400/3VL4 315 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 31-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
400 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL47 40-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
1250 0.4 ...1.0 × In 11 × In 1.5 ... 10xIR B 3VL77 12-1@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
VL1600/3VL81) 1600 0.4 ...1.0 × In 9 × In 1.5 ... 8xIR B 3VL87 16-1@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800

TF
NF
>
1)
Z • Marine engineering-certified LRS, DNV and GL (not communication-ready) LF
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply • For accessories, see page 2/98.
Communication: and E-Counters" and "Software".

2/48 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 10-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 10-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 16-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 16-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL37 20-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 20-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
B 3VL37 25-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 25-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL47 40-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 40-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL57 63-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700 B 3VL57 63-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
B 3VL67 80-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500 B 3VL67 80-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
B 3VL77 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL77 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL87 16-2@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800 B 3VL87 16-3@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
>
TE
NE
>
TE
NE
B 3VL27 06-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 10-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 10-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 16-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 16-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL37 20-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 20-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
B 3VL37 25-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 25-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL47 40-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 40-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL57 63-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700 B 3VL57 63-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
B 3VL67 80-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500 B 3VL67 80-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
B 3VL77 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL77 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL87 16-2@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800 B 3VL87 16-3@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
>
TF
NF
>
TF
NF
LF LF

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/49
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole

N
releases circuit delayed) Order No. supple-
"L" releases S ment required,
IR "I" Ii see page 2/57
A A A A A kg
63 A to 1600 A, electronic releases LSING
NSE0_02080
L I R 1.0 .4 Ig I t g OFF .6/.1
I sd 10 1.5 t sd(S) .4 0 Alarm
.95 .45 8 2 .3 .1 >1.05
1/.3 1/.1
S .9 .5 7 2.5 .2 .2.6/.3 .6/.3
2 Active
.3 I t I 1/.1
2
G I X3 .8 .6 6 3 I t .1 1/.3
IN
x I n .7 .63 5 4 xI R ON .5 .4 OFF N
100% .6/.1
OFF 50%
NSE0_00694
ETU22, LSING function for 4-wire three-phase systems and time-based discrimination
ground fault delay tg = 0.1 ... 0.3 s, ground-fault protection (G) can be switched off, short-circuit delay tsd = 0 ... 0.5 s

>
TH
NH
1)
Front busbar connection pieces are included in the scope of supply Communication:

2/50 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL27 06-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 06-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 10-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 10-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL27 16-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100 B 3VL27 16-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.100
B 3VL37 20-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 20-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
B 3VL37 25-2@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300 B 3VL37 25-3@@4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.300
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 31-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 31-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL47 40-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600 B 3VL47 40-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.600
B 3VL57 63-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700 B 3VL57 63-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.700
B 3VL67 80-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500 B 3VL67 80-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 20.500
B 3VL77 10-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 10-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL77 12-2@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500 B 3VL77 12-3@@46-.... 1 1 unit 113 33.500
B 3VL87 16-2@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800 B 3VL87 16-3@@40-.... 1 1 unit 113 40.800
>
TH
NH
>
TH
NH

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/51
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole
Type Rated current In Operating current DT Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V,

N
of the instantaneous standard switching capacity N
short-circuit releases "I" see "Overview"
Ii Order No. Basic price PU PS*/ PG Weight
Order No. supplement per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
see page 2/57
A kg
4-pole, fixed-mounted, for safe disconnection,
NSE0_00708
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers1), I function

Without overcurrent releases, with non-adjustable short-circuit releases (for intrinsic protection only),
VL160X/3VL1 100 1800 B 3VL17 10-1EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
160 1800 B 3VL17 16-1EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500
VL160/3VL2 100 2500 B 3VL27 10-1EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
160 2500 B 3VL27 16-1EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
VL250/3VL3 250 3500 B 3VL37 25-1EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.200
Connection type can be selected through the 12th position of the Order No. >
• Connection with screw terminal not in conjunction with RCD module at 3VL1 6
VL400/3VL4 400 4000 B 3VL47 40-1EE46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400
VL630/3VL5 630 6300 B 3VL57 63-1EE46-.... 1 1 unit 113 11.200
VL800/3VL6 800 6500 B 3VL67 80-1EE46-.... 1 1 unit 113 19.900
VL1250/3VL7 1250 12000 B 3VL77 12-1EE46-.... 1 1 unit 113 31.000
VL1600/3VL82) 1600 14400 B 3VL87 16-1EE40-.... 1 1 unit 113 38.300
1) See also "Switch Disconnectors" chapter. 3K. switch disconnectors are
also available with rear-mounting operating mechanism and leading
contacts.
2)

2/52 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

4-pole
2
H L
kg kg
B 3VL17 10-2EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --

B 3VL17 16-2EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 2.500 --
B 3VL27 10-2EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000 B 3VL27 10-3EE4@-.... 1 1 unit 113 3.000
> >
3 3
6 6
B 3VL47 40-2EE46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400 B 3VL47 40-3EE46-.... 1 1 unit 113 7.400

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/53
© Siemens AG 2010

2 4-pole
Order No. supplement Switching Type

(for complete Order No., capacity VL160 VL250 VL400 VL630 VL800 VL1250 VL1600
see pages 2/40 to 2/50)
3VL.7 ..-. @@4.-.... 3VL2 3VL3 3VL4 3VL5 3VL6 3VL7 3VL8
Rated current In
Releases 63 A 100 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
Price
ETU10 TB N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU10 NB N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU10 TA N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU10 NA N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU10 LA N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU12 TN N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU12 NN N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU40 CJ N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU42 CN N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 TE N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 NE N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 TF N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 NF N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU20 LF N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU22 TH N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ETU22 NH N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Available
2/54 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Options
2
When ordering, add "-Z" to the complete Order No. and add the Order No. with "-Z" Additional
relevant order code(s). 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 price
3VL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@ +...+...
Code for
further versions -Z
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers (wired in factory)
Prewired internal accessories For VL160X to VL1600 L 0 2 ✓
Connecting cables (3 m long) (3VL1 to 3VL8)
brought out at the rear
This option "L02" can be selected only in combination
with internal accessories (page 2/57).
Prewired connecting cables for motorized For VL160X to VL1600 L 1 2 ✓
operating mechanisms (3VL1 to 3VL8)
Connecting cables on the circuit breaker for motor-
ized operating mechanisms (3 m long).
On VL160X to VL400 brought out at the top.
On VL630 to VL1600 brought out on the right.
Motorized operating mechanism must be ordered
This option "L12" can be selected only in combination
with motorized operating mechanisms
(see page 2/66).
Motorized operating mechanisms with stored available with M2 4
energy mechanisms VL160X, VL160, VL250 ✓
for synchronization tasks (24 V DC) (3VL1, 3VL2, 3VL3)
Motorized operating mechanism not prewired; if
prewiring for the motorized operating mechanism is VL400 (3VL4) ✓
wanted, please specify "L12" in addition.
If internal accessories are provided, the prewiring VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6) ✓
option "L02" for internal accessories is already
included. In this case "L02" must not be specified in
addition.
Motorized operating mechanisms available with M4 2
for synchronization tasks (42 ... 48 V AC/DC) VL160X, VL160, VL250 ✓
Motorized operating mechanism not prewired; if (3VL1, 3VL2, 3VL3)
prewiring for the motorized operating mechanism is
wanted, please specify "L12" in addition. VL400 (3VL4) ✓
If internal accessories are provided, the prewiring
option "L02" for internal accessories is already VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6) ✓
addition.
for synchronization tasks (60 V AC/DC) VL160X, VL160, VL250 ✓
addition.
addition.
addition.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/55

© Siemens AG 2010

2 Options
When ordering, add "-Z" to the complete Order No. and add the Order No. with "-Z" Additional
relevant order code(s). 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 price
3VL . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
@@@ +...+...
Code for
further versions -Z
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers (wired in factory)
Pre-mounted motorised operating mechanisms
(24 V DC) on circuit breaker,
not synchronizable
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M2 5
N ✓

option "L02" for internal accessories is already VL160, VL250 ✓
included. In this case "L02" must not be specified in (3VL2, 3VL3)
addition.
VL400 (3VL4) ✓
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6) ✓
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8) ✓

Pre-mounted motorized operating mechanisms
(42 ... 60 V AC/DC ) on circuit breakers,
not synchronizable
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M4 3
N ✓

addition.
VL400 (3VL4) ✓
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6) ✓
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8) ✓

not synchronizable
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M1 2
N ✓

addition.
VL400 (3VL4) ✓
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6) ✓
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8) ) ✓

not synchronizable
Available with
VL160X
(3VL1)
M2 3
N ✓

addition.
VL400 (3VL4) ✓
VL630, VL800 (3VL5, 3VL6) ✓
VL1250, VL1600 (3VL7, 3VL8) ✓

2/56 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Options
2
1. Order No. supplement:
Undervoltage or shunt release,
wiring directly to accessories
Rated control supply voltage Us/ Order No. supplement Circuit breakers
Frequency Type
50/60 Hz AC 3VL . . . . - . . . . . - @@ .. VL160X to VL400/ VL630 to VL1600/
DC 3VL1 to 3VL4 3VL5 to 3VL8
Additional price Additional price

Without auxiliary release 0 A None None
With undervoltage releases
Only right pole
V AC V DC
-- 12 2 N ✓ ✓
-- 24 2 P ✓ ✓
-- 48 2 U ✓ ✓
-- 60 2 V ✓ ✓
-- 110 ... 127 2 R ✓ ✓
-- 220 ... 250 2 S ✓ ✓
24 -- 2 D ✓ ✓
110 ... 127 -- 2 G ✓ ✓
220 ... 250 -- 2 H ✓ ✓
208 -- 2 M ✓ ✓
277 -- 2 Q ✓ ✓
380 ... 415 -- 2 J ✓ ✓
440 ... 480 -- 2 K ✓ ✓
500 ... 525 -- 2 L ✓ ✓
With shunt releases
Only right pole
V AC V DC
24 24 8 C ✓ ✓
-- 48 ... 60 8 J ✓ ✓
-- 110 ... 127 8 K ✓ ✓
-- 220 ... 250 8 Q ✓ ✓
48 ... 60 -- 8 M ✓ ✓
110 ... 127 -- 8 R ✓ ✓
208 ... 277 -- 8 T ✓ ✓
380 ... 600 -- 8 V ✓ ✓

Auxiliary switches (HS) and alarm switches (AS),
left/right pole,
directly wired to accessories
Equipment Order No. supplement Circuit breakers
Type
HS = 1 NO or 1 NC switching block 3VL . . . . - . . . . . - .. @@ VL160X to VL4001)/ VL630 to VL1600/
AS = 1 NO switching block 3VL1 to 3VL4 3VL5 to 3VL8
Additional price Additional price
Without auxiliary/alarm switches A 0 None None
2 HS (1 NO/1 NC)2) B 1 ✓ 1)4)
--
4 HS (2 NO/2 NC) C 1 -- ✓
2 HS (1 NO/1 NC) + 1 AS (1 NO) D 1 ✓ 1)4) --
2 HS (1 NO/1 NC) + 1 AS (1 NO)3) E 1 -- ✓ 5)
-- Not available
1)
Except for installing in the left accessory compartment of the SENTRON
VL160X circuit breakers with RCD module.
2)
With mounting adapter up to 3 HS.
3)
With mounting adapter up to 2 HS + 2 AS.
4)
Not feasible for use of SENTRON VL160 and VL250 with LCD ETU or
marine engineering ETU and additional use of shunt and undervoltage
releases.
When using a communication-capable ETU, the accessory compartment
X2 is fitted with an auxiliary switch and an alarm switch. The combination of
1st and 2nd Order No. supplement is only possible with restrictions. It is
recommended to use the configurator in the Mall for selection purposes.
5)
Not possible when using a communication-capable ETU.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/57

© Siemens AG 2010

2 Options
Equipment options for the insulated accessory subsections in the SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers
3-pole circuit breakers without communication preparation 4-pole circuit breakers without communication preparation
X2: left X1: right

X2: X1: X4: N - 4 pole accessories accessories
left accessories right accessories accessories compartment compartment
compartment compartment compartment selectable: selectable:
selectable: selectable:
Max. Max.
VL160X Max. Max. U<
Max.
Max. Max. 2 HS+ 2 HS+
VL160X Max. Max. 3VL1 3 HS 3 HS 1 AS 3 HS 1 AS
2 HS + U< 2 HS +
3VL1 3 HS 1 AS 3 HS 1 AS VL160 Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.
2 HS+ U< 2 HS+
Max. Max. 3VL2 3 HS 3 HS 3 HS
VL160 Max. Max. 1 AS 1 AS
2 HS + U< 2 HS +
3VL2 3 HS 3 HS Max. Max.
1 AS 1 AS VL250 Max. Max. 2 HS+ U<
Max. 2 HS+
Max. Max. 3VL3 3 HS 3 HS 1 AS 3 HS 1 AS
VL250 Max. 2 HS + U<
Max. 2 HS + Max.
3VL3 3 HS 3 HS VL400 Max. Max. U<
Max.
1 AS 1 AS 2 HS+
3VL4 3 HS 3 HS 3 HS
Max. 1 AS
VL400 Max. U<
Max. Max.
2 HS + VL630 Max. Max. Max.
3VL4 3 HS 3 HS 2 HS+ U<
1 AS 3VL5 4 HS 4 HS 4 HS
2 AS
Max.
VL630 Max. Max. Max.
2 HS + U< VL800 Max. Max. Max.
3VL5 4 HS 4 HS 2 HS+ U<
2 AS 3VL6 4 HS 4 HS 4 HS
2 AS
Max. Max.
VL800 Max. Max. VL1250 Max. Max. Max.
2 HS + U< 2 HS+ U<
3VL6 4 HS 4 HS 3VL7 4 HS 4 HS 4 HS
2 AS 2 AS
NSE0_02116a
Max. Max.
VL1250 Max. Max. VL1600 Max. Max. U<
Max.
2 HS + U< 2 HS+
3VL7 4 HS 4 HS 3VL8 4 HS 4 HS 2 AS 4 HS
2 AS
NSE0_02114a
Max. Shunt release or

VL1600 Max. U<
Max. ETU marine VL160X with RCD:
2 HS + U<
undervoltage release
3VL8 4 HS 2 AS 4 HS engineering-certified: Left accessories
Left accessories compartment is fitted HS one auxiliary switch 1 NO or 1 NC
compartment is fitted with tripping solenoid AS one alarm switch 1 NO or 1 NC
ETU marine VL160X with RCD: Shunt release or
U< with tripping solenoid Note:
engineering-certified: Left accessories undervoltage release
Maximum 6 switch elements (HS) per
Left accessories com- compartment is fitted with HS one auxiliary switch 1 NO or 1 NC
circuit breaker VL160X to VL400
partment is fitted with tripping solenoid AS one alarm switch 1 NO or 1 NC Maximum 8 switch elements (HS) per
tripping solenoid circuit breaker VL630 to VL1600
3-pole circuit breakers with communication preparation 4-pole circuit breakers with communication preparation
X2: X1: X4: X2: X1:

Left accessory Right accessory N 4th pole Left accessory Right accessory
compartment compartment accessory compartment compartment
selectable: selectable: compartment selectable: selectable:
VL160 Max. Max. Max.

Max. U< 2 HS + VL160 Max. Max. Max.
U< 2 HS +
1 AS 1 AS
Max. Max.
VL250 Max. U<
Max. 2 HS + VL250 Max. Max. Max.
1 HS
U< 2 HS +
3VL3 3 HS 1 AS 3VL3 3 HS 1 HS 3 HS 1 AS
VL400 Max. U<
Max. VL400 Max. Max. Max.
U<
Max. Max.
VL630 1 HS + U<
Max. VL630 Max. Max.
1 HS + U<
3VL5 1 AS 4 HS 3VL5 4 HS 4 HS
1 AS
Max. Max.
VL800 Max. VL800 Max. Max.
1 HS + U< 1 HS + U<
3VL6 4 HS 3VL6 4 HS 4 HS
1 AS 1 AS
Max. Max.
VL1250 1 HS + U< Max. VL1250 Max. U< Max.
1 HS +
1 AS
Max. Max.
VL1600 U<
Max. VL1600 Max. Max.
1 HS + 1 HS + U<
1 AS
NSE0_02115 NSE0_02117
Shunt release or Shunt release or
U< U<
When using a communication-capable ETU, undervoltage release When using a communication-capable ETU, undervoltage release
the accessory compartment X2 is fitted with HS one auxiliary switch 1 NO or 1 NC the accessory compartment X2 is fitted with HS one auxiliary switch 1 NO or 1 NC
an auxiliary switch and an alarm switch AS one alarm switch 1 NO or 1 NC an auxiliary switch and an alarm switch AS one alarm switch 1 NO or 1 NC
Note:
Before ordering, use the tables above to check whether the
required combination of shunt releases, undervoltage releases
and auxiliary/alarm switches is feasible.
2/58 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Accessories and spare parts
2
Wiring directly at accessories DT For VL160X to VL400 PU PS*/ PG Weight
(3VL1 to 3VL4) (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Order No. Price SET, M) approx.
per PU
kg
Auxiliary switches and auxiliary releases
3- or 4-pole
For retrofitting (for possible complements see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.)
Auxiliary switches (HS) and alarm switches (AS)
For retrofitting
Assembly kits Mounting side
2 HS (1 NO + 1 NC) N, left1), right A 3VL9 400-2AB00 1 1 unit 113 0.027
4 HS (2 NO + 2 NC) N, left1), right --
2 HS (1 NC + 1 NO) left1), right3) A 3VL9 400-2AD00 1 1 unit 113 0.051
+ 1 AS (1 NO) left1) --
NSE0_00684
(assembly kit)
Additional auxiliary switch/alarm switch combina- See page 2/61.
tions
3VL9 400-2A.00 Shunt releases 2)
For retrofitting
V AC V DC Mounting side
24 24 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1SC00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 48 ... 60 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1SJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 110 ... 127 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1SK00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 220 ... 250 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1SQ00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
48 ... 60 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1SM00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
110 ... 127 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1SR00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
208 ... 277 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1ST00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
380 ... 600 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1SV00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
For retrofitting
NSE0_00678
-- 12 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UN00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 24 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UP00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 48 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UU00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 60 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UV00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
3VL9 400-1S.00, 24 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UD00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
3VL9 400-1U.00 110 ... 127 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UG00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 110 ... 127 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UR00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
208 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UM00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
220 ... 250 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UH00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
-- 220 ... 250 Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1US00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
277 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UQ00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
380 ... 415 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
440 ... 480 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UK00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
500 ... 525 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 400-1UL00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
Time-delay devices for undervoltage releases
(220 ... 250 V DC)
Rated control supply voltage Us
220 ... 250 V AC
Delay time > 200 ms A 3TX4 701-0AN1 1 1 unit 101 0.170
Storage devices for shunt releases
(208 ... 277 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC)
220 ... 240 V AC/ 220 ... 250 V DC
Storage time 5 min B 3WL9 111-0BA14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.520
1) Except for installing in the left accessory compartment of the SENTRON
VL160X (3VL1) circuit breakers with RCD module and SENTRON
VL160/250 with LCD ETU.
2) Shunt releases with disconnection contact (3SB3 for ON/OFF position)
not floating (see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support).
3) In the case of VL400 (3VL4):
Unsuitable for mounting in the right-hand accessory compartment.
The 3VL9 400-2AB00 assembly kit with auxiliary switches only is recom-
mended.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/59
© Siemens AG 2010

2 Accessories and spare parts
Wiring directly at accessories DT For VL630 up to VL1600 PU PS*/ PG Weight

per PU
kg
Auxiliary switches and auxiliary releases
3- or 4-pole
For retrofitting (for possible complements see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.)
Auxiliary switches (HS) and
alarm switches (AS)
For retrofitting
Assembly kits Mounting side
2 HS (1 NO + 1 NC) N, left, right --
4 HS (2 NO + 2 NC) N, left, right A 3VL9 800-2AC00 1 1 unit 113 0.058
2 HS (1 NC + 1 NO) Left, right --
NSE0_00684
+ 1 AS (1 NO) Left A 3VL9 800-2AE00 1 1 unit 113 0.060
(assembly kit)
3VL9 800-2A.00 Additional auxiliary switch/alarm switch combina- See page 2/61.
tions
Shunt releases 1)
For retrofitting
24 24 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1SC00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
-- 48 ... 60 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1SJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
-- 110 ... 127 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1SK00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
-- 220 ... 250 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1SQ00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
48 ... 60 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1SM00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
110 ... 127 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1SR00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
208 ... 277 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1ST00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
380 ... 600 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1SV00 1 1 unit 113 0.120
For retrofitting
NSE0_00678
-- 12 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UN00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
-- 24 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UP00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
-- 48 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UU00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
-- 60 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UV00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
24 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UD00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
3VL9 800-1S.00, 110 ... 127 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UG00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
3VL9 800-1U.00 -- 110 ... 127 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UR00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
208 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UM00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
220 ... 250 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UH00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
-- 220 ... 250 Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1US00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
277 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UQ00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
380 ... 415 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
440 ... 480 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UK00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
500 ... 525 -- Right pole only A 3VL9 800-1UL00 1 1 unit 113 0.088
Time-delay devices for undervoltage releases
(220 ... 250 V DC)
220 ... 250 V AC
Delay time > 200 ms A 3TX4 701-0AN1 1 1 unit 101 0.170
Storage devices for shunt releases
(208 ... 277 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC)
220 ... 240 V AC/ 220 ... 250 V DC
Storage time 5 min B 3WL9 111-0BA14-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.520
1)
Shunt releases with disconnection contact (3SB3 for ON/OFF position)
not floating (see Technical Information at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support).

2/60 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
For circuit Maximum combination of DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
breakers auxiliary switches (HS) and per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
alarm switches (AS) SET, M) approx.
Type kg
3SB adapters and 3SB contact blocks
Mounting adapters for auxiliary and alarm switch combinations
For installation in the N pole of the circuit breaker
VL160X, Up to 3 HS1) A 3VL9 400-2AH00 1 1 unit 113 0.009
VL160,
1) 2)
VL250, 2 HS + 1 AS --
VL400 (3VL1 to 3VL4)
VL630, Up to 4 HS A 3VL9 816-2AL00 1 1 unit 113 0.075
VL800,
VL1250,
VL1600 (3VL5 to 3VL8) 2 HS + 2 AS --
For installation in the left pole of the circuit breaker
VL160,
1) 2)
VL250, 2 HS + 1 AS A 3VL9 400-2AJ10 1 1 unit 113 0.001
VL400 (3VL1 to 3VL4)
VL800,
VL1250,
VL1600 (3VL5 to 3VL8) 2 HS + 2 AS A 3VL9 816-2AN10 1 1 unit 113 0.072
For installation in the right pole of the circuit breaker
VL160,
VL250, 2 HS + 1 AS1) 2) A 3VL9 400-2AJ20 1 1 unit 113 0.001
VL400 (3VL1 to 3VL4)2)
VL800,
VL1250,
VL1600 (3VL5 to 3VL8) 2 HS + 2 AS --
1) Except for installing in the left pole for SENTRON VL160X circuit breakers 2) In the case of VL400: 3VL9 400-2AJ20 unsuitable for mounting in the right-
(3VL1) with RCD module. hand accessory sub-section.
For auxiliary/alarm switches DT Circuit breakers PU PS*/ PG Weight

Type (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
VL160X to VL1600 (3VL1 to 3VL8)
Order No. Price
per PU kg
Switching blocks for auxiliary and alarm switch combinations
1 NO B 3SB34 00-0J 1 1 unit 102 0.010
1 NC B 3SB34 00-0K 1 1 unit 102 0.010
For auxiliary switch or alarm switch combinations not included in Note:

the kits provided as standard, the mounting adapters specified A maximum of 6 contact blocks (HS) per circuit breaker
can be ordered separately together with the required contact (VL160X, VL160, VL250, VL400; 3VL1 to 3VL4) and a maximum
blocks: of 8 contact blocks (HS) per circuit breaker (VL630, VL800,
1 HS or 1 AS with NO contact 3SB34 00-0J VL1250, VL1600; 3VL5 to 3VL8) are possible.
1 HS or 1 AS with NC contact 3SB34 00-0K
Four 3SB34 auxiliary contact blocks and one mounting adapter
(right), suitable for VL630, VL800, VL1250, VL1600 (3VL5 to
3VL8) circuit breakers.
NSE0_00684
For retrofitting/possible complement see Technical Information

at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/61
© Siemens AG 2010

Version DT For VL160X to VL250 PU PS*/ PG Weight

per PU
kg
3- or 4-pole
Front-operated rotary operating mechanisms1)
For direct mounting on the circuit breaker,
NSE0_00679
without leading auxiliary switch, degree of

protection IP302), black, max. 3 padlocks A 3VL9 300-3HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.362
EMERGENCY-STOP version
Red knob, yellow indicator plate A 3VL9 300-3HC00 1 1 unit 113 0.362
3VL9 .00-3H.00
Safety locks for installation by the customer
For installation see pages 2/84 to 2/88.
Front rotary operating mechanisms A 3VL9 300-3HE00 1 1 unit 113 0.267
with shaft end, without knob1)
Without leading auxiliary switch,
for auxiliary switches see below
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms,
complete1)
Installation in doors and covers
Degree of protection IP65, including handle ti-grey,
with masking plate, indicator plate, detachable door
coupling (die cast with reduced tolerance compen-
NSE0_00711
sation), extension shaft (8 × 8 mm), length 300 mm
and front-operated rotary operating mechanism for
the respective circuit breaker, lockable with up to
3VL9 .00-3H.05 3 padlocks, with door interlocking A 3VL9 300-3HF05 1 1 unit 113 0.970
Red knob, yellow indicator plate,
without leading auxiliary switch A 3VL9 300-3HG05 1 1 unit 113 0.980
Leading auxiliary switches
For installation in a front-operated rotary
operating mechanism, door-coupling rotary
NSE0_00712
operating mechanism or side panel rotary

operating mechanism
Standard or EMERGENCY-STOP version
"OFF after ON"
3VL9 .00-3A.10
Leading auxiliary switches when switching on
1 changeover contact with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 300-3AS10 1 1 unit 113 0.080
2 changeover contacts with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 300-3AT10 1 1 unit 113 0.130
"ON after OFF"
Leading auxiliary switches when switching off
1 changeover contact with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 300-3AU10 1 1 unit 113 0.080
2 changeover contacts with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 300-3AW10 1 1 unit 113 0.130
Side panel rotary operating mechanisms,
complete1)
Degree of protection IP65, including black knob
with masking plate, indicator plate, Bowden wire,
lockable with up to 3 padlocks
- With 600 mm Bowden wire A 3VL9 300-3HR10 1 1 unit 113 1.400
Side panel rotary operating mechanisms,
complete1)
Degree of protection IP65, including red knob with
masking plate, yellow indicator plate, Bowden wire,
lockable with up to 3 padlocks
Retaining brackets,
suitable for matching door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms, complete
Retaining bracket is mounted on the operating X 3VL9 300-3HP02 1 1 unit 113 0.435
mechanism, recommended for extension shafts
>250 mm, with locking device for max. 3 padlocks
- for 6 mm shaft A 3VL9 300-3HP00 1 1 unit 113 0.253
1)
Additional accessories and components for door-coupling ro- Not possible on VL160X with RCD module.
tary operating mechanism, see 2/67 and 2/69. 2) IP40 with additional masking frame mounted on the door cutout.

2/62 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
DT For VL400 (3VL4) PU PS*/ PG Weight DT For VL630 (3VL5) PU PS*/ PG Weight
(UNIT, P. unit per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Order No. Price SET, M) approx. Order No. Price SET, M) approx.
per PU per PU
kg kg
A 3VL9 400-3HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.725 A 3VL9 600-3HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.834
A 3VL9 400-3HC00 1 1 unit 113 0.725 A 3VL9 600-3HC00 1 1 unit 113 0.834
A 3VL9 400-3HE00 1 1 unit 113 0.267 A 3VL9 600-3HE00 1 1 unit 113 0.755
A 3VL9 400-3HF05 1 1 unit 113 0.970 A 3VL9 600-3HF05 1 1 unit 113 2.465
A 3VL9 400-3HG05 1 1 unit 113 1.100 A 3VL9 600-3HG05 1 1 unit 113 2.460
A 3VL9 400-3AS10 1 1 unit 113 0.080 A 3VL9 600-3AS10 1 1 unit 113 0.080
A 3VL9 400-3AT10 1 1 unit 113 0.130 A 3VL9 600-3AT10 1 1 unit 113 0.130
A 3VL9 400-3AU10 1 1 unit 113 0.080 A 3VL9 600-3AU10 1 1 unit 113 0.080
A 3VL9 400-3AW10 1 1 unit 113 0.130 A 3VL9 600-3AW10 1 1 unit 113 0.130
A 3VL9 400-3HR10 1 1 unit 113 2.000 A 3VL9 500-3HR10 1 1 unit 113 2.400
A 3VL9 400-3HP00 1 1 unit 113 0.379 A 3VL9 600-3HP00 1 1 unit 113 0.437
-- --

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/63
© Siemens AG 2010

Version DT For VL800 (3VL6) PU PS*/ PG Weight

(UNIT, P. unit per PU
per PU
kg
3- or 4-pole
Front-operated rotary operating mechanisms
For direct mounting on the circuit breaker,
NSE0_00679
without leading auxiliary switch,

degree of protection IP301), black,
max. 3 padlocks A 3VL9 600-3HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.834
3VL9 .00-3H.00 Red knob, yellow indicator plate A 3VL9 600-3HC00 1 1 unit 113 0.834
Front rotary operating mechanisms A 3VL9 600-3HE00 1 1 unit 113 0.755
with shaft stub, without knob
Without leading auxiliary switch,
for auxiliary switches see below
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms,
complete, installation in doors and covers
Degree of protection IP65, including handle,
ti-grey, with masking frame, indicator plate,
detachable door coupling (die cast, for VL800
(3VL6) with reduced tolerance compensation),
NSE0_00711
extension shaft (8 × 8 mm for VL800 (3VL6),
12 × 12 mm for VL1250 (3VL7) and VL1600
(3VL8), length 300 mm and front rotary operating
3VL9 .00-3H.05 mechanism for the respective circuit breaker,
lockable with max. 3 padlocks, with door
interlocking A 3VL9 600-3HF05 1 1 unit 113 2.465
EMERGENCY-STOP version,
Red knob, yellow indicator plate, A 3VL9 600-3HG05 1 1 unit 113 2.460
without leading auxiliary switch
Leading auxiliary switches
For installation in a front-operated rotary
operating mechanism or door-coupling rotary
NSE0_00712
operating mechanism
Standard or EMERGENCY-STOP version
"OFF after ON"
Leading auxiliary switches when switching on
3VL9 .00-3A.10
1 changeover contact with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 600-3AS10 1 1 unit 113 0.080
2 changeover contacts with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 600-3AT10 1 1 unit 113 0.130
"ON after OFF"
Leading auxiliary switches when switching off
1 changeover contact with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 600-3AU10 1 1 unit 113 0.080
2 changeover contacts with 1.5 m long cables A 3VL9 600-3AW10 1 1 unit 113 0.130
Retaining brackets
suitable for matching door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms, complete
Retaining bracket is mounted on the operating A 3VL9 600-3HP00 1 1 unit 113 0.437
mechanism, recommended for extension shafts
>250 mm, with locking device for max. 3 pad-
locks
1)
Additional accessories and components for door-coupling ro- IP40 with additional masking frame mounted on the door cutout.
tary operating mechanism, see 2/67 and 2/69.

2/64 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
DT For VL1250 to VL1600 PU PS*/ PG Weight
per PU
kg
A 3VL9 800-3HA00 1 1 unit 113 2.831
A 3VL9 800-3HC00 1 1 unit 113 2.831
A 3VL9 800-3HE00 1 1 unit 113 2.175
A 3VL9 800-3HF05 1 1 unit 113 4.102
A 3VL9 800-3HG05 1 1 unit 113 4.100
A 3VL9 800-3AS20 1 1 unit 113 0.080

A 3VL9 800-3AT20 1 1 unit 113 0.130
A 3VL9 800-3AU10 1 1 unit 113 0.080

A 3VL9 800-3AW10 1 1 unit 113 0.130
A 3VL9 800-3HP00 1 1 unit 113 0.529

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/65
© Siemens AG 2010

Version DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, M) approx.
kg
3- or 4-pole
Motorized operating mechanisms For VL160X to VL250
with stored energy mechanisms (3VL1 to 3VL3)
for synchronization tasks1)2)
Degree of protection IP30, with locking device for
3 padlocks
NSE0_00716
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 A 3VL9 300-3MJ00 1 1 unit 113 2.140
42 ... 48 42 ... 48 A 3VL9 300-3ML00 1 1 unit 113 2.140
60 60 A 3VL9 300-3MS00 1 1 unit 113 2.140
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 A 3VL9 300-3MN00 1 1 unit 113 2.140
3VL9 .00-3M.00 220 ... 250 220 ... 250 A 3VL9 300-3MQ00 1 1 unit 113 2.140
• Toggle handle extensions --
For VL400 (3VL4)
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 A 3VL9 400-3MJ00 1 1 unit 113 3.910
42 ... 48 42 ... 48 A 3VL9 400-3ML00 1 1 unit 113 3.910
60 60 A 3VL9 400-3MS00 1 1 unit 113 3.910
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 A 3VL9 400-3MN00 1 1 unit 113 3.910
220 ... 250 220 ... 250 A 3VL9 400-3MQ00 1 1 unit 113 3.910
• Toggle handle extensions A 3VL9 400-3HN00 1 1 unit 113 0.100
For VL630 to VL800
(3VL5 to 3VL6)
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 A 3VL9 600-3MJ00 1 1 unit 113 4.800
42 ... 48 42 ... 48 A 3VL9 600-3ML00 1 1 unit 113 4.800
60 60 A 3VL9 600-3MS00 1 1 unit 113 4.800
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 A 3VL9 600-3MN00 1 1 unit 113 4.800
220 ... 250 220 ... 250 A 3VL9 600-3MQ00 1 1 unit 113 4.800
• Toggle handle extensions C 3VL9 600-3HN00 1 1 unit 113 0.140
Motorized operating mechanisms2)
Degree of protection IP30, with locking
device for 3 padlocks
N For VL160X (3VL1)
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
16(B
-- 24 B 3VL9 100-3MA10 1 1 unit 113 1.000

42 ... 60 42 ... 60 B 3VL9 100-3MC10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 B 3VL9 100-3MD10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
220 ... 250 220 ... 250 B 3VL9 100-3ME10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
3VL9 .00-3M.10 For VL160 and VL250
(3VL2 and 3VL3)
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 B 3VL9 300-3MA10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
42 ... 60 42 ... 60 B 3VL9 300-3MC10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 B 3VL9 300-3MD10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
220 ... 250 220 ... 250 B 3VL9 300-3ME10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
For VL400 (3VL4)
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 B 3VL9 400-3MA10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
42 ... 60 42 ... 60 B 3VL9 400-3MC10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 B 3VL9 400-3MD10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
220 ... 250 220 ... 250 B 3VL9 400-3ME10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
For VL630 and VL800
(3VL5 and 3VL6)
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 B 3VL9 600-3MA10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
42 ... 60 42 ... 60 B 3VL9 600-3MC10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 B 3VL9 600-3MD10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
220 ... 250 220 ... 250 B 3VL9 600-3ME10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
For VL1250 and VL1600 (3VL7
and 3VL8)
50/60 Hz V AC V DC
-- 24 B 3VL9 800-3MA10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
42 ... 60 42 ... 60 B 3VL9 800-3MC10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
110 ... 127 110 ... 127 B 3VL9 800-3MD10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
220 ... 250 220 ... 250 B 3VL9 800-3ME10 1 1 unit 113 1.000
1)
Not possible on VL160X with RCD module.
2)
For safety lock as an assembly kit for retrofitting see pages 2/84 to 2/88.

2/66 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
Switch- Rotary Size Cross-section Version3) DT Individual parts for 8UC7 PU PS*/ PG Weight
ing operat- of the actuat- door-coupling rotary operating (UNIT, P. unit per PU
device ing ing shaft mechanisms SET, approx.
mecha- M)
nisms
Order No. Price
per PU
Type Type mm × mm kg
Individual parts for 8UC door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Handles with masking plate
(including flat gasket and fixing screws)
3VL1, 8UC71 1 6×6 Standard C 8UC71 10-6BD 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3VL2, or EMER- C 8UC71 20-8BD 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3VL3 8×8 GENCY-
STOP
8UC71 10-1BB
3VL4, 8UC72 2 8×8 Standard C 8UC72 10-6BD 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3VL5, EMER- C 8UC72 20-8BD 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3VL6 GENCY-
STOP
8UC72 10-6BD
3VL7, 8UC73 3 12 × 12 Standard C 8UC73 10-6BD 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3VL8 EMER- C 8UC73 20-8BD 1 1 unit 103 0.200
GENCY-
STOP
8UC73 10-1BB
Rotary operating mechanisms Cross-section DT Individual parts for 8UC6 PU PS*/ PG Weight
of the actuat- door-coupling rotary operating (UNIT, P. unit per PU
ing shaft mechanisms SET, approx.
M)
Order No. Price
Type mm × mm per PU kg
Individual parts for 8UC door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Coupling drivers for 3VL
8UC71 (plastic) 6×6 C 8UC70 11-2AA 1 1 unit 103 0.200
8UC71/8UC722) (die cast) 8×8 A 8UC60 17-2AA 1 1 unit 103 0.047
8UC73/74 (die cast) 12 × 12 B 8UC60 14 1 1 unit 103 0.253
nse0_00372 Rivet
8UC60 14
Extension shafts 300 mm long
8UC71 6×6 B 8UC60 31 1 1 unit 103 0.068
8UC71/8UC72 8×8 B 8UC60 32 1 1 unit 103 0.132
NSE0_00373
8UC73 10 × 10 C 8UC60 33 1 1 unit 103 0.217
Groove 8UC73/74 12 × 12 B 8UC60 34 1 1 unit 103 0.315
8UC60 31
8UC71 6×6 B 8UC60 81 1 1 unit 103 0.136
8UC71/8UC72 8×8 B 8UC60 82 1 1 unit 103 0.265
NSE0_00373
8UC73 10 × 10 B 8UC60 83 1 1 unit 103 0.430
Groove 8UC73/74 12 × 12 B 8UC60 84 1 1 unit 103 0.640
8UC60 81
Shaft couplings
8UC71 6×6 B 8UC60 21 1 1 unit 103 0.031
8UC72 8×8 B 8UC60 22 1 1 unit 103 0.023
8UC73 10 × 10 B 8UC60 23 1 1 unit 103 0.085
nse0_00374 8UC73/74 12 × 12 B 8UC60 24 1 1 unit 103 0.077
Lug Rivet
8UC60 21 to 8UC60 24
Reducers
8UC71 8 × 8 to 6 × 6 C 8UC70 58 1 1 unit 103 0.200
8UC72 12 × 12 to C 8UC70 50 1 1 unit 103 0.200
8×8
44
02
_0
g0
ns
8UC70 58
1) Non-interchangeability features.
2) Shortened coupling driver with reduced tolerance compensation.
3) Standard: Ti-grey handle, light-gray masking plate;
EMERGENCY-STOP: Red handle, yellow masking plate.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/67
© Siemens AG 2010

Switching device Rated current Cross-section of Torque Rotary Illustrated:

the actuating operating Handle, masking plate
shaft mecha-
nisms
Type A mm Nm Size
8UC Door-Coupling Rotary Operating Mechanisms
8UC71 - 3VL circuit breakers
3VL1 16 ... 160 6×6 4 1 75
3VL2 50 ... 160 6×6 4
Tripped
6×6
NSE00362
3VL3 200... 250 4
Reset
36
3VL1 16 ... 160 8×8 4 1 75

3VL2 50 ... 160 8×8 4
Tripped
8×8
NSE00362
3VL3 200... 250 4
Reset
(Supplied with door coupling rotary operating mechanism,
complete 3VL9 300-3H.05)
36

3VL4 200 ... 400 8×8 9 2 75
3VL5 315 ... 600 8×8 9
Tripped
3VL6 320 ... 800 8×8 9
NSE00363
Reset
62

3VL7 400 ... 1250 12 × 12 25 3 100
3VL8 640 ... 1600 12 × 12 25
Tripped
NSE00364
Reset
140
1) Requires in addition a front-operated rotary operating mechanism with
shaft stub for direct mounting to the circuit breaker. For ordering the
complete operating mechanism see pages 2/62 to 2/65.

2/68 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
Version DT Rotary operating mechanisms, PU PS*/ PG Weight Individual parts of the rotary operating mechanism
complete1) (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Standard: Order No. Price Handle with Coupling Extension Reducer/
Ti-grey handle, per PU masking plate drivers shaft shaft coupling
light-gray (length 300
masking plate; mm)
EMERGENCY-
STOP:
Red handle,
yellow masking
plate
kg Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
@ 6 mm @ 6 mm @ 8 mm by 6 mm
Standard C 8UC71 11-6BD15 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC71 10-6BD 8UC70 11-2AA 8UC60 31 8UC70 58
EMERGENCY- C 8UC71 21-8BD15 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC71 20-8BD 8UC70 11-2AA 8UC60 31 8UC70 58
STOP
(coupling driver
made of plastic)
@ 8 mm @ 8 mm @ 8 mm by 8 mm
STOP
(Die-cast
coupling driver
with reduced
tolerance
compensation)
@ 8 mm @ 8 mm @ 12 mm by 8 mm
STOP
(Die-cast
coupling driver
with reduced
tolerance
compensation)
@ 12 mm @ 12 mm @ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard C 8UC73 14-6BD44 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC73 10-6BD 8UC60 14 8UC60 34 8UC60 24
EMERGENCY- C 8UC73 24-8BD44 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC73 20-8BD 8UC60 14 8UC60 34 8UC60 24
STOP
(Die-cast
coupling driver)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/69
© Siemens AG 2010

Version DT For VL160X (3VL1) PU PS*/ PG Weight

Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit per PU
per PU SET, M) approx.
kg
Plug-in versions/withdrawable versions
3- or 4-pole
Plug-in base assembly kits
Base, blade contacts for circuit breakers, termi-
nal covers for degree of protection IP20, fixing
screws, trip pin
Rear terminals
NSE0_00717
3-pole A 3VL9 100-4PA30 1 1 unit 113 2.170

3-pole with RCD module A 3VL9 100-4PB30 1 1 unit 113 2.460
4-pole A 3VL9 100-4PA40 1 1 unit 113 2.850
3VL9 .00-4PA30 4-pole with RCD module A 3VL9 100-4PB40 1 1 unit 113 3.200
90° angle connecting adapters
For rear connection, 3-pole A 3VL9 300-4PE30 1 1 unit 113 0.375
For rear connection, 4-pole A 3VL9 300-4PE40 1 1 unit 113 0.500
Front-accessible terminals
3-pole A 3VL9 100-4PC30 1 1 unit 113 1.980
3-pole with RCD module A 3VL9 100-4PD30 1 1 unit 113 2.260
4-pole A 3VL9 100-4PC40 1 1 unit 113 2.620
NSE00581
3VL9 .00-4PE30
Withdrawable version assembly kits
Upgrade of the plug-in base assembly kit to
Withdrawable version 3-pole --
including side panels 3-pole with RCD --
and racking mecha- 4-pole --
nism. 4-pole with RCD --
Withdrawable version
NSE0_00719
Same as plug-in base assembly kit, with addi-

tional side panels and racking mechanism
Rear terminals
3VL9 .00-4WF30 3-pole --
3-pole with RCD module --
4-pole --
3-pole --
4-pole --
NSE0_00683
Blade contacts
As replacement for converting fixed-mounted
circuit breakers into plug-in/withdrawable circuit
3VL9 .00-4WA30 breakers, including trip pin
1 set = 6 units 3-pole A 3VL9 100-4PS30 1 1 unit 113 0.226
Trip pins and springs
As replacement for plug-in/withdrawable A 3VL9 100-4PF00 1 1 unit 113 0.012
circuit breaker
Auxiliary circuit plug connections for plug-in
bases
Accessory connections for plug-in circuit break-
ers (factory-wired connectors) and for plug-in
bases or withdrawable version (coupling with
1)
screw terminal)
8 terminals A 3VL9 300-4PJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.134
(connected/disconnected position)
For plug-in/withdrawable base, 1 CO,
max. 2 signaling switches possible A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019
1)
It is recommended to use a maximum of 2 auxiliary circuit plug-in systems
per circuit breaker (16 terminals).

2/70 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit per PU Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit per PU
per PU SET, M) approx. per PU SET, M) approx.
kg kg
A 3VL9 200-4PA30 1 1 unit 113 2.170 A 3VL9 300-4PA30 1 1 unit 113 2.280
A 3VL9 200-4PB30 1 1 unit 113 2.460 A 3VL9 300-4PB30 1 1 unit 113 2.570
A 3VL9 200-4PA40 1 1 unit 113 2.850 A 3VL9 300-4PA40 1 1 unit 113 3.000
A 3VL9 200-4PB40 1 1 unit 113 3.200 A 3VL9 300-4PB40 1 1 unit 113 3.330
A 3VL9 300-4PE30 1 1 unit 113 0.375 A 3VL9 300-4PE30 1 1 unit 113 0.375
A 3VL9 300-4PE40 1 1 unit 113 0.500 A 3VL9 300-4PE40 1 1 unit 113 0.500
A 3VL9 200-4PC30 1 1 unit 113 1.980 A 3VL9 300-4PC30 1 1 unit 113 2.090
A 3VL9 200-4PD30 1 1 unit 113 2.260 A 3VL9 300-4PD30 1 1 unit 113 2.370
A 3VL9 200-4PC40 1 1 unit 113 2.620 A 3VL9 300-4PC40 1 1 unit 113 2.770
A 3VL9 200-4PD40 1 1 unit 113 2.960 A 3VL9 300-4PD40 1 1 unit 113 3.070
A 3VL9 300-4WF30 1 1 unit 113 1.260 A 3VL9 300-4WF30 1 1 unit 113 1.260
A 3VL9 300-4WG30 1 1 unit 113 2.031 A 3VL9 300-4WG30 1 1 unit 113 2.031
A 3VL9 300-4WF40 1 1 unit 113 1.280 A 3VL9 300-4WF40 1 1 unit 113 1.280
A 3VL9 300-4WG40 1 1 unit 113 2.050 A 3VL9 300-4WG40 1 1 unit 113 2.050
A 3VL9 200-4WA30 1 1 unit 113 3.430 A 3VL9 300-4WA30 1 1 unit 113 3.540
A 3VL9 200-4WB30 1 1 unit 113 4.000 A 3VL9 300-4WB30 1 1 unit 113 4.601
A 3VL9 200-4WB40 1 1 unit 113 4.940 A 3VL9 300-4WB40 1 1 unit 113 5.361
A 3VL9 200-4WC30 1 1 unit 113 3.240 A 3VL9 300-4WC30 1 1 unit 113 3.350
A 3VL9 200-4WD30 1 1 unit 113 3.810 A 3VL9 300-4WD30 1 1 unit 113 4.398
A 3VL9 200-4WD40 1 1 unit 113 4.710 A 3VL9 300-4WD40 1 1 unit 113 5.158
A 3VL9 200-4PS30 1 1 unit 113 0.248 A 3VL9 300-4PS30 1 1 unit 113 0.342
A 3VL9 300-4PF00 1 1 unit 113 0.013 A 3VL9 300-4PF00 1 1 unit 113 0.013
1) 1)
A 3VL9 300-4PJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.134 A 3VL9 300-4PJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.134
A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019 A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/71
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
3- or 4-pole
screws, trip pin
Rear terminals
NSE0_00717
3-pole A 3VL9 400-4PA30 1 1 unit 113 5.869

3-pole with RCD module --1)
4-pole A 3VL9 400-4PA40 1 1 unit 113 8.008
3VL9 .00-4PA30 4-pole with RCD module A 3VL9 400-4PB40 1 1 unit 113 10.100
For rear connection, 3-pole --
3-pole A 3VL9 400-4PC30 1 1 unit 113 5.424
4-pole A 3VL9 400-4PC40 1 1 unit 113 7.408
NSE00581
3VL9 .00-4PE30
Withdrawable version 3-pole A 3VL9 400-4WF30 1 1 unit 113 3.400
including side panels 3-pole with RCD --1)
and racking mecha- 4-pole A 3VL9 400-4WF40 1 1 unit 113 3.600
nism. 4-pole with RCD A 3VL9 400-4WG40 1 1 unit 113 3.800
NSE0_00719

Rear terminals3)
3VL9 .00-4WF30 3-pole A 3VL9 400-4WA30 1 1 unit 113 8.769
4-pole A 3VL9 400-4WA40 1 1 unit 113 11.549
4-pole with RCD module A 3VL9 400-4WB40 1 1 unit 113 13.200
3-pole A 3VL9 400-4WC30 1 1 unit 113 8.324
4-pole A 3VL9 400-4WC40 1 1 unit 113 10.949
4-pole with RCD module A 3VL9 400-4WD40 1 1 unit 113 12.600
NSE0_00683
Blade contacts
circuit breaker
bases
2)
screw terminal)
Position signaling switches A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019
max. 2 signaling switches possible
1)
For 3-pole applications please use 4-pole withdrawable version
with 4-pole RCD module and 4-pole circuit breaker.
2)
It is recommended to use a maximum of 3 auxiliary circuit plug-in systems
3) With VL800 (3VL6) to VL1600 (3VL8) as vertical connection.

2/72 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg kg
A 3VL9 500-4PA30 1 1 unit 113 8.200 --

-- --
A 3VL9 500-4PA40 1 1 unit 113 11.200 --
-- --
-- --
-- --
A 3VL9 500-4PC30 1 1 unit 113 7.400 --

– --
A 3VL9 500-4PC40 1 1 unit 113 9.600 --
-- --
A 3VL9 500-4WF30 1 1 unit 113 3.600 --

-- --
A 3VL9 500-4WF40 1 1 unit 113 3.800 --
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --
A 3VL9 500-4PF00 1 1 unit 113 0.018 A 3VL9 600-4PF00 1 1 unit 113 0.025
2) 2)
A 3VL9 600-4PJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.144 A 3VL9 600-4PJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.144
A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019 A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/73
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
3- or 4-pole
screws, trip pin
Rear terminals
NSE0_00717
3-pole --
4-pole --
3VL9 .00-4PA30 4-pole with RCD module --
3-pole --
4-pole --
NSE00581
3VL9 .00-4PE30
Withdrawable version 3-pole --
including side panels 3-pole with RCD --
and racking mecha- 4-pole --
nism. 4-pole with RCD --
NSE0_00719

Rear terminals1)
3VL9 .00-4WF30 3-pole A 3VL9 800-4WA30 1 1 unit 113 39.996
4-pole A 3VL9 800-4WA40 1 1 unit 113 47.148
3-pole A 3VL9 800-4WC30 1 1 unit 113 40.608
4-pole A 3VL9 800-4WC40 1 1 unit 113 47.964
NSE0_00683
Blade contacts
circuit breaker
bases
2)
screw terminal)
Position signaling switches A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019
max. 2 signaling switches possible
1) With VL800 (3VL6) to VL1600 (3VL8) as vertical connection.
2) It is recommended to use a maximum of 3 auxiliary circuit plug-in systems

2/74 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
DT For VL1600 (3VL8) PU PS*/ PG Weight
kg
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
A 3VL9 800-4WA30 1 1 unit 113 39.996

--
A 3VL9 800-4WA40 1 1 unit 113 47.148
--
A 3VL9 800-4WC30 1 1 unit 113 40.608

--
A 3VL9 800-4WC40 1 1 unit 113 47.964
--
A 3VL9 800-4PS30 1 1 unit 113 2.000

A 3VL9 800-4PS40 1 1 unit 113 2.660
A 3VL9 800-4PF00 1 1 unit 113 0.030
2)
A 3VL9 800-4PJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.144

A 3VL9 000-4WL00 1 1 unit 113 0.019

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/75
© Siemens AG 2010

Circuit breakers Rated Residual Delay time td Rated DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
for system pro- current currents I adjustable operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
tection, only for In adjust- voltage Ue SET, M) approx.
TM, starters, able
disconnectors
A A s V AC kg
RCD modules
3-pole
VL160X (3VL1) 0.03 Instantaneous
Bottom 160 0.10 0.06 127 ... 480 A 3VL9 112-5GA30 1 1 unit 113 1.340
mounting1)3) 0.30 0.10
NSE0_00582
Mounting kit for 0.50 0.25 A 3VL9 112-5GB30 1 1 unit 113 1.525
left side,
without 1.00 0.50
SENTRON VL160X RCD1)2)3) 3.00 1.00
with RCD module VL160 (3VL2) 160 127 ... 480 A 3VL9 216-5GC30 1 1 unit 113 1.320
mounted laterally on
the circuit breaker 230 ... 690 A 3VL9 216-5GD30 1 1 unit 113 1.320
(on left side) VL250 (3VL3) 250 127 ... 480 A 3VL9 325-5GE30 1 1 unit 113 1.400
230 ... 690 A 3VL9 325-5GF30 1 1 unit 113 1.400
VL400 (3VL4) 400 127 ... 480 --
230 ... 690 --
4-pole
Bottom 160 0.10 0.06 127 ... 480 A 3VL9 112-5GA40 1 1 unit 113 1.590
mounting1)3) 0.30 0.10
Mounting kit for 0.50 0.25 A 3VL9 112-5GB40 1 1 unit 113 1.824
left side,
without 1.00 0.50
RCD1)2)3) 3.00 1.00
NSE0_00583
VL160 (3VL2) 160 127 ... 480 A 3VL9 216-5GC40 1 1 unit 113 1.570
230 ... 690 A 3VL9 216-5GD40 1 1 unit 113 1.570
VL250 (3VL3) 250 127 ... 480 A 3VL9 325-5GE40 1 1 unit 113 1.650
SENTRON VL160X 230 ... 690 A 3VL9 325-5GF40 1 1 unit 113 1.650
up to VL400 with
VL400 (3VL4) 400 127 ... 480 A 3VL9 440-5GG40 1 1 unit 113 2.980
RCD module
mounted below the 230 ... 690 A 3VL9 440-5GH40 1 1 unit 113 2.980
circuit breaker
Circuit breakers Rated Residual Delay time td Rated 3-pole 4-pole
for system pro- current currents I adjustable operational circuit breakers circuit breakers
tection, only for In adjust- voltage Ue
TM, starters, able
disconnectors
Order No. with "-Z" Addi- Order No. with "-Z" Addi-
3VL. . . . - . D . . . - . . . . -Z tional 3VL. . . . - . E . . . - . . . . -Z tional
price price
and additional and additional
order code order code
@@@ Code for further @@@ Code for further
A A s V AC versions -Z versions -Z
Circuit breakers with RCD module
3 and 4-pole
(Bottom 160 0.10 0.06 127 ... 480 A 0 1 1)3) ✓ A 0 1 1)3) ✓
mounting) 0.30 0.10
0.50 0.25
VL160 (3VL2) 160 1.00 0.50 127 ... 480 A 0 1 ✓ A 0 1 ✓
3.00 1.00 230 ... 690 A 0 2 ✓ A 0 2 ✓
VL250 (3VL3) 250 127 ... 480 A 0 1 ✓ A 0 1 ✓

230 ... 690 A 0 2 ✓ A 0 2 ✓
VL400 (3VL4) 400 127 ... 480 -- A 0 1 ✓

230 ... 690 -- A 0 2 ✓
3)
✓ Additional price VL160X (3VL1) + RCD module cannot be combined with motorized operat-
1)
Only the right-hand accessory compartment and the N conductor (4-pole) ing mechanism, front operating mechanism, door-coupling rotary operat-
accessory compartment can be used for the installation of accessories, ing mechanism, locking device for toggle levers, screw terminal
see Technical Information at connections (3VL17..-....6-....) and Bowden wire interlocking.
2)
The assembly kit consists of the mounting plate, wiring and covers for cir-
cuit breakers and RCD module (for 75 mm standard mounting rail).
The RCD module (3VL9 112-5GA30/-5GA40) must be ordered separately.

2/76 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg
Connection methods for fixed-mounted circuit breakers
3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars1)
Phase barriers included.
NSE0_00702 Standard
3VL9 .00-4EC40 1 set = 3 units 3-pole A 3VL9 216-4EC30 1 1 unit 113 0.198
1 set = 4 units 4-pole A 3VL9 216-4EC40 1 1 unit 113 0.198
For increased pole spacing
1 set = 3 units 3-pole A 3VL9 216-4ED30 1 1 unit 113 0.189
NSE0_00722
3VL9 .00-4ED40
Rear terminals
Short terminal (1 unit) A 3VL9 100-4RA00 1 1 unit 113 0.126
Long terminal (1 unit) A 3VL9 100-4RB00 1 1 unit 113 0.229
NSE0_00723 Terminal kit (2 short + 1 long)
3VL9 .00-4RA00, 3-pole A 3VL9 100-4RC30 1 1 unit 113 0.481
3VL9 .00-4RB00 Terminal kit (2 short + 2 long)
4-pole A 3VL9 100-4RF40 1 1 unit 113 0.711
Short flat connector (1 unit) A 3VL9 100-4RK00 1 1 unit 113 0.104
Long flat connector (1 unit) A 3VL9 100-4RL00 1 1 unit 113 0.200
Flat connector kit
NSE0_00724 (2 short + 1 long)
3-pole A 3VL9 100-4RM30 1 1 unit 113 0.408
3VL9 .00-4RK00,
3VL9 .00-4RL00 Flat connector kit
(2 short + 2 long)
4-pole A 3VL9 100-4RN40 1 1 unit 113 0.608
Box terminals
For connection for flexible flat copper busbar or cable,
1 set = 3 units A 3VL9 100-4TC30 1 1 unit 113 0.084
NSE0_00700
3VL9 .00-4TC.0 Circular conductor terminals
Only for cables (Al or Cu)
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 2 9 Aluminum terminal (tinned)
1 set = 3 units C 3VL9 100-4TD30 1 1 unit 113 0.041
3VL9 .00-4TD.0
Circular conductor terminal with terminal
covers for cable (Al or Cu) N
1 set = 3 units B 3VL9 115-4TD30 1 1 unit 113 0.150
Auxiliary conductor terminals A 3VL9 200-3TN00 1 1 unit 113 0.130
For box terminals/circular conductor terminals
1 set = 10 units
Terminals with screw connection -
metric thread
With insulator (for rear) for use with busbars and cable
lugs, see Technical Information at
NSE0_00701
3VL9 .00-4TA.0
1 set = 3 units A 3VL9 116-4TA30 1 1 unit 113 0.055
Connection covers
(terminal covers) for circuit breakers
Degree of protection IP30 for main connections
1 set = 2 units
Extended 3-pole A 3VL9 300-8CA30 1 1 unit 113 0.204
NSE0_00730
Standard 3-pole A 3VL9 300-8CB30 1 1 unit 113 0.053
3VL9 .00-3CB.0 Extended 4-pole A 3VL9 300-8CA40 1 1 unit 113 0.264
Phase barriers for circuit breakers, fixed-mounted,
plug-in or withdrawable versions
NSE0_00731 1 set = 2 units A 3VL9 300-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.023
3VL9 .00-8CE00
1)
Screw terminal connections are required for SENTRON VL160X and VL160 (3VL1 and 3VL2) circuit breakers,
see Technical Information at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/77
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
Connection components for fixed-mounted circuit breakers
3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars1)
NSE0_00702
Standard
3VL9 .00-4EC40
NSE0_00722
3VL9 .00-4ED40 1 set = 4 units 4-pole A 3VL9 216-4ED40 1 1 unit 113 0.252
Rear terminals
Short terminal (1 unit) A 3VL9 200-4RA00 1 1 unit 113 0.126
Long terminal (1 unit) A 3VL9 200-4RB00 1 1 unit 113 0.229
NSE0_00723
3VL9 .00-4RA00, Terminal kit (2 short + 1 long) 3-pole A 3VL9 200-4RC30 1 1 unit 113 0.481
3VL9 .00-4RB00 Terminal kit (2 short + 2 long) 4-pole A 3VL9 200-4RF40 1 1 unit 113 0.711
Short flat connector (1 unit) A 3VL9 200-4RK00 1 1 unit 113 0.104
Long flat connector (1 unit) A 3VL9 200-4RL00 1 1 unit 113 0.200
Flat connector kit (2 short + 1 long) 3-pole A 3VL9 200-4RM30 1 1 unit 113 0.408
Flat connector kit (2 short + 2 long) 4-pole A 3VL9 200-4RN40 1 1 unit 113 0.608
NSE0_00724
3VL9 .00-4RK00, Box terminals

3VL9 .00-4RL00 Connection for flexible flat copper busbar or
cable,
NSE0_00700 Circular conductor terminals
3VL9 .00-4TC.0 Only for cables (Al or Cu)
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 2 9 Aluminum terminal (tinned)
3VL9 .00-4TD.0
Circular conductor terminal with terminal
covers for cable (Al or Cu) N
1 set = 3 units A 3VL9 215-4TD30 1 1 unit 113 0.150
Multiple feed-in terminals
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 2 N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 3
3 units --
3VL9 .00-4TF.0 4 units --
Multiple feed-in terminal
with terminal covers N
3 units (2 × 70 ... 300) --
4 units (2 × 70 ... 300) --
For box terminals/circular conductor termi-
nals/multiple feed-in terminals
1 set = 10 units
metric thread
NSE0_00701
With insulator (for rear) for use with busbars and
cable lugs, see Technical Information at
3VL9 .00-4TA.0
Connection covers
NSE0_00730
1 set = 2 units
3VL9 .00-3CB.0
NSE0_00731 plug-in or withdrawable versions
3VL9 .00-8CE00 1 set = 2 units A 3VL9 300-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.023
1)
Screw terminal connections are required for SENTRON VL160X and VL160 (3VL1 and 3VL2) circuit breakers,
see Technical Information at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.

2/78 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg kg
A 3VL9 300-4EC30 1 1 unit 113 0.256 A 3VL9 400-4EC30 1 1 unit 113 0.889
A 3VL9 300-4EC40 1 1 unit 113 0.345 A 3VL9 400-4EC40 1 1 unit 113 1.193
A 3VL9 300-4ED30 1 1 unit 113 0.256 A 3VL9 400-4ED30 1 1 unit 113 0.916
A 3VL9 300-4ED40 1 1 unit 113 0.345 A 3VL9 400-4ED40 1 1 unit 113 1.229
A 3VL9 300-4RA00 1 1 unit 113 0.126 A 3VL9 400-4RA00 1 1 unit 113 0.219
A 3VL9 300-4RB00 1 1 unit 113 0.229 A 3VL9 400-4RB00 1 1 unit 113 0.377
A 3VL9 300-4RC30 1 1 unit 113 0.481 A 3VL9 400-4RC30 1 1 unit 113 0.816
A 3VL9 300-4RF40 1 1 unit 113 0.711 A 3VL9 400-4RF40 1 1 unit 113 1.192
A 3VL9 300-4RK00 1 1 unit 113 0.104 A 3VL9 400-4RK00 1 1 unit 113 0.343
A 3VL9 300-4RL00 1 1 unit 113 0.200 A 3VL9 400-4RL00 1 1 unit 113 0.502
A 3VL9 300-4RM30 1 1 unit 113 0.408 A 3VL9 400-4RM30 1 1 unit 113 1.190
A 3VL9 300-4RN40 1 1 unit 113 0.608 A 3VL9 400-4RN40 1 1 unit 113 1.690
A 3VL9 300-4TC30 1 1 unit 113 0.192 A 3VL9 400-4TC30 1 1 unit 113 0.423
A 3VL9 300-4TC40 1 1 unit 113 0.256 A 3VL9 400-4TC40 1 1 unit 113 0.573
C 3VL9 300-4TD30 1 1 unit 113 0.159 C 3VL9 400-4TD30 1 1 unit 113 0.260
C 3VL9 300-4TD40 1 1 unit 113 0.212 C 3VL9 400-4TD40 1 1 unit 113 0.340
B 3VL9 324-4TD30 1 1 unit 113 0.150 --

B 3VL9 324-4TD40 1 1 unit 113 0.150 --
-- C 3VL9 400-4TF30 1 1 unit 113 0.420

-- C 3VL9 400-4TF40 1 1 unit 113 0.560
-- B 3VL9 460-4TF30 1 1 unit 113 0.150

-- B 3VL9 460-4TF40 1 1 unit 113 0.150
A 3VL9 300-3TN00 1 1 unit 113 0.150 A 3VL9 400-3TN00 1 1 unit 113 0.140
A 3VL9 300-4TA30 1 1 unit 113 0.090 A 3VL9 400-4TA30 1 1 unit 113 0.112
A 3VL9 300-4TA40 1 1 unit 113 0.120 A 3VL9 400-4TA40 1 1 unit 113 0.149
A 3VL9 300-8CA30 1 1 unit 113 0.204 A 3VL9 400-8CA30 1 1 unit 113 0.450
A 3VL9 300-8CB30 1 1 unit 113 0.053 A 3VL9 400-8CB30 1 1 unit 113 0.120
A 3VL9 300-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.023 A 3VL9 600-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.042

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/79
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars
NSE0_00702
Standard
3VL9 .00-4EC40
NSE0_00722
3VL9 .00-4ED40 1 set = 4 units 4-pole A 3VL9 500-4ED40 1 1 unit 113 1.412
Rear terminals
Short terminal (1 unit) --
Long terminal (1 unit) --
NSE0_00723
3VL9 .00-4RA00, Terminal kit (2 short + 1 long) 3-pole --
3VL9 .00-4RB00 Terminal kit (2 short + 2 long) 4-pole --
Short flat connector (1 unit) --
Long flat connector (1 unit) --
Flat connector kit (2 short + 1 long) 3-pole --
Flat connector kit (2 short + 2 long) 4-pole --
NSE0_00724
3VL9 .00-4RK00, Flat connecting bar (1 unit) A 3VL9 500-4RG00 1 1 unit 113 0.358
3VL9 .00-4RL00 Flat connecting bar
Set = 3 units, 3-pole A 3VL9 500-4RH30 1 1 unit 113 1.075
NSE0_00725
Flat connecting bar

Multiple feed-in terminals
Aluminum terminal (tinned)
3VL9 .00-4RG00 1 set = 3 units C 3VL9 500-4TG30 1 1 unit 113 0.461
1 set = 4 units C 3VL9 500-4TG40 1 1 unit 113 0.614
For multiple feed-in terminals
1 set = 10 units
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 2 N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 3
Terminal plates1)
3VL9 .00-4TF.0 Connection for flexible flat copper busbar with
auxiliary conductor connection 0.5 – 4 mm2
(extended terminal covers or phase barriers
required)
1 set = 3 units A 3VL9 500-4TT30 1 1 unit 113 1.350
1 set = 4 units A 3VL9 500-4TT40 1 1 unit 113 1.800
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 4
3VL9 .00-4TG.0 metric thread
1 set = 3 units C 3VL9 500-4TA30 1 1 unit 113 0.150
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 3 0
3VL9 .00-4TT.0 Connection covers
1 set = 2 units
NSE0_00701
3VL9 .00-4TA.0 Standard 4-pole A 3VL9 600-8CB40 1 1 unit 113 0.270
plug-in or withdrawable versions2)
NSE0_00730
1 set = 2 units A 3VL9 600-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.042
3VL9 .00-3CB.0
NSE0_00731
3VL9 .00-8CE00
1)
Front connecting bars included in scope of supply; not for 690 V AC/600 V DC.

2/80 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg kg
A 3VL9 600-4EC30 1 1 unit 113 1.602 C 3VL9 800-4EC30 1 1 unit 113 3.313
A 3VL9 600-4EC40 1 1 unit 113 2.136 C 3VL9 800-4EC40 1 1 unit 113 4.438
A 3VL9 600-4ED30 1 1 unit 113 1.613 --

A 3VL9 600-4ED40 1 1 unit 113 2.154 --
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --
A 3VL9 600-4RG00 1 1 unit 113 1.604 A 3VL9 700-4RG00 1 1 unit 113 1.604
A 3VL9 600-4RH30 1 1 unit 113 4.812 A 3VL9 700-4RH30 1 1 unit 113 4.812
A 3VL9 600-4RH40 1 1 unit 113 6.416 A 3VL9 700-4RH40 1 1 unit 113 6.416
C 3VL9 600-4TG30 1 1 unit 113 0.918 C 3VL9 700-4TG30 1 1 unit 113 2.175
C 3VL9 600-4TG40 1 1 unit 113 1.224 C 3VL9 700-4TG40 1 1 unit 113 2.900
A 3VL9 400-3TN00 1 1 unit 113 0.140 A 3VL9 400-3TN00 1 1 unit 113 0.140
-- --
-- --
C 3VL9 600-4TA30 1 1 unit 113 0.289 C 3VL9 800-4TA30 1 1 unit 113 0.319
C 3VL9 600-4TA40 1 1 unit 113 0.386 C 3VL9 800-4TA40 1 1 unit 113 0.426
A 3VL9 600-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.042 C 3VL9 800-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.130
2) Plug-in version: Not for VL1250 (3VL7),

withdrawable version: Not for VL800 (3VL6) and VL1250 (3VL7).

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/81
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
3- or 4-pole
Front connecting bars
Standard
NSE0_00702
1 set = 3 units 3-pole C 3VL9 800-4EC30 1 1 unit 113 3.313 1)
3VL9 .00-4EC40
1 set = 4 units 4-pole C 3VL9 800-4EC40 1 1 unit 113 4.438 1)
1 set = 3 units 3-pole --
NSE0_00722
1 set = 4 units 4-pole --
3VL9 .00-4ED40
Rear terminals
Short terminal (1 unit) --
Long terminal (1 unit) --
NSE0_00723 Terminal kit (2 short + 1 long)
3VL9 .00-4RA00, 3-pole --
3VL9 .00-4RB00 Terminal kit (2 short + 2 long)
4-pole --
Short flat connector (1 unit) --
Long flat connector (1 unit) --
NSE0_00724 Flat connector kit (2 short + 1 long)
3-pole --
3VL9 .00-4RK00,
3VL9 .00-4RL00 Flat connector kit (2 short + 2 long)
4-pole --
NSE0_00725
Flat connecting bar (1 unit) A 3VL9 800-4RG00 1 1 unit 113 1.527

Flat connecting bar
Flat connecting bar
3VL9 .00-4RG00
Box terminals
For connection for flexible flat copper busbar or
cable, see Technical Information at
1 set = 3 units --
NSE0_00700 1 set = 4 units --
3VL9 .00-4TC.0 Multiple feed-in terminals
Aluminum terminal (tinned)
1 set = 3 units --
1 set = 4 units --
N S E 0 _ 0 1 5 4 4 Auxiliary conductor terminals --
For box terminals/aluminum terminals
3VL9 .00-4TG.0
metric thread
NSE0_00701
3VL9 .00-4TA.0 1 set = 3 units C 3VL9 800-4TA30 1 1 unit 113 0.319
Connection covers
NSE0_00730 1 set = 2 units
3VL9 .00-3CB.0 Extended 3-pole A 3VL9 800-8CA30 1 1 unit 113 1.060
NSE0_00731
Phase barriers for fixed-mounted circuit
3VL9 .00-8CE00
breakers
1 set = 2 units C 3VL9 800-8CE00 1 1 unit 113 0.130
1)
In scope of supply of circuit breaker.

2/82 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole
Locking devices for toggle levers C 3VL9 300-3HL00 1 1 unit 113 0.052
For locking the circuit breaker in the "OFF" position.
Up to 3 padlocks with Ø 5 – 8 mm can be used.
Removable (padlocks not included)
NSE0_00732 Rear interlocking modules

For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent
3VL9 .00-3HL00
circuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
same installation type and size.
(Mounting plate not included in scope of supply)
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers C 3VL9 300-8LC00 1 1 unit 113 0.215
Plug-in/withdrawable circuit breakers C 3VL9 300-8LD00 1 1 unit 113 0.223
NSE0_00733
Interlocking modules for Bowden wire Combination with next size up possible
interlocking 1) (see Order No.)
3VL9 .00-8L.00 For the mechanical interlocking of two circuit
breakers.
C 3VL9 300-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.174
Interlocking module for one circuit breaker
Bowden wires for Bowden wire interlocking1)

Wire length 0.5 m C 3VL9 000-8LH10 1 1 unit 113 0.206
NSE0_00734
3VL9 .00-8LA00
Safety lock assembly kits
Key can be removed with the circuit breaker in the
"OFF" position
For front-operated rotary operating mechanisms
Lock types
Ronis A 3VL9 715-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.309
NSE0_00680 For motorized operating mechanism with stored
energy mechanism
Lock types
Ronis --
Filli Giussani A 3VL9 321-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.053
Sets of fixing screws
3VL9 ...-8HA00 (metric thread)
Including the screws, washers and nuts required to
secure a 3- or 4-pole circuit breaker to a prepared
surface
Set with 4 screws A 3VL9 300-8SA40 1 1 unit 113 0.030
Transparent covers for releases, sealable
To prevent access by unqualified personnel and
unauthorized changes to settings (seal not included)
Electronic releases --
Thermal-magnetic A 3VL9 300-8BM00 1 1 unit 113 0.015
Battery power supply for activating/ --
parameterizing the LCD ETU release, with test
function for all IEC and UL ETUs
(two 9 V blocks are required in addition)
NSE0_01531a
3VL9 000-8AP01
1) Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required. Cannot be
used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and withdraw-
able version.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/83
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole
Locking devices for toggle levers
Removable (padlocks not included) C 3VL9 300-3HL00 1 1 unit 113 0.052
Rear interlocking modules

NSE0_00732
For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent
3VL9 .00-3HL00 circuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
(Mounting plate not included in scope of supply)
Interlocking modules for Bowden wire Combinations with next size up/down possible
NSE0_00733
For the mechanical interlocking of two circuit
3VL9 .00-8L.00 breakers.
Interlocking module for one circuit breaker C 3VL9 300-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.174

NSE0_00734

"OFF" position
3VL9 .00-8LA00 For front-operated rotary operating mechanisms
Lock types
Ronis A 3VL9 715-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.309
energy mechanism
Lock types
Ronis --
Filli Giussani A 3VL9 321-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.053
surface
Electronic releases C 3VL9 700-8BL00 1 1 unit 113 0.002
Thermal-magnetic A 3VL9 300-8BM00 1 1 unit 113 0.015
Battery power supply for activating/
(two 9 V blocks are required in addition) B 3VL9 000-8AP01 1 1 unit 113 0.605
NSE0_01531a
3VL9 000-8AP01
1) Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required. Cannot be
used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and withdraw-
able version.

2/84 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg kg
C 3VL9 300-3HL00 1 1 unit 113 0.052 C 3VL9 400-3HL00 1 1 unit 113 0.122
C 3VL9 300-8LC00 1 1 unit 113 0.215 C 3VL9 400-8LC00 1 1 unit 113 0.386
C 3VL9 300-8LD00 1 1 unit 113 0.223 C 3VL9 400-8LD00 1 1 unit 113 0.436
C 3VL9 300-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.174 C 3VL9 400-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.196
C 3VL9 000-8LH10 1 1 unit 113 0.206 --

C 3VL9 000-8LH20 1 1 unit 113 0.298 C 3VL9 000-8LH20 1 1 unit 113 0.298
-- A 3VL9 715-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.309

A 3VL9 321-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.053 --
A 3VL9 300-8SA40 1 1 unit 113 0.030 C 3VL9 500-8SA40 1 1 unit 113 0.090
C 3VL9 700-8BL00 1 1 unit 113 0.002 C 3VL9 700-8BL00 1 1 unit 113 0.002
A 3VL9 300-8BM00 1 1 unit 113 0.015 A 3VL9 400-8BM00 1 1 unit 113 0.017
B 3VL9 000-8AP01 1 1 unit 113 0.605 B 3VL9 000-8AP01 1 1 unit 113 0.605

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/85
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole
For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent cir-
NSE0_00732
cuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
3VL9 .00-3HL00 same installation type and size. (Mounting plate not
included in scope of supply)
Interlocking modules for Bowden wire Combinations with next size up/down possible
NSE0_00733
For the mechanical interlocking of two circuit
breakers.
3VL9 .00-8L.00
Interlocking module for one circuit breaker C 3VL9 600-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.244

Wire length 0.5 m --
NSE0_00734

"OFF" position
Lock types
Ronis A 3VL9 715-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.309
energy mechanism
Lock types
Ronis A 3VL9 715-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.309
Filli Giussani --
surface
Set with 4 screws C 3VL9 500-8SA40 1 1 unit 113 0.090
Thermal-magnetic C 3VL9 600-8BM00 1 1 unit 113 0.019
NSE0_01531a
3VL9 000-8AP01
1)
Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required.
Cannot be used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and
withdrawable version.

2/86 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg kg
C 3VL9 600-3HL00 1 1 unit 113 0.130 C 3VL9 800-3HL00 1 1 unit 113 0.238
C 3VL9 600-8LC00 1 1 unit 113 1.499 C 3VL9 800-8LC00 1 1 unit 113 2.935
C 3VL9 600-8LD00 1 1 unit 113 5.076 C 3VL9 800-8LD00 1 1 unit 113 3.825
C 3VL9 600-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.244 C 3VL9 800-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.283
-- --
C 3VL9 000-8LH20 1 1 unit 113 0.298 --
-- --
A 3VL9 600-8SA40 1 1 unit 113 0.090 A 3VL9 800-8SA40 1 1 unit 113 0.090
C 3VL9 700-8BL00 1 1 unit 113 0.002 C 3VL9 700-8BL00 1 1 unit 113 0.002
-- --
B 3VL9 000-8AP01 1 1 unit 113 0.605 B 3VL9 000-8AP01 1 1 unit 113 0.605

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/87
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
Interlocks
3- or 4-pole

NSE0_00732
For the mechanical interlocking of two adjacent cir-
3VL9 .00-3HL00 cuit breakers. The circuit breakers must be of the
Circuit breakers, fixed-mounted1) C 3VL9 800-8LC00 1 1 unit 113 2.935
Interlocking modules for Bowden wire

NSE0_00733
interlocking 2)
For the mechanical interlocking of two circuit break- C 3VL9 800-8LA00 1 1 unit 113 0.283
3VL9 .00-8L.00
ers.
Interlocking module for one circuit breaker

NSE0_00734

"OFF" position
Lock types
Ronis A 3VL9 715-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.309
NSE0_00680 For motorized operating mechanisms
Lock types
Ronis A 3VL9 715-8HA00 1 1 unit 113 0.309
Filli Giussani --
(metric thread)
3VL9 ...-8HA00 Including the screws, washers and nuts required to
surface

Thermal-magnetic --
NSE0_01531a
3VL9 000-8AP01
1)
Mounting plate not included in scope of supply.
2)
Two interlocking modules and one Bowden wire are required.
Cannot be used in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism and
withdrawable version.

2/88 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
Busbar adapter systems with 40 mm or 60 mm busbar center-to-center spacing with components for busbar runs, adapters and switching device holders for
individual equipment possibilities, devices with an integrated adapter, as well as accessories and flat copper profiles. Observe the short-circuit strength of the
busbar system. Short-circuit strength greater than 50 kA on request.
See also "Busbar Systems" chapter.

SET, approx.
M)
kg
40 mm busbar adapter systems
According to DIN 43870 Part 2 for copper busbars
with sharp (DIN 1759) and with rounded (DIN 46433) edges,
width 12 mm and 15 mm, thickness 5 mm and 10 mm.
Up to 160 A
Busbar adapters, length 175 mm
With plug connection tags at top, 3-pole
With terminal cover (degree of protection IP10)1)
For one VL160X (3VL1) circuit breaker2) A 8US10 11-4SL01 1 1 unit 143 0.585
108 mm wide
1)
For degree of protection IP30, the terminal covers from page 2/77 to 2/82
should be ordered.
2)
Usable only for 3VL circuit breakers with line-side box terminals.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/89
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M)
kg
60 mm busbar adapter systems
For copper busbars with sharp (DIN 1759) and with rounded (DIN 46433) edges,
width 12 mm to 30 mm, thickness 5 mm and 10 mm, also for T and double-T special profiles
Up to 160 A
For one VL160X/VL160 (3VL1, 3VL2) 108 mm wide A 8US12 11-4SL01 1 1 unit 143 0.597
circuit breaker2)
Up to 250 A
For one VL250 (3VL3) circuit breaker 108 mm wide A 8US12 11-4SL00 1 1 unit 143 0.662
8US12 11–4SL01
Up to 400 A
With threaded inserts M4, M6 and M8
For various types of switching devices, 3-pole
Without connecting cables,
with M10 terminal screws at top and bottom1)
Adapter 185 mm wide A 8US12 10-4AF00 1 1 unit 143 2.769
Mounting plates for 8US12 10–4AF00
For VL400 (3VL4) circuit breakers A 8US19 27-4AF01 1 1 unit 143 0.575
(also for VL160X+RCD, VL160, VL250 circuit
breakers (3VL1 + RCD, 3VL2, 3VL3))
For VL630 (3VL5) circuit breakers A 8US12 13-4AF00 1 1 unit 143 2.880
(In max = 580 V)
The connecting cable between adapter and switch-
ing device should be manufactured in accordance
with the rated current as a round cable,
e.g. H07V-R, with a cable lug or as a flat conductor
8US12 10–4AF00 for bolt-type connection M10 (adapter).
1) For degree of protection IP30, the terminal covers from page 2/77 to 2/82 2) Usable only for 3VL circuit breakers with line-side box terminals.
should be ordered.
Type Rated current In DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
A kg
Further accessories
Current transformers (-T6) for N conductor/grounded neutral point of the transformer
for ground-fault protection in 4-wire three-phase systems1)
VL160/3VL2 63, 80 A 3VL9 280-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.500
100 A 3VL9 210-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.450
160 A 3VL9 216-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.485
VL250/3VL3 200 A 3VL9 320-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.445
250 A 3VL9 325-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.493
VL400/3VL4 315 A 3VL9 440-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.493
400 A 3VL9 440-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.493
NSE-00572 VL630/3VL5 630 A 3VL9 563-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.760
VL800/3VL6 800 A 3VL9 680-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 0.778
VL1250/3VL7 1000 A 3VL9 712-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 2.080
1250 A 3VL9 712-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 2.080
VL1600/3VL8 1600 A 3VL9 816-8TC00 1 1 unit 113 2.110
1) Please note the rated current of the circuit breaker.

2/90 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
General criteria for the selection of current transformers for measurement purposes
4NC53 current transformers
Standards EN 60044-1
Window-type current transformers The conductor to be measured (busbar or cable) is passed through the window opening and constitutes the
primary circuit of the window-type current transformer.
Pin-wound transformers: An economical solution especially for small primary currents of 5 ... 75 A is achieved
when the conductor to be measured is pin-wound several times.
Rated primary current Ipn Current transformers can be continuously loaded with 1.3 times the rated primary current (Ipn).
Rated secondary current Isn
1A Particularly suitable for longer measuring leads. Cable losses of only 4 % in contrast to 5 A current transformers.
5A 5 A current transformers generate 25 times the power losses on measuring leads as compared with 1 A current
transformers. These stray losses result in higher power in the case of long cables. Only recommended for use
with short measuring leads.
Accuracy class
Class 1 Operation measurement, internal metering
Current error ±1 % at 1 x Ipn and 1.2 x Ipn
Class 3 Coarse measurement
Current error ±3 % at 0.5 x Ipn and 1.2 x Ipn
Rated power Pn The rated power of transformers is specified in VA. The actual load rating should be similar to the rated power;
a lower actual load rating (underburden) increases the overcurrent factor and measuring devices may be dam-
aged in case of a short-circuit, a higher actual load rating (overburden) has a negative effect on the accuracy.
With a frequency of 60 Hz the rated power increases to 1.2 times. With 162/3Hz the output power decreases to
1
/3 of the rated power.
Maximum voltage for equipment Um This is the rms value of the maximum voltage between the conductors of a system. For this voltage the insula-
tion must be rated at normal operating conditions.
4NC5 current transformers are suitable for 720 V.
Overcurrent limiting factor FS The overcurrent limiting factor is expressed using the characters FS and a factor, e.g. FS5 or FS10.
When a short-circuit current flows through the primary winding of a current transformer, the load on the measur-
ing devices connected to the current transformer is the lower the smaller the overcurrent limiting factor is.
Rated short-time thermal current Ith The rated short-time thermal current Ith is the rms value of the primary current with a duration of one second,
whose heat effect the current transformer can resist without being damaged in the event of a short-circuited
secondary winding.
Rated impulse current Idyn The rated impulse current Idyn is the highest instantaneous value of the current after a short-circuit whose force
the current transformer can resist without being damaged.
The rated impulse current is specified as peak value.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/91

© Siemens AG 2010

4NC current transformers for measuring purposes
Rated primary current Ipn Rating Pn DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
A VA kg
Classes 1 and 3, from 50 to 1500 A
Rated secondary current 1A
Class 3
• For circular conductors with max. diameter 17.5 mm
• For busbars up to max. 12 mm × 10 mm
50 2.5 A 4NC51 12-0BC20 1 1 unit 103 0.428
60 2.5 A 4NC51 13-0BC20 1 1 unit 103 0.432
75 2.5 A 4NC51 15-0BC20 1 1 unit 103 0.425
4NC51 12-0BC20
Class 1
• For 1 busbar up to max. 12 mm × 10 mm
100 2.5 A 4NC51 17-0CC20 1 1 unit 103 0.335
150 2.5 A 4NC51 21-0CC20 1 1 unit 103 0.327
200 5 A 4NC51 22-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.356
4NC51 17-0CC20 250 5 A 4NC51 23-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.352
• For circular conductors with max. diameter 28 mm

• For 2 busbars up to max. 25 mm × 5 mm
200 5 A 4NC52 22-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.464
250 5 A 4NC52 23-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.477
300 5 A 4NC52 24-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.363
400 5 A 4NC52 25-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.373
4NC52 22-0CE20

400 5 A 4NC53 25-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.469
500 5 A 4NC53 26-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.410
600 5 A 4NC53 27-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.424
750 5 A 4NC53 28-0CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.391
4NC53 25-0CE20

1000 10 A 4NC54 31-0CH20 1 1 unit 103 0.644
1250 10 A 4NC54 33-0CH20 1 1 unit 103 0.667
1500 10 A 4NC54 34-0CH20 1 1 unit 103 0.713
4NC54 31-0CH20

2/92 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
Rated primary current Ipn Rating Pn DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
A VA kg
Rated secondary current 5 A
Class 3
50 2.5 A 4NC51 12-2BC20 1 1 unit 103 0.426
60 2.5 A 4NC51 13-2BC20 1 1 unit 103 0.430
75 2.5 A 4NC51 15-2BC20 1 1 unit 103 0.431
4NC51 12-2BC20
Class 1
100 2.5 A 4NC51 17-2CC20 1 1 unit 103 0.340
150 2.5 A 4NC51 21-2CC20 1 1 unit 103 0.327
200 5 A 4NC51 22-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.339
4NC51 17-2CC20 250 5 A 4NC51 23-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.345

200 5 A 4NC52 22-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.467
250 5 A 4NC52 23-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.474
300 5 A 4NC52 24-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.356
400 5 A 4NC52 25-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.379
4NC52 22-2CE20

400 5 A 4NC53 25-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.452
500 5 A 4NC53 26-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.406
600 5 A 4NC53 27-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.425
750 5 A 4NC53 28-2CE20 1 1 unit 103 0.379
4NC53 25-2CE20

1000 10 A 4NC54 31-2CH20 1 1 unit 103 0.660
1250 10 A 4NC54 33-2CH20 1 1 unit 103 0.631
1500 10 A 4NC54 34-2CH20 1 1 unit 103 0.669
4NC54 31-2CH20
4NC51 window-type current transformers, used as pin-wound transformers, Classes 1 and 3, from 5 A to 75 A
Pin-winding increases the primary current of the current trans-
former. Consequently, window-type current transformers can
also be used for low primary currents.
Basic type 4NC51 12 4NC51 13 4NC51 15 4NC51 17 4NC51 21 4NC51 22 4NC51 23

Rated primary A 50 60 75 100 150 200 250
current
Rating VA 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5
Primary current to Number of required pin windings
be measured A Class 3 Class 1
5 10 -- -- -- -- -- --
10 5 6 -- 10 -- -- --
15 -- 4 5 -- 10 -- --
20 -- 3 -- 5 -- 10 --
25 2 -- 3 4 6 8 8
30 -- 2 -- -- 5 -- --
4NC51 used as pin-
wound transformer
40 -- -- -- -- -- 5 --
50 -- -- -- 2 3 4 5
75 -- -- -- -- 2 -- --

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/93
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
Further accessories
3- or 4-pole
Masking frames (cover frames) for door cutouts
A Fixed-mounted or plug-in circuit breaker A 3VL9 300-8BC00 1 1 unit 113 0.038
IP40
1
B ) Fixed-mounted, plug-in or withdrawable circuit
IP40 breaker with front-operated rotary operating
mechanism or motorized operating mecha-
nism A 3VL9 300-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.099
NSE-00574
Masking frame A C Withdrawable circuit breaker with toggle lever
IP20 actuation. Assembly kit contains masking
frame and extended escutcheon
(cannot be used together with a motorized
operating mechanism/rotary operating mech-
anism) --
D Fixed-mounted circuit breaker or
IP40 plug-in circuit breaker
RCD circuit breaker masking frame A 3VL9 300-8BD00 1 1 unit 113 0.034
NSE-00575
RCD masking frame A 3VL9 300-8BD00 1 1 unit 113 0.034
Masking frame B
E 1) Circuit breaker with RCD module and
IP40 front-operated rotary operating mechanism.
Assembly kit contains masking frame and
extended escutcheon --
Circuit breaker with RCD module and
motorized operating mechanism.
Masking frame C

kg
Further accessories
3- or 4-pole
IP40
B1) Fixed-mounted, plug-in or withdrawable circuit
IP40 breaker with front-operated rotary operating
mechanism or motorized operating mecha-
nism A 3VL9 400-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.149
C Withdrawable circuit breaker with toggle lever
IP20 actuation. Assembly kit contains masking
frame and extended escutcheon
NSE-00577 operating mechanism/rotary operating mech-
anism) A 3VL9 400-8BH00 1 1 unit 113 0.426
Masking frame D
RCD circuit breaker masking frame A 3VL9 400-8BC00 1 1 unit 113 0.027
RCD masking frame A 3VL9 400-8BD00 1 1 unit 113 0.047
E1) circuit breaker with RCD module and
NSE-00578
extended escutcheon A 3VL9 400-8BH00 1 1 unit 113 0.426
Masking frame E circuit breaker with RCD module and
extended escutcheon A 3VL9 400-8BJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.395
1)
For withdrawable version IP20.

2/94 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
kg kg
A 3VL9 300-8BC00 1 1 unit 113 0.038 A 3VL9 300-8BC00 1 1 unit 113 0.038
A 3VL9 300-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.099 A 3VL9 300-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.099
A 3VL9 300-8BH00 1 1 unit 113 0.267 A 3VL9 300-8BH00 1 1 unit 113 0.267
A 3VL9 300-8BD00 1 1 unit 113 0.034 A 3VL9 300-8BD00 1 1 unit 113 0.034
A 3VL9 300-8BD00 1 1 unit 113 0.034 A 3VL9 300-8BD00 1 1 unit 113 0.034
A 3VL9 300-8BJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.230 A 3VL9 300-8BJ00 1 1 unit 113 0.230
kg kg
A 3VL9 600-8BC00 1 1 unit 113 0.055 A 3VL9 600-8BC00 1 1 unit 113 0.055
A 3VL9 600-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.177 A 3VL9 600-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.177
-- --
-- --
-- --
-- --

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/95
© Siemens AG 2010


kg
Further accessories
3- or 4-pole
IP40
NSE-00574
Masking frame A
B1) Fixed-mounted, plug-in or withdrawable
IP40 circuit breaker with front-operated rotary
operating mechanism or
motorized operating mechanism A 3VL9 800-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.192
NSE-00575
Masking frame B
C Withdrawable circuit breaker with toggle
IP20 lever actuation. Assembly kit contains
masking frame and extended escutcheon
operating mechanism/rotary operating
mechanism) A 3VL9 800-8BH00 1 1 unit 113 0.531
Masking frame C
RCD circuit breaker masking frame --
RCD masking frame --
NSE-00577
Masking frame D
E1) Circuit breaker with RCD module and
Circuit breaker with RCD module and
NSE-00578 extended escutcheon --
Masking frame E
1) For withdrawable version IP20.

2/96 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

2
DT For VL1600 (3VL8) PU PS*/ PG Weight
kg
A 3VL9 800-8BC00 1 1 unit 113 0.043
A 3VL9 800-8BG00 1 1 unit 113 0.192
A 3VL9 800-8BH00 1 1 unit 113 0.531
--
--
--
--

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 2/97
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, approx.
M)
kg
Accessories for communication
3- or 4-pole
Data transmission through COM20, COM21
VL160 (3VL2) to VL1600 (3VL8)
COM20 (PROFIBUS module for SENTRON 3VL)
for ETU release with communication function
Module for connecting the SENTRON 3VL to the PROFIBUS DP, A 3VL9 000-8AU00 1 1 unit 113 1.038
including switching function and Zone Selective Interlocking functionality,
connection cable to ETU included in delivery of the ETU, length 1.5 m.
COM21 (MODBUS module for SENTRON 3VL)
for ETU release with communication function
Module for connecting the SENTRON 3VL to the MODBUS RTU, B 3VL9 000-8AV00 1 1 unit 113 1.038
including switching function and Zone Selective Interlocking functionality,
connection cable to ETU included in delivery of the ETU, length 1.5 m.
Connection cable ETU – COM20/COM21
For VL400, length 3 m A 3VL9 000-8AQ61 1 1 unit 113 0.210
For VL630 ... VL1600, length 3 m A 3VL9 000-8AQ71 1 1 unit 113 0.210
For VL160 ... VL250, length 3 m A 3VL9 000-8AQ81 1 1 unit 113 0.210
Addressing plugs
for assigning the PROFIBUS addresses without using a PC/PG A 3UF7 910-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 131 0.030
On COM20/COM21 through the system interface
Breaker Data Adapter (BDA)1)
Parameterization, operation, monitoring and diagnostics of SENTRON circuit B 3WL9 111-0AT28-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.900
breakers using the local interface; Breaker Data Adapter, connection cable to the
SENTRON 3WL circuit breaker and to the programming device (e.g. notebook);
can be run with Internet Explorer with JAVA2 VM 1.4.0-01 and higher
BDA Plus1)
Same as BDA, but with additional Ethernet interface for connection to B 3WL9 111-0AT33-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 1.200
Ethernet/Intranet/Internet
Connection cables for BDA and BDA Plus
Connection cables for connection of BDA and BDA Plus to LCD ETU release of the C 3WL9 111-0BC20-0AA0 1 1 unit 103 0.200
SENTRON 3VL circuit breaker; length 1 m
Switch ES Power parameterization software
Parameterization, operation, monitoring, and diagnostics of SENTRON circuit break- A 3ZS2 311-0CC10-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 0.200
ers via PROFIBUS DP; runs under Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows
2000 and Windows XP Professional, requires additional PROFIBUS card e.g. CP5613
1)
A 24 V DC power supply unit is required.
Communication:
• For molded case circuit breakers with communication function
see pages 2/12 to 2/28 and 2/40 to 2/50.
Manual for the SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers SENTRON manual for communication solutions
This manual contains additional technical information, covering Free download from www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
a product description, mode of operation, electrical wiring sys-
tem and retrofitting. See also "3WL Air Circuit Breakers/Non-Automatic Air Circuit
Breakers up to 6300 A (AC)", "Accessories and spare parts".
The manual and operating instructions are available in PDF for-
mat at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals

2/98 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
3
© Siemens AG 2010
Miniature Circuit Breakers
3/2 Introduction 3
5SL Miniature Circuit Breakers
3/4 6000 A N
5SY and 5SP Miniature

Circuit Breakers
3/8 Introduction
3/11 5SY4, 10000 A
3/15 5SP4, high-current, 10000 A
3/16 5SP5, 5SY5, UC, 10000 A
3/18 5SY7, 15000 A
3/21 5SY8, 25 kA
3/23 5SJ6 . . .-.KS Miniature Circuit

Breakers with Plug-In Terminals
3/26 5SY6 0 Miniature Circuit Breakers,

1+N in 1 MW
3/29 Additional Components
Busbars
3/37 Standard 5ST3 6, 5ST3 7
3/43 According to UL 508, 5ST3 7. .-.HG
3/46 5SJ4 . . .-.HG Miniature Circuit

Breakers and Accessories,
acc. to UL 489 and IEC
3/55 5SP3 Main Miniature Circuit

Breakers, SHU
3/58 5SK9 Circuit Breaker Terminals
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Overview
3 Devices Page Field of application Standards Used in
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
5SL miniature circuit breakers, 3/4 For all 0.3 to 63 A applications with B EN 60898-1 ✓ ✓ ✓
6000 A and C tripping characteristics with
6000 A rated switching capacity acc. to
EN 60898-1.
5SY and 5SP miniature circuit 3/8 For all applications from 0.3 to 125 A EN 60898-1/2; ✓ ✓ ✓
breakers with a rated switching capacity of EN 60947-2
10000 A and 15000 A acc. to
EN 60898-1. Applications for universal
current and from 0.3 to 63 A,
Version 25 kA, acc. to EN 60947-2.
5SJ6 . . .-.KS miniature circuit 3/23 For socket outlet and lighting circuits in EN 60898-1 ✓ ✓ ✓
breakers with plug-in terminals all building installations.
The plug-in terminals offer easy front
connection for manual insertion of con-
ductors, which considerably reduces
mounting times.
5SY6 0 miniature circuit breakers, 3/26 For socket outlet and lighting circuits in EN 60898-1 ✓ ✓ ✓
1+N in 1 MW all building installations where a switch-
able neutral conductor is required.
The miniature circuit breaker 1+N saves
space in the distribution board.
Additional components 3/29 Auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts, ✓ -- ✓

shunt trips, undervoltage releases for
higher plant availability, RC units for
personal safety and remote controlled
mechanisms for remote switching.
Busbars 3/37 Busbars in 10 mm² and 16 mm² save ✓ ✓ ✓

space in the distribution board and time
during mounting.
5SJ4 . . .-.HG miniature circuit 3/46 Miniature circuit breakers can be used UL 489 ✓ ✓ ✓
breakers and accessories, as "branch circuit protection" and are
acc. to UL 489 and IEC approved for the connection type "same
polarity" and "opposite polarity" in the
characteristics B, C and D acc. to
UL 489, from 0.3 to 63 A.
3/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
3
Devices Page Field of application Standards Used in
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
5SP3 main miniature circuit breakers, 3/55 Voltage-independent selective main DIN VDE 0641-21 ✓ ✓ --
SHU miniature circuit breakers (SHU) in the
precounter sector support downstream
miniature circuit breakers by providing
better current limitation.
5SK9 circuit breaker terminals 3/58 Circuit breaker terminals are used for -- -- ✓
short-circuit protection or for protection
against overload and short circuits in
auxiliary and control circuits down-
stream of control transformers.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/3

© Siemens AG 2010

6000 A N
■ Overview
3 The new 5SL miniature circuit breaker is intended for use up to To facilitate cable entry, the devices are equipped with square
6 kA. The devices have the system features characteristic of all terminals for the joint accommodation of pin busbars with cables
Siemens miniature circuit breakers. from 0.75 mm2 to 35 mm2. The rated current range is between
0.3 and 63 A. The 5SL miniature circuit breakers are available in
The 5SL miniature circuit breakers can be used as main characteristics B and C.
switches for the disconnection or isolation of plants. They are
also suitable for the quick and easy mounting of additional com-
ponents, such as auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts.
■ Benefits
• Attractive device design • Ergonomic handle and enclosure for user-friendly switching.
• Easily recognizable, color-coded switching position indication
integrated in the handle.
• Square terminal version for joint accommodation of pin bus- • Easy-to-mount busbar assembly
bars with cables. • Consistent bus-mounting concept throughout the Siemens
miniature circuit breaker range.
• Effective touch protection when grasping and manually oper- • Terminal for the accommodation of 2 cables of the same
ating the latching slide with latch-down option. cross-section (solid up to 2 x 10 mm2, finely stranded with end
sleeve, up to 2 x 4 mm2).
3/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

N 6000 A
• Individual devices can be removed from the bus-mounted as- • The 5SL miniature circuit breakers are ideal for the quick and
sembly without the use of tools. easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts.
■ Technical specifications
5SL6
Approvals See annex, chapter 20
Tripping characteristic B, C
Rated voltage Un V AC 230/400
Operational voltage
• Min. V AC/DC 24
• Max. V AC 250/440
• Max. V DC/pole 601)
Rated switching capacity Icn Acc. to EN 60898-1 kA AC 6
Insulation coordination
• Rated insulation voltage V AC 250/440
• Pollution degree for overvoltage category 2/III
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 Yes
Handle end position, sealable Yes
Degree of protection IP20, with connected conductors
CFC and silicone-free Yes
• Solid and stranded mm2 0.75 ... 35
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5 ... 3
Mounting position Any
Service life, on average, with rated load 20000 actuations
Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +45, occasionally +55, max. 95 % humidity,
storage temperature: -40 ... +75
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 6 cycles
Resistance to vibrations Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 m/s2 50 at 25 ... 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 sec)
1) The operational voltage 60 V DC/pole takes into account a battery charg-
ing voltage with a peak value of 72 V.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/5

© Siemens AG 2010

6000 A N
3 Characteristic B Characteristic C
6 000
3 In Mount- DT Order No. Price PG DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
ing per PU per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 6000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3 1 -- A 5SL6 114-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
0.5 -- A 5SL6 105-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
1 -- A 5SL6 101-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
1.6 -- A 5SL6 115-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
2 -- A 5SL6 102-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
3 -- A 5SL6 103-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
4 -- A 5SL6 104-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
6 A 5SL6 106-6 002 A 5SL6 106-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
8 -- A 5SL6 108-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
10 A 5SL6 110-6 002 A 5SL6 110-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
13 A 5SL6 113-6 002 A 5SL6 113-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
16 A 5SL6 116-6 002 A 5SL6 116-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
20 A 5SL6 120-6 002 A 5SL6 120-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
25 A 5SL6 125-6 002 A 5SL6 125-7 1 1 unit 003 0.120
32 A 5SL6 132-6 002 A 5SL6 132-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
40 A 5SL6 140-6 002 A 5SL6 140-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
50 A 5SL6 150-6 002 A 5SL6 150-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
63 A 5SL6 163-6 002 A 5SL6 163-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3 2 -- A 5SL6 514-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
0.5 -- A 5SL6 505-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
1 -- A 5SL6 501-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
1.6 -- A 5SL6 515-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
2 -- A 5SL6 502-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
3 -- A 5SL6 503-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
4 -- A 5SL6 504-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
6 A 5SL6 506-6 002 A 5SL6 506-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
8 -- A 5SL6 508-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
10 A 5SL6 510-6 002 A 5SL6 510-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
13 A 5SL6 513-6 002 A 5SL6 513-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
16 A 5SL6 516-6 002 A 5SL6 516-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
20 A 5SL6 520-6 002 A 5SL6 520-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
25 A 5SL6 525-6 002 A 5SL6 525-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
32 A 5SL6 532-6 002 A 5SL6 532-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
40 A 5SL6 540-6 002 A 5SL6 540-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
50 A 5SL6 550-6 002 A 5SL6 550-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
63 A 5SL6 563-6 002 A 5SL6 563-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
2P, 400 V AC
0.3 2 -- A 5SL6 214-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
0.5 -- A 5SL6 205-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
1 -- A 5SL6 201-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
1.6 -- A 5SL6 215-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
2 -- A 5SL6 202-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
3 -- A 5SL6 203-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
4 -- A 5SL6 204-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
6 A 5SL6 206-6 002 A 5SL6 206-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
8 -- A 5SL6 208-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
10 A 5SL6 210-6 002 A 5SL6 210-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
13 A 5SL6 213-6 002 A 5SL6 213-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
16 A 5SL6 216-6 002 A 5SL6 216-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
20 A 5SL6 220-6 002 A 5SL6 220-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
25 A 5SL6 225-6 002 A 5SL6 225-7 1 1 unit 003 0.240
32 A 5SL6 232-6 002 A 5SL6 232-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
40 A 5SL6 240-6 002 A 5SL6 240-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
50 A 5SL6 250-6 002 A 5SL6 250-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
63 A 5SL6 263-6 002 A 5SL6 263-7 1 1 unit 003 0.330
1) 1 MW (modular width) = 18 mm.

3/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

N 6000 A
3
6 000 Characteristic B Characteristic C
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 6000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.3 3 -- A 5SL6 314-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
0.5 -- A 5SL6 305-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
1 -- A 5SL6 301-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
1.6 -- A 5SL6 315-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
2 -- A 5SL6 302-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
3 -- A 5SL6 303-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
4 -- A 5SL6 304-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
6 A 5SL6 306-6 002 A 5SL6 306-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
8 -- A 5SL6 308-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
10 A 5SL6 310-6 002 A 5SL6 310-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
13 A 5SL6 313-6 002 A 5SL6 313-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
16 A 5SL6 316-6 002 A 5SL6 316-7 1 1 unit 003 0.360
20 A 5SL6 320-6 002 A 5SL6 320-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
25 A 5SL6 325-6 002 A 5SL6 325-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
32 A 5SL6 332-6 002 A 5SL6 332-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
40 A 5SL6 340-6 002 A 5SL6 340-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
50 A 5SL6 350-6 002 A 5SL6 350-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
63 A 5SL6 363-6 002 A 5SL6 363-7 1 1 unit 003 0.465
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3 4 -- A 5SL6 614-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
0.5 -- A 5SL6 605-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
1 -- A 5SL6 601-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
1.6 -- A 5SL6 615-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
2 -- A 5SL6 602-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
3 -- A 5SL6 603-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
4 -- A 5SL6 604-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
6 A 5SL6 606-6 002 A 5SL6 606-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
8 -- A 5SL6 608-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
10 A 5SL6 610-6 002 A 5SL6 610-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
13 A 5SL6 613-6 002 A 5SL6 613-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
16 A 5SL6 616-6 002 A 5SL6 616-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
20 A 5SL6 620-6 002 A 5SL6 620-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
25 A 5SL6 625-6 002 A 5SL6 625-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
32 A 5SL6 632-6 002 A 5SL6 632-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
40 A 5SL6 640-6 002 A 5SL6 640-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
50 A 5SL6 650-6 002 A 5SL6 650-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
63 A 5SL6 663-6 002 A 5SL6 663-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
4P, 400 V AC
0.3 4 -- A 5SL6 414-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
0.5 -- A 5SL6 405-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
1 -- A 5SL6 401-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
1.6 -- A 5SL6 415-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
2 -- A 5SL6 402-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
3 -- A 5SL6 403-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
4 -- A 5SL6 404-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
6 A 5SL6 406-6 002 A 5SL6 406-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
8 -- A 5SL6 408-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
10 A 5SL6 410-6 002 A 5SL6 410-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
13 A 5SL6 413-6 002 A 5SL6 413-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
16 A 5SL6 416-6 002 A 5SL6 416-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
20 A 5SL6 420-6 002 A 5SL6 420-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
25 A 5SL6 425-6 002 A 5SL6 425-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
32 A 5SL6 432-6 002 A 5SL6 432-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
40 A 5SL6 440-6 002 A 5SL6 440-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
50 A 5SL6 450-6 002 A 5SL6 450-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
63 A 5SL6 463-6 002 A 5SL6 463-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
1)
1 MW (modular width) = 18 mm.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/7
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY and 5SP Miniature Circuit Breakers
Introduction
■ Overview
3 MCBs are used to protect plants in buildings and for industrial The devices are approved for worldwide use according to IEC
applications. The devices can be used as main control switches standards for systems up to 250/440 V AC. 60 V DC per pole is
for the disconnection or isolation of plants. permitted in DC systems.
Used in industrial applications and plant engineering, miniature For North America, we also have additional certification to
circuit breakers can be supplemented with additional compo- UL 1077 for use as "supplementary protectors" in systems up to
nents, such as auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts, shunt 480Y/277 V AC. For use in ship building, the devices also have
trips, undervoltage releases, remote controls and RC units. numerous certifications according to shipping classifications;
BV, DNV, GL and LRS. References to this can be found in the
annex, chapter 20.
■ Benefits
• Optional top or bottom infeed as the terminals are identical • Integrated movable terminal covers located at the cable en-
• Clear and visible conductor connection in front of the busbar tries ensure the terminals are fully insulated when the screws
facilitates controls are tightened
• The conductor is easily inserted into the terminal thanks to the • The effective touch protection when grasping the device con-
large and easily accessible wiring space. siderably exceeds the requirements of VBG 4/BGV A3.
• Manual snap-on fixing and release systems that require no • Quick and easy manual removal of MCBs from the busbar as-
tools enable fast assembly and disassembly of MCBs sembly if e. g. connections need to be changed
• Marked labeling field on all modular installation devices for • Time-saving replacement of parts as busbars no longer need
uniform, quick and easy identification. to be freed from adjacent devices.
3/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Introduction
• Duplicate terminal clamps allow 2 conductors with different • The 5SY miniature circuit breakers are ideal for the quick and
cross-sections (cross-section combinations upon request) to easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts.
be fitted. Captive metal brackets on additional components ensure the
quick and easy mounting of devices on the miniature circuit
breakers without the need for tools.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/9

© Siemens AG 2010

Introduction
3 5SY4 5SY5 5SY7 5SY8 5SP4 5SP5
Standards EN 60898-1; EN 60898-2; EN 60898-1; EN 60947-2 EN 60898-1; EN 60898-2
EN 60947-2 EN 60947-2 EN 60947-2
Operational voltage V AC 230/400 230/400 230/400 230/400 230/400 230/400
V DC -- 220/440/880 -- -- -- 220/440
Min. V AC/DC 24 24 24 24 24 24
Acc. to EN 60898-1/-2 and EN 60947-2 Max. V DC/pole 601) 250 601) 601) 601) 250
Max. V AC 250/440 250/440 250/440 250/440 250/440 250/440
Acc. to UL 1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235 Max. V AC 480Y/277 -- 480Y/277 480Y/277 480Y/277 --
V DC/pole 60 -- 60 60 60 --
Rated switching capacity2)
• Icn acc. to IEC/EN 60898-1 kA AC 10 10 15 -- 10 3
• Icn acc. to IEC/EN 60898-2 kA DC 10 10 15 -- 10 10
• Icu acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 kA AC -- -- -- 25 -- --
kA DC -- 15 -- 15 -- 15
• Acc. to UL1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235 kA AC 5 -- 5 5 5 --
V DC/pole -- 250 -- -- -- 250
Pollution degree for overvoltage category 3/III
Main switch characteristics according to EN 60204 Yes
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Mounting
• Snap-on fixing system Yes --
• Standard mounting rail and screw fixing -- Yes
Terminals
• Tunnel terminals at both ends -- Yes
• Combined terminals at both ends Yes --
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3.5
lb. in 22 ... 26 22 ... 31
• Solid and stranded mm2 0.75 ... 35 0.75 ... 50
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25 0.75 ... 35
• AWG cables AWG 14 ... 4 14 ... 2
Mains connection
• AC Any
• DC Any 3) Any 3)

Service life Actuations 20000
On average, with rated load Actuations For 5SY5 at 40 A, 50 A and 63 A 10000
Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +45, occasionally +55, max. 95 % humidity
Storage temperature °C -40 ... +75
Shock Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 m/s2 150 at 11ms half-sine
1)
The operational voltage 60 V DC/pole takes into account a battery charg-
2)
For detailed information, see engineering manual at:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals.
3)
Ensure compliance with the specified polarity when connecting DC.
3/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

5SY4, 10 000 A

Characteristic A Characteristic B
3
10 000
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 10000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.5 1 A 5SY4 105-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.165
1 } 5SY4 101-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.167
1.6 B 5SY4 115-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.165
2 } 5SY4 102-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.166
3 } 5SY4 103-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.168
4 } 5SY4 104-5 001 -- 1 1/12 units 0.152
6 } 5SY4 106-5 001 } 5SY4 106-6 1 1/12 units 002 0.147
8 B 5SY4 108-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.162
10 } 5SY4 110-5 001 } 5SY4 110-6 1 1/12 units 002 0.146
13 C 5SY4 113-5 001 } 5SY4 113-6 1 1 unit 002 0.161
16 } 5SY4 116-5 001 } 5SY4 116-6 1 1/12 units 002 0.154
20 A 5SY4 120-5 001 } 5SY4 120-6 1 1 unit 002 0.160
25 A 5SY4 125-5 001 } 5SY4 125-6 1 1 unit 002 0.163
32 B 5SY4 132-5 001 } 5SY4 132-6 1 1 unit 002 0.165
40 B 5SY4 140-5 001 B 5SY4 140-6 1 1 unit 002 0.164
50 C 5SY4 150-5 001 B 5SY4 150-6 1 1 unit 002 0.168
63 C 5SY4 163-5 001 B 5SY4 163-6 1 1 unit 002 0.173
80 -- C 5SY4 180-6 1 1 unit 002 0.159
1P+N, 230 V AC
1 2 C 5SY4 501-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.330
1.6 B 5SY4 515-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.325
2 B 5SY4 502-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.325
3 C 5SY4 503-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.330
4 B 5SY4 504-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.319
6 C 5SY4 506-5 001 } 5SY4 506-6 1 1 unit 002 0.315
8 C 5SY4 508-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.316
10 B 5SY4 510-5 001 } 5SY4 510-6 1 1 unit 002 0.312
13 C 5SY4 513-5 001 } 5SY4 513-6 1 1/6 units 002 0.315
16 C 5SY4 516-5 001 } 5SY4 516-6 1 1/6 units 002 0.311
20 C 5SY4 520-5 001 B 5SY4 520-6 1 1 unit 002 0.316
25 C 5SY4 525-5 001 B 5SY4 525-6 1 1 unit 002 0.317
32 C 5SY4 532-5 001 B 5SY4 532-6 1 1 unit 002 0.325
40 C 5SY4 540-5 001 C 5SY4 540-6 1 1 unit 002 0.307
50 C 5SY4 550-5 001 C 5SY4 550-6 1 1 unit 002 0.319
63 C 5SY4 563-5 001 C 5SY4 563-6 1 1 unit 002 0.346
2P, 400 V AC
0.5 2 C 5SY4 205-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.330
1 B 5SY4 201-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.327
1.6 B 5SY4 215-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.324
2 } 5SY4 202-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.325
3 B 5SY4 203-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.324
4 } 5SY4 204-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.322
6 } 5SY4 206-5 001 } 5SY4 206-6 1 1 unit 002 0.314
8 C 5SY4 208-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.300
10 } 5SY4 210-5 001 } 5SY4 210-6 1 1/6 units 002 0.306
13 C 5SY4 213-5 001 B 5SY4 213-6 1 1 unit 002 0.315
16 } 5SY4 216-5 001 } 5SY4 216-6 1 1/6 units 002 0.295
20 B 5SY4 220-5 001 } 5SY4 220-6 1 1 unit 002 0.313
25 B 5SY4 225-5 001 } 5SY4 225-6 1 1 unit 002 0.318
32 A 5SY4 232-5 001 B 5SY4 232-6 1 1 unit 002 0.323
40 B 5SY4 240-5 001 B 5SY4 240-6 1 1 unit 002 0.323
50 C 5SY4 250-5 001 B 5SY4 250-6 1 1 unit 002 0.330
63 C 5SY4 263-5 001 B 5SY4 263-6 1 1 unit 002 0.342
80 -- C 5SY4 280-6 1 1 unit 002 0.328
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/11
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY4, 10 000 A
3 10 000 Characteristic A Characteristic B

width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 10000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.5 3 C 5SY4 305-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.495
1 A 5SY4 301-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.482
1.6 C 5SY4 315-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.477
2 B 5SY4 302-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.485
3 A 5SY4 303-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.490
4 B 5SY4 304-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.456
6 B 5SY4 306-5 001 } 5SY4 306-6 1 1 unit 002 0.467
8 C 5SY4 308-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.478
10 B 5SY4 310-5 001 } 5SY4 310-6 1 1 unit 002 0.463
13 C 5SY4 313-5 001 B 5SY4 313-6 1 1 unit 002 0.469
16 A 5SY4 316-5 001 } 5SY4 316-6 1 1/4 units 002 0.439
20 B 5SY4 320-5 001 } 5SY4 320-6 1 1 unit 002 0.465
25 B 5SY4 325-5 001 } 5SY4 325-6 1 1 unit 002 0.472
32 B 5SY4 332-5 001 } 5SY4 332-6 1 1/4 units 002 0.475
40 B 5SY4 340-5 001 } 5SY4 340-6 1 1 unit 002 0.478
50 B 5SY4 350-5 001 A 5SY4 350-6 1 1 unit 002 0.490
63 C 5SY4 363-5 001 A 5SY4 363-6 1 1 unit 002 0.499
80 -- B 5SY4 380-6 1 1 unit 002 0.481
3P+N, 400 V AC
1 4 C 5SY4 601-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.648
1.6 C 5SY4 615-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.641
2 C 5SY4 602-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.641
3 C 5SY4 603-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.650
4 C 5SY4 604-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.660
6 C 5SY4 606-5 001 B 5SY4 606-6 1 1 unit 002 0.615
8 C 5SY4 608-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.660
10 C 5SY4 610-5 001 B 5SY4 610-6 1 1 unit 002 0.616
13 C 5SY4 613-5 001 C 5SY4 613-6 1 1 unit 002 0.625
16 C 5SY4 616-5 001 } 5SY4 616-6 1 1 unit 002 0.616
20 C 5SY4 620-5 001 B 5SY4 620-6 1 1 unit 002 0.611
25 C 5SY4 625-5 001 A 5SY4 625-6 1 1 unit 002 0.632
32 C 5SY4 632-5 001 B 5SY4 632-6 1 1 unit 002 0.636
40 C 5SY4 640-5 001 C 5SY4 640-6 1 1 unit 002 0.608
50 C 5SY4 650-5 001 C 5SY4 650-6 1 1 unit 002 0.631
63 C 5SY4 663-5 001 A 5SY4 663-6 1 1 unit 002 0.665
4P, 400 V AC
1 4 C 5SY4 401-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.649
1.6 C 5SY4 415-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.649
2 C 5SY4 402-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.642
3 C 5SY4 403-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.660
4 C 5SY4 404-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.642
6 C 5SY4 406-5 001 A 5SY4 406-6 1 1 unit 002 0.621
8 C 5SY4 408-5 001 -- 1 1 unit 0.601
10 C 5SY4 410-5 001 B 5SY4 410-6 1 1 unit 002 0.609
13 C 5SY4 413-5 001 C 5SY4 413-6 1 1 unit 002 0.650
16 C 5SY4 416-5 001 } 5SY4 416-6 1 1 unit 002 0.612
20 C 5SY4 420-5 001 C 5SY4 420-6 1 1 unit 002 0.619
25 C 5SY4 425-5 001 B 5SY4 425-6 1 1 unit 002 0.617
32 C 5SY4 432-5 001 B 5SY4 432-6 1 1 unit 002 0.636
40 C 5SY4 440-5 001 B 5SY4 440-6 1 1 unit 002 0.634
50 C 5SY4 450-5 001 B 5SY4 450-6 1 1 unit 002 0.645
63 C 5SY4 463-5 001 B 5SY4 463-6 1 1 unit 002 0.669
80 -- B 5SY4 480-6 1 1 unit 002 0.651
1)

3/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY4, 10 000 A
3
10 000 Mount- DT Characteristic C PG DT Characteristic D PU PS*/ PG Weight
In ing Order No. Price Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit per PU
3 width SET, approx.
per PU per PU
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 10000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3 1 B 5SY4 114-7 003 C 5SY4 114-8 1 1 unit 004 0.167
0.5 } 5SY4 105-7 003 B 5SY4 105-8 1 1 unit 004 0.166
1 } 5SY4 101-7 003 } 5SY4 101-8 1 1 unit 004 0.165
1.6 A 5SY4 115-7 003 B 5SY4 115-8 1 1 unit 004 0.163
2 } 5SY4 102-7 003 } 5SY4 102-8 1 1/12 units 004 0.155
3 } 5SY4 103-7 003 } 5SY4 103-8 1 1 unit 004 0.160
4 } 5SY4 104-7 003 } 5SY4 104-8 1 1/12 units 004 0.158
5 C 5SY4 111-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.149
6 } 5SY4 106-7 003 } 5SY4 106-8 1 1 unit 004 0.159
8 } 5SY4 108-7 003 A 5SY4 108-8 1 1 unit 004 0.156
10 } 5SY4 110-7 003 } 5SY4 110-8 1 1/12 units 004 0.155
13 } 5SY4 113-7 003 B 5SY4 113-8 1 1 unit 004 0.156
15 C 5SY4 118-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.151
16 } 5SY4 116-7 003 } 5SY4 116-8 1 1 unit 004 0.156
20 C 5SY4 120-7 003 A 5SY4 120-8 1 1 unit 004 0.162
25 } 5SY4 125-7 003 B 5SY4 125-8 1 1 unit 004 0.161
30 C 5SY4 130-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.148
32 } 5SY4 132-7 003 B 5SY4 132-8 1 1 unit 004 0.165
35 B 5SY4 135-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.180
40 } 5SY4 140-7 003 B 5SY4 140-8 1 1 unit 004 0.166
45 B 5SY4 145-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.160
50 A 5SY4 150-7 003 B 5SY4 150-8 1 1 unit 004 0.164
60 B 5SY4 160-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.160
63 B 5SY4 163-7 003 B 5SY4 163-8 1 1 unit 004 0.166
80 B 5SY4 180-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.160
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3 2 C 5SY4 514-7 003 C 5SY4 514-8 1 1 unit 004 0.323
0.5 B 5SY4 505-7 003 C 5SY4 505-8 1 1 unit 004 0.316
1 } 5SY4 501-7 003 B 5SY4 501-8 1 1 unit 004 0.303
1.6 C 5SY4 515-7 003 C 5SY4 515-8 1 1 unit 004 0.319
2 } 5SY4 502-7 003 A 5SY4 502-8 1 1 unit 004 0.320
3 A 5SY4 503-7 003 B 5SY4 503-8 1 1 unit 004 0.314
4 } 5SY4 504-7 003 B 5SY4 504-8 1 1 unit 004 0.310
6 } 5SY4 506-7 003 A 5SY4 506-8 1 1 unit 004 0.311
8 B 5SY4 508-7 003 C 5SY4 508-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
10 } 5SY4 510-7 003 } 5SY4 510-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
13 } 5SY4 513-7 003 B 5SY4 513-8 1 1 unit 004 0.304
16 } 5SY4 516-7 003 A 5SY4 516-8 1 1 unit 004 0.306
20 } 5SY4 520-7 003 B 5SY4 520-8 1 1 unit 004 0.309
25 A 5SY4 525-7 003 B 5SY4 525-8 1 1 unit 004 0.309
32 A 5SY4 532-7 003 B 5SY4 532-8 1 1 unit 004 0.320
40 B 5SY4 540-7 003 C 5SY4 540-8 1 1 unit 004 0.312
50 C 5SY4 550-7 003 C 5SY4 550-8 1 1 unit 004 0.322
63 C 5SY4 563-7 003 C 5SY4 563-8 1 1 unit 004 0.332
80 C 5SY4 580-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.321
2P, 400 V AC
0.3 2 A 5SY4 214-7 003 B 5SY4 214-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
0.5 } 5SY4 205-7 003 A 5SY4 205-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
1 } 5SY4 201-7 003 } 5SY4 201-8 1 1 unit 004 0.320
1.6 } 5SY4 215-7 003 A 5SY4 215-8 1 1 unit 004 0.319
2 } 5SY4 202-7 003 } 5SY4 202-8 1 1 unit 004 0.318
3 } 5SY4 203-7 003 } 5SY4 203-8 1 1 unit 004 0.313
4 } 5SY4 204-7 003 } 5SY4 204-8 1 1 unit 004 0.309
5 C 5SY4 211-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.297
6 } 5SY4 206-7 003 } 5SY4 206-8 1 1 unit 004 0.312
8 } 5SY4 208-7 003 A 5SY4 208-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
10 } 5SY4 210-7 003 } 5SY4 210-8 1 1 unit 004 0.303
13 } 5SY4 213-7 003 A 5SY4 213-8 1 1 unit 004 0.304
15 C 5SY4 218-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.294
16 } 5SY4 216-7 003 } 5SY4 216-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
20 } 5SY4 220-7 003 } 5SY4 220-8 1 1 unit 004 0.317
25 } 5SY4 225-7 003 A 5SY4 225-8 1 1 unit 004 0.318
30 B 5SY4 230-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.300
32 } 5SY4 232-7 003 A 5SY4 232-8 1 1 unit 004 0.324
35 B 5SY4 235-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.298
40 } 5SY4 240-7 003 A 5SY4 240-8 1 1 unit 004 0.326
45 B 5SY4 245-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.312
50 A 5SY4 250-7 003 B 5SY4 250-8 1 1 unit 004 0.324
60 B 5SY4 260-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.322
63 A 5SY4 263-7 003 B 5SY4 263-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
80 B 5SY4 280-7 003 -- 1 1/6 units 0.313
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/13
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY4, 10 000 A
3 10 000 Characteristic C Characteristic D

width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 10000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.3 3 C 5SY4 314-7 003 C 5SY4 314-8 1 1 unit 004 0.481
0.5 B 5SY4 305-7 003 B 5SY4 305-8 1 1 unit 004 0.474
1 } 5SY4 301-7 003 A 5SY4 301-8 1 1 unit 004 0.478
1.6 C 5SY4 315-7 003 B 5SY4 315-8 1 1 unit 004 0.474
2 } 5SY4 302-7 003 A 5SY4 302-8 1 1 unit 004 0.476
3 } 5SY4 303-7 003 A 5SY4 303-8 1 1 unit 004 0.466
4 } 5SY4 304-7 003 } 5SY4 304-8 1 1 unit 004 0.460
5 C 5SY4 311-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.455
6 } 5SY4 306-7 003 } 5SY4 306-8 1 1 unit 004 0.461
8 A 5SY4 308-7 003 B 5SY4 308-8 1 1 unit 004 0.451
10 } 5SY4 310-7 003 } 5SY4 310-8 1 1 unit 004 0.447
13 } 5SY4 313-7 003 B 5SY4 313-8 1 1 unit 004 0.455
15 C 5SY4 318-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.461
16 } 5SY4 316-7 003 } 5SY4 316-8 1 1/4 units 004 0.431
20 } 5SY4 320-7 003 } 5SY4 320-8 1 1 unit 004 0.472
25 } 5SY4 325-7 003 } 5SY4 325-8 1 1 unit 004 0.470
30 C 5SY4 330-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.451
32 } 5SY4 332-7 003 C 5SY4 332-8 1 1 unit 004 0.481
35 C 5SY4 335-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.450
40 } 5SY4 340-7 003 } 5SY4 340-8 1 1 unit 004 0.481
45 B 5SY4 345-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.469
50 } 5SY4 350-7 003 } 5SY4 350-8 1 1 unit 004 0.482
60 C 5SY4 360-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.490
63 } 5SY4 363-7 003 } 5SY4 363-8 1 1 unit 004 0.486
80 B 5SY4 380-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.480
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3 4 C 5SY4 614-7 003 C 5SY4 614-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
0.5 C 5SY4 605-7 003 C 5SY4 605-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1 C 5SY4 601-7 003 C 5SY4 601-8 1 1 unit 004 0.636
1.6 C 5SY4 615-7 003 C 5SY4 615-8 1 1 unit 004 0.621
2 B 5SY4 602-7 003 C 5SY4 602-8 1 1 unit 004 0.608
3 B 5SY4 603-7 003 C 5SY4 603-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
4 C 5SY4 604-7 003 C 5SY4 604-8 1 1 unit 004 0.587
6 B 5SY4 606-7 003 C 5SY4 606-8 1 1 unit 004 0.615
8 C 5SY4 608-7 003 C 5SY4 608-8 1 1 unit 004 0.595
10 } 5SY4 610-7 003 B 5SY4 610-8 1 1 unit 004 0.597
13 B 5SY4 613-7 003 C 5SY4 613-8 1 1 unit 004 0.594
16 } 5SY4 616-7 003 } 5SY4 616-8 1 1 unit 004 0.602
20 } 5SY4 620-7 003 B 5SY4 620-8 1 1 unit 004 0.627
25 } 5SY4 625-7 003 A 5SY4 625-8 1 1 unit 004 0.625
32 } 5SY4 632-7 003 A 5SY4 632-8 1 1 unit 004 0.631
40 } 5SY4 640-7 003 A 5SY4 640-8 1 1 unit 004 0.633
50 B 5SY4 650-7 003 A 5SY4 650-8 1 1 unit 004 0.641
63 } 5SY4 663-7 003 B 5SY4 663-8 1 1 unit 004 0.639
80 C 5SY4 680-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.640
4P, 400 V AC
0.3 4 C 5SY4 414-7 003 C 5SY4 414-8 1 1 unit 004 0.639
0.5 C 5SY4 405-7 003 C 5SY4 405-8 1 1 unit 004 0.633
1 C 5SY4 401-7 003 C 5SY4 401-8 1 1 unit 004 0.636
1.6 C 5SY4 415-7 003 C 5SY4 415-8 1 1 unit 004 0.623
2 B 5SY4 402-7 003 C 5SY4 402-8 1 1 unit 004 0.630
3 C 5SY4 403-7 003 C 5SY4 403-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
4 B 5SY4 404-7 003 C 5SY4 404-8 1 1 unit 004 0.610
6 } 5SY4 406-7 003 B 5SY4 406-8 1 1 unit 004 0.610
8 C 5SY4 408-7 003 C 5SY4 408-8 1 1 unit 004 0.571
10 } 5SY4 410-7 003 A 5SY4 410-8 1 1 unit 004 0.597
13 C 5SY4 413-7 003 C 5SY4 413-8 1 1 unit 004 0.571
16 } 5SY4 416-7 003 A 5SY4 416-8 1 1 unit 004 0.600
20 } 5SY4 420-7 003 } 5SY4 420-8 1 1 unit 004 0.626
25 } 5SY4 425-7 003 } 5SY4 425-8 1 1 unit 004 0.617
32 } 5SY4 432-7 003 } 5SY4 432-8 1 1 unit 004 0.640
40 } 5SY4 440-7 003 A 5SY4 440-8 1 1 unit 004 0.638
50 } 5SY4 450-7 003 } 5SY4 450-8 1 1 unit 004 0.636
63 } 5SY4 463-7 003 } 5SY4 463-8 1 1 unit 004 0.644
80 B 5SY4 480-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.640

3/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

5SP4, high-current, 10 000 A

Characteristic B
3
10 000
In Mounting width DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
A MW1) M) kg
MCBs 10000 A, high current
1P, 230/400 V AC
80 1.5 B 5SP4 180-6 1 1 unit 002 0.263
100 C 5SP4 191-6 1 1 unit 002 0.265
125 B 5SP4 192-6 1 1 unit 002 0.269
2P, 400 V AC
80 3 C 5SP4 280-6 1 1 unit 002 0.532
100 C 5SP4 291-6 1 1 unit 002 0.527
125 C 5SP4 292-6 1 1 unit 002 0.534
3P, 400 V AC
80 4.5 B 5SP4 380-6 1 1 unit 002 0.800
100 B 5SP4 391-6 1 1 unit 002 0.787
125 C 5SP4 392-6 1 1 unit 002 0.793
4P, 400 V AC
80 6 B 5SP4 480-6 1 1 unit 002 1.046
100 C 5SP4 491-6 1 1 unit 002 1.038
125 C 5SP4 492-6 1 1 unit 002 1.062
10 000 Characteristic C Characteristic D

In Mount- DT Order No. Price PG DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
A MW1) M) kg
MCBs 10000 A,
high current
1P, 230/400 V AC
80 1.5 A 5SP4 180-7 003 B 5SP4 180-8 1 1 unit 004 0.257
100 A 5SP4 191-7 003 C 5SP4 191-8 1 1 unit 004 0.254
125 A 5SP4 192-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.248
2P, 400 V AC
80 3 A 5SP4 280-7 003 C 5SP4 280-8 1 1 unit 004 0.505
100 A 5SP4 291-7 003 C 5SP4 291-8 1 1 unit 004 0.515
125 A 5SP4 292-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.521
3P, 400 V AC
80 4.5 } 5SP4 380-7 003 A 5SP4 380-8 1 1 unit 004 0.762
100 } 5SP4 391-7 003 A 5SP4 391-8 1 1 unit 004 0.783
125 A 5SP4 392-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 0.787
4P, 400 V AC
80 6 A 5SP4 480-7 003 A 5SP4 480-8 1 1 unit 004 1.031
100 A 5SP4 491-7 003 C 5SP4 491-8 1 1 unit 004 1.033
125 A 5SP4 492-7 003 -- 1 1 unit 1.031
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/15
© Siemens AG 2010

5SP5, 5SY5, UC, 10 000 A

10 000
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 10000 A, UC
1P, 230/400 V AC,
220 V DC
0.3 1 -- C 5SY5 114-7 1 1 unit 003 0.169
0.5 -- B 5SY5 105-7 1 1 unit 003 0.168
1 -- } 5SY5 101-7 1 1 unit 003 0.166
1.6 -- A 5SY5 115-7 1 1 unit 003 0.164
2 C 5SY5 102-6 002 } 5SY5 102-7 1 1 unit 003 0.167
3 -- A 5SY5 103-7 1 1 unit 003 0.162
4 } 5SY5 104-6 002 } 5SY5 104-7 1 1 unit 003 0.163
6 } 5SY5 106-6 002 } 5SY5 106-7 1 1 unit 003 0.163
8 -- A 5SY5 108-7 1 1 unit 003 0.162
10 } 5SY5 110-6 002 } 5SY5 110-7 1 1 unit 003 0.160
13 C 5SY5 113-6 002 B 5SY5 113-7 1 1 unit 003 0.164
16 A 5SY5 116-6 002 } 5SY5 116-7 1 1 unit 003 0.161
20 C 5SY5 120-6 002 A 5SY5 120-7 1 1 unit 003 0.163
25 C 5SY5 125-6 002 B 5SY5 125-7 1 1 unit 003 0.165
32 C 5SY5 132-6 002 B 5SY5 132-7 1 1 unit 003 0.164
40 C 5SY5 140-6 002 C 5SY5 140-7 1 1 unit 003 0.164
50 C 5SY5 150-6 002 C 5SY5 150-7 1 1 unit 003 0.171
63 C 5SY5 163-6 002 C 5SY5 163-7 1 1 unit 003 0.169
1P, 230/400 V AC,
220 V DC
80 1.5 -- B 5SP5 180-7 1 1 unit 003 0.258
100 -- B 5SP5 191-7 1 1 unit 003 0.258
125 -- B 5SP5 192-7 1 1 unit 003 0.258
2P, 400 V AC, 440 V DC

0.3 2 -- C 5SY5 214-7 1 1 unit 003 0.333
0.5 -- B 5SY5 205-7 1 1 unit 003 0.328
1 -- } 5SY5 201-7 1 1 unit 003 0.324
1.6 -- B 5SY5 215-7 1 1 unit 003 0.321
2 -- } 5SY5 202-7 1 1 unit 003 0.329
3 -- } 5SY5 203-7 1 1 unit 003 0.317
4 -- } 5SY5 204-7 1 1 unit 003 0.319
6 } 5SY5 206-6 002 } 5SY5 206-7 1 1/6 units 003 0.300
8 -- B 5SY5 208-7 1 1 unit 003 0.313
10 } 5SY5 210-6 002 } 5SY5 210-7 1 1 unit 003 0.314
13 C 5SY5 213-6 002 B 5SY5 213-7 1 1 unit 003 0.322
16 } 5SY5 216-6 002 } 5SY5 216-7 1 1 unit 003 0.314
20 A 5SY5 220-6 002 } 5SY5 220-7 1 1 unit 003 0.319
25 A 5SY5 225-6 002 } 5SY5 225-7 1 1 unit 003 0.321
32 B 5SY5 232-6 002 B 5SY5 232-7 1 1 unit 003 0.322
40 C 5SY5 240-6 002 B 5SY5 240-7 1 1 unit 003 0.323
50 C 5SY5 250-6 002 A 5SY5 250-7 1 1 unit 003 0.333
63 C 5SY5 263-6 002 } 5SY5 263-7 1 1 unit 003 0.342
2P, 400 V AC, 440 V DC
80 3 -- B 5SP5 280-7 1 1 unit 003 0.516
100 -- B 5SP5 291-7 1 1 unit 003 0.516
125 -- B 5SP5 292-7 1 1 unit 003 0.516
For application examples, see engineering manual at:


3/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

5SP5, 5SY5, UC, 10 000 A
3
10 000 Characteristic B Characteristic C
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 10000 A, UC
4P, 400 V AC, 880 V DC
0.3 1 -- C 5SY5 414-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
0.5 -- C 5SY5 405-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
1 -- C 5SY5 401-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
1.6 -- C 5SY5 415-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
2 -- C 5SY5 402-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
3 -- C 5SY5 403-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
4 -- C 5SY5 404-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
6 C 5SY5 406-6 002 C 5SY5 406-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
8 -- C 5SY5 408-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
10 C 5SY5 410-6 002 C 5SY5 410-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
13 C 5SY5 413-6 002 C 5SY5 413-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
16 C 5SY5 416-6 002 C 5SY5 416-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
20 C 5SY5 420-6 002 C 5SY5 420-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
25 C 5SY5 425-6 002 C 5SY5 425-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
32 C 5SY5 432-6 002 C 5SY5 432-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
40 C 5SY5 440-6 002 C 5SY5 440-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
50 C 5SY5 450-6 002 C 5SY5 450-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
63 C 5SY5 463-6 002 C 5SY5 463-7 1 1 unit 003 0.660
For application examples, see engineering manual at:

1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/17
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY7, 15 000 A

3 Characteristic B
15 000
SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 15000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
6 1 A 5SY7 106-6 1 1 unit 002 0.161
10 A 5SY7 110-6 1 1 unit 002 0.160
13 C 5SY7 113-6 1 1 unit 002 0.159
16 } 5SY7 116-6 1 1 unit 002 0.159
20 B 5SY7 120-6 1 1 unit 002 0.161
25 B 5SY7 125-6 1 1 unit 002 0.162
32 B 5SY7 132-6 1 1 unit 002 0.164
40 C 5SY7 140-6 1 1 unit 002 0.212
50 C 5SY7 150-6 1 1 unit 002 0.168
63 C 5SY7 163-6 1 1 unit 002 0.176
1P+N, 230 V AC
6 2 C 5SY7 506-6 1 1 unit 002 0.314
10 C 5SY7 510-6 1 1 unit 002 0.294
13 C 5SY7 513-6 1 1 unit 002 0.330
16 C 5SY7 516-6 1 1 unit 002 0.311
20 C 5SY7 520-6 1 1 unit 002 0.314
25 C 5SY7 525-6 1 1 unit 002 0.321
32 C 5SY7 532-6 1 1 unit 002 0.321
40 C 5SY7 540-6 1 1 unit 002 0.336
50 C 5SY7 550-6 1 1 unit 002 0.330
63 C 5SY7 563-6 1 1 unit 002 0.330
2P, 400 V AC
6 2 B 5SY7 206-6 1 1 unit 002 0.312
10 B 5SY7 210-6 1 1 unit 002 0.313
13 C 5SY7 213-6 1 1 unit 002 0.296
16 B 5SY7 216-6 1 1 unit 002 0.302
20 B 5SY7 220-6 1 1 unit 002 0.313
25 B 5SY7 225-6 1 1 unit 002 0.316
32 C 5SY7 232-6 1 1 unit 002 0.325
40 C 5SY7 240-6 1 1 unit 002 0.324
50 C 5SY7 250-6 1 1 unit 002 0.321
63 C 5SY7 263-6 1 1 unit 002 0.336
3P, 400 V AC
6 3 B 5SY7 306-6 1 1 unit 002 0.468
10 B 5SY7 310-6 1 1 unit 002 0.466
13 C 5SY7 313-6 1 1 unit 002 0.449
16 } 5SY7 316-6 1 1 unit 002 0.462
20 B 5SY7 320-6 1 1 unit 002 0.465
25 B 5SY7 325-6 1 1 unit 002 0.472
32 B 5SY7 332-6 1 1 unit 002 0.488
40 B 5SY7 340-6 1 1 unit 002 0.481
50 B 5SY7 350-6 1 1 unit 002 0.490
63 C 5SY7 363-6 1 1 unit 002 0.485
3P+N, 400 V AC
6 4 C 5SY7 606-6 1 1 unit 002 0.614
10 C 5SY7 610-6 1 1 unit 002 0.617
13 C 5SY7 613-6 1 1 unit 002 0.622
16 C 5SY7 616-6 1 1 unit 002 0.606
20 C 5SY7 620-6 1 1 unit 002 0.622
25 C 5SY7 625-6 1 1 unit 002 0.634
32 C 5SY7 632-6 1 1 unit 002 0.638
40 C 5SY7 640-6 1 1 unit 002 0.635
50 C 5SY7 650-6 1 1 unit 002 0.649
63 C 5SY7 663-6 1 1 unit 002 0.665
4P, 400 V AC
6 4 C 5SY7 406-6 1 1 unit 002 0.621
10 B 5SY7 410-6 1 1 unit 002 0.614
13 C 5SY7 413-6 1 1 unit 002 0.633
16 B 5SY7 416-6 1 1 unit 002 0.617
20 B 5SY7 420-6 1 1 unit 002 0.587
25 C 5SY7 425-6 1 1 unit 002 0.629
32 C 5SY7 432-6 1 1 unit 002 0.615
40 C 5SY7 440-6 1 1 unit 002 0.611
50 C 5SY7 450-6 1 1 unit 002 0.647
63 C 5SY7 463-6 1 1 unit 002 0.666

3/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY7, 15 000 A
3
15 000 Characteristic C Characteristic D
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 15000 A
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3 1 B 5SY7 114-7 003 C 5SY7 114-8 1 1 unit 004 0.160
0.5 B 5SY7 105-7 003 C 5SY7 105-8 1 1 unit 004 0.153
1 A 5SY7 101-7 003 C 5SY7 101-8 1 1 unit 004 0.180
1.6 B 5SY7 115-7 003 C 5SY7 115-8 1 1 unit 004 0.165
2 } 5SY7 102-7 003 C 5SY7 102-8 1 1 unit 004 0.162
3 A 5SY7 103-7 003 C 5SY7 103-8 1 1 unit 004 0.161
4 } 5SY7 104-7 003 B 5SY7 104-8 1 1 unit 004 0.158
6 } 5SY7 106-7 003 B 5SY7 106-8 1 1 unit 004 0.160
8 B 5SY7 108-7 003 C 5SY7 108-8 1 1 unit 004 0.154
10 } 5SY7 110-7 003 B 5SY7 110-8 1 1 unit 004 0.156
13 B 5SY7 113-7 003 C 5SY7 113-8 1 1 unit 004 0.156
16 } 5SY7 116-7 003 B 5SY7 116-8 1 1 unit 004 0.156
20 } 5SY7 120-7 003 C 5SY7 120-8 1 1 unit 004 0.141
25 B 5SY7 125-7 003 C 5SY7 125-8 1 1 unit 004 0.162
32 B 5SY7 132-7 003 C 5SY7 132-8 1 1 unit 004 0.166
40 B 5SY7 140-7 003 C 5SY7 140-8 1 1 unit 004 0.166
50 C 5SY7 150-7 003 C 5SY7 150-8 1 1 unit 004 0.167
63 B 5SY7 163-7 003 C 5SY7 163-8 1 1 unit 004 0.165
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3 2 C 5SY7 514-7 003 C 5SY7 514-8 1 1 unit 004 0.323
0.5 C 5SY7 505-7 003 C 5SY7 505-8 1 1 unit 004 0.312
1 B 5SY7 501-7 003 C 5SY7 501-8 1 1 unit 004 0.320
1.6 C 5SY7 515-7 003 C 5SY7 515-8 1 1 unit 004 0.319
2 B 5SY7 502-7 003 C 5SY7 502-8 1 1 unit 004 0.319
3 B 5SY7 503-7 003 C 5SY7 503-8 1 1 unit 004 0.298
4 B 5SY7 504-7 003 B 5SY7 504-8 1 1 unit 004 0.310
6 A 5SY7 506-7 003 C 5SY7 506-8 1 1 unit 004 0.326
8 C 5SY7 508-7 003 C 5SY7 508-8 1 1 unit 004 0.286
10 } 5SY7 510-7 003 C 5SY7 510-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
13 B 5SY7 513-7 003 C 5SY7 513-8 1 1 unit 004 0.304
16 } 5SY7 516-7 003 B 5SY7 516-8 1 1 unit 004 0.293
20 B 5SY7 520-7 003 C 5SY7 520-8 1 1 unit 004 0.317
25 B 5SY7 525-7 003 C 5SY7 525-8 1 1 unit 004 0.313
32 B 5SY7 532-7 003 C 5SY7 532-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
40 C 5SY7 540-7 003 C 5SY7 540-8 1 1 unit 004 0.308
50 C 5SY7 550-7 003 C 5SY7 550-8 1 1 unit 004 0.330
63 C 5SY7 563-7 003 C 5SY7 563-8 1 1 unit 004 0.308
2P, 400 V AC
0.3 2 C 5SY7 214-7 003 C 5SY7 214-8 1 1 unit 004 0.322
0.5 B 5SY7 205-7 003 C 5SY7 205-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
1 } 5SY7 201-7 003 B 5SY7 201-8 1 1 unit 004 0.313
1.6 C 5SY7 215-7 003 C 5SY7 215-8 1 1 unit 004 0.359
2 } 5SY7 202-7 003 A 5SY7 202-8 1 1 unit 004 0.318
3 A 5SY7 203-7 003 B 5SY7 203-8 1 1 unit 004 0.314
4 } 5SY7 204-7 003 A 5SY7 204-8 1 1 unit 004 0.310
6 } 5SY7 206-7 003 A 5SY7 206-8 1 1 unit 004 0.312
8 B 5SY7 208-7 003 B 5SY7 208-8 1 1 unit 004 0.302
10 } 5SY7 210-7 003 A 5SY7 210-8 1 1 unit 004 0.306
13 B 5SY7 213-7 003 C 5SY7 213-8 1 1 unit 004 0.287
16 } 5SY7 216-7 003 } 5SY7 216-8 1 1 unit 004 0.304
20 } 5SY7 220-7 003 B 5SY7 220-8 1 1 unit 004 0.314
25 } 5SY7 225-7 003 B 5SY7 225-8 1 1 unit 004 0.313
32 } 5SY7 232-7 003 C 5SY7 232-8 1 1 unit 004 0.328
40 A 5SY7 240-7 003 C 5SY7 240-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
50 B 5SY7 250-7 003 C 5SY7 250-8 1 1 unit 004 0.308
63 B 5SY7 263-7 003 C 5SY7 263-8 1 1 unit 004 0.326
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/19
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY7, 15 000 A
3 15 000 Characteristic C Characteristic D

width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 15000 A
3P, 400 V AC
0.3 3 C 5SY7 314-7 003 C 5SY7 314-8 1 1 unit 004 0.473
0.5 C 5SY7 305-7 003 C 5SY7 305-8 1 1 unit 004 0.495
1 C 5SY7 301-7 003 C 5SY7 301-8 1 1 unit 004 0.458
1.6 C 5SY7 315-7 003 C 5SY7 315-8 1 1 unit 004 0.495
2 B 5SY7 302-7 003 C 5SY7 302-8 1 1 unit 004 0.451
3 A 5SY7 303-7 003 C 5SY7 303-8 1 1 unit 004 0.458
4 A 5SY7 304-7 003 C 5SY7 304-8 1 1 unit 004 0.441
6 A 5SY7 306-7 003 C 5SY7 306-8 1 1 unit 004 0.457
8 C 5SY7 308-7 003 B 5SY7 308-8 1 1 unit 004 0.442
10 } 5SY7 310-7 003 B 5SY7 310-8 1 1 unit 004 0.453
13 B 5SY7 313-7 003 C 5SY7 313-8 1 1 unit 004 0.445
16 } 5SY7 316-7 003 A 5SY7 316-8 1 1 unit 004 0.445
20 } 5SY7 320-7 003 B 5SY7 320-8 1 1 unit 004 0.463
25 A 5SY7 325-7 003 A 5SY7 325-8 1 1 unit 004 0.464
32 } 5SY7 332-7 003 B 5SY7 332-8 1 1 unit 004 0.482
40 } 5SY7 340-7 003 B 5SY7 340-8 1 1 unit 004 0.484
50 A 5SY7 350-7 003 B 5SY7 350-8 1 1 unit 004 0.480
63 } 5SY7 363-7 003 B 5SY7 363-8 1 1 unit 004 0.479
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3 4 C 5SY7 614-7 003 C 5SY7 614-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
0.5 C 5SY7 605-7 003 C 5SY7 605-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1 C 5SY7 601-7 003 C 5SY7 601-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1.6 C 5SY7 615-7 003 C 5SY7 615-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
2 C 5SY7 602-7 003 C 5SY7 602-8 1 1 unit 004 0.632
3 C 5SY7 603-7 003 C 5SY7 603-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
4 C 5SY7 604-7 003 C 5SY7 604-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
6 C 5SY7 606-7 003 C 5SY7 606-8 1 1 unit 004 0.590
8 C 5SY7 608-7 003 C 5SY7 608-8 1 1 unit 004 0.600
10 B 5SY7 610-7 003 C 5SY7 610-8 1 1 unit 004 0.593
13 C 5SY7 613-7 003 C 5SY7 613-8 1 1 unit 004 0.610
16 A 5SY7 616-7 003 C 5SY7 616-8 1 1 unit 004 0.585
20 B 5SY7 620-7 003 C 5SY7 620-8 1 1 unit 004 0.618
25 B 5SY7 625-7 003 C 5SY7 625-8 1 1 unit 004 0.628
32 B 5SY7 632-7 003 C 5SY7 632-8 1 1 unit 004 0.644
40 B 5SY7 640-7 003 C 5SY7 640-8 1 1 unit 004 0.645
50 B 5SY7 650-7 003 C 5SY7 650-8 1 1 unit 004 0.678
63 B 5SY7 663-7 003 C 5SY7 663-8 1 1 unit 004 0.643
4P, 400 V AC
0.3 4 C 5SY7 414-7 003 C 5SY7 414-8 1 1 unit 004 0.642
0.5 C 5SY7 405-7 003 C 5SY7 405-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1 C 5SY7 401-7 003 C 5SY7 401-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1.6 C 5SY7 415-7 003 C 5SY7 415-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
2 C 5SY7 402-7 003 C 5SY7 402-8 1 1 unit 004 0.630
3 C 5SY7 403-7 003 C 5SY7 403-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
4 B 5SY7 404-7 003 C 5SY7 404-8 1 1 unit 004 0.624
6 B 5SY7 406-7 003 C 5SY7 406-8 1 1 unit 004 0.615
8 C 5SY7 408-7 003 C 5SY7 408-8 1 1 unit 004 0.603
10 } 5SY7 410-7 003 B 5SY7 410-8 1 1 unit 004 0.608
13 C 5SY7 413-7 003 C 5SY7 413-8 1 1 unit 004 0.608
16 } 5SY7 416-7 003 B 5SY7 416-8 1 1 unit 004 0.592
20 } 5SY7 420-7 003 B 5SY7 420-8 1 1 unit 004 0.615
25 } 5SY7 425-7 003 B 5SY7 425-8 1 1 unit 004 0.628
32 } 5SY7 432-7 003 B 5SY7 432-8 1 1 unit 004 0.639
40 } 5SY7 440-7 003 B 5SY7 440-8 1 1 unit 004 0.642
50 } 5SY7 450-7 003 B 5SY7 450-8 1 1 unit 004 0.603
63 } 5SY7 463-7 003 B 5SY7 463-8 1 1 unit 004 0.642
1)

3/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY8, 25 kA

Characteristic C Characteristic D
3
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 25 kA
1P, 230/400 V AC
0.3 1 C 5SY8 114-7 003 C 5SY8 114-8 1 1 unit 004 0.167
0.5 C 5SY8 105-7 003 C 5SY8 105-8 1 1 unit 004 0.165
1 B 5SY8 101-7 003 C 5SY8 101-8 1 1 unit 004 0.152
1.6 C 5SY8 115-7 003 C 5SY8 115-8 1 1 unit 004 0.165
2 } 5SY8 102-7 003 B 5SY8 102-8 1 1 unit 004 0.163
3 C 5SY8 103-7 003 C 5SY8 103-8 1 1 unit 004 0.161
4 B 5SY8 104-7 003 C 5SY8 104-8 1 1 unit 004 0.158
6 } 5SY8 106-7 003 C 5SY8 106-8 1 1 unit 004 0.159
8 C 5SY8 108-7 003 C 5SY8 108-8 1 1 unit 004 0.156
10 A 5SY8 110-7 003 C 5SY8 110-8 1 1 unit 004 0.157
13 C 5SY8 113-7 003 C 5SY8 113-8 1 1 unit 004 0.142
16 } 5SY8 116-7 003 C 5SY8 116-8 1 1 unit 004 0.155
20 A 5SY8 120-7 003 B 5SY8 120-8 1 1 unit 004 0.165
25 C 5SY8 125-7 003 C 5SY8 125-8 1 1 unit 004 0.162
32 B 5SY8 132-7 003 C 5SY8 132-8 1 1 unit 004 0.166
40 C 5SY8 140-7 003 C 5SY8 140-8 1 1 unit 004 0.155
50 C 5SY8 150-7 003 C 5SY8 150-8 1 1 unit 004 0.158
63 C 5SY8 163-7 003 C 5SY8 163-8 1 1 unit 004 0.160
1P+N, 230 V AC
0.3 2 C 5SY8 514-7 003 C 5SY8 514-8 1 1 unit 004 0.330
0.5 C 5SY8 505-7 003 C 5SY8 505-8 1 1 unit 004 0.323
1 C 5SY8 501-7 003 C 5SY8 501-8 1 1 unit 004 0.337
1.6 C 5SY8 515-7 003 C 5SY8 515-8 1 1 unit 004 0.324
2 C 5SY8 502-7 003 C 5SY8 502-8 1 1 unit 004 0.318
3 C 5SY8 503-7 003 C 5SY8 503-8 1 1 unit 004 0.318
4 C 5SY8 504-7 003 C 5SY8 504-8 1 1 unit 004 0.311
6 B 5SY8 506-7 003 C 5SY8 506-8 1 1 unit 004 0.326
8 C 5SY8 508-7 003 C 5SY8 508-8 1 1 unit 004 0.313
10 B 5SY8 510-7 003 C 5SY8 510-8 1 1 unit 004 0.282
13 C 5SY8 513-7 003 C 5SY8 513-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
16 B 5SY8 516-7 003 C 5SY8 516-8 1 1 unit 004 0.297
20 C 5SY8 520-7 003 C 5SY8 520-8 1 1 unit 004 0.318
25 C 5SY8 525-7 003 C 5SY8 525-8 1 1 unit 004 0.312
32 C 5SY8 532-7 003 C 5SY8 532-8 1 1 unit 004 0.366
40 C 5SY8 540-7 003 B 5SY8 540-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
50 C 5SY8 550-7 003 B 5SY8 550-8 1 1 unit 004 0.326
63 C 5SY8 563-7 003 B 5SY8 563-8 1 1 unit 004 0.330
2P, 400 V AC
0.3 2 C 5SY8 214-7 003 C 5SY8 214-8 1 1 unit 004 0.337
0.5 C 5SY8 205-7 003 C 5SY8 205-8 1 1 unit 004 0.325
1 B 5SY8 201-7 003 C 5SY8 201-8 1 1 unit 004 0.313
1.6 C 5SY8 215-7 003 C 5SY8 215-8 1 1 unit 004 0.316
2 B 5SY8 202-7 003 B 5SY8 202-8 1 1 unit 004 0.322
3 C 5SY8 203-7 003 C 5SY8 203-8 1 1 unit 004 0.346
4 A 5SY8 204-7 003 C 5SY8 204-8 1 1 unit 004 0.314
6 A 5SY8 206-7 003 A 5SY8 206-8 1 1 unit 004 0.311
8 C 5SY8 208-7 003 C 5SY8 208-8 1 1 unit 004 0.306
10 } 5SY8 210-7 003 B 5SY8 210-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
13 C 5SY8 213-7 003 C 5SY8 213-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
16 } 5SY8 216-7 003 C 5SY8 216-8 1 1 unit 004 0.304
20 B 5SY8 220-7 003 C 5SY8 220-8 1 1 unit 004 0.305
25 B 5SY8 225-7 003 B 5SY8 225-8 1 1 unit 004 0.318
32 B 5SY8 232-7 003 C 5SY8 232-8 1 1 unit 004 0.324
40 C 5SY8 240-7 003 C 5SY8 240-8 1 1 unit 004 0.308
50 C 5SY8 250-7 003 C 5SY8 250-8 1 1 unit 004 0.331
63 C 5SY8 263-7 003 C 5SY8 263-8 1 1 unit 004 0.327

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/21
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY8, 25 kA
3
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs 25 kA
3P, 400 V AC
0.3 3 C 5SY8 314-7 003 C 5SY8 314-8 1 1 unit 004 0.495
0.5 C 5SY8 305-7 003 C 5SY8 305-8 1 1 unit 004 0.482
1 A 5SY8 301-7 003 C 5SY8 301-8 1 1 unit 004 0.478
1.6 C 5SY8 315-7 003 C 5SY8 315-8 1 1 unit 004 0.495
2 C 5SY8 302-7 003 C 5SY8 302-8 1 1 unit 004 0.471
3 C 5SY8 303-7 003 C 5SY8 303-8 1 1 unit 004 0.467
4 C 5SY8 304-7 003 C 5SY8 304-8 1 1 unit 004 0.460
6 B 5SY8 306-7 003 C 5SY8 306-8 1 1 unit 004 0.442
8 C 5SY8 308-7 003 C 5SY8 308-8 1 1 unit 004 0.495
10 B 5SY8 310-7 003 C 5SY8 310-8 1 1 unit 004 0.455
13 C 5SY8 313-7 003 C 5SY8 313-8 1 1 unit 004 0.487
16 } 5SY8 316-7 003 C 5SY8 316-8 1 1 unit 004 0.449
20 C 5SY8 320-7 003 C 5SY8 320-8 1 1 unit 004 0.452
25 } 5SY8 325-7 003 B 5SY8 325-8 1 1 unit 004 0.472
32 A 5SY8 332-7 003 B 5SY8 332-8 1 1 unit 004 0.482
40 B 5SY8 340-7 003 C 5SY8 340-8 1 1 unit 004 0.464
50 B 5SY8 350-7 003 B 5SY8 350-8 1 1 unit 004 0.465
63 B 5SY8 363-7 003 C 5SY8 363-8 1 1 unit 004 0.467
3P+N, 400 V AC
0.3 4 C 5SY8 614-7 003 C 5SY8 614-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
0.5 C 5SY8 605-7 003 C 5SY8 605-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1 C 5SY8 601-7 003 C 5SY8 601-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1.6 C 5SY8 615-7 003 C 5SY8 615-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
2 C 5SY8 602-7 003 C 5SY8 602-8 1 1 unit 004 0.631
3 C 5SY8 603-7 003 C 5SY8 603-8 1 1 unit 004 0.621
4 C 5SY8 604-7 003 C 5SY8 604-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
6 C 5SY8 606-7 003 C 5SY8 606-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
8 C 5SY8 608-7 003 C 5SY8 608-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
10 C 5SY8 610-7 003 C 5SY8 610-8 1 1 unit 004 0.571
13 C 5SY8 613-7 003 C 5SY8 613-8 1 1 unit 004 0.609
16 B 5SY8 616-7 003 C 5SY8 616-8 1 1 unit 004 0.602
20 C 5SY8 620-7 003 C 5SY8 620-8 1 1 unit 004 0.596
25 C 5SY8 625-7 003 C 5SY8 625-8 1 1 unit 004 0.601
32 B 5SY8 632-7 003 C 5SY8 632-8 1 1 unit 004 0.611
40 C 5SY8 640-7 003 C 5SY8 640-8 1 1 unit 004 0.617
50 C 5SY8 650-7 003 C 5SY8 650-8 1 1 unit 004 0.650
63 A 5SY8 663-7 003 C 5SY8 663-8 1 1 unit 004 0.625
4P, 400 V AC
0.3 4 C 5SY8 414-7 003 C 5SY8 414-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
0.5 C 5SY8 405-7 003 C 5SY8 405-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
1 C 5SY8 401-7 003 C 5SY8 401-8 1 1 unit 004 0.636
1.6 C 5SY8 415-7 003 C 5SY8 415-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
2 C 5SY8 402-7 003 C 5SY8 402-8 1 1 unit 004 0.681
3 C 5SY8 403-7 003 C 5SY8 403-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
4 C 5SY8 404-7 003 C 5SY8 404-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
6 C 5SY8 406-7 003 C 5SY8 406-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
8 C 5SY8 408-7 003 C 5SY8 408-8 1 1 unit 004 0.598
10 B 5SY8 410-7 003 C 5SY8 410-8 1 1 unit 004 0.597
13 C 5SY8 413-7 003 C 5SY8 413-8 1 1 unit 004 0.660
16 } 5SY8 416-7 003 C 5SY8 416-8 1 1 unit 004 0.601
20 A 5SY8 420-7 003 C 5SY8 420-8 1 1 unit 004 0.627
25 } 5SY8 425-7 003 C 5SY8 425-8 1 1 unit 004 0.627
32 } 5SY8 432-7 003 C 5SY8 432-8 1 1 unit 004 0.641
40 } 5SY8 440-7 003 C 5SY8 440-8 1 1 unit 004 0.647
50 } 5SY8 450-7 003 C 5SY8 450-8 1 1 unit 004 0.646
63 } 5SY8 463-7 003 C 5SY8 463-8 1 1 unit 004 0.644
1)

3/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

5SJ6 ...-.KS miniature circuit breakers
with plug-in terminals
■ Overview
Miniature circuit breakers with plug-in terminals are used for the
3
protection of socket outlets and lighting circuits with the most
common rated currents of 10 to 20 A.
■ Benefits
• Double, self-contained, screwless outgoing terminals for fast • The plug-in terminal, offering easily accessible and angled ca-
connection of conductors. ble entries for manual insertion, saves mounting time
• Removal of individual conductors requires no tools and en-
sures high operating safety
• No end sleeves required for finely stranded conductors. This
saves mounting time.
• Conventional pin busbars are used for the incoming terminal.

This ensures clear, manageable and convenient access to all
terminals as part of the uniform Siemens connection concept.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/23

© Siemens AG 2010

3 5SJ6 . . .-.KS
Operational voltage V AC 230/400
• Min. V AC/DC 24
• Max. V AC 250/440
Rated switching capacity Acc. to EN 60898-1 kA AC 6
Terminals Screwless terminals on the outgoing terminals for 1.5 ... 4 mm2
• Top, plug-in terminals
- Solid, stranded and finely stranded, without end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 4
- Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 2.5
• Bottom, tunnel terminal
- Solid, stranded or finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25
Service life,
on average, with rated load 20000 actuations
1) The operational voltage 60 V DC/pole takes into account a battery charg-
3/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010


Characteristic B Characteristic C
3
6 000
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
Miniature circuit
breakers
with plug-in terminal
1P
10 1 B 5SJ6 110-6KS 002 B 5SJ6 110-7KS 1 1 unit 003 0.117
13 B 5SJ6 113-6KS 002 B 5SJ6 113-7KS 1 1/12 units 003 0.098
16 A 5SJ6 116-6KS 002 B 5SJ6 116-7KS 1 1 unit 003 0.123
1P+N
10 2 B 5SJ6 510-6KS 002 B 5SJ6 510-7KS 1 1/6 units 003 0.209
2P
3P
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/25
© Siemens AG 2010

5SY6 0 miniature circuit breakers
1+N in 1 MW
■ Overview
3 These miniature circuit breakers are used for the protection of The devices are approved for worldwide use according to IEC
plants with switched neutral conductors in distribution boards standards for systems up to 250 V AC. 60 V DC per pole is per-
with little space. They are just a single modular width. mitted in DC systems according to IEC standards.
Compact busbars facilitate installation in space saving distribu-
tion boards.
■ Benefits
• Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts from the high- • For 3-pole busbars, the 5ST3 6 busbar system is used –
capacity range can be freely mounted on these miniature a universal system suitable for all miniature circuit breakers.
circuit breakers. This increases availability and cuts down on
logistics.
• By actuating the latching slide, the miniature circuit breakers • The infeed can be implemented either from the top or the
can be quickly and easily removed from the assembly. bottom. Additional terminals with lateral cable entry facilitate
mounting when using large conductor cross-sections.
3/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

1+N in 1 MW
5SY6 0..
3
Rated voltage Un V AC 230
Operational voltage
• Min. V AC/DC 24
• Max. V AC 250
Rated switching capacity Icn kA AC 6
• Rated insulation voltage V AC 250
Terminals
• Solid and stranded, mm2 0.75 ... 16
top and bottom terminal
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve, mm2 0.75 ... 10
top and bottom terminal
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.0 ... 2.5
Service life
On average, with rated load 20000 actuations
at 2 A/4 A and 40 A: 8000 actuations
1)
The operational voltage 60 V DC/pole takes into account a battery charg-
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/27

© Siemens AG 2010

1+N in 1 MW

6 000
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
Miniature circuit breakers, compact, 1+N (1P+N), 230 V AC
N pole, right
2 1 -- D 5SY6 002-7 1 1 unit 003 0.107
4 -- D 5SY6 004-7 1 1 unit 003 0.106
6 A 5SY6 006-6 002 A 5SY6 006-7 1 1 unit 003 0.100
8 -- D 5SY6 008-7 1 1 unit 003 0.107
10 A 5SY6 010-6 002 A 5SY6 010-7 1 1 unit 003 0.100
13 A 5SY6 013-6 002 A 5SY6 013-7 1 1 unit 003 0.107
16 A 5SY6 016-6 002 A 5SY6 016-7 1 1 unit 003 0.100
20 A 5SY6 020-6 002 A 5SY6 020-7 1 1 unit 003 0.100
25 A 5SY6 025-6 002 A 5SY6 025-7 1 1 unit 003 0.100
32 A 5SY6 032-6 002 A 5SY6 032-7 1 1 unit 003 0.111
40 D 5SY6 040-6 002 D 5SY6 040-7 1 1 unit 003 0.100
N pole, left
2 1 -- D 5SY6 002-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.106
4 -- D 5SY6 004-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.100
6 D 5SY6 006-6KL 002 D 5SY6 006-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.100
8 -- D 5SY6 008-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.107
10 D 5SY6 010-6KL 002 A 5SY6 010-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.100
13 D 5SY6 013-6KL 002 D 5SY6 013-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.107
16 A 5SY6 016-6KL 002 D 5SY6 016-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.100
20 D 5SY6 020-6KL 002 D 5SY6 020-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.100
25 D 5SY6 025-6KL 002 D 5SY6 025-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.100
32 D 5SY6 032-6KL 002 D 5SY6 032-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.112
40 D 5SY6 040-6KL 002 D 5SY6 040-7KL 1 1 unit 003 0.100
Pin Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

spacing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
MW1) mm kg
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2, 12 MW,
for MCBs 1+N in 1 MW of the compact range,
can be cut, with end caps
Single-phase
For 12 MCBs 1+N, gray 1 216 A 5ST3 762 1 10 units 027 0.022
For 12 MCBs 1+N, blue 216 A 5ST3 763 1 10 units 027 0.001
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2,

can be cut, without end caps
Single-phase
For MCBs 1+N, gray 1 1016 A 5ST3 764 1 10 units 027 0.134
For MCBs 1+N, blue 1016 A 5ST3 765 1 10 units 027 0.134
End caps for 5ST3 76 busbars

1 set comprises a right and a left cap
Gray A 5ST3 766 1 10 set 027 0.001
Blue A 5ST3 767 1 10 set 027 0.001

for MCBs, fixed lengths,
cannot be cut, fully insulated
Three-phase
For 6 MCBs 1+N 1 102 A 5ST3 613 1 10 units 027 0.030
For 9 MCBs 1+N 157.5 A 5ST3 614 1 10 units 027 0.056
For 12 MCBs 1+N 210 } 5ST3 615 1 10 units 027 0.075
Terminals for 5ST3 76
Side terminal version A 5ST3 768 1 25 units 027 0.018
For conductors up to 25 mm2
1)

3/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Additional components
■ Overview
The Siemens mounting concept supports the combination of all Shunt trips (ST)
3
5ST3 additional components with Siemens 5SY and 5SP minia-
ture circuit breakers and with 5SU1 RCBOs. Shunt trips are used for the remote tripping of miniature circuit
breakers.
5SL and 5SY6 0. . miniature circuit breakers are suitable for
mounting auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts. Auxiliary Undervoltage releases (UR)
switches can also be mounted on 5TE8 flush-mounting circuit Undervoltage releases are integrated (e.g. in EMERGENCY
breakers and 5SG7 1 MINIZED switch disconnectors. STOP loops), thus ensuring that the MCB trips in the event of an
Auxiliary switches (AS) emergency, which, in turn, ensures disconnection of the control
circuit according to EN 60204. In the event that the voltage is in-
The auxiliary switch (AS) always signals the contact position of terrupted or too low, it also trips, i.e. prevents activation of the
the miniature circuit breaker, regardless of whether the miniature MCB.
circuit breaker was tripped manually or as the result of a fault. An
additional version is also available for the switching of small cur- Remote controlled mechanisms (RC)
rents and voltages for the control of programmable control sys- Remote controlled mechanisms are used for the remote ON/OFF
tems (PLCs) acc. to EN 61131-2. The auxiliary switch with test switching of miniature circuit breakers and the remote ON
button enables the testing of control circuits without the need to switching of RC units, as well as the local manual switching of
switch the miniature circuit breaker. these devices. A blocking function permits maintenance work. In
Fault signal contacts (FC) the event that a miniature circuit breaker or RC unit is tripped, an
acknowledgment must be carried out prior to switching back on.
The fault signal contact (FC) signals the automatic tripping of the The remote controlled mechanism has an operating mode selec-
miniature circuit breaker in the event of a fault, such as an over- tor switch with the functions: "Locked", "Manual" and "Remote
load or a short circuit. If the fault signal contact is activated, the Switching". The mechanism can be mechanically latched and
contact position does not change if the miniature circuit breaker locked, which serves to protect personnel during maintenance
is tripped manually. Fault signal contacts with TEST and RESET work.
buttons enable the testing of control circuits without the need to
trip the miniature circuit breaker. The red RESET button inte- RC units
grated in the handle also indicates the automatic tripping of the RC units can be combined with miniature circuit breakers of
MCB. The signal can be acknowledged manually using the characteristic A, B, C and D. They then form a combination of
RESET button. RCCB and MCB for personnel, fire and line protection. The com-
binations can be tailored to meet individual requirements.
For information on RC units, please refer to the section "Residual
current protective devices".
■ Benefits
Can be universally retrofitted with all additional components
• The 5SL, 5SY and 5SP miniature circuit breakers are ideal for • Fault signal contacts with TEST and RESET button enable the
the quick and easy mounting of auxiliary switches and fault simple testing of auxiliary circuits and, in the event of a fault,
signal contacts. acknowledgement of the fault over the RESET button, without
Captive metal brackets on additional components ensure the the need to switch the miniature circuit breakers.
quick and easy mounting of devices on the miniature circuit
breakers without the need for tools.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/29

© Siemens AG 2010
The auxiliary switches with TEST button enable the simple man-
ual testing of control circuits during operation of the entire plant
without the need to switch the miniature circuit breakers.
Auxiliary switches (AS) Fault signal contacts (FC)
5ST3 010, 5ST3 010-2 5ST3 013 5ST3 020, 5ST3 020-2
5ST3 011, 5ST3 011-2 5ST3 014 5ST3 021, 5ST3 021-2
5ST3 012, 5ST3 012-2 5ST3 015 5ST3 022, 5ST3 022-2
Standards EN 62019; IEC/EN 60947-5-1; UL 1077; CSA C22.2 No. 235
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breaker or gG 6 A fuse
Contact load
• Min. 50 mA, 24 V 1 mA/5 V DC 50 mA, 24 V
• Max. -- 50 mA/30 V DC --
• 400 V AC, AC-14, NO A 2 -- 2
• 230 V AC, AC-14, NO A 6 -- 6
• 400 V AC, AC-13, NC A 2 -- 2
• 230 V AC, AC-13, NC A 6 -- 6
• 220 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 1 -- 1
• 110 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 1 -- 1
• 60 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 3 -- 3
• 24 V DC, DC-13, NO+NC A 6 -- 6
Service life, on average, with rated load 20000 actuations 20000 actuations 20000 actuations
Conductor cross-sections mm2 0.5 ... 2.5 0.5 ... 2.5 0.5 ... 2.5
AWG 22 ... 14 22 ... 14 22 ... 14
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 0.5 0.5 0.5
lb/in 4.5 4.5 4.5
Undervoltage releases Shunt trips (ST) Remote controlled

(UR) mechanisms (RC)
5ST3 04. 5ST3 030 5ST3 031 5ST3 050
Rated voltages Un V AC 230 110 ... 415 24 ... 60 230
V DC 24, 110 110 24 ... 60 --
• Rated frequency fn Hz -- 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
Response limits
• Acc. to EN 60947-1, 7.2.1.3
- Releases < 0.35 ... 0.7 × Un -- --
- Permissible fluctuations of the power supply 0.85 ... 1.1 × Un -- --
• Acc. to EN 60947-1, 7.2.1.4 -- 0.7 ... 1.1 × Un --
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breaker or gG 6 A fuse
Minimum contact load 50 mA, 24 V 50 mA, 24 V --
Tripping operations max. 2000 max. 2000 --
Service life, on average, with rated load 20000 actuations 20000 actuations 20000 actuations
Conductor cross-sections mm2 0.5 ... 2.5 0.5 ... 2.5 0.5 ... 2.5
AWG 22 ... 14 22 ... 14 22 ... 14
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 0.8 0.8 0.5
lb/in 6.8 6.8 4.5
For technical data on the RC units, please refer to the chapter, "Residual current protective devices".
3/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Rated voltage Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
3
ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
Un
V MW1) kg
Auxiliary switches (AS)
For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers,
5SU1 RCBOs and 5TE8 switches
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 010 1 1 unit 027 0.066
For small output } 5ST3 013 1 1 unit 027 0.055
2 NO A 5ST3 011 1 1 unit 027 0.055
For small output B 5ST3 014 1 1 unit 027 0.054
2 NC A 5ST3 012 1 1 unit 027 0.055
For small output B 5ST3 015 1 1 unit 027 0.060
Auxiliary switches (AS) with TEST button
For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers,
5SU1 RCBOs and 5TE8 switches
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 A 5ST3 010-2 1 1 unit 027 0.045
2 NO A 5ST3 011-2 1 1 unit 027 0.045
2 NC A 5ST3 012-2 1 1 unit 027 0.045
Fault signal contacts (FC)

For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers and
5SU1 RCBOs
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 020 1 1 unit 027 0.056
2 NO B 5ST3 021 1 1 unit 027 0.056
2 NC A 5ST3 022 1 1 unit 027 0.057
Fault signal contacts (FC) with TEST and

ACKNOWLEDGE button
For 5SL, 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers
and 5SU1 RCBOs
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 A 5ST3 020-2 1 1 unit 027 0.050
2 NO A 5ST3 021-2 1 1 unit 027 0.050
2 NC A 5ST3 022-2 1 1 unit 027 0.050
Undervoltage releases (UR)

For 5SY, 5SP MCBs and 5SU1 RCBOs
but not suitable for use with 5SY6 0.. and 5SL MCBs
With integrated auxiliary switch
230 AC 1 } 5ST3 040 1 1 unit 027 0.107
110 DC C 5ST3 041 1 1 unit 027 0.105
24 DC C 5ST3 042 1 1 unit 027 0.101
Without integrated auxiliary switch
230 AC 1 } 5ST3 043 1 1 unit 027 0.092
110 DC C 5ST3 044 1 1 unit 027 0.091
24 DC } 5ST3 045 1 1 unit 027 0.088
Shunt trips (ST)
but not suitable for use with 5SY6 0.. and 5SL MCBs
2 NO 1 } 5ST3 030 1 1 unit 027 0.090
2 NC 1 } 5ST3 031 1 1 unit 027 0.090
Remote controlled mechanisms (RC)

but not suitable for use with 5SL MCB
230 AC 3.5 D 5ST3 050 1 1 unit 027 0.461
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/31
© Siemens AG 2010
3
Rated residual Rated current Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
current ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
IΔn In
mA A MW1) kg
RC units, type A, instantaneous tripping
For 5SY miniature circuit breakers,
not suitable for use with 5SY5, 5SY8, 5SY6 0..
and 5SL,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
10 0.3 ... 16 2 B 5SM2 121-6 1 1 unit 007 0.207
30 0.3 ... 40 } 5SM2 322-6 1 1 unit 007 0.209
300 A 5SM2 622-6 1 1 unit 007 0.199
30 0.3 ... 63 A 5SM2 325-6 1 1 unit 007 0.215
100 B 5SM2 425-6 1 1 unit 007 0.211
300 B 5SM2 625-6 1 1 unit 007 0.203
500 B 5SM2 725-6 1 1 unit 007 0.198
and 5SL,
3P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 A 5SM2 332-6 1 1 unit 007 0.314
300 A 5SM2 632-6 1 1 unit 007 0.295
30 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 335-6 1 1 unit 007 0.359
100 B 5SM2 435-6 1 1 unit 007 0.327
300 B 5SM2 635-6 1 1 unit 007 0.298
500 B 5SM2 735-6 1 1 unit 007 0.322
and 5SL,
4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 } 5SM2 342-6 1 1 unit 007 0.337
300 } 5SM2 642-6 1 1 unit 007 0.326
30 0.3 ... 63 A 5SM2 345-6 1 1 unit 007 0.397
100 B 5SM2 445-6 1 1 unit 007 0.357
300 A 5SM2 645-6 1 1 unit 007 0.328
500 A 5SM2 745-6 1 1 unit 007 0.326
For 5SP4 miniature circuit breakers

(characteristics B and C)
2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 80 ... 100 3.5 B 5SM2 327-6 1 1 unit 007 0.529
300 B 5SM2 627-6 1 1 unit 007 0.458

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 80 ... 100 5 B 5SM2 347-6 1 1 unit 007 0.934
300 A 5SM2 647-6 1 1 unit 007 0.682
1)

3/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
3
width SET, approx.
IΔn In M)
mA A MW1) kg
RC units, type A, super resistant æ
and 5SL,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 2 B 5SM2 322-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.215
30 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 325-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.214

and 5SL,
3P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 B 5SM2 332-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.365
30 0.3 ... 63 C 5SM2 335-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.365

and 5SL,
4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 B 5SM2 342-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.390
30 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 345-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.388
RC units, type A, selective î
and 5SL,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 0.3 ... 40 2 A 5SM2 622-8 1 1 unit 007 0.210
300 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 625-8 1 1 unit 007 0.210

and 5SL,
3P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 0.3 ... 63 3 B 5SM2 635-8 1 1 unit 007 0.341
500 B 5SM2 735-8 1 1 unit 007 0.323
1000 D 5SM2 835-8 1 1 unit 007 0.304
and 5SL,
4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 0.3 ... 63 3 A 5SM2 645-8 1 1 unit 007 0.373
500 A 5SM2 745-8 1 1 unit 007 0.333
1000 A 5SM2 845-8 1 1 unit 007 0.333

2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 80 ... 100 3.5 B 5SM2 627-8 1 1 unit 007 0.519

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 80 ... 100 5 A 5SM2 647-8 1 1 unit 007 0.838
1000 A 5SM2 847-8 1 1 unit 007 0.706
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/33
© Siemens AG 2010
3
Version Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
MW1) M) kg
Terminal covers
For miniature circuit breakers, not suitable for
use with 5SY6 0. .,
For additional covering of the screw openings B 5ST3 800 1 10 units 027 0.002
per pole, sealable. In the case of 5SY, also
prevents removal of device from the standard
mounting rail.
Handle locking devices

Sealable to prevent unwanted mechanical
ON/OFF switching
For 5SP and 5SY miniature circuit breakers A 5ST3 801 1 1 unit 027 0.012
For padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
For 5SL miniature circuit breakers A 5ST3 806 1 5 units 027 0.007
For padlock with 3 ... 6 mm shackle
Padlocks
For 5ST3 801 and 5ST3 806 handle locking devices } 5ST3 802 1 1 unit 027 0.031
Locking devices
For 5SP and 5SY miniature circuit breakers B 5ST3 803 1 1 set 027 0.041
comprising 5ST3 801 handle locking device
and 5ST3 802 padlock
Locking devices
For 5SL miniature circuit breakers, N A 5ST3 807 1 1 set 027 0.034
comprising 5ST3 806 handle locking device
and 5ST3 802 padlock
Spacers
Can be placed on either side of the standard 0.5 } 5TG8 240 1 2 units 027 0.010
mounting rail. Two spacers allow for conve-
nient cable routing
Fixing parts
Made of plastic, for use on a mounting plate B 5ST2 201 1 1 unit 027 0.013
Inscription labels
15 mm x 9 mm, 3 frames à 44 labels, can be B 5ST2 173 1 1 set 027 0.049
mounted on casing collar, white, self-adhesive
Labeling system
Inscription on self-adhesive labels for a uniform and tidy appearance in electrical power distribution.
The labeling program can be downloaded to your PC free of charge at:
www.siemens.com/labeling-tool
Recommended ELAT-3-747 labels for printing out on Brady GmbH
normal printers can be ordered at: Otto-Hahn-Str. 5-7
D-63222 Langen
Tel: +49 (0) 61 03/75 98-660
3/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
3
SET, approx.
M)
kg
Terminal covers, gray
For surface mounting, degree of protection IP40,
sealable, with 35 mm standard mounting rail
• Up to 2.5 MW B 5SW3 004 1 1 unit 008 0.091
• Up to 4.5 MW B 5SW3 005 1 1 unit 008 0.171
Wall enclosures, gray

For flush mounting, degree of protection IP40
with 35 mm standard mounting rail
• Up to 2.5 MW B 5SW3 006 1 1/4 units 008 0.133
• Up to 4.5 MW B 5SW3 007 1 1 unit 008 0.162
Molded-plastic enclosures, gray

with 35 mm standard mounting rail, sealable
with transparent hinged lid
For 4.5 MW A 5SW1 200 1 1 unit 008 0.447
Covers
Can be assembled as mini distribution board,
suitable for all devices, cover parts prepared for rail
mounting of conventional label caps, comprising:
• End plates (for snapping onto standard mounting } 5ST2 134 1 10 units 027 0.021
rail)
• Angled profile (approx. 1 m long) A 5ST2 135 1 5 units 027 0.288
• Alternative flat profiles B 5ST2 136 1 5 units 027 0.239
(as a cover between the rows of devices length
approx. 1 m)
Holders for front panel installation
Universal application for devices from 1 to 6 MW
Cutout dimensions:
Height 45+0.5 mm
Width: 23, 41, 59, 77, 95 or 113 mm B 7LF9 006 1 1 unit 027 0.070
Intermediate frames for 70 mm devices in 55 mm

ALPHA SIMBOX distribution boards
Versions
• 1-series A 8GB4 561 1 1 unit 032 0.900
• 2-series A 8GB4 562 1 1 unit 032 1.100
• 3-series A 8GB4 563 1 1 unit 032 1.300
• 4-series A 8GB4 564 1 1 unit 032 1.500
For further information on the ALPHA distribution boards, ALPHA SIMBOX small distribution boards and intermediate frames,
8GB4 563 please refer to Catalog LV 10.2, chapter, "Distribution boards".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/35
© Siemens AG 2010
3 The Siemens mounting concept supports the combination of all The chart shows which additional components can be mounted
5ST3 additional components with miniature circuit breakers of on either the right or the left.
the 5SY and 5SP series and RCBOs of the 5SU1 series.
5SL and 5SY6 0.. miniature circuit breakers are suitable for
mounting auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts. Auxiliary
switches can also be mounted on 5TE8 flush-mounting circuit
breakers and 5SG7 1 MINIZED switch disconnectors.
5SM2 5SY / 5SP4 5ST3
or or or
I2_18123a
RC-Unit MCB RC AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC FC FC AS
5SU1
or or or
RCBO RC ST AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC FC FC AS
RC-Unit: Residual current unit

MCB: Miniature circuit breaker
RCBO: Residual current operated circuit breaker or or or
RC: Remote controlled mechanism
UR: Undervoltage release
ST: Shunt trip
AS: Auxiliary switch UR AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC: Fault signal contact FC FC FC AS
For further information on the mounting concept for RCBOs, please refer to the chapter, "Residual Current Protective Devices".
3/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars
Standard 5ST3 6, 5ST3 7
■ Overview
The busbar system with pin-type connections can be used for all Any free pins on the busbars can be made safe by covering with
3
5SL6 and 5SJ6 . . .-.KS miniature circuit breakers and 5SY min- touch protection.
iature circuit breakers with or without mounted auxiliary switch
(AS) or fault signal contact (FC). For further information on bus-mounting miniature circuit break-
ers with residual current operated circuit breakers, please refer
Busbars in 10 mm2 and 16 mm2 versions are available. to the chapter "Residual current protective devices".
The 5ST3 7 busbar system with bars that can be cut to length
can be tailored to any requirements.
The extremely flexible 5ST3 6 busbar system with fixed lengths
also enables installation in any length as the busbars can be
overlapped.
No further need for time-consuming tasks, such as cutting, cut-
ting to length, deburring, cleaning of cut surfaces and mounting
of end caps.
■ Benefits
• Between the devices, the busbar, located at the bottom and • The ability to overlap the busbar mounting enables a cross-
behind the conductor, provides an optimum wiring space with section enlargement of up to 32 mm2 using the respective
easy view of the inserted conductor. This enables easy control components, 10 mm2 and 16 mm2.
of connections.
• By overlapping the busbars with fixed lengths, it is possible to • The fact that the connection of the conductor is always clearly
achieve device combinations with any number of devices. visible facilitates control and insertion of conductors of all pole
types and considerably reduces mounting times.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/37

© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars
3 5ST3
Standards EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660-500): 2005-01
Busbar material SF-Cu F 24
Partition material Plastic, Cycoloy 3600
heat-resistant over 90 °C
flame-retardant and
self-extinguishing,
dioxin and halogen-free
Rated operational voltage Uc V AC 400
Rated current In
• Cross-section 10 mm2 A 63
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 4
Test pulse voltage (1.2/50) kV 6.2
Rated conditional short-circuit current Icc kA 25
Resistance to climate
• Constant atmosphere Acc. to DIN 50015 23/83; 40/92; 55/20
• Humid heat Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles
• Overvoltage category III
• Pollution degree 2
Maximum busbar current IS/phase
• Infeed at the start of the busbar
- Cross-section 10 mm2 A 63
• Infeed at the center of the busbar
Infeed at the start or end of the busbar Infeed along the busbar or midpoint infeed
3 2 1 1 2 3
I201_13755 I201_13754a
S S S
The sum of the output current per branch (1, 2, 3 ... n) must not be greater
than the max. busbar current IS/phase.
3/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars

3
SET, approx.
M)
MW1) mm kg
Single-phase
For 2 MCBs 1P 1 33 A 5ST3 600 1 10 units 027 0.009
For 6 MCBs 1P 105 A 5ST3 601 1 10 units 027 0.019
Single-phase,
for MCBs with AS or FC
For 2 MCBs 1P 1.5 40 A 5ST3 603 1 10 units 027 0.010
For 6 MCBs 1P 156.5 A 5ST3 604 1 10 units 027 0.030
2-phase
For 2 MCBs 2P 1 75.5 A 5ST3 606 1 10 units 027 0.018
Three-phase
For 4 MCBs 3P 210 } 5ST3 615 1 10 units 027 0.075
Three-phase,
For 2 MCBs 3P 1+1+1.5 115 A 5ST3 616 1 10 units 027 0.038
Three-phase
For 1 RCCB 4P N right
and 8 MCBs 1P 1 210 A 5ST3 624 1 10 units 027 0.077
For 1 RCCB 4P N left
4-phase
For 2 MCBs 4P or 3P+N 1 145 A 5ST3 621 1 10 units 027 0.055
For 3 MCBs 4P or 3P+N 215 A 5ST3 622 1 10 units 027 0.093
5ST3 6 busbars, 16 mm2,
Single-phase
Single-phase,
2-phase
2-phase,
For 2 MCBs 2P 1 + 1.5 75.5 A 5ST3 640 1 10 units 027 0.024

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/39
© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars
3
SET, approx.
M)
MW1) mm kg
2
5ST3 6 busbars, 16 mm ,
Three-phase
For 4 MCBs 3P 210 } 5ST3 645 1 10 units 027 0.119
Three-phase,
For 2 MCBs 3P 1+1+1.5 115 A 5ST3 646 1 10 units 027 0.052
Three-phase,
For 1 RCCB 4P N right
For 1 RCCB 4P N left
4-phase
For 3 MCBs 4P or 3P+N A 5ST3 652 1 10 units 027 0.130
For 6 MCBs 2P or 1P+N A 5ST3 653 1 10 units 027 0.118
Touch protection
For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) A 5ST3 655 1 10 units 027 0.003
5 x 1 pin
Range
10 mm2
20 × 5ST3 613 + 10 × 5ST3 614 + A 5ST3 656 1 1 set 027 5.460
50 × 5ST3 615 + 50 × 5ST3 655
16 mm2
20 × 5ST3 643 + 10 × 5ST3 644 + A 5ST3 657 1 1 set 027 7.650
50 × 5ST3 645 + 50 × 5ST3 655
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2 12 MW,
for MCBs,
Single-phase, angled
For 12 MCBs 1P 1 214 A 5ST3 730 1 1 unit 027 0.032
For 9 MCBs 1P with AS or FC 1.5 A 5ST3 732 1 1 unit 027 0.034
2-phase
For 6 MCBs 2P 1 A 5ST3 734 1 1 unit 027 0.070
For 4 MCBs 2P with AS or FC 1+1.5 A 5ST3 736 1 1 unit 027 0.072
Three-phase
For 4 MCBs 3P 1 } 5ST3 738 1 1 unit 027 0.084
for 3 MCBs 3P with AS or FC 1+1+1.5 A 5ST3 741 1 1 unit 027 0.078
For 3 MCBs 1P with AS or FC 1.5 A 5ST3 743 1 1 unit 027 0.075
4-phase
For 3 MCBs 4P or 3P+N 1 A 5ST3 745 1 1 unit 027 0.119
for MCBs,
For MCBs 1P 1 1016 A 5ST3 731 1 1 unit 027 0.153
For MCBs 1P with AS or FC 1.5 A 5ST3 733 1 1 unit 027 0.157
2-phase
For MCBs 2P 1 A 5ST3 735 1 1 unit 027 0.343
For MCBs 2P with AS or FC 1+1.5 A 5ST3 737 1 1 unit 027 0.327
Three-phase
For MCBs 3P 1 } 5ST3 740 1 1 unit 027 0.440
For MCBs 3P with AS or FC 1+1+1.5 A 5ST3 742 1 1 unit 027 0.421
4-phase
For MCBs 4P or 3P+N 1 A 5ST3 746 1 1 unit 027 0.600
1)

3/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars
3
SET, approx.
M)
MW1) mm kg
2
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 16 mm 12 MW,
for MCBs,
For MCBs 1P 1 214 } 5ST3 700 1 1 unit 027 0.039
2-phase
For MCBs 2P 1 } 5ST3 704 1 1 unit 027 0.092
For MCBs 2P with AS or FC 1+1.5 A 5ST3 706 1 1 unit 027 0.090
Three-phase
For MCBs 3P 1 } 5ST3 708 1 1 unit 027 0.116
For MCBs 3P with AS or FC 1+1+1.5 A 5ST3 711 1 1 unit 027 0.098
4-phase
For MCBs 4P or 3P+N 1 A 5ST3 715 1 1 unit 027 0.142
for MCBs,
For MCBs 1P 1 1016 } 5ST3 701 1 1 unit 027 0.196
For MCBs 1P with AS or FC 1.5 } 5ST3 703 1 1 unit 027 0.185
2-phase
For MCBs 2P 1 } 5ST3 705 1 1 unit 027 0.452
For MCBs 2P with AS or FC 1+1.5 } 5ST3 707 1 1 unit 027 0.446
Three-phase
For MCBs 3P 1 } 5ST3 710 1 1 unit 027 0.610
For MCBs 3P with AS or FC 1+1+1.5 } 5ST3 712 1 1 unit 027 0.580
For MCBs 1P with AS or FC 1.5 } 5ST3 714 1 1 unit 027 0.540
4-phase
For MCBs 4P or 3P+N 1 } 5ST3 716 1 1 unit 027 0.798
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm2 56 MW
can be cut, with end caps, with touch protection
4-phase
For MCBs 2P and RCBOs 1P+N 1 1008 A 5ST3 770-2 1 10 units 027 0.400
4-phase
For MCBs 2P and RCBOs 1P+N 1 1008 A 5ST3 770-3 1 10 units 027 0.550
4-phase
For 6 MCBs 1P+N and 1 288 A 5ST3 770-4 1 10 units 027 0.100
RCCBs 4P, N connection, right
4-phase
For 6 MCBs 1P+N and 1 288 A 5ST3 770-5 1 10 units 027 0.160
RCCBs 4P, N connection, right
End caps for 5ST3 7, can be cut
For single-phase busbars A 5ST3 748 1 10 units 027 0.001
For two-phase and three-phase busbars } 5ST3 750 1 10 units 027 0.001
For 4-phase busbars A 5ST3 718 1 10 units 027 0.001

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/41
© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars
3
SET, approx.
M)
MW1) mm kg
2
5ST3 7 busbar systems, 10 mm 12 MW,
Single-phase
For 12 MCBs 1+N, gray 1 216 A 5ST3 762 1 10 units 027 0.022
For 12 MCBs 1+N, blue 1 A 5ST3 763 1 10 units 027 0.001

Single-phase
For MCBs 1+N, gray 1 1016 A 5ST3 764 1 10 units 027 0.134
For MCBs 1+N, blue 1 A 5ST3 765 1 10 units 027 0.134
End caps for 5ST3 76

1 set comprises a right and a left cap
Gray A 5ST3 766 1 10 set 027 0.001
Blue A 5ST3 767 1 10 set 027 0.001
Terminals for 5ST3 76

Terminal version S
For conductors up to 25 mm2 A 5ST3 768 1 25 units 027 0.018
1)

3/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars
According to UL 508, 5ST3 7 . . - . HG
■ Overview
Products according to UL standards are used in North America, The busbars are available in single-, two- and three-phase ver-
3
but also in several other countries. This is important in particular sion with different pin spacings and with two cross-sections
for exporting machines or electrical switchgear and equipment 18 mm² and 25 mm². Infeed can be directly into the terminals of
to the USA. Acceptance and delivery are possible only if the rel- the miniature circuit breaker or through connection terminals.
evant UL standards are satisfied.
The connection terminals are available in two versions – for di-
The 5ST3 7 busbar system according to UL 508 and CSA is suit- rect infeed at the busbar or for infeed directly at the miniature cir-
able for both universal use worldwide with all 5SY and 5SP min- cuit breaker/fuse holder. Pins that are not required can be cov-
iature circuit breakers for Supplementary Protection certified ac- ered with touch protection covers.
cording to UL 1077 and for 3NW and 3NC fuse holders certified
according to UL 512.
■ Benefits
• Bus-mounting with infeed through a connection terminal di- • Infeed directly on the miniature circuit breaker up to a cross-
rectly on the miniature circuit breaker up to a conductor cross- section of 35 mm² and connection terminal for connection
section of 35 mm² directly on the busbar up to a conductor cross-section of
50 mm²
• Suitable for universal use according to both IEC and UL stan-
dards
• Can be used for 5SY, 5SP miniature circuit breakers and for
Class CC, cylindrical and SITOR fuse holders
• UL-tested combination – device and busbar
• Different cross-sections 18 mm² and 25 mm².
• Bus mounting with infeed at the fuse holder for conductor

cross-sections up to 35 mm²
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/43

© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars
3 5ST3 7. .-0HG 5ST3 7. .-2HG 5ST3 770-0HG 5ST3 770-1HG
Standards UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M 95
Approvals UL 508 File No. E328403
CSA
Operational voltage
• Acc. to IEC V AC 690
• Acc. to UL 508 V AC 600
Rated conditional short-circuit current kA 10
• Dielectric strength kV/mm 25
• Surge strength kV > 9.5
Rated current A -- -- 115
• Infeed at the start of the busbar A 80 100 -- --
• Infeed at the center of the busbar A 160 200 -- --
2
Busbar cross-section mm Cu 18 25 -- --
Infeed Any
Conductor cross-sections AWG -- -- 10 ... 1/0 14 ... 1
mm2 -- -- 6 ... 35 6 ... 50
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm -- -- 5 3.5
lbs/in -- -- 50 35
3 2 1 1 2 3
I201_13755 I201_13754a
S S S
3/44 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Busbars

3
SET, approx.
M)
MW1) mm kg
5ST3 7. .-.HG busbars according to UL 508, 18 mm2,
Single-phase
• For MCBs 1P (5SY) or 1 1000 A 5ST3 701-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.330
fuse holders 10 x 38/class CC
(3NC1 091, 3NW7 513-0HG)
• For MCBs 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or 1.5 1000 A 5ST3 703-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.330
FC or fuse holders 14 x 51
(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111)
2-phase
fuse holders 10 x 38 class CC
(3NC1 092, 3NW7 523-0HG)
• For MCBs 2P (5SY) with AS or FC 1+1.5 1000 A 5ST3 707-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.690
Three-phase
fuse holders 10 x 38 class CC
(3NC1 093, 3NW7 533-0HG)
• For MCBs 3P (5SY) with AS or FC 1+1+1.5 1000 A 5ST3 712-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.850
• For MCBs 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or 1.5 1000 A 5ST3 714-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.850
FC or fuse holders 14 x 51
(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131)
Single-phase
• For MCBs 1P (5SP) or 1.5 1000 A 5ST3 701-2HG 1 10 units 012 0.340
fuse holders 14 x 51
(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111)
2-phase
(3NC1 492, 3NW7 121)
Three-phase
(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131)
End caps for 5ST3 7. .-.HG
• For single-phase busbars A 5ST3 748-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.001
• For two- and three-phase busbars A 5ST3 750-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.002
Terminals according to UL 508

Infeed to device
• 35 mm2 A 5ST3 770-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.035
Infeed to busbar
• 50 mm2 A 5ST3 770-1HG 1 10 units 012 0.035
Touch protection covers for bus-

bars according to UL 508
• 5 x 1 pin A 5ST3 655-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.005

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/45
© Siemens AG 2010

5SJ4 . . . - . HG miniature circuit breaker
and accessories, according to UL 489 and IEC
■ Overview
3 UL standards are used in North America as well as in several The key difference between the three device series is their appli-
other countries. This is of particular importance to European ex- cation in different power supply systems.
porters of electrical switchgear equipment for machines who ex- • 5SJ4 …-.HG40: 240/120 V AC, 1-pole, "same polarity only",
port to the USA, as their products will only be accepted if they • 5SJ4 …-.HG41: 240 V AC, 1-, 2- and 3-pole,
meet the relevant UL standards. • 5SJ4 …-.HG42: 480Y/277 V AC, 1-, 2- and 3-pole.
A wide range of low-voltage circuit protection devices from The terminals are suitable for "field wiring". This means that the
Siemens comply with UL standards and are therefore suitable for devices can be installed not only in factory-finished distribution
implementation worldwide in both IEC/EN and UL applications boards and control cabinets, but also on-site in a customer sys-
within the framework of their specified use. tem.
Miniature circuit breakers certified to UL 489 permit use as an Using this mounting concept, all additional 5ST3 . . .-.HG com-
all-round solution for protection tasks in distribution boards, con- ponents can be combined with miniature circuit breakers of the
trol cabinets and control systems to UL 508A as "branch protec- 5SJ4 …-.HG range. The auxiliary switch (AS) signals the contact
tors". In particular, they are also approved for the protection of position. In the event of a fault, the fault signal contact (FC) sig-
electrical circuits in heating, ventilating and cooling systems nals the automatic tripping of the MCB as well as the contact po-
(HVAC), as well as for DC applications up to 60 V/125 V. sition. Shunt trips (ST) are used for the remote tripping of minia-
This covers a wide range of protection tasks, in residential and ture circuit breakers. Captive metal brackets on the additional
non-residential buildings, as well as in industry. The tripping components ensure fast mounting on the devices.
characteristics B, C and D to EN/IEC 60898-1 have been Single-, two- and three-phase busbars in 3 lengths with 6, 12 or
adapted so that they fall in the permissible tripping range ac- 18 pins are available as accessories for all device series. The in-
cording to UL 489, as well as for applications at 25 °C and 40 °C. feed is via connection terminals, which are available in two ver-
This means that the devices are approved for use according to sions, for direct infeed at either the busbar or the miniature cir-
both standards. The enclosure dimensions of the devices corre- cuit breakers. Pins that are not required can be covered with
spond to DIN format. This means that the device series are suit- touch protection covers.
able for universal use worldwide according to IEC or UL stan-
dards.
■ Benefits
• Can be used globally for all applications in residential, non-
residential and industrial buildings. This facilitates the plan-
ning of plants and enhances export opportunities
• The devices can be used according to IEC/EN 60898-1 and
UL 489, which means these devices can be installed any-
where in the world
• Miniature circuit breakers with 480Y/277 V up to 40 A, with
240/120 V and 240 V up to 63 A
• Can be used for both AC voltage and DC voltage up to 125 V
• Rated switching capacity up to 14 kA in acc with UL 489 and
up to 15 kA in acc. with IEC 60947-2
• Fast mounting with busbars up to 115 A and feeder terminals
up to 50 mm2.
• Infeed direct at miniature circuit breaker for conductor cross-

sections up to 35 mm2
• Bus mounting with central infeed directly on the busbar up to • Accessories: Auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts and
conductor cross-section of 50 mm2 shunt trips up to 480 V can be easily mounted onto the minia-
ture circuit breaker.
3/46 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

5SJ4 . . .-.HG40 5SJ4 . . .-.HG41 5SJ4 . . .-.HG42
3
Standards EN 60898-1; EN 60947-2; UL 489; UL-File E243414; CSA C22.2 No. 5-02
Tripping characteristic B, C, D C, D
Operational voltage Min. V AC/DC 24
• Acc. to IEC 60898-1 Max. V DC/pole 60
Max. V AC 250/440
• Acc. to UL 489 and CSA C22.2 No.5-02 Max. V AC 240/120 240 480Y/277
DC V/1P 60 60 60
DC V/2P -- 125 125
Rated breaking capacity
• Icn acc. to IEC 60898-1 kA AC 10
• Icu acc. to IEC 60947-2 kA AC 15
• Acc. to UL 489 and CSA C22.2 No.5-02 kA AC 14/101) 14/101) 101)
• Rated insulation voltage V AC 250 250/440
Touch protection according to EN 50274 Yes
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Mounting On standard mounting rail
Terminals
• Combined terminals at both ends Yes
• Terminal tightening torque, only for Cu, 60/75 °C Nm 3.5
lb. in 31
• Solid and stranded, acc. to UL489 and CSA C22.2 No.5-02 AWG 14 ... 4
• Solid and stranded, according to IEC 60898-1 mm2 0.75 ... 35
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25
Mains connection Any
EMC environment
• Acc. to EN 60947-2 Suitable for environment "B" (immunity to interference not applicable)
Resistance to climate acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 6 cycles
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 m/s2 50 at 25 ... 150 Hz and 60 at 35 Hz (4 sec)
1)
For detailed information about the rated switching capacity, see engineering manual at: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals.
Additional components Auxiliary switches Fault signal contacts Shunt trips (ST)
(AS) (FC)
5ST3 010-0HG 5ST3 020-0HG 5ST3 030-0HG 5ST3 031-0HG
5ST3 011-0HG 5ST3 021-0HG
5ST3 012-0HG 5ST3 022-0HG
Standards UL 489, UL-File E243414;
CSA 22.2 No. 5-02
IEC/EN 62019, IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 60947-1
Operational voltage/operational current (load)
• Acc. to IEC V AC 400 230 110 ... 415 24 ... 60
A AC 2 6 (NC: AC13, S: AC14) -- --
V DC 220 110 60 24 -- 24 ... 60
A DC 1 1 3 6 (DC13) -- --
• Acc. to UL V AC 480 277 240 120 110 ... 480 24 ... 60
A AC 1.5 3 4 6 -- --
V DC 125 60 -- 24 ... 60
A DC 1 3 -- --
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breaker or 6 A fuse
Minimum contact load 50 mA, 24 V
Tripping operations -- -- max. 2000
Primary operating range x Un -- 0.7 ... 1.1
Conductor cross-sections AWG 22 ... 14 22 ... 14
mm2 0.5 ... 2.5 0.5 ... 2.5
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm 0.5 0.8
lb/in 4.5 6.8
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/47

© Siemens AG 2010

3
Version Busbars Terminals
Type 5ST3 663-.HG 5ST3 666-0HG 5ST3 666-2HG
5ST3 664-.HG
5ST3 665-.HG
Standards UL 489;
UL File No. E243414
Operational voltage
• Acc. to UL 489 V AC 480Y/277 and 240
Rated conditional short-circuit current kA 15 (with NH3 355A gL/gG 500 V)
Rated current at 40 °C ambient temperature A 115
Busbar cross-section (Cu) mm2 16
Infeed Any
• AWG cables AWG -- 14 ... 2 14 ... 1
• Solid and stranded mm2 -- 1.5 ... 35 1.5 ... 50
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm -- 3.3 3.3
lb. in -- 30 30
Temperature resistance °C 200 – UL 94-V0/0.4 mm

Characteristic B
SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs
"same polarity only"
1P, 240 V AC
6 1 B 5SJ4 106-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.153
10 B 5SJ4 110-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.157
13 C 5SJ4 113-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.152
15 C 5SJ4 118-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.153
16 C 5SJ4 116-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.149
20 C 5SJ4 120-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.147
25 C 5SJ4 125-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.154
30 C 5SJ4 130-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.154
32 C 5SJ4 132-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.154
35 C 5SJ4 135-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.156
40 C 5SJ4 140-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.156
45 C 5SJ4 145-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.120
50 C 5SJ4 150-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.159
60 C 5SJ4 160-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.120
63 C 5SJ4 163-6HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.162

3/48 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs
"same polarity only"
1P, 240 V AC
0.3 1 C 5SJ4 114-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 114-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.152
0.5 C 5SJ4 105-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 105-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.152
1 B 5SJ4 101-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 101-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.156
1.6 C 5SJ4 115-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 115-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.151
2 B 5SJ4 102-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 102-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.151
3 B 5SJ4 103-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 103-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.139
4 B 5SJ4 104-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 104-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.153
5 C 5SJ4 111-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 111-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.150
6 B 5SJ4 106-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 106-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.150
8 B 5SJ4 108-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 108-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.152
10 B 5SJ4 110-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 110-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.151
13 C 5SJ4 113-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 113-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.147
15 C 5SJ4 118-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 118-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.153
16 B 5SJ4 116-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 116-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.152
20 B 5SJ4 120-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 120-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.152
25 B 5SJ4 125-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 125-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.152
30 C 5SJ4 130-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 130-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.158
32 C 5SJ4 132-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 132-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.156
35 C 5SJ4 135-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 135-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.161
40 C 5SJ4 140-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 140-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.156
45 C 5SJ4 145-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 145-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.159
50 C 5SJ4 150-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 150-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.159
60 C 5SJ4 160-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 160-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.157
63 C 5SJ4 163-7HG40 012 C 5SJ4 163-8HG40 1 1 unit 012 0.157
MCBs
1P, 240 V AC
0.3 1 C 5SJ4 114-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 114-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
0.5 C 5SJ4 105-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 105-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
1 C 5SJ4 101-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 101-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.175
1.6 C 5SJ4 115-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 115-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
2 C 5SJ4 102-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 102-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.168
3 C 5SJ4 103-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 103-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.171
4 C 5SJ4 104-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 104-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.170
5 C 5SJ4 111-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 111-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
6 C 5SJ4 106-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 106-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.169
8 C 5SJ4 108-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 108-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.172
10 C 5SJ4 110-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 110-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.173
13 C 5SJ4 113-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 113-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.172
15 C 5SJ4 118-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 118-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
16 C 5SJ4 116-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 116-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.172
20 C 5SJ4 120-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 120-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.171
25 C 5SJ4 125-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 125-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.172
30 C 5SJ4 130-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 130-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
32 C 5SJ4 132-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 132-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
35 C 5SJ4 135-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 135-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
40 C 5SJ4 140-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 140-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.175
45 C 5SJ4 145-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 145-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
50 C 5SJ4 150-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 150-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
60 C 5SJ4 160-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 160-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
63 C 5SJ4 163-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 163-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.155
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/49
© Siemens AG 2010

3
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs
2P, 240 V AC
0.3 2 C 5SJ4 214-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 214-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.310
0.5 C 5SJ4 205-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 205-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.341
1 C 5SJ4 201-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 201-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.337
1.6 C 5SJ4 215-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 215-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.332
2 C 5SJ4 202-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 202-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.332
3 C 5SJ4 203-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 203-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.329
4 C 5SJ4 204-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 204-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.329
5 C 5SJ4 211-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 211-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.310
6 C 5SJ4 206-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 206-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.335
8 C 5SJ4 208-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 208-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.337
10 C 5SJ4 210-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 210-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.332
13 C 5SJ4 213-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 213-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.332
15 C 5SJ4 218-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 218-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.310
16 C 5SJ4 216-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 216-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.335
20 C 5SJ4 220-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 220-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.334
25 C 5SJ4 225-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 225-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.333
30 C 5SJ4 230-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 230-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.336
32 C 5SJ4 232-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 232-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.342
35 C 5SJ4 235-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 235-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.310
40 C 5SJ4 240-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 240-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.343
45 C 5SJ4 245-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 245-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.310
50 C 5SJ4 250-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 250-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.343
60 C 5SJ4 260-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 260-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.310
63 C 5SJ4 263-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 263-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.310
MCBs
3P, 240 V AC
0.3 3 C 5SJ4 314-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 314-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
0.5 C 5SJ4 305-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 305-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
1 C 5SJ4 301-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 301-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
1.6 C 5SJ4 315-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 315-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
2 C 5SJ4 302-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 302-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.488
3 C 5SJ4 303-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 303-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.486
4 C 5SJ4 304-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 304-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.484
5 C 5SJ4 311-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 311-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
6 C 5SJ4 306-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 306-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.489
8 C 5SJ4 308-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 308-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.498
10 C 5SJ4 310-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 310-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.492
13 C 5SJ4 313-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 313-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.494
15 C 5SJ4 318-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 318-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.499
16 C 5SJ4 316-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 316-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.506
20 C 5SJ4 320-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 320-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.495
25 C 5SJ4 325-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 325-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.494
30 C 5SJ4 330-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 330-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.504
32 C 5SJ4 332-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 332-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.504
35 C 5SJ4 335-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 335-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
40 C 5SJ4 340-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 340-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.505
45 C 5SJ4 345-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 345-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
50 C 5SJ4 350-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 350-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.499
60 C 5SJ4 360-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 360-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
63 C 5SJ4 363-7HG41 012 C 5SJ4 363-8HG41 1 1 unit 012 0.465
1)

3/50 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

3
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs
1P,
480Y/277 V AC
0.3 1 C 5SJ4 114-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 114-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
0.5 C 5SJ4 105-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 105-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
1 C 5SJ4 101-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 101-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
1.6 C 5SJ4 115-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 115-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
2 C 5SJ4 102-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 102-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
3 C 5SJ4 103-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 103-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
4 C 5SJ4 104-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 104-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
5 C 5SJ4 111-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 111-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
6 C 5SJ4 106-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 106-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
8 C 5SJ4 108-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 108-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
10 C 5SJ4 110-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 110-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
13 C 5SJ4 113-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 113-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
15 C 5SJ4 118-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 118-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
16 C 5SJ4 116-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 116-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
20 C 5SJ4 120-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 120-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
25 C 5SJ4 125-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 125-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
30 C 5SJ4 130-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 130-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
32 C 5SJ4 132-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 132-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.155
35 C 5SJ4 135-7HG42 012 -- 1 1 unit 0.155
40 C 5SJ4 140-7HG42 012 -- 1 1 unit 0.155
MCBs
2P,
480Y/277 V AC
0.3 2 C 5SJ4 214-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 214-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
0.5 C 5SJ4 205-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 205-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
1 C 5SJ4 201-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 201-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
1.6 C 5SJ4 215-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 215-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
2 C 5SJ4 202-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 202-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
3 C 5SJ4 203-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 203-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
4 C 5SJ4 204-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 204-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
5 C 5SJ4 211-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 211-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
6 C 5SJ4 206-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 206-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
8 C 5SJ4 208-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 208-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
10 C 5SJ4 210-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 210-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
13 C 5SJ4 213-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 213-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
15 C 5SJ4 218-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 218-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
16 C 5SJ4 216-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 216-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
20 C 5SJ4 220-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 220-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
25 C 5SJ4 225-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 225-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
30 C 5SJ4 230-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 230-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
32 C 5SJ4 232-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 232-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.310
35 C 5SJ4 235-7HG42 012 -- 1 1 unit 0.310
40 C 5SJ4 240-7HG42 012 -- 1 1 unit 0.310
1)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/51
© Siemens AG 2010

3
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
MCBs
3P,
480Y/277 V AC
0.3 3 C 5SJ4 314-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 314-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
0.5 C 5SJ4 305-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 305-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
1 C 5SJ4 301-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 301-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
1.6 C 5SJ4 315-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 315-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
2 C 5SJ4 302-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 302-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
3 C 5SJ4 303-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 303-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
4 C 5SJ4 304-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 304-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
5 C 5SJ4 311-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 311-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
6 C 5SJ4 306-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 306-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
8 C 5SJ4 308-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 308-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
10 C 5SJ4 310-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 310-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
13 C 5SJ4 313-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 313-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
15 C 5SJ4 318-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 318-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
16 C 5SJ4 316-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 316-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
20 C 5SJ4 320-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 320-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
25 C 5SJ4 325-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 325-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
30 C 5SJ4 330-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 330-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
32 C 5SJ4 332-7HG42 012 C 5SJ4 332-8HG42 1 1 unit 012 0.465
35 C 5SJ4 335-7HG42 012 -- 1 1 unit 0.465
40 C 5SJ4 340-7HG42 012 -- 1 1 unit 0.465
Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

width SET, approx.
M)
MW1) kg
Auxiliary switches (AS) acc. to UL 489
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 C 5ST3 010-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.071
2 NO C 5ST3 011-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.050
2 NC C 5ST3 012-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.050
Fault signal contacts (FC) acc. to UL 489

1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 C 5ST3 020-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.050
2 NO C 5ST3 021-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.050
2 NC C 5ST3 022-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.050
Shunt trips (ST) acc. to UL 489

110 ... 480 V AC 1 } 5ST3 030-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.098
24 ... 60 V AC/DC } 5ST3 031-0HG 1 1 unit 012 0.098

3/52 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

■ Accessories
Pin spacing Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
3
SET, approx.
M)
MW1) mm kg
Busbars according to UL 489
specially for 5SJ4 ... -.HG.. MCBs,
fixed length, cannot be cut2)
UL-File E321559
Single-phase
For 6 MCBs 1P 1 100 A 5ST3 663-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.056
For 12 MCBs 1P 205 A 5ST3 663-1HG 1 10 units 012 0.112
2-phase
Three-phase
specially for 5SJ4 ... -.HG.. MCBs
Infeed at the miniature circuit breaker
Max. 35 mm2 A 5ST3 666-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.033
Infeed at the busbar

Max. 50 mm2 A 5ST3 666-2HG 1 10 units 012 0.034
Touch protection covers

for busbars acc. to UL 489
3 × 1 pin A 5ST3 666-1HG 1 10 units 012 0.003
Handle locking devices according to UL, A 5ST3 801 1 1 unit 027 0.012
UL-File E321559
Can be sealed against unwanted manual ON/OFF switch-
ing, padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Padlocks } 5ST3 802 1 1 unit 027 0.031

For 5ST3 801 handle locking device
1)
2)
All unassigned pins of the busbar must be covered with 5ST3 666-1HG
touch protection covers.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/53
© Siemens AG 2010

3 Mounting concept for mounting 5ST3 0. .-0HG accessories on
5SJ4 . . .-.HG miniature circuit breakers
The diagram shows which additional components can be
mounted on the right.
2 auxiliary switches (AS) or fault signal contacts (FC) can

be mounted to the right of the miniature circuit breaker
(CB) in any combination
5ST30.
5SJ4 ...-.HG.. or or or
AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC FC FC AS
I2_18121
CB
or or or
ST AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC FC FC AS
Max. 1 shunt trip (ST) can be mounted on the right of the
miniature circuit breaker (CB). 2 auxiliary switches (AS)
or fault signal contacts (FC) can also be mounted to the
right of the ST in any combination
CB: Circuit breaker

ST: Shunt trip
AS: Auxiliary switch
FC: Fault signal contact
3/54 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
5SP3 main miniature circuit breakers, SHU
■ Overview ■ Benefits
Selective main miniature circuit breakers are used as circuit • Quick and easy installation due to direct bus-mounting 3
breakers at meter panels and provide an optimum solution. • Space saving field installation due to reduced mounting width
Characteristic E is adapted to the special application require- • Tool-free connection of meter cable
ments for cascade circuits between melting fuses and miniature • Reliable and high selectivity
circuit breakers in distributor circuits.
• Optimum availability of customer system
An integrated adapter enables quick and easy mounting of the
• Voltage-independent operation of selective main miniature cir-
devices on 40-mm busbars. The reduced width of 1.5 MW cre-
cuit breakers
ates lots of additional space in the meter cabinet.
The screwless outgoing terminal provides optimum user-friend- • Practical locking options
liness. • Excellent current limitation characteristics increase plant pro-
Used in conjunction with the downstream miniature circuit tection, thanks to the selective main miniature circuit breakers
breaker, selective main miniature circuit breakers ensure effec- supporting downstream miniature circuit breakers.
tive protection and optimum availability of the system. • High and safe selectivity between sub-distribution and meter
panel ensures the continued supply of the unaffected circuits
in the event of a fault, thus improving plant availability
• The selective main miniature circuit breaker prevents the
affected circuit from being reconnected until the fault is elimi-
nated. Greater safety during operation
• No previous knowledge required for operation of the selective
main miniature circuit breakers. This ensures fast and safe dis-
connection and reconnection of loads.
• Complies with all the requirements of TAB 2007.
5SP3 7. ., 5SP3 7. .-1 5SP3 7. .-2, 5SP3 8. .-2
5SP3 7. .-2KK0.
Standards DIN VDE 0645 E DIN VDE 0641-21
Rated voltage Un
• 1-pole V AC 230/400 --
• 3 x 1-pole V AC 400 -- 400
Operational voltage Min. V AC 110
Max. V AC 440
Rated frequency Hz 50 ... 60
Rated current In A 16 ... 100 16 ... 63
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 690
Rated switching capacity Icn A 25000
• Overvoltage category IV
Surge strength Uimp kV 6
Impact resistance 30 g, at least 3 impacts, impact duration 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations 2 g, 20 frequency cycles 5 ... 150 ... 15 Hz
Switching position indication OFF = green, ON = red
Main conductor characteristics Acc. to EN 60204-1 Yes
Cutoff ON/OFF -- Locking slide with lock, additional wire seal, cable
ties and Antilux
Device depth mm 92
Mains connection Any
Mounting On standard mounting rail Direct tool-free mounting on the busbar system
or interface adapter
Service life, on average, with rated load Actuations 20000
Conductor connections Saddle terminals at both
ends
• Top Screwless spring terminal for flexible cables,
in particular for meter connecting cables acc. to
DIN 43870-3
• Bottom Box terminal, also for infeed of the busbar system,
up to 100 A input terminal current
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/55

© Siemens AG 2010
3
5SP3 7. ., 5SP3 7. .-1 5SP3 7. .-2, 5SP3 8. .-2
5SP3 7. .-2KK0.
• Top and bottom, solid and stranded mm2 2.5 ... 70 --
• Top and bottom, finely stranded mm2 2.5 ... 50 --
• Top, finely stranded mm2 -- 2.5 ... 16
2
• Bottom, solid, stranded and finely stranded, with end sleeve mm -- 2.5 ... 50
Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55

In Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
Main miniature circuit breakers, 1P, L1
N
For direct bus-mounting (spacing: 40 mm), no further
accessories required
16 1.5 C 5SP3 716-2KK01 1 1 unit 005 0.400
20 C 5SP3 720-2KK01 1 1 unit 005 0.400
25 C 5SP3 725-2KK01 1 1 unit 005 0.400
35 C 5SP3 735-2KK01 1 1 unit 005 0.400
40 C 5SP3 740-2KK01 1 1 unit 005 0.400
50 C 5SP3 750-2KK01 1 1 unit 005 0.400
63 C 5SP3 763-2KK01 1 1 unit 005 0.400
N
16 1.5 C 5SP3 716-2KK02 1 1 unit 005 0.400
20 C 5SP3 720-2KK02 1 1 unit 005 0.400
25 C 5SP3 725-2KK02 1 1 unit 005 0.400
35 C 5SP3 735-2KK02 1 1 unit 005 0.400
40 C 5SP3 740-2KK02 1 1 unit 005 0.400
50 C 5SP3 750-2KK02 1 1 unit 005 0.400
63 C 5SP3 763-2KK02 1 1 unit 005 0.400
N
16 1.5 C 5SP3 716-2KK03 1 1 unit 005 0.400
20 C 5SP3 720-2KK03 1 1 unit 005 0.400
25 C 5SP3 725-2KK03 1 1 unit 005 0.400
35 C 5SP3 735-2KK03 1 1 unit 005 0.400
40 C 5SP3 740-2KK03 1 1 unit 005 0.400
50 C 5SP3 750-2KK03 1 1 unit 005 0.400
63 C 5SP3 763-2KK03 1 1 unit 005 0.400
Main miniature circuit breakers, 1P
each1x L1, L2, L3, packaged as set
16 3 x 1.5 C 5SP3 716-2 1 1 set 005 1.275
20 C 5SP3 720-2 1 1 set 005 1.275
25 C 5SP3 725-2 1 1 set 005 1.275
35 C 5SP3 735-2 1 1 set 005 1.275
40 C 5SP3 740-2 1 1 set 005 1.275
50 C 5SP3 750-2 1 1 set 005 1.275
63 C 5SP3 763-2 1 1 set 005 1.275
Main miniature circuit breakers, 3 x 1P
single-pole switching
16 4.5 C 5SP3 816-2 1 1 unit 005 1.275
20 C 5SP3 820-2 1 1 unit 005 1.275
25 C 5SP3 825-2 1 1 unit 005 1.275
35 C 5SP3 835-2 1 1 unit 005 1.275
40 C 5SP3 840-2 1 1 unit 005 1.275
50 C 5SP3 850-2 1 1 unit 005 1.275
63 C 5SP3 863-2 1 1 unit 005 1.275

3/56 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
3
In Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW1) kg
Main miniature circuit breakers, 1P
For mounting on standard mounting rail, busbar (spacing:
40 mm, with 5ST1 busbar adapter), or for screw fixing
16 2 C 5SP3 716 1 1 unit 005 0.474
20 C 5SP3 720 1 1 unit 005 0.461
25 C 5SP3 725 1 1 unit 005 0.497
32 C 5SP3 732 1 1 unit 005 0.465
35 C 5SP3 735 1 1 unit 005 0.497
40 C 5SP3 740 1 1 unit 005 0.461
50 C 5SP3 750 1 1 unit 005 0.501
63 C 5SP3 763 1 1 unit 005 0.517
80 C 5SP3 780 1 1 unit 005 0.512
100 C 5SP3 791 1 1 unit 005 0.487
Main miniature circuit breakers, 3 x 1P
Premounted on 5ST1 324 busbar adapter; can be clipped
onto busbars (spacing: 40 mm); including three 5ST1 323
transparent operating protective covers
80 6 C 5SP3 780-1 1 1 set 005 1.827
100 C 5SP3 791-1 1 1 set 005 1.855
Mounting plates
For mounting on standard mounting rails accord-
ing to EN 50022
For 1 or 2 standard mounting rails, universal appli- } 5ST1 322 1 10 units 005 0.025
cation, tier spacing 125 mm
Busbar adapters for 5SP3 7. . and 5SP3 7. .-1

Suitable for busbar spacing 40 mm A 5ST1 328 1 1 unit 005 0.256
can be equipped with 3 selective main minia-
ture circuit breakers
Breaker blocking covers for 5SP3 7. . and 5SP3 7. .-1

To prevent manual off-switching B 5ST1 318 1 10 units 005 0.003
Operating protective covers, transparent, for 5SP3 7. .

and 5SP3 7. .-1
Multiple locking options against accidental and
intentional operation
• Padlocks
• Phillips screwdrivers
• Special wrenches (Antilux)
• These can be installed by the operator or the B 5ST1 323 1 3 units 005 0.011
power supply company
Terminal covers for 5SP3 7. . and 5SP3 7. .-1
2 units required per contactor
Terminal covers in compliance with cladding B 5ST1 316 1 6 units 005 0.004
dimensions acc. to DIN 43880

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/57
© Siemens AG 2010
5SK9 circuit breaker terminals
3 Circuit breaker terminals are used for short-circuit protection or • Integration of line protection switching function in the terminal
for protection against overloading and short-circuiting in auxil- technology of control cabinets in compact 12 mm design
iary and control circuits after control transformers. All terminals • Display of switching position or the "Tripped" state for the fast
are designed for 2 wires. The terminal block labeling accesso- detection of faults
ries are used for inscription.
• Switching/isolating function facilitates fault locating
• Device versions with integrated auxiliary switch (AS) signal
the contact position
• Device versions with floating through-type connection parallel
to the switching contacts facilitate line connection
These devices are listed as "Supplementary Protectors" accord-
ing to UL 1077 (UL Recognized Components) and CSA 235
(CSA Component Accepted).
5SK9 011-1KK2., 5SK9 011-4KK2.,
5SK9 011-2KK2. 5SK9 011-6KK2.,
5SK9 011-8KK2.
Standards DIN VDE 0660-101, IEC/EN 60947-2, UL 1077
Rated operational voltage Max. AC 250 V at 50/60 Hz
DC 60 V
Operational voltage Min. V AC/DC 24
Power loss Max. W 1
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV 4
Pollution degree Acc. to EN 60664-1 3
Rated current of through-type connection A 16
Rated operational current of auxiliary switch A 1
Mechanical service life Actuations 16000
Electrical service life, on average, with rated load Actuations 8000
Polarity with direct current Any
Resistance to vibrations 10 g at ≤ 70 Hz
Enclosures With thermoplastic insulating body
Screw connection at both ends for 2 conductors each
Enclosed on both sides
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274-1 Yes
Terminal size mm2 1.5 2.5
Terminal tightening torque, recommended Nm 0.8
• Solid mm2 1 or 2 × (0.75 ... 1.5)
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 1 or 2 × (1 ... 2.5)
• UAWG 14-12 Yes --
• sAWG 14 Yes --
Stripped length mm 10
3/58 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
5SK9 circuit breaker terminals

Version In DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
3
SET, approx.
M)
A kg
Terminal size 1.5 mm2
With short-circuit release
1 } 5SK9 011-1KK24 1 10 units 027 0.053
2 } 5SK9 011-1KK25 1 10 units 027 0.052
4 A 5SK9 011-1KK26 1 10 units 027 0.053
6 } 5SK9 011-1KK27 1 10 units 027 0.053
10 A 5SK9 011-1KK28 1 10 units 027 0.050
With overload and short-circuit release
1 } 5SK9 011-2KK24 1 10 units 027 0.053
2 } 5SK9 011-2KK25 1 10 units 027 0.052
4 } 5SK9 011-2KK26 1 10 units 027 0.053
6 } 5SK9 011-2KK27 1 10 units 027 0.053
10 A 5SK9 011-2KK28 1 10 units 027 0.050
2
Terminal size 2.5 mm
With short-circuit release, auxiliary switch
with 1 NO and 1 NC
1 A 5SK9 011-6KK24 1 5 units 027 0.096
2 A 5SK9 011-6KK25 1 5 units 027 0.093
4 A 5SK9 011-6KK26 1 5 units 027 0.092
6 A 5SK9 011-6KK27 1 5 units 027 0.093
10 A 5SK9 011-6KK28 1 5 units 027 0.090
With overload and short-circuit release, auxiliary
switch with 1 NC and
through-type connection
1 A 5SK9 011-4KK24 1 5 units 027 0.089
2 } 5SK9 011-4KK25 1 5 units 027 0.092
4 } 5SK9 011-4KK26 1 5 units 027 0.091
6 A 5SK9 011-4KK27 1 5 units 027 0.105
10 B 5SK9 011-4KK28 1 5 units 027 0.088
With overload and short-circuit release,
auxiliary switch with 1 NO and 1 NC
0.5 A 5SK9 011-8KK23 1 5 units 027 0.092
1 } 5SK9 011-8KK24 1 5 units 027 0.092
2 } 5SK9 011-8KK25 1 5 units 027 0.097
4 D 5SK9 011-8KK26 1 5 units 027 0.092
6 } 5SK9 011-8KK27 1 5 units 027 0.090
10 B 5SK9 011-8KK28 1 5 units 027 0.090
Feeder terminals A 5ST1 822-7KK00 1 10 units 027 0.010
Rated uninterrupted current 76 A
Connection up to 16 mm²
Link rails, single-phase A 5ST1 822-7KK02 1 20 units 027 0.023
5ST1 822-7KK02 5 connections
• 104 mm long
• For terminals: 5SK9 011-4KK2.,
5SK9 011-6KK2., 5SK9 011-8KK2.
9 connections A 5ST1 822-7KK07 1 20 units 027 0.016
• 104 mm long
5SK9 011-2KK2.
• 206 mm long
5SK9 011-6KK2.
• 206 mm long
5ST1 822-7KK06 • For terminals: 5SK9 011-1KK2.,
5SK9 011-2KK2.
Link rails, two-phase
for terminal 5SK9 011-4KK2.
5ST1 822-7KK04 5 connections/pole A 5ST1 822-7KK04 1 10 units 027 0.032
• 104 mm long
9 connections/pole A 5ST1 822-7KK03 1 10 units 027 0.061
• 206 mm long

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3/59
© Siemens AG 2010
Notes
3/60 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

4
© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current
Protective Devices
4/2 Introduction
4/3 5SM3 RCCBs, Type AC and Type A

4/5
4/6
5SM3 RCCBs, Type AC
5SM3 RCCBs, Type A
4
4/9 SIQUENCE 5SM3 and 5SU1
Universal Current-Sensitive
RCCBs, Type B and Type B+
4/13 Additional Components
4/15 5SM2 RC Units, Type A
4/18 5SU1 RCBOs, Type AC and Type A
4/23 Busbars
4/26 5SM1 and 5SZ9 RCCB Socket

Outlets
4/27 Accessories
4/28 Residual-Current Operated Circuit

Breakers
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
Non-residential
4
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
5SM3 RCCBs, type A 4/3 Personnel, material and fire protection, IEC/EN 61008 ✓ ✓ ✓
as well as protection against direct con-
tact. SIGRES with active condensation
protection for use in harsh environ-
ments. Super resistant and selective
versions
SIQUENCE 5SM3 and 5SU1 universal 4/9 SIQUENCE, the technology of universal VDE 0664-100 ✓ -- ✓
current-sensitive RCCBs, type B and current-sensitive residual current pro- VDE 0664-200
type B+ tective devices VDE V 0664-110
Additional components 4/13 Remote controlled mechanisms, auxil- IEC/EN 62019 ✓ -- ✓

iary switches for all residual current
operated circuit breakers.
Leakage current measurement device
for fault locating and the optimum
selection of RCCBs
5SM2 RC units, type A 4/15 The freely selectable combination of RC IEC/EN 61009 ✓ -- ✓
units with miniature circuit breakers per-
mits the flexible configuration of RCBO
combinations
5SU1 RCBOs, type A 4/18 The ideal protection combination for all IEC/EN 61009 ✓ ✓ ✓
electrical circuits due to the compact
device versions of RCCBs and minia-
ture circuit breakers in a single device
Busbars 4/23 Busbars in 10 mm2 and 16 mm2 save -- ✓ ✓ ✓

space in the distribution board and time
during mounting.
5SM1 and 5SZ9 RCCB socket outlets 4/26 For retrofitting in existing installations VDE 0664 ✓ ✓ ✓
Accessories 4/27 Locking devices, covers - everything -- ✓ ✓ ✓

you need for mounting
5SV8 residual current monitors Ch. 12 Monitoring of residual currents in elec- IEC 62020 ✓ -- ✓
trical plants with indication if a specified EN 62020
limit value is exceeded.
see chapter: "Monitoring Devices
––> Monitoring Devices for Electrical
Values ––> Residual current monitors"
4/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
(Typ AC) (Typ A)

-25
O Residual Current Protective Devices
5SM3 RCCBs, type AC and type A
RCCBs of type A are used in all systems up to 240/415 V AC. • Instantaneous RCCBs with the N connection on the left-hand
They trip in the event of both sinusoidal AC residual currents and side enable simple bus mounting with standard pin busbars
pulsating DC residual currents. with miniature circuit breakers installed on the right-hand side
RCCBs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are
used for personnel, material and fire protection, as well as for
• Instantaneous RCCBs with the N connection on the right-hand
side can be bus-mounted with miniature circuit breakers using 4
protection against direct contact. RCCBs with a rated residual a special pin busbar
current of 10 mA are primarily used in areas that represent an in- • Instantaneous devices have a surge current withstand capa-
creased risk for personnel. bility with current waveform 8/20 μs of > 1 kA, super resistant
of > 3 kA and selective of > 5 kA. This ensures safe operation
Since DIN VDE 0100-410 came into effect in June 2007, all
socket outlet current circuits up to 20 A must now also be fitted • SIGRES has an extremely long service life due to patented ac-
with residual current protective devices with a rated residual cur- tive condensation protection and the same dimensions for the
rent of max. 30 mA. This also applies to outdoor electrical cir- quick and easy replacement of instantaneous RCCBs already
cuits up to 32 A for the connection of portable equipment. installed
Devices with a rated residual current of maximum 300 mA are • Super resistant devices increase plant availability, as unnec-
used as preventative fire protection in case of insulation faults. essary tripping is prevented in systems with short-time
RCCBs with a rated residual current of 100 mA are primarily glitches
used outside Europe. • Selective RCCBs increase plant availability, as in the event of
a fault, a staggered tripping time enables the selective trip-
SIGRES ping of RCCBs connected in series
SIGRES RCCBs were developed for use in harsh ambient con- • Auxiliary switches or remote controlled mechanisms are also
ditions, such as swimming baths as protection against chlorine available as additional components
and ozone, in the agricultural sector (ammonia), on building • The operating handle and the test button can be locked by
sites and in the chemical industry (nitrogen oxide, sulfur dioxide, means of a handle locking device.
solvents), in the food processing industry (hydrogen sulfide) and
in unheated rooms (dampness). The patented active condensa-
tion protection requires a continuous power supply and bottom Design Selection
infeed if the RCCB is switched off. criterion
By use in ambient conditions in acc. with product standard RCCB RCBO RC unit
EN 61008-1, the operation interval for pressing the test button
can be extended to 1x a year.
Super resistant æ Type B Equipment Circuit,
B+ load current,
Super resistant (short-time delayed) RCCBs meet the maximum AC A residual current
permissible break times for instantaneous devices. However, by
implementing a short-time delay they prevent unnecessary trip-
pings, and thus plant faults, when pulse-shaped leakage cur- Version System, equipment,
rents occur - as is the case when capacitors are switched on. ambient conditions
K S SIGRES 500 V 50- 400 Hz
Selective î
Can be used as upstream group switch for selective tripping Number of poles
contrary to a downstream, instantaneous or super resistant Equipment
RCCB. 1+N 2 3 3+N 4
Note:
Rated residual current I∆n
You will find further information on the subject of residual current protection objective Installation
protective devices in the technology primer "Residual current residual current protection regulation
protective devices", I∆n > 30mA VDE 0100-410
Order No.: E10003-E38-9T-B3011 and in the Additional Trip conditions Fire
-530
Technology Manual under: -7xx
protection limited I∆n protection
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals. -482
I∆n ≤ 30 mA I∆n ≤ 300 mA VDS 3501
Rated current In Equipment
Only with RCBOs with Trip conditions acc.

MCB characteristic to VDE 0100-410
B C D Equipment
I2_15509a
Selection aid for finding the suitable residual current protective device
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices (Typ AC) (Typ A)

-25
O
5SM3 RCCBs, type AC and type A
Instantaneous SIGRES Super resistant Selective
Standards IEC/EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664-10), IEC/EN 61008-2-1 (VDE 0664-11);
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30)
4 Approvals
Surge current withstand capability
IEC 61008-1, IEC 61008-2-1; EN 61008-1, EN 61008-2-1
with current waveform 8/20 µs Acc. to DIN VDE 0432-2 kA >1 >3 >5
Minimum operational voltage for test function operation V AC 100
Terminal conductor cross-sections
• For 2 MW At In = 16 A, 25 A, 40 A mm2 1.0 ... 16
At In = 100 A, 125 A mm2 1.5 ... 50 -- -- --
• For 2.5 MW At In = 63 A, 80 A mm2 1.5 ... 25
• For 4 MW At In = 25 A, 40 A, 63 A, 80 A mm2 1.5 ... 25
At In = 125 A mm2 2.5 ... 50 -- -- 2.5 ... 50
Terminal tightening torque
• Up to In 80 A Nm 2.5 ... 3.0
• At In = 100 A, 125 A Nm 3.0 ... 3.5 -- -- 3.0 ... 3.5
Mains connection Top or bottom Bottom Top or bottom
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
(VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 Finger and back-of-hand safe
(VDE 0660-514)
Service life Test cycle acc. to IEC/EN 61008 Switching > 10000
cycles
Ambient temperature °C -25 ... +45,
marked with -25
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles (55 °C; 95 % rel. air humidity)
4/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
-25
(Type AC)
5SM3 RCCBs, type AC
■ Applications
• Personnel and fire protection • Un 230/400 V; 50 to 60 Hz; can be used in systems up to:
- IΔn ≤ 30 mA: additional protection in case of direct contact 240/415 V AC
- IΔn ≤ 300 mA: preventative fire protection in the case of • â G type: at least 10 ms trip delayed.
4
ground fault currents High surge current withstand capability: > 3 kA.
• Product standards: ÖVE/ÖNORM EN 61008; ÖVE/ÖNORM E
8601

Rated residual Rated current Max. Width DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
current permissible per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
short-circuit SET, approx.
series fuse M)
IΔn In 10 000
mA A A MW kg
RCCBs, type AC
instantaneous
2P; 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 25 63 2 X 5SM3 312-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.230
40 X 5SM3 314-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.230
401) X 5SM3 314-0LA 1 1 unit 006 0.280
100 25 X 5SM3 412-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.230
40 X 5SM3 414-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.230
4P; 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

30 25 63 4 X 5SM3 342-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
40 X 5SM3 344-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
401) X 5SM3 344-0LA 1 1 unit 006 0.515
63 X 5SM3 346-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
631) X 5SM3 346-0LA 1 1 unit 006 0.522
100 25 X 5SM3 442-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
40 X 5SM3 444-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
401) X 5SM3 444-0LA 1 1 unit 006 0.515
63 X 5SM3 446-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
631) X 5SM3 446-0LA 1 1 unit 006 0.522
300 25 X 5SM3 642-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
40 X 5SM3 644-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
63 X 5SM3 646-0LB 1 1 unit 006 0.515
4P; 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

30 125 125 4 X 5SM3 345-0 1 1 unit 006 0.300
100 125 X 5SM3 445-0 1 1 unit 006 0.533
300 125 X 5SM3 645-0 1 1 unit 006 0.300
500 125 X 5SM3 745-0 1 1 unit 006 0.522
RCCBs, type AC
short-time delayed â
2P; 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 401) 63 2 X 5SM3 314-0LA01 1 1 unit 006 0.280
4P; 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

30 40 100 4 X 5SM3 344-0LB01 1 1 unit 006 0.515
401) X 5SM3 344-0LA01 1 1 unit 006 0.515
63 X 5SM3 346-0LB01 1 1 unit 006 0.515
631) X 5SM3 346-0LA01 1 1 unit 006 0.522
100 40 X 5SM3 444-0LB01 1 1 unit 006 0.515
401) X 5SM3 444-0LA01 1 1 unit 006 0.515
63 X 5SM3 446-0LB01 1 1 unit 006 0.515
631) X 5SM3 446-0LA01 1 1 unit 006 0.522
1)
Thermal overload protection according to ÖVE/ÖNORM E 8001 possible
up to rated current of the RCCB.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/5
© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices -25

(Type A)
5SM3 RCCBs, type A

Rated residual Rated current Max. Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
current permissible ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
short-circuit width SET, approx.
4
series fuse M)
IΔn In 10 000
mA A A MW kg
RCCBs, type A
Instantaneous
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
N connection, right
10 16 63 2 A 5SM3 111-6 1 1 unit 007 0.251
30 16 63 2 A 5SM3 311-6 1 1 unit 007 0.248
25 } 5SM3 312-6 1 1 unit 007 0.248
40 } 5SM3 314-6 1 1 unit 007 0.247
63 100 2.5 A 5SM3 316-6 1 1 unit 007 0.328
80 B 5SM3 317-6 1 1 unit 007 0.330
Up to 40 A 100 2 B 5SM3 318-6KK 1 1 unit 007 0.272
125 B 5SM3 315-6KK 1 1 unit 007 0.269
100 25 63 2 B 5SM3 412-6 1 1 unit 007 0.240
40 B 5SM3 414-6 1 1 unit 007 0.240
63 100 2.5 B 5SM3 416-6 1 1 unit 007 0.315
80 B 5SM3 417-6 1 1 unit 007 0.324
100 125 2 B 5SM3 418-6KK 1 1 unit 007 0.272
125 B 5SM3 415-6KK 1 1 unit 007 0.273
300 25 63 2 A 5SM3 612-6 1 1 unit 007 0.231
40 A 5SM3 614-6 1 1 unit 007 0.233
63 A and 80 A 63 100 2.5 B 5SM3 616-6 1 1 unit 007 0.299
80 B 5SM3 617-6 1 1 unit 007 0.320
100 125 2 B 5SM3 618-6KK 1 1 unit 007 0.256
125 B 5SM3 615-6KK 1 1 unit 007 0.255
N connection, left
10 16 63 2 B 5SM3 111-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.280
30 16 63 2 C 5SM3 311-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.280
25 B 5SM3 312-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.251
40 B 5SM3 314-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.249
100 A and 125 A 63 100 2.5 C 5SM3 316-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.327
100 40 63 2 C 5SM3 414-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.280
63 100 2.5 C 5SM3 416-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.310
300 25 63 2 B 5SM3 612-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.234
40 B 5SM3 614-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.235
63 100 2.5 B 5SM3 616-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.313
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

N connection, right
30 25 100 4 } 5SM3 342-6 1 1 unit 007 0.494
40 } 5SM3 344-6 1 1 unit 007 0.495
63 } 5SM3 346-6 1 1 unit 007 0.530
80 A 5SM3 347-6 1 1 unit 007 0.535
100 } 5SM3 348-6 1 1 unit 007 0.538
125 125 A 5SM3 345-6 1 1 unit 007 0.564
Up to 80 A 100 40 100 4 A 5SM3 444-6 1 1 unit 007 0.474
63 A 5SM3 446-6 1 1 unit 007 0.488
100 } 5SM3 448-6 1 1 unit 007 0.538
125 125 B 5SM3 445-6 1 1 unit 007 0.538
300 25 100 4 A 5SM3 642-6 1 1 unit 007 0.457
40 A 5SM3 644-6 1 1 unit 007 0.460
63 A 5SM3 646-6 1 1 unit 007 0.460
80 A 5SM3 647-6 1 1 unit 007 0.462
100 } 5SM3 648-6 1 1 unit 007 0.538
125 125 A 5SM3 645-6 1 1 unit 007 0.540
500 25 100 4 B 5SM3 742-6 1 1 unit 007 0.462
100 A and 125 A 40 A 5SM3 744-6 1 1 unit 007 0.463
63 A 5SM3 746-6 1 1 unit 007 0.460
100 } 5SM3 748-6 1 1 unit 007 0.538
125 125 A 5SM3 745-6 1 1 unit 007 0.527

4/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
-25 Residual Current Protective Devices

(Type A)
5SM3 RCCBs, type A
series fuse M)
IΔn In 10 000
mA
RCCBs, type A
A A MW kg
4
Instantaneous
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
N connection, left
30 25 100 4 B 5SM3 342-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.494
40 } 5SM3 344-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.495
63 B 5SM3 346-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.527
80 B 5SM3 347-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.532
300 25 100 4 B 5SM3 642-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.458
40 B 5SM3 644-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.463
63 B 5SM3 646-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.464
80 B 5SM3 647-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.454
500 63 100 4 A 5SM3 746-6KL 1 1 unit 007 0.460
RCCBs, type A
Instantaneous, special versions
1P+N; 24 ... 125 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 16 63 2 B 5SM3 311-6KK13 1 1 unit 007 0.248
3P+N; 500 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30 25 63 4 B 5SM3 352-6 1 1 unit 007 0.493
40 B 5SM3 354-6 1 1 unit 007 0.497
63 B 5SM3 356-6 1 1 unit 007 0.531
300 25 63 4 B 5SM3 652-6 1 1 unit 007 0.459
40 B 5SM3 654-6 1 1 unit 007 0.461
63 B 5SM3 656-6 1 1 unit 007 0.464
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 400 Hz

30 25 80 4 B 5SM3 342-6KK03 1 1 unit 007 0.515
40 B 5SM3 344-6KK03 1 1 unit 007 0.510
RCCBs, type A
SIGRES instantaneous
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 25 63 2 B 5SM3 312-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.248
40 C 5SM3 314-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.251
63 100 2.5 B 5SM3 316-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.330
80 B 5SM3 317-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.331
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30 25 100 4 B 5SM3 342-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.495
40 B 5SM3 344-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.499
63 B 5SM3 346-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.529
80 B 5SM3 347-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.530
300 40 100 4 B 5SM3 644-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.457
63 B 5SM3 646-6KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.458

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/7
© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices -25

(Type A)
5SM3 RCCBs, type A
series fuse M)
IΔn In 10 000
4 mA
RCCBs, type A
A A MW kg
SIGRES, selective î
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300 63 100 4 B 5SM3 646-8KK12 1 1 unit 007 0.506
RCCBs, type A
Super resistant æ
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 25 63 2 B 5SM3 312-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.250
40 B 5SM3 314-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.247
63 100 2.5 B 5SM3 316-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.329
300 63 100 2.5 B 5SM3 616-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.314
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30 25 100 4 B 5SM3 342-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.515
40 B 5SM3 344-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.520
63 B 5SM3 346-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.519
300 40 100 4 B 5SM3 644-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.492
63 B 5SM3 646-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.490
80 B 5SM3 647-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.498
RCCBs, type A
Selective î
1P+N; 125 ... 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
100 63 100 2.5 B 5SM3 416-8 1 1 unit 007 0.325
300 40 63 2 B 5SM3 614-8 1 1 unit 007 0.248
63 100 2.5 A 5SM3 616-8 1 1 unit 007 0.314
80 100 B 5SM3 617-8 1 1 unit 007 0.314
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

N connection, right
100 40 100 4 B 5SM3 444-8 1 1 unit 007 0.513
63 B 5SM3 446-8 1 1 unit 007 0.531
300 40 100 4 A 5SM3 644-8 1 1 unit 007 0.507
63 A 5SM3 646-8 1 1 unit 007 0.505
100 B 5SM3 648-8 1 1 unit 007 0.538
125 125 C 5SM3 645-8 1 1 unit 007 0.546
500 125 125 4 B 5SM3 745-8 1 1 unit 007 0.531
Up to 80 A
1000 63 100 4 A 5SM3 846-8 1 1 unit 007 0.470
N connection, left
300 63 100 4 B 5SM3 646-8KL 1 1 unit 007 0.513
4/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
kHz -25 Residual Current Protective Devices

(Type B/type B+)
SIQUENCE 5SM3 and 5SU1 universal current-

sensitive RCCBs, type B and type B+
Frequency converters, medical devices and UPS systems are • Universal current-sensitive residual current protective devices
seeing increasing use in industry. Smooth DC residual currents detect not only AC residual currents and pulsating DC residual
or currents with low residual ripple may occur in the event of currents, but also smooth DC residual currents, thus ensuring
4
faults on these devices. the desired protective function with all types of residual cur-
rent.
Type A residual current protective devices are unable to detect
these smooth DC residual currents. Furthermore, such smooth • With Type B, the tripping characteristic is adapted to the in-
DC residual currents make Type A devices increasingly insensi- crease of leakage currents at higher frequencies in systems
tive to AC residual currents and pulsating DC residual currents. with capacitive impedances and results in increased operat-
If a fault occurs, there is therefore no tripping and the desired ing safety
protective function is no longer assured. • Type B+ versions offer enhanced preventative fire protection
and correspond to the prestandards DIN V VDE V 0664-110
UC-sensitive residual current protective devices of Types B and
and/or DIN V VDE V 0664-210 and VdS Directive 3501
B+ have an additional transformer which is supplied with a con-
trol signal. This enables an evaluation of the change of the trans- • The RCBO is a compact device for up to 125 A. It provides not
former's operating range caused by smooth DC residual cur- only personnel, property and fire protection but also overload
rents, thus ensuring the desired protective function. and short-circuit protection for cables. Wiring and mounting
outlay is reduced as a result
The residual current protective devices of type B are suitable for
use in three-phase current systems before input circuits with rec- • The RCBOs offer external remote tripping over terminals
tifiers. They are not intended for use in DC systems and in net- Y1/Y2. This supports implementation of central OFF circuits.
works with operating frequencies other than 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
The devices in this series are designed as residual current oper-
ated circuit breakers (RCCBs) up to 80 A and as residual current
circuit breakers with integral overcurrent protection (RCBOs) for
100 A or 125 A in Characteristics C or D.
Type B+ residual current protective devices also offer enhanced,
preventative fire protection. In these versions, the tripping value
is limited to a maximum of 420 mA up to 20 kHz.
SIQUENCE, RCCBs SIQUENCE RCBOs
Type B and type B+ Type B and type B+
5SM3 5SU1
Standards IEC/EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664-10); IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20);
VDE 0664-100; VDE 0664-200;
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30); IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30);
IEC 62423 IEC 62423
And in addition for type B+:
DIN V VDE V 0664-110
Versions 1P+N 3P+N 4P
Tripping characteristic -- -- C, D
Surge current withstand capability with
current waveform 8/20 μs
acc. to DIN VDE 0432-2
• Super resistant kA >3 >3 >3
• Selective kA -- >5 >5
Minimum operational voltage for test V AC 150 150 150
function operation
Rated voltages Un V AC 230 400 400, 480
Rated frequency fn Hz 50 ... 60
Rated currents In A 16, 25, 40, 63 25, 40, 63, 80 100, 125
Rated residual currents IΔn mA 30, 300 30, 300, 500 30, 300
Rated switching capacity
• Im A 800 --
• Icn kA -- 10
• Solid and stranded mm2 1.5 ... 25 6 ... 50
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 16 6 ... 35
Terminal tightening torques for all devices Nm 2.5 ... 3.0 3.0 ... 3.5
Mains connection Either top or bottom
Degree of protection IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection Finger and back-of-hand safe
acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/9
© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices kHz -25
(Type B/type B+)

SIQUENCE, RCCBs SIQUENCE RCBOs

Type B and type B+ Type B and type B+
5SM3 5SU1
Service life, electrical and mechanical; > 10 000 switching cycles
(test cycle according to regulations)
4 Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
°C
°C
-40 ... +75
-25 ... +45,
-25
marked with
Resistance to climate acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles (55 °C; 95 % rel. air humidity)
2
I t characteristic curves, see Technology Manual under:

Rated Rated current Max. permissible Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
residual short-circuit ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
current series fuse width SET, approx.
M)
IΔn In 10 000
mA A A MW kg
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B
Super resistant æ
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 16 100 4 A 5SM3 321-4 1 1 unit 015 0.590
25 A 5SM3 322-4 1 1 unit 015 0.590
40 A 5SM3 324-4 1 1 unit 015 0.588
63 A 5SM3 326-4 1 1 unit 015 0.591
300 16 100 4 A 5SM3 621-4 1 1 unit 015 0.600
25 A 5SM3 622-4 1 1 unit 015 0.600
40 A 5SM3 624-4 1 1 unit 015 0.591
63 A 5SM3 626-4 1 1 unit 015 0.586
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

30 25 100 4 D 5SM3 342-4 1 1 unit 015 0.582
40 D 5SM3 344-4 1 1 unit 015 0.578
63 D 5SM3 346-4 1 1 unit 015 0.581
80 B 5SM3 347-4 1 1 unit 015 0.587
300 25 100 4 D 5SM3 642-4 1 1 unit 015 0.592
40 D 5SM3 644-4 1 1 unit 015 0.581
63 A 5SM3 646-4 1 1 unit 015 0.576
80 B 5SM3 647-4 1 1 unit 015 0.585
500 63 100 4 B 5SM3 746-4 1 1 unit 015 0.575
80 B 5SM3 747-4 1 1 unit 015 0.575
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B

Selective î
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300 63 100 4 B 5SM3 646-5 1 1 unit 015 0.578
80 B 5SM3 647-5 1 1 unit 015 0.587
500 63 100 4 B 5SM3 746-5 1 1 unit 015 0.520
80 D 5SM3 747-5 1 1 unit 015 0.520
SIQUENCE RCCBs, type B+

Super resistant æ
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 16 100 4 C 5SM3 321-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.587
25 C 5SM3 322-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
40 C 5SM3 324-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
63 C 5SM3 326-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
300 16 100 4 C 5SM3 621-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
25 C 5SM3 622-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
40 C 5SM3 624-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
63 C 5SM3 626-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600

4/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
kHz -25 Residual Current Protective Devices

(Type B/type B+)

M)
IΔn In 10 000
mA A
A MW kg
4
Super resistant æ
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 25 100 4 C 5SM3 342-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
40 C 5SM3 344-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
63 C 5SM3 346-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
80 C 5SM3 347-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
300 25 100 4 C 5SM3 642-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
40 C 5SM3 644-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
63 C 5SM3 646-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
80 C 5SM3 647-4KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600

Selective î
3P+N; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
300 63 100 4 C 5SM3 646-5KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
80 C 5SM3 647-5KK14 1 1 unit 015 0.600
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B

Super resistant æ,
rated switching capacity 10 kA
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
30 100 11 B 5SU1 374-7AK81 1 1 unit 017 2.067
125 B 5SU1 374-7AK82 1 1 unit 017 2.053
300 100 11 B 5SU1 674-7AK81 1 1 unit 017 2.069
125 B 5SU1 674-7AK82 1 1 unit 017 2.088
Characteristic D
30 100 11 B 5SU1 374-8AK81 1 1 unit 017 2.084
300 100 11 B 5SU1 674-8AK81 1 1 unit 017 2.082
4P; 480 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

Characteristic C
300 100 11 C 5SU1 674-7CK81 1 1 unit 017 2.050
125 B 5SU1 674-7CK82 1 1 unit 017 2.050
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B

Selective î,
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
300 125 11 B 5SU1 674-7BK82 1 1 unit 017 2.082
Characteristic D
300 100 11 C 5SU1 674-8BK81 1 1 unit 017 2.078
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B+

Super resistant æ,
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
30 100 11 C 5SU1 374-7DK81 1 1 unit 017 2.067
125 C 5SU1 374-7DK82 1 1 unit 017 2.053
300 100 11 C 5SU1 674-7DK81 1 1 unit 017 2.069
125 D 5SU1 674-7DK82 1 1 unit 017 2.088
Characteristic D
30 100 11 C 5SU1 374-8DK81 1 1 unit 017 2.084
300 100 11 C 5SU1 674-8DK81 1 1 unit 017 2.082
4P; 480 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

Characteristic C
300 100 11 C 5SU1 674-7FK81 1 1 unit 017 2.050
125 C 5SU1 674-7FK82 1 1 unit 017 2.050

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/11
© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices kHz -25
(Type B/type B+)

M)
IΔn In 10 000
4 mA A
SIQUENCE RCBOs, Type B+
A MW kg
Selective î,
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
Characteristic C
300 125 11 C 5SU1 674-7EK82 1 1 unit 017 2.082
Characteristic D
300 100 11 C 5SU1 674-8EK81 1 1 unit 017 2.078
4/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Auxiliary switches (AS) signal the contact position of the • Using captive brackets, the remote-controlled operating
RCCB. mechanism can be attached (or retroffitted) to the right-hand
side of the basic device without the need for tools
Remote controlled mechanisms are used for the remote ON/OFF
switching of RCCBs. They also enable local manual switching.
A blocking function permits maintenance work. A tripped RCCB
• Bus systems, such as instabus KNX, AS-Interface bus or
PROFIBUS, can be integrated in the communication over 4
must be acknowledged prior to switching back on. binary inputs
• The leakage current measurement device enables the sys-
The leakage current measurement device detects the leakage
tematic selection of the rated residual current, thus preventing
currents - like the circuit breaker - thus providing a direct state-
the inadvertent tripping of RCCBs.
ment as to the current loading of the RCCB. It is used to measure
leakage currents up to 300 mA. This requires a voltmeter with an
internal resistance > 1 MΩ/V and a measuring range for AC volt-
ages of Ueff = 1 mV to 2 V. For the fault-free operation of an
RCCB, the measured leakage current should be no greater than
1/3 of the rated residual current.
Auxiliary switches (AS) Auxiliary switches (AS)
5SW3 30. 5SW3 330
Standards IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Approvals DIN VDE 0660-200
Terminals
• Conductor cross-section mm2 0.75 ... 2.5
• Tightening torques Nm 0.6 ... 0.8
Short-circuit protection B6 or C6 or gL/gG 6 A fuse
Min. contact load 50 mA/24 V
Max. contact load
• 230 V AC, AC-12 A 6 5
• 230 V AC, AC-14 A 3.6 --
• 220 V DC, DC-12 A 1 0.5

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/13
© Siemens AG 2010

width SET, approx.
4
M)
MW kg
for 5SM3 RCCBs up to 80 A
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5SW3 300 1 1/10 units 008 0.050
2 NC 0.5 C 5SW3 301 1 1/10 units 008 0.049
2 NO 0.5 A 5SW3 302 1 1/10 units 008 0.050

for 5SM3 RCCBs up to 100 ... 125 A, 3P+N
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 B 5SW3 330 1 1 unit 008 0.041
Remote controlled mechanisms (RC)

for 5SM3 RCCBs up to 80 A
Rated voltage Un = 230 V AC 3.5 D 5ST3 051 1 1 unit 027 0.449
Leakage current measurement devices

Rated voltage Un = 500 V AC; 4 B 5SM1 930-0 1 1 unit 008 0.489
50 ... 60 Hz; 4P
Rated residual current IΔn = 0 ... 300 mA
Rated current In = 63 A.
Covers for connection terminals

For residual current operated circuit breakers
up to 80 A, sealable (2 units in plastic bag)
I201_13711a
2 A 5SW3 010 1 1/50 units 008 0.008

2.5 A 5SW3 011 1 1/50 units 008 0.008
4 A 5SW3 008 1 1/50 units 008 0.008
Locking devices
For RCCBs up to 80 A, sealable and lockable
4.5 mm lock hasp diameter B 5SW3 303 1 10 units 008 0.009
Padlocks
For 5SW3 303 locking device } 5ST3 802 1 1 unit 027 0.031
Locking devices with padlock

Comprising 5SW3 303 locking device and B 5SW3 312 1 1 set 008 0.028
5ST3 802 padlock
4/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
(Type A)
5SM2 RC units, type A
RC units of type A can be used in all systems up to • Our wide variety of RC unit types and comprehensive range of
240/415 V AC. They trip in the event of both sinusoidal AC fault miniature circuit breakers offer a huge spectrum of combina-
currents and pulsating residual currents. tions for all applications
RCCBs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are
• All devices have surge current withstand capability of more
than 1 kA, thus ensuring safe and reliable operation 4
protection against direct contact. • All additional components for miniature circuit breakers can
be retrofitted on the right-hand side
Devices with a rated residual current of maximum 300 mA are
used as preventative fire protection in case of insulation faults. • All 100 A and 125 A RC units offer external remote tripping
over terminals Y1/Y2. This supports implementation of central
RC units are combined with miniature circuit breakers with char- OFF circuits.
acteristics A, B, C and D, provided that these are available in the
MCB range. The two components are simply plugged together • Both components can be simply plugged into each other and
without the need for any tools. secured with captive metal brackets - no tools required. This
saves considerable time when mounting.
They then form a combination of RCCB and MCB for personnel,
fire and line protection.
Super resistant æ
Super resistant (short-time delayed) RC units satisfy the maxi-
mum permissible break times for instantaneous devices. How-
ever, by implementing a short-time delay they prevent unneces-
sary trippings, and thus plant faults, when pulse-shaped
leakage currents occur - as is the case when capacitors are
switched on.
Selective î
Can be used as upstream group switch for selective tripping
contrary to a downstream, instantaneous or super resistant
RCCB.
The dimensioning of the rated residual current depends on the
size of the plant.
5SM2
Standards IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21),
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30)
Approvals EN 61009-1, EN 61009-2-1; IEC 61009-1, IEC 61009-2-1
With current waveform 8/20 µs Acc. to DIN VDE 0432-2
• Instantaneous kA >1
• Super resistant kA >3
• Selective kA >5
Minimum operational voltage for test function operation
• Up to In = 63 A, 2 and 3-pole V AC 195
• Up to In = 63 A, 4-pole V AC 100
• At In = 80 ... 100 A V AC 100
Rated voltage Un V AC 230 ... 400
Rated currents In A 0.3 ... 16; 0.3 ... 40; 0.3 ... 63; 80 ... 100
Rated residual currents IΔn mA 10, 30, 100, 300, 500, 1000
• Up to In 63 A mm2 1.5 ... 25
• At In = 80 ... 100 A mm2 6.0 ... 50
Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5 ... 3.0
Mains connection Either top or bottom
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1) IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514) Finger and back-of-hand safe
Service life Test cycle acc. to DIN/EN 61009 > 10 000 switching cycles
-25
marked with

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/15
© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices (Type A)

-25

width SET, approx.
4 IΔn In M)
mA A MW kg
RC units, type A
Instantaneous
not suitable for use with 5SY5, 5SY8 and 5SY6 0. .,
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
10 0.3 ... 16 2 B 5SM2 121-6 1 1 unit 007 0.207
30 0.3 ... 40 } 5SM2 322-6 1 1 unit 007 0.209
300 A 5SM2 622-6 1 1 unit 007 0.199
30 0.3 ... 63 A 5SM2 325-6 1 1 unit 007 0.215
100 B 5SM2 425-6 1 1 unit 007 0.211
300 B 5SM2 625-6 1 1 unit 007 0.203
500 B 5SM2 725-6 1 1 unit 007 0.198

3P; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 A 5SM2 332-6 1 1 unit 007 0.314
300 A 5SM2 632-6 1 1 unit 007 0.295
30 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 335-6 1 1 unit 007 0.359
100 B 5SM2 435-6 1 1 unit 007 0.327
300 B 5SM2 635-6 1 1 unit 007 0.298
500 B 5SM2 735-6 1 1 unit 007 0.322

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 } 5SM2 342-6 1 1 unit 007 0.337
300 } 5SM2 642-6 1 1 unit 007 0.326
30 0.3 ... 63 A 5SM2 345-6 1 1 unit 007 0.397
100 B 5SM2 445-6 1 1 unit 007 0.357
300 A 5SM2 645-6 1 1 unit 007 0.328
500 A 5SM2 745-6 1 1 unit 007 0.326

2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 80 ... 100 3.5 B 5SM2 327-6 1 1 unit 007 0.529
300 B 5SM2 627-6 1 1 unit 007 0.458

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 80 ... 100 5 B 5SM2 347-6 1 1 unit 007 0.934
300 A 5SM2 647-6 1 1 unit 007 0.682

4/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
(Type A)
width SET, approx.
IΔn In M)
mA A MW kg
RC units, type A
Super resistant æ 4
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 2 B 5SM2 322-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.215
30 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 325-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.214

3P; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 B 5SM2 332-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.365
30 0.3 ... 63 C 5SM2 335-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.365

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
30 0.3 ... 40 3 B 5SM2 342-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.390
30 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 345-6KK01 1 1 unit 007 0.388
RC units, type A
Selective î
2P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 0.3 ... 40 2 A 5SM2 622-8 1 1 unit 007 0.210
300 0.3 ... 63 B 5SM2 625-8 1 1 unit 007 0.210

3P; 230 ... 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
1000 0.3 ... 40 3 D 5SM2 832-8 1 1 unit 007 0.301
300 0.3 ... 63 3 B 5SM2 635-8 1 1 unit 007 0.341
500 B 5SM2 735-8 1 1 unit 007 0.323
1000 D 5SM2 835-8 1 1 unit 007 0.304

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 0.3 ... 63 3 A 5SM2 645-8 1 1 unit 007 0.373
500 A 5SM2 745-8 1 1 unit 007 0.333
1000 A 5SM2 845-8 1 1 unit 007 0.333

2P, 125 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 80 ... 100 3.5 B 5SM2 627-8 1 1 unit 007 0.519

4P, 230 ... 400 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
300 80 ... 100 5 A 5SM2 647-8 1 1 unit 007 0.838
1000 A 5SM2 847-8 1 1 unit 007 0.706
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/17

© Siemens AG 2010
Residual Current Protective Devices (Type AC) (Type A)

-25
O
5SU1 RCBOs, type AC and type A
■ Overview
RCBOs are a combination of an RCCB and a miniature circuit In order to implement this protection, we recommend the na-
breaker in a compact design for personnel, fire and line protec- tional use of RCBOs with 30 mA.
tion. For personnel and fire protection, the residual current part
Assignment to each individual branch circuit helps prevent the
4 of the type A trips in the event of sinusoidal AC residual currents
and pulsating DC residual currents. unwanted tripping of fault-free circuits induced by the accumu-
lation of operation-related leakage currents or by transient cur-
RCBOs with a rated residual current of maximum 30 mA are rent pulses during switching operations.
protection against direct contact. RCBOs with a rated residual Additional components of the 5SY miniature circuit breakers can
current of 10 mA are primarily used in areas that represent an in- be mounted at the side and carry out additional functions.
creased risk for personnel and the outdoor installations of resi- For further details on additional components, please refer to the
dential buildings. chapter "Miniature Circuit Breakers".
Devices with a rated residual current of maximum 300 mA are RCBOs comprise one part for fault-current detection and one
used as preventative fire protection in case of insulation faults. part for overcurrent detection. They are equipped with a delayed
The MCB part of the RCBO protects lines against overload and overload/time-dependent thermal release (thermal bimetal) for
short circuits and is available in characteristics B and C. low overcurrents and with an instantaneous electromagnetic re-
lease for higher overload and short-circuit currents.
Since DIN VDE 0100-410 came into effect in June 2007, all
socket outlet current circuits up to 20 A must now also be fitted The special contact materials used guarantee a long service life
with residual current protective devices with a rated residual cur- and offer a high degree of protection against contact welding.
rent of max. 30 mA. This also applies to outdoor electrical cir-
cuits up to 32 A for the connection of portable equipment.
■ Benefits
For all versions For all 125 A versions

• Clear and visible conductor connection in front of the busbar • The RCBOs offer external remote tripping over terminals
facilitates controls Y1/Y2. This supports implementation of central OFF circuits.
• Large and easily accessible wiring space enables easy inser-
tion of conductor in the terminals.
• The surge current withstand capability of > 1 kA ensures safe
and reliable operation.
• All additional components for miniature circuit breakers can
be retrofitted on the right-hand side.
For all 10 kA versions up to 40 A
• Integrated movable terminal covers located at the cable en-
tries ensure the terminals are fully insulated when the screws
are tightened. The effective touch protection when grasping
the device considerably exceeds the requirements of BGV A3.
• The RCBOs can be quickly and easily removed from the
assembly by hand if connections need to be changed. This
saves time if parts need to be replaced because the busbars
no longer need to be freed from the adjacent miniature circuit
breakers.

4/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
(Type AC) (Type A)

-25
Up to 40 A 125 A
Standards IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21)
IEC/EN 61543; VDE 0664-30
Approvals
Rated voltages Un V AC
IEC 61009-1, IEC 61009-2-1; EN 61009-1, EN 61009-2-1
125 ... 230 400
4
Rated currents In A 6, 8, 10, 13, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40 125
Rated residual currents IΔn mA 10, 30, 300 30, 300, 1000
Rated switching capacity kA 6, 10 10
Energy limitation class 3 --
With current waveform 8/20 µs Acc. to DIN VDE 0432-2
• Instantaneous kA >1
• Super resistant kA >3 --
• Selective kA >5
Minimum voltage for operation of the test equipment V AC 100
• Solid and stranded mm2 0.75 ... 35 6 ... 50
• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25 6 ... 35
Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5 ... 3.0 3.0 ... 3.5
Mains connection Top or bottom
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
(VDE 0470-1)
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 Finger and back-of-hand safe
(VDE 0660-514)
Service life Test cycle acc. to Switching > 10000
IEC/EN 61009 cycles
-25
marked with

Tripping characteristic B Tripping characteristic C
Rated Rated Mount- DT Order No. Price PG DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
residual current ing per PU per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
current width SET, approx.
IΔn In M)
mA A MW kg
RCBOs, type AC
RCBOs, type AC
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
6 000
3
30 6 2 X 5SU1 356-0KK06 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK06 1 1 unit 010 0.279

8 -- X 5SU1 356-1KK08 1 1 unit 010 0.278
10 X 5SU1 356-0KK10 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK10 1 1 unit 010 0.279
13 X 5SU1 356-0KK13 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK13 1 1 unit 010 0.283
16 X 5SU1 356-0KK16 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK16 1 1 unit 010 0.279
20 X 5SU1 356-0KK20 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK20 1 1 unit 010 0.289
25 X 5SU1 356-0KK25 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK25 1 1 unit 010 0.293
32 X 5SU1 356-0KK32 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK32 1 1 unit 010 0.296
40 X 5SU1 356-0KK40 010 X 5SU1 356-1KK40 1 1 unit 010 0.295
300 6 2 X 5SU1 656-0KK06 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK06 1 1 unit 010 0.279
10 X 5SU1 656-0KK10 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK10 1 1 unit 010 0.278
13 X 5SU1 656-0KK13 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK13 1 1 unit 010 0.283
16 X 5SU1 656-0KK16 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK16 1 1 unit 010 0.280
20 X 5SU1 656-0KK20 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK20 1 1 unit 010 0.293
25 X 5SU1 656-0KK25 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK25 1 1 unit 010 0.294
32 X 5SU1 656-0KK32 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK32 1 1 unit 010 0.292
40 X 5SU1 656-0KK40 010 X 5SU1 656-1KK40 1 1 unit 010 0.290

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/19
© Siemens AG 2010

-25
O

IΔn In M)
4 mA A
RCBOs, type AC
MW kg
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
30 6 2 X 5SU1 354-0KK06 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK06 1 1 unit 010 0.260

8 -- X 5SU1 354-1KK08 1 1 unit 010 0.260
10 X 5SU1 354-0KK10 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK10 1 1 unit 010 0.260
13 X 5SU1 354-0KK13 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK13 1 1 unit 010 0.260
16 X 5SU1 354-0KK16 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK16 1 1 unit 010 0.260
20 X 5SU1 354-0KK20 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK20 1 1 unit 010 0.260
25 X 5SU1 354-0KK25 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK25 1 1 unit 010 0.260
32 X 5SU1 354-0KK32 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK32 1 1 unit 010 0.260
40 X 5SU1 354-0KK40 010 X 5SU1 354-1KK40 1 1 unit 010 0.260
100 6 2 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK06 1 1 unit 010 0.260
10 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK10 1 1 unit 010 0.260
13 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK13 1 1 unit 010 0.260
16 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK16 1 1 unit 010 0.260
20 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK20 1 1 unit 010 0.260
25 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK25 1 1 unit 010 0.260
32 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK32 1 1 unit 010 0.260
40 -- X 5SU1 454-1KK40 1 1 unit 010 0.260
300 6 2 X 5SU1 654-0KK06 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK06 1 1 unit 010 0.260
10 X 5SU1 654-0KK10 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK10 1 1 unit 010 0.260
13 X 5SU1 654-0KK13 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK13 1 1 unit 010 0.260
16 X 5SU1 654-0KK16 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK16 1 1 unit 010 0.260
20 X 5SU1 654-0KK20 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK20 1 1 unit 010 0.260
25 X 5SU1 654-0KK25 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK25 1 1 unit 010 0.260
32 X 5SU1 654-0KK32 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK32 1 1 unit 010 0.260
40 X 5SU1 654-0KK40 010 X 5SU1 654-1KK40 1 1 unit 010 0.260
RCBOs, type AC
short-time delayed â
2P (1P+N); AC 230 V;
50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
30 10 2 X 5SU1 354-0LB10 010 X 5SU1 354-1LB10 1 1 unit 010 0.260

13 X 5SU1 354-0LB13 010 X 5SU1 354-1LB13 1 1 unit 010 0.260
16 X 5SU1 354-0LB16 010 X 5SU1 354-1LB16 1 1 unit 010 0.260
20 X 5SU1 354-0LB20 010 X 5SU1 354-1LB20 1 1 unit 010 0.260
25 X 5SU1 354-0LB25 010 X 5SU1 354-1LB25 1 1 unit 010 0.260
32 X 5SU1 354-0LB32 010 X 5SU1 354-1LB32 1 1 unit 010 0.260
40 X 5SU1 354-0LB40 010 X 5SU1 354-1LB40 1 1 unit 010 0.260
RCBOs, type A
RCBOs, type A
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
6 000
3
30 6 2 A 5SU1 356-6KK06 011 A 5SU1 356-7KK06 1 1 unit 011 0.279

8 -- B 5SU1 356-7KK08 1 1 unit 011 0.278
10 A 5SU1 356-6KK10 011 } 5SU1 356-7KK10 1 1 unit 011 0.279
13 B 5SU1 356-6KK13 011 A 5SU1 356-7KK13 1 1 unit 011 0.283
16 } 5SU1 356-6KK16 011 } 5SU1 356-7KK16 1 1 unit 011 0.279
20 B 5SU1 356-6KK20 011 B 5SU1 356-7KK20 1 1 unit 011 0.289
25 B 5SU1 356-6KK25 011 A 5SU1 356-7KK25 1 1 unit 011 0.293
32 B 5SU1 356-6KK32 011 B 5SU1 356-7KK32 1 1 unit 011 0.296
40 B 5SU1 356-6KK40 011 B 5SU1 356-7KK40 1 1 unit 011 0.295
300 6 2 B 5SU1 656-6KK06 011 B 5SU1 656-7KK06 1 1 unit 011 0.279
10 B 5SU1 656-6KK10 011 A 5SU1 656-7KK10 1 1 unit 011 0.278
13 B 5SU1 656-6KK13 011 B 5SU1 656-7KK13 1 1 unit 011 0.283
16 B 5SU1 656-6KK16 011 A 5SU1 656-7KK16 1 1 unit 011 0.280
20 B 5SU1 656-6KK20 011 B 5SU1 656-7KK20 1 1 unit 011 0.293
25 B 5SU1 656-6KK25 011 B 5SU1 656-7KK25 1 1 unit 011 0.294
32 B 5SU1 656-6KK32 011 B 5SU1 656-7KK32 1 1 unit 011 0.292
40 B 5SU1 656-6KK40 011 B 5SU1 656-7KK40 1 1 unit 011 0.290

4/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
(Type AC) (Type A)

-25

IΔn In M)
mA A
RCBOs, type A
MW kg
4
Instantaneous
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
10 6 2 B 5SU1 154-6KK06 011 B 5SU1 154-7KK06 1 1 unit 011 0.288

10 B 5SU1 154-6KK10 011 B 5SU1 154-7KK10 1 1 unit 011 0.287
13 B 5SU1 154-6KK13 011 B 5SU1 154-7KK13 1 1 unit 011 0.290
16 B 5SU1 154-6KK16 011 } 5SU1 154-7KK16 1 1 unit 011 0.284
30 6 2 B 5SU1 354-6KK06 011 } 5SU1 354-7KK06 1 1 unit 011 0.283
8 -- B 5SU1 354-7KK08 1 1 unit 011 0.260
10 B 5SU1 354-6KK10 011 } 5SU1 354-7KK10 1 1 unit 011 0.283
13 B 5SU1 354-6KK13 011 B 5SU1 354-7KK13 1 1 unit 011 0.288
16 } 5SU1 354-6KK16 011 } 5SU1 354-7KK16 1 1 unit 011 0.282
20 B 5SU1 354-6KK20 011 B 5SU1 354-7KK20 1 1 unit 011 0.289
25 B 5SU1 354-6KK25 011 B 5SU1 354-7KK25 1 1 unit 011 0.288
32 B 5SU1 354-6KK32 011 B 5SU1 354-7KK32 1 1 unit 011 0.292
40 B 5SU1 354-6KK40 011 B 5SU1 354-7KK40 1 1 unit 011 0.286
300 6 2 B 5SU1 654-6KK06 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK06 1 1 unit 011 0.284
10 B 5SU1 654-6KK10 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK10 1 1 unit 011 0.282
13 B 5SU1 654-6KK13 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK13 1 1 unit 011 0.288
16 B 5SU1 654-6KK16 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK16 1 1 unit 011 0.281
20 B 5SU1 654-6KK20 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK20 1 1 unit 011 0.285
25 B 5SU1 654-6KK25 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK25 1 1 unit 011 0.285
32 B 5SU1 654-6KK32 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK32 1 1 unit 011 0.287
40 B 5SU1 654-6KK40 011 B 5SU1 654-7KK40 1 1 unit 011 0.289
2P; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

10 000
3
30 6 3 B 5SU1 324-6FA06 011 B 5SU1 324-7FA06 1 1 unit 011 0.421

10 } 5SU1 324-6FA10 011 } 5SU1 324-7FA10 1 1 unit 011 0.414
13 B 5SU1 324-6FA13 011 B 5SU1 324-7FA13 1 1 unit 011 0.423
16 } 5SU1 324-6FA16 011 } 5SU1 324-7FA16 1 1 unit 011 0.414
20 B 5SU1 324-6FA20 011 B 5SU1 324-7FA20 1 1 unit 011 0.427
25 B 5SU1 324-6FA25 011 B 5SU1 324-7FA25 1 1 unit 011 0.432
32 B 5SU1 324-6FA32 011 B 5SU1 324-7FA32 1 1 unit 011 0.427
40 B 5SU1 324-6FA40 011 B 5SU1 324-7FA40 1 1 unit 011 0.427
2P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

10 000
30 125 6.5 B 5SU1 324-6KK82 011 B 5SU1 324-7KK82 1 1 unit 011 1.212
300 125 B 5SU1 624-6KK82 011 B 5SU1 624-7KK82 1 1 unit 011 0.930
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

10 000
30 125 11 B 5SU1 344-6KK82 011 B 5SU1 344-7KK82 1 1 unit 011 2.024

300 125 C 5SU1 644-6KK82 011 B 5SU1 644-7KK82 1 1 unit 011 2.025
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/21

© Siemens AG 2010

-25
O

IΔn In M)
4 mA A
RCBOs, type A
MW kg
Super resistant æ
1P+N; 230 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
3
30 10 2 -- B 5SU1 354-7VK10 1 1 unit 011 0.293

16 -- B 5SU1 354-7VK16 1 1 unit 011 0.292
20 -- C 5SU1 354-7VK20 1 1 unit 011 0.296
25 -- C 5SU1 354-7VK25 1 1 unit 011 0.296
RCBOs, type A
Selective î
2P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz
10 000
300 125 6.5 B 5SU1 624-6WK82 011 B 5SU1 624-7WK82 1 1 unit 011 0.930
4P; 400 V AC; 50 ... 60 Hz

10 000
300 125 11 B 5SU1 644-6WK82 011 B 5SU1 644-7WK82 1 1 unit 011 2.018

SET, approx.
M) kg
Handle couplers for additional components
For mounting the additional components auxiliary switches, fault } 5ST3 805-1 1 1 set 027 0.006
signal contacts, shunt trips and undervoltage releases onto 5SU1
RCBOs, you require a handle coupler (1 set = 5 units).
Note:
The same additional components are used for RCBOs as for miniature circuit breakers. See chapter "Miniature Circuit Breakers".
5ST3
or or or
AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC FC FC AS
5SU1
or or or
I2_13658b
RCBO RC ST AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC FC FC AS
RCBO: Residual current operated

circuit breaker
RC: Remote controlled or or or
mechanism
UR: Undervoltage release
ST: Shunt trip
AS: Auxiliary switch UR AS FC AS AS AS FC
FC: Fault signal contact FC FC FC AS

4/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbars
■ Overview
4-pole 5SM3 RCCBs are bus-mounted either together or in com- No further need for time-consuming tasks, such as cutting, cut-
bination with miniature circuit breakers. RCCBs with an N wire ting to length, deburring, cleaning of cut surfaces and mounting
connection on the left-hand side facilitate installation because of end caps.
standard busbars are used, as those used for mounting minia-
ture circuit breakers. Any free pins on the busbars can be made safe by covering with
touch protection.
4
2 2
Busbars in 10 mm and 16 mm versions are available.
If several RCBOs are bus-mounted together, this is implemented
The extremely flexible 5ST3 6 busbar system with fixed lengths with two-phase busbars, which are used as 1+N busbars.
enables installation in any length as the busbars can be over-
lapped.
■ Benefits
• Connection of miniature circuit breakers to 4-pole RCCBs with • Connection of miniature circuit breakers to 4-pole RCCBs with
N connection right and three-phase busbar, using busbar N connection left, with three-phase busbar that can be cut. No
specially designed for this application. No cutting or end caps additional items to be stored and busbars that are always
required. available.
• Connection of 1P+N RCBOs with two-phase busbar. No cut- • Bus-mounting of RCCBs on busbar (3-phase +N) that can be
ting or end caps required. cut. A proven and frequently used application.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/23
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbars
5ST3, 5ST2
Standards EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660-500): 2005-01
4
Heat-resistant over 90 °C
flame-retardant and
self-extinguishing,
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 400
Rated current In
Insulation coordination Acc. to IEC 664 (VDE 0110-1)
3 2 1 1 2 3
I201_13755 I201_13754a
S S S

Version Pin Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
MW mm kg
5ST3 6 busbar systems,
fixed lengths, cannot be cut, fully insulated
For 1 FI 4P, N connection right, and 8 LS 1P
• 3-phase 10 mm2 1 210 A 5ST3 624 1 10 units 027 0.077
• 3-phase 16 mm2 1 210 A 5ST3 654 1 10 units 027 0.108
For 6 RCBOs 1P+N together
• 2-phase 10 mm2 210 A 5ST3 608 1 10 units 027 0.063
• 2-phase 16 mm2 210 A 5ST3 638 1 10 units 027 0.089
5ST3 7 busbar systems,

12 MW, can be cut to length, with end caps
For 1 FI 4P, N connection right, and 8 LS 1P
• 3-phase 16 mm2 A 5ST3 717 1 25 units 027 0.115
For 6 RCBOs 1P+N
• 2-phase 10 mm2 1 216 A 5ST3 734 1 1 unit 027 0.070
• 2-phase 16 mm2 1 216 } 5ST3 704 1 1 unit 027 0.092

4/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbars
Version Pin Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
MW mm kg
5ST3 7 busbar systems, with end caps,
can be cut to length, with touch protection 4
For RCBO 1P+N and MCB 2P
• 4-phase 10 mm2 1 1008 A 5ST3 770-2 1 10 units 027 0.400
For RCCB 4P, N right and 6 MCB 1P+N
End caps for 5ST3 7, can be cut

• For two-phase and three-phase busbars } 5ST3 750 1 10 units 027 0.001
• For 4-phase busbars A 5ST3 718 1 10 units 027 0.001
Touch protection
For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) A 5ST3 655 1 10 units 027 0.003
5 x 1 pin
Busbars, 12 MW, with fork-type connections,

can be cut to length, with end caps
For bus mounting RCCBs together
• Three-phase + N, 16 mm2 1 216 A 5ST2 145 1 1 unit 027 0.145
End caps for 5ST2 145 busbars, can be cut to length

For three-phase busbars } 5ST2 156 1 10 units 027 0.001
Terminals up to 35 mm2 (stranded),

for direct infeed of 5ST2 145 busbar
Side-by-side mounting possible A 5ST2 157 1 5 units 027 0.028

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/25
© Siemens AG 2010
5SM1 and 5SZ9 RCCB socket outlets
■ Overview
Number of Rated Rated residual
poles current In current IΔn
A mA (Type A)
4 RCCB protective socket outlets

• For mounting onto device box, equipped with RCCB and 2 16 10, 30 ✓
2 SCHUKO® socket outlets
• Molded-plastic enclosures, equipped with RCCB and 2 16 10 ✓
SCHUKO® socket outlet
= Type A for AC and pulsating DC residual currents
■ Application
RCCB protective socket outlets • Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50 Hz to 60 Hz
• Molded-plastic enclosure equipped with RCCB and flush-type • For outdoor connection of gardening equipment and socket
SCHUKO® socket outlet or flush-type SCHUKO® double outlets in workshops or for agricultural purposes
socket outlet • Degree of protection IP21 (5SM1 920-.),
• For electric devices where there is a risk of accidental contact degree of protection IP54 (5SZ9 2.6).
with live parts in the event of damage

Rated Rated current DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
residual per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
current SET, approx.
IΔn In M)
mA A kg
RCCB protective socket outlets
• RCCB protective socket outlets according to VDE 0664,
for mounting on device boxes, equipped with residual
current operated circuit breaker and 2 childproof
SCHUKO® socket outlets, degree of protection IP21
10 16 B 5SM1 920-5 1 1 unit 008 0.513
30 B 5SM1 920-8 1 1 unit 008 0.533
• RCCB protective socket outlet according to VDE 0664 in

molded-plastic enclosure, equipped with residual current
operated circuit breaker and flush-mounted SCHUKO®
socket outlet, degree of protection IP54
10 16 C 5SZ9 206 1 1 unit 008 0.761
30 C 5SZ9 216 1 1 unit 008 0.763
4/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
■ Accessories
SET, approx.
4
M)
kg
Terminal covers, gray
sealable, with 35 mm standard mounting rail
• Up to 2.5 MW B 5SW3 004 1 1 unit 008 0.091
• Up to 4.5 MW B 5SW3 005 1 1 unit 008 0.171
Wall enclosures, gray

For flush mounting, degree of protection IP40,
with 35 mm standard mounting rail
• Up to 2.5 MW B 5SW3 006 1 1/4 units 008 0.133
• Up to 4.5 MW B 5SW3 007 1 1 unit 008 0.162
Molded-plastic enclosures, gray

for surface mounting, degree of protection IP54, A 5SW1 200 1 1 unit 008 0.447
sealable, with 35 mm standard mounting rail,
with transparent hinged lid
For 4.5 MW
Covers
Can be assembled as mini distribution board, suitable
for all devices, cover parts prepared for rail mounting of
conventional label caps,
comprising:
• End plates (for snapping onto standard mounting rail) } 5ST2 134 1 10 units 027 0.021
• Angled profile (approx. 1 m long) A 5ST2 135 1 5 units 027 0.288
• Alternative flat profiles B 5ST2 136 1 5 units 027 0.239
(as a cover between the rows of devices length
approx. 1 m)
Touch protection
For RCCBs up to 80 A A 5SW3 313 1 1 set 008 0.012
1 set contains 12 units
Fixing parts
Plastic B 5ST2 201 1 1 unit 027 0.013
4 MW
Inscription labels (white)

15 mm × 9 mm, 3 frames with 44 labels each B 5ST2 173 1 1 set 027 0.049
Any attachment and inscription,
self-adhesive
Labeling systems
Inscription on self-adhesive labels for a uniform and tidy appearance in electrical power distribution.
The labeling program can be downloaded to your PC free of charge at:
www.siemens.com/beta
Recommended ELAT-3-747 labels for printing
out on normal printers can be ordered at: Brady GmbH
Otto-Hahn-Str. 5-7
D-63222 Langen
Tel.: +49 (0) 61 03/75 98-660

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 4/27
© Siemens AG 2010
Residual-current operated circuit breakers
■ Application
Standards1) Field of application Required IΔn Recommended Siemens residual current
protective devices
[mA] 5SM. 5SM3 5SM3 . . .-6KK12
4 (Type A)
SIQUENCE
(Type B/type B+)
SIGRES
DIN VDE 0100-410 Sockets ≤ 20 A and end current circuits in the outdoor area ≤ 30 ✓ -- --
≤ 32 A
DIN VDE 0100-482 Fire protection for particular risks or safety hazard 30, 300 ✓ ✓ --
DIN VDE 0100-551 Low-voltage generating sets ≤ 30 ✓ -- --
DIN VDE 0100-559 Luminaires and lighting installations, display stands for lights ≤ 30 ✓ -- --
DIN VDE 0100-701 Rooms with baths or showers, socket outlets in zone 3 ≤ 30 ✓ -- --
DIN VDE 0100-702 Swimming pools, zone 1 and 2 ≤ 30 ✓ -- ✓
DIN VDE 0100-704 Construction and demolition site installations, socket outlet ≤ 30 ✓ -- ✓
current circuits (single-phase operation) up to 32 A
and for hand-held equipment ✓ ✓ ✓
DIN VDE 0100-705 Agricultural and general horticultural premises ≤ 500 ✓ -- ✓
Socket outlet current circuits ≤ 30 ✓ -- ✓
DIN VDE 0100-706 Conductive areas with limited freedom of movement ≤ 30 ✓ -- --
DIN VDE 0100-708 Feeding points for caravan parking spaces, camping sites ≤ 30 ✓ -- --
DIN VDE 0100-710 Medical premises, depending on application group 1 or 2 and ≤ 30 or ✓ ✓ --
equipment ≤ 300 ✓ ✓ --
DIN VDE 0100-722 Portable buildings, vehicles, mobile homes for fairgrounds ≤ 500 -- -- ✓
DIN VDE 0100-723 Classrooms with experiment equipment ≤ 30 -- ✓ --
DIN VDE 0100-738 Fountains zone 2, general ≤ 500 ✓ -- ✓
Socket outlets in zone 2 ≤ 30 ✓ -- ✓
Zones 0 and 1 ≤ 30 ✓ -- ✓
DIN VDE 0100-739 Additional protection against direct contact in homes ≤ 30 ✓ -- --
DIN VDE 0118-100 Mining plants ≤ 500 ✓ -- ✓
DIN EN 50178 Fitting of power installations with electronic equipment General requirements ✓ ✓ --
(VDE 0160) for correct selection
when using res. current
protection
DIN VDE 0832-100 Traffic signals
• Class T1 ≤ 300 ✓ -- ✓
• Class U1 ≤ 30 ✓ -- ✓
BG FE Selection and operation of electrical equipment on worksites
BGI 608 General:
• Socket circuits ≤ 32 A ≤ 30 ✓ ✓ ✓
• Socket circuits > 32 A ≤ 500 ✓ ✓ ✓
Frequency-controlled equipment:
• With plug-and-socket device ≤ 32 A ≤ 30 -- ✓ --
• With plug-and-socket device > 32 A ≤ 500 -- ✓ --
Chemical industry and food processing industries 30 (recommended) ✓ ✓ ✓
1)
The standards of the range DIN VDE 0100-4.., -5.., -7.. essentially
correspond to the IEC standards of the range IEC 60364-4, -5, -7;
they have, however, been modified.
Note:
For reasons of basic fire protection, we recommend a maximum
rated residual current of 300 mA for residual current protective
devices.

4/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
5
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
5/2 Introduction
NEOZED Fuse Systems

5/4 Introduction
5/7 NEOZED fuse links
5/8 MINIZED switch disconnectors and
MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors
5/9 NEOZED fuse bases and accessories 5
5/12 DIAZED Fuse Systems
Cylindrical Fuse Systems

5/18 Cylindrical fuse sets and cylindrical
fuse holders
5/22 Compact fuse holders for motor
starter combinations N
5/25 Class CC Fuse Systems
5/27 Busbar Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

5/33 LV HRC fuse links
5/42 LV HRC signal detectors
5/44 LV HRC sockets and accessories
SITOR Semiconductor Fuses

5/50 SITOR LV HRC design
5/58 SITOR, cylindrical fuse design
5/61 NEOZED and DIAZED design,
SILIZED
Photovoltaic Fuses
5/63 Cylindrical fuse design N
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Introduction
■ Overview
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
5 NEOZED fuse systems 5/4 MINIZED switch disconnectors, bases, Fuse system:
fuse links from 2 A to 63 A of opera- IEC 60269-3;
✓ ✓ ✓
tional class gG and accessories. Every- DIN VDE 0636-3;

thing you need for a complete system.
Safety switching
devices
IEC/EN 60947-3
DIN VDE 0638
DIAZED fuse systems 5/12 Fuse links from 2 A to 100 A in various IEC 60269-3; ✓ ✓ ✓
operational classes, base versions with DIN VDE 0635;
classic screw base connections. DIN VDE 0636-3;
A widely used fuse system. CEE 16
Cylindrical fuse systems

Cylindrical fuse sets and 5/18 Line protection or protection of switch- IEC 60269-1, -2, -3; ✓ ✓ ✓
cylindrical fuse holders ing devices. NF C 60-200;
The fuse holders with touch protection NF C 63-210, -211;
ensure the safe "no-voltage" replace- NBN C 63269-2,
ment of fuse links. CEI 32-4, -12
Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted.
Compact fuse holders for motor 5/22 For installing fused loaded motor starter IEC 60947-4 ✓ -- ✓
starter combinations combinations.
Class CC fuse systems 5/25 These comply with American standard Fuse holders: ✓ ✓ ✓
and have UL and SCA approval, for UL 512; CSA 22.2
customers exporting OEM products
and mechanical engineers. Fuse links:
Modern design with touch protection UL 248-4; CSA 22.2
acc. to BGV A3 for use in "branch cir-
cuit protection".
Busbar systems 5/27 Busbars for NEOZED fuse bases, EN 60439-1 ✓ ✓ ✓

NEOZED fuse disconnectors, MINIZED
switch disconnectors, DIAZED fuse
systems and cylindrical fuse systems.
5/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Introduction
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
LV HRC fuse systems
LV HRC fuse links 5/33 Fuse links from 2 A to 1250 A for selec- IEC 60269-1, -2;
tive line protection and plant protection EN 60269-1;
in non-residential buildings, industry DIN VDE 0636-2
✓ ✓ ✓
5
and power supply companies.
LV HRC signal detectors 5/42 Signal detectors for when a fuse is ✓ ✓ ✓

tripped on all LV HRC fuse links with
combination or front indicators with
non-insulated grip lugs.
Plus the comprehensive accessory
range required for NH fuse systems.
LV HRC sockets and accessories 5/44 Fuse bases for screw or snap-on IEC 60269-1, -2; ✓ ✓ ✓
mounting onto standard mounting rails, EN 60269-1;
available as 1-pole or 3-pole version DIN VDE 0636-2
SITOR semiconductor fuses

SITOR LV HRC design 5/50 Fuse links in LV HRC design and a -- -- ✓
huge variety of models support a wide
range of applications from 500 V to
1500 V and 150 A to 1250 A.
Fuses with slotted blade contacts, bolt-
on links or female thread and special
designs.
SITOR, cylindrical fuse design 5/58 Fuse sets, fuse holders – usable as fuse -- -- ✓
switch disconnectors and fuse bases
up to 600/690 V AC and 400/700 V DC
from 1 A to 100 A in the sizes
10 mm × 38 mm, 14 mm × 51 mm and
22 mm × 58 mm.
NEOZED and DIAZED design, 5/61 NEOZED fuse links for 400 V AC and -- -- ✓
SILIZED 250 V DC and DIAZED for 500 V AC
and 500 V DC.
Photovoltaic fuses
Cylindrical fuse design 5/63 Fuses with a rated voltage of IEC 60269-6 (draft) ✓ ✓ ✓
1000 V DC and operational class gPV
for the protection of photovoltaic mod-
ules and their connecting cables.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Introduction
■ Overview
The NEOZED fuse system is primarily used in distribution tech- Due to its small footprint, the MINIZED D01 fuse switch discon-
nology and industrial switchgear assemblies. The system is easy nector is primarily used in control engineering.
to use and is also approved for domestic installation.
The NEOZED fuse bases are the most cost-effective solution for
The MINIZED switch disconnectors are primarily used in switch- the application of NEOZED fuses. All NEOZED bases must be
gear assemblies and control engineering. They are approved for fed from the bottom to ensure that the threaded ring is insulated
switching loads as well as for safe switching in the event of short during removal of the fuse link. The terminals of the NEOZED
circuits. The MINIZED D02 is also suitable for use in the pre- bases are available in different versions and designs to support
5 counter sector in household applications in compliance with the
recommendations of the VDEW according to TAB 2007.
the various installation methods.
■ Benefits
MINIZED switch disconnectors NEOZED fuse bases made of molded plastic

• Clear and visible conductor connection that can be easily • Clear and visible conductor connection that can be easily
checked. This facilitates cable entry and saves time checked. This facilitates cable entry and saves time
• With draw-out technology for no-voltage replacement of fuses. • Greater safety for personnel thanks to terminals with touch
This provides enhanced safety. protection acc. to BGV A3 at incoming and outgoing feeders.
• The infeed of the devices can be from the top or the bottom. This ensures enhanced safety
This enables flexible application. • Two type ranges with different terminals offer expanded appli-
cation options.
NEOZED fuse switch disconnectors NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic

• With draw-out technology for no-voltage replacement of fuses. • Different terminal versions support a huge range of different
This provides enhanced safety. installation methods. This increases flexibility
• Extremely slim design with a single MW per pole. This saves • These bases are the most widely used devices for applica-
space and costs. tions with NEOZED fuses. An unrivaled cost-effective solution.
5/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Introduction
NEOZED fuse links
5SE2
Standards IEC 60269-3; DIN VDE 0636-3
Operational class gG
V DC 250
5
Rated current In A 2 ... 100
Rated breaking capacity kA AC 50
kA DC 8
Non-interchangeability Using adapter sleeves
Resistance to climate °C Up to 45 at 95 % rel. humidity
Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at 20
MINIZED MINIZED Fuse bases, Comfort Fuse bases

switch dis- fuse switch made of ceramic bases
connectors disconnectors
D02 D01 D01 D02 D03 D01/02
5SG7 1 5SG7 6 5SG1 5 5SG1 6 5SG1 8 5SG1 .01 5SG1 .30
5SG5 5 5SG5 6 5SG5 .01 5SG1 .31
5SG5 .30
Standards DIN VDE 0638 IEC 60269-3; DIN VDE 0636-3
IEC/EN 60947-3
Main switch characteristic Yes -- --
EN 60204-1
Insulation characteristic Yes -- --
EN 60664-1
Rated voltage Un V AC 230/400, 240/415 400
• 1P V DC 65 48 250
• 2P in series V DC 130 110 250
Rated current In A 63 16 16 63 100 16/63 16/63
Rated insulation voltage V AC 500 400 --
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV AC 6 2.5 --
Overvoltage category 4 -- --
Utilization category acc. to VDE 0638
• AC-22 A 63 16 --
Utilization category acc. to EN 60947-3
• AC-22 B A 63 16 --
• AC-23 B A 35 -- --
• DC-22 B A 63 -- --
Sealable Yes Yes, with sealable screw caps
When switched on
Mounting position Any, but preferably vertical
Reduction factor of In with 18 pole
• Side-by-side mounting 0.9 --
• On top of one another, with vertical standard 0.87 --
mounting rail
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Terminals Yes No Yes
With touch protection acc. to BGV A3
Terminal versions -- -- B K, S K/S -- --
• Solid and stranded mm2 1.5 ... 35 1.5 ... 16 1.5 ... 4 1.5 ... 25 10 ... 50 0.75 ... 35 1.5 ... 35
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 35 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 -- --
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 -- -- 0.75 ... 25 -- -- -- --
Tightening torques Nm 4 1.2 1.2 2 3.5/2.5 2.5 ... 3 3
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/5

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Introduction
Fuse bases D01 with terminal version BB Fuse bases D02, with terminal version KS
• Incoming feeders, clamp-type terminal B • Incoming feeders, screw head contact K
• Outgoing feeders, clamp-type terminal B • Outgoing feeders, saddle terminal S
Fuse bases D02, with terminal version SS

• Incoming feeders, saddle terminal S
• Outgoing feeders, saddle terminal S
5/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
NEOZED fuse links

Sizes In Identification DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
color per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
A kg
NEOZED fuse sets
Rated voltage 400 V AC/250 V DC,
5
operational class gG
D01 2 Pink } 5SE2 302 1 10 units 016 0.005
4 Brown } 5SE2 304 1 10 units 016 0.013
6 Green } 5SE2 306 1 10/500 units 016 0.009
10 Red } 5SE2 310 1 10/500 units 016 0.007
13 Black A 5SE2 013-2A 1 10 units 016 0.006
16 Gray } 5SE2 316 1 10/500 units 016 0.005
D02 20 Blue } 5SE2 320 1 10 units 016 0.011
25 Yellow } 5SE2 325 1 10 units 016 0.010
32 Black B 5SE2 332 1 10 units 016 0.013
35 Black } 5SE2 335 1 10 units 016 0.011
40 Black B 5SE2 340 1 10 units 016 0.015
50 White } 5SE2 350 1 10 units 016 0.013
63 Copper } 5SE2 363 1 10 units 016 0.015
D03 80 Blue } 5SE2 280 1 10 units 016 0.035
100 Red } 5SE2 300 1 10 units 016 0.042

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/7
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
MINIZED switch disconnectors and

Sizes Number of In Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
poles ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW kg
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses
Using draw-out technology with touch protection to
BGV A3 (adapter sleeves not included in delivery)
5 D02 1P
1P+N
63
63
1.5
3
}
B
5SG7 113
5SG7 153
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
016
016
0.141
0.259
2P 63 3 B 5SG7 123 1 1 unit 016 0.276
3P 63 4.5 } 5SG7 133 1 1 unit 016 0.411
3P+N 63 6 B 5SG7 163 1 1 unit 016 0.524
Versions for Austria only,
with permanently fitted adapter sleeves,
incl. fuse set
D02 3P 25 4.5 B 5SG7 133-8BA25 1 1 unit 016 0.450
35 B 5SG7 133-8BA35 1 1 unit 016 0.448
50 B 5SG7 133-8BA50 1 1 unit 016 0.455
Locking caps
In D02 MINIZED switch disconnectors C 5SH5 532 1 1 unit 016 0.012
for applications in the precounter sector
Reducers
For fuse links D01 C 5SH5 527 1 10/100 units 016 0.001
in MINIZED switch disconnectors D02

For MINIZED switch disconnectors D02
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 010 1 1 unit 027 0.066
2 NO A 5ST3 011 1 1 unit 027 0.055
2 NC A 5ST3 012 1 1 unit 027 0.055
For technical specifications, see chapter 3
"Miniature Circuit Breakers" –> "Additional
components"
Auxiliary switches (AS) with TEST button

1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 A 5ST3 010-2 1 1 unit 027 0.045
2 NO A 5ST3 011-2 1 1 unit 027 0.045
2 NC A 5ST3 012-2 1 1 unit 027 0.045
For technical specifications, see chapter 3
"Miniature Circuit Breakers" –> "Additional
components"

For industrial applications
With draw-out technology and touch protection to
BGV A3 (not compatible with NEOZED adapter
sleeves)
D01 1P 16 1 A 5SG7 610 1 1 unit 016 0.082
1P+N 16 2 B 5SG7 650 1 1 unit 016 0.169
2P 16 2 B 5SG7 620 1 1 unit 016 0.165
3P 16 3 A 5SG7 630 1 1 unit 016 0.241
3P+N 16 4 B 5SG7 660 1 1 unit 016 0.323
For busbars, see page 5/29.

5/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
NEOZED fuse bases and accessories

Sizes Num- In Matching Terminals2) Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
ber of cover ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
poles width SET, approx.
M)
A MW kg
NEOZED comfort bases made of molded plastic
With touch protection according to BGV A3
5
D01 1P 16 -- 1.5 } 5SG1 301 1 3 units 016 0.114
D02 63 -- } 5SG1 701 1 3 units 016 0.116
D01 3P 16 -- 4.5 } 5SG5 301 1 1 unit 016 0.382

D02 63 -- } 5SG5 701 1 1 unit 016 0.380
NEOZED fuse bases made of molded plastic

For snap-on mounting on standard mounting rails, with cover
D01 1P 16 (A1) 1.5 A 5SG1 330 1 6 units 016 0.077
D02 63 (A1) 1.5 A 5SG1 730 1 6 units 016 0.085
For snap-on mounting on standard mounting rails,

without cover
D01 1P 16 A1 1.5 B 5SG1 331 1 6 units 016 0.069
D02 63 A1 1.5 A 5SG1 731 1 6 units 016 0.081

D01 3P 16 (A2) 4.5 A 5SG5 330 1 2 units 016 0.227
D02 63 (A2) 4.5 A 5SG5 730 1 2 units 016 0.270
NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic

D01 1P 16 (A4) BB 1.5 } 5SG1 553 1 6 units 016 0.065
D02 63 (A10) SS 1.5 } 5SG1 653 1 6 units 016 0.091
D02 63 (A10) KS 1.5 } 5SG1 693 1 6 units 016 0.080

without cover
D01 1P 16 A4 BB 1.5 B 5SG1 595 1 6 units 016 0.059
D02 63 A10 SS 1.5 } 5SG1 655 1 6 units 016 0.082
D02 63 A10 KS 1.5 B 5SG1 695 1 6 units 016 0.078
D03 100 A6, A9 KS 2.5 A 5SG1 812 1 10 units 016 0.190
For screw fixing only, without cover
D01 1P 16 A4 BB 1.5 B 5SG1 590 1 6 units 016 0.056
D02 63 A10 SS 1.5 B 5SG1 650 1 6 units 016 0.081
D03 100 A6, A9 KS 2.5 B 5SG1 810 1 10 units 016 0.184

with cap
D01 1P 16 (A8) BB 1.5 } 5SG1 594 1 6 units 016 0.085
D02 63 (A8) SS 1.5 B 5SG1 694 1 6 units 016 0.107
D03 100 (A9) KS 2.5 B 5SG1 813 1 10 units 016 0.249

D01 3P 16 (A5) BB 4.5 } 5SG5 553 1 2 units 016 0.203
D02 63 (A11) SS 4.5 } 5SG5 653 1 2 units 016 0.272
D02 63 (A11) KS 4.5 } 5SG5 693 1 2 units 016 0.256
1) 2)
Covers in parentheses are included in delivery. For terminal versions, see page 5/6.
Covers without parentheses are not included in delivery.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/9
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Sizes Num- In Matching Terminals2) Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
ber of cover ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
poles width SET, approx.
M)
A MW kg
NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic1)
without cover
D01 3P 16 A5 BB 4.5 B 5SG5 555 1 2 units 016 0.188
5 D02
D02
63 A11
63 A11
SS
KS
4.5
4.5
B
B
5SG5 655
5SG5 695
1
1
2 units
2 units
016
016
0.260
0.240
For screw fixing only, without cover

D01 3P 16 A5 BB 4.5 B 5SG5 550 1 2 units 016 0.189
D02 63 A11 SS 4.5 B 5SG5 650 1 2 units 016 0.260
D02 63 A11 KS 4.5 B 5SG5 690 1 2 units 016 0.235
NEOZED covers2)
Made of molded plastic, plug-in,
for fuse base made of molded plastic
D01, A1 1.5 C 5SH5 244 1 15 units 016 0.002
D02
D01, A2 4.5 C 5SH5 245 1 5 units 016 0.005

D02
For fuse bases made of ceramic

D01 A4 1.5 B 5SH5 251 1 15 units 016 0.008
D02 A10 1.5 B 5SH5 253 1 15 units 016 0.006
D01 A5 4.5 C 5SH5 252 1 5 units 016 0.022

D02 A11 4.5 C 5SH5 254 1 5 units 016 0.023
Screw-on
D03 A6 2.5 B 5SH5 233 1 20 units 016 0.019
NEOZED caps
Made of molded plastic, plug-in
D01, D02 A8 B 5SH5 235 1 5 units 016 0.021
Screw-on
D03 A9 C 5SH5 234 1 10 units 016 0.065
1) Covers in parentheses are included in delivery. Covers without parenthe-

ses are not included in delivery.
2) For terminal versions, see page 5/6.

5/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED Fuse Systems
Sizes For fuse links Identification Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
color ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
A MW kg
NEOZED screw caps
Molded plastic, with inspection hole
D01 } 5SH4 116 1 10/1000 units 016 0.007
D02 } 5SH4 163 1 10/200 units 016 0.009
Ceramic 5
D01, sealable A 5SH4 316 1 10 units 016 0.017
D02, sealable A 5SH4 363 1 10 units 016 0.022
D03 A 5SH4 100 1 3 units 016 0.074
Ceramic, with inspection hole

D01 } 5SH4 317 1 20 units 016 0.017
D02 } 5SH4 362 1 20 units 016 0.019
NEOZED adapter sleeves

D01 2 Pink } 5SH5 002 1 10 units 016 0.001
4 Brown A 5SH5 004 1 10 units 016 0.001
6 Green } 5SH5 006 1 10 units 016 0.001
10/13 Red } 5SH5 010 1 10 units 016 0.001
D02 20 Blue } 5SH5 020 1 10 units 016 0.002

25 Yellow } 5SH5 025 1 10 units 016 0.001
32/35/40 Black } 5SH5 035 1 10 units 016 0.003
50 White A 5SH5 050 1 10 units 016 0.001
D03 80 Silver A 5SH5 080 1 25 units 016 0.001
For fuse links D01 in base D02 and

MINIZED switch disconnectors D02
D02 2 Pink A 5SH5 402 1 10 units 016 0.001
4 Brown A 5SH5 404 1 10 units 016 0.005
6 Green A 5SH5 406 1 10 units 016 0.002
10/13 Red A 5SH5 410 1 10 units 016 0.014
16 Gray A 5SH5 416 1 10 units 016 0.002
NEOZED adapter sleeve fitters
A 5SH5 100 1 1/10 units 016 0.023
NEOZED retaining springs

For fuse links D01 in screw caps
D02 2 ... 16 A 5SH5 400 1 25 units 016 0.002
For fuse links D01 in screw caps DL1)
DL1) 2 ... 16 A 5SH5 417 1 25 units 016 0.001
Busbar adapters
for mounting D02 MINIZED switch discon- 4.5 C 5SH5 503 1 1 unit 016 0.299
nectors on busbars 12 × 5 mm at a distance
of 40 mm
Rated current 63 A, 16 mm²
1)
This spring enables the use of NEOZED fuses in DL fuse bases, e.g. in unrenovated prefabricated buildings.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/11
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
■ Overview
The DIAZED fuse system is one of the oldest fuse systems in the The terminals of the DIAZED bases are available in different ver-
world. It was developed by Siemens as far back as 1906. It is still sions and designs to support the various installation methods.
the standard fuse system in many countries to this day. It is par-
ticularly widely used in the harsh environments of industrial ap- The high-performing EZR bus-mounting system for screw con-
plications. nection is an outstanding feature. The busbars, which are partic-
ularly suited for bus-mounting bases, have a load capacity of up
The series is available with rated voltages from 500 A to 750 V. to 150 A with lateral infeed.
5
All DIAZED bases must be fed from the bottom to ensure an in- DIAZED stands for Diametral gestuftes zweiteiliges Sicherungs-
sulated threaded ring when the fuse link is being removed. Reli- system mit Edisongewinde (diametral two-step fuse system with
able contact of the fuse links is only ensured when used together Edison screw).
with DIAZED screw adapters.
■ Benefits
DIAZED fuse systems are a result of a well-designed modular
system which enables the components to be combined in any
way to meet the various requirements and to facilitate different
4
installation methods.
$ DIAZED base
% DIAZED cover
1 3
& DIAZED cover ring
( DIAZED cap
10
7 ) DIAZED fuse link, DII
* DIAZED fuse link, NDz
5
2 + DIAZED screw adapter
, DIAZED adapter sleeve
9 - DIAZED screw cap
6
. Busbar, oblong hole, single-phase
11 / Terminal, fork-type terminal, non-insulated
8
I201_16013a
5SA, 5SB, 5SC, 5SD
Standards IEC 60269-3; DIN VDE 0635; DIN VDE 0636-3; CEE 16
Operational class Acc. to IEC 60269; DIN VDE 0636 gG
Characteristic Acc. to DIN VDE 0635 Slow and quick
Rated voltage Un V AC 500, 690, 750
V DC 500, 600, 750
Rated current In A 2 ... 100
Rated breaking capacity kA AC 50, 40 at E16
kA DC 8, 1.6 at E16
Non-interchangeability Using screw adapter or adapter sleeves
Degree of protection Acc. to IEC 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Resistance to climate °C Up to 45, at 95 % rel. humidity
Terminal version
B K S R
Size DII DIII NDz DII DIII DIII DIV DII DIII
• Rigid, min. mm2 1.5 2.5 1.0 1.5 2.5 2.5 10 1.5 1.5
• Rigid, max. mm2 10 25 6 10 25 25 50 35 35
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 10 25 6 10 25 25 50 35 35
Tightening torques
• Screw M4 Nm 1.2 --
• Screw M6 Nm 2.5 4
5/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems

Sizes Un In Identifica- Thread Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
tion color ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC/V DC A MW kg
DIAZED fuse links
Operational class gG
DII 500/500 2
4
Pink
Brown
E27 }
}
5SB2 11
5SB2 21
1
1
5 units
5 units
016
016
0.019
0.024
5
6 Green } 5SB2 31 1 5 units 016 0.023
10 Red } 5SB2 51 1 5 units 016 0.022
16 Gray } 5SB2 61 1 5 units 016 0.028
20 Blue } 5SB2 71 1 5 units 016 0.035
25 Yellow } 5SB2 81 1 5 units 016 0.030
DIII 500/500 32 Black E33 B 5SB4 010 1 5 units 016 0.046

35 Black A 5SB4 11 1 5 units 016 0.051
50 White A 5SB4 21 1 5 units 016 0.048
63 Copper A 5SB4 31 1 5 units 016 0.054
DIV 500/400 80 Silver R1¼" B 5SC2 11 1 3 units 016 0.129
100 Red B 5SC2 21 1 3 units 016 0.119
Characteristic: slow
TNDz 500/500 2 Pink E16 B 5SA2 11 1 10 units 016 0.011
4 Brown B 5SA2 21 1 10 units 016 0.020
6 Green B 5SA2 31 1 10 units 016 0.015
10 Red B 5SA2 51 1 10 units 016 0.012
16 Gray B 5SA2 61 1 10 units 016 0.013
20 Blue B 5SA2 71 1 10 units 016 0.014
25 Yellow B 5SA2 81 1 10 units 016 0.030
Characteristic: quick
NDz 500/500 2 Pink E16 B 5SA1 11 1 10 units 016 0.011
4 Brown B 5SA1 21 1 10 units 016 0.011
6 Green B 5SA1 31 1 10 units 016 0.015
10 Red B 5SA1 51 1 10 units 016 0.012
16 Gray B 5SA1 61 1 10 units 016 0.014
20 Blue B 5SA1 71 1 10 units 016 0.014
25 Yellow B 5SA1 81 1 10 units 016 0.016
DII 500/500 2 Pink E27 B 5SB1 11 1 5 units 016 0.026

4 Brown B 5SB1 21 1 5 units 016 0.025
6 Green B 5SB1 31 1 5 units 016 0.026
10 Red1) B 5SB1 41 1 5 units 016 0.653
10 Red A 5SB1 51 1 5 units 016 0.025
16 Gray A 5SB1 61 1 5 units 016 0.028
20 Blue A 5SB1 71 1 5 units 016 0.032
25 Yellow A 5SB1 81 1 5 units 016 0.031
DIII 500/500 35 Black E33 A 5SB3 11 1 5 units 016 0.050
50 White A 5SB3 21 1 5 units 016 0.049
63 Copper A 5SB3 31 1 5 units 016 0.054
DIV 500/500 80 Silver R1¼" B 5SC1 11 1 3 units 016 0.123
100 Red B 5SC1 21 1 3 units 016 0.124
Operational class gG, use 5SF1 and 5SF5 fuse base

made of ceramic
For 2 A ... 25 A, use adaptor screw DII
DIII 690/600 2 Pink E33 B 5SD8 002 1 5 units 016 0.068
4 Brown B 5SD8 004 1 5 units 016 0.071
6 Green B 5SD8 006 1 5 units 016 0.067
10 Red B 5SD8 010 1 5 units 016 0.067
16 Gray B 5SD8 016 1 5 units 016 0.072
20 Blue B 5SD8 020 1 5 units 016 0.069
25 Yellow B 5SD8 025 1 5 units 016 0.072
35 Black B 5SD8 035 1 5 units 016 0.072
50 White B 5SD8 050 1 5 units 016 0.075
63 Copper B 5SD8 063 1 5 units 016 0.078
1)
Use adaptor screw 6 A.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/13
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes Un In Identifi- Thread Terminals DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

cation per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
color SET, approx.
M)
V AC/V DC A kg
DIAZED fuse links
Characteristic: quick,
also for direct current railway facilities
For 2 A ... 25 A, use adaptor screw DII
5 DIII 750/750 2 Pink

4 Brown
6 Green
E33 A
B
B
5SD6 01
5SD6 02
5SD6 03
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
016
016
016
0.066
0.072
0.068
10 Red B 5SD6 04 1 5 units 016 0.072
16 Gray B 5SD6 05 1 5 units 016 0.042
20 Blue B 5SD6 06 1 5 units 016 0.074
25 Yellow A 5SD6 07 1 5 units 016 0.072
35 Black B 5SD6 08 1 5 units 016 0.072
50 White B 5SD6 10 1 5 units 016 0.077
63 Copper B 5SD6 11 1 5 units 016 0.078
DIAZED fuse bases made of ceramic
1P, for standard mounting rail
NDz 500/500 25 E16 KK A 5SF1 012 1 5 units 016 0.062
DII 25 E27 BB } 5SF1 005 1 5 units 016 0.093
DIII1) 63 E33 BS } 5SF1 205 1 5 units 016 0.142
DIII1) 63 E33 SS B 5SF1 215 1 5 units 016 0.141
1P, for screw fixing
NDz 500/500 25 E16 KK A 5SF1 01 1 5 units 016 0.057
DII 25 E27 BB A 5SF1 024 1 5 units 016 0.100
DIII1) 63 E33 BS A 5SF1 224 1 5 units 016 0.143
DIII1) 63 E33 SS B 5SF1 214 1 5 units 016 0.146
1P, with flat terminal
DIV 100 R1¼" B 5SF1 401 1 1 unit 016 0.604
3P, for standard mounting rail,

with cap and N-type fixpoint terminal
DII 500/500 3 × 25 E27 BB B 5SF5 067 1 1 unit 016 0.449
DIII1) 3 × 63 E33 BB B 5SF5 237 1 1 unit 016 0.635
3P, for screw fixing,

with cap and N-type fixpoint terminal
DII 500/500 3 × 25 E27 KB B 5SF5 066 1 1 unit 016 0.441
DIII1) 3 × 63 E33 KB B 5SF5 236 1 1 unit 016 0.624
DIAZED fuse bases made of molded plastic
With touch protection according to BGV A3
1P, for standard mounting rail or screw fixing
DII 500/500 25 E27 } 5SF1 060 1 3/108 units 016 0.146
DIII 63 E33 } 5SF1 260 1 3/132 units 016 0.200
3P
DII 500/500 3 × 25 E27 } 5SF5 068 1 1/36 units 016 0.475
DIII 3 × 63 E33 } 5SF5 268 1 1/44 units 016 0.595
1) Also for 690 V AC/600 V DC.

5/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes Un In Thread Terminals DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
V AC/V DC A kg
DIAZED components 750 V
DIAZED fuse bases
1P, for screw fixing,
with fine thread and cap
DIII 750/750 63 E33S KK A 5SF4 230 1 1 unit 016 0.504
5
DIAZED screw caps
Made of ceramic, with fine thread
DIII 750/750 63 E33S A 5SH1 161 1 5 units 016 0.134
DIAZED EZR bus-mounting bases

1P, to snap onto EZR busbars
For screw fixing
DII 500/500 25 E27 B B 5SF6 005 1 5 units 016 0.080
DIII 500/500 63 E33 B B 5SF6 205 1 5 units 016 0.114
DIAZED screw caps

Molded plastic, with inspection hole, black,
not for SILIZED fuse links
NDz 500/500 25 E16 A 5SH1 112 1 20 units 016 0.013
DII 500/500 25 E27 } 5SH1 221 1 5/200 units 016 0.024
DIII 63 E33 } 5SH1 231 1 5/5000 units 016 0.038
Ceramic
DII 500/500 25 E27 } 5SH1 12 1 50/30000 units 016 0.037
DIII 63 E33 } 5SH1 13 1 30 units 016 0.063
Ceramic, with inspection hole, sealable

DII 500/500 25 E27 A 5SH1 22 1 50/5000 units 016 0.046
DIII 63 E33 A 5SH1 23 1 30/5000 units 016 0.068
Ceramic
DIV 500/500 100 R1¼" C 5SH1 141 1 1 unit 016 0.223
Ceramic, prolonged version

DIII 690/600 63 E33 A 5SH1 170 1 5 units 016 0.095

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/15
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes Thread For DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

fuse links per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
A kg
DIAZED screw adapters
NDz E16 2 C 5SH3 28 1 20 units 016 0.003
4 C 5SH3 31 1 20 units 016 0.002
6 C 5SH3 05 1 20 units 016 0.004
5 10
16
C
C
5SH3 06
5SH3 07
1
1
20 units
20 units
016
016
0.003
0.002
Also for 5SF2 30 to 750 V
DII E27 2 } 5SH3 10 1 25/1500 units 016 0.014
4 } 5SH3 11 1 25/1500 units 016 0.009
6 } 5SH3 12 1 25/1500 units 016 0.015
10 } 5SH3 13 1 25/1500 units 016 0.021
16 } 5SH3 14 1 25/1500 units 016 0.008
20 } 5SH3 15 1 25/1500 units 016 0.013
25 } 5SH3 16 1 25/1500 units 016 0.012
Also for 5SF2 30 to 750 V
DIII E33 35 } 5SH3 17 1 25/850 units 016 0.025
50 } 5SH3 18 1 25/850 units 016 0.018
63 } 5SH3 20 1 25/850 units 016 0.019
DIAZED adapter sleeves

DIV R1¼" 80 C 5SH3 21 1 10/1000 units 016 0.006
100 C 5SH3 22 1 10/1000 units 016 0.004
DIAZED adapter sleeves for screw caps

For NDz/TNDz fuse links in base DII C 5SH3 01 1 10 units 016 0.011
For DII fuse links in DIII base B 5SH3 02 1 10 units 016 0.012
DIAZED adapter sleeve fitters

DII/DIII A 5SH3 703 1 1 unit 016 0.046
DIAZED covers
Made of molded plastic
Not for SILIZED fuse links
DII 5 bases = 12 MW E27 } 5SH2 032 1 10/620 units 016 0.016
DIII 4 bases = 12 MW E33 } 5SH2 232 1 10/620 units 016 0.020
DIAZED caps
NDz E16 A 5SH2 01 1 5 units 016 0.044
DII E27 A 5SH2 02 1 5 units 016 0.249
DIII E33 A 5SH2 22 1 5 units 016 0.049

5/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
DIAZED fuse systems
Sizes Thread DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
kg
DIAZED cover rings
Ceramic DII and DIII, also for EZR bus-mounting base
DII E27 B 5SH3 32 1 10 units 016 0.024
DIII E33 B 5SH3 34 1 10 units 016 0.031
5
Made of molded plastic, also for EZR bus-mounting base
DII E27 A 5SH3 401 1 5/60 units 016 0.014
DIII E33 A 5SH3 411 1 5/60 units 016 0.020
DIII fuse bases with terminal version BS NDz fuse bases with terminal version KK
• Outgoing feeders (top), saddle terminal S • Outgoing feeders (top), screw head contact K
• Incoming feeders (bottom), clamp-type terminal B • Incoming feeders (bottom), screw head contact K
DIII fuse bases with terminal version BB DII fuse bases with terminal version SS
• Outgoing feeders (top), clamp-type terminal B • Outgoing feeders (top), saddle terminal S
• Incoming feeders (bottom), clamp-type terminal B • Incoming feeders (bottom), saddle terminal S

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/17
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Cylindrical fuse sets and
cylindrical fuse holders
Cylindrical fuses are standard in Europe. There are a range of • Devices with pole number 1P+N are available in a single
different cylindrical fuse links and holders that comply with the modular width. This reduces the footprint by 50 %.
standards IEC 60269-1, -2 and -3, and which are suitable for use • The sliding catch for type ranges 8 x 32 mm and 10 x 38 mm
in industrial applications. In South West Europe they are also enables the removal of individual devices from the assembly.
approved for use in residential buildings.
• Space for a spare fuse in the plug-in module enables the fast
The cylindrical fuse holders are also approved to UL 512. replacement of fuses. This saves time and money and
The cylindrical fuse holders are tested and approved as fuse increases plant availability.
5 disconnectors according to the switching device standard
IEC 60947-3. They are not suitable for switching loads.
• A flashing LED signals that a fuse link has been tripped. This
enables fast detection during runtime.
Cylindrical fuse holders can be supplied with or without signal
detectors. In the case of devices with signal detector, a small
electronic device with LED is located behind an inspection
window in the plug-in module. If the inserted fuse link is tripped,
this is indicated by the LED flashing.
The switching state of the fuse holder can be signaled over a
side-mounted auxiliary switch, which enables the integration of
the fuses in the automation process.
Cylindrical fuse links
3NW6 3.. 3NW6 0.. 3NW6 1.. 3NW6 2.. 3NW8 0.. 3NW8 1.. 3NW8 2..
Sizes mm × mm 8 × 32 10 × 38 14 × 51 22 × 58 10 × 38 14 × 51 22 × 58
Standards IEC 60269-1, -2, -3; NF C 60-200; NF C 63-210, -211; NBN C 63269-2, CEI 32-4, -12
Operational class gG aM
Rated voltages Un V AC 400 or 500
Rated current In A 2 ... 20 2 ... 32 4 ... 50 8 ... 100 0.5 ... 25 2 ... 50 10 ... 100
• 500 V version kA AC 100
• 400 V version kA AC 20
Cylindrical fuse holders

3NW7 3.. 3NW7 0.. 3NW7 1.. 3NW7 2..
Sizes mm × mm 8 × 32 10 × 38 14 × 51 22 × 58
Standards IEC 60269-1, -2, -3; NF C 60-200; NF C 63-210, -211; NBN C 63269-2-1, CEI 32-4, -12
Approvals Acc. to UL -- U U --
Acc. to CSA -- s s --
Rated voltage Un V AC 400 690
Acc. to UL/CSA V AC 400 600
Rated current In A AC 20 32 50 100
Rated breaking capacity kA 20 100
Switching capacity
• Utilization category AC-20B (switching without load), DC-20B
No-voltage changing Yes
Of fuse links
Sealable Yes
When installed
Degree of protection Acc. to IEC 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Terminals with touch protection Yes
According to BGV A3 at incoming
and outgoing feeder
Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at +20
• Rigid mm2 0.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 10 4 ... 10
• Stranded mm2 0.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 25 4 ... 50
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 0.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 16 4 ... 35
• AWG (American Wire Gauge) -- 10 ... 20 6 ... 10 --
Tightening torques Nm 1.2 2.0 2.5
5/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems

Sizes In Un DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
mm × mm A V AC kg
Cylindrical fuse links,
8 × 32 2
4
6
400 B
B
B
3NW6 302-1
3NW6 304-1
1
1
10 units
10 units
018
018
0.004
0.004 5
3NW6 301-1 1 10 units 018 0.011
10 B 3NW6 303-1 1 10 units 018 0.001
16 B 3NW6 305-1 1 10 units 018 0.001
20 B 3NW6 307-1 1 10 units 018 0.004
10 × 38 2 500 } 3NW6 002-1 1 10 units 018 0.009
4 } 3NW6 004-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
6 } 3NW6 001-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
8 B 3NW6 008-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
10 } 3NW6 003-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
12 B 3NW6 006-1 1 10/100 units 018 0.008
16 } 3NW6 005-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
20 B 3NW6 007-1 1 10 units 018 0.009
25 B 3NW6 010-1 1 10 units 018 0.001
32 400 B 3NW6 012-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
14 × 51 4 500 B 3NW6 104-1 1 10 units 018 0.019
6 B 3NW6 101-1 1 10 units 018 0.012
8 B 3NW6 108-1 1 10/100 units 018 0.019
10 B 3NW6 103-1 1 10 units 018 0.022
12 B 3NW6 106-1 1 10/100 units 018 0.017
16 B 3NW6 105-1 1 10 units 018 0.023
20 B 3NW6 107-1 1 10 units 018 0.021
25 B 3NW6 110-1 1 10 units 018 0.221
32 B 3NW6 112-1 1 10 units 018 0.023
40 B 3NW6 117-1 1 10 units 018 0.018
50 400 B 3NW6 120-1 1 10 units 018 0.021
22 × 58 8 500 B 3NW6 208-1 1 10/100 units 018 0.051
10 B 3NW6 203-1 1 10/100 units 018 0.052
12 B 3NW6 206-1 1 10/100 units 018 0.056
16 B 3NW6 205-1 1 10 units 018 0.052
20 B 3NW6 207-1 1 10 units 018 0.055
25 B 3NW6 210-1 1 10 units 018 0.054
32 B 3NW6 212-1 1 10 units 018 0.052
40 B 3NW6 217-1 1 10 units 018 0.048
50 B 3NW6 220-1 1 10 units 018 0.054
63 B 3NW6 222-1 1 10 units 018 0.068
80 B 3NW6 224-1 1 10 units 018 0.051
100 400 B 3NW6 230-1 1 10 units 018 0.053
Cylindrical fuse links,
operational class aM
10 × 38 0.5 500 B 3NW8 000-1 1 10 units 018 0.001
1 B 3NW8 011-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
2 B 3NW8 002-1 1 10 units 018 0.007
4 B 3NW8 004-1 1 10 units 018 0.007
6 B 3NW8 001-1 1 10 units 018 0.006
8 B 3NW8 008-1 1 10 units 018 0.011
10 A 3NW8 003-1 1 10 units 018 0.005
12 B 3NW8 006-1 1 10/100 units 018 0.007
16 B 3NW8 005-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
20 B 3NW8 007-1 1 10 units 018 0.006
25 400 B 3NW8 010-1 1 10 units 018 0.008
14 × 51 2 500 B 3NW8 102-1 1 10/50 units 018 0.018
4 B 3NW8 104-1 1 10 units 018 0.018
6 B 3NW8 101-1 1 10/50 units 018 0.001
8 B 3NW8 108-1 1 10/50 units 018 0.018
10 B 3NW8 103-1 1 10 units 018 0.016
12 B 3NW8 106-1 1 10/50 units 018 0.018
16 B 3NW8 105-1 1 10 units 018 0.017
20 B 3NW8 107-1 1 10 units 018 0.016
25 B 3NW8 110-1 1 10 units 018 0.186
32 B 3NW8 112-1 1 10 units 018 0.019
40 B 3NW8 117-1 1 10 units 018 0.018
50 400 B 3NW8 120-1 1 10 units 018 0.019

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/19
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Sizes In Un DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
mm × mm A V AC kg
22 × 58 10 500 B 3NW8 203-1 1 10/50 units 018 0.048
12 B 3NW8 206-1 1 10/50 units 018 0.048
16 B 3NW8 205-1 1 10/50 units 018 0.048
20 B 3NW8 207-1 1 10 units 018 0.046
5
25 B 3NW8 210-1 1 10 units 018 0.040
32 B 3NW8 212-1 1 10 units 018 0.052
40 B 3NW8 217-1 1 10 units 018 0.047
50 B 3NW8 220-1 1 10 units 018 0.049
63 B 3NW8 222-1 1 10 units 018 0.046
80 B 3NW8 224-1 1 10 units 018 0.054
100 400 B 3NW8 230-1 1 10 units 018 0.050
Number of In For fuse links Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
poles of size ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
A mm × mm MW kg
Cylindrical fuse holders with signal detector
1P
20 8 × 32 1 C 3NW7 314 1 1 unit 018 0.067
32 10 × 38 1 A 3NW7 014 1 1 unit 018 0.066
50 14 × 51 1.5 B 3NW7 112 1 1 unit 018 0.100
100 22 × 58 2 B 3NW7 212 1 1 unit 018 0.150
1P+N
20 8 × 32 1 C 3NW7 354 1 1 unit 018 0.082
32 10 × 38 1 A 3NW7 054 1 1 unit 018 0.080
50 14 × 51 3 B 3NW7 152 1 1 unit 018 0.224
100 22 × 58 4 B 3NW7 252 1 1 unit 018 0.359
2P
20 8 × 32 2 C 3NW7 324 1 1 unit 018 0.135
32 10 × 38 2 A 3NW7 024 1 1 unit 018 0.134
50 14 × 51 3 B 3NW7 122 1 1 unit 018 0.217
100 22 × 58 4 B 3NW7 222 1 1 unit 018 0.328
3P
20 8 × 32 3 C 3NW7 334 1 1 unit 018 0.198
32 10 × 38 3 A 3NW7 034 1 1 unit 018 0.199
50 14 × 51 4.5 B 3NW7 132 1 1 unit 018 0.327
100 22 × 58 6 B 3NW7 232 1 1 unit 018 0.495
3P+N
20 8 × 32 3 C 3NW7 364 1 1 unit 018 0.216
32 10 × 38 3 A 3NW7 064 1 1 unit 018 0.215
50 14 × 51 6 B 3NW7 162 1 1 unit 018 0.444
100 22 × 58 8 B 3NW7 262 1 1 unit 018 0.681
Cylindrical fuse holders without signal detector
1P
20 8 × 32 1 A 3NW7 313 1 1 unit 018 0.066
32 10 × 38 1 } 3NW7 013 1 1/12 018 0.076
units
50 14 × 51 1.5 } 3NW7 111 1 1 unit 018 0.108
100 22 × 58 2 } 3NW7 211 1 1 unit 018 0.165
1P+N
20 8 × 32 1 A 3NW7 353 1 1 unit 018 0.080
32 10 × 38 1 } 3NW7 053 1 1 unit 018 0.078
50 14 × 51 3 B 3NW7 151 1 1 unit 018 0.237
100 22 × 58 4 B 3NW7 251 1 1 unit 018 0.362
2P
20 8 × 32 2 A 3NW7 323 1 1 unit 018 0.133
32 10 × 38 2 } 3NW7 023 1 1/6 units 018 0.132
50 14 × 51 3 } 3NW7 121 1 1 unit 018 0.217
100 22 × 58 4 } 3NW7 221 1 1 unit 018 0.326

5/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Number of In For fuse links Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
poles of size ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
A mm × mm MW kg
3P
20 8 × 32 3 A 3NW7 333 1 1 unit 018 0.194
32 10 × 38 3 } 3NW7 033 1 1/4 units 018 0.194
50
100
14 × 51
22 × 58
4.5
6
}
}
3NW7 131
3NW7 231
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
018
018
0.324
0.488 5
3P+N
20 8 × 32 3 A 3NW7 363 1 1 unit 018 0.208
32 10 × 38 3 } 3NW7 063 1 1 unit 018 0.205
50 14 × 51 6 A 3NW7 161 1 1 unit 018 0.452
100 22 × 58 8 A 3NW7 261 1 1 unit 018 0.685
Auxiliary switches
For indicating disconnection of the fuse link, solely for
application of striker fuse links.
For retrofitting using the factory-fitted brackets.
Contact: 250 V AC, 5 A,
Minimum contact load: 12 V, 25 mA
For fuse bases 14 × 51 0.5 B 3NW7 901 1 1 unit 018 0.048
For fuse bases 22 × 58 B 3NW7 902 1 1 unit 018 0.048
For indicating the switching state of the fuse holder.

For retrofitting using the factory-fitted brackets.
Contact: 230 V AC, 6 A/110 V DC, 1 A
Minimum contact load: 12 V, 25 mA
Terminals 1.5 mm² - 0.5 Nm
For fuse holders 10 × 38 0.5 B 3NW7 903 1 1 unit 018 0.034
Mounting
Fuse holders, sizes 8 mm x 32 mm and 10 mm x 38 mm, have a
sliding catch that enables the removal of individual devices from
the assembly.
The infeed can be from the top or the bottom. Because the cylin-
drical fuse holders are fitted with the same anti-slip terminals at
the top and the bottom, the devices can also be rail-mounted at
the top or the bottom.
Auxiliary switches
Auxiliary switches are available for the cylindrical fuse holders.
These are simply clipped onto the base using the factory-fitted
brackets.
Sizes 8 mm × 32 mm and 10 mm × 38 mm:
The auxiliary switches support the remote display of the switch-
ing state ON or OFF of the fuse holder.
Sizes 14 mm × 51 mm and 22 mm × 58 mm:
The auxiliary switches support the remote display of fuse failure.
However, fuse links with strikers are required for this function.
When the fuse is tripped, a small striking pin - the striker - shoots
out of the front of the fuse. Over an armature link in the auxiliary
switch, the kinetic energy of this striker is used to switch a mini
switch, which then initializes this signal over a floating contact.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/21
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Compact fuse holders for
motor starter combinations N
■ Overview
Fused motor starter combinations can be configured with the The accessories are generally UL-certified.
fuse holders. The contactor and the fuse holder can be mounted
directly next to each other. Customers can mount an auxiliary switch which signals the
switching state or prevents the fuse holder from switching off
The strong current-limiting fuses ensure a type 2 protection level under load by interrupting the contactor control, thus increasing
(coordination according to IEC 60947-4, no damage protection) safety for the operator and process.
for the contactor.
Busbars and a matching three-phase feeder terminals complete
5
The UL version has an SCCR value of 200 kA. the product range.
Cylindrical fuse holder Class CC with signal detector and mounted aux- Installation configuration of a cylindrical fuse holder and a SIRIUS con-
iliary switch tactor on busbar adapter for the 60 mm busbar system.
3NW7 0. .-1 3NW7 5. .-1HG
Sizes mm × mm 10 × 38 Class CC
Standards IEC 60269; UL 512; CSA UL 512; CSA
Approvals
• Acc. to UL U, UL File Number E171267 u, UL File Number E171267
• Acc. to CSA s s
Rated current In A AC 32 30
Rated short-circuit strength kA 120 (at 500 V) 200
80 (at 690 V)
Switching capacity
• Utilization category AC-20B (switching without load) --
Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 2
Max. power dissipation of the fuse link W 3
No-voltage changing of fuse links Yes
Sealable when installed Yes
Lockable with padlock Yes
Current direction Any
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Terminals with touch protection according to BGV A3 Yes
at incoming and outgoing feeder
Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40, humidity 90 % at +20
2
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm 1 ... 4
• AWG cables (American Wire Gauge) AWG 18 ... 10
Tightening torques Nm 1.5
lb. in 13
• Terminal screws PZ2
5/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
N Compact fuse holders for
motor starter combinations
Auxiliary switches
3NW7 903-1
Standards IEC 60947
Approvals U, s, UL 508, UL File Number E334003
Utilization category AC-12 DC-13 AC-15 Acc. to UL
Rated voltage Un V AC 250 -- -- -- 24 120 240 240
V DC -- 24 120 240 -- -- -- --
Rated current In A 2 0.5 0.25 4 3 1.5 5
5
Busbars
5ST2 60.
For cylindrical fuse holders 3NW7 0. .-1 3NW7 5. .-1HG
Pin spacing mm 15
Standards DIN EN 60974-1, VDE 0660 part 100, IEC 60947-1:2004, UL 508, CSA 22.2
Approvals u, UL 4248-1, UL File Number E337131
Busbar material E-Cu 58 F25
Partition material PA66-V0
Lamp wire resistance /1.5 mm2 °C 960
Insulation coordination Overvoltage category III, degree of pollution 2
Rated voltage Un
• Acc. to UL V AC -- 600
• Acc. to IEC V AC 690 --
Maximum busbar current In
• Acc. to UL A -- 65
• Acc. to IEC A 80 --
Terminal
5ST2 600
For cylindrical fuse holders 3NW7 0. .-1 3NW7 5. .-1HG
Pin spacing mm 15
Standards IEC 60999:2000, UL 508
Approvals u, UL 4248-1, UL File Number E337131
Enclosure/cover material PA66-V0
Lamp wire resistance /1 mm2 °C 960
Temperature resistance PA66-V0, HDT B ISO 179, °C 200
UL 94-V0/1.5
Insulation coordination Overvoltage category III, degree of pollution 2
Max. operational voltage Umax
• Acc. to UL V AC -- 600
• Acc. to IEC V AC 690 --
Maximum electrical load Imax
• Acc. to UL A -- 65
• Acc. to IEC A 80 --
Rated current In A 63
• Solid/stranded mm2 2.5 ... 35
• Finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 2.5 ... 25
Tightening torque of clamping screw Nm 2.5 ... 3.5
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/23

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Compact fuse holders for
motor starter combinations N
Number of In For fuse links of size Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
A mm x mm MW kg
3NW7 cylindrical fuse holders
Cylindrical fuse holders U
5 3P 32
Without signal detectors
10 x 38 2.5
B 3NW7 033-1 1 1 unit 017 7.700
With signal detector B 3NW7 034-1 1 1 unit 017 0.190
Cylindrical fuse holders class CC u
3P 30 class CC 2.5
Without signal detectors B 3NW7 533-1HG 1 1 unit 018 0.181
With signal detector B 3NW7 534-1HG 1 1 unit 018 0.200
Accessories
Auxiliary switches u
AC-12, 5 A, max. 250 V, 1 NO, 1 NC 2.5 B 3NW7 903-1 1 1 unit 017 0.010
Version In Pin Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
A mm mm kg
Busbar system 5ST2 60.
Busbars u
2 x 3P 63 15 45 B 5ST2 601 1 10 units 027 0.450
3 x 3P 90 B 5ST2 602 1 10 units 027 0.705
4 x 3P 135 B 5ST2 603 1 10 units 027 0.950
5 x 3P 180 B 5ST2 604 1 10 units 027 1.230
Accessories
Terminals u
For conductor cross-section 2.5 mm2 ... 35 mm2 B 5ST2 600 1 10 units 027 0.500
Length of Width of DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

adapter adapter per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm mm kg
Device adapters
Busbar device adapters1) with connecting cables
(above) u
Size S00,
rated voltage 690 V AC,
rated current 25 A,
1 mounting rail (35 mm),
connection cable AWG 12
200 45 } 8US12 51-5DS10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
260 } 8US12 51-5DT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
Accessories
Mounting rails for busbar device adapter u
For assembly of additional devices 45 A 8US19 98-7CB45 1 10 units 143 0.009
1)
Further device adapters and accessories, see chapter "Busbar Systems".

5/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Class CC fuse systems

Compact fuse holders for motor starter combinations Class CC
■ Overview can be found on page 5/24.
Class CC fuses are used for "branch circuit protection".
The enclosed fuse holders are designed and tested to comply ■ Benefits
with the US National Electrical Code NEC 210.20(A). This means • For switchgear and machine manufacturers who export their
that when subject to continuous operation, only 80 % of the rated systems. Compliance with the American standard is kept.
current is permissible as operational current.
• Approved according to UL and CSA for typical "branch circuit
An operational current of 100 % of the rated current (30 A) is only protection" applications. This facilitates export.
permissible short-time.
5
• Modern design with touch protection to BGV A3 ensures safe
The devices are prepared for the inscription labels of the installation.
ALPHA FIX terminal blocks 8WH8 120-7AA15 and
8WH8 120-7XA05.
There are three different series:
• Characteristic: slow 3NW1 ...-0HG
For the protection of control transformers, reactors, induc-
tances. Significantly slower than the minimum requirements
specified by UL for Class CC Fuses of 12 s at 2 × In.
• Characteristic: quick 3NW2 ...-0HG
For a wide range of applications, for the protection of lighting
installations, heating, control systems.
• Characteristic: slow, current-limiting, 3NW3 ...-0HG
Slow for overloads and quick for short circuits. High current
limitation for the protection of motor circuits.
Note:
Class CC fuse holders
3NW7 5.3-0HG
Standards UL 512; CSA C22.2
Approvals UL512; UL File No. E171267; CSA C22.2
Rated voltage V AC 600
Rated current In A 30
Max. power dissipation of fuse links
• With cable, 6 mm2 W 3
• With cable, 10 mm2 W 4.3
• Solid and stranded mm2 1.5 ... 25
• AWG Conductor cross-section, solid and stranded AWG 18 ... 4
Class CC fuse links

3NW1...-0HG 3NW2 ...-0HG 3NW3 ...-0HG
Standards UL 248-4; CSA C22.2
Approvals UL 248-4; UL File Number E258218; CSA C22.2
Characteristic Slow Quick Slow, current limiting
Rated voltage V AC 600 600 600
V DC 150 (3 .... 15 A)
300 (< 3 A, > 15 A)
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/25

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Class CC fuse systems

Number of Un In Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V A MW kg
Class CC fuse holders
1P 600 30 1 C 3NW7 513-0HG 1 12 units 018 0.069
5
2P 600 30 2 C 3NW7 523-0HG 1 6 units 018 0.139
3P 600 30 3 C 3NW7 533-0HG 1 4 units 018 0.208
In1) Characteristic: slow Characteristic: quick

DT Order No. Price PG DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
per PU per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
A kg
Class CC fuse links
0.6 (6/10) C 3NW1 006-0HG 018 -- 1 10 units 0.009
0.8 (8/10) C 3NW1 008-0HG 018 -- 1 10 units 0.011
1 C 3NW1 010-0HG 018 C 3NW2 010-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.008
1.5 (1 ½) C 3NW1 015-0HG 018 -- 1 10 units 0.010
12 -- C 3NW2 120-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.010
30 C 3NW1 300-0HG 018 -- 1 10 units 0.002
Characteristic: slow,
current limiting
In1) DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
A kg
Class CC fuse links
0.6 (6/10) --
0.8 (8/10) --
1 C 3NW3 010-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.017
1.5 (1 ½) --
2 C 3NW3 020-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.017
3 C 3NW3 030-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.009
4 C 3NW3 040-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.008
5 C 3NW3 050-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.009
6 C 3NW3 060-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.009
8 C 3NW3 080-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.009
10 C 3NW3 100-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.001
12 C 3NW3 120-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.008
15 C 3NW3 150-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.008
20 C 3NW3 200-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.007
25 C 3NW3 250-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.006
30 C 3NW3 300-0HG 1 10 units 018 0.008
1)
Values in brackets, American English Wording

5/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
■ Overview
Busbars with pin-type connections can be used for NEOZED Busbars with fork plugs are used for the most frequently used
safety switching devices and fuse bases. Busbars in 10 mm2 NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic.
and 16 mm2 versions are available.
■ Benefits
• Clear and visible conductor connection that can be easily • Bus-mounting of NEOZED fuse bases made of molded plastic
checked when using NEOZED comfort base D02. This facili- on three-phase busbar with fork plug, which can be cut to
tates cable entry and saves time. length. Frequently used.
• Bus-mounting of NEOZED fuse bases made of ceramic on • Bus-mounting of MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors D01 with
three-phase busbar with fork plug, which can be cut to length. three-phase pin busbar, which can be cut to length with fork
Most common application. plug. Tried and tested.
• Clear and visible conductor connection that can be easily • Bus-mounting of cylindrical fuse holders 8 mm × 32 mm and
checked when using MINIZED switch disconnectors D02. 10 mm × 38 mm with three-phase pin busbar which can be
This facilitates cable entry and saves time. cut to length.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/27

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
• Bus-mounting of SITOR cylindrical fuse holders • Bus mounting with infeed through a connection terminal
10 mm x 38 mm with the same terminal connection as directly on the fuse holder up to a conductor cross-section of
Class CC fuse holders with three-phase pin busbar which can 35 mm²
be cut to length.
5ST, 5SH
Standards EN 60439-1: 2005-01
heat-resistant over 90 °C
flame-retardant and
self-extinguishing,
Rated current In
5/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
5ST3 7 . . - . HG busbars acc. to UL 508
5ST3 7. .-0HG 5ST3 7. .-2HG 5ST3 770-0HG 5ST3 770-1HG
Standards UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M 95
Approvals UL 508 File No. E328403
CSA
Operational voltage
• Acc. to UL 489 V AC 600
5
Rated conditional short-circuit current kA 10 (RMS symmetrical 600 V for three cycles)
Rated current A -- -- 115
• Infeed at the start of the busbar A 80 100 -- --
• Infeed at the center of the busbar A 160 200 -- --
Busbar cross-section mm2 Cu 18 25 -- --
Infeed Any
Conductor cross-sections AWG -- -- 10 ... 1/0 14 ... 1
mm2 -- -- 6 ... 35 1.5 ... 50
Terminals
• Terminal tightening torque Nm -- -- 5 3.5
lbs/in -- -- 50 35
Infeed at the start of the busbar Infeed along the busbar or midpoint infeed
3 2 1 1 2 3
I201_13755 I201_13754a
S S S
The sum of the output current per branch must not be greater than the bus-
bar current IS1.2 / phase.

Phases Conductor Load Pin Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
cross- capacity spacing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
section up to SET, approx.
M)
mm2 A MW mm kg
Busbars
For NEOZED comfort bases D01/D02
5SG1 301, 5SG1 701, 5SG5 301, 5SG5 701
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02
Made of ceramic
Terminal version S (saddle terminal)
For cylindrical fuse holder 14 mm × 51 mm
For cylindrical fuse holder SITOR 14 mm × 51 mm
Can be cut to length, without end caps
Single- 16 130 1.5 1016 } 5ST3 703 1 1 unit 027 0.185
phase
Three- 16 120 1.5 1016 } 5ST3 714 1 1 unit 027 0.540

phase

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/29
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
Phases Conductor Load Pin Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
cross- capacity spacing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
section up to SET, approx.
M)
mm2 A MW mm kg
For MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors D01
Single- 16 120 1 1000 B 5ST2 190 1 1 unit 027 0.222
phase
5 Two-
phase
B 5ST2 191 1 1 unit 027 0.448
Three- B 5ST2 192 1 1 unit 027 0.582

phase
Can be cut to length, with 2 end caps
Single- 16 120 1 220 B 5ST2 186 1 1 unit 027 0.048
phase
Two- B 5ST2 187 1 1 unit 027 0.092
phase
Three- B 5ST2 188 1 1 unit 027 0.110
phase
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02 made of molded plastic

5SG1 .30, 5SG1 .31, 5SG5 .30
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02 made of ceramic,
terminal version B and K (clamp-type terminal, screw head
contact)
Non-insulated
Single- 20 116 1.5 1000 A 5SH5 321 1 1 unit 016 0.169
phase
36 168 1.5 A 5SH5 322 1 1 unit 016 0.260
Single- 24 160 1.5 1000 A 5SH5 517 1 1 unit 016 0.342
phase
Three- 16 120 1.5 1000 } 5SH5 320 1 1 unit 016 0.562

phase
For cylindrical fuse holder 8 mm × 32 mm and

10 mm × 38 mm
For cylindrical fuse holder SITOR 10 mm × 38 mm
For class CC fuse holder
Single- 16 120 1 1016 } 5ST3 701 1 1 unit 027 0.196
phase
Two- 120 1 } 5ST3 705 1 1 unit 027 0.452
phase
Three- 16 120 1 1016 } 5ST3 710 1 1 unit 027 0.610
phase
Cannot be cut to length, fully insulated

Single- 16 1 214 } 5ST3 700 1 1 unit 027 0.039
phase
Two- 1 } 5ST3 704 1 1 unit 027 0.092
phase
Three- 1 } 5ST3 708 1 1 unit 027 0.116
phase
End caps for busbars
For single-phase 5ST2 190 busbars A 5ST2 196 1 10 units 027 0.001
For two-phase 5ST2 191 busbars and A 5ST2 197 1 10 units 027 0.001
for three-phase 5ST2 192 busbars
For single-phase 5ST3 7, 5SH5 5 busbars A 5ST3 748 1 10 units 027 0.001
For two-phase and three-phase 5ST3 7 busbars and } 5ST3 750 1 10 units 027 0.001
for three-phase 5SH5 320 busbars

5/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
Phases Conductor Load capacity Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
cross- up to per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
section SET, approx.
M)
mm2 A mm kg
Touch protection for free connection of
pin busbars
Yellow, (RAL1004) A 5ST3 655 1 10 units 027 0.003
5 x 1 pin
Terminals
5
For NEOZED fuse bases D01/D02 made of ceramic
For DIAZED fuse bases DII/DIII made of ceramic
Terminal version S
For con- 2 ... 25 A 5SH5 327 1 10/300 units 016 0.011
ductors
Terminal versions B and K

For con- 6 ... 25 A 5SH5 328 1 10/300 units 016 0.016
ductors
For the infeed of fork-type or pin busbars

For con- 6 ... 35 A 5ST2 157 1 5 units 027 0.028
ductors
Busbars
For 1-pole DIAZED fuse bases made of ceramic
with terminal versions BB and BS
Size DII, for 19 bases
Single- 24 80 1000 A 5SH3 500 1 1/25 units 016 0.120
phase
Size DIII, for 25 bases

Single- 39 120 1000 A 5SH3 501 1 1/25 units 016 0.200
phase
Busbars
For DIAZED bus-mounting bases/EZR
with thread for screw adapters
For size DII, 42 5SF6 005 bases
Single- 48 150 2000 C 5SH3 54 1 5 units 016 0.700
phase
For size DIII, 34 5SF6 205 bases

Single- 48 150 2000 C 5SH3 55 1 5 units 016 0.750
phase
Bus-mounting terminals
For DIAZED EZR bus-mounting bases
Non-insulated
For con- 1.5 ... 16 A 8JH4 122 1 10 units 046 0.009
ductors
For con- 10 ... 35 A 8JH4 124 1 10 units 046 0.023
ductors

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/31
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Busbar systems
5ST3 7 . . - . HG busbars acc. to UL 508
SET, approx.
M)
MW mm kg
Single-phase
5 • For fuse holders 10 x 38

class CC (3NC1 091,
3NW7 513-0HG) or MCB 1P (5SY)
1 1000 A 5ST3 701-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.330
• For fuse holders 14 x 51 1.5 1000 A 5ST3 703-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.330
(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111) or
MCB 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or FC
Two-phase
• For fuse holder 10 x 38/class CC 1 1000 A 5ST3 705-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.700
(3NC1 092, 3NW7 523-0HG) or
MCB 2P (5SY)
Three-phase
• For fuse holder 10 x 38/class CC 1 1000 A 5ST3 710-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.850
(3NC1 093, 3NW7 533-0HG) or
MCB 3P (5SY)
(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131) or
MCB 1P (5SY, 5SP) with AS or FC
Single-phase
(3NC1 491, 3NW7 111) or
MCB 1P (5SP)
Two-phase
• For fuse holder 14 x 51 1.5 1000 A 5ST3 705-2HG 1 10 units 012 0.800
(3NC1 492, 3NW7 121) or
MCB 2P (5SP)
Three-phase
• For fuse holder 14 x 51 1.5 1000 A 5ST3 710-2HG 1 10 units 012 1.090
(3NC1 493, 3NW7 131) or
MCB 3P (5SP)
End caps for 5ST3 7. .-.HG
• For single-phase busbars A 5ST3 748-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.001
• For two- and three-phase busbars A 5ST3 750-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.002

Infeed to device
• 35 mm2 A 5ST3 770-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.035
Infeed to busbar
• 50 mm2 A 5ST3 770-1HG 1 10 units 012 0.035
Touch protection cover for busbars

according to UL 508
• 5 x 1 pin A 5ST3 655-0HG 1 10 units 012 0.005

5/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
■ Overview
LV HRC fuse systems (NH type) are used for installation systems LV HRC fuse links are available in the following operational
in non-residential, commercial and industrial buildings as well as classes:
in systems of power supply companies. They therefore protect • gG for cable and line protection
essential building parts and installations.
• aM for the short-circuit protection of switching devices in
LV HRC fuse systems (NH type) are fuse systems designed for motor circuits
operation by experts. There are no constructional requirements • gR or aR for the protection of power semiconductors
for non-interchangeability of rated current and touch protection.
The components and auxiliary equipment are designed in such
a way as to ensure the safe replacement of NH type fuses or iso-
• gS: The new operational class gS combines cable and line
protection with semiconductor protection. 5
lation of systems. LV HRC fuse links of size 000 can also be used in
LV HRC fuse bases, LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors,
LV HRC fuse links are available in the sizes 000, 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 LV HRC fuse strips as well as LV HRC in-line fuse switch discon-
and 4a. nectors of size 00.
The fuse links 300 A, 355 A and 425 A comply with the standard
but do not have the VDE mark.
LV HRC components
5
$ LV HRC fuse base from the SR60 busbar system
4 % LV HRC fuse base for busbar mounting
3
2 & LV HRC fuse base, 3P
6
( LV HRC fuse base, 1P
7 ) LV HRC contact cover
* LV HRC fuse link
+ LV HRC signal detector
8 , LV HRC partition
1
9 - LV HRC protective cover
LV HRC fuse base with swivel mechanism
. - For screw fixing on mounting plates
/ - For screw fixing on busbar systems
14 0 - For claw fixing on busbars
10 11 12 13 1 LV HRC protective cover for LV HRC fuse bases with swivel
mechanism
2 LV HRC swivel mechanism
3 LV HRC fuse base cover
4 LV HRC isolating link with insulated grip lugs
5 LV HRC isolating link with non-insulated grip lugs
15 16 17 18 19
6 LV HRC fuse puller with sleeve
I2_13743 7 LV HRC fuse puller
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/33

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
■ Benefits
Tripped Not tripped Tripped Not tripped
• LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm signal the tripping • In the standard series with front indicator, the front-mounted
of a fuse by a clear color change from red to white. This en- red indicator signals the tripping of a fuse.
ables fast identification and replacement of the tripped fuse • LV HRC fuse links are always equipped with silver-plated con-
links. This increases plant availability tact pins. This means that they are non-corroding and have
• The insulated grip lugs made of metal are integrated in the top less contact resistance. This ensures the long-term opera-
and bottom covers of the fuse link in molded plastic and pro- tional safety of the plant.
vide greater safety during replacement. The mark shown
below indicates that the grip lugs are insulated
LV HRC fuse links
Operational class Operational
class
gG aM
3NA6 ...-4 3NA6 ... 3NA3 ... 3NA6 ...-6 3NA3 ...-6 3ND1
3NA6 ...-4KK 3NA6 ...-7 3NA3 ...-7 3NA7 ...-6 3ND2
3NA3 83.-8 3NA7 ...
3NA7 ...-7
Standards IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; DIN VDE 0636
Approvals DIN VDE 0636-2; CSA 22.2 No.106, File Number 016325_0_00 (CSA approval of fuses 500 V for 600 V)
Rated voltage Un
• Sizes 000 and 00 V AC 400 500 500 690 690 500
V DC -- 250 250 250 250 --
• Sizes 1 and 2 V AC 400 500 500 690 690 690
V DC -- 440 440 440 440 --
• Size 3 V AC 500 690 690
V DC 440 440
• Sizes 4 and 4a (IEC design) V AC 500 --
V DC 400 --
Rated current In A 10 ... 400 2 ... 400 2 ... 1250 2 ... 315 2 ... 500 6 ... 630
kA DC -- 25 --
Contact pins Non-corroding, silver-plated
Resistance to climate °C -20 ... +50 at 95 % relative humidity
5/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links

Insulated grip lugs
Sizes Mounting In Un DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm A V AC/V DC kg
LV HRC fuse links with combination alarm,
5
000 21 10 400/-- B 3NA6 803-4 1 3 units 013 0.127
16 B 3NA6 805-4 1 3 units 013 0.128
20 B 3NA6 807-4 1 3 units 013 0.128
25 B 3NA6 810-4 1 3 units 013 0.128
32 B 3NA6 812-4 1 3 units 013 0.128
35 B 3NA6 814-4 1 3 units 013 0.123
40 B 3NA6 817-4 1 3 units 013 0.113
50 B 3NA6 820-4 1 3 units 013 0.125
63 B 3NA6 822-4 1 3 units 013 0.126
80 B 3NA6 824-4 1 3 units 013 0.124
100 B 3NA6 830-4 1 3 units 013 0.120
00 30 80 400/-- B 3NA6 824-4KK 1 3 units 013 0.201
100 B 3NA6 830-4KK 1 3 units 013 0.204
125 B 3NA6 832-4 1 3 units 013 0.193
160 B 3NA6 836-4 1 3 units 013 0.206
1 30 35 400/-- B 3NA6 114-4 1 3 units 013 0.293

40 B 3NA6 117-4 1 3 units 013 0.290
50 B 3NA6 120-4 1 3 units 013 0.287
63 B 3NA6 122-4 1 3 units 013 0.294
80 B 3NA6 124-4 1 3 units 013 0.288
100 B 3NA6 130-4 1 3 units 013 0.278
125 B 3NA6 132-4 1 3 units 013 0.276
160 B 3NA6 136-4 1 3 units 013 0.295
47.2 200 B 3NA6 140-4 1 3 units 013 0.421
224 B 3NA6 142-4 1 3 units 013 0.442
250 B 3NA6 144-4 1 3 units 013 0.420
2 47.2 50 400/-- B 3NA6 220-4 1 3 units 013 0.460
63 B 3NA6 222-4 1 3 units 013 0.461
80 B 3NA6 224-4 1 3 units 013 0.460
100 B 3NA6 230-4 1 3 units 013 0.461
125 B 3NA6 232-4 1 3 units 013 0.457
160 B 3NA6 236-4 1 3 units 013 0.463
200 B 3NA6 240-4 1 3 units 013 0.462
224 B 3NA6 242-4 1 3 units 013 0.441
250 B 3NA6 244-4 1 3 units 013 0.464
57.8 300 B 3NA6 250-4 1 3 units 013 0.666
315 B 3NA6 252-4 1 3 units 013 0.619
355 B 3NA6 254-4 1 3 units 013 0.660
400 B 3NA6 260-4 1 3 units 013 0.662

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/35
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated Insulated grip lugs

grip lugs
Size Mount- In Un DT Order No. Price PG DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
mm A V AC/ kg
V DC
LV HRC fuse links with
5
combination alarm,
000 21 2 500/ B 3NA7 802 013 B 3NA6 802 1 3 units 013 0.130
4 250 B 3NA7 804 013 B 3NA6 804 1 3 units 013 0.126
6 B 3NA7 801 013 B 3NA6 801 1 3 units 013 0.116
10 B 3NA7 803 013 B 3NA6 803 1 3 units 013 0.128
16 } 3NA7 805 013 } 3NA6 805 1 3 units 013 0.129
20 } 3NA7 807 013 } 3NA6 807 1 3 units 013 0.128
25 } 3NA7 810 013 } 3NA6 810 1 3 units 013 0.121
32 B 3NA7 812 013 B 3NA6 812 1 3 units 013 0.129
35 } 3NA7 814 013 } 3NA6 814 1 3 units 013 0.129
40 B 3NA7 817 013 B 3NA6 817 1 3 units 013 0.123
50 } 3NA7 820 013 } 3NA6 820 1 3 units 013 0.124
63 } 3NA7 822 013 } 3NA6 822 1 3 units 013 0.125
80 } 3NA7 824 013 } 3NA6 824 1 3 units 013 0.128
100 } 3NA7 830 013 } 3NA6 830 1 3 units 013 0.124
00 30 80 500/ B 3NA7 824-7 013 B 3NA6 824-7 1 3 units 013 0.182
100 250 B 3NA7 830-7 013 B 3NA6 830-7 1 3 units 013 0.202
125 } 3NA7 832 013 } 3NA6 832 1 3 units 013 0.206
160 } 3NA7 836 013 A 3NA6 836 1 3 units 013 0.194
1 30 16 500/ B 3NA7 105 013 B 3NA6 105 1 3 units 013 0.305

20 440 B 3NA7 107 013 B 3NA6 107 1 3 units 013 0.286
25 B 3NA7 110 013 B 3NA6 110 1 3 units 013 0.290
35 B 3NA7 114 013 B 3NA6 114 1 3 units 013 0.284
40 B 3NA7 117 013 B 3NA6 117 1 3 units 013 0.295
50 B 3NA7 120 013 B 3NA6 120 1 3 units 013 0.288
63 B 3NA7 122 013 B 3NA6 122 1 3 units 013 0.281
80 B 3NA7 124 013 } 3NA6 124 1 3 units 013 0.289
100 B 3NA7 130 013 } 3NA6 130 1 3 units 013 0.290
125 } 3NA7 132 013 } 3NA6 132 1 3 units 013 0.292
160 } 3NA7 136 013 } 3NA6 136 1 3 units 013 0.283
47.2 200 } 3NA7 140 013 } 3NA6 140 1 3 units 013 0.442
224 B 3NA7 142 013 B 3NA6 142 1 3 units 013 0.439
250 } 3NA7 144 013 } 3NA6 144 1 3 units 013 0.419
2 47.2 35 500/ B 3NA7 214 013 B 3NA6 214 1 3 units 013 0.435
50 440 B 3NA7 220 013 B 3NA6 220 1 3 units 013 0.435
63 B 3NA7 222 013 B 3NA6 222 1 3 units 013 0.460
80 B 3NA7 224 013 B 3NA6 224 1 3 units 013 0.459
100 B 3NA7 230 013 B 3NA6 230 1 3 units 013 0.434
125 B 3NA7 232 013 B 3NA6 232 1 3 units 013 0.463
160 } 3NA7 236 013 } 3NA6 236 1 3 units 013 0.462
200 } 3NA7 240 013 } 3NA6 240 1 3 units 013 0.437
224 B 3NA7 242 013 B 3NA6 242 1 3 units 013 0.462
250 } 3NA7 244 013 } 3NA6 244 1 3 units 013 0.463
57.8 300 -- B 3NA6 250 1 3 units 013 0.656
315 } 3NA7 252 013 } 3NA6 252 1 3 units 013 0.627
355 -- B 3NA6 254 1 3 units 013 0.657
400 } 3NA7 260 013 } 3NA6 260 1 3 units 013 0.659

5/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
SET, approx.
M)
mm A V AC/V DC kg
LV HRC fuse links with front indicator,
000 21 2
4
6
500/250 }
}
}
3NA3 802
3NA3 804
3NA3 801
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
013
013
013
0.122
0.125
0.121
5
10 } 3NA3 803 1 3 units 013 0.130
16 } 3NA3 805 1 3 units 013 0.123
20 } 3NA3 807 1 3 units 013 0.120
25 } 3NA3 810 1 3 units 013 0.123
32 } 3NA3 812 1 3 units 013 0.124
35 } 3NA3 814 1 3/90 units 013 0.129
40 } 3NA3 817 1 3 units 013 0.127
50 } 3NA3 820 1 3/90 units 013 0.122
63 } 3NA3 822 1 3/90 units 013 0.124
80 } 3NA3 824 1 3/90 units 013 0.128
100 } 3NA3 830 1 3/90 units 013 0.124
125 400/250 } 3NA3 832-8 1 3/60 units 013 0.120
160 } 3NA3 836-8 1 3/60 units 013 0.160
00 30 35 500/250 B 3NA3 814-7 1 3 units 013 0.190
50 B 3NA3 820-7 1 3 units 013 0.189
63 B 3NA3 822-7 1 3 units 013 0.190
80 B 3NA3 824-7 1 3 units 013 0.198
100 B 3NA3 830-7 1 3 units 013 0.191
125 } 3NA3 832 1 3 units 013 0.192
160 } 3NA3 836 1 3 units 013 0.189
0 30 6 500/440 B 3NA3 001 1 3 units 013 0.266

10 B 3NA3 003 1 3 units 013 0.244
16 B 3NA3 005 1 3 units 013 0.255
20 B 3NA3 007 1 3 units 013 0.253
25 B 3NA3 010 1 3 units 013 0.258
32 B 3NA3 012 1 3 units 013 0.270
35 B 3NA3 014 1 3 units 013 0.271
40 B 3NA3 017 1 3 units 013 0.253
50 B 3NA3 020 1 3 units 013 0.266
63 A 3NA3 022 1 3 units 013 0.271
80 B 3NA3 024 1 3 units 013 0.256
100 A 3NA3 030 1 3 units 013 0.260
125 A 3NA3 032 1 3 units 013 0.259
160 A 3NA3 036 1 3 units 013 0.272
1 30 16 500/440 B 3NA3 105 1 3 units 013 0.283
20 B 3NA3 107 1 3 units 013 0.285
25 B 3NA3 110 1 3 units 013 0.275
35 B 3NA3 114 1 3 units 013 0.283
40 B 3NA3 117 1 3 units 013 0.275
50 B 3NA3 120 1 3 units 013 0.280
63 } 3NA3 122 1 3 units 013 0.284
80 } 3NA3 124 1 3 units 013 0.269
100 } 3NA3 130 1 3 units 013 0.270
125 } 3NA3 132 1 3 units 013 0.271
160 } 3NA3 136 1 3 units 013 0.290
47.2 200 } 3NA3 140 1 3 units 013 0.412
224 A 3NA3 142 1 3 units 013 0.411
250 } 3NA3 144 1 3 units 013 0.447

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/37
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
SET, approx.
M)
mm A V AC/V DC kg
5 2 47.2 35
50
63
500/440 B
B
A
3NA3 214
3NA3 220
3NA3 222
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.454
0.420
0.433
80 A 3NA3 224 1 3 units 013 0.431
100 A 3NA3 230 1 3 units 013 0.430
125 A 3NA3 232 1 3 units 013 0.429
160 } 3NA3 236 1 3 units 013 0.432
200 } 3NA3 240 1 3 units 013 0.427
224 } 3NA3 242 1 3 units 013 0.432
250 } 3NA3 244 1 3 units 013 0.440
57.8 300 A 3NA3 250 1 3 units 013 0.626
315 } 3NA3 252 1 3 units 013 0.625
355 } 3NA3 254 1 3 units 013 0.617
400 } 3NA3 260 1 3 units 013 0.624
3 57.8 200 500/440 B 3NA3 340 1 3 units 013 0.629
224 B 3NA3 342 1 3 units 013 0.625
250 A 3NA3 344 1 3 units 013 0.632
300 B 3NA3 350 1 3 units 013 0.626
315 } 3NA3 352 1 3 units 013 0.632
355 A 3NA3 354 1 3 units 013 0.666
400 } 3NA3 360 1 3 units 013 0.677
71.2 425 A 3NA3 362 1 3 units 013 0.892
500 } 3NA3 365 1 3 units 013 0.880
630 } 3NA3 372 1 3 units 013 0.885
Can only be used for 3NH3 530 LV HRC fuse base

4 (IEC design) 101.8 630 500/440 B 3NA3 472 1 1 unit 013 2.577
800 A 3NA3 475 1 1 unit 013 2.580
1000 A 3NA3 480 1 1 unit 013 2.584
1250 A 3NA3 482 1 1 unit 013 2.608
Can only be used for 3NH7 520 LV HRC fuse base or

for 3NJ56 43-0BB00 fuse switch disconnector with in-
line design
4a 101.8 500 500/440 B 3NA3 665 1 1 unit 013 2.692
630 B 3NA3 672 1 1 unit 013 2.694
800 A 3NA3 675 1 1 unit 013 2.707
1000 A 3NA3 680 1 1 unit 013 2.708
1250 A 3NA3 682 1 1 unit 013 2.748

5/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated Insulated grip lugs

grip lugs
Size Mount- In Un DT Order No. Price PG DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
mm A V AC/ kg
V DC
LV HRC fuse links with
5
combination alarm,
000 21 2 690/ B 3NA7 802-6 013 B 3NA6 802-6 1 3 units 013 0.122
4 250 B 3NA7 804-6 013 B 3NA6 804-6 1 3 units 013 0.130
6 B 3NA7 801-6 013 B 3NA6 801-6 1 3 units 013 0.122
10 B 3NA7 803-6 013 B 3NA6 803-6 1 3 units 013 0.124
16 B 3NA7 805-6 013 B 3NA6 805-6 1 3 units 013 0.123
20 B 3NA7 807-6 013 B 3NA6 807-6 1 3 units 013 0.128
25 B 3NA7 810-6 013 B 3NA6 810-6 1 3 units 013 0.120
32 B 3NA7 812-6 013 B 3NA6 812-6 1 3 units 013 0.128
35 B 3NA7 814-6 013 B 3NA6 814-6 1 3 units 013 0.129
00 30 40 690/ B 3NA7 817-6 013 B 3NA6 817-6 1 3 units 013 0.203
50 250 B 3NA7 820-6 013 B 3NA6 820-6 1 3 units 013 0.196
63 B 3NA7 822-6 013 B 3NA6 822-6 1 3 units 013 0.202
80 B 3NA7 824-6 013 B 3NA6 824-6 1 3 units 013 0.187
100 B 3NA7 830-6 013 B 3NA6 830-6 1 3 units 013 0.202
1 30 50 690/ B 3NA7 120-6 013 B 3NA6 120-6 1 3 units 013 0.271

63 440 B 3NA7 122-6 013 B 3NA6 122-6 1 3 units 013 0.280
80 B 3NA7 124-6 013 B 3NA6 124-6 1 3 units 013 0.284
100 B 3NA7 130-6 013 B 3NA6 130-6 1 3 units 013 0.291
125 B 3NA7 132-6 013 B 3NA6 132-6 1 3 units 013 0.282
160 B 3NA7 136-6 013 B 3NA6 136-6 1 3 units 013 0.293
47.2 200 B 3NA7 140-6 013 B 3NA6 140-6 1 3 units 013 0.439
2 47.2 80 690/ B 3NA7 224-6 013 B 3NA6 224-6 1 3 units 013 0.460
100 440 B 3NA7 230-6 013 B 3NA6 230-6 1 3 units 013 0.462
125 B 3NA7 232-6 013 B 3NA6 232-6 1 3 units 013 0.436
160 B 3NA7 236-6 013 B 3NA6 236-6 1 3 units 013 0.439
200 B 3NA7 240-6 013 B 3NA6 240-6 1 3 units 013 0.455
57.8 224 B 3NA7 242-6 013 B 3NA6 242-6 1 3 units 013 0.656
250 B 3NA7 244-6 013 B 3NA6 244-6 1 3 units 013 0.658
300 B 3NA7 250-6 013 B 3NA6 250-6 1 3 units 013 0.661
315 B 3NA7 252-6 013 B 3NA6 252-6 1 3 units 013 0.627

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/39
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
SET, approx.
M)
mm A V AC/V DC kg
5 000 21 2
4
6
690/250 }
}
}
3NA3 802-6
3NA3 804-6
3NA3 801-6
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
013
013
013
0.127
0.128
0.123
10 } 3NA3 803-6 1 3 units 013 0.123
16 } 3NA3 805-6 1 3 units 013 0.126
20 } 3NA3 807-6 1 3 units 013 0.133
25 } 3NA3 810-6 1 3 units 013 0.126
32 B 3NA3 812-6 1 3 units 013 0.121
35 } 3NA3 814-6 1 3 units 013 0.128
00 30 40 690/250 B 3NA3 817-6 1 3 units 013 0.190
50 } 3NA3 820-6 1 3 units 013 0.191
63 } 3NA3 822-6 1 3 units 013 0.191
80 } 3NA3 824-6 1 3 units 013 0.195
100 } 3NA3 830-6 1 3 units 013 0.200
1 30 50 690/440 B 3NA3 120-6 1 3 units 013 0.285

63 B 3NA3 122-6 1 3 units 013 0.276
80 B 3NA3 124-6 1 3 units 013 0.277
100 } 3NA3 130-6 1 3 units 013 0.274
125 } 3NA3 132-6 1 3 units 013 0.288
160 } 3NA3 136-6 1 3 units 013 0.286
47.2 200 } 3NA3 140-6 1 3 units 013 0.439
2 47.2 80 690/440 B 3NA3 224-6 1 3 units 013 0.455

100 B 3NA3 230-6 1 3 units 013 0.448
125 B 3NA3 232-6 1 3 units 013 0.452
160 } 3NA3 236-6 1 3 units 013 0.424
200 } 3NA3 240-6 1 3 units 013 0.451
57.8 224 B 3NA3 242-6 1 3 units 013 0.657
250 } 3NA3 244-6 1 3 units 013 0.652
300 B 3NA3 250-6 1 3 units 013 0.631
315 } 3NA3 252-6 1 3 units 013 0.666
3 57.8 250 690/440 B 3NA3 344-6 1 3 units 013 0.659

315 B 3NA3 352-6 1 3 units 013 0.634
71.2 355 B 3NA3 354-6 1 3 units 013 0.982
400 } 3NA3 360-6 1 3 units 013 1.026
425 B 3NA3 362-6 1 3 units 013 1.025
500 } 3NA3 365-6 1 3 units 013 0.982

5/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
Non-insulated
grip lugs
SET, approx.
M)
mm A V AC/V DC kg
operational class aM
000 21 6
10
16
500/-- B
B
B
3ND1 801
3ND1 803
3ND1 805
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
014
014
014
0.114
0.127
0.129
5
20 B 3ND1 807 1 3 units 014 0.128
25 B 3ND1 810 1 3 units 014 0.122
32 B 3ND1 812 1 3 units 014 0.130
35 B 3ND1 814 1 3 units 014 0.123
40 B 3ND1 817 1 3 units 014 0.123
50 B 3ND1 820 1 3 units 014 0.134
63 B 3ND1 822 1 3 units 014 0.122
80 B 3ND1 824 1 3 units 014 0.129
00 30 100 500/-- B 3ND1 830 1 3 units 014 0.177
125 B 3ND1 832 1 3 units 014 0.189
160 B 3ND1 836 1 3 units 014 0.199
1 30 63 690/-- B 3ND2 122 1 3 units 014 0.284

80 B 3ND2 124 1 3 units 014 0.281
100 B 3ND2 130 1 3 units 014 0.276
47.2 125 B 3ND2 132 1 3 units 014 0.405
160 B 3ND2 136 1 3 units 014 0.440
200 B 3ND2 140 1 3 units 014 0.441
250 B 3ND2 144 1 3 units 014 0.420
2 47.2 125 690/-- B 3ND2 232 1 3 units 014 0.428

160 B 3ND2 236 1 3 units 014 0.435
200 B 3ND2 240 1 3 units 014 0.453
250 B 3ND2 244 1 3 units 014 0.450
57.8 315 B 3ND2 252 1 3 units 014 0.634
355 B 3ND2 254 1 3 units 014 0.654
400 A 3ND2 260 1 3 units 014 0.629
3 57.8 315 690/-- B 3ND2 352 1 3 units 014 0.638

355 B 3ND2 354 1 3 units 014 0.664
400 B 3ND2 360 1 3 units 014 0.633
71.2 500 B 3ND1 365 1 3 units 014 0.980
630 B 3ND1 372 1 3 units 014 0.980

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/41
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC signal detectors
■ Overview
LV HRC signal detectors are used for remotely indicating that the • 3NX1 024 signal detector top
LV HRC fuse links have been tripped. 3 different solutions are The signal detector top can be used with LV HRC fuse links,
available: sizes 000, 00, 1 and 2, which are equipped with non-insulated
• 3NX1 021 signal detectors with signal detector link grip lugs and have a front indicator or combination alarm. It is
The LV HRC signal detectors with signal detector link support simply plugged into the grip lugs
monitoring of LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip lugs of • 5TT3 170 fuse monitors
sizes 000 to 4 at 10 A or more. The signal detector link is con- If a fuse is tripped, the front indicator springs open and
5 nected in parallel to the LV HRC fuse link. In the event of a

fault, the LV HRC fuse links are released simultaneously with
switches a floating microswitch. This solution should not be
used for safety-relevant plants. For this purpose, we recom-
the LV HRC fuse signaling link. A tripping pin switches a float- mend our electronic fuse monitors.
ing microswitch
■ Benefits
Uniform solution for all sizes
LV HRC signal detectors reliably indicate when a fuse has The LV HRC signal detector top is a cost-effective solution for the
tripped. Tripped fuses are quickly located. This saves time and monitoring of Siemens LV HRC fuse links of sizes 000, 00, 1 and
increases plant availability. 2.
$ LV HRC fuse links
$ LV HRC fuse links
% LV HRC signal detectors % Front indicator
I2_13744
6
& Microswitch & Signal detector tops
( Spring contact ( Rocker/lever arm
) Hinged lid
%
* Signal detector links 1
$
5
(
4
2
3
&
5/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

Sizes DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
kg
LV HRC signal detectors 000 ... 4 A 3NX1 021 1 1 unit 014 0.039
Only for SIEMENS 3NA3, 3NA7 and 3ND
LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip
lugs
• Rated voltage up to 690 V AC/600 V DC
• Contact: microswitches 250 V AC, 6 A
5
• Connection: flat termination 2.3 mm
Signal detector links 000 ... 4

Response value > 9 V; 2.5 A; A 3NX1 022 1 3 units 014 0.014
for standard applications
Response value > 2 V; 7 A; C 3NX1 023 1 3 units 014 0.023
only for meshed networks
Signal detector tops 000, 00, 1, 2 } 3NX1 024 1 1 unit 014 0.021
Only for SIEMENS 3NA3, 3NA7 and 3ND
LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip
lugs
• Contact: microswitch 230 V AC, 5 A, 1 CO
• Connection: flat termination 2.3 mm
Ue In Uc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A V MW kg
Fuse monitors
For all low-voltage fuse systems.
Can be used in asymmetric systems afflicted with
harmonics and regenerative feedback motors.
Signal also for disconnected loads.
230 4 3 AC 380 ... 415 2 } 5TT3 170 1 1 unit 027 0.153
For more information on fuse monitors, please refer to the chap-

ter "Monitoring Devices ––> Monitoring of electrical values".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/43
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC sockets and accessories
■ Overview
Terminals for all applications
Terminals are as different as the requirements of individual sys-
tems.
Flat terminals with screws are suitable for connecting busbars or The modern box terminal ensures efficient and reliable connec-
cable lugs. They have a torsion-proof screw connection with tion to the conductors. They support connection of conductors
shim, spring washer and nut. When tightening the nut, always with or without end sleeves.
ensure compliance with the specified torque due to the consid-
erable leverage effect.
The double busbar terminal differs from the flat connection in
that it supports connection of two busbars, one on the top and
one at the bottom of the flat connection.
With the flat connection with nut, terminal lug of the nut is torsion- Up to three conductors can be clamped to the terminal strip.
proof. When tightening the nut, the torque must be observed
because of the considerable leverage effect.
The plug-in terminal is equipped for connecting two conductors. One conductor can be clamped to the saddle-type terminal.
5/44 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
■ Benefits
• The silver-plated Lyra contact provides a large contact area
for the pin of the LV HRC fuse link. This improves heat trans-
mission and lowers the temperature. It also minimizes the ag-
ing of the fuse link in the maximum load range, in particular
when using SITOR fuses
• The large contact area also facilitates replacement of
LV HRC fuse links
• The spring washer tensioning the contact is mechanically
galvanized. This will prevent hydrogen embrittlement. The 5
contact is resistant to aging and there will be no dreaded an-
nealing of contacts, which considerably improves operating
safety.
LV HRC fuse bases, LV HRC bus-mounting bases
Size 000/00 0 1 2 3 4
Standards IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; DIN VDE 0636-2
Rated current In A 160 160 250 400 630 1250
Rated voltage Un V AC 6901) 6901) 690
V DC 250 440 440
Rated short-circuit strength kA AC 120
kA DC 25
Flat terminal
Screw M8 M10 M12
Nut M8 --
Max. tightening torque Nm 14 38 65
Plug-in terminal
Conductor cross-section mm2 2.5 ... 50 --
Saddle-type terminal
Conductor cross-section mm2 6 ... 70 --
Box terminals
Conductor cross-section mm2 2.5 ... 50
Terminal strips
Conductor cross-section, 3-wire mm2 1.5 ... 16 --
Max. torque Nm 2 2.5 --
for attachment of LV HRC fuse base
1)
Extended rated voltage up to 1000 V (except LV HRC bus-mounting bases).
LV HRC fuse bases with swivel mechanism

Size 000/00 1 3 4a
V DC 440
Power loss W 4 5 20 32
Flat terminal
Screw M8 M10 M12 M16
Nut M8 --
Max. tightening torque Nm 14 38 65
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/45

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

Sizes In Version DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
A kg
LV HRC fuse bases
Made of molded plastic, for standard rail mounting or screw fixing
5 000/00
160
1P
With flat terminals, screw
With saddle-type terminals
}
}
3NH3 051
3NH3 052
1 1/10 units
1 1/10 units
014
014
0.149
0.010
125 With box terminal, up to 50 mm2 } 3NH3 053 1 1/10 units 014 0.118
Made of ceramic for screw fixing
000/00 160 1P
With flat terminals, screw } 3NH3 030 1 3 units 014 0.217
With plug-in terminals B 3NH3 031 1 3 units 014 0.260
With saddle-type terminals } 3NH3 032 1 3 units 014 0.204
With flat terminals and terminal strip B 3NH3 035 1 3 units 014 0.229
With flat terminals, nut B 3NH3 038 1 3 units 014 0.177
With flat and saddle-type terminals B 3NH3 050 1 3 units 014 0.217
3P (incl. two partitions)

With flat terminals } 3NH4 030 1 1 unit 014 0.715
With plug-in terminals B 3NH4 031 1 1 unit 014 0.883
With saddle-type terminals B 3NH4 032 1 1 unit 014 0.717
With flat terminals and terminal strip B 3NH4 035 1 1 unit 014 0.743

0 160 1P
With flat terminals A 3NH3 120 1 3 units 014 0.411
With plug-in terminals B 3NH3 122 1 3 units 014 0.473

1 250 1P
With flat terminals } 3NH3 230 1 3 units 014 0.738
With double busbar terminals B 3NH3 220 1 3 units 014 0.737
Ceramic supports on base plate for screw fixing

1 250 3P (incl. two partitions)
With flat terminals A 3NH4 230 1 1 unit 014 2.086

2 400 1P
With double busbar terminals A 3NH3 320 1 1 unit 014 0.819

3 630 1P
With double busbar terminals A 3NH3 420 1 1 unit 014 1.080

5/46 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

SET, approx.
M)
A kg
LV HRC fuse bases
Ceramic supports on base plate for screw fixing
(IEC design)
4 1250 1P
5
With flat terminals A 3NH3 530 1 1 unit 014 3.116
LV HRC bus-mounting base made of molded plastic

For busbars 12 mm × 5 mm to 12 mm × 10 mm,
busbar space 40 mm
000/00 160 1P
With top saddle-type terminal B 3NH3 036 1 1 unit 014 0.235
With bottom saddle-type terminal B 3NH3 037 1 1 unit 014 0.243
000/00 80 3P, in tandem design

3 outgoing feeders, top and bottom with
saddle-type terminal
With 4 barriers B 3NH4 037 1 1 unit 014 1.023
With 2 non-interrupted barriers B 3NH4 045 1 1 unit 014 0.997

With flat terminals and additional
saddle-type terminals (included)
000/00 160 1P
With screw fixing for mounting plate A 3NH7 030 1 1 unit 014 0.416
With claw fixing for non-perforated B 3NH7 031 1 1 unit 014 0.421
busbar
With screw fixing for perforated B 3NH7 032 1 1 unit 014 0.393
busbar
1 250 1P
With screw fixing for mounting plate A 3NH7 230 1 1 unit 014 1.086
busbar
busbar
Can also be used for fuse links of size 2

3 630 1P
With screw fixing for mounting plate B 3NH7 330 1 1 unit 014 2.157
busbar
busbar, can be used as disconnector

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/47
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems

SET, approx.
M)
A kg
4a 1250 1P
With screw fixing A 3NH7 520 1 1 unit 014 5.428
for mounting plate
LV HRC contact covers for LV HRC fuse bases

Touch protection for contact pieces
000/00 } 3NX3 105 1 2/20 units 014 0.009
0 B 3NX3 114 1 2/40 units 014 0.010
1 } 3NX3 106 1 2/20 units 014 0.010
2 } 3NX3 107 1 2/12 units 014 0.024
3 } 3NX3 108 1 2/10 units 014 0.030
LV HRC partitions for LV HRC fuse bases
As intermediate phase and end barrier
000/00 Type
3NH3 0/3NH4 0 } 3NX2 023 1 2 units 014 0.027
0 3NH3 1 B 3NX2 030 1 2 units 014 0.033
1 3NH3 2 } 3NX2 024 1 2 units 014 0.048
2 3NH3 3 } 3NX2 025 1 2 units 014 0.063
3 3NH3 4 } 3NX2 026 1 2 units 014 0.076
LV HRC protective covers IP2X
For LV HRC fuse bases
000/00 1P and 3P B 3NX3 115 1 10 units 014 0.039
LV HRC covers
000/00 For plugging into IP2X LV HRC protective B 3NX3 116 1 10 units 014 0.014
covers
LV HRC contact covers for LV HRC bus-mounting

bases
000/00 Touch protection for contact pieces
Outgoing terminal } 3NX3 105 1 2/20 units 014 0.009
Incoming terminal B 3NX3 113 1 2/50 units 014 0.006
LV HRC partitions for 3NH3 0 LV HRC bus-mounting
bases
000/00 As phase barrier C 3NX2 027 1 2 units 014 0.018
000/00 As end barrier C 3NX2 028 1 2/50 units 014 0.040

5/48 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
LV HRC Fuse Systems
Sizes Version DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Non-interrupted barriers
000/00 For 3NH4 0 LV HRC bus-mounting bases C 3NX2 031 1 2/30 units 014 0.067
Fuse-base covers
For LV HRC fuse bases, red,
with inscription "Trennstelle" (isolating point)
000/00 C 3NX1 003 1 3 units 014 0.013
1, 2, 3 C 3NX1 004 1 3 units 014 0.087
Fuse pullers
000 ... 4 For LV HRC fuse links
Without sleeve } 3NX1 013 1 1 unit 014 0.301
With sleeve } 3NX1 014 1 1 unit 014 0.558
Isolating links
For LV HRC fuse bases and
fuse switch disconnectors
With insulated grip lugs
000/00 Silver-plated } 3NG1 002 1 3/30 units 014 0.066
0 C 3NG1 102 1 1/10 units 014 0.116
1 } 3NG1 202 1 1/10 units 014 0.159
2 } 3NG1 302 1 1/5 units 014 0.228
3 } 3NG1 402 1 1/5 units 014 0.281
With non-insulated grip lugs
4 Tinned B 3NG1 503 1 3 units 014 0.679
4a Nickel-plated B 3NG1 505 1 1/5 units 014 0.701

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/49
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
SITOR fuses protect power semiconductors from the effects of • SITOR fuses have a high varying load factor, which ensures a
short circuits because the super quick disconnect characteristic high level of operating safety and plant availability - even
is far quicker than with conventional LV HRC fuses (NH type). when subject to constant load change.
They protect expensive devices and system components, such • The use of SITOR fuses in LV HRC bases or Siemens switch
as converters with fuses in the input and the DC link, UPS sys- disconnectors has been tested with regard to heat dissipation
tems and soft starters for motors. and maximum current loading. This makes planning and
Panel mounting requirements have given rise to various connec- dimensioning easier and prevents consequential damage.
5 tion versions and designs.

The fuses with blade contacts comply with IEC 60269-2 and are
• Our high standard of quality ensures good compliance with
the characteristic curve and accuracy. This ensures long-term
protection of devices.
suitable for installation in LV HRC fuse bases, in LV HRC fuse
switch disconnectors and switch disconnectors with fuses. They
also include fuses with slotted blade contacts for screw fixing
with 110 mm mounting dimension, whose sizes are according to Operational classes
IEC 60269-4. Fuses are categorized according to function and operational
classes. SITOR semiconductor fuses, in LV HRC design, are
Fuses with slotted blade contacts for screw fixing with 80 mm or available in the following operational classes:
110 mm mounting dimension are often screwed directly onto • aR: for the short-circuit protection of power semiconductors
busbars for optimum heat dissipation. Even better heat transmis- (partial range protection)
sion is provided by the compact fuses with M10 or M12 female • gR: for the protection of power semiconductors
thread, which are also mounted directly onto busbars. (full range protection)
Bolt-on links with 80 mm mounting dimension are another panel- • gS: The operational class gS combines cable and line protec-
mounting version for direct busbar mounting. tion with semiconductor protection (full range protection).
The fuses for SITOR thyristor sets, railway rectifiers or electroly-
sis systems were developed specially for these applications.
The LV HRC bases useable for SITOR fuses and safety switching
devices are on pages 5/46 and 5/47.
Fuse characteristics, configuration notes and the assignments
of SITOR fuses to the fuse bases and 3NP and 3KL safety
switching devices can be found under:
The new size 3 type ranges have a round ceramic body instead
of a square one. These series are characterized by small I²t val-
ues with low power dissipation and high capability under alter-
nating load. The dimensions and functional dimensions corre-
spond to the current standards IEC 60269-4/ EN 60269-4.
Note:
The ordering data of the fuses are listed in ascending order of
the rated voltage in the selection tables.
5/50 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design

Sizes Ie Ue Opera- Breaking Power Vary- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
tional I2t value loss ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
classes load SET, approx.
factor M)
A V AC A2s W WL kg
SITOR LV HRC design
With slotted blade contacts for M10 screw fixing, mounting
5
dimension: 110 mm, or for installation in LV HRC fuse
bases or switch disconnectors
3 150 500 gR 33 000 35 0.85 B 3NC2 423-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
200 64 000 40 0.85 B 3NC2 425-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
250 99 000 50 0.85 B 3NC2 427-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
300 132 000 65 0.85 B 3NC2 428-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
350 aR 249 000 60 0.85 B 3NC2 431-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
400 390 000 50 0.85 B 3NC2 432-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
With slotted blade contacts with two M10 oblong slots, or

for installation in LV HRC fuse bases or fuse switch discon-
nectors
3 150 500 gR 33 000 35 0.85 D 3NC2 423-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
200 64 000 40 0.85 D 3NC2 425-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
250 99 000 50 0.85 D 3NC2 427-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
300 132 000 65 0.85 D 3NC2 428-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
350 aR 249 000 60 0.85 C 3NC2 431-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
400 390 000 50 0.85 D 3NC2 432-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
With blade contacts for mounting in LV HRC fuse bases or

switch disconnectors
3 710 600 gR 2 460 000 65 1.0 D 3NE1 437-1 1 3 units 047 1.179
800 3 350 000 72 1.0 B 3NE1 438-1 1 3 units 047 1.100

3 150 690 gR 17 600 40 0.85 B 3NC8 423-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
200 38 400 55 0.85 B 3NC8 425-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
250 70 400 72 0.85 B 3NC8 427-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
350 176 000 95 0.85 B 3NC8 431-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
500 448 000 130 0.85 B 3NC8 434-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
1 000 600 aR 2 480 000 140 0.9 C 3NC8 444-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940

1 160 690 gR 18 600 30 1.0 D 3NE1 224-3 1 3 units 047 0.610
200 51 800 28 1.0 D 3NE1 225-3 1 3 units 047 0.610
250 80 900 35 1.0 D 3NE1 227-3 1 3 units 047 0.610
315 168 000 42 1.0 D 3NE1 230-3 1 3 units 047 0.610

2 350 690 gR 177 000 44 1.0 D 3NE1 331-3 1 3 units 047 0.750
400 224 000 54 1.0 D 3NE1 332-3 1 3 units 047 0.750
450 276 500 62 1.0 D 3NE1 333-3 1 3 units 047 0.750
500 398 000 65 1.0 D 3NE1 334-3 1 3 units 047 0.750

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/51
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
factor M)
A V AC A2s W WL kg
SITOR LV HRC design
dimension: 110 mm, or for installation in LV HRC fuse bases
or switch disconnectors
5 3 560
630
670
690 gR 890 000 60
1 390 000 62
1 640 000 65
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
D
D
3NE1 435-3
3NE1 436-3
3NE1 447-3
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
1.150
1.150
1.150
710 1 818 000 72 1.0 D 3NE1 437-3 1 3 units 047 1.150
800 2 475 000 82 1.0 D 3NE1 438-3 1 3 units 047 1.150
850 3 640 000 76 1.0 D 3NE1 448-3 1 3 units 047 1.150
With slotted blade contacts with two M10 oblong slots for
screw fixing, or for installation in LV HRC fuse bases or switch
disconnectors
3 150 690 gR 17 600 40 0.85 B 3NC8 423-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
200 38 400 55 0.85 B 3NC8 425-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
250 70 400 72 0.85 B 3NC8 427-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
350 176 000 95 0.85 B 3NC8 431-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
500 448 000 130 0.85 B 3NC8 434-0C 1 3 units 047 0.940
Size Ie Ue Opera- Breaking Power Vary- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
factor M)
A V AC/ A2s W WL kg
V DC
SITOR LV HRC design
With M8 bolt-on links, mounting dimension: 80 mm,
for screwing onto busbars
000 20 690/ gR 83 7 0.9 B 3NE8 714-1 1 10 units 047 0.128
7001)
25 140 9 0.9 B 3NE8 715-1 1 10 units 047 0.130
32 285 10 0.9 A 3NE8 701-1 1 10 units 047 0.110
40 490 12 0.9 A 3NE8 702-1 1 10 units 047 0.122
50 815 15 0.9 A 3NE8 717-1 1 10 units 047 0.131
63 aR 1 550 16 0.95 A 3NE8 718-1 1 10 units 047 0.130
80 2 700 18 0.9 } 3NE8 720-1 1 10 units 047 0.132
100 4 950 19 0.95 } 3NE8 721-1 1 10 units 047 0.123
125 9 100 23 0.95 } 3NE8 722-1 1 10 units 047 0.130
160 17 000 31 0.9 } 3NE8 724-1 1 10 units 047 0.122
200 30 000 36 0.9 } 3NE8 725-1 1 10 units 047 0.117
250 55 000 42 0.9 } 3NE8 727-1 1 10 units 047 0.132
315 85 500 54 0.85 } 3NE8 731-1 1 10 units 047 0.127
1) DC voltage acc. to UL.

5/52 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
factor M)
A V AC A 2s W WL kg
SITOR LV HRC design
000 16 690 gS 200 3.0 1.0 } 3NE1 813-0 1 3 units 047 0.133
20
25
430 3.5
780 4.0
1.0
1.0
}
}
3NE1 814-0
3NE1 815-0
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.124
0.127 5
35 1 700 5.0 1.0 } 3NE1 803-0 1 3 units 047 0.128
40 3 000 5.0 1.0 } 3NE1 802-0 1 3 units 047 0.126
50 4 400 6.0 1.0 } 3NE1 817-0 1 3 units 047 0.129
63 9 000 7.0 1.0 } 3NE1 818-0 1 3 units 047 0.126
80 18 000 8.0 1.0 } 3NE1 820-0 1 3 units 047 0.124
00 100 690 gS 33 000 10 1.0 } 3NE1 021-0 1 3 units 047 0.204
125 63 000 11 1.0 } 3NE1 022-0 1 3 units 047 0.195
1 160 690 gS 60 000 24 1.0 } 3NE1 224-0 1 3 units 047 0.522
200 100 000 27 1.0 } 3NE1 225-0 1 3 units 047 0.518
250 200 000 30 1.0 } 3NE1 227-0 1 3 units 047 0.515
315 310 000 38 1.0 A 3NE1 230-0 1 3 units 047 0.519
2 350 690 gS 430 000 42 1.0 } 3NE1 331-0 1 3 units 047 0.687
400 590 000 45 1.0 } 3NE1 332-0 1 3 units 047 0.519
450 750 000 53 1.0 A 3NE1 333-0 1 3 units 047 0.689
500 950 000 56 1.0 A 3NE1 334-0 1 3 units 047 0.765
3 560 690 gS 1 700 000 50 1.0 A 3NE1 435-0 1 3 units 047 1.000
630 2 350 000 55 1.0 A 3NE1 436-0 1 3 units 047 1.113
710 3 400 000 60 1.0 A 3NE1 437-0 1 3 units 047 1.045
800 5 000 000 59 1.0 A 3NE1 438-0 1 3 units 047 1.560
00 80 690 gR 5 800 10.5 1.0 A 3NE1 020-2 1 3 units 047 0.200
100 11 000 11.5 1.0 A 3NE1 021-2 1 3 units 047 0.197
125 23 000 13.5 1.0 A 3NE1 022-2 1 3 units 047 0.195
1 160 690 gR 18 600 30 1.0 A 3NE1 224-2 1 3 units 047 0.535

200 51 800 28 1.0 A 3NE1 225-2 1 3 units 047 0.508
250 80 900 35 1.0 A 3NE1 227-2 1 3 units 047 0.533
315 168 000 42 1.0 A 3NE1 230-2 1 3 units 047 0.519
2 350 690 gR 177 000 44 1.0 A 3NE1 331-2 1 3 units 047 0.684
400 224 000 54 1.0 D 3NE1 332-2 1 3 units 047 0.760
450 276 500 62 1.0 A 3NE1 333-2 1 3 units 047 0.691
500 398 000 65 1.0 A 3NE1 334-2 1 3 units 047 0.695
3 560 690 gR 890 000 60 1.0 A 3NE1 435-2 1 3 units 047 1.098
630 1 390 000 62 1.0 A 3NE1 436-2 1 3 units 047 1.038
670 1 640 000 65 1.0 A 3NE1 447-2 1 3 units 047 1.044
710 1 818 000 72 1.0 B 3NE1 437-2 1 3 units 047 1.031
800 2 475 000 82 1.0 A 3NE1 438-2 1 3 units 047 1.067
850 3 640 000 76 1.0 A 3NE1 448-2 1 3 units 047 1.048

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/53
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
factor M)
A V AC A2s W WL kg
SITOR LV HRC design
switch disconnectors (contd.)
00 25 690 gR 180 7 0.95 } 3NE8 015-1 1 3 units 047 0.193
5 35
50
400 9
700 14
0.95
0.95
}
}
3NE8 003-1
3NE8 017-1
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
0.195
0.614
63 1 400 16 0.95 } 3NE8 018-1 1 3 units 047 0.196
80 aR 2 400 19 0.95 } 3NE8 020-1 1 3 units 047 0.206
100 4 200 22 0.95 } 3NE8 021-1 1 3 units 047 0.207
125 6 500 28 0.95 } 3NE8 022-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
160 13 000 38 0.95 } 3NE8 024-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
With slotted blade contacts for M12 screw fixing,

mounting dimension: 80 mm
3 630 690 aR 244 000 120 0.85 C 3NC3 236-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
710 346 000 130 0.85 D 3NC3 237-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
800 498 000 135 0.9 C 3NC3 238-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
900 677 000 145 0.9 D 3NC3 240-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
1 000 975 000 155 0.95 C 3NC3 241-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
1 100 1 382 000 165 0.95 D 3NC3 242-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
1 250 1 990 000 175 0.95 C 3NC3 243-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
1 400 500 2 100 000 200 0.95 D 3NC3 244-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
1 600 2 860 000 240 0.9 D 3NC3 245-1 1 3 units 047 0.785
With M12 female thread at both ends for direct busbar
mounting
3 630 690 aR 244 000 125 0.9 C 3NC3 236-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
710 346 000 130 0.9 D 3NC3 237-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
800 498 000 135 0.95 C 3NC3 238-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
900 677 000 140 0.95 D 3NC3 240-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
1 000 975 000 145 1.0 C 3NC3 241-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
1 100 1 382 000 150 1.0 D 3NC3 242-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
1 250 1 990 000 155 1.0 C 3NC3 243-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
1 400 500 2 100 000 175 1.0 C 3NC3 244-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
1 600 2 860 000 195 0.95 C 3NC3 245-6 1 3 units 047 0.765
2 250 800 aR 29 700 105 0.85 } 3NE4 327-0B 1 3 units 047 0.780
315 60 700 120 0.85 } 3NE4 330-0B 1 3 units 047 1.539
450 191 000 140 0.85 } 3NE4 333-0B 1 3 units 047 0.682
500 276 000 155 0.85 } 3NE4 334-0B 1 3 units 047 0.683
710 923 000 155 0.85 } 3NE4 337 1 3 units 047 0.689

0 32 1 000 gR 280 12 0.9 } 3NE4 101 1 3 units 047 0.824
40 500 13 0.9 } 3NE4 102 1 3 units 047 0.258
50 800 16 0.9 } 3NE4 117 1 3 units 047 0.274
63 aR 1 500 20 0.9 } 3NE4 118 1 3 units 047 0.257
80 3 000 22 0.9 } 3NE4 120 1 3 units 047 0.261
100 6 000 24 0.9 } 3NE4 121 1 3 units 047 0.260
125 14 000 30 0.9 } 3NE4 122 1 3 units 047 0.265
160 29 000 35 0.9 } 3NE4 124 1 3 units 047 0.274

5/54 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
factor M)
A V AC A2s W WL kg
SITOR LV HRC design
1 100 1 000 aR
125
160
4 800 28
7 200 36
13 000 42
0.95
0.95
0.95
A
A
}
3NE3 221
3NE3 222
3NE3 224
1 3 units
1 3 units
1 3 units
047
047
047
0.510
0.506
0.513
5
200 30 000 42 0.95 } 3NE3 225 1 3 units 047 0.586
250 48 000 50 0.95 } 3NE3 227 1 3 units 047 0.580
315 80 000 65 0.95 } 3NE3 230-0B 1 3 units 047 0.513
350 100 000 75 0.9 A 3NE3 231 1 3 units 047 0.515
400 135 000 85 0.9 A 3NE3 232-0B 1 3 units 047 0.520
450 175 000 95 0.9 } 3NE3 233 1 3 units 047 0.580
2 400 1 000 aR 135 000 85 1.0 A 3NE3 332-0B 1 3 units 047 0.683
450 175 000 90 1.0 A 3NE3 333 1 3 units 047 0.687
500 260 000 90 1.0 } 3NE3 334-0B 1 3 units 047 0.697
560 360 000 95 1.0 } 3NE3 335 1 3 units 047 0.692
630 600 000 100 1.0 } 3NE3 336 1 3 units 047 0.810
710 900 aR 800 000 105 1.0 } 3NE3 337-8 1 3 units 047 0.687
800 800 850 000 130 0.95 } 3NE3 338-8 1 3 units 047 0.686
900 690 920 000 165 0.95 } 3NE3 340-8 1 3 units 047 0.657

dimension: 130 mm
3 100 1 000 aR 13 500 25 1.0 D 3NE3 421-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
224 54 000 85 1.0 B 3NE3 626-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
315 218 000 80 1.0 B 3NE3 430-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
400 364 000 110 1.0 B 3NE3 432-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
450 488 000 110 1.0 B 3NE3 635-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
500 870 000 95 1.0 B 3NE3 434-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
630 1 280 000 132 1.0 D 3NE3 636-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
710 1 950 000 145 1.0 D 3NE3 637-0C 1 3 units 047 1.120
With M10 female thread at both ends for direct mounting on
busbars
3 450 1 000 aR 488 000 110 1.0 D 3NE3 635-6 1 3 units 047 1.184

dimension: 140 mm
3 710 1 000 aR 1 950 000 145 1.0 D 3NE3 637-1C 1 3 units 047 1.120

3 630 1 000 aR 418 000 145 0.85 C 3NC3 336-1 1 3 units 047 1.020
710 569 000 150 0.85 D 3NC3 337-1 1 3 units 047 1.020
800 819 000 155 0.85 C 3NC3 338-1 1 3 units 047 1.020
900 1 160 000 165 0.9 D 3NC3 340-1 1 3 units 047 1.020
1 000 1 670 000 170 0.9 C 3NC3 341-1 1 3 units 047 1.020
1 100 800 1 910 000 185 0.9 D 3NC3 342-1 1 3 units 047 1.020
1 250 2 600 000 210 0.9 D 3NC3 343-1 1 3 units 047 1.020

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/55
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
factor M)
A V AC A2s W WL kg
SITOR LV HRC design
mounting
3 630 1 000 aR 418 000 130 0.90 C 3NC3 336-6 1 3 units 047 0.980
5 710
800
900
569 000
819 000
1 160 000
140
150
160
0.90
0.90
0.95
D
C
D
3NC3 337-6
3NC3 338-6
3NC3 340-6
1
1
1
3 units
3 units
3 units
047
047
047
0.980
0.980
0.980
1 000 1 670 000 165 0.95 C 3NC3 341-6 1 3 units 047 0.980
1 100 800 1 910 000 175 0.95 D 3NC3 342-6 1 3 units 047 0.980
1 250 2 600 000 185 0.95 C 3NC3 343-6 1 3 units 047 0.980
With slotted blade contacts for M12 screw fixing,
mounting dimension: 110 mm
3 315 1 250 aR 72 500 80 0.95 D 3NC3 430-1 1 3 units 047 1.010
400 163 000 95 0.95 D 3NC3 432-1 1 3 units 047 1.010
500 290 000 115 0.90 D 3NC3 434-1 1 3 units 047 1.010
630 650 000 120 0.95 D 3NC3 436-1 1 3 units 047 1.010
800 1 100 985 000 145 0.90 D 3NC3 438-1 1 3 units 047 1.150

mounting
3 315 1 250 aR 72 500 80 0.95 D 3NC3 430-6 1 3 units 047 1.010
400 163 000 95 0.95 D 3NC3 432-6 1 3 units 047 1.010
500 290 000 115 0.90 D 3NC3 434-6 1 3 units 047 1.010
630 650 000 120 0.95 D 3NC3 436-6 1 3 units 047 1.010
800 1 100 985 000 145 0.95 D 3NC3 438-6 1 3 units 047 1.110
dimension: 210 mm
3 160 1 500 aR 54 000 56 1.0 D 3NE5 424-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
224 138 000 80 1.0 C 3NE5 426-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
315 311 000 115 1.0 D 3NE5 430-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
350 428 000 135 1.0 D 3NE5 431-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
450 870 000 145 0.95 D 3NE5 433-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
dimension: 210 mm
450 870 000 145 0.95 D 3NE5 433-1C 1 2 units 047 1.860

dimension: 170 mm
3 250 1 500 aR 84 000 130 1.0 D 3NE5 627-0C 1 3 units 047 1.520
450 590 000 160 1.0 B 3NE5 633-0C 1 3 units 047 1.520
600 1 950 000 145 1.0 D 3NE5 643-0C 1 3 units 047 1.520

dimension: 210 mm
3 200 2 000 aR 138 000 75 1.0 D 3NE7 425-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
250 218 000 110 1.0 D 3NE7 427-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
350 555 000 120 1.0 D 3NE7 431-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
400 870 000 150 1.0 D 3NE7 432-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
450 960 000 160 1.0 D 3NE7 633-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860
630 1 950 000 220 1.0 D 3NE7 636-0C 1 2 units 047 1.860

dimension: 210 mm
3 450 2 000 aR 960 000 160 1.0 C 3NE7 633-1C 1 2 units 047 1.860
525 1 120 000 210 1.0 D 3NE7 648-1C 1 2 units 047 1.860
630 1 950 000 220 1.0 C 3NE7 636-1C 1 1 unit 047 1.860
710 3 110 000 275 1.0 B 3NE7 637-1C 1 2 units 047 1.860

5/56 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR LV HRC design
factor M)
A V AC A2s W WL kg
SITOR LV HRC design
dimension: 260 mm
3 125 2 500 aR 34 500 78 1.0 D 3NE9 622-1C 1 1 unit 047 2.500
400
500
630
620 000 250
1 270 000 235
2 800 000 275
1.0
1.0
1.0
D
D
D
3NE9 632-1C
3NE9 634-1C
3NE9 636-1C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
047
047
047
2.350
2.350
2.350
5
Fuses for special applications

For screwing onto water-cooled busbars, for rectifiers in
electrolysis systems
--1) 350 800 aR 260 000 80 0.9 X 3NC5 531 1 3 units 047 0.671
600 1 000 888 000 150 0.9 D 3NC5 840 1 3 units 047 1.485
630 800 888 000 145 0.9 D 3NC5 841 1 3 units 047 1.177
800 1 000 1 728 000 170 0.9 D 3NC5 838 1 3 units 047 3.569
710 900 620 000 150 0.9 D 3NE6 437-7 1 3 units 047 1.062
1 250 600 2 480 000 210 0.9 D 3NE9 450-7 1 3 units 047 1.072

mounting, for air-cooled rectifiers in electrolysis systems
--1) 710 900 aR 620 000 150 0.9 D 3NE6 437 1 3 units 047 1.030
850 600 gR 2 480 000 85 1.0 D 3NE9 440-6 1 3 units 047 0.960
900 900 aR 1 920 000 170 0.9 C 3NE6 444 1 3 units 047 1.105
1 250 600 aR 2 480 000 210 0.9 D 3NE9 450 1 3 units 047 1.011
Fuses with installation holder for SITOR 6QG10 thyristor sets

-- 200 1 000 aR 44 000 50 0.85 D 3NE3 525-5 1 2 units 047 0.744
450 395 000 90 0.85 D 3NE3 535-5 1 2 units 047 0.735
Fuses with installation holder for SITOR 6QG11 thyristor sets
--1) 50 1 000 gR 1 100 20 0.85 C 3NE4 117-5 1 2 units 047 0.300
100 aR 7 400 35 0.85 B 3NE4 121-5 1 2 units 047 0.299
170 aR 60 500 43 0.85 B 3NE4 146-5 1 2 units 047 0.287
Fuses female thread at both ends for SITOR 6QG12 thyristor

sets
--1) 250 800 aR 29 700 105 0.85 } 3NE4 327-6B 1 3 units 047 0.650
315 60 700 120 0.85 } 3NE4 330-6B 1 3 units 047 0.655
450 191 000 140 0.85 } 3NE4 333-6B 1 3 units 047 0.642
500 276 000 155 0.85 } 3NE4 334-6B 1 3 units 047 0.681
710 923 000 155 0.95 } 3NE4 337-6 1 3 units 047 0.640
With M12 female thread at both ends for direct mounting on

busbars for railway supply rectifiers
--1) 250 680 aR 635 000 25 0.9 D 3NC7 327-2 1 3 units 047 0.670
350 1 430 000 32 0.9 D 3NC7 331-2 1 3 units 047 0.740
1)
Special design

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/57
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
SITOR, cylindrical fuse design
SITOR cylindrical fuses protect power semiconductors from the • Cylindrical fuses have an extremely compact design and a
effects of short-circuits because the super quick disconnect correspondingly small footprint
characteristic is far quicker than that of conventional fuses. They • The cylindrical fuses have IEC and UL approval and are suit-
protect expensive devices and system components such as able for universal use worldwide.
solid-state contactors, electronic relays (solid state), converters
with fuses in the input and in the DC link, UPS systems and soft • The use of SITOR cylindrical fuses in the cylindrical fuse hold-
starters for motors up to 100 A. ers and bases has been tested with regard to heat dissipation
and maximum current loading. This makes planning and
5 The cylindrical design is approved for industrial applications.
The cylindrical fuse links comply with IEC 60269.
dimensioning easier and prevents consequential damage.
• The use of fuse holders as switch disconnectors expands the
Cylindrical fuse holders also comply with IEC 60269 and area of application of these devices and increases operating
UL 512. The cylindrical fuse holders for 10 x 38 mm and safety.
14 x 51 mm have been tested and approved as fuse switch dis-
connectors and the cylindrical fuse holders for 22 x 58 mm as
fuse disconnectors according to the switching device standard
IEC 60947-3. The utilization category and the tested current and
voltage values are specified in the Table "Technical Specifica-
tions".
The cylindrical fuse holders have been specially developed for
the application of SITOR fuse links with regard to heat tolerance
and heat dissipation and are therefore not recommended for
standard applications.
Cylindrical fuse bases do not offer the same comprehensive
touch protection as the fuse holders, but have better heat dissi-
pation. The single-pole cylindrical fuse bases for 14 x 51 mm
and 22 x 58 mm allow modular expansion to multipole bases.
Sizes mm × mm 10 × 38 14 × 51 22 × 58
Cylindrical fuse links
3NC1 0, 3NC1 4, 3NC2 2
Standards IEC 60269-4; UL 248-13; CSA C22.2 No. 248.13
Approvals UL 248-13; UL File No. E167357; CSA C22.2 No. 248.13
Fuse holders, fuse bases
3NC1, 3NC2
Standards IEC 60269-2; EN 60947-3; UL 512; CSA C22.2 No. 39-M
Approvals UL 512; UL File No. E220063; CSA C22.2 No. 39-M
Rated voltage V AC 690
Rated current In A 32 50 100
Max. power dissipation of fuse links W 3 (6 mm2) 5 (10 mm2) 9.5 (35 mm2)
(conductor cross-section used) 4.3 (10 mm2) 6.5 (25 mm2) 11 (50 mm2)
Feeder terminals mm2 1.5 ... 25 1.5 ... 35 4 ... 50
• Solid and stranded mm2 1.5 ... 25 1.5 ... 35 4 ... 50
• AWG Conductor cross-section, solid and stranded AWG 18 ... 4 14 ... 2 10 ... 1/0
Utilization category Acc. to IEC 60947-3 22B/32 A/400 V AC 22B/50 A/400 V AC 20B/690 V AC
22B/10 A/690 V AC 22B/20 A/690 V AC
Rated conditional short-circuit current
• At 400 V kA 50 (32 A gG) 100 (50 A gG) 100 (100 A gG)
80 (80 A gG)
5/58 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems

Sizes Ie Ue Breaking Power DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
I2t value loss per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm × mm A V AC/ A2s W kg
V DC
Cylindrical fuse links, operational class aR
5
10 × 38 3 600/400 8 1.2 A 3NC1 003 1 10 units 047 0.008
6 20 1.5 } 3NC1 006 1 10 units 047 0.008
8 30 2 B 3NC1 008 1 10 units 047 0.006
10 60 2.5 } 3NC1 010 1 10 units 047 0.007
12 110 3 B 3NC1 012 1 10 units 047 0.006
16 150 3.5 } 3NC1 016 1 10 units 047 0.009
20 200 4.8 } 3NC1 020 1 10 units 047 0.016
25 250 6 } 3NC1 025 1 10 units 047 0.008
32 500 7.5 } 3NC1 032 1 10 units 047 0.010
14 × 51 1 660/7001) 1.2 5 B 3NC1 401 1 10 units 047 0.018
2 10 3 } 3NC1 402 1 10 units 047 0.020
3 15 2.5 B 3NC1 403 1 10 units 047 0.018
4 25 3 } 3NC1 404 1 10 units 047 0.018
5 690/7001) 9 1.5 B 3NC1 405 1 10 units 047 0.021
6 12 1.5 } 3NC1 406 1 10 units 047 0.022
10 20 4 } 3NC1 410 1 10 units 047 0.019
15 75 5.5 } 3NC1 415 1 10 units 047 0.020
20 120 6 } 3NC1 420 1 10 units 047 0.020
25 250 7 } 3NC1 425 1 10 units 047 0.020
30 300 9 B 3NC1 430 1 10 units 047 0.020
32 700 7.6 } 3NC1 432 1 10 units 047 0.028
40 900 8 } 3NC1 440 1 10 units 047 0.020
50 1 800 9 } 3NC1 450 1 10 units 047 0.001
22 × 58 20 690/7001) 220 4.6 B 3NC2 220 1 5 units 047 0.056
25 300 5.6 B 3NC2 225 1 5 units 047 0.053
32 450 7 B 3NC2 232 1 5 units 047 0.055
40 700 8.5 B 3NC2 240 1 5 units 047 0.055
50 1 350 9.5 } 3NC2 250 1 5 units 047 0.056
63 2 600 11 } 3NC2 263 1 5 units 047 0.051
80 5 500 13.5 } 3NC2 280 1 5 units 047 0.055
1)
100 600/700 8 000 16 } 3NC2 200 1 5 units 047 0.052
Cylindrical fuse links with striking pin,
operational class aR
14 × 51 10 690/7001) 90 4 B 3NC1 410-5 1 10 units 047 0.001
15 100 5.5 B 3NC1 415-5 1 10 units 047 0.001
20 500 6 B 3NC1 420-5 1 10 units 047 0.020
25 400 7 C 3NC1 425-5 1 10 units 047 0.001
30 500 9 C 3NC1 430-5 1 10 units 047 0.020
32 600 7.6 B 3NC1 432-5 1 10 units 047 0.022
40 900 8 B 3NC1 440-5 1 10 units 047 0.020
50 2 000 9 B 3NC1 450-5 1 10 units 047 0.020
22 × 58 20 690/7001) 240 5 C 3NC2 220-5 1 10 units 047 0.039

25 350 6 C 3NC2 225-5 1 5 units 047 0.041
32 500 8 B 3NC2 232-5 1 5 units 047 0.057
40 800 9 B 3NC2 240-5 1 5 units 047 0.039
50 1 500 9.5 B 3NC2 250-5 1 5 units 047 0.058
63 3 000 11 B 3NC2 263-5 1 5 units 047 0.040
80 6 000 13.5 B 3NC2 280-5 1 5 units 047 0.057
22 × 58 100 600/7001) 8 500 16 B 3NC2 200-5 1 5 units 047 0.042
1)
DC voltage acc. to UL.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/59
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Sizes Version Rated voltage DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
mm × mm V AC kg
Can be used as fuse switch disconnectors1)
10 × 38 1P 690 } 3NC1 091 1 12 units 047 0.067
2P } 3NC1 092 1 6 units 047 0.126
5
3P } 3NC1 093 1 4 units 047 0.200
14 × 51 1P } 3NC1 491 1 6 units 047 0.102
2P } 3NC1 492 1 3 units 047 0.203
3P B 3NC1 493 1 2 units 047 0.279
22 × 58 1P } 3NC2 291 1 1 unit 047 0.204
2P } 3NC2 292 1 3 units 047 0.358
3P B 3NC2 293 1 2 units 047 0.512
Can be used as fuse switch disconnectors,
with alarm switches for fuse links with striking pin1)
14 × 51 1P 690 B 3NC1 491-5 1 6 units 047 0.130
22 × 58 1P B 3NC2 291-5 1 6 units 047 0.181
Cylindrical fuse bases

10 × 38 1P 600 B 3NC1 038-1 1 10 units 047 0.045
2P C 3NC1 038-2 1 8 units 047 0.074
3P B 3NC1 038-3 1 6 units 047 0.113
14 × 51 1P 690 B 3NC1 451-1 1 3 units 047 0.108
22 × 58 1P B 3NC2 258-1 1 3 units 047 0.225
Cylindrical fuse clips

For fuses 10 × 38 C 3NC1 038 1 20 units 047 0.001
For fuses 14 × 51 B 3NC1 451 1 20 units 047 0.118
Fuse tongs
10 × 38, B 3NC1 000 1 1 unit 047 0.069
14 × 51,
22 × 58
1)
Please observe the utilization category and current/voltage values speci-
fied in the "Technical specifications" table.

5/60 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
NEOZED and DIAZED design, SILIZED
SILIZED is the brand name of the NEOZED fuses (D0 fuses) and • SILIZED fuses have an extremely compact design. This
the DIAZED fuses (D fuses) with super quick characteristic for means they have a very small footprint – particularly the
semiconductor protection. The fuses are used in combination NEOZED version.
with fuse bases, fuse screw caps and accessory parts of the • The rugged and well-known DIAZED design complies with
standard fuse system. IEC 60269-3. It is globally renowned and can be used in many
SILIZED fuses protect power semiconductors from the effects of countries.
short-circuits because the super quick disconnect characteristic • A huge range of fuse bases and accessories are available for
is far quicker than that of conventional fuses. They protect ex-
pensive devices and system components, such as semiconduc-
the NEOZED and DIAZED versions of the SILIZED fuses. This
increases the application options in many devices. 5
tor contactors, static relays, converters with fuses in the input
and in the DC link, UPS systems and soft starters for motors
up to 100 A.
When using fuse bases and fuse screw caps made of molded
plastic, always heed the maximum permissible power loss
values due to the high power loss (power dissipation) of the
SILIZED fuses. When using these components, the following
maximum permissible power loss applies:
• NEOZED D02: 5.5 W
• DIAZED DII: 4.5 W
• DIAZED DIII: 7.0 W
For this reason, sometimes a thermal permanent load of only
50 % is possible.
The DIAZED screw adapter DII for 25 A is used for the 30 A fuse
link.
SILIZED fuse links, SILIZED fuse links,
NEOZED design DIAZED design
5SE1 3 5SD4
Standards DIN VDE 0636-3; IEC 60269-3;
DIN VDE 0636-4; IEC 60269-4
Operational class gR
Characteristic Super quick
V DC 250 500
Rated current In A 10 ... 63 16 ... 100
kA DC 8
Non-interchangeability Using adapter sleeves Using screw adapter or adapter sleeves
Resistance to climate °C up to 45 at 95 % rel. humidity
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/61

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems

SET, approx.
M)
A V AC/ A2s W kg
V DC
Fuse links, NEOZED design, SILIZED
5 D01 10
16
400/250 73
120
6.9
6.2
B
B
5SE1 310
5SE1 316
1 10 units
1 10 units
016
016
0.007
0.007
D02 20 190 8.1 B 5SE1 320 1 10 units 016 0.012

25 215 8.2 B 5SE1 325 1 10 units 016 0.013
35 470 16.7 B 5SE1 335 1 10 units 016 0.013
50 1 960 12.0 B 5SE1 350 1 10 units 016 0.017
63 4 230 15.5 B 5SE1 363 1 10 units 016 0.016

SET, approx.
M)
A V AC/ A2s W kg
V DC
Fuse links, DIAZED design, SILIZED
DII 16 500/500 60 12.1 A 5SD4 20 1 5 units 016 0.028
20 139 12.3 A 5SD4 30 1 5 units 016 0.029
25 205 12.5 A 5SD4 40 1 5 units 016 0.029
30 310 13.5 A 5SD4 80 1 5 units 016 0.031
DIII 35 539 14.8 A 5SD4 50 1 5 units 016 0.047
50 1 250 18.5 A 5SD4 60 1 5 units 016 0.048
63 1 890 28 A 5SD4 70 1 5 units 016 0.049
DIV 80 4 200 34.3 B 5SD5 10 1 3 units 016 0.131
100 8 450 41.5 B 5SD5 20 1 3 units 016 0.115

5/62 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Photovoltaic fuses
N Cylindrical fuse design
There is still no uniform international or European standard for PV
■ Overview fuses and fuse holders, but work on integrating the special re-
In spite of the lack of uniform international and European stan- quirements of these fuses in the IEC 60269 set of standards is in
dards, cylindrical fuses for photovoltaic applications are already progress. UL approval for the international market will be avail-
being deployed in many European countries. able soon.
The fuse inserts have a rated voltage of 1000 V and a high oper- The correct selection and dimensioning of these fuses must take
ational class of gPV for the protection of PV modules and their account of the specific operating conditions as well as the data
connecting cables. of the PV modules when calculating the voltage and the current.
The cylindrical fuse holders can be supplied in single-pole and
■ Benefits
two-pole versions with and without signal detectors. In the case
of devices with signal detector, a small electronic device with • Protection of the module connection leads and the modules in
5
LED is located behind an inspection window in the plug-in mod- case of reverse currents
ule. If the inserted fuse link is tripped, this is indicated by the LED • Safe disconnection in case of fault currents reduces the risk of
flashing. fire due to DC electric arcs
The fuse holders size 10 mm x 38 mm have a sliding catch that • Safe isolation when the fuse holder is open
enables the removal of individual devices from the assembly. • A flashing LED on the fuse holder indicates when the fuse link
The infeed can be from the top or the bottom. Because the cylin- disconnects. This enables fast detection during runtime.
drical fuse holders are fitted with the same anti-slip terminals at
the top and the bottom, the devices can also be rail-mounted at
the top or the bottom.
The PV cylindrical fuse holders comply with IEC 60269-2 and are
regarded as fuse disconnectors in the sense of the switching
device standard IEC 60947. Under no circumstances are they
suitable for switching loads.
Cylindrical fuse holders Cylindrical fuse links
3NW7 0. .-4 cylindrical fuse 3NW6 0.. -4 cylindrical fuse links
holders Size mm x mm 10 x 38
Size mm x mm 10 x 38 Standards IEC 60269-6 (draft)
Standards IEC 60269, IEC 60269-6 (draft), Approvals UL 248-13 (available soon)
IEC 60947
Operational class gPV
Approvals UL 712 (available soon)
Rated voltage Un V DC 1000 at time constant (L/R) 3 ms
Rated voltage Un V DC 1000
Rated current In A DC 4 ... 16
Rated current In A DC 25
Rated short-circuit strength kA DC 30
kA 30
Switching capacity
• Utilization category AC-20B, DC-20B Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40,
(switching without load) Humidity 90 % at +20
Max. power dissipation of
the fuse link W 3.4
Rated impulse withstand
voltage kV 6
Overvoltage category II
Pollution degree 2
No-voltage changing of fuse links
Yes
Sealable when installed
Yes
Current direction Any (signal detector with antipar-
allel LED)
Degree of protection acc. to IP20, with connected conductors
IEC 60529
Terminals are touch-protected accord-
ing to BGVA3 at the incoming and out- Yes
going feeder
Humidity 90 % at +20
• finely stranded, with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25
• AWG (American Wire Gauge) 18 ... 4
Tightening torques Nm 1.2
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5/63

© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse Systems
Photovoltaic fuses
Cylindrical fuse design N
Sizes In Un Pv DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
mm x mm A DC V DC W kg
Cylindrical fuse links, operational class gPV
10 x 38 4 1000 1.4 B 3NW6 004-4 1 10 units 018 0.008
5
6 2.0 B 3NW6 001-4 1 10 units 018 0.010
8 1.8 B 3NW6 008-4 1 10 units 018 0.008
10 2.5 B 3NW6 003-4 1 10 units 018 0.010
12 2.0 B 3NW6 006-4 1 10 units 018 0.010
16 2.7 B 3NW6 005-4 1 10 units 018 0.010
Number of In For fuse links of size Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
A DC mm x mm MW kg
Cylindrical fuse holders with signal detector
1P 25 10 x 38 1 B 3NW7 014-4 1 12 units 018 0.007
2P 25 10 x 38 2 B 3NW7 024-4 1 6 units 018 0.014

1P 25 10 x 38 1 B 3NW7 013-4 1 12 units 018 0.006
2P 25 10 x 38 2 B 3NW7 023-4 1 6 units 018 0.013

5/64 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
6
© Siemens AG 2010
Overvoltage Protection
Devices
6/2 Introduction
6/3 Lightning Arresters, Type 1
6/5 Combination Surge Arresters,

Type 1 and Type 2
6/7 Surge Arresters, Type 2
6/11 Surge Arresters, Type 3
6/12 Accessories for Surge Arresters
6/13 Link Rails

6
6/14 Configuration
6/16 Surge Arresters for Measuring and

Control Technology
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Overview
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Lightning arresters, type 1 6/3 With plug-in protective modules for EN 61643-11 ✓ ✓ ✓
TN-C, TN-S and TT systems
Rated voltage 350 V AC for lightning
currents from 25 kA to 100 kA.
6
All versions with remote signaling
contact.
For installation in main distribution

boards, upstream or downstream of the
counter.
Combination surge arresters, 6/5 With plug-in protective modules for EN 61643-11 ✓ ✓ ✓
type 1 and type 2 TN-C, TN-S and TT systems.
Rated voltage 350 V AC for lightning
currents from 25 kA to 100 kA.
All versions with remote signaling
contact.
For installation in main distribution
boards downstream of the counter.
Surge arresters, type 2 6/7 With plug-in protective modules for EN 61643-11 ✓ ✓ ✓
TN-C, TN-S and TT systems
Rated voltage 350 V AC, rated
discharge surge current 20 kA and
discharge surge current 40 kA.
For installation in sub-distribution
boards.
Surge arresters, type 3 6/11 With plug-in protective modules for EN 61643-11 ✓ ✓ ✓
single-phase and three-phase systems.
Rated voltage, single-phase
24 V AC/DC, 60 V, 120 V, 230 V and
three-phase 230/400 V AC.
For installation as close as possible
upstream from the terminal equipment.
Accessories for surge arresters 6/12 Plug-in parts for lightning and surge EN 61643-11 ✓ ✓ ✓
arresters and through-type terminals for
installation.
Link rails 6/13 Link rails provide the electrical intercon- -- ✓ ✓ ✓

nection of the N conductors, PE con-
ductors or PEN conductors of 1-pole
surge arresters, type 2.
Configuration 6/14 Everything you need to know about

overvoltage protection. Function,
mounting and technical connections.
Surge arresters for measuring and 6/16 With plug-in protective modules for EN 61643-21 ✓ -- ✓
control technology measuring and control technology for
installation in signal circuits.
6/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Lightning arresters, type 1
Lightning arresters type 1 protect low-voltage systems against • The rated arrester voltage is a uniform 350 V AC. This in-
any overvoltage or high impulse currents that may be triggered creases safety in systems with extended voltage overshoots.
by a direct or indirect lightning strike. • All lightning arresters are fitted with a mechanical fault indica-
The protection level is lowered to 1.5 kV by the lightning arrester. tion, which does not require an extra power supply. This
means they can be installed in the precounter area, where
The lightning arresters are enclosed and are suitable for installa- electrical plants can be protected particularly effectively.
tion in the precounter area.
• The protective modules are plug-in versions. No dismantling
All spark gaps are tripped. For this reason, decoupling reactors of electrical wires required when replacing the protective
are no longer required for the installation of overvoltage protec- modules. When taking insulation measurements, the protec-
tion devices. tive modules are simply removed in order to ensure discon-
nection from the power supply.
The lightning arresters are tested using a wave-shaped 25 kA to
100 kA lightning impulse current with waveform 10/350 µs. • All lightning arresters have a remote signaling contact, which
signals if the device fails. 6
5SD7 411-1 5SD7 412-1 5SD7 413-1 5SD7 414-1
Standards IEC 61643-11; EN 61643-11
Approvals -- UL/cUL UL/cUL UL/cUL
Rated voltage UN V AC 240 240/415
Rated arrester voltage UC
• L/N, N/PE, L/PEN V AC 350
Lightning impulse current Iimp (10/350 μs)
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P kA 25 25 25/75 25/75
• N/PE kA -- 100 -- 100
Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 μs)
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P kA 25 25 25/75 25/75
• N/PE kA -- 100 -- 100
Protection level Up
• L/N, N/PE, L/PEN kV ≤ 1.5
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi (AC)
• L/N or L/PEN for 264 V/350 V kA 50/25 50/25 50/25 50/25
• N/PE A -- 100 -- 100
Response time tA
• L/N or L/PEN ns ≤ 100 ≤ 100 ≤ 100 ≤ 100
• L-(N)-PE ns -- ≤ 100 -- ≤ 100
Max. back-up fuse Acc. to IEC 61643-11
• For parallel connection A 315 gL/gG
• For series connection A 125 gL/gG
Short-circuit strength with max. back-up fuse kArms 50
Temperature range °C -40 ... +80
Conductor cross-section
• Finely stranded mm2 2.5 ... 25
• Solid mm2 2.5 ... 35
Mounting width Acc. to DIN 43880 MW 2 4 6 8
Remote signaling (RS) Yes
• Contact type Floating CO contact (plug-in)
• Operational voltage, max. V AC 250
V DC 125
• Operational current, max.
- Resistive/inductive load A AC 1/1
- Resistive/inductive load mA DC 200/30
• Conductor cross-section
- Finely stranded mm2 1.5
- Solid mm2 1.5
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/3

© Siemens AG 2010

Version Discharge Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
capacity ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
kA MW kg
Lightning arresters
1P 25 2 A 5SD7 411-1 1 1 unit 008 0.424
For single-conductor systems
With remote signaling
6 2P 100 4 B 5SD7 412-1 1 1 unit 008 0.808

For TN-S and TT systems
3P 75 6 A 5SD7 413-1 1 1 unit 008 1.221

For TN-C systems
4P 100 8 A 5SD7 414-1 1 1 unit 008 1.609


6/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Combination surge arresters, type 1 and type 2
Combination surge arresters type 1 and type 2 protect low- • The rated arrester voltage is a uniform 350 V AC. This in-
voltage systems against the overvoltages and high currents creases safety in systems with extended voltage overshoots.
triggered by direct lightning strikes. They are tested by wave- • All combination surge arresters are fitted with a mechanical
shaped lightning impulse, 25 KA to 100 kA with waveform fault indication, which does not require an extra power supply.
10/350 µs.
• The protective modules are plug-in versions. No dismantling
The protection level is lowered to 1.5 kV by the combination of electrical wires required when replacing the protective
surge arresters. modules. When taking insulation measurements, the protec-
tive modules are simply removed in order to ensure discon-
A thermal isolating arrester disconnector offers a high degree of
nection from the power supply.
protection against overload.
• The same type 2 overvoltage protective modules are used as
All spark gaps are tripped. For this reason, decoupling reactors for the slim version of the surge arresters (5SD7 42.). This
6
are no longer required for the installation of overvoltage protec- simplifies stock-keeping.
tion devices.
• All combination surge arresters have a remote signaling
contact, which signals if the device fails.
5SD7 441-1 5SD7 442-1 5SD7 443-1 5SD7 444-1
Approvals -- KEMA, UL/cUL KEMA, UL/cUL KEMA, UL/cUL
Rated voltage UN V AC 240 240/415
• L/N, N/PE, L/PEN V AC 350
Lightning impulse current Iimp (10/350 μs)
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P kA 25 25 25/75 25/75
• N/PE kA -- 100 -- 100
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P kA 25 25 25/75 25/75
• N/PE kA -- 100 -- 100
Protection level Up
• L/N, N/PE, L/PEN kV ≤ 1.5
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi (AC)
• L/N or L/PEN kA 25 25 25 25
• N/PE kA -- 100 -- 100
Response time tA
• L/N or L/PEN ns ≤ 25 ≤ 100 ≤ 100 ≤ 100
• L-(N)-PE ns -- ≤ 100 -- ≤ 100
Short-circuit strength with max. back-up fuse kArms 25
• Solid mm2 2.5 ... 35
Mounting width Acc. to DIN 43880 MW 2 4 6 8
Visual function/fault indication Yes
• Contact type Floating CO contact (plug-in)
V DC 125
• Operational current, max.
- Resistive/inductive load A AC 1/1
- Resistive/inductive load mA DC 200/30
• Conductor cross-section
- Finely stranded mm2 1.5
- Solid mm2 1.5
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/5

© Siemens AG 2010

capacity ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
kA MW kg
Combination surge arresters
1P 25 2 A 5SD7 441-1 1 1 unit 008 0.356
For single-conductor systems
6 2P 100 4 B 5SD7 442-1 1 1 unit 008 0.741

3P 75 6 A 5SD7 443-1 1 1 unit 008 1.004

For TN-C systems
4P 100 8 A 5SD7 444-1 1 1 unit 008 1.403


6/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Surge arresters, type 2
Surge arresters type 2 are used downstream of lightning arrest- • The rated arrester voltage is a uniform 350 V AC. This in-
ers type 1 in main distribution boards or sub-distribution boards. creases safety in systems with extended voltage overshoots.
They protect low-voltage systems against transient overvol- • All type 2 surge arresters are fitted with a mechanical fault
tages. indication, which does not require an extra power supply.
The type 2 surge arrester lowers the protection level to • A thermal isolating arrester installed in each device offers a
1.4 / 1.5 kV. A remote signaling contact signals whether a high degree of protection. In the event of overload, the surge
protective module has been disconnected from the network arrester is disconnected from the mains - the plant continues
by the thermal arrester disconnector or whether it is just not running
plugged in. • The protective modules are plug-in versions. No dismantling
All spark gaps are tripped. For this reason, decoupling reactors of electrical wires required when replacing the protective
are no longer required for the installation of overvoltage protec- modules. When taking insulation measurements, the protec-
tion devices.
To ensure fault-free operation of photovoltaic systems, it is
tive modules are simply removed in order to ensure discon-
nection from the power supply. 6
essential to have standardized protection against lightning and • All surge arresters are available with a remote signaling
overvoltages. SPDs (5SD7 483-.) on the DC side protect the contact, which signals if the device fails.
photovoltaic generator and the inverter against overvoltages.
The SPDs 5SD7 473-. and 5SD7 485-. are especially available
for protecting IT systems.
Surge arresters, standard design
N/PE Single-pole Multipole
Plug-in Plug-in 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P
5SD7 481-0 5SD7 461-. 5SD7 463-. 5SD7 464-. 5SD7 473-. 5SD7 485-. 5SD7 483-.
Approvals KEMA --
Rated voltage UN V AC 240 240 240/415 240/415 500 240/415 --
• L/N V AC -- 350 -- -- -- -- --
• L/N or L/PEN V -- -- 350 AC 350 AC 580 AC 440 AC 1000 DC
• N/PE V AC 260 -- -- 260 -- -- --
• L/N kA -- 20 -- -- -- -- --
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P kA -- -- 20 20 15 20 15
• N/PE kA 20 -- -- 20 -- -- --
Max. discharge surge current Imax (8/20 μs)
• L/N kA -- 40 -- -- -- -- --
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P kA -- -- 40 40 -- -- 30
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P/multipole kA -- -- -- -- 30 40 --
• N/PE kA 40 -- -- 40 -- -- --
Lightning impulse current Iimp (10/350 μs) kA 12 --
Protection level Up
• L/N or L/PEN kV -- ≤ 1.4 ≤ 1.4 ≤ 1.4 ≤ 2.5 ≤ 2.2 ≤5
• N/PE kV ≤ 1.5 -- -- ≤ 1.5 -- -- --
Response time tA
• L/N or L/PEN ns -- ≤ 25 ≤ 25 ≤ 25 ≤ 25 ≤ 25 ≤ 25
• N/PE ns ≤ 100 -- -- ≤ 100 -- -- --
Short-circuit strength kArms 25
with max. back-up fuse
• Solid mm2 1.5 ... 35
Mounting width according to DIN 43880 MW 1 1 3 4 3 4 3
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/7

© Siemens AG 2010
Multipole surge arresters, narrow design

5SD7 422-0 5SD7 422-1 5SD7 423-0 5SD7 423-1 5SD7 424-0 5SD7 424-1
Standards IEC 61643-11; DIN VDE 06754-6
Approvals KEMA KEMA/ KEMA KEMA/ KEMA KEMA/
UL/cUL UL/cUL UL/cUL
Rated voltage UN V AC 240 240/415 240/415
• L/N or L/PEN V AC 350 350 350
• N/PE V AC 264 -- 264
• L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P kA 20 20 20
• N/PE kA 20 -- 20
Max. discharge surge current Imax (8/20 μs)
6 • L/N or L/PEN, 1P/3P
• N/PE
kA
kA
40
40
40
--
40
40
Protection level Up
• L/N or L/PEN kV ≤ 1.4 ≤ 1.4 ≤ 1.4
• N/PE kV ≤ 1.5 -- ≤ 1.5
Response time tA
• L/N ns ≤ 25 ≤ 25 ≤ 25
• N/PE ns ≤ 100 -- ≤ 100
Short-circuit strength with max. back-up fuse kArms 25 25 25
• Solid mm2 1.5 ... 25
Mounting width Acc. to DIN 43880 mm 26 38 50
Remote signaling contact

Contact type Floating CO contact (plug-in)
Operational voltage, max. V AC 250
V DC 125
Operational current, max.
• Resistive/inductive load A AC 1/1
• Resistive/inductive load mA DC 200/30
• Finely stranded mm2 1.5
• Solid mm2 1.5
6/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

surge current ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
In/Imax width SET, approx.
M)
kA MW kg
Surge arresters,
standard design
• 1P, plug-in
- Without remote signaling 20/40 1 A 5SD7 461-0 1 1 unit 008 0.133
- With remote signaling 20/40 1 A 5SD7 461-1 1 1 unit 008 0.139
• N/PE, 1P, plug-in

• 3P, plug-in, 3+0 circuit

For TN-C systems
- With remote signaling 20/40 3 B 5SD7 463-1 1 1 unit 008 0.371
• 3P, plug-in
For protecting the DC part of the photovoltaic
systems up to 1000 V DC acc. to IEC 60364-7-712
- With remote signaling 15/30 3 A 5SD7 483-1 1 1/44 units 008 0.352


Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/9
© Siemens AG 2010

surge current ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
In/Imax width SET, approx.
M)
kA MW kg
Surge arresters,
standard design
For IT systems
6
For IT systems with N-conductor incorporated in the
cable
- Without remote signaling 20/40 4 A 5SD7 485-0 1 1/44 units 008 0.445
Version Dis- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

charge per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
surge SET, approx.
current M)
In/Imax
kA mm (MW) kg
Surge arresters,
narrow design
• 2P
- Without remote signaling 20/40 24 (1 1/3) A 5SD7 422-0 1 1 unit 008 0.220
- With remote signaling 20/40 24 (1 1/3) B 5SD7 422-1 1 1 unit 008 0.229
• 3P
For TN-C systems
- Without remote signaling 20/40 36 (2) A 5SD7 423-0 1 1 unit 008 0.320
- With remote signaling 20/40 36 (2) B 5SD7 423-1 1 1 unit 008 0.317
• 4P
- Without remote signaling 20/40 48 (2 2/3) A 5SD7 424-0 1 1 unit 008 0.407
- With remote signaling 20/40 48 (2 2/3) A 5SD7 424-1 1 1 unit 008 0.423

6/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Type 3 surge arresters are installed after the type 2 surge arrest- • The protective modules are plug-in versions. No mounting
ers in sub-distribution boards close to the loads in single or work required when replacing the protective modules
multiphase systems and further limit the overvoltage in order to • All type 3 surge arresters are fitted with a fault indication,
protect the connected loads. which does not require an extra power supply
• In the event of a power failure, a remote signaling is output
over an optocoupler with open collector output.
Multipole surge arresters, plug-in
2P
5SD7 432-1 5SD7 432-2 5SD7 432-3 5SD7 432-4
4P
5SD7 434-1
6
Approvals KEMA -- KEMA
Rated voltage UN V AC 230 120 60 24 230/400
Rated load current IL (at 30 °C) A 26 26 26 26 3 × 26
Rated arrester voltage UC V AC 253 150 100 34 335
Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 μs) kA 3 2.5 2.5 1 1.5
Max. discharge surge current Imax (8/20 μs) kA 10 10 6.5 2 4.5
Combined surge Uoc kV 6 6 4 2 4
Protection level Up L–N/L(N)–PE V ≤ 1500/≤ 600 ≤ 850/≤ 350 ≤ 700/≤ 250 ≤ 550/≤ 100 ≤ 1200
Response time tA ns ≤ 100 ≤ 100 ≤ 100 ≤ 100 ≤ 100
Required back-up fuse, max. A 25 gL/gG 25 gL/gG 25 gL/gG 25 gL/gG 25 gL/gG
• Solid mm2 0.2 ... 2.5
Mounting width Acc. to DIN 43880 MW 1 1 1 1 2
• Contact type NC contacts
• Operational current, max. 3

Version Rated voltage Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
UN ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC MW kg
Surge arresters, plug-in
• 2P
With remote signaling 24 1 A 5SD7 432-4 1 1 unit 008 0.086
60 1 B 5SD7 432-3 1 1 unit 008 0.087
120 1 B 5SD7 432-2 1 1 unit 008 0.089
230 1 A 5SD7 432-1 1 1 unit 008 0.087
• 4P
With remote signaling 230/400 2 A 5SD7 434-1 1 1 unit 008 0.135

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/11
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories for surge arresters

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Plug-in parts for lightning arresters type 1 and
combination surge arresters type 1 and type 2
• Lightning arresters L/N Ifi 50 kArms B 5SD7 418-1 1 1 unit 008 0.270
for 5SD7 41 lightning arresters.
• Lightning arresters N/PE B 5SD7 418-0 1 1 unit 008 0.254
for 5SD7 41. lightning arresters and 5SD7 44.
combination surge arresters.
6 Plug-in parts for lightning arresters type 1 and

• Lightning arresters L/N Ifi 50 kArms B 5SD7 448-1 1 1 unit 008 0.148
Plug-in parts for surge arresters type 2 and

• Surge arresters L/N B 5SD7 428-1 1 1 unit 008 0.069
for 5SD7 42. surge arresters and 5SD7 44.
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 46. surge arresters,
type 2
• Surge arresters L/N B 5SD7 468-1 1 1 unit 008 0.066
• Surge arresters N/PE B 5SD7 488-0 1 1 unit 008 0.056
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 485-. surge arresters,

type 2
• Surge arresters for IT systems A 5SD7 488-1 1 1 unit 008 0.053
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 473-. and 5SD7 483-.

surge arresters, type 2
• Surge arresters for photovoltaics and A 5SD7 498-1 1 1 unit 008 0.065
IT systems
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 432-. surge arresters,

type 3
• Rated voltage UN = 230 V B 5SD7 437-1 1 1 unit 008 0.042
Plug-in parts for 5SD7 434-1 surge arresters, B 5SD7 438-1 1 1 unit 008 0.060
type 3

6/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Link rails
Link rails let you combine 1-pole surge arresters to create These link rails allow cable lengths to be reduced to a minimum
complete solutions for multiphase systems. and save time during mounting.
Link rails
5SD7 490-2, 5SD7 490-3, 5SD7 490-4
Partition material
Busbar cross-section mm2
Plastic, cycolor 3600 temperature resistant ≥ 90 °C
16
6
Rated current In
• Constant atmosphere acc. to DIN 50015 23/83; 40/92; 55/20
• Humid heat (acc. to IEC 68, Part 2-30) 28 cycles
Insulation coordination according to IEC 60664-1
Maximum busbar current Is/phase
Maximum current in the arm IE/phase

Version Linking Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
sequence per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
MW mm kg
Link rails for the interconnection of single-pole
surge arresters, type 2
• 2-pole 2 34 A 5SD7 490-2 1 10/100 units 008 0.093
• 3-pole 3 51.8 A 5SD7 490-3 1 10/100 units 008 0.143
• 4-pole 4 69.6 A 5SD7 490-4 1 10/100 units 008 0.194

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/13
© Siemens AG 2010
Configuration
Selection of overvoltage protection devices
Situation Systems Basic protection
Which type of building do you For installation upstream of counters in main distribution boards
want to protect? or in combined main/sub-distribution boards
Generally speaking, all our
devices are suitable for resi-
dential buildings, office build-
ings, industrial and commercial
buildings.
Low risk buildings TN-S and TT systems Surge arresters, type 2
Narrow design
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1
6 Wide design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1
With or without remote signaling
- No outer lightning protec- TN-C systems Surge arresters, type 2

tion
- Power supply Narrow design
over ground conductor 5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Wide design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1
High-risk buildings TN-S and TT systems Lightning arresters, type 1

5SD7 414-1
TN-C systems Lightning arresters, type 1

- Outer lightning protection
system 5SD7 413-1

5SD7411-1
TN-S and TT systems Combination surge arresters, type 1 and type 2

5SD7 444-1
- Power supply
over overhead lines
TN-C systems Combination surge arresters, type 1 and type 2

5SD7 443-1
- Grounded aerial structures

5SD7441-1
IT systems Typically, IT systems are only installed in special

without N-conductor incorporated in the building sections. There are generally still TN-C,
cable TN-S or TT systems in the area of the main
distribution board. In this case, the protective
devices shown above must be installed.
IT systems
with N-conductor incorporated in the
cable
6/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Configuration
Medium protection Fine protection

For installation upstream of counters in main distribution boards For installation directly upstream of the terminal equipment
or in combined main/sub-distribution boards
Surge arresters, type 2 Surge arresters, type 3

Narrow design For installation in sub-distribution boards
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1 or control cabinets
Standard design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1
5SD7 432-x and 5SD7 434-1
6
Only required if the distance between the main and sub-distribution boards is > 10 m

Narrow design
5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Standard design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1

Narrow design
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1
Standard design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1

Narrow design
5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Standard design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1

Narrow design
5SD7 424-0, 5SD7 424-1
Standard design
5SD7 464-0, 5SD7 464-1

Narrow design
5SD7 423-0, 5SD7 423-1
Standard design
5SD7 463-0, 5SD7 463-1

5SD7 473-0, 5SD7 473-1
3-pole (3+0 circuit)
Uc = 580 V AC
with or without remote signaling

5SD7 485-0, 5SD7 485-1
4-pole (4+0 circuit)
Uc = 440 V AC
with or without remote signaling
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/15

© Siemens AG 2010

Surge arresters for
measuring and control technology
The surge arresters for measuring and control technology are • The two-component design offers users maximum mainte-
overvoltage protection modules that comprise two parts, a basic nance convenience. The basic element is always a fixed inte-
element and a plug-in part. Their application area is the protec- gral part of the installation. There are therefore no laborious
tion of signal circuits. access problems during repair work, etc.
The cable shields of basic elements can be either directly or in- • The benefits:
directly grounded. - Two-part design comprising plug-in part and basic element
- Interruption-free and impedance neutral plugging in and
The mounting width of the new surge arrester is 1 MW. pulling out of the plug-in part
Through the number of integrated paths, it is possible to protect - Reverse polarity protection through mechanical encoding
up to four signal cores or two double cores against overvoltages. - An electric surge voltage resistant connection is made auto-
matically when it is snapped onto the standard mounting
rail – no laborious wiring of ground.
6 • The arrangement of suppressor diodes between signal cores
achieves a fine protection in connection with a fast response.
The low-limiting coupling of the suppressor diodes to the sig-
nal cores supports fast data transmission rates.
• The use of gas-filled surge arresters ensures a high discharge
capacity.
5SD7 502-0 5SD7 520-1 5SD7 522-7 5SD7 530-3 5SD7 541-7 5SD7 550-4
IEC category/EN type C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/ C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/D1 C1/C2/C3/D1
D1/B2
Max. continuous voltage UC
• Direct voltage V DC 68 185 40 5.2 40 14
• AC voltage V AC 48 130 28 3.6 28 9.8
Rated current IN mA 2000 450 450 450 300 450
Lightning test current Iimp 10/350 μs Per path kA 5 -- 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated discharge current In 8/20 μs
• Core - Core kA -- 10 10 10 -- 10
• Core - Ground kA 20 10 10 10 10 10
Total surge current IN 8/20 μs kA 40 10 20 20 20 20
Output voltage limit at 1 kV/μs
• Core - Core V -- ≤ 300 ≤ 55 ≤ 15 -- ≤ 25
• Core - Ground V ≤ 600 ≤ 300 ≤ 450 ≤ 15 ≤ 55 ≤ 25
Residual voltage at In
• Core - Core V -- ≤ 160 ≤ 55 ≤ 15 -- ≤ 25
(C2/5 kA)
• Core - Ground V -- ≤ 160 -- ≤ 30 ≤ 55 ≤ 40
(C2/5 kA)
Response time tA
• Core - Core ns -- ≤ 500 ≤1 ≤ 500 -- ≤ 500
• Core - Ground ns ≤ 100 ≤ 500 ≤ 100 ≤ 500 ≤1 ≤ 500
Insertion loss A E
• Symmetrical in the 50-Ω system dB -- -- Typ. 0.5 -- -- --
(1.5 MHz)
• Asymmetrical in the 50-Ω system dB 0.1 (1 MHz) -- -- -- 0.5 (1.5 MHz) --
• Symmetrical in the 100-Ω system dB -- Typ. 0.2 -- 0.2 (5 MHz) -- 0.2 (5 MHz)
(5 MHz)
Limit frequency fG (3 dB)
• Symmetrical in the 50-Ω system MHz -- -- Typ. 8 -- -- --
• Asymmetrical in the 50-Ω system MHz -- -- -- -- Typ. 8 --
• Symmetrical in the 100-Ω system MHz -- Typ. 70 -- Typ. 70 -- Typ. 70
Resistor per path Ω -- -- 2.2 2.2 4.7 2.2
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529/EN 60529 IP20
Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
Test standards EN 61643-21 IEC 61643-21 EN 61643-21 IEC 61643-21 EN 61643-21 IEC 61643-21
6/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Surge arresters for
measuring and control technology
Combination options for basic elements and plug-in parts
Plug-in part
Basic elements 5SD7 502-0 5SD7 520-1 5SD7 522-7 5SD7 530-3 5SD7 541-7 5SD7 550-4
5SD7 500-0 ✓ -- -- -- -- --
5SD7 512-1 -- ✓ -- ✓ -- --
5SD7 522-0 -- -- ✓ -- -- ✓
5SD7 522-1 -- -- ✓ -- -- ✓
5SD7 541-1 -- -- -- -- ✓ --

Version Mount- DT
ing
Order No. Price PU
per PU (UNIT,
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
6
width SET, approx.
M)
MW kg
Basic elements
• For plug-in parts with protection circuit for a 1 B 5SD7 512-1 1 1 unit 008 0.052
2-wire ungrounded signal circuit
• Jumper between terminals 3/4 (GND) and 9/10
• For 5SD7 520-1 and 5SD7 530-3 plug-in parts
• Gas arrester between terminals 3/4 (GND) and 9/10
• For plug-in parts with protection circuit for four con- 1 B 5SD7 541-1 1 1 unit 008 0.056
ductors single-sided grounded signal circuit
• For 5SD7 541-7 plug-in parts
• Jumper between terminals 3/4 (GND) and 9/10 1 B 5SD7 500-0 1 1 unit 008 0.050
• For 5SD7 502-0 plug-in parts
Plug-in parts - PROFIBUS 1 B 5SD7 530-3 1 1 unit 008 0.020
• Protection for 2 signal cores with shared reference
potential
• For 5SD7 512-1 basic element
Plug-in parts for analog telecommunication 1 B 5SD7 520-1 1 1 unit 008 0.020
interfaces
• Protection for 2-wire Telecom cable
(Uk0 or T-DSL)
Plug-in parts, 24 V AC 1 B 5SD7 522-7 1 1 unit 008 0.024
• Protection for 2-wire ungrounded signal circuit.
• Miniature protection element between the connected
cores
• For 5SD7 522-0 and 5SD7 522-1 basic elements
Plug-in parts, 12 V DC 1 B 5SD7 550-4 1 1 unit 008 0.026
• Protection for field bus systems and signal circuits in
3- or 4-wire method
• For 5SD7 522-0 and 5SD7 522-1 basic elements
Plug-in parts, 24 V DC 1 B 5SD7 541-7 1 1 unit 008 0.026
• Protection for 4 signal cores with shared reference
potential
Plug-in parts, 2-wire 1 B 5SD7 502-0 1 1 unit 008 0.020
• Coarse protection for 2 single-sided signal leads

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 6/17
© Siemens AG 2010
Notes
6/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

7
© Siemens AG 2010
7/2 Introduction SENTRON 3NP1 Fuse Switch

Disconnectors up to 630 A
SENTRON 3LD Main and 7/89 Introduction
EMERGENCY-STOP Switches 7/92 Floor mounting
up to 250 A 7/94 For 40 mm busbar system
7/3 Introduction 7/96 For 60 mm busbar system
7/6 Front mounting 7/98 Accessories
7/11 Floor mounting
7/16 Distribution board mounting SENTRON 3NP5 Fuse Switch
7/18 Molded-plastic enclosures Disconnectors up to 630 A
7/20 DC applications 7/106 Introduction
7/21 Accessories 7/108 Floor mounting
7/109 For 40 mm busbar system
5TE1 Switch Disconnectors 7/109 For 60 mm busbar system
7/26
up to 200 A
Introduction
7/110 With fuse monitoring 7
7/114 Accessories
7/27 General data 7/117 Assembly kits for distribution systems
SENTRON 3KA, 3KE Switch
SENTRON 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse
Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
7/31 Introduction
7/118 Introduction
7/34 Floor mounting
7/121 1-pole switchable
7/39 Molded-plastic enclosures
7/122 3-pole switchable
7/40 Accessories
7/123 Accessories
SENTRON 3KL Switch
Disconnectors with Fuses
up to 800 A
7/43 Introduction
can be found at
7/45 Floor mounting
7/47 Front mounting
7/48 Accessories under Product List:
- Technical Specifications
SENTRON 3KM Switch under Entry List:
Disconnectors with Fuses and - Updates
Isolating Plug Connector - Download
- FAQ
up to 400 A - Manuals
7/52 Introduction - Characteristic curves
7/54 For snapping onto busbars - Certificates
7/55 Accessories and at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators
8UC Door-Coupling Rotary - Configurators
Operating Mechanisms
7/57 For 3K switch disconnectors
7/62 Individual parts
7/63 Operating mechanisms for fixed
mounting
SENTRON 3NJ62 In-Line Switch

Disconnectors with Fuses
up to 630 A
7/64 Introduction
7/69 For LV HRC fuse links
7/71 For BS fuse links
7/73 For LV HRC and BS fuse links
7/82 Accessories

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Overview
Order No. Page
Switch disconnectors
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches 16 A to 250 A 3LD 7/3
• Devices for front mounting, floor mounting with door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism, distribution board mounting or in molded-plastic enclosures
• Front mounting with four-hole and center hole arrangement
• 3-, 4- and 6-pole versions
3LD • 3- and 4-pole load transfer switches
• Solar plant isolators 800 V DC
100 A Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A 5TE1 7/26

• For floor and distribution board mounting
7 5TE1
63 A switch disconnectors up to 1000 A 3KA, 3KE 7/31

• Devices for floor mounting with handle, with door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism, in molded-plastic enclosures and for mounting in control cabinet
side panels
• 3- and 4-pole versions
3KA/3KE • Accessories for use as load transfer switches and parallel switches
Switch Disconnectors with Fuses

Switch disconnectors with fuses up to 800 A 3KL, 3KM 7/43
• Devices for floor mounting with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism and for
mounting in control cabinet side panels
• 3KM versions with isolating plug connector for mounting on vertical busbars
• 3- and 4-pole versions
3KL • Suitable for NH and BS 88 fuse systems
In-line switch disconnectors with fuses, plug-in type, up to 630 A 3NJ62 7/64
• Suitable for NH and BS 88 fuse systems
• Manually operated or with motorized operating mechanism
3NJ62
• Optionally with integrated current transformers, auxiliary switches and electronic
fuse monitoring
Fuse switch disconnectors

Fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A 3NP1 / 3NP5 7/89
• Connection components are available for flat connection, saddle terminal connec-
tion, prism terminal connection and box terminal connection
• Electromechanical and electronic fuse monitoring with/without network monitoring
function
• Mounting variants for floor mounting and 40/60mm busbar system
3NP1
In-line fuse switch disconnectors up to 2000 A 3NJ4, 3NJ5 7/118
• 1- and 3-pole switchable versions
• Versions for secondary-side fusing of transformers
• In-line incoming versions up to 2000 A with isolating links
• Connection components are available for flat connection, stud bolt connection, sad-
dle terminal connection, prism terminal connection and box terminal connection
• Versions with/without integratable current transformer
• Versions with/without electronic fuse monitoring
3NJ4/3NJ5
7/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3LD Main and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches up to 250 A
Introduction
■ Overview
7
3
7
6
3
1
5
NSG0_00112a
1 4th contact (N conductor)
2 N or PE/ground terminal, continuous
3 Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC
4 Rotary operating mechanism, red/yellow
5 Rotary operating mechanism, black
6 Front plate, English/German
7 Terminal cover, three-pole
8 Terminal cover, single-pole
The 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches are manually The 3LD switches for 16 to 250 A are approved according to
operated switch disconnectors according to IEC 60947-3/ UL 508 and can be used as "manual motor controllers" and
EN 60947-3 and comply with the conditions for switch discon- "motor disconnects".
nectors.
Maintenance personnel can protect themselves against unau-
In EN 60204-1, main control switches are called "disconnector thorized startup with padlocks (up to three can be fitted).
units", while EMERGENCY-STOP switches are termed "devices
for emergency shutdown". The 3LD switches can be used in any mounting position.
■ Application
The 3LD switches are used for switching main and auxiliary cir- They can be used as:
cuits, but also for switching induction motors and other loads • ON-OFF switches
during maintenance and repair work.
• EMERGENCY-STOP switches
• Main control switches according to EN 60204-1.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Design
Construction of the contacts
Each switch has three adjacent contact elements1). A fourth
leading contact for switching the N conductor, a continuous
PE terminal, an auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC) can be fitted to
each side of the switch. The auxiliary switches operate as lead-
ing contacts on opening. On opening, the NO contact opens be-
fore the main contacts, so that a contactor carries the switching
capacity in the circuit and the maintenance or safety switch
switches at zero current. On closing, the auxiliary switch
switches later than or at the same time as the main contacts. 3LD2 704-0TK53 switch 3LD2 222-0TK1 switch
for front mounting for front mounting
Construction of rotary operating mechanisms with rotary operating mechanism with knob
The rotary operating mechanisms of the switches for front or

floor mounting are mounted on control cabinet doors, front or
side panels with four-hole or center-hole mounting with a stan-
dard diameter of 22.5 mm and operated from the outside. In their
7 Off position, they can be locked with up to three padlocks with a
hasp thickness of 8 mm. Controls with defeatable door-coupling
rotary operating mechanism are available in addition.
• Switch position indicator:
The switch position is clearly marked with direction arrows and 3LD2 122-7UK01 3-pole 3LD2 103-3VK53 6-pole switch
an "O" for OFF and a "I" for ON at the front. changeover switch for front mounting with rotary
for front mounting with knob operating mechanism
• Switches for front mounting:
The switches for front mounting are connected directly to the
rotary operating mechanism through the fixing screws or - in
the case of center-hole mounting - a special-purpose cou-
pling.
• Switches for floor mounting:
The switches for floor mounting are snapped onto 35 mm
standard mounting rails according to EN 60715 or screw-
mounted on mounting plates. The actuators are connected to
the lower section of the switch through a door coupling, which
can be released in its zero position, and a 300 mm long switch
shaft. When the control cabinet door is open, the switch can
be protected against inadvertent operation by removing the 3LD2 144-0TK53 switch 3LD2 530-0TK11 switch
switch shaft from the lower section of the switch. for floor mounting for distribution board mounting
The mounting depth can be adapted to individual require- with rotary operating mechanism with knob
ments by adjusting the switch shaft length. and door coupling
• Switches for distribution board mounting:
The switches for distribution board mounting are suited for op-
eration in switchboards and for switching inside control cabi-
nets or distributors. They have cap and mounting dimensions
to DIN 43880 and can be fitted under the same cover together
with miniature circuit breakers. The selector switches can be
locked in their Off position with up to 2 padlocks with a hasp
thickness of 6 mm.
• Switches in molded-plastic enclosure:
For surface mounting of individual main and EMERGENCY-
STOP switches, molded plastic-enclosed switches to degree
of protection IP65 are used. The actuators can be locked in 3LD2 264-0TB5 switch 3LD2 217-1TL13 switch
their Off position with three padlocks with a hasp thickness of in molded-plastic enclosure for floor mounting
8 mm. with rotary operating mechanism
The molded-plastic enclosures each contain an N and/or a PE and defeatable door coupling
terminal.
1) 16 A versions have four contact elements; 3-pole changeover switches
and 6-pole main control switches have six contact elements.
3LD2 265-8VQ51-0AF6 3LD2 418-0TK13 switch

solar plant isolator for floor mounting, 250 A,
with rotary operating mechanism
and door coupling
7/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Standards IEC 60947-3
Switches Type 3LD2 0 3LD2 1 3LD2 2 3LD2 5 3LD2 7 3LD2 8 3LD2 3 3LD2 4
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Rated short-time withstand current (1 s current, rms value) A 340 640 640 1260 2000 2000 4000 4000
Short-circuit protection, max. back-up fuse (gG) A 20 25 40 63 100 125 160 250
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream fuses kArms 50 50 50 50 50 20 50 50
at AC 50/60Hz, 690V
Permissible let-through current of the fuse kA 3 3.5 4.5 6 10 10 15 15
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250
AC-21A load-break switch Rated operational current Ie A 16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250
AC-3 motor load switches Rating
In-service switching
of individual motors
At 220 ... 240 V
At 380 ... 440 V
At 660/690 V
kW
kW
kW
3.0
5.5
5.5
4.0
7.5
7.5
5.5
9.5
9.5
11.0
18.5
15.0
18.5
30.0
22.0
22.0
37.0
30.0
35.0
50.0
37.0
55.0
110.0
45.0
7
AC-23A main control switch Rating
Repair switch At 220 ... 240 V kW 4.0 5.0 6.0 11.0 18.5 22.0 45.0 75.0
frequent, but not in-service switching At 380 ... 440 V kW 7.5 9.5 11.5 22.0 37.0 45.0 75.0 132.0
of individual motors At 660/690 V kW 7.5 9.5 11.5 18.5 30.0 37.0 45.0 55.0
Power loss per conducting path at Ie W 0.5 1.1 1.8 4.5 7.5 12.0 36.0 36.0
Endurance mechanical Switching cycles 100 000
Switching frequency 1/h 50
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55
Isolating features Up to max. V 690
Conductor cross-sections for main conductors 1)
Solid or stranded mm2 1 ... 6 1.5 ... 16 1.5 ... 16 2.5 ... 35 4 ... 50 4 ... 50 16 ...185 16 ... 185
Finely stranded with end sleeve (max.) mm2 4 10 10 16 35 35 150 150
Conductor cross-sections Copper cable AWG 18 ... 10 14 ... 8 14 ... 8 14 ... 6 12 ... 1 12 ... 1
Torque for terminal Nm 1.5 ... 2 2 ... 2.5 2 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 9.5 ... 10 9.5 ... 10
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274 Yes
Auxiliary switches
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 10
Rated operational current Ie, AC-15 At 120 V A 6
At 220 ... 240 V A 3
At 380 ... 415 V A 1.8
At 500 V A 1.4
Short-circuit protection, auxiliary switch, A 10
max. back-up fuse (gG)
Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary conductors
Connection type Terminals
Solid or stranded mm2 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5). 1 × 4
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.75 ... 1.5) 1 x 2.5
Torque for terminal Nm 0.8
SENTRON 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches for UL/CSA

Standards UL/CSA
Switches Type 3LD2 0 3LD2 1 3LD2 2 3LD2 5 3LD2 7 3LD2 8 3LD2 3 3LD2 4
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 10 20 30 60 100 125 160 250
Current rating A 600 A 600 A 600 -- -- -- -- --
Pilot duty P 600 P 600 P 600 -- -- -- -- --
Conventional thermal current Ith A 16 25 32 63 100 125 160 250
Maximum rated power (AC-3) 3 ∼ 120 V HP 1 3 3 5 10 15 -- --
Alternating current operating 240 V HP 3 7.5 10 15 30 40 40 50
mechanisms 40 ... 60 Hz 480 V HP 7.5 10 20 40 60 75 75 100
600 V HP 10 15 30 50 75 100 75 75
1 ∼ 120 V HP 0.5 2 2 3 -- -- -- --
240 V HP 1.5 3 3 10 -- -- -- --
Conductor cross-sections Cu cable AWG 18 ... 10 14 ... 8 14 ... 8 14 ... 6 12 ... 1 12 ... 1 1 ... MCM400
Torque Nm 1.5 ... 2 2 ... 2.5 2 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 2.5 ... 3 10 10
1)
Depending on the cable infeed, only small cross-sections are possible with
devices in molded-plastic enclosures
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/5

© Siemens AG 2010
Front mounting

Number and version of the Rated data at DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
contacts 50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Main contact Auxiliary con- P/AC-3 P/AC-23A Iu/ SET, M) approx.
elements tact elements AC-21A
kW kW A kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with rotary
operating mechanism/knob-operated mechanism
• Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks
• Degree of protection at front side IP65
• All versions with rotary operating mechanism
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated mechanism
• Including terminal cover for the infeed side
• Front plate: - 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm × 67 mm
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm × 67 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm × 96 mm
Four-hole mounting
3 -- 5.5 7.5 16 } 3LD2 003-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.207
7 7.5
9.5
18.5
9.5
11.5
22.0
25
32
63
}
}
}
3LD2 103-0TK5@
3LD2 203-0TK5@
3LD2 504-0TK5@
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
103
0.206
0.206
0.424
30 37.0 100 } 3LD2 704-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.501
37 45.0 125 A 3LD2 804-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.503
50 75.0 160 A 3LD2 305-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.100
110 132.0 250 A 3LD2 405-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.100
3+N -- 5.5 7.5 16 } 3LD2 003-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.217
3LD2 203-0TK51 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 103-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.243
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 203-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.243
18.5 22.0 63 A 3LD2 504-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.424
30.0 37.0 100 } 3LD2 704-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.501
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.101
37.0 45.0 125 A 3LD2 804-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.503
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.101
50 75.0 160 A 3LD2 305-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.600
110 132.0 250 A 3LD2 405-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.600
3LD2 704-0TK53 3 1 NO + 1 NC 5.5 7.5 16 A 3LD2 003-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.250
7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 103-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.249
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 203-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.206
18.5 22.0 63 A 3LD2 504-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.424
30.0 37.0 100 A 3LD2 704-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.503
37 45.0 125 A 3LD2 804-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.503
50.0 75.0 160 A 3LD2 305-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.100
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
110.0 132.0 250 A 3LD2 405-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.100
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3+N 1 NO + 1 NC 5.5 7.5 16 A 3LD2 003-2EP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.272
7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 103-2EP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.287
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 203-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.243
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
18.5 22.0 63 A 3LD2 504-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.424
+1)
} 3LD9 250-0BA 1 1 unit 103 0.079
30.0 37.0 100 } 3LD2 704-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.501
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.101
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
37.0 45.0 125 A 3LD2 804-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.503
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.101
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
50.0 75.0 160 A 3LD2 305-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.600
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
110.0 132.0 250 A 3LD2 405-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.600
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
Actuator color
Black
>
1
Red/yellow (EMERGENCY-STOP) 3
1) 2)
4. Contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately, Auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC to be ordered separately,
see "Accessories". see "Accessories".

7/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Front mounting
Number and version of the Rated data at DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
contacts 50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
Main contact Auxiliary P/AC-3 P/AC-23A Iu/ M)
elements contact AC-21A
elements
kW kW A kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with rotary
operating mechanism/knob-operated mechanism
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated mecha-
nism
• Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm × 67 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 90 mm × 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm × 96 mm
Center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
7
3 -- 5.5 7.5 16 A 3LD2 054-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.215
7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 154-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.215
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 254-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.214
18.5 22 63 A 3LD2 555-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.443
3+N -- 5.5 7.5 16 A 3LD2 054-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.230
7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 154-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.256
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 254-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.260
18.5 22 63 A 3LD2 555-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.443
3LD2 254-0TK53 +1)
} 3LD9 250-0BA 1 1 unit 103 0.079
3 1 NO + 5.5 7.5 16 A 3LD2 054-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.261
1 NC 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 154-1TP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.257
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 254-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.214
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
18.5 22 63 A 3LD2 555-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.443
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3+N 1 NO + 5.5 7.5 16 A 3LD2 054-2EP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.276
1 NC 7.5 9.5 25 C 3LD2 154-2EP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.304
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 254-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.260
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
18.5 22 63 A 3LD2 555-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.443
+1)
} 3LD9 250-0BA 1 1 unit 103 0.079
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
Actuator color
Black
>
1
1) 4. Contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately,
see "Accessories".
2) Auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC to be ordered separately,
see "Accessories".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/7
© Siemens AG 2010
Front mounting
Number and version Rated data at DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
of the contacts 50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
Main contact Auxiliary P/AC-23A Iu
elements contact
elements
kW A kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
with knob-operated mechanism
• Lockable in 0 position (can be modified to I position) with
max. 2 padlocks
• Front plate
- 48 mm × 48 mm
Four-hole mounting
3 -- 7.5 16 A 3LD2 022-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.186
7 9.5
11.5
25
32
A
A
3LD2 122-0TK1@
3LD2 222-0TK1@
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.181
0.182
3+N -- 7.5 16 A 3LD2 022-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.206
9.5 25 A 3LD2 122-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.180
11.5 32 A 3LD2 222-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.182
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.039
3 1 NO + 1 NC 7.5 16 A 3LD2 022-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.186
3LD2 222-0TK11 +2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 122-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.181
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 222-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.182
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3+N 1 NO + 1 NC 7.5 16 A 3LD2 022-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.206
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 122-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.180
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 222-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.182
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.039
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
Actuator color
Black
>
1
see "Accessories".
see "Accessories".

7/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Front mounting
SET, M) approx.
Main Auxiliary P/AC-23A Iu
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
• Lockable in 0 position (can be modified to I position)
with max. 2 padlocks
• Front plate: 48 mm × 48 mm
3 -- 7.5 16 A 3LD2 050-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.197
9.5 25 A 3LD2 150-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.191
3+N --
11.5
7.5
32
16
A
A
3LD2 250-0TK1@
3LD2 050-1TL1@
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.192
0.215
7
9.5 25 A 3LD2 150-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.191
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 250-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.192
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3LD2 150-0TK13
3 1 NO + 7.5 16 A 3LD2 050-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.197
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 150-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.191
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 250-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.192
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3+N 1 NO + 7.5 16 A 3LD2 050-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.215
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 150-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.191
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.039
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 250-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.192
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.039
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
Actuator color
Black
>
1
see "Accessories".
see "Accessories".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/9
© Siemens AG 2010
Front mounting
Number and version of Rated data at DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
the contacts 50 ... 60 Hz, 380 ... 440 V per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Main Auxiliary P/AC-3 P/AC-23A Iu
contact contact
elements elements
kW kW A kg
with rotary operating mechanism/
knob-operated mechanism (6-pole)
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated mecha-
nism
• Front plate
7 - 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm × 67 mm
- 3LD2 5: 90 mm × 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm × 96 mm
Four-hole mounting
6 -- 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 103-3VK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.380
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 203-3VK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.381
18.5 22.0 63 A 3LD2 504-3VK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.854
50 75 160 A 3LD2 305-3VK1@ 1 1 unit 103 3.900
110 132 250 A 3LD2 405-3VK1@ 1 1 unit 103 3.900
3LD2 103-3VK53 6 1 NO + 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 103-4VP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.432
1 NC
Actuator color
Black
>
1
SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW kW A kg
Changeover switches
• Black actuator
• Knob-operated mechanism on 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 is lockable,
on all other versions it is non-lockable
Four-hole mounting
3 -- 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 123-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 0.374
9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 223-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 0.378
18.5 22.0 63 A 3LD2 524-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 0.841
30.0 37.0 100 A 3LD2 724-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 1.061
50 75 160 A 3LD2 305-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 4.300
3LD2 123-7UK01 110 132 250 A 3LD2 405-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 4.400
3+N 50 75 160 A 3LD2 305-7UL01 1 1 unit 103 5.700
110 132 250 A 3LD2 405-7UL01 1 1 unit 103 5.700
3LD2 405-7UL01

7/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting

SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with
door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
• With shaft
• Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism with inte-
grated tolerance compensation (16 A to 125 A)
• Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated
mechanism
7
• Mounting using screws or snap-on mounting on 35 mm
standard mounting rail (16 A to 125 A)
• Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm x 67 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 90 mm x 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm x 96 mm
• Mounting dimensions
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 380 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 390 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 600 mm
Four-hole mounting
3 -- 7.5 16 } 3LD2 013-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
9.5 25 } 3LD2 113-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.407
11.5 32 } 3LD2 213-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.405
22 63 } 3LD2 514-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.655
37 100 } 3LD2 714-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.765
45 125 A 3LD2 814-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.766
75 160 A 3LD2 318-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.400
132 250 A 3LD2 418-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.700
3+N -- 7.5 16 } 3LD2 013-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
3LD2 213-0TK53 9.5 25 A 3LD2 113-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.450
11.5 32 A 3LD2 213-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.446
22 63 A 3LD2 514-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.720
37 100 } 3LD2 714-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.765
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
45 125 A 3LD2 814-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.766
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
75 160 A 3LD2 318-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.900
132 250 A 3LD2 418-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 3.200
Actuator color
Black
>
1
1)
4. Contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately,
see "Accessories".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/11
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
Four-hole mounting (continued)
3 1 NO + 7.5 16 } 3LD2 013-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 } 3LD2 113-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.407
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 } 3LD2 213-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.405
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
7
22 63 } 3LD2 514-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.655
+2)
3LD2 213-0TK53 } 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
37 100 } 3LD2 714-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.765
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
45 125 A 3LD2 814-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.766
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
75 160 A 3LD2 318-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.400
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
132 250 A 3LD2 418-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.700
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3+N 1 NO + 7.5 16 } 3LD2 013-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 113-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.450
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 213-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.446
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
22 63 A 3LD2 514-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.720
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
37 100 } 3LD2 714-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.765
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
45 125 A 3LD2 814-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.766
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
75 160 A 3LD2 318-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.900
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
132 250 A 3LD2 418-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 3.200
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
Actuator color
Black
>
1
1)
4. Contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately,
see "Accessories".
see "Accessories".

7/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
• With shaft
grated tolerance compensation (16 A to 125 A)
• Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with knob-operated
7
mechanism
standard mounting rail (16 A to 125 A)
• Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm x 67 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 90 mm x 90 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 96 mm x 96 mm
• Mounting dimensions
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 380 mm
- 3LD2 5 to 3LD2 8: 390 mm
- 3LD2 3 to 3LD2 4: 600 mm
3 -- 7.5 16 A 3LD2 044-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.430
9.5 25 A 3LD2 144-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.426
11.5 32 A 3LD2 244-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.427
22 63 A 3LD2 545-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.710
3+N -- 7.5 16 A 3LD2 044-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.433
9.5 25 A 3LD2 144-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.461
11.5 32 A 3LD2 244-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.465
22 63 A 3LD2 545-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.710
3LD2 144-0TK53 +1)
} 3LD9 250-0CA 1 1 unit 103 0.080
3 1 NO + 7.5 16 A 3LD2 044-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.430
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 144-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.426
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 244-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.427
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
22 63 A 3LD2 545-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.710
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3+N 1 NO + 7.5 16 A 3LD2 044-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.433
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 144-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.461
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
11.5 32 A 3LD2 244-1TL5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.465
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
22 63 A 3LD2 545-0TK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.710
+1)
} 3LD9 250-0CA 1 1 unit 103 0.080
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
Actuator color
Black
>
1
see "Accessories".
see "Accessories".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/13
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
the contacts 50 ... 60 Hz, 380 V ... 440 V per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW kW A kg
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches with
door-coupling rotary operating mechanism (6-pole)
• Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism with integrated
tolerance compensation (for 3LD21)
Exception: 3LD2 3 and 3LD2 4 with door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism as selector switch
7 standard mounting rail

• Front plate
- 3LD2 0, 3LD2 1, 3LD2 2: 67 mm × 67 mm
- 3LD2 3, 3LD2 4: 96 mm × 96 mm
Four-hole mounting
6 -- 7.5 9.5 25 C 3LD2 113-3VK5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.604
6 -- 50 75 160 A 3LD2 318-3VK1@ 1 1 unit 103 4.500
6 -- 110 132 250 A 3LD2 418-3VK1@ 1 1 unit 103 4.500
6 1 NO + 9.5 9.5 25 C 3LD2 113-4VP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.645
1 NC
3LD2 113-3VK51
Actuator color
Black
>
1
the contacts 50 ... 60 Hz, 380 V ... 440 V per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW kW A kg
Changeover switches
with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
• Handle and cover black
• Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms as selector
switch
Four-hole mounting
3 50 75 160 A 3LD2 318-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 5.000
3 110 132 250 A 3LD2 418-7UK01 1 1 unit 103 5.000
3+N 50 75 160 A 3LD2 318-7UL01 1 1 unit 103 6.400
3+N 110 132 250 A 3LD2 418-7UL01 1 1 unit 103 6.400

7/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
with defeatable door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism
The SENTRON 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switch
with defeatable door-coupling rotary operating mecha-
nism enables you to conduct repairs, maintenance work
or tests on electrical plants and machines without having
to interrupt their operation. With the help of the defeat-
able door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, an elec-
trician can bypass the interlock in ON position and open
the control cabinet door with the plant activated.
SENTRON 3LD main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
with defeatable door-coupling rotary operating mecha-
nism are approved according to UL508.
7
• With 300 mm switch shaft
grated tolerance compensation
standard mounting rail
• Front plate 65 mm × 65 mm
Four-hole mounting
3 -- 7.5 16 C 3LD2 017-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
11.5 32 C 3LD2 217-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
22 63 C 3LD2 517-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
3+N -- 7.5 16 C 3LD2 017-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
11.5 32 C 3LD2 217-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
22 63 C 3LD2 517-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.412
3LD2 017-0TK..
Actuator color
Black
>
1

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/15
© Siemens AG 2010
Distribution board mounting

SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
ON/OFF and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
with masking plate and selector switch
• With screw mounting
• With snap-on mounting on 35 mm standard mounting rail
(16 to 125 A)
• Lockable in 0 position with up to 2 (160 A and 250 A:
max. 3) padlocks
7 • Including terminal cover for the infeed and outgoing termi-

nal (160 A and 250 A)
3 -- 7.5 16 A 3LD2 030-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.169
9.5 25 A 3LD2 130-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.171
11.5 32 A 3LD2 230-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.168
22 63 A 3LD2 530-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.311
37 100 A 3LD2 730-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.379
3LD2 530-0TK13 45 125 A 3LD2 830-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.379
75 160 A 3LD2 330-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
132 250 A 3LD2 430-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
3+N -- 7.5 16 A 3LD2 030-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.183
9.5 25 A 3LD2 130-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.171
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.039
11.5 32 A 3LD2 230-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.168
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.039
22 63 A 3LD2 530-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.311
+1)
} 3LD9 250-0CA 1 1 unit 103 0.080
3LD2 330-0TK11
37 100 A 3LD2 730-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.379
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
45 125 A 3LD2 830-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.379
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
75 160 A 3LD2 330-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
+1)
} 3LD9 240-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.500
132 250 A 3LD2 430-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
+1)
} 3LD9 240-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.500
Actuator color
Black
>
1
1) 4. contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately;
see "Accessories for floor mounting".

7/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Distribution board mounting
SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
3 1 NO + 7.5 16 A 3LD2 030-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.169
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 130-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.171
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3LD2 530-0TK11 11.5 32 A 3LD2 230-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.168
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
22 63 A 3LD2 530-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.311
+2)
37 100
}
A
3LD9 200-5C
3LD2 730-0TK1@
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.046
0.379
7
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
45 125 A 3LD2 830-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.379
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
75 160 A 3LD2 330-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
132 250 A 3LD2 430-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3+N 1 NO + 7.5 16 A 3LD2 030-1TL1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.183
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
9.5 25 A 3LD2 130-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.171
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.039
11.5 32 A 3LD2 230-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.168
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
+1)
} 3LD9 220-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.039
22 63 A 3LD2 530-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.311
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
+1)
} 3LD9 250-0CA 1 1 unit 103 0.080
37 100 A 3LD2 730-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.379
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
45 125 A 3LD2 830-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 0.379
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
75 160 A 3LD2 330-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
+1)
} 3LD9 240-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.500
132 250 A 3LD2 430-0TK1@ 1 1 unit 103 2.000
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
+1)
} 3LD9 240-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.500
Actuator color
Black
>
1
1) 4. contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately;
see "Accessories".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/17
© Siemens AG 2010
Molded-plastic enclosures

Number and version of Base Rated data at DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
the contacts terminal 50 ... 60 Hz, per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
380 ... 440 V SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW A kg
• With N- and/or PE-/ground base terminals
• Lockable in 0 position with
up to 3 padlocks
• Degree of protection IP65
• Rotary operating mechanisms with center-hole mounting
• For floor-mounted auxiliary switches
7
• Metric screwed glands
3 -- PE + N 7.5 16 A 3LD2 064-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.463
PE + N 9.5 25 A 3LD2 164-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.463
PE + N 11.5 32 A 3LD2 264-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.465
PE + N 22 63 A 3LD2 565-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.906
PE + N 37 100 A 3LD2 766-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.890
PE + N 45 125 A 3LD2 866-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.890
3+N -- PE 7.5 16 A 3LD2 064-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.453
PE 9.5 25 A 3LD2 164-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.487
PE 11.5 32 C 3LD2 264-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.500
PE 22 63 C 3LD2 565-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.960
PE + N 37 100 A 3LD2 766-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.890
3LD2 164-0TB53 +1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
PE + N 45 125 A 3LD2 866-0TB5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.890
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
3 1 NO + N 7.5 16 A 3LD2 064-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.507
1 NC N 9.5 25 A 3LD2 164-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.501
N 11.5 32 A 3LD2 264-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.488
N 22 63 A 3LD2 565-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.935
N 37 100 A 3LD2 766-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.838
N 45 125 A 3LD2 866-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.843
3+N 1 NO + PE 7.5 16 A 3LD2 064-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.453
1 NC +2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
PE 9.5 25 A 3LD2 164-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.487
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
PE 11.5 32 C 3LD2 264-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.500
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
PE 22 63 C 3LD2 565-1TC5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.960
+2)
} 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
N 37 100 A 3LD2 766-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.838
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
N 45 125 A 3LD2 866-1GP5@ 1 1 unit 103 1.843
+1)
} 3LD9 280-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.102
Actuator color
Black
>
1
1)
4. contact element as N conductor to be ordered separately;
2)
Auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC to be ordered separately,
see "Accessories".

7/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Number and version Base Rated data at DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
of the contacts terminal 50 ... 60 Hz, per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
380 ... 440 V SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW kW A kg
with rotary operating mechanism (6-pole)
6 -- PE + N 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 165-3VB5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.880
PE + N 9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 265-3VB5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.878
PE + N 18.5 22.0 63 A 3LD2 566-3VB5@ 1 1 unit 103 2.105
6 1 NO + N 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 165-4VD5@ 1 1 unit 103 0.914
1 NC N 9.5
PE + N 18.5
11.5
22.0
32
63
A
A
3LD2 265-4VD5@
3LD2 566-4VD5@
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.910
2.084
7
3LD2 165-3VB53
Actuator color
Black
>
1
Number and version Base Rated data at DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
of the contacts terminal 50 ... 60 Hz, per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
380 ... 440 V SET, approx.
M)
contact contact
elements elements
kW kW A kg
Changeover switches
• Black actuator
• Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks (25 A and 32 A)
3 -- PE + N 7.5 9.5 25 A 3LD2 165-7UB01 1 1 unit 103 0.888
PE + N 9.5 11.5 32 A 3LD2 265-7UB01 1 1 unit 103 0.888
PE + N 18.5 22.0 63 A 3LD2 566-7UB01 1 1 unit 103 2.105
PE + N 30.0 37.0 100 A 3LD2 766-7UB01 1 1 unit 103 2.335
3LD2 165-7UB01

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/19
© Siemens AG 2010
DC applications

Mains voltage Rated current Ie DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
at 800 V DC per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Max. DC-21A DC-22A
V DC A A kg
Solar plant isolators
in molded-plastic enclosure
• Molded-plastic enclosure IP65
• (W x H x D) 146 mm x 199 mm x 136 mm
• Conductor cross-sections:
- Solid and stranded 1.5 … 16 mm2
- Finely stranded with end sleeve max. 10 mm2
• Lockable
7 800 32 16 A 3LD2 265-8VQ5@-0AF6 1 1 unit 103 0.878
3LD2 265-8VQ5.-0AF6
Actuator color
Black
>
1
Mains voltage Rated current Ie DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

at 800 V DC per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Max. DC-21A DC-22A
V DC A A kg
Solar plant isolators
for distribution board mounting
• Conductor cross-sections:
- Solid and stranded 1.5 … 16 mm2
- Finely stranded with end sleeve up to 10 mm2
• Actuator color: Black
800 32 16 A 3LD2 230-8VQ11-0AF6 1 1 unit 103 0.878
3LD2 265-8VQ11-0AF6

7/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

Version DT 3LD2 0 PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
Order No. Price
per PU kg
For front mounting
N or PE terminals } 3LD9 200-2B 1 1 unit 103 0.030
Through-type
3LD9 200-2B
Auxiliary switches
For mounting on the left and/or right, lagging switch-on,
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC
with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC request, leading
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
7
switch-off
3LD9 200-5B • 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5BF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
For floor mounting, distribution board mounting or molded-plastic
enclosures
N or PE terminals } 3LD9 200-2C 1 1 unit 103 0.032
Through-type
3LD9 200-2C
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
• 2 NO } 3LD9 200-6C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3LD9 200-5C (left) with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC request, leading
3LD9 200-6C (right) switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5CF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
For front and floor mounting
Rotary operating mechanisms
Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks
• For four-hole mounting, including seal
- Black A 3LD9 224-1B 1 1 unit 103 0.072
- Red/Yellow A 3LD9 224-3B 1 1 unit 103 0.075
3LD9 224-1B • For center-hole mounting, including seal and nut
- Black A 3LD9 224-1D 1 1 unit 103 0.080
- Red/Yellow A 3LD9 224-3D 1 1 unit 103 0.081
3LD9 224-3D
Assembly tools
For center-hole mounting with nut A 3LD9 256-0A 1 5 units 103 0.027
3LD9 256-0A
Switching shafts 6 x 6 mm
Length 300 mm C 3LD9 205-0C 1 5 units 103 0.476
Inscription labels
With English/German inscription A 3LD9 286-1A 1 10 units 103 0.005
(MAIN SWITCH/HAUPTSCHALTER)
3LD9 286-1A Without inscription A 3LD9 286-4A 1 10 units 103 0.054
Terminal covers as additional touch protection
(also for distribution board mounting)
Can be snapped on at top and bottom
• 1-pole A 3LD9 201-2A 100 4 units 103 0.200
3LD9 201-2A
• 3-/4-pole A 3LD9 201-1A 1 4 units 103 0.007

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/21
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
Version DT 3LD2 1 and 3LD2 2 PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
Order No. Price M)
per PU kg
For front mounting
4. contact (N conductor) } 3LD9 220-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.039
Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off
Through-type
3LD9 220-0B (left)

3LD9 220-2B (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
7
leading switch-off, with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC
request
3LD9 200-5B • 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5BF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
enclosures
4. contact (N conductor) } 3LD9 220-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.039
3LD9 220-0C
Through-type
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
• 2 NO } 3LD9 200-6C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3LD9 200-5C (left) request
3LD9 200-6C (right) • 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5CF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
• For four-hole mounting
- Black A 3LD9 224-1B 1 1 unit 103 0.072
3LD9 224-1B
• For center-hole mounting, including seal and nut
- Black A 3LD9 224-1D 1 1 unit 103 0.080
3LD9 224-3D
Assembly tools
3LD9 256-0A
Inscription labels
• 1-pole A 3LD9 221-2A 100 4 units 103 0.100
3LD9 221-2A (left) • 3-pole A 3LD9 221-0A 1 4 units 103 0.007
3LD9 221-0A (right)
7/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
Order No. Price
per PU kg
For front mounting
Through-type
3LD9 240-0B (left)

3LD9 240-2B (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC
• For mounting on the left and/or right, lagging switch-on,
} 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
7
3LD9 200-5B request
• 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5BF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
For floor and distribution board mounting
Coupling piece N
no ON-lock C 3LD9 242-4F 1 5 units 103 0.159
3LD9 242-4F
Through-type
3LD9 240-0C (left)

3LD9 240-2C (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
• 2 NO } 3LD9 200-6C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
3LD9 200-5C (left) For mounting on the left and/or right, lagging switch-on,
3LD9 200-6C (right) leading switch-off, with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC
request
• 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5CF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
Knob-operated mechanism
- Black A 3LD9 243-1B 1 1 unit 103 0.154
3LD9 243-1B - Red/Yellow A 3LD9 243-3B 1 1 unit 103 0.154
Inscription labels
• 1-pole A 3LD9 241-2A 1 4 units 103 0.010
3LD9 241-2A

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/23
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
Version DT 3LD2 5 PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
Order No. Price M)
per PU kg
For front mounting
4. contact (N conductor) } 3LD9 250-0BA 1 1 unit 103 0.079
N or PE terminals } 3LD9 250-2BA 1 1 unit 103 0.072
Through-type
3LD9 250-0BA (left)

3LD9 250-2BA (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
7 For mounting on the left and/or right, lagging switch-on,

3LD9 200-5B request
• 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5BF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
enclosures
4. contact (N conductor) } 3LD9 250-0CA 1 1 unit 103 0.080
N or PE terminals } 3LD9 250-2CA 1 1 unit 103 0.073
Through-type
3LD9 250-0CA (left)

3LD9 250-2CA (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
• 2 NO } 3LD9 200-6C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
request
3LD9 200-5C (left) • 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5CF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
3LD9 200-6C (right)
- Black A 3LD9 284-1B 1 1 unit 103 0.154
3LD9 284-1B
• For center-hole mounting, including seal and nut
- Black A 3LD9 284-1D 1 1 unit 103 0.155
3LD9 284-3D
Assembly tools
3LD9 256-0A
Inscription labels
• 1-pole A 3LD9 251-2A 100 4 units 103 0.100
3LD9 251-2A (left)
3LD9 251-0A (right) • 3-pole A 3LD9 251-0A 1 4 units 103 0.009

7/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
Order No. Price
per PU kg
For front mounting
Through-type
3LD9 280-0B (left)

3LD9 280-2B (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
7
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5B 1 1 unit 103 0.046
leading switch-off, with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC re-
3LD9 200-5B quest
• 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5BF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
enclosures
Through-type
3LD9 280-0C (left)

3LD9 280-2C (right)
Auxiliary switches
leading switch-off
• 1 NO + 1 NC } 3LD9 200-5C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
• 2 NO } 3LD9 200-6C 1 1 unit 103 0.046
leading switch-off, with gold-plate contacts for SIMATIC re-
3LD9 200-5C (left) quest
3LD9 200-6C (right)
• 1 NO + 1 NC C 3LD9 200-5CF 1 1 unit 103 0.028
Rotary operating mechanisms for four-hole mounting
Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks,
including seal
• Black A 3LD9 284-1B 1 1 unit 103 0.154
• Red/Yellow A 3LD9 284-3B 1 1 unit 103 0.152
3LD9 284-1B
Inscription labels
Terminal covers as additional touch protection (also for
distribution board mounting)
• 1-pole (1 pack = 4 units) A 3LD9 281-2A 1 4 units 103 0.007
3LD9 281-2A

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/25
© Siemens AG 2010
5TE1 Switch Disconnectors up to 200 A
Introduction
The 5TE1 switch disconnectors are available from 100 A to • Transparent enclosures ensure that the contact position is
200 A in 3 and 4-pole versions and can be used as main always visible
switches, repair switches, outgoing feeder switches and emer- • Contacts with double breaks ensure reliable insulation char-
gency system interrupters. acteristics
The series corresponds to the requirements of IEC/EN 60947-3 • Can be locked in the OFF position to allow for maintenance
and its key features are its compact and robust design, high work.
short-circuit strength, high DC switching capacity and compre- • With a red knob and yellow cap, it can also be used as an
hensive accessories. emergency system interrupter.
Its small footprint means it is easy to install in all types of enclo-
sures, distribution boards and control cabinets.
The devices are approved to UL 508 and KEMA certified.
7
5TE1 .1 5TE1 .2 5TE1 .3 5TE1 .4
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3, UL 508
Approvals UL 508 for the following types: 5TE1 320, 5TE1 330,
5TE1 340, 5TE1 420, 5TE1 430 and 5TE1 440.
UL File No. E302554
Rated operational current Ie Per conducting path At Ue= 400 V A 100 125 160 200
With utilization category AC-21A 415 V A 100 125 160 200
500 V A 100 125 160 200
690 V A 100 125 160 200
Rated operational current Ie Per conducting path At Ue= 400 V A 100 125 160 200
With utilization category AC-22A 415 V A 100 125 160 200
500 V A 100 100 160 200
690 V A 63 63 160 200
Rated operational current Ie Per conducting path At Ue= 400 V A 80 125 160
With utilization category AC-23A 415 V A 80 125 160
500 V A 50 125 125
690 V A 40 63 80
Rated operational current Ie 2 poles in series 110 V A 100 160
With utilization category DC-23A 2 poles in series 220 V A -- 100
4 poles in series 220 V A 100 160
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC Acc. to UL: 480, acc. to IEC: 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2000 m kV 8
Impulse test voltage At sea level kV 12.3
Max. rated operational power At Ue= 400 V kW 44 69 88
With utilization category AC-23A 415 V kW 46 72 92
500 V kW 35 86 86
690 V kW 36 60 76
Rated thermal current Ith At 40 °C, 50 °C and 60 °C A 100 125 160 200
Rated making capacity At 415 V AC-23A A 1875 3200 4000
Rated breaking capacity At 415 V AC-23A A 1000 1920 2400
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icm Per conducting path At Ue= 400 V kA 10
415 V kA 10
500 V kA 6.7
690 V kA 6.7
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Per conducting path 0.25 s kA 5 6
(peak value) 1s kA 2.5 3
Rated conditional short-circuit current At Ue= 400 V kA 50
With back-up protection with back-up fuse 415 V kA 50
With identical rated current 500 V kA 50
690 V kA 33 33 20 18
Capacitive load At 400 V kVar 50 60 77 97
Number of poles 2/3/4
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole VA 2.9 4.5 6.5 10
Frequency Hz 50/60
• Solid and stranded mm2 6 ... 50 --
• AWG cables AWG 10 ... 1/0 8
• Copper busbars mm2 -- max. 20 × 6
Endurance Electrical Switching 1500 1000
Mechanical cycles 20000 10000
According to UL 508 In A -- 80 100 125
UL 508 General Use 480 V FLA (Full load amperes) A -- 28 34 40
UL 508 Manual motor controller 230 V Rating hp -- 10 25 30
UL 508 Manual motor controller 480 V Rating hp -- 20 15 15
UL 508 Short-circuit at 480 V With Class H or K5 fuses kA -- 10
With J fuses kA -- 50
7/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
General data

Version Ie Ue Width DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
A AC V AC MW kg
Switch disconnectors, lockable,
with gray knob and transparent enclosure,
mounting depth 92mm
2 NO
100 690 5 B 5TE1 210 1 1 unit 027 0.485
125 B 5TE1 220 1 1 unit 027 0.492
160 8 B 5TE1 230 1 1 unit 027 0.646
200 B 5TE1 240 1 1 unit 027 0.655
3 NO
100 690 5 B 5TE1 310 1 1 unit 027 0.533
125 B 5TE1 320 1 1 unit 027 0.541
160 8 B 5TE1 330 1 1 unit 027 0.694
4 NO
200 B 5TE1 340 1 1 unit 027 0.697
7
100 690 5 B 5TE1 410 1 1 unit 027 0.602
125 B 5TE1 420 1 1 unit 027 0.591
160 8 B 5TE1 430 1 1 unit 027 0.774
200 B 5TE1 440 1 1 unit 027 0.794
3 NO with N-conductor through-type terminal
100 690 5 B 5TE1 610 1 1 unit 027 0.592
125 B 5TE1 620 1 1 unit 027 0.606
160 8 B 5TE1 630 1 1 unit 027 0.791
200 B 5TE1 640 1 1 unit 027 0.789
Switch disconnectors with red knob and yellow cap,
can be used as emergency mains switching off device
acc. to IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 if switch is easily
accessible, mounting depth 92 mm
3 NO
100 690 5 B 5TE1 315 1 1 unit 027 0.545
125 B 5TE1 325 1 1 unit 027 0.550
160 8 B 5TE1 335 1 1 unit 027 0.693
200 B 5TE1 345 1 1 unit 027 0.722
4 NO
100 690 5 B 5TE1 415 1 1 unit 027 0.596
125 B 5TE1 425 1 1 unit 027 0.609
160 8 B 5TE1 435 1 1 unit 027 0.803
200 B 5TE1 445 1 1 unit 027 0.806

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/27
© Siemens AG 2010
General data
■ Accessories
Version Ie Ue DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
A AC V AC kg
Terminal covers
Sealable
For 100 A and 125 A load disconnect switches B 5TE9 000 1 1 unit 027 0.043
For 160 A and 200 A load disconnect switches B 5TE9 001 1 1 unit 027 0.037
Cage Clamp terminals
7 For 160 A und 200 A load disconnect switches,

14.5 mm terminal diameter for 35 mm2 cables,
hexagonal socket head screw 5 mm
1 set = 3 units B 5TE9 003 1 1 set 027 0.245

1 set = 4 units A 5TE9 004 1 1 set 027 0.323
Auxiliary switches
Can be mounted optionally left or right or both
sides (2 units);
minimum contact load 24 V, 50 mA
1 CO 6 230 B 5TE9 005 1 1 unit 027 0.042
2 CO 6 230 B 5TE9 006 1 1 unit 027 0.048
Locking units
For up to three padlocks with max. ∅ 8 mm B 5TE9 014 1 1 unit 027 0.017
Conversion kits, 4-pole, for 100 A and 125 A for the

connection of busbars or cables with cable lugs
For busbars max 15 mm wide B 5TE9 015 1 1 set 027 0.078
including terminal cover
Rotary actuators with extension axes for mounting

on hinged doors or enclosure lids, lockable, IP65
Black knob
Axis length 200 mm B 5TE9 010 1 1 unit 027 0.177
Red knob

7/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
General data
■ Dimensional drawings
5TE1 switch disconnectors, 100 A and 125 A 5TE9 auxiliary switches
73
44
45
90
44
90
75
45
I2_07111c
I2_07109a
9 42
7
90 6 92,5 73
5TE1 210 5TE1 310 5TE1 410 5TE1 610 5TE9 005
5TE1 220 5TE1 315 5TE1 415 5TE1 620 5TE9 006
5TE1 320 5TE1 420
5TE1 325 5TE1 425
5TE1 switch disconnectors, 160 A and 200 A 5TE9 014 locking units
73 1x 2x 3x
5,5
35 35 35 44 max. 8 mm
I2_07112a
13
ON
45
80
70
90
OFF
I2_07110a
70 6 92,5
144
5TE1 230 5TE1 330 5TE1 430 5TE1 630
5TE1 240 5TE1 335 5TE1 435 5TE1 640
5TE1 340 5TE1 440
5TE1 345 5TE1 445
5TE9 rotary actuators with extension axis
73 19 H 165/365 65 73 19 H 165/365 65
79 53,5 79 53,5
H+35 L H+100 H+35 L H+100
H-7 2,5
H-7 2,5
SW16
SW16
6
I2_07205b
0 37,5
6
32
I2_07206b
With switch disconnectors 100 A and 125 A With switch disconnectors 160 A and 200 A
5TE9 010, 5TE9 011, 5TE9 010, 5TE9 011,
5TE9 012, 5TE9 013 5TE9 012, 5TE9 013
It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state. It is possible to open the door in a disconnected state.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/29

© Siemens AG 2010
General data
■ Schematics
Diagram 5TE9 auxiliary switches
1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 1 2 1 2 3 4
2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 L L1 L2
5TE1 210 5TE1 310 5TE1 410 5TE9 005 5TE9 006
5TE1 220 5TE1 320 5TE1 420
5TE1 230 5TE1 330 5TE1 430
5TE1 240 5TE1 340 5TE1 440
1 3 5 N 1 3 5 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6 8
5TE1 610 5TE1 315 5TE1 415
5TE1 620 5TE1 325 5TE1 425
5TE1 630 5TE1 335 5TE1 435
5TE1 640 5TE1 345 5TE1 445
7 ■ More information
Connection of 5TE1 3 and 5TE1 4 switches, 160 and 200 A Design
• From 160 A: supplied with one terminal cover
10-12
• 160 A and 200 A: version for connection with cable lug
• Screw fixing on base plate
I2_08070a
• Installation on standard mounting rail to EN 60715, which is
raised at least 5 mm from the base plate.
max. 12 Nm SW 5
SW 13
10-12
Ø8,5
max. 6
5TE9 003
5TE9 004
20 max.
SW 5
max. Ø14
7/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3KA, 3KE Switch Disconnectors up to 1000 A
Introduction
■ Overview
1 2
NSE0_01931b
4
1 Auxiliary switch (3SB for 3KA; 3KX for 3KE)

2 IP20 terminal cover (Operator side)
3 3K switch disconnector
4 Arcing contacts (only for 3KE)
5 Extension shaft
6 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard version
(ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow).
7 8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow).
All components from the switch to the actuator are provided with
non-interchangeability features.
For the 3KA switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard An operating linkage permits simultaneous switching of two 3KE
and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation switch disconnectors with identical or different rated operational
in the side and rear panels of control cabinets. currents.
A changeover operating mechanism is available for the use of Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and for 3KL
2 switch disconnectors in the 3KE series as load changeover and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keep-
switches. ing.
■ Application
3KA and 3KE switch disconnectors are used as main, All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the
EMERGENCY-STOP, maintenance and transfer switches in dis- requirements of IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3. Switch discon-
tribution boards for residential and non-residential buildings as nectors in the type-tested 8HP molded-plastic distribution board
well as industrial switchboards. As three and four-pole versions, enclosure (degree of protection IP65) are available for use as
they ensure activation and deactivation of the specified rated safety switches.
current under load. At the same time, they constitute a safety iso-
lating function and isolating distance in all low-voltage circuits. Additional data, see catalog LV 10.2, chapter 18
"Distribution Boards" and chapter 19 "Terminal Blocks".
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/31

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Standards IEC 60947-1, IEC 60947-3
Type 3KA50 3KA51 3KA521) 3KA531) 3KA551) 3KA571) 3KA581)
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 63 80 125 160 250 400 6303)
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith 2)
A 63 80 125 160 250 400 6303)
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
50/60 Hz AC V 690
DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected)
V 220 (2 conducting paths series-connected)
V 110 (1 conducting path)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm kA 220 220 220 220 176 176 105
with upstream fuses4)
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC, peak value
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream kA 100 100 100 100 80 80 50
7 fuses4)
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC, rms value
Max. rated current In of the fuses A 63 80 160 160 400 400 630
Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 8 10 17 17 305) 305) 405)
Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 55 55 223 223 1000 1000 2600
Permissible let-through current of an upstream circuit kA 7 8 8 15 25 25 32
breaker
Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses kA 7 7 7 9 20 25 35
At AC 50 Hz/60 Hz 690 V, peak value
Switching capacity (infeed from the top or bottom)
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 500 650 1000 1280 2000 3200 5040
• Rated operational current Ie at
- AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 6306)
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 30 40 65 80 132 200 350
At 500 V AC
- AC-21A, AC-22A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 630
- AC-23A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 400
At 690 V AC
- AC-21A, AC-22A A 63 80 125 160 250 400 630
- AC-23A A 63 63 125 160 250 400 400
At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)7)
• Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) A 250 260 500 640 10008) 1600 1600
• Rated operational current Ie at DC-23A A 63 63 125 160 2509) 400 400
Rated short-time current Icw kA 2.5 2.5 3.2 3.2 8 11 15
(1 s current, rms value)
3)
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation
°C -50 ... +80 when stored
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15 000 15 000 15000 15 000 12 000 12 000 12 000
Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with busbar and terminal covers)
Power loss of the switch disconnector at Ith W 7 12 22 22 33 72 170
Main conductor connections
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w x t) mm 25 x 9 25 x 9 45 x 10 45 x 10 40 x 12 40 x 12 40 x 15
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 35 35 70 120 150 2 x 150 or 1 2 x 240
x 240
Tightening torque Nm 6 ... 7.5 6 ... 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45 35 ... 45
Terminal screws M6 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10
Protective conductor connections
Flat bars mm -- -- -- -- 20 x 2.5 20 x 2.5 20 x 2.5
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 -- -- -- -- 70 120 120
1) 5)
Technical specifications for approval on request. 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
2) 6)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature at connections AC-23B.
100 °C. 7)
220 V DC (L1 and L3 series-connected) or 110 V DC
3)
With 3KA58 for operation -25 °C ... +35 °C, 570 A at 55 °C. (one conducting path) at DC-23A.
4) 8)
Only available with fuses 3NA3 8, 3NA3 2 or 3ND1 8, 3ND1 2 At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
(otherwise only 105 kA/50 kA). 9)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
7/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction

Type 3KE42 3KE43 3KE44 3KE45
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 250 400 630 1000
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 1000, DC 1200
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8 8
50/60 Hz AC V 690
V 220 (2 conducting paths series-connected)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm kA 35 35 60 60
Rated short-circuit making capacity with upstream fuses kA 105 105 105 84
Rated conditional short-circuit current with upstream A 50 50 50 40
fuses
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC (rms value)
Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s
7
2150 2150 5400 19000
Permissible let-through current of an upstream circuit
breaker
At 50/60 Hz 690 V AC, peak value kA 35 35 60 60
Max. rated current In of the fuse A 400 400 630 1000
Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 38 38 60 75
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 1000 1000 2520 2520
- AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- AC-22A A 250 330 630 800
- AC-23A A 125 125 315 315
At 500 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 1000 1000 2520 2520
- AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- AC-22A A 250 330 630 800
- AC-23A A 125 125 315 315
At 690 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms value) A 1 000 1000 2520 2520
- AC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- AC-22A A 250 330 630 800
- AC-23A A 125 125 315 315
At 440 V DC (3 conducting paths series-connected)
• Breaking current Ic (L/R = 5 ms) A 1000 1000 2520 2520
- DC-21A A 250 400 630 1000
- DC-22A A 250 250 630 630
Rated short-time current Icw kA 12.5 12.5 21 21
(1 s current, rms value)
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 10 000
Degree of protection IP00
Power loss of the switch disconnector at Ith W 15 33 78 180
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w x t) mm 25 x 10 25 x 10 2 x 40 x 10 2 x 40 x 10
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 2 x 150 2 x 150, 1 x 240 2 x 240 2 x 240
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/33

© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
■ Applications
3KA switch disconnectors are implemented as main switches Main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches are manually operated
and EMERGENCY-STOP switches for normal switching duty and switch disconnectors according to IEC 60947-3 and
isolation of main circuits and auxiliary circuits. Another field of EN 60947-3 and comply with the conditions for switch discon-
application is the switching of induction motors and other loads nectors and the requirements of the machinery directive
in the event of maintenance and repair. EN 60204-1.

All switch disconnectors with degree of protection IP00
Conductor connecting screws are generally included in the scope of supply
Rated uninterrupted current Iu DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG Weight
per PU (UNIT, per PU
SET, M) approx.
A kg
Complete versions with 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating
7
mechanism (black handle)
3-pole for motor loads and for power distribution
63 B 3KA50 30-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 1.444
80 B 3KA51 30-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 1.403
125 B 3KA52 30-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 2.383
160 B 3KA53 30-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 2.426
250 B 3KA55 30-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 5.475
400 B 3KA57 30-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 5.556
630 B 3KA58 30-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 6.128
4-pole1) for power distribution
63 B 3KA50 40-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 2.498
80 B 3KA51 40-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 2.540
125 B 3KA52 40-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 2.490
160 B 3KA53 40-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 2.458
250 B 3KA55 40-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 6.038
400 B 3KA57 40-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 5.154
630 B 3KA58 40-1GE01 1 1 unit 103 6.595
Basic switch versions without handle
63 B 3KA50 30-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 0.946
80 B 3KA51 30-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 0.918
125 B 3KA52 30-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 1.880
160 } 3KA53 30-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 2.028
250 B 3KA55 30-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 4.514
400 B 3KA57 30-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 4.630
3KA53 30-1AE01 630 B 3KA58 30-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 5.151
63 B 3KA50 40-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 2.100
80 B 3KA51 40-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 2.112
125 B 3KA52 40-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 2.090
160 B 3KA53 40-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 2.240
250 C 3KA55 40-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 5.042
400 B 3KA57 40-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 5.195
630 B 3KA58 40-1AE01 1 1 unit 103 5.740
3KA53 40-1AE01
8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating
mechanisms (red handle, yellow indicator plate) for basic switch
versions without handle
63 B 8UC71 21-3BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200
80 B 8UC71 21-3BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200
125 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
160 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
250 B 8UC73 23-3BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200
400 B 8UC73 23-3BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200
630 B 8UC73 23-3BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200
8UC71 21-3BB10
63 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
80 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
125 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
160 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
250 B 8UC73 23-3BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200
400 B 8UC73 23-3BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200
630 B 8UC73 23-3BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200
1)
Rated values reduced in the event of strong harmonics caused by fre- For 8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating
quency converter operation. mechanisms (red handle, yellow indicator plate),
see Accessories.

7/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
Rated uninterrupted current Iu DT 3-pole, assembly kits for mounting PU PS*/ PG Weight
in control cabinet side panels (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
Assembly kits (IP40 from front)
Comprising: Lockable handle and
three terminal covers for the infeed
side
Order No. Price
A per PU kg
Black handle
63 B 3KX3 516-2AA 1 1 unit 103 0.591
80 B 3KX3 516-2AA 1 1 unit 103 0.591
125 B 3KX3 536-2AA 1 1 unit 103 0.843
160 B 3KX3 536-2AA 1 1 unit 103 0.843
250 B 3KX3 556-2AA 1 1 unit 103 1.560
400 B 3KX3 556-2AA 1 1 unit 103 1.560
630 B 3KX3 556-2AA 1 1 unit 103 1.560
7
3KA53 30-1AE01 with
3KX3 536-2AA
EMERGENCY-STOP red handle
63 B 3KX3 516-2BA 1 1 unit 103 0.584
80 B 3KX3 516-2BA 1 1 unit 103 0.584
125 B 3KX3 536-2BA 1 1 unit 103 0.860
160 B 3KX3 536-2BA 1 1 unit 103 0.860
250 B 3KX3 556-2BA 1 1 unit 103 1.590
400 B 3KX3 556-2BA 1 1 unit 103 1.590
630 B 3KX3 556-2BA 1 1 unit 103 1.590

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/35
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
With high speed closing and opening
Conductor connecting screws are generally included in the scope of supply
Rated uninterrupted current Iu DT 3-pole, operating mechanism and PU PS*/ PG Weight
actuation from the front (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Direct operating mechanisms SET, M) approx.
Order No. Price
A per PU kg
Complete versions with black handle
250 B 3KE42 30-0BA 1 1 unit 103 4.210
400 B 3KE43 30-0BA 1 1 unit 103 4.178
630 B 3KE44 30-0BA 1 1 unit 103 7.184
1000 B 3KE45 30-0BA 1 1 unit 103 7.838
3KE43 30-0BA
7
250 B 3KE42 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 3.879
400 B 3KE43 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 3.870
630 B 3KE44 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 6.915
1000 B 3KE45 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 7.427
EMERGENCY-STOP red handles + coupling sockets
for basic switch versions without handle
250 B 8UC93 71 1 1 unit 103 0.146
+
B 3KX2 210-0H 1 1 unit 103 0.236
400 B 8UC93 71 1 1 unit 103 0.146
+
B 3KX2 210-0H 1 1 unit 103 0.236
630 B 8UC93 75 1 1 unit 103 0.165
+
B 3KX2 210-0H 1 1 unit 103 0.236
1000 B 8UC93 75 1 1 unit 103 0.165
+
B 3KX2 210-0H 1 1 unit 103 0.236
Rated uninterrupted current Iu DT 3-pole, operating mechanism and PU PS*/ PG Weight

actuation from the front (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Door-coupling rotary operating SET, M) approx.
mechanisms (lockable)
Order No. Price
A per PU kg
250 B 3KE42 30-0GA 1 1 unit 103 5.032
400 B 3KE43 30-0GA 1 1 unit 103 5.041
630 B 3KE44 30-0GA 1 1 unit 103 7.885
1000 B 3KE45 30-0GA 1 1 unit 103 8.532
250 B 3KE42 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 3.879
400 B 3KE43 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 3.870
630 B 3KE44 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 6.915
1000 B 3KE45 30-0AA 1 1 unit 103 7.427
mechanisms (red handle, yellow indicator plate)
250, 400, 630, 1000 B 8UC73 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200

7/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
Rated uninterrupted current Iu DT 3-pole, rear operating mechanism PU PS*/ PG Weight

and actuation (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
Order No. Price
A per PU kg
Direct operating mechanisms
250 B 3KE42 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 5.306
400 B 3KE43 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 5.030
630 C 3KE44 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 7.395
1000 C 3KE45 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 7.990
Direct operating mechanisms (lockable)
250 B 3KE42 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 5.306
400 B 3KE43 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 5.030
630 C 3KE44 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 7.395
1000 C 3KE45 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 7.990
Handles (black) + masking plates + display plates (silver)
250 B 8UC93 70 1 1 unit 103 0.128
7
+
A 8UB95 30 1 1 unit 103 0.028
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
400 B 8UC93 70 1 1 unit 103 0.128
+
A 8UB95 30 1 1 unit 103 0.028
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
630 B 8UC93 74 1 1 unit 103 0.145
+
A 8UB95 30 1 1 unit 103 0.028
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
1000 B 8UC93 74 1 1 unit 103 0.145
+
A 8UB95 30 1 1 unit 103 0.028
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
250 B 8UC93 70 1 1 unit 103 0.128
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
400 B 8UC93 70 1 1 unit 103 0.128
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
630 B 8UC93 74 1 1 unit 103 0.145
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
1000 B 8UC93 74 1 1 unit 103 0.145
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 31-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/37
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
Rated uninterrupted current Iu DT 3-pole, rear operating mechanism PU PS*/ PG Weight

and actuation (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
Order No. Price
A per PU kg
EMERGENCY-STOP red handles + masking plates + display plates
(yellow) for basic switch versions without handle
250 B 8UC93 71 1 1 unit 103 0.146
+
A 8UB95 30 1 1 unit 103 0.028
+
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
400 B 8UC93 71 1 1 unit 103 0.146
+
A 8UB95 30 1 1 unit 103 0.028
+
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
630 B 8UC93 75 1 1 unit 103 0.165
7 A
+
8UB95 30
+
1 1 unit 103 0.028
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011

1000 B 8UC93 75 1 1 unit 103 0.165
+
A 8UB95 30 1 1 unit 103 0.028
+
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
250 B 8UC93 71 1 1 unit 103 0.146
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
400 B 8UC93 71 1 1 unit 103 0.146
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
630 B 8UC93 75 1 1 unit 103 0.165
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
1000 B 8UC93 75 1 1 unit 103 0.165
+
B 8UC95 63 1 1 unit 103 0.271
+
A 8UC96 33-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.011
Rated uninterrupted current Iu DT 3-pole, rear rotary operating PU PS*/ PG Weight

mechanisms (lockable) (UNIT, P. unit per PU
Door-coupling rotary operating SET, M) approx.
mechanisms (lockable)
Order No. Price
A per PU kg
250 B 3KE42 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 5.306
400 B 3KE43 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 5.030
630 C 3KE44 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 7.395
1000 C 3KE45 30-0CA 1 1 unit 103 7.990
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms (black handle)
250, 400, 630, 1000 C 8UC73 14-1BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
250, 400, 630, 1000 B 8UC73 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200

7/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
■ Benefits
• Lockable with 3 padlocks • Maintenance-free
• Generous terminal compartment • Easy mounting
■ Application
Our master and EMERGENCY-STOP switches provide absolute building and industrial installations as well as the food and
safety, even during maintenance and repair work. All-round chemical industry. Even with the enclosure open, they comply
safety for people and machines. with protection class 2. IP20 is the minimum!
With their high degree of protection IP65, they can even with-
stand dust and water spray, providing unparalleled safety in the

Main Auxiliary P/AC-23A Iu Conductor cross- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
contact contacts section of main per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
7
at At 660/
elements 380 ... 690 V conductor/PEN SET, approx.
400 V M)
kW kW A mm2 kg
Main control switches complete with rotary operating mechanism, black1)
3 -- 65 110 125 35/352) C 8HP2 707 1 1 unit 046 5.240
80 150 160 120/702) C 8HP2 711 1 1 unit 046 8.039
132 220 250 150/702) C 8HP2 712 1 1 unit 046 12.242
200 375 400 2 × 150 or C 8HP2 717 1 1 unit 046 12.378
1 × 240/120
350 375 630 2 × 240/120 C 8HP2 718 1 1 unit 046 13.050
315 315 8003)
2 × 240/240 C 8HP2 738 1 1 unit 046 14.290
8HP2 7..
EMERGENCY-STOP switches complete with rotary operating mechanism,
red/yellow1)
3 -- 65 110 125 35/352) C 8HP2 747 1 1 unit 046 5.217
80 150 160 120/702) C 8HP2 748 1 1 unit 046 7.992
132 220 250 150/702) C 8HP2 761 1 1 unit 046 12.340
200 375 400 2 × 150 or C 8HP2 762 1 1 unit 046 12.354
1 × 240/120
350 375 630 2 × 240/120 C 8HP2 763 1 1 unit 046 12.875
315 315 8003)
2 × 240/240 C 8HP2 758 1 1 unit 046 14.329
1)
With PE/ground or N terminal.
2)
For a fifth conductor, the same terminal can be fitted additionally.
3)
At ambient temperatures up to 35 °C.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/39
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
3KA50 30/3KA51 30
Terminal covers
For 3-pole devices (1set = 6 units) } 3KX3 552-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.077
For 4-pole devices (1set = 8 units) B 3KX3 552-3DB01 1 1 unit 103 0.102
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
IP65
Black handle, shaft 300 mm C 8UC71 11-1BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200
EMERGENCY-STOP (yellow/red), B 8UC71 21-3BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KX3 552-3DA01 square shaft 300 mm
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting } 3KX3 516-1AA 1 1 unit 103 0.088
Black handle, shaft 250 mm
Extension shaft 300 mm long B 8UC60 31 1 1 unit 103 0.068
7 3KX3 516-1AA Extension shaft 600 mm long

Shaft connecting pieces
B
B
8UC60 81
8UC60 21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.136
0.031
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A
3KA50 40/3KA51 40/3KA52/3KA53
Terminal covers
For 3-pole 3KA52 devices (1set = 6 units) } 3KX3 552-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.077
For 3KA53 } 3KX3 553-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.147
For 4-pole 3KA52 devices (1set = 8 units) B 3KX3 552-3DB01 1 1 unit 103 0.102
3KX3 552-3DA01
For 3KA53 B 3KX3 553-3DB01 1 1 unit 103 0.170
IP65
square shaft 300 mm
8UC72 12-1BB20 Extension shaft 300 mm long B 8UC60 32 1 1 unit 103 0.132
Shaft connecting pieces B 8UC60 22 1 1 unit 103 0.023
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
1 NO + 1 NC, 20 ms leading B 3KX3 552-3EA01 1 1 unit 103 0.019
3SB14 00-0A
3KA55/3KA57/3KA58
Terminal covers
IP65
square shaft 300 mm
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting } 3KX3 176-1E 1 1 unit 103 0.285
Extension shaft 300 mm long C 8UC60 33 1 1 unit 103 0.217
3KX3 176-1E Shaft connecting pieces B 8UC60 23 1 1 unit 103 0.085
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A

7/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
3KE42/3KE43
Changeover switches
Changeover switches with interruption
Switch I ON – Switch II OFF B 3KX2 210-0D 1 1 unit 103 2.442
Switch I OFF – Switch II OFF
Switch I ON – Switch II ON
3KX2 210-0D
Door-coupling rotary operating C 8UC74 14-1BF44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
mechanisms IP65
Handle (black), shaft 300 mm
Twin handle (black) for fixed mounting
B 8UC93 81 1 1 unit 103 0.264
7
Changeover switches without interruption
Switch I ON – Switch II OFF B 3KX2 210-0E 1 1 unit 103 2.448
Door-coupling rotary operating
mechanisms IP65
Handle (black), shaft 300 mm C 8UC74 14-1FG44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Direct operating mechanisms B 8UC93 81 1 1 unit 103 0.264
Parallel switches
Switch I ON – Switch II ON C 3KX2 250-1A 1 1 unit 103 0.750
Door-coupling rotary operating C 8UC74 14-1BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
mechanisms IP65
EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary B 8UC74 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
operating mechanisms IP65
Twin handle (red), shaft 300 mm
Handle (black) for fixed mounting
Further accessories
Terminal covers } 3KX3 557-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.277
(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 557-3DA01
mechanisms IP65
square shaft 300 mm
Auxiliary switches with switching cam B 3KX2 231-1A 1 1 unit 103 0.049
1 NO + 1 NC (complete mounting kit)
3KX2 231-1A
Grounding brackets B 3KX2 252-1A 1 1 unit 103 0.049
Arc chute B 3KY2 202-0B 1 1 unit 103 0.640
(spare part with 3 arc-splitter assemblies)
Arcing contacts B 3KY2 204-0A 1 1 unit 103 0.202
(spare part with 3 fixed and 3 movable con-
tacts)
3KY2 204-0A

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/41
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
3KE44/3KE45
Changeover switches
Switch I ON – Switch II OFF B 3KX2 210-0D 1 1 unit 103 2.442
Door-coupling rotary operating C 8UC74 14-1BF44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KX2 210-0D mechanisms IP65
Handle (black) for changeover switches with
interruption, shaft 300 mm
7 Switch I ON – Switch II OFF

B 3KX2 210-0E 1 1 unit 103 2.448
Door-coupling rotary operating C 8UC74 14-1FG44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
mechanisms IP65
Handle (black) for changeover switches
without interruption, shaft 300 mm
Parallel switches
Switch I ON – Switch II ON C 3KX2 250-1A 1 1 unit 103 0.750
Door-coupling rotary operating C 8UC74 14-1BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
mechanisms IP65
EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary B 8UC74 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
operating mechanisms IP65
Twin handle (red), shaft 300 mm
Handle (black) for fixed mounting
Further accessories
Terminal covers B 3KX2 252-0C 1 1 unit 103 0.424
(top and bottom)
mechanisms IP65
EMERGENCY-STOP (yellow/red), square B 8UC73 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
shaft 300 mm
Auxiliary switches B 3KX2 231-1A 1 1 unit 103 0.049
3KX2 231-1A 1 NO + 1 NC (complete mounting kit)
Grounding brackets B 3KX2 252-1A 1 1 unit 103 0.049
Arc chute B 3KY2 232-0A 1 1 unit 103 1.040
(spare part with 3 arc-splitter assemblies)
Arcing contacts B 3KY2 234-0A 1 1 unit 103 0.105
Spare part with 3 fixed and 3 movable con-
tacts
3KY2 232-0A

7/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3KL Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 800 A
Introduction
■ Overview
NSE0_01557b
1
4
7
6
3
3KL or 3KM basic device
Plug-in contact strip for 3KM Optional
3 Fuses, optionally BS-88 or LV HRC fuses 8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or
Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side) 9 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard
Coupling driver with extension shaft version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)
Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range

are used as auxiliary switches.
7 Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20
(vertical to operator side)
All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and Identical accessories for 3KA load disconnectors and 3KL and
an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses of the switch discon- 3KM load disconnectors with fuses simplifies inventory.
nectors are de-energized in the OFF position. Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values that
Generally all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can can be secured to is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e.g. in the
the shaft with padlock against unauthorized reclosing. paper and cellulose processing industries.
■ Application
3KL switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the
and short-circuits as main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches of requirements of IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3.
switch boards, distribution boards, power supply and motor out-
going feeders.
In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, they
are also used in UPS systems, frequency converters and capac-
itor control systems.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/43

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Type 3KL50 3KL521) 3KL531) 3KL551) 3KL571) 3KL611) 3KL621)
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 63 125 160 250 400 630 800
For fuse links acc. to DIN 43620, Size 00 and 00 and 00 and 1 and 2 1 and 2 3 and 2 3 and 2
(when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used, 000 000 000
a reduction of rated current is necessary,
see reference to technical information at start of chapter)
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith2) A 63 125 160 250 400 630 800
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8 8 8 8 8 8
50/60 Hz AC V 690
220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) 3)
Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses kA 220 220 220 176 176 105 105
peak value at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC
7 Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses

kA 100 100 100 80 80 50 50
Max. rated current In of the fuses A 80 160 160 400 400 6304) 800
Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse
• NH W 6 9 11.5 32 45 48 62
• BS W 8 (A2/A3) 11.5 (A4) 11.5 32 45 48 60.5
Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 8 17 17 305) 305) 50 50
Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 55 223 223 1000 1000 5400 10500
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200 5100 6400
• Rated operational current Ie with AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400 6306) 8006)
At 500 V AC
At 690 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) A 250 500 640 10008) 1600 25209) 25209)
• Rated operational current Ie at DC-23A A 63 125 160 25010) 400 63010) 63010)
Rated short-time current Icw (1 s current, rms value) kA 2.5 3.2 3.2 8 11 32 32
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation4),
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15000 15000 15000 12000 12000 3000 3000
Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers)
Power loss of the switch disconnector at Ith W 8.5 22 36 33 86 140 225
(plus power loss of the fuses)
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w x t) mm 25 x 9 45 x 10 45 x 10 40 x 12 40 x 15 40 x 17 40 x 17
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 35 70 120 150 2 x 150 or 2 x 240 2 x 240
1 x 240
Tightening torque Nm 6 ... 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45 56 56
Terminal screws M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12
Flat bars mm -- -- -- 20 x 2.5 20 x 2.5 -- --
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 -- -- -- 70 120 -- --
1)
Technical specifications for approval on request. Note:
2)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature for fuse blades
135 °C, for connections 100 °C. For the 3KL switch disconnectors, complete kits for standard
3) and EMERGENCY-STOP application are available for installation
110 V (one conducting path).
4)
in the side and rear panels of control cabinets.
With 3KL61 for operation -25 °C ... +35 °C, at +55 °C: Ith = 570 A.
5)
With 3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
6)
AC-23B.
7)
(one conducting path) at DC-23A.
8)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
9)
Only DC-22A (L/R = 2.5 ms)
10)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
7/44 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting

Conductor connecting screws and fuse partitions are generally included in the scope of supply
Rated uninterrupted LV HRC fuse links1) DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
current Iu acc. to DIN 436202) per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
Size Operational M)
class
A kg
3-pole for NH fuse systems
63 00 and 000 gG, aM B 3KL50 30-1GB01 1 1 unit 103 1.460
7
6303) 3 and 23) gG, aM3) D 3KL61 30-1GB02 1 1 unit 113 15.200
8003) 3 and 23) gG, aM3) C 3KL62 30-1GB02 1 1 unit 113 15.200
160 00 and 000 gG, aM C 3KL53 40-1GB01 1 1 unit 103 2.776
3-pole for fuses acc. to BS 88
63 Form A2/A3 B 3KL50 30-1GG01 1 1 unit 103 1.455
125 Form A4 B 3KL52 30-1GJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.406
160 Form A4 B 3KL53 30-1GJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.575
250 Form B1-B3 B 3KL55 30-1GG01 1 1 unit 103 6.115
630 Form C1-C3 C 3KL61 30-1GG00 1 1 unit 113 16.278
800 Form C1-C3 D 3KL62 30-1GG00 1 1 unit 113 15.400
125 Form A4 B 3KL52 40-1GJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.614
160 Form A4 B 3KL53 40-1GJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.780
630 Form C1-C3 C 3KL61 40-1GG00 1 1 unit 113 16.996
63 00 and 000 gG, aM } 3KL50 30-1AB01 1 1 unit 103 1.055
630 3 and 2 gG, aM A 3KL61 30-1AB0 1 1 unit 113 17.696
3KL52 30-1AB01 6303) 3 and 23) gG, aM3) A 3KL61 30-1AB02 1 1 unit 113 14.000
8003) 3 and 23) gG, aM3) A 3KL62 30-1AB02 1 1 unit 113 15.200
63 00 and 000 gG, aM B 3KL50 40-1AB01 1 1 unit 103 2.219
630 3 and 2 gG, aM A 3KL61 40-1AB00 1 1 unit 113 15.423
3KL52 40-1AB01
63 Form A2/A3 B 3KL50 30-1AG01 1 1 unit 103 0.993
125 Form A4 B 3KL52 30-1AJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.033
160 Form A4 B 3KL53 30-1AJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.170
250 Form B1-B3 B 3KL55 30-1AG01 1 1 unit 103 5.145
3KL52 30-1AJ01
630 Form C1-C3 A 3KL61 30-1AG00 1 1 unit 113 15.075
800 Form C1-C3 C 3KL62 30-1AG00 1 1 unit 113 14.200
Fuse monitoring through 5TT3 170 safety monitor with a floating For footnotes, see page 7/46.
1 NO signaling contact, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems".
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/45
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
SET, approx.
M)
Size Operational
class
A kg
125 Form A4 B 3KL52 40-1AJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.120
160 Form A4 B 3KL53 40-1AJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.230
3KL52 40-1AJ01
with fuses 630 Form C1-C3 C 3KL61 40-1AG00 1 1 unit 113 15.708
8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
(red handle, yellow indicator plate)
7 3-pole for NH fuse systems
63 00 and 000 gG, aM B 8UC71 21-3BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200
+
8UC71 21-3BB10
} 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
+
} 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
+
} 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
63 Form A2/A3 B 8UC71 21-3BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200
125 Form A4 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
160 Form A4 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
250 Form B1-B3 B 8UC73 23-3BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200
630 Form C1-C3 B 8UC74 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200
+
} 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
+
} 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
125 Form A4 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
160 Form A4 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
+
} 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
Fuse monitoring through 5TT3170 safety monitor with a floating

Footnotes for pages 7/45 and 7/46:
1)
Silver-plated fuse blades. Silver-plated isolating links can be used if
desired.
2)
For the assignment of semiconductor fuses see "Accessories".
3)
With SITOR 3NE fuse links cUus-approved.

7/46 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Front mounting

Conductor connecting screws and fuse partitions are generally included in the scope of supply
SET, approx.
M)
Size Operational
class
A kg
Assembly kits (IP40) comprising: lockable handle, cover for NH fuse
systems (locked in ON state) and three terminal covers for infeed side
3-pole, assembly kits for mounting in control cabinet side
panels
• Black handle
7
63 00 gG, aM B 3KX3 516-3AA 1 1 unit 103 0.626
125 00 gG, aM B 3KX3 526-3AA 1 1 unit 103 0.820
160 00 gG, aM B 3KX3 536-3AA 1 1 unit 103 0.880
250 1 and 2 gG, aM B 3KX3 556-3AA 1 1 unit 103 1.720
400 2 and 1 gG, aM B 3KX3 556-3AA 1 1 unit 103 1.720
• EMERGENCY-STOP red handle
63 00 gG, aM B 3KX3 516-3BA 1 1 unit 103 0.625
125 00 gG, aM B 3KX3 526-3BA 1 1 unit 103 0.846
160 00 gG, aM B 3KX3 536-3BA 1 1 unit 103 0.883
250 1 and 2 gG, aM B 3KX3 556-3BA 1 1 unit 103 1.690
400 2 and 1 gG, aM B 3KX3 556-3BA 1 1 unit 103 1.690

1) Silver-plated fuse blades. Silver-plated isolating links can be used if
desired.
2) For the assignment of semiconductor fuses see "Accessories".

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/47
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
3KL50 30
Terminal covers
3KX3 552-3DA01
Fuse covers } 3KX3 517-3AA 1 1 unit 103 0.041
(interlock only detachable in the OFF position)
3KX3 5.7-3AA
7
Cover IP20 } 3KX3 507-0CA02 1 1 unit 103 0.400
For 3-pole devices
Fuse partitions } 3KX3 507-0AA01 1 1 unit 103 0.044
(1 set = 5 units)
Lyre-shaped fuse covers B 3KX3 507-0BA01 1 1 unit 103 0.033
(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms IP65
EMERGENCY-STOP (yellow/red), square shaft 300 mm B 8UC71 21-3BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 11.90 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 11.90 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A
Fuse monitor connections B 3KX3 505-0AA 1 1 unit 103 0.014
(1 set = 6 units)
3KL50 40/3KL52/3KL53
Terminal covers
For 3-pole devices (1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 552-3DA01 • 3KL52 } 3KX3 552-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.077
• 3KL53 } 3KX3 553-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.147
For 4-pole devices (1set = 8 units)
• 3KL50 40, 3KL52 B 3KX3 552-3DB01 1 1 unit 103 0.102
• 3KL53 B 3KX3 553-3DB01 1 1 unit 103 0.170
Fuse covers1) } 3KX3 527-3AA 1 1 unit 103 0.071
3KX3 5.7-3AA
For 3KL52 3-pole devices
For 3KL53 3-pole devices
(1 set = 5 units)
(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
1) For 3KX3 527-3AA: Not suitable for use with type A4 BS fuses.

7/48 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A
1 NO + 1 NC, 20 ms leading B 3KX3 552-3EA01 1 1 unit 103 0.019 7
(1 set = 6 units)
3KL55/3KL57
Terminal covers
3KX3 5.7-3AA
For 3-pole devices
(1 set = 5 units)
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting, size 3 } 3KX3 176-1E 1 1 unit 103 0.285
3KX3 176-1E
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A
(1 set = 6 units)

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/49
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
3KL61/3KL62
Terminal covers
Fuse covers
Cover plate A 3KX3 561-0AA00 1 1 unit 113 0.408
Complete covers1) A 3KX3 561-1AA00 1 1 unit 113 0.408
+
8UC92 53 } 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
+
7
} 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting, size 5 } 3KX3 616-1A 1 1 unit 103 0.490
Auxiliary switches2)
1 NO + 1 NC C 3KX3 612-1B 1 1 unit 113 0.201
1) 2)
Only for NH fuse systems. For more 3SB34 00-0. contact blocks with other contact types, see
catalog IC 10, chapter 10 "Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights".
SITOR fuses for 3KL and KM fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
For switch disconnectors SITOR fuses Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
Type 3KL Permissible Required Size Opera- Rated Rated DT SET, M) approx.
(Type 3KM) load current1) conductor tional current voltage
cross- class
section
Cu
A mm 2 A V kg
SITOR 3NE1 fuses for 3KL5, 3KL6 and 3 KM5
3KL50 30 16 1.5 000 1) gR/gS 16 690 } 3NE1 813-0 1 3 units 047 0.133
(3KM50 30) 20 2.5 000 1) gR/gS 20 690 } 3NE1 814-0 1 3 units 047 0.124
25 4 000 1) gR/gS 25 690 } 3NE1 815-0 1 3 units 047 0.127
35 6 000 1) gR/gS 35 690 } 3NE1 803-0 1 3 units 047 0.128
40 10 000 1) gR/gS 40 690 } 3NE1 802-0 1 3 units 047 0.126
50 10 000 1) gR/gS 50 690 } 3NE1 817-0 1 3 units 047 0.129
63 16 000 1) gR/gS 63 690 } 3NE1 818-0 1 3 units 047 0.126
3KL52 30 80 25 000 1) gR/gS 80 690 } 3NE1 820-0 1 3 units 047 0.124
(3KM52 30) 100 35 00 gR/gS 100 690 } 3NE1 021-0 1 3 units 047 0.204
125 50 00 gR/gS 125 690 } 3NE1 022-0 1 3 units 047 0.195
125 50 00 gR 125 690 A 3NE1 022-2 1 3 units 047 0.195
3KL55 30 160 70 1 gR/gS 160 690 } 3NE1 224-0 1 3 units 047 0.522
(3KM55 30) 160 70 1 gR 160 690 A 3NE1 224-2 1 3 units 047 0.535
200 95 1 gR/gS 200 690 } 3NE1 225-0 1 3 units 047 0.518
200 95 1 gR 200 690 A 3NE1 225-2 1 3 units 047 0.508
250 120 1 gR/gS 250 690 } 3NE1 227-0 1 3 units 047 0.515
245 120 1 gR 250 690 A 3NE1 227-2 1 3 units 047 0.533
3KL57 30 315 2 × 70 1 gR/gS 315 690 A 3NE1 230-0 1 3 units 047 0.519
(3KM57 30) 280 2 × 70 1 gR 315 690 A 3NE1 230-2 1 3 units 047 0.519
3KL57 350 (330)2) 2 × 95 2 gR/gS 350 690 } 3NE1 331-0 1 3 units 047 0.687
3KL61 30 350 (300)2) 2 × 95 2 gR 400 690 A 3NE1 331-2 1 3 units 047 0.684
(3KM57 30) 400 (375) 2) 2 × 95 2 gR/gS 400 690 } 3NE1 332-0 1 3 units 047 0.519
3KL61 30 450 (400) 2) 2 × 120 2 gR/gS 450 690 A 3NE1 333-0 1 3 units 047 0.689
(3KM57 30) 450 (325) 2) 2 × 120 2 gR 450 690 A 3NE1 333-2 1 3 units 047 0.691
500 (400) 2) 2 × 120 2 gR/gS 500 690 A 3NE1 334-0 1 3 units 047 0.765
500 (350) 2) 2 × 120 2 gR 500 690 A 3NE1 334-2 1 3 units 047 0.695
1)
Permissible load current in the switch disconnector.
In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be reduced again
(precise values on request).
2)
Values in blue in brackets apply to 3KM switch disconnectors.

7/50 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
Type 3KL Permissible Required Size Opera- Rated Rated DT SET, M) approx.
(Type 3KM) load current1) conductor tional current voltage
cross- class
section
Cu
A mm 2 A V kg
3KL61 30 630 (710)3) 2 x (40 x 5) 3 gR/gS 710 690 A 3NE1 437-0 1 3 units 047 1.045
(3KL62) 630 (710)3) 2 x (40 x 5) 3 gR 710 600 D 3NE1 437-1 1 3 units 047 1.179
630 (700)3) 2 x (40 x 5) 3 gR 710 690 B 3NE1 437-2 1 3 units 047 1.031
630 (800)3) 2 x (50 x 5) 3 gR/gS 800 690 A 3NE1 438-0 1 3 units 047 1.560
630 (800)3) 2 x (50 x 5) 3 gR 800 600 B 3NE1 438-1 1 3 units 047 1.100
630 (760)3) 2 x (50 x 5) gR 800 690 A 3NE1 438-2 1 3 units 047 1.067
630 (670)3) 2 x (40 x 5) 3 gR 670 690 A 3NE1 447-2 1 3 units 047 1.044
630 (790)3) 2 x (40 x 8) 3 gR 850 690 A 3NE1 448-2 1 3 units 047 1.048
SITOR fuses 3NE3 ... 3NE8, 3NC2 for 3KL5, 3KL6 and 3KM5
3KL50 25 4 00 gR 25 690 } 3NE8 015-1 1 3 units 047 0.193
(3KM50) 33 6 00 gR 35 690 } 3NE8 003-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
45
54
10
16
00
00
gR
gR
50
63
690
690
}
}
3NE8 017-1
3NE8 018-1
1
1
3 units
3 units
047
047
0.614
0.196 7
3KL52 68 25 00 aR 80 690 } 3NE8 020-1 1 3 units 047 0.206
(3KM52) 89 35 00 aR 100 690 } 3NE8 021-1 1 3 units 047 0.207
106 50 00 aR 125 690 } 3NE8 022-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
130 70 00 aR 160 690 } 3NE8 024-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
3KL552) 32 6 0 gR 32 1000 } 3NE4 101 1 3 units 047 0.824
(3KM55)2) 40 10 0 gR 40 1000 } 3NE4 102 1 3 units 047 0.258
50 10 0 gR 50 1000 } 3NE4 117 1 3 units 047 0.274
63 16 0 gR 63 1000 } 3NE4 118 1 3 units 047 0.257
80 25 0 aR 80 1000 } 3NE4 120 1 3 units 047 0.261
95 35 0 aR 100 1000 } 3NE4 121 1 3 units 047 0.260
120 50 0 aR 125 1000 } 3NE4 122 1 3 units 047 0.265
150 70 0 aR 160 1000 } 3NE4 124 1 3 units 047 0.274
90 35 1 aR 100 1000 A 3NE3 221 1 3 units 047 0.510
110 50 1 aR 125 1000 A 3NE3 222 1 3 units 047 0.506
140 70 1 aR 160 1000 } 3NE3 224 1 3 units 047 0.513
175 95 1 aR 200 1000 } 3NE3 225 1 3 units 047 0.586
210 120 1 aR 250 1000 } 3NE3 227 1 3 units 047 0.580
3KL57 240 185 1 aR 315 1000 } 3NE3 230-0B 1 3 units 047 0.513
(3KM57) 265 240 1 aR 350 1000 A 3NE3 231 1 3 units 047 0.515
290 240 1 aR 400 1000 A 3NE3 232-0B 1 3 units 047 0.520
320 2 × 150 1 aR 450 1000 } 3NE3 233 1 3 units 047 0.580
3KL61 340 (360)3) (290)4) 240 2 aR 400 1000 A 3NE3 332-0B 1 3 units 047 0.683
(3KL62) 380 (400)3) (320) 4) 2 × 150 2 aR 450 1000 A 3NE3 333 1 3 units 047 0.687
(3KM57) 440 (470)3) (360)4) 2 × 150 2 aR 500 1000 } 3NE3 334-0B 1 3 units 047 0.697
500 (530)3) (400)4) 2 × 185 2 aR 560 1000 } 3NE3 335 1 3 units 047 0.692
540 (580)3) (400)4) 2 × 185 2 aR 630 1000 } 3NE3 336 1 3 units 047 0.810
600 (640)3) (400)4) 2 × 200 2 aR 710 900 } 3NE3 337-8 1 3 units 047 0.687
630 (720)3) (400)4) 2 × 200 2 aR 800 800 } 3NE3 338-8 1 3 units 047 0.686
630 (800)3) (400)4) 2 × 200 2 aR 900 690 } 3NE3 340-8 1 3 units 047 0.657
200 (200)3) (175)4) 120 2 aR 250 800 } 3NE4 327-0B 1 3 units 047 0.780
260 (260)3) (230)4) 240 2 aR 315 800 } 3NE4 330-0B 1 3 units 047 1.539
370 (370)3) (340)4) 2 x (30 x 5) 2 aR 450 800 } 3NE4 333-0B 1 3 units 047 0.682
425 (450)3) (380)4) 2 x (30 x 5) 2 aR 500 800 } 3NE4 334-0B 1 3 units 047 0.683
600 (630)3) (400)4) 2 x (40 x 5) 2 aR 710 800 } 3NE4 337 1 3 units 047 0.689
3KL61 145 (150)3) 70 3 gR 150 500 B 3NC2 423-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
(3KL62) 180 (190)3) 95 3 gR 200 500 B 3NC2 425-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
225 (240)3) 120 3 gR 250 500 B 3NC2 427-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
255 (270)3) 185 3 gR 300 500 B 3NC2 428-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
330 (345)3) 240 3 gR 350 500 B 3NC2 431-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
400 (400)3) 240 3 gR 400 500 B 3NC2 432-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
135 (140)3) 70 3 gR 150 660 B 3NC8 423-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
180 (190)3) 95 3 gR 200 660 B 3NC8 425-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
225 (240)3) 120 3 gR 250 660 B 3NC8 427-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
300 (315)3) 240 3 gR 350 660 B 3NC8 431-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
425 (450)3) 2 × 150 3 gR 500 660 B 3NC8 434-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
630 (800)3) 2 × (60 x 6) 3 aR 1000 600 C 3NC8 444-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
1)
Permissible load current in the switch disconnector.
2)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades,
SITOR 3NE4 1 fuses should be switchable only occasionally and
only at zero current.
3)
Values in black in brackets apply to 3KL62 switch disconnectors.
4)
Values in blue in brackets apply to 3KM switch disconnectors.
For technical specifications and dimensional drawings of the
SITOR fuses, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems"

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/51
© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3KM Switch Disconnectors with Fuses and Isolating Plug Connector up to 400 A
Introduction
■ Overview
NSE0_01557b
1
4
7
6
3
3KL or 3KM basic device
Plug-in contact strip for 3KM Optional
3 Fuses, optionally BS-88 or LV HRC fuses 8UC9 knob for fixed mounting in standard version (black) or
EMERGENCY-STOP version (red), or
Terminal cover, IP20 (vertical to operator side) 9 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in standard
Coupling driver with extension shaft version (ti-grey) or EMERGENCY-STOP version (red/yellow)
Standard products from the Siemens 3SB1 range

are used as auxiliary switches.
7 Single-pole terminal cover from 63 A to 630 A, IP20
(vertical to operator side)
All switch disconnectors feature double contact interruption and be secured to the shaft with padlock against unauthorized re-
an isolating distance. As a result, the fuses are de-energized closing.
when the switch disconnectors are in the disconnected position.
Identical accessories for 3KA switch disconnectors and for 3KL
The 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses also feature an isolat- and 3KM switch disconnectors with fuses simplify stock keep-
ing plug connector. This facilitates mounting and contact estab- ing. Please inquire about a special variant with reduced values
lishment in motor control centers (MCCs) in conjunction with ver- that is particularly resistant to atmospheres high in sulfur, e. g. in
tical busbars. Generally all 3K.5 switch disconnectors can can the paper and cellulose processing industries.
■ Application
3KM switch disconnectors with fuses protect against overload All 3K switch disconnectors are climate-proof and meet the
and short-circuits as main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches of requirements of IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-3.
switch boards, distribution boards, power supply and motor out-
going feeders. In conjunction with Siemens SITOR semiconduc-
tor fuses, they are also used in UPS systems, frequency
converters and capacitor control systems.
7/52 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Type 3KM50 3KM52 3KM53 3KM55 3KM57
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 63 125 160 250 400
For fuse links acc. to DIN 43620, Size 00 and 000 00 and 000 00 and 000 1 and 2 1 and 2
(when SITOR semiconductor fuses are used,
a reduction of rated current is necessary,
see reference to technical information at start of chapter)
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith1) A 63 125 160 250 400
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8 8 8 8
50/60 Hz AC V 690
V 220 (2 conducting paths series-connected) 2)
Rated short-circuit making capacity with fuses kA 220 220 220 176 176
7
(peak value, at 50/60 Hz 690 V AC)
Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses kA 100 100 100 80 80
Max. rated current In of the fuses A 80 160 160 400 400
Max. permissible power loss of the installed fuse
• NH W 6 9 11.5 32 45
• BS W 8 (A2/A3) 11.5 (A4) 11.5 32 45
Permissible let-through current of the fuses kA 8 17 17 303) 303)
Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 55 223 223 1000 1000
At 400 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (at p.f. = 0.35, rms) A 500 1000 1280 2000 3200
• Rated operational current Ie with AC-21A, AC-22A, AC-23A A 63 125 160 250 400
• Motor switching capacity AC-23A kW 30 65 80 132 200
At 500 V AC
At 690 V AC
• Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) A 250 500 640 10004) 1600
• Rated operational current Ie at DC-23A A 63 125 160 2505) 400
Rated short-time current (1 s current), rms value kA 2.5 3.2 3.2 8 11
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation6)
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 15000 15000 15000 12000 12000
Degree of protection IP00/IP20 (from the operator side, with fuse and terminal covers)
Power loss of the switch disconnector at Ith W 8.5 22 36 33 86
(plus power loss of the fuses)
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w × t) mm 25 × 9 45 × 10 45 × 10 40 × 12 40 × 15
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 35 70 120 150 2 ∞ 150 or
1 × 240
Busbar systems, max. dimensions (w × t) mm 25 × 9 45 × 10 45 × 10 40 × 12 40 × 15
Tightening torque Nm 6 ... 7.5 7 ... 10 18 ... 22 35 ... 45 35 ... 45
Terminal screws M6 M6 M8 M10 M10
Flat bars mm -- -- -- 20 × 2.5 20 × 2.5
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 -- -- -- 70 120
1)
Configuring note: Max. permissible operating temperature for fuse blades
135 °C, for connections 100 °C.
2)
110 V (one conducting path).
3)
(one conducting path) at DC-23A.
4)
At 440 V L/R = 4 ms, at 220 V L/R = 15 ms.
5)
At 440 V DC-22A, at 220 V DC-23A.
6)
3ND1 switchgear protection fuse.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/53

© Siemens AG 2010
For snapping onto busbars

Mounting on vertical busbars with busbar center-to-center spacing of 60 mm and bar thickness from 5 mm to 6.35 mm
Conductor connecting screws and fuse partitions are generally included in the scope of supply.
Rated uninterrupted LV HRC fuse links1) acc. to DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
current Iu DIN 436202) per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Operational
class
A kg
mechanisms
• (black handle)
63 00 and 000 gG, aM B 3KM50 30-1GB01 1 1 unit 103 1.890
7
• Complete versions with 8UC7 door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism (black handle)
125 Form A2/A3 C 3KM52 30-1GG01 1 1 unit 103 2.785
125 Form A4 C 3KM52 30-1GJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.340
160 Form A4 C 3KM53 30-1GJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.926
250 Form B1-B3 C 3KM55 30-1GG01 1 1 unit 103 6.651
400 Form B1-B3 C 3KM57 30-1GG01 1 1 unit 103 7.175
63 00 and 000 gG, aM B 3KM50 30-1AB01 1 1 unit 103 1.515
160 00 and 000 gG, aM C 3KM53 30-1AB01 1 1 unit 103 2.516
3KM53 30-1AB01
with fuses
63 Form A2/A3 C 3KM50 30-1AG01 1 1 unit 103 1.450
125 Form A2/A3 C 3KM52 30-1AG01 1 1 unit 103 2.405
125 Form A4 C 3KM52 30-1AJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.430
160 Form A4 C 3KM53 30-1AJ01 1 1 unit 103 2.520
250 Form B1-B3 C 3KM55 30-1AG01 1 1 unit 103 5.689
400 Form B1-B3 C 3KM57 30-1AG01 1 1 unit 103 6.250
3KM55 30-1AG01
with fuses
8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
(red handle, yellow indicator plate)
• 8UC7 EMERGENCY-STOP door-coupling rotary operating
8UC71 21-3BB10

125 Form A4 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200
160 Form A4 B 8UC72 22-3BB20 1 1 unit 103 0.200

1) Silver-plated fuse blades. Silver-plated isolating links can be used if
desired.
2) For the assignment of semiconductor fuses see "3KL Switch Disconnectors
with Fuses up to 800 A" --> "Accessories".

7/54 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
3KM50
Terminal covers
3KX3 5.7-3AA
(1 set = 5 units)
7
(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A
(1 set = 6 units)
3KM52/3KM53
Terminal covers
For 3-pole devices (1set = 6 units) 3KM52 } 3KX3 552-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.077
3KM53 } 3KX3 553-3DA01 1 1 unit 103 0.147
For 4-pole devices (1set = 8 units) 3KM52 B 3KX3 552-3DB01 1 1 unit 103 0.102
3KM53 B 3KX3 553-3DB01 1 1 unit 103 0.170
Fuse covers1) } 3KX3 527-3AA 1 1 unit 103 0.071
3KX3 5.7-3AA
(1 set = 5 units)
(1 set = 6 units)
3KX3 507-0BA01
1)
For 3KX3 527-3AA: Not suitable for use with type A4 BS fuses.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/55
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A
(1 set = 6 units)
3KM55/3KM57
7 Terminal covers
3KX3 5.7-3AA
(1 set = 5 units)
3KX3 557-0AA01
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting, size 3 } 3KX3 176-1E 1 1 unit 103 0.285
3KX3 176-1E
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC B 3SB14 00-0A 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NO B 3SB14 00-0G 1 1 unit 102 0.020
2 NC B 3SB14 00-0H 1 1 unit 102 0.020
3SB14 00-0A
(1 set = 6 units)

7/56 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
For 3K switch disconnectors
■ Overview
Available sizes
Rotary Size Rated Shaft profile Masking plate
operating torque1)
mecha-
nisms
Nm mm x mm mm x mm
8UC71 1 4 6x6 75 x 75
8UC72 2 9 8x8 75 x 75
8UC73 3 25 10 x 10 or 12 x 12 100 x 100
8UC74 4 40/552) 12 x 12 100 x 100
1)
Operating mechanisms tested with triple torque (according to
EN 60947-3). They are therefore also suitable for applications in this area.
2)
Operation with two hands.
Degree of protection when installed is IP65. 7
Standards
8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are in line
with for example the following standards:
8UC7 rotary operating mechanism in STANDARD version (left) and Standard Title
EMERGENCY-STOP version (right) IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 Safety of machinery; Electrical equipment
of machines
With door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms it is also possi-
ble to operate switch disconnectors from the outside with the IEC 60439-1, EN 60439-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
assemblies
control cabinet doors closed
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear;
The rotary operating mechanisms are available in "STANDARD" Switches, disconnectors, switch discon-
and "EMERGENCY-STOP" versions with the following differ- nectors and fuse-combination units
ences:
• STANDARD version: Masking plates in light-gray with black
inscription, handles in ti-grey.
• EMERGENCY-STOP version: Masking plates in yellow with
black inscription, handles in red.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/57

© Siemens AG 2010
■ Benefits ■ Application
Can be locked 8UC7 door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms can be used
in electrical controls, distribution boards and switchboards in
The retractable locking device integrated in the handles is suit-
cases where switches have to be mounted behind covers, end
able for padlocks with shackle diameters of 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm
plates and doors that must be opened and where they are to be
(locks according to DIN 7465).
operated manually from outside.
Up to three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 8.5 mm and up
to five padlocks with a shackle diameter of 6 mm can be fitted Interlocking conditions
simultaneously. The basic versions of the rotary operating mechanisms comply
with the following interlocking conditions:
Non-interchangeability
• Operating mechanism and switch in "0" (OFF) position:
In order to ensure that, when installing switches and door-cou- The control cabinet door can be opened. With padlocks fitted,
pling operating mechanisms, all components are assembled in the control cabinet door remains locked however.
the correct position with respect to one another, the components
are provided with non-interchangeability features (rivel and lug). • Operating mechanism and switch in "I" (ON) position:
The control cabinet door cannot be opened in this position.
Stops However, the interlock can be overridden and the control cab-
inet door opened by trained personnel for performing checks.
7 Stops are used to prevent damage occuring as the result of ex-
cessive torque. These stops are supplied loose with the rotary
No padlocks can be fitted in "I" position.
operating mechanisms and can be fitted as required. Stops are Other interlocking conditions:
fitted at the factory to size 1 and 2 rotary operating mechanisms • If no door interlock is required, the user can remove the door
with a 90° operating angle (exception: 3RV motor starter protec- interlocking plate of the rotary operating mechanism.
tors/circuit breakers).
• It is easy for the user to fit padlocks to the rotary operating
Tolerance compensation mechanisms in the "I" position as well. In this case the door
cannot be opened, the operating mechanism cannot be actu-
8UC7 rotary operating mechanisms are capable of taking up a ated and the door interlock cannot be overridden.
radial eccentricity of max. 3 mm between the actuating shaft of
the switching device and the door-coupling rotary operating Operating conditions and ambient conditions
mechanism. Supporting the extension shaft is recommended
with greater tolerances. The temperature range for operation of the rotary operating
mechanisms is between -25 °C and +60 °C.
a
_0
09
45
Coupling a b Shaft Thanks to the use of glass fiber-reinforced molded plastic for
E0
NS drivers length handles and masking plates as well as metal components with
With tolerance +3 ±5 x surface protection, the rotary operating mechanisms are suit-
compensation able for rough conditions, high air humidity and aggressive at-
Without +1.5 ±2.5 x+23.5 mospheres.
tolerance
compensation
Permissible radial eccentricity and axial tolerance compensation in mm

Pull-out strength
The pull-out strength of interlocked operating mechanisms, e.g. pulling
off the shaft or destruction of the operating mechanism, amounts to 800 N
when the pulling force acts directly onto the operating mechanism in di-
rection of shaft.
7/58 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
■ Design
Components Switch position
The rotary operating mechanisms consist of a masking plate In order to ensure compliance with locking and interlocking con-
with handle, including seal and fixing screws for door installa- ditions, the controls and operating mechanisms must be in-
tion, an extension shaft (300 mm) and a coupling driver to be stalled such that, with two-position switches the "0" position lies
mounted onto the switch shaft. at 9 o'clock and the "I" position at 12 o'clock.
Operating mechanisms for 3KA / 3KL / 3KM switch disconnec-
tors do not have a shaft coupling since the extension shaft is fit- 1
ted directly into the switch. Extension shafts with a length of 90°
600 mm are also available.
0°
2
7
NSE0_00352a
5
6 1 12 o'clock position
2 9 o'clock position
7
4
3
2 Positions for two-position switches with 90° operating angle
10
1
8
9
NSE0_00022a
1 Handle with masking frame

2 Seal
3 Door
4 Fixing screws
5 Coupling driver
6 Extension shaft
7 Adapter
8 Operating shaft of switching device
9 Switching device
10 Tripped plate (can be glued on if required)
Design, schematic representation
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/59

© Siemens AG 2010

Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, fully lockable with padlocks,
with door interlock supplied with seal and fixing screws
Switching device Rated current Cross-section of Torque Rotary Illustrated: Handle,
the actuating operating masking plate
shaft mechanisms
Type A mm Nm Size
8UC71
For switch disconnectors with or without fuses 75
3KL501), 3KM501) 63 6x6 3 1
63 6x6 3
NSE00355
3KA501)
3KA511) 80 6x6 3
36
8UC72
For switch disconnectors with or without fuses
7
75
3KL52, 3KM52 125 8x8 7.5 2
NSE00356
3KL53, 3KM53 160 8x8 7.5
3KA52 125 8x8 7.5
3KA53 160 8x8 7.5 62
8UC73
For switch disconnectors with or without fuses 100
3KL55, 3KM55 250 10 x 10 16 3
3KL57, 3KM57 400 10 x 10 16
NSE00357
3KA55 250 10 x 10 16
3KA57 400 10 x 10 16
140
3KA58 630 10 x 10 16
For switch disconnectors without fuses 100

3KE42 250 12 x 12 15 3
3KE43 400 12 x 12 15
NSE00357
3KE44 630 12 x 12 24
3KE45 1000 12 x 12 24
140
8UC74
For switch disconnectors with fuses 100
3KL612) 630 12 x 12 30 4
3KL622) 800 12 x 12 30
NSE00358
200
For switch disconnectors as changeover switches with break-before-make 100

feature
3KE42 (2 units) 250 12 x 12 20 4
NSE0_01892
3KE43 (2 units) 400 12 x 12 20

3KE44 (2 units) 630 12 x 12 30
3KE45 (2 units) 1000 12 x 12 30 200
For switch disconnectors as changeover switches without break-before- 200

make feature
3KE42 (2 units) 250 12 x 12 40 4
100
3KE43 (2 units) 400 12 x 12 40

3KE44 (2 units) 630 12 x 12 55
NSE0_01891
3KE45 (2 units) 1000 12 x 12 55
For load disconnect switch as parallel connection 100

3KE42 (2 units) 250 12 x 12 40 4
3KE43 (2 units) 400 12 x 12 40
NSE00358
3KE44 (2 units) 630 12 x 12 55

3KE45 (2 units) 1000 12 x 12 55
200
1) 3)
Valid only for 3-pole switching devices. For 4-pole switching devices, an The door interlocking plate must be removed.
operating mechanism with 8 x 8 mm actuating shaft must be used, 4)
With shortened 8UC60 16/8UC60 17 coupling driver and reduced toler-
see lower level for 3KA52, 3KL52 or 3KM52. ance compensation, see "Dimensional Drawings".
2)
Additionally required for 3KL61: 1 shaft coupling, order no. 8UC92 53,
see individual parts, table, page 7/62.

7/60 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Individual parts
Version DT Rotary operating mechanisms, PU PS*/ PG Weight Handle with Coupling Extension shaft Shaft couplings
complete (UNIT, P. unit per PU masking plate drivers Length 300 mm
SET, M) approx.
Order No. Price Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
per PU kg
@ 6 mm @ 6 mm @ 6 mm by 6 mm
Standard C 8UC71 11-1BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC71 10-1BB 8UC60 11 8UC60 31 Not required
Standard4) C 8UC71 61-1BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC71 10-1BB 8UC60 16 8UC60 31 Not required
EMER- B 8UC71 21-3BB10 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC71 20-3BB 8UC60 11 8UC60 31 Not required
GENCY-
STOP
@ 8 mm @ 8 mm @ 8 mm by 8 mm
Standard C
Standard4) C
8UC72 12-1BB20
8UC72 62-1BB20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.200 8UC72 10-1BB
0.200 8UC72 10-1BB
8UC60 12
8UC60 17
8UC60 32
8UC60 32
Not required
Not required
7
GENCY-
STOP
@ 10 mm @ 10 mm @ 10 mm by 10 mm
Standard C 8UC73 13-1BB30 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC73 10-1BB 8UC60 13 8UC60 33 Not required
GENCY-
STOP
@ 12 mm @ 12 mm @ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard C 8UC73 14-1BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC73 10-1BB 8UC60 14 8UC60 34 8UC60 24
EMER- B 8UC73 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC73 20-3BB 8UC60 14 8UC60 34 8UC60 24
GENCY-
STOP
@ 12 mm @ 12 mm @ 12 mm by 12 mm
EMER- B 8UC74 24-3BB44 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC74 20-3BB 8UC60 14 8UC60 34 8UC60 24
GENCY-
STOP
@ 12 mm @ 12 mm @ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard C 8UC74 14-1BF44 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC74 10-1BF 8UC60 14 8UC60 34 8UC60 24
@ 12 mm @ 12 mm @ 12 mm by 12 mm
Standard C 8UC74 14-1FG44 1 1 unit 103 0.200 8UC74 10-1FG 8UC60 14 8UC60 34 8UC60 24
@ 12 mm @ 12 mm @ 12 mm by 12 mm

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/61
© Siemens AG 2010
Individual parts

Switching Rotary Size Cross- Version4) DT Individual parts for 8UC7 PU PS*/ PG Weight
device operat- section door-coupling rotary (UNIT, P. unit per PU
ing of the operating mechanisms SET, M) approx.
mecha- actuating Order No. Price
nisms shaft per PU
Type Type mm × mm kg
Handles with masking plate (including flat gasket and fixing screws)
3KL50, 8UC71 1 6×6 Standard C 8UC71 10-1BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KM50, EMER- C 8UC71 20-3BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KA50, GENCY-
3KA51 STOP
8UC71
3KL52, 3KM52, 8UC72 2 8×8 Standard C 8UC72 10-1BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KL53, 3KM53, EMER- C 8UC72 20-3BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KA52, 3KA53 GENCY-
7
STOP
8UC72
3KL55, 3KM55, 8UC73 3 10 × 10 Standard C 8UC73 10-1BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KL57, 3KM57, or EMER- C 8UC73 20-3BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
3KA55, 3KA57, 12 x 12 GENCY-
3KE42, 3KE43, STOP
3KE44, 3KE45
8UC73
3KL61, 3KL62 8UC74 4 12 × 12 Standard C 8UC74 10-1BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
EMER- C 8UC74 20-3BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
GENCY-
STOP
3KE42, 3KE43, 8UC743) 4 12 × 12 Standard C 8UC74 10-1BF 1 1 unit 103 0.200
8UC74 3KE44, 3KE45 Standard C 8UC74 10-1FG 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Standard C 8UC74 10-1BB 1 1 unit 103 0.200
Rotary operating Cross-section of the DT Individual parts for 8UC6 PU PS*/ PG Weight
mechanisms actuating shaft door-coupling rotary (UNIT, P. unit per PU
operating mechanisms SET, M) approx.
Order No. Price
Type mm × mm per PU kg
Coupling drivers, extension shafts, shaft couplings and reducers
Coupling drivers for 3K
8UC71 6×6 B 8UC60 11 1 1 unit 103 0.078
8UC712) 6×6 A 8UC60 16 1 1 unit 103 0.070
8UC72 8×8 B 8UC60 12 1 1 unit 103 0.075
8UC722) 8×8 A 8UC60 17 1 1 unit 103 0.043
8UC73 10 × 10 B 8UC60 13 1 1 unit 103 0.251
8UC60 11 8UC73/74 12 × 12 B 8UC60 14 1 1 unit 103 0.253
8UC71 6×6 B 8UC60 31 1 1 unit 103 0.068
8UC72 8×8 B 8UC60 32 1 1 unit 103 0.132
NSE0_00373 8UC73 10 × 10 C 8UC60 33 1 1 unit 103 0.217
Nut 8UC73/74 12 × 12 B 8UC60 34 1 1 unit 103 0.315
8UC60 31 ... 34
8UC71 6×6 B 8UC60 81 1 1 unit 103 0.136
8UC72 8×8 B 8UC60 82 1 1 unit 103 0.265
NSE0_00373 8UC73 10 × 10 B 8UC60 83 1 1 unit 103 0.430
Nut 8UC73/74 12 × 12 B 8UC60 84 1 1 unit 103 0.640
8UC60 81 ... 84
Shaft couplings
8UC71 6×6 B 8UC60 21 1 1 unit 103 0.031
8UC72 8×8 B 8UC60 22 1 1 unit 103 0.023
NSE00374 8UC73 10 × 10 B 8UC60 23 1 1 unit 103 0.085
Steg 1) Niet 1) 8UC73/74 12 × 12 B 8UC60 24 1 1 unit 103 0.077
8UC60 21 to 8UC6024 8UC74 (3KL61) 12 × 12 } 8UC92 53 1 1 unit 103 0.115
Reducers
8UC71 8 × 8 to 6 × 6 C 8UC70 58 1 1 unit 103 0.200
8UC72 12 × 12 to 8 × 8 C 8UC70 50 1 1 unit 103 0.200
4
0 24
_0 45
g0 02
ns _0
g0
ns
8UC70 58 8UC70 50
1) 4)
Non-interchangeability features. Standard: Ti-grey handle, light-gray masking plate;
2)
Shortened coupling driver with reduced tolerance compensation. EMERGENCY-STOP: Red handle, yellow masking plate.
3)
For switch disconnectors as changeover switches in various versions,

7/62 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting

Switch- Cross- Torque Oper- Color of DT Operating mechanisms for fixed PU PS*/ PG Weight
ing section of the ating handle mounting (UNIT, P. unit per PU
device of the operat- mecha- SET, approx.
actuating ing nism M)
shaft mecha-
nism1)
Order No. Price
Type mm × mm Nm Size per PU kg
3KA50, 6×6 4 1 Black 2) B 8UC93 54 1 1 unit 103 0.031
3KA51,
3KL50,
8UC93 54 3KM50
2)
7.5 2 Black B 8UC93 60 1 1 unit 103 0.047
8UC93 60
3KA52 8×8 7.5 2 Black B 8UC93 62 1 1 unit 103 0.041
3KA53,
3KL52,
3KM52,
3KL53,
7
3KM53
Red B 8UC93 63 1 1 unit 103 0.044
3KL55, 10 × 10 16 3 Black B 8UC93 65 1 1 unit 103 0.138
3KM55,
3KL57,
8UC93 65 3KM57
3KA55, Red B 8UC93 66 1 1 unit 103 0.160
3KA57,
3KA58
3KE42, 12 × 12 16 3 Black 3) B 8UC93 70 1 1 unit 103 0.128
3KE43
3)
Red B 8UC93 71 1 1 unit 103 0.146
3KE44, 12 × 12 30 4 Black 3)
B 8UC93 74 1 1 unit 103 0.145
3KE45
Red 3) B 8UC93 75 1 1 unit 103 0.165
8UC93 74
3KL61 12 × 12 55 5 Black B 8UC93 81 1 1 unit 103 0.264
Red B 8UC93 82 1 1 unit 103 0.273
8UC93 81
1)
Operating mechanisms were tested with triple torque (EN 60947-3). They
are therefore qualified for use in all controls, especially for disconnectors.
2)
Red handle available on request.
3)
Also required: 3KX2 210-0H coupling socket.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/63
© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3NJ62 In-line Switch Disconnectors with Fuses up to 630 A
Introduction
■ Overview
All key product features at a glance
• In-line
• Type-tested according to IEC EN 60947-3
• Voltage levels up to 690 V AC/440 V DC
• 160 A to 630 A for LV HRC and BS 88 fuse links, according to
IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1
• 2-, 3- and 4-pole versions available
• 185 mm phase center distance of plug-in contacts
• Manually operated or with motorized operating mechanism
• Electronic fuse monitoring (EFM)
• Developed for switchgears in plug-in design
• Horizontal or vertical mounting position
• Front panel locked in ON position
7 3NJ62 Switch Disconnectors with Fuses

Overview of components and accessory parts

,B
1 3NJ62 switch disconnector basic device 11 Connection terminals

here in size 00, open, without front cover
12 Stud terminal
2 Hand drive 13 Terminal cover
3 Motor drive 14 Multifunction plug
4 Connection module 15 Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM10)
5 Blanking cover 16 Holder for measuring device with electronic fuse monotoring (EFM20/25)
6 Guide rails 17 Holder for measuring device without EFM
7 Busbar cover 18 Bimetal current measuring device
8 Contact extension 19 Moving-iron current measuring device
9 Current transformer 20 BS fuse
10 Current transformer bar 21 NH fuse
22 Auxiliary switch
7/64 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Benefits ■ Function
Key advantages for switchgear manufacturers due to the Fuse monitoring
following:
Fuse monitoring is used to detect, indicate and report faults.
• Compact, modular design The electronic fuse monitors are available in 2 versions.
• Simple and efficient mounting due to incoming plug-in contact EFM10 electronic fuse monitor:
• High packing density in the field • For use up to 690 V AC
• Cable connection with cable clamps or cable lugs • Operational voltage < 20 V
• Can be mounted in different control cabinet depths • Display: ready-to-run
• Comprehensive range of accessories • Individual fault display per phase
The advantages for users are: • 1 CO contact as centralized fault signaling unit
• Conversion, retrofitting and replacement without switching off EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor and line monitor:
the switchgear
• EFM20 for use up to 690 V AC, EFM25 for use up to 440 V DC
• Dead-state fuse replacement
• Operational voltage < 13 V (EFM20) < 20 V (EFM25)
7
• Maintenance free
• Test function
• High personal safety
• Closed-circuit principle or open-circuit principle
• Operating handle can be locked in OFF position
• 2 CO contacts as centralized fault signaling unit incl. line mon-
• Clear and unambiguous switch position indicator itoring functions with phase failure detection (EFM20), under-
voltage/overvoltage detection
■ Application
The plug-in 3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses are installed
in low-voltage distribution boards where a minimum amount of
space is available for a maximum number of cable ducts to the
power distribution. They can be easily fitted in all common con-
trol cabinets (minimum depth: 400 mm).
The plug-in 3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses are available
for rated uninterrupted currents from 160 A to 630 A.
LV HRC fuse links according to IEC 60269-1/EN 60269-1 (sizes
NH 00 to NH 3) or BS fuse links according to BS 88 provide over-
load and short-circuit protection up to 690 V AC.
The switch disconnectors can be retrofitted at any time with aux-
iliary switches, an ammeter (48 mm x 48 mm) and current trans-
formers, with no extra space required. For installation in control
cabinets of > 400 mm depth, the mounting depth of the discon- EFM10 electronic fuse monitor N
nectors can be increased by 200 mm using a contact extension.
Further installation accessories, such as guide rails and blank-
ing covers, complete the product range.
EFM20/25 electronic fuse monitor N
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/65

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Main devices of sizes 00 and 1
Size BG00 Size 1

Switch disconnectors with fuses NH ...02-3 ...03-1 ...03-3 ...12-3 ...13-1 ...13-3
Type 3NJ62... ...02-4 ...04-1 ...03-4 ...12-4 ...14-1 ...13-4
...04-2 ...14-2
BS ...43-3 ...53-3 ...62-3 ...63-3 ...72-3 ...74-1 ...73-3
...62-4 ...63-4 ...72-4 ...74-2 ...73-4
Switching capacity H H H S H H S H
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 8000
Rated operational current Ie A 63 100 160 -- 160 125 160 125 250
For LV HRC fuse links (NH type) -- -- 00 and 000 1
For BS fuse links acc. to BS 88 A3 A3 00T1) B2
7 Rated operational voltage Ue

• At 50/60Hz rated frequency V 690 -- -- 500 690 500 690 690
• At DC V -- -- 230 440 -- -- -- -- 230 440 -- --
Utilization category AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B
• Short-circuit strength (rms value) kA 100 60 100 100 60 100
• Short-circuit making capacity kA 66 60 55 66 60 55 66
(rms value)
Rated making capacity
• p.f. = 0.65 A -- -- -- -- 480 375 -- -- -- -- 750 --
• p.f. = 0.45 A 630 1000 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• p.f. = 0.35 A -- -- -- -- -- -- 1600 1250 -- -- -- 2500
• p.f. = 0.65 A -- -- -- -- 480 375 -- -- -- -- 750 --
• p.f. = 0.45 A 504 800 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• p.f. = 0.35 A -- -- -- -- -- -- 1280 1000 -- -- -- 2000
Endurance
Operating cycles total 2000 1600 1600
• Electrical (690 V p.f. = 0.65) 300 200 200
Power loss (no fuse links) W 7 17 43 78
Permissible ambient temperature °C -5...+55
Permissible mounting positions Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
Degree of protection (in operating IP41
state)
Connection type Main conductor connections
Cable lug connection
• Conductor cross-section mm2 1x 10-95 1x 25-240
(Al/Cu, solid or stranded) acc. to 2x 16-70 2x 25-70
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
• Screw size M8 M12
• Torque Nm 15 30
Terminal connection
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm mm2 1x 10-50 1x 16-185
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re mm2 1x 10-50 1x 16-150
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm mm2 1x 16-95 1x 35-240
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se mm2 1x 16-95 1x 35-300
• Required torque Nm 15 25
1)
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not correspond to
BS 88.
7/66 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Main devices of sizes 2 and 3
Size Size 2 Size 3

3NJ62 switch disconnectors with fuses NH ...22-3 ...23-1 ...23-3 ...32-3 ...33-1 ...33-3
...22-4 ...24-1 ...23-4 ...32-4 ...34-1 ...33-4
...24-2 ...34-2
BS ...82-3 ...83-3 ...92-3 ...94-1 ...93-3
...82-4 ...83-4 ...92-4 ...94-2 ...93-4
...33-3
...33-4
Switching capacity H S H H S H
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 8000
Rated operational current Ie
• For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269/ BS88 A 400 630 500 630 500
For LV HRC fuse links (NH type) 2 and 1 3 and 2
For BS fuse links acc. to BS 88 B4 3T1)
• At 50/60Hz rated frequency V -- -- 690 230 440 500 690 500 690 7
• At DC V 230 440 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Utilization category DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B DC23B DC21B AC22B AC23B
• Short-circuit strength (rms value) kA 60 100 60 100
• Short-circuit making capacity kA 60 55 66 60 55 66
(rms value)
Rated making capacity
• p.f. = 0.65 A -- -- 1200 -- -- -- 1890 1500 -- --
• p.f. = 0.45 A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• p.f. = 0.35 A -- -- -- 4000 -- -- -- -- 6300 5000
• p.f. = 0.65 A -- -- 1200 -- -- -- 1890 1500 -- --
• p.f. = 0.45 A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
• p.f. = 0.35 A -- -- -- 3200 -- -- -- -- 5040 4000
Endurance
Operating cycles total 1000 1000
• electrical (690 V p.f. = 0.65) 200 200
Power loss W 158 357
(no fuse links)
Permissible ambient temperature °C -5...+55
Permissible mounting positions Horizontal and vertical with bottom connection
Degree of protection (in operating IP41
state)
Connection type Main conductor connections
Cable lug connection
Conductor cross-section mm2 1x 25-300 1x 25-300
• Conductor cross-section 2x 25-240 2x 25-240
(Al/Cu, solid or stranded) acc. to
DIN 46235 (Cu) and DIN 46239 (Al)
• Screw size 2x M12 2x M12
• Torque Nm 30 30
Terminal connection
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), rm mm2 2x 16-185 2x 16-185
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), re mm2 2x 16-150 2x 16-150
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), sm mm2 2x 35-240 2x 35-240
• Conductor cross-section (Al/Cu), se mm2 2x 35-300 2x 35-300
• Required torque Nm 25 25
1) The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and does not correspond to
BS 88.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/67

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Auxiliary switches Electronic fuse monitor, DC-version (EFM 25)
Acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 Size 00 1 2/3
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 Blind power uptake VA S approx. 2.5
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V 8000 Internal resistance of measurement MΩ Rin > 6
Rated operational current Ie circuit
• At AC15, Ue = 120 V A 8 Storage temperature °C - 20 ... + 80
• At AC15, Ue = 230 V A 6 Operating temperature °C - 5 ... + 55
• At AC15, Ue = 400 V A 4 Operating temperature °C - 5 ... + 35
• At AC15, Ue = 690 V A 2 (500 V and/or 500 A)
Protection rating in closed in-line IP40
Electronic fuse monitor AC-version (EFM 10) connector
Rated operating voltage of the main V DC 220 ... 440
Size 00 1 2/3 switching devices
Blind power uptake VA S approx. 2.5 Voltage limits % ±15
Internal resistance of measurement circuit MΩ Rin > 6 Undervoltage V 200
Storage temperature °C - 20 ... + 80 Overvoltage V 240
Operating temperature °C - 5 ... + 55 Voltage drop for faulty fuses V > 20
Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) °C - 5 ... + 35
7
Delay time s 0.1
Protection rating in closed in-line IP40
connector Relay 2 as relay 1
(fuse
Rated operating voltage of the main V AC 230 ... 690 monitor)
switching devices Hz 50/60
Storage function Off
Voltage limits % ±15
Open/closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 A Ith = 1.5
kV Uimp = 4 Mode Run mode
V Ui = 250 Menu option Display of
Load capacity of the signaling relay voltage values/
signals
• Ue V 24 125 240
• DC - 13; Ie A 1 0.2 0.1 Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 A Ith = 1.5
• AC - 15; Ie A 1.5 kV Uimp = 4
V Ui = 250
Short-circuit protection Max. fuse protection
Diazed 2 A gG Signaling relay 1 1 changeover for fuse
monitoring
Electronic fuse monitor, AC-version (EFM 20) Signaling relay 2 1 changeover as output
for central fault
Size 00 1 2/3 OR as signaling relay 1
(presetting)
Blind power uptake VA S approx. 2.5
Load capacity of the signaling relay
Internal resistance of measurement circuit MΩ Rin > 6
• Ue V 24 125 240
Storage temperature °C - 20 ... + 80 • DC - 13; Ie A 1 0.2 0.1
Operating temperature °C - 5 ... + 55 • AC - 15; Ie A 1.5
Operating temperature (500 V or 500 A) °C - 5 ... + 35
Protection rating in closed in-line IP40 Diazed 2 A gG
connector
Rated operating volatge of the main V AC 230 ... 690 Ammeters
switching devices Hz 50/60
Voltage limits % ±15
Inputs x/1 A or x/5 A
Undervoltage V 375
Overvoltage V 425 Overload
Voltage drop for faulty fuses V > 13 • Moving-iron measuring instruments 1.2 times
• Bi-metal measuring instruments 2 times
Delay time s 0.1
Relay 2 as relay 1 Slave pointer
(fuse • Moving-iron measuring instruments min --
monitor) • Bi-metal measuring instruments 15
min
Storage function Off
Power consumption
Open/closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
• Moving-iron measuring instruments VA 0.6
Mode Run mode • Bi-metal measuring instruments 1
VA
Menu option Display of
voltage values/ Motorized operating mechanisms
signals
Signaling relay acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 A Ith = 1.5 Size 00 1 2/3
kV Uimp = 4 Control supply voltage V DC 24 ± 2
V Ui = 250
Power consumption A 1.1 1.3 2.8
Signaling relay 1 1 changeover for fuse
monitoring Service life (no limitation of circuit
Signaling relay 2 1 changeover as output breaker acc. to IEC 60947-3)
for central fault Operating cycles total 1600
OR as signaling relay 1 200
(presetting) Switch cycles under load
Load capacity of the signaling relay Signal duration s min. 0.5 or

continuous signal
• Ue V 24 125 240
• DC - 13; Ie A 1 0.2 0.1
• AC - 15; Ie A 1.5
Diazed 2 A gG
7/68 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
For LV HRC fuse links

Rated current In Size DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
A kg
2-pole, high switching capacity H
Manually operated N
160 00 C 3NJ62 02-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 1 C 3NJ62 12-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 2 C 3NJ62 22-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3 C 3NJ62 32-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.360
Manually operated, EFM 25 N
160 00 C 3NJ62 02-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 1 C 3NJ62 12-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 2 C 3NJ62 22-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3 C 3NJ62 32-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.560
Motorized operating mechanisms N
7
160 00 C 3NJ62 02-4AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 1 C 3NJ62 12-4AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 2 C 3NJ62 22-4AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3 C 3NJ62 32-4AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.360
Motorized operating mechanisms, EFM 25 N
160 00 C 3NJ62 02-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 7.450
250 1 C 3NJ62 12-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 7.450
400 2 C 3NJ62 22-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.700
630 3 C 3NJ62 32-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 16.060
3-pole, standard switching capacity S
Manually operated N
160 00 A 3NJ62 03-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 1 A 3NJ62 13-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 2 A 3NJ62 23-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3 A 3NJ62 33-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.360
160 00 B 3NJ62 03-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 1 B 3NJ62 13-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 2 B 3NJ62 23-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3 B 3NJ62 33-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.560
160 00 B 3NJ62 03-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 1 B 3NJ62 13-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 2 B 3NJ62 23-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3 B 3NJ62 33-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.560
Manually operated
160 00 A 3NJ62 03-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 1 A 3NJ62 13-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 2 A 3NJ62 23-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3 A 3NJ62 33-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.360
160 00 B 3NJ62 03-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 1 B 3NJ62 13-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 2 B 3NJ62 23-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3 B 3NJ62 33-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.560
160 00 B 3NJ62 03-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 1 B 3NJ62 13-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 2 B 3NJ62 23-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3 B 3NJ62 33-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.560
160 00 C 3NJ62 03-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 1 C 3NJ62 13-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 2 C 3NJ62 23-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3 C 3NJ62 33-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.360
160 00 C 3NJ62 03-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 4.330
250 1 C 3NJ62 13-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.450
400 2 C 3NJ62 23-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.700
630 3 C 3NJ62 33-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 16.060
160 00 C 3NJ62 03-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 4.330
250 1 C 3NJ62 13-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.450
400 2 C 3NJ62 23-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.700
630 3 C 3NJ62 33-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 16.060
Order No. supplement Add. price
Standard Order No. supplement
(more Order No. supplements from page 7/73 onwards)
Without auxiliary switches, ammeters, current transformers } 0 0AA0 None

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/69
© Siemens AG 2010
For LV HRC fuse links

SET, M) approx.
A kg
Manually operated
160 00 A 3NJ62 04-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.160
250 1 A 3NJ62 14-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.380
400 2 A 3NJ62 24-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.900
630 3 A 3NJ62 34-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 20.000
160 00 B 3NJ62 04-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.830
250 1 B 3NJ62 14-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 9.950
400 2 B 3NJ62 24-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.200
630 3 B 3NJ62 34-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.560
160 00 B 3NJ62 04-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.830
250 1 B 3NJ62 14-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 9.950
400 2 B 3NJ62 24-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.200
7
630 3 B 3NJ62 34-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.560
160 00 C 3NJ62 04-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.160
250 1 C 3NJ62 14-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.380
400 2 C 3NJ62 24-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.900
630 3 C 3NJ62 34-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 20.000
160 00 C 3NJ62 04-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.330
250 1 C 3NJ62 14-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.450
400 2 C 3NJ62 24-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.700
630 3 C 3NJ62 34-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 19.060
160 00 C 3NJ62 04-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.330
250 1 C 3NJ62 14-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.450
400 2 C 3NJ62 24-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.700
630 3 C 3NJ62 34-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 19.060

7/70 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
For BS fuse links

SET, M) approx.
A kg
Manually operated N
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 62-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 B2 C 3NJ62 72-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 B4 C 3NJ62 82-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 92-3AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.360
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 62-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 B2 C 3NJ62 72-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 B4 C 3NJ62 82-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 92-3AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.560
160
250
00T1)
B2
C
C
3NJ62 62-4AA0@-0AA0
3NJ62 72-4AA0@-0AA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
3.630
6.750 7
400 B4 C 3NJ62 82-4AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 92-4AA0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.360
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 62-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 4.330
250 B2 C 3NJ62 72-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 7.450
400 B4 C 3NJ62 82-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 15.700
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 92-4AE0@-0AA0 1 1 unit 143 16.060
Manually operated
63 A3 C 3NJ62 43-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.630
100 A3 C 3NJ62 53-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.630
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 63-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 B2 C 3NJ62 73-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 B4 C 3NJ62 83-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 93-3AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.360
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 63-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 B2 C 3NJ62 73-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 B4 C 3NJ62 83-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 93-3AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.560
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 63-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.830
250 B2 C 3NJ62 73-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.950
400 B4 C 3NJ62 83-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.200
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 93-3AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.560
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 63-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 3.630
250 B2 C 3NJ62 73-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.750
400 B4 C 3NJ62 83-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.000
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 93-4AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.360
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 63-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 4.330
250 B2 C 3NJ62 73-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.450
400 B4 C 3NJ62 83-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.700
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 93-4AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 16.060
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 63-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 4.330
250 B2 C 3NJ62 73-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.450
400 B4 C 3NJ62 83-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 15.700
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 93-4AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 16.060

1) The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and

does not correspond to BS 88.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/71
© Siemens AG 2010
For BS fuse links

SET, M) approx.
A kg
Manually operated
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 64-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.160
250 B2 C 3NJ62 74-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.380
400 B4 C 3NJ62 84-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.900
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 94-1AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 20.000
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 64-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.830
250 B2 C 3NJ62 74-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 9.950
400 B4 C 3NJ62 84-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.200
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 94-1AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.560
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 64-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.830
250 B2 C 3NJ62 74-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 9.950
400 B4 C 3NJ62 84-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.200
7
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 94-1AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.560
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 64-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 6.160
250 B2 C 3NJ62 74-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.380
400 B4 C 3NJ62 84-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.900
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 94-2AA0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 20.000
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 64-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.330
250 B2 C 3NJ62 74-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.450
400 B4 C 3NJ62 84-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.700
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 94-2AB0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 19.060
160 00T1) C 3NJ62 64-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 7.330
250 B2 C 3NJ62 74-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 10.450
400 B4 C 3NJ62 84-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 18.700
630 3T1) C 3NJ62 94-2AC0@-@@@@ 1 1 unit 143 19.060
1)
The fuse is available from Lawson fuses (UK) and
does not correspond to BS 88.

7/72 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
For LV HRC and BS fuse links
■ Options
Auxiliary switch wired to multi-function plug
DT Order No. supplement Additional PS*/

3NJ62 ..-....@-.... price P. unit
Without } 0 None 1 unit

1 NO contact B 1 ✓ 1 unit
1 NC contact B 2 ✓ 1 unit
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact B 3 1 unit

7
✓

Ammeter and current transformer wired
Ammeters Current transformers DT Order No. supplement Additional PS*/

Primary Secondary Accuracy 3NJ62 ..-.....-@@@@ price P. unit
current current class
A A
For size NH 00 and BS 00T
Without Without Without Without } 0AA0 None 1 unit
1 current transformer to 1 ammeter
Moving iron 50 1 1 B 1DB1 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01925

T1
A Moving iron 100 1 1 B 1DD1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 5 1 B 1DD4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 1 1 B 1DE1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 50 1 1 B 2DB1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 1 B 2DD1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 1 B 2DE1 ✓ 1 unit
1 current transformers to multi-function plug
Without 50 1 1 B 0BB1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 100 1 1 B 0BD1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 100 1 0.5 B 0BD2 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01967
T1
Without 100 1 0.5 calibrated D 0 B D3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 100 5 0.5 calibrated D 0BD6 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 1 1 B 0BE1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 1 0.5 B 0BE2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 1 0.5 calibrated D 0BE3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 5 0.5 calibrated D 0BE6 ✓ 1 unit
Without 50 1 1 B 0CB1 ✓ 1 unit
T1
Without 100 1 1 B 0CD1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 100 1 0.5 B 0CD2 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01968
T2
Without 100 1 0.5 calibrated D 0CD3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 100 5 1 B 0CD4 ✓ 1 unit
T3
Without 100 5 0.5 B 0CD5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 100 5 0.5 calibrated D 0CD6 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 1 1 B 0CE1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 1 0.5 B 0CE2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 1 0.5 calibrated D 0CE3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 5 1 B 0CE4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 5 0.5 B 0CE5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 5 0.5 calibrated D 0CE6 ✓ 1 unit

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/73
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
For size NH 00 and BS 00T (continued)
1 current transformer to 1 ammeter and multi-function plug
Moving iron 50 1 1 B 1EB1 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01924
T1 Moving iron 100 1 1 B 1ED1 ✓ 1 unit

A Moving iron 100 1 0.5 B 1ED2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 1 0.5 calibrated D 1ED3 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 5 1 B 1ED4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 5 0.5 B 1ED5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 5 0.5 calibrated D 1ED6 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 1 1 B 1EE1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 1 0.5 B 1EE2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 1 0.5 calibrated D 1 E E3 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 0.5 B 1EE5 ✓ 1 unit
7 Moving iron
Bi-metal
150
50
5
1
0.5 calibrated
1
D
B
1EE6
2EB1
✓
✓
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal 50 5 1 B 2EB4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 1 B 2ED1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 0.5 B 2ED2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 0.5 calibrated D 2ED3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 0.5 B 2ED5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 0.5 calibrated D 2ED6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 1 B 2EE1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 0.5 B 2EE2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 0.5 calibrated D 2EE3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 5 0.5 calibrated D 2EE6 ✓ 1 unit
3 current transformers to 1 ammeter and multi-function plug
Moving iron 50 1 1 B 1 FB 1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 50 5 1 B 1 FB 4 ✓ 1 unit
T1 Moving iron 100 1 1 B 1FD1 ✓ 1 unit
A
Moving iron 100 1 0.5 B 1FD2 ✓ 1 unit
T2 Moving iron 100 1 0.5 calibrated D 1FD3 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 5 1 B 1 FD 4 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01923
T3 Moving iron 100 5 0.5 B 1FD5 ✓ 1 unit

Moving iron 100 5 0.5 calibrated D 1FD6 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 1 1 B 1FE1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 0.5 B 1FE2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 0.5 calibrated D 1FE3 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 1 B 1FE4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 0.5 B 1FE5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 0.5 calibrated D 1FE6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 50 1 1 B 2FB1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 1 B 2FD1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 0.5 B 2FD2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 0.5 calibrated D 2FD3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 1 B 2 FD 4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 0.5 B 2 FD 5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 0.5 calibrated D 2 FD 6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 1 B 2FE1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 0.5 B 2FE2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 0.5 calibrated D 2 F E3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 5 0.5 calibrated D 2FE6 ✓ 1 unit

7/74 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
For size NH 1 and BS B2
NSE0 01925
T1 Moving iron 100 1 1 B 1DD1 ✓ 1 unit

A
Moving iron 100 5 1 B 1DD4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 1 1 B 1 D F1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 5 1 B 1DF4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 1 1 B 1DG ✓ 1 unit
✓
7
Moving iron 250 5 1 B 1DG4 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 1 1 B 2 D F1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 5 1 B 2 D F4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 1 1 B 2DG1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 5 1 B 2DG4 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01967
T1 Without 100 1 1 B 0BD1 ✓ 1 unit

Without 200 1 1 B 0B F1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 200 1 0.5 B 0BF2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 200 5 1 B 0BF4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 200 5 0.5 B 0BF5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 1 1 B 0BG1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 1 0.5 B 0BG 2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 5 1 B 0BG 4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 5 0.5 B 0BG5 ✓ 1 unit
T1 Without 100 1 1 B 0C D 1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 100 1 0.5 B 0C D 2 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01968
T2 Without 100 5 1 B 0C D 4 ✓ 1 unit

Without 100 5 0.5 B 0C D 5 ✓ 1 unit
T3
Without 150 1 1 B 0C E 1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 1 0.5 B 0C E 2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 5 1 B 0C E 4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 150 5 0.5 B 0C E 5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 200 1 1 B 0C F 1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 200 1 0.5 B 0C F 2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 200 5 1 B 0 C F4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 200 5 0.5 B 0CF5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 1 1 B 0CG1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 1 0.5 B 0CG2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 5 1 B 0CG4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 250 5 0.5 B 0CG5 ✓ 1 unit

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/75
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
For size NH 1 and BS B2 (continued)
NSE0_01924
T1 Moving iron 100 1 1 B 1ED1 ✓ 1 unit

A Moving iron 100 1 0.5 B 1ED2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 5 1 B 1ED4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 100 5 0.5 B 1ED5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 1 0.5 B 1EE 2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 1 B 1EE 4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 0.5 B 1EE 5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 1 1 B 1EF1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 1 0.5 B 1EF2 ✓ 1 unit
7
Moving iron 200 5 1 B 1EF4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 5 0.5 B 1EF5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 1 1 B 1EG1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 1 0.5 B 1EG2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 5 1 B 1EG4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 5 0.5 B 1EG5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 0.5 B 2E D2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 1 B 2E D4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 0.5 B 2E D5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 1 B 2 EE1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 1 1 B 2 EF1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 1 0.5 B 2EF2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 5 1 B 2EF4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 5 0.5 B 2EF5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 1 1 B 2 EG 1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 1 0.5 B 2 EG 2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 5 1 B 2 EG 4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 5 0.5 B 2 EG 5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 50 1 1 B 1FB1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 50 5 1 B 1FB4 ✓ 1 unit
A
NSE0_01923
T3 Moving iron 150 1 1 B 1FE1 ✓ 1 unit

Moving iron 150 1 0.5 B 1FE 2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 1 B 1FE 4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 150 5 0.5 B 1FE 5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 1 1 B 1FF 1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 1 0.5 B 1FF2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 5 1 B 1FF4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 200 5 0.5 B 1FF5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 1 1 B 1FG1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 1 0.5 B 1FG 2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 5 1 B 1FG 4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 250 5 0.5 B 1FG5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 50 1 1 B 2 FB1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 1 B 2FD1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 1 0.5 B 2F D2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 1 B 2F D4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 100 5 0.5 B 2F D5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 1 B 2 FE1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 150 1 0.5 B 2 F E2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 1 1 B 2 FF1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 1 0.5 B 2FF2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 5 1 B 2FF4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 200 5 0.5 B 2FF5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 1 1 B 2 FG 1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 1 0.5 B 2 FG 2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 5 1 B 2 FG 4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 250 5 0.5 B 2 FG 5 ✓ 1 unit

7/76 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
Without Without Without } 0AA0 None 1 unit
Moving iron 300 1 1 B 1DH1 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01925
T1 Moving iron 400 1 1 B 1DJ1 ✓ 1 unit

A
Moving iron 400 5 1 B 1DJ4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 300 1 1 B 2DH1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 1 1 B 2DJ1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 5 1 B 2DJ4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 1 1 B 0BH1 ✓ 1 unit
Without
Without
300
300
1
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
D
0BH2
0BH3
✓
✓
1 unit
1 unit 7
NSE0_01967
T1
Without 300 5 0.5 B 0BH5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 5 0.5 calibrated D 0BH6 ✓ 1 unit
Without 400 1 1 B 0BJ1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 400 1 0.5 B 0BJ2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 400 1 0.5 calibrated D 0BJ3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 1 1 B 0CH1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 1 0.5 B 0CH2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 1 0.5 calibrated D 0 C H3 ✓ 1 unit
T1 Without 300 5 0.5 B 0CH5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 5 0.5 calibrated D 0CH6 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01968
T2
Without 400 1 1 B 0CJ1 ✓ 1 unit
T3 Without 400 1 0.5 B 0CJ2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 400 1 0.5 calibrated D 0CJ3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 400 5 0.5 B 0CJ5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 300 1 1 B 1EH1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 300 1 0.5 B 1EH2 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01924
Moving iron 300 1 0.5 calibrated D 1EH3 ✓ 1 unit

T1 Moving iron 300 5 1 B 1EH4 ✓ 1 unit
A
Moving iron 300 5 0.5 B 1EH5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 400 1 1 B 1EJ1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 400 1 0.5 B 1EJ2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 400 1 0.5 calibrated D 1EJ3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 300 1 1 B 2EH1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 300 1 0.5 B 2EH2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 300 1 0.5 calibrated D 2EH3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 1 1 B 2EJ1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 1 0.5 B 2EJ2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 1 0.5 calibrated D 2EJ3 ✓ 1 unit

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/77
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
Moving iron 300 1 1 B 1FH1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 300 1 0.5 B 1FH2 ✓ 1 unit
T1 Moving iron 300 1 0.5 calibrated D 1FH3 ✓ 1 unit
A Moving iron 300 5 1 B 1FH4 ✓ 1 unit
T2 Moving iron 300 5 0.5 B 1FH5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 300 5 0.5 calibrated D 1FH6 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01923
T3 Moving iron 400 1 1 B 1FJ1 ✓ 1 unit

Moving iron 400 1 0.5 B 1FJ2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 400 1 0.5 calibrated D 1FJ3 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 400 5 1 B 1FJ4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 300 1 1 B 2FH1 ✓ 1 unit
7 Bi-metal
Bi-metal
300
300
1
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
D
2FH2
2FH3
✓
✓
1 unit
1 unit
Bi-metal 300 5 0.5 B 2FH5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 300 5 0.5 calibrated D 2FH6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 1 1 B 2FJ1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 1 0.5 B 2FJ2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 400 1 0.5 calibrated D 2FJ3 ✓ 1 unit

7/78 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
For size NH 3 and BS 3T
NSE0 01925
Moving iron 400 1 1 B 1DJ1 ✓ 1 unit

T1 Moving iron 400 5 1 B 1DJ4 ✓ 1 unit
A
Moving iron 500 1 1 B 1DK1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 500 5 1 B 1DK4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 1 1 B 1DL1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 5 1 B 1DL4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal
Bi-metal
400
400
1
5
1
1
B
B
2DJ1
2DJ4
✓
✓
1 unit
1 unit 7
Bi-metal 500 1 1 B 2DK1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 5 1 B 2DK4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 1 1 B 2DL1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 5 1 B 2DL4 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01967
T1 Without 300 5 1 B 0BH4 ✓ 1 unit

Without 500 1 1 B 0BK1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 1 0.5 B 0BK2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 1 0.5 calibrated D 0BK3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 5 1 B 0BK4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 5 0.5 B 0BK5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 5 0.5 calibrated D 0BK6 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 1 1 B 0BL1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 1 0.5 B 0BL2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 1 0.5 calibrated D 0BL3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 5 1 B 0BL4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 5 0.5 B 0BL5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 5 0.5 calibrated D 0BL6 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 1 0.5 B 0CH2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 300 5 1 B 0 CH 4 ✓ 1 unit
T1 Without 300 5 0.5 B 0CH5 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01968
T2
T3 Without 400 1 0.5 B 0CJ2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 400 5 0.5 B 0CJ5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 1 1 B 0CK1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 1 0.5 B 0CK2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 1 0.5 calibrated D 0CK3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 5 1 B 0CK4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 5 0.5 B 0CK5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 500 5 0.5 calibrated D 0CK6 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 1 1 B 0CL1 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 1 0.5 B 0CL2 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 1 0.5 calibrated D 0CL3 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 5 1 B 0CL4 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 5 0.5 B 0CL5 ✓ 1 unit
Without 600 5 0.5 calibrated D 0CL6 ✓ 1 unit

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/79
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
Moving iron 400 1 0.5 B 1 EH 2 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01924

T1
A Moving iron 300 5 0.5 B 1EH5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 500 1 1 B 1EK1 ✓ 1 unit
7 Moving iron
Moving iron
500
500
1
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
D
1EK2
1EK3
✓
✓
1 unit
1 unit
Moving iron 500 5 1 B 1EK4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 500 5 0.5 B 1EK5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 500 5 0.5 calibrated D 1EK6 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 1 1 B 1EL1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 1 0.5 B 1EL2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 1 0.5 calibrated D 1 E L3 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 5 1 B 1EL4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 5 0.5 B 1EL5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 5 0.5 calibrated D 1EL6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 1 1 B 2EK1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 1 0.5 B 2EK2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 1 0.5 calibrated D 2EK3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 5 1 B 2EK4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 5 0.5 B 2EK5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 5 0.5 calibrated D 2EK6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 1 1 B 2EL1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 1 0.5 B 2EL2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 1 0.5 calibrated D 2EL3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 5 1 B 2EL4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 5 0.5 B 2EL5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 5 0.5 calibrated D 2EL6 ✓ 1 unit

7/80 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

A A
Moving iron 300 1 1 B 1FH1 ✓ 1 unit
T1 Moving iron 300 1 0.5 calibrated D 1FH3 ✓ 1 unit
A Moving iron 300 5 1 B 1FH4 ✓ 1 unit
T2
Moving iron 300 5 0.5 calibrated D 1FH6 ✓ 1 unit
NSE0_01923
T3 Moving iron 400 1 1 B 1FJ1 ✓ 1 unit

Moving iron 400 5 1 B 1FJ4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 500 1 1 B 1FK1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron
Moving iron
500
500
1
1
0.5
0.5 calibrated
B
D
1FK2
1FK3
✓
✓
1 unit
1 unit 7
Moving iron 500 5 1 B 1FK4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 500 5 0.5 B 1FK5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 500 5 0.5 calibrated D 1FK6 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 1 1 B 1FL1 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 1 0.5 B 1FL2 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 1 0.5 calibrated D 1FL3 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 5 1 B 1FL4 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 5 0.5 B 1FL5 ✓ 1 unit
Moving iron 600 5 0.5 calibrated D 1FL6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 1 1 B 2FK1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 1 0.5 B 2FK2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 1 0.5 calibrated D 2FK3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 5 1 B 2FK4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 5 0.5 B 2FK5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 500 5 0.5 calibrated D 2FK6 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 1 1 B 2FL1 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 1 0.5 B 2FL2 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 1 0.5 calibrated D 2FL3 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 5 1 B 2FL4 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 5 0.5 B 2FL5 ✓ 1 unit
Bi-metal 600 5 0.5 calibrated D 2FL6 ✓ 1 unit

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/81
© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3NJ62 in-line switch disconnectors with fuses up to 630 A
Accessories

Version DT Order No. Price per PU PS*/ PG Weight
PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH 00, BS A3 and BS 00T
Terminals
Single terminal for 2-/3-pole devices, 10 ... 95 mm2 A 3NJ69 23-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.210
(1 set = 3 units)
Single terminal for 4-pole devices, 10 ... 95 mm2 A 3NJ69 24-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.280
3NJ69 23-1BA00 (1 set = 4 units)
Terminal covers
For 2-/3-pole devices A 3NJ69 23-1DA00 1 1 unit 143 0.063
Only for 4th pole A 3NJ69 04-1DA00 1 1 unit 143 0.070
7 3NJ69 23-1DA00
Contact extensions
3-pole A 3NJ69 23-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 1.700
4-pole A 3NJ69 24-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 2.000
3NJ69 23-1EB00
Electronic fuse monitor and line monitor N
EFM 10 – electronic fuse monitoring for AC networks A 3NJ69 20-3FB00 1 1 unit 143 0.400
EFM 20 – electronic fuse monitoring for AC networks A 3NJ69 20-3FC00 1 1 unit 143 0.450
EFM 25 – electronic fuse monitoring for DC networks A 3NJ69 20-3FE00 1 1 unit 143 0.450
3NJ69 23-3FB00
3NJ69 23-3FC00
Auxiliary switches
1 NO contact (1 NO) with cover A 3NJ69 20-2BB00 1 1 unit 143 0.080
1 NO contact (1 NO) A 3NJ69 00-2BC00 1 1 unit 143 0.020
1 NC contact (1 NC) with cover A 3NJ69 20-2CB00 1 1 unit 143 0.080
3NJ69 20-2BB00
1 NC contact (1 NC) A 3NJ69 00-2CC00 1 1 unit 143 0.020
3NJ69 00-2BC00
Current transformers for main devices and contact
extensions
∅ = Feed-through opening diameter
50 A / 1 A Class 1 1 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BB11 1 1 unit 143 0.160
3NJ69 20-3BD11 100 A / 1 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BD11 1 1 unit 143 0.160
100 A / 1 A Class 0.5 1.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BD12 1 1 unit 143 0.160
100 A / 1 A Class 0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA, ∅ 14 mm D 3NJ69 20-3BD13 1 1 unit 143 0.160
100 A / 5 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BD21 1 1 unit 143 0.160
100 A / 5 A Class 0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA, ∅ 14mm D 3NJ69 20-3BD23 1 1 unit 143 0.160
150 A / 1 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BE11 1 1 unit 143 0.170
150 A / 1 A Class 0.5 1.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BE12 1 1 unit 143 0.170
150 A / 1 A Class 0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA, ∅ 14 mm D 3NJ69 20-3BE13 1 1 unit 143 0.170
150 A / 5 A Class 0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA, ∅ 14 mm D 3NJ69 20-3BE23 1 1 unit 143 0.170

7/82 Siemens LV 1 0.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

PU (UNIT. P. unit per PU
SET. M) approx.
kg
For size NH 00, BS A3 and BS 00T (continued)
Current transformer busbars for current trans-
formers with feed-through opening ∅ 21 mm
For 1 current transformers A 3NJ69 20-3DB00 1 1 unit 143 0.070
3NJ69 20-3DB00 For 3 current transformers A 3NJ69 20-3DC00 1 1 unit 143 0.210
For 4 current transformers1) A 3NJ69 20-3DD00 1 1 unit 143 0.280
For 1 current transformers A 3NJ69 20-3DE00 1 1 unit 143 0.070
3NJ69 20-3DC00
For 3 current transformers A 3NJ69 20-3DF00 1 1 unit 143 0.210
For 4 current transformers1) A 3NJ69 20-3DG00 1 1 unit 143 0.280
3NJ69 20-3DD00
Holders for ammeters A 3NJ69 00-4GA00 1 1 unit 143 0.040 7
For sizes 00, 1, 2, 3
3NJ69 00-4GA00
Ammeters
Moving-iron measuring instruments for measure-
ments on transformer x/1A with double overload
50 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
3NJ69 00-4H... Moving-iron measuring instruments for measure-
50 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
Bi-metal measuring instruments for measurements
on transformer x/1A with 1.2-times the overload
50 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
3NJ69 00-4H... 50 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
Multi-function plugs
6 x 2.5 mm2, with fixing screws A 3NJ69 20-3EB00 1 1 unit 143 0.047
8 x 2.5 mm2, without fixing screws A 3NJ69 20-3ED00 1 1 unit 143 0.047
10 x 1.5 mm2 and 8 x 2.5 mm2, A 3NJ69 20-3EE00 1 1 unit 143 0.070
without fixing screws
3NJ69 20-3EB00
3NJ69 20-3ED00
3NJ69 20-3EE00
Front panel
3NJ69 23-4BB00 For NH: 3NJ62 03-1AA... and 3NJ62 03-3AA... A 3NJ69 23-4BB00 1 1 unit 143 0.400
without/with EFM
For BS: 3NJ62 03-1AA... and 3NJ62 03-3AA... A 3NJ69 23-4BC00 1 1 unit 143 0.400
without/with EFM
1)
Not available in combination with multi-function plug

Siemens LV 1 0.1 · 2011 7/83
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
Terminals
Single terminal for 2-/3-pole devices, 16 ... 300 mm2 A 3NJ69 33-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.230
(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ69 33-1BA00 Single terminal for 4-pole devices, 16 ... 300 mm2 A 3NJ69 34-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.310
(1 set = 4 units)
Terminal covers
Internal terminal covers for 2-/3-pole devices A 3NJ69 33-1DB00 1 1 unit 143 0.020
7
3NJ69 33-1DA00
3NJ69 33-1DB00
Contact extensions
3-pole A 3NJ69 33-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 2.400
4-pole A 3NJ69 34-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 2.800
3NJ69 33-1EB00
3NJ69 23-3FB00
3NJ69 23-3FC00
Auxiliary switches
3NJ69 30-2BB00
3NJ69 00-2BC00
Current transformers
For main devices and contact extensions
∅ = Feed-through opening diameter
3NJ69 20-3BD11 100 A / 1 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BD11 1 1 unit 143 0.160
100 A / 5 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 20-3BD21 1 1 unit 143 0.160
200 A / 1 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BF11 1 1 unit 143 0.180
200 A / 1 A Class 0.5 5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BF12 1 1 unit 143 0.180
200 A / 5 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BF21 1 1 unit 143 0.180
200 A / 5 A Class 0.5 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BF22 1 1 unit 143 0.180
250 A / 1 A Class 1 5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BG11 1 1 unit 143 0.180
250 A / 1 A Class 0.5 5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BG12 1 1 unit 143 0.180
250 A / 5 A Class 1 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BG21 1 1 unit 143 0.180
250 A / 5 A Class 0.5 2.5 VA, ∅ 21 mm A 3NJ69 30-3BG22 1 1 unit 143 0.180

7/84 Siemens LV 1 0.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For 1 current transformers A 3NJ69 30-3DB00 1 1 unit 143 0.210
For 3 current transformers A 3NJ69 30-3DC00 1 1 unit 143 0.310
For 4 current transformers1) A 3NJ69 30-3DD00 1 1 unit 143 0.410
3NJ69 30-3DB00
3NJ69 30-3DC00
3NJ69 30-3DD00
7
Holders for ammeters A 3NJ69 00-4GA00 1 1 unit 143 0.040
For sizes 00, 1, 2, 3
3NJ69 00-4GA00
Ammeters
50 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
200 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HF11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
250 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HG11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
3NJ69 00-4H...
50 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
200 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HF21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
250 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HG21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
50 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
200 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HF12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
250 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HG12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
3NJ69 00-4H... on transformer x/5A with 1.2-times the overload
50 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HB22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
100 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HD22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
150 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HE22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
200 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HF22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
250 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HG22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
6 x 2.5 mm2, with fixing screws A 3NJ69 20-3EB00 1 1 unit 143 0.047
10 x 1.5 mm2 and 8 x 2.5 mm2, A 3NJ69 20-3EE00 1 1 unit 143 0.070
3NJ69 20-3EB00
3NJ69 40-3EE00
Front panel
For NH: 3NJ62 13-1AA... and 3NJ62 13-3AA... A 3NJ69 33-4BB00 1 1 unit 143 0.500
3NJ69 33-4BB00 without/with EFM
without/with EFM
1)
Not available in combination with multi-function plug.

Siemens LV 1 0.1 · 2011 7/85
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH 2, NH 3, BS B4 and BS 3T
Terminals
Double terminal for 2-/3-pole devices, A 3NJ69 43-1CA00 1 1 unit 143 0.450
2 x (16 mm2 ... 300 mm2, 1 set = 6 units)
Double terminal for 4-pole devices, A 3NJ69 44-1CA00 1 1 unit 143 0.600
3NJ69 43-1CA00 2 x (16 mm2 ... 300 mm2, 1 set = 8 units)
Terminal covers
7 3NJ69 43-1DA00
Contact extensions
3-pole A 3NJ69 43-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 8.400
4-pole A 3NJ69 44-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 9.200
3NJ69 44-1EB00
3NJ69 23-3FB00
3NJ69 23-3FC00
Auxiliary switches
3NJ69 40-2BB00
3NJ69 00-2BC00
For main devices and contact extensions
300 A / 1 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BH11 1 1 unit 143 0.330
300 A / 1 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BH12 1 1 unit 143 0.330
300 A / 1 A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BH13 1 1 unit 143 0.330
300 A / 5 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BH21 1 1 unit 143 0.330
3NJ69 40-3B... 300 A / 5 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BH22 1 1 unit 143 0.330
300 A / 5 A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BH23 1 1 unit 143 0.330
400 A / 1 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BJ11 1 1 unit 143 0.430
400 A / 1 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BJ12 1 1 unit 143 0.430
400 A / 1A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BJ13 1 1 unit 143 0.430
400 A / 5 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BJ21 1 1 unit 143 0.430
400 A / 5 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BJ22 1 1 unit 143 0.430
400 A / 5 A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BJ23 1 1 unit 143 0.430
500 A / 1 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BK11 1 1 unit 143 0.460
500 A / 1 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BK12 1 1 unit 143 0.460
500 A / 1 A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BK13 1 1 unit 143 0.460
500 A / 5 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BK21 1 1 unit 143 0.460
500 A / 5 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BK22 1 1 unit 143 0.460
500 A / 5 A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BK23 1 1 unit 143 0.460
600 A / 1 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BL11 1 1 unit 143 0.460
600 A / 1 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BL12 1 1 unit 143 0.460
600 A / 1 A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BL13 1 1 unit 143 0.460
600 A / 5 A Class 1 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BL21 1 1 unit 143 0.460
600 A / 5 A Class 0.5 5 VA A 3NJ69 40-3BL22 1 1 unit 143 0.460
600 A / 5 A Class 0.5 calibrated 5 VA D 3NJ69 40-3BL23 1 1 unit 143 0.460

7/86 Siemens LV 1 0.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH 2, NH 3, BS B4 and BS 3T (continued)
Holders for ammeters A 3NJ69 00-4GA00 1 1 unit 143 0.040
For sizes 00, 1, 2, 3
3NJ69 00-4GA00
Ammeters
Moving-iron measuring instruments for measuring
input on transformer x/1A with double overload
300 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HH11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
400 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HJ11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
500 A / 1 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HK11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
3NJ69 00-4H... 600 A / 1 A 0.6 VA
Moving-iron measuring instruments for measuring
A 3NJ69 00-4HL11 1 1 unit 143 0.100
7
input on transformer x/5A with double overload
300 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HH21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
400 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HJ21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
500 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HK21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
600 A / 5 A 0.6 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HL21 1 1 unit 143 0.100
300 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HH12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
400 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HJ12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
500 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HK12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
600 A / 1 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HL12 1 1 unit 143 0.100
3NJ69 00-4H... on transformer x/5A with 1.2-times the overload
300 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HH22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
400 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HJ22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
500 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HK22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
600 A / 5 A 1 VA A 3NJ69 00-4HL22 1 1 unit 143 0.100
8 x 2.5 mm2, with fixing screws A 3NJ69 40-3EC00 1 1 unit 143 0.147
12 x 1.5 mm2 and 8 x 2.5 mm2, A 3NJ69 40-3EF00 1 1 unit 143 0.170
3NJ69 40-3EC00
3NJ69 40-3ED00
3NJ69 40-3EF00
Front panel
without/with EFM
3NJ69 43-4BB00 without/with EFM
without/with EFM
without/with EFM

Siemens LV 1 0.1 · 2011 7/87
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
Common accessories
Busbar covers
Mounting height 200 mm, IP20 A 3NJ69 16-4EA00 1 1 unit 113 0.472
3NJ69 16-4EA00
Blanking covers
Mounting height 50 mm, IP41 A 3NJ69 00-4CB00 1 1 unit 143 0.800
3NJ69 00-4CB00
Connection modules
For power takeoff from field distribution bus up to 400 A A 3NJ69 15-3BA00 1 1 unit 113 1.524
7 3NJ69 15-3BA00
Guide rails
Depth 200 mm (1 x left and 1 x right) C 3NJ69 00-4FB00 1 1 unit 143 1.300
Depth 400 mm (1 x left and 1 x right) C 3NJ69 00-4FC00 1 1 unit 143 1.800
3NJ69 00-4FB00
3NJ69 00-4FC00
NH fuse puller tongs
For NH00 C XPT:8PT9624 1 1 unit 195 0.497
For NH1, 2, 3 C XPT:8PT9625 1 1 unit 195 0.505

7/88 Siemens LV 1 0.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 630 A
Introduction
■ Overview
• Box terminals available for all sizes
• Connection of circular conductors and laminated conductors
• Fuse monitoring possible throughout
• Busbar supports can be built over
• Conversion of 5 /10 mm thick busbars without parts which can
be lost or broken off
• Convertibility of cable feeder at top/bottom without interven-
tion in the internal conducting paths
• Optimum integration in various system environments through
cover levels and on busbar systems with/without base
• Touch protection also with rear incoming unit
• Fuses are removed using a release shaft without the fuses
being touched
3NP1 Fuse Switch Disconnectors

• All units can be sealed and locked 7
Overview of components and accessory parts

NSG0_00235

SENTRON 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector Box terminal

Cover support Auxiliary conductor connection for box terminal
Reach-around protection for Siemens busbar system Flat connector
Reach-around protection for Rittal busbar system Auxiliary conductor connection for flat connector
Locking device Deep-drawn connection module
Auxiliary switch with actuator Prism terminal
Molded-plastic masking frame Auxiliary conductor connection for prism terminal
Fuse carrier with MFM electromechanical fuse monitoring Saddle terminal
Fuse carrier with EFM 10 electronic fuse monitoring Cable connection cover
Fuse carrier with EFM 20/25 electronic fuse monitoring Cable connection cover with rear reach-around protection
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/89

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Benefits
Advantages during planning and configuration Advantages during installation
• Low level of equipment variance through easy convertibility of • Only one device variant is required for cable feeders at
cable feeder at top/bottom (delivered from factory with cable top/bottom and there is no need to intervene in the internal
feeder at bottom). conducting paths.
• Only one device variant for applications in industry and infra- • One device variant with very high short-circuit values dis-
structure thanks to touch and reach-around protection as a penses with having to order and install arc splitters to increase
standard feature. the electrical values.
• Uniform grid sizes for easy configuration. • On all sizes it is possible to install two CO contacts for indicat-
ing the switch position.
Advantages during operation and service
• All devices feature all-round touch protection.
• The optional rear covers for the cable connections guarantee
optimum touch protection even for distribution boards with ac- • Box terminals are available for all sizes and shorten the mount-
cess from the rear. ing time appreciably.
• Innovative design enables the highest safety for equipment • Snapping on the sizes NH000 and NH00 shortens the mount-
and personnel. ing time greatly compared to fixing with screws.
7 • Fuses can be released and removed using a release shaft.

• Lockable and sealable design enables safe working and pre-
• The screw-fixing method on sizes NH1, NH2 and NH3 pro-
vides for easy positioning and at the same time secure con-
tacting of the larger and heavier device variants.
vents unauthorized access.
• Small space requirement through compact devices and bus-
bar supports which can be built over.
• Device variants for busbar mounting can be converted to
5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars without parts which can be lost
or broken off.
■ Application
Possible uses Mounting
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors can be used for protecting and Floor mounting
switching the most diverse electrical loads:
• Motor starter combinations System
• In conjunction with SITOR fuses for the protection of frequency cover
NH 000, 00 (alternatively) NH 1, 2, 3
converters and soft starters
• Fusing of compensation modules
• Cable feeders
70
45
• Group fusing of small loads

NSG0_00236
The devices are optimized for operation in all kinds of system Mounting plate
environments:
• Low-voltage switchboards for power distribution and MCCs 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for floor mounting
(e.g. main and sub-distribution boards)
• Distribution systems with cover levels of 32 and 70 mm or Busbar mounting
45 and 70 mm
Mounting on Siemens 8US Mounting on Rittal Riline 60
• Mechanical engineering
busbar systems with 32/70 mm busbar systems with base
• Railway applications cover level
Fuse monitors are used to detect, indicate and report faults:
• MFM – electromechanical fuse monitoring for AC/DC networks
• EFM 10 – electronic fuse monitoring for AC networks
70
• EFM 20 – electronic fuse monitoring with line monitoring for

32
AC networks
NSG0_00237
• EFM 25 – electronic fuse monitoring with line monitoring for
DC networks Mounting plate Base
Busbar support Busbar support
Standards and specifications
3NP1 fuse switch disconnector for busbar mounting
The 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors are compliant with:
• IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1
• IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
7/90 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Standards IEC/EN 60439-1
Type 3NP1 123... 3NP1 133... 3NP1 143... 3NP1 153... 3NP1 163...
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 160 160 250 400 630
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-1 Size 000 00 and 000 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2
Conventional free-air thermal current A 160 160 250 400 630
Ith
50 Hz/60 Hz AC V 690 690 690 690 690
DC (3 conducting paths series-connected) V 440 440 440 440 440
DC (2 conducting paths series-connected) V 220/240 220/240 220/240 220/240 220/240
Rated insulation voltage Ui1) V 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8 8 8
Rated conditional short-circuit current with Size/A 000 / 160 00 / 160 1 / 250 2 / 400 3 / 630
fuses
7
Rated current at 500 V / 690 V AC kA 80 80 80 80 50
Permissible let-through current of the fuses, kA 10 15 25 40 50
peak value
Short-circuit strength with fuses Size/A 000 / 160 00 / 160 1 / 250 2 / 400 3 / 630
Rated current at 500 V / 690 V, rms value kA 120 120 120 100 100
Let-through I2t value kA2s 56 158 780 2150 5400
Permissible let-through current of the fuses, kA 15 23 32 40 60
peak value
Rated switching capacity at 500 V AC kA 2 6 17 17 17
Rated making and breaking capacity
• At AC-21B, 22B, 23B 400 V AC A 160 160 250 400 630
• At AC-21B 500 V AC A 160 160 250 400 630
• At AC-22B 500 V AC A 125 160 250 400 630
• At AC-23B 500 V AC A 40 63 200 315 500
• At AC-21 B 690 V AC A 160 160 250 400 630
• At AC-22B 690 V AC A 50 125 250 400 500
• At AC-23B 690 V AC A 25 35 100 125 200
• At DC-21B 240 V DC A 160 160 250 400 630
• At DC-22B 240 V DC A 100 160 250 400 630
• At DC-23B 240 V DC A 80 100 200 250 400
• At DC-21B 440 V DC A 100 160 250 400 630
• At DC-22B 440 V DC A 50 125 200 315 500
• At DC-23B 440 V DC A 25 63 100 160 250
Capacitor switching capacity
At 400 V AC
• Capacitor rating kvar 50 50 50 50 50
• Rated current In A 72 72 72 72 72
At 525 V AC
• Capacitor rating kvar 50 50 50 50 50
• Rated current In A 55 55 55 55 55
Permissible ambient temperature2) °C -25 ... +55 for operation, -50 ... +80 during storage
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 2000 2000 1600 1000 1000
Degree of protection (operator side)
Without molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug IP30 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open)
cover
With molded-plastic masking frame/cable lug cover IP40 (switch closed) / IP20 (switch open)
Power loss of the switch at Ith (plus fuses) W 9 12 23 34 48
Max. conductor cross-section of main conductor
connection
Flat terminals mm2 -- Up to 95 (M8) Up to 150 (M10) Up to 240 (M10) Up to 300 (M10)
Box terminals mm2 1.5 ... 50 6 ... 70 70 ... 185 120 ... 240 150 ... 300
Prism terminal mm2 -- 16 ... 95 70 ... 150 120 ... 240 150 ... 300
Saddle terminals mm2 -- 1.5 ... 70 70 ... 150 120 ... 240 150 ... 300
Laminated conductors in box terminal mm 8x8 9x8 10 x 20 10 x 32 10 x 32
Rated operational current of auxiliary switch
3NP19...-1FA00 auxiliary switch A 0.25 (Ith = 5 A)
3NP19...-1FB00 auxiliary switch A 0.1 (Ith = 0.1 A)
Permissible mounting positions Vertical and horizontal (no derating)
1) 2)
Up to pollution degree 2, above this Ui = 690 V. Only with isolating links; otherwise, please observe specifications of fuse
manufacturer.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/91

© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting

Rated current Iu NH type LV HRC fuse links DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
acc. to IEC 60269-1 per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
A Size kg
For 45 mm cover level
Basic units
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA10 1 1 unit 143 0.730
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1CA20 1 1 unit 143 0.470
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA20 1 1 unit 143 0.730
3NP133-1CA20
7 With electromechanical MFM fuse monitoring

Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA11 1 1 unit 143 1.170
Box terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA21 1 1 unit 143 1.170
3NP1 133-1CA21
With electronic EFM 10 fuse monitoring
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA12 1 1 unit 143 0.870
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1CA22 1 1 unit 143 0.590
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA22 1 1 unit 143 0.870
3NP1 133-1CA22
With electronic EFM 20 fuse monitoring and
line monitoring
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA13 1 1 unit 143 0.870
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1CA23 1 1 unit 143 0.590
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1CA23 1 1 unit 143 0.870
3NP1 133-1CA23
1)
160 A available in combination with feeder terminal 3NP1 923-1BD00

7/92 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting
SET, M) approx.
A Size kg
For 70 mm cover level
Basic units
Flat terminals
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1DA10 1 1 unit 143 2.190
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1DA10 1 1 unit 143 4.210
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA10 1 1 unit 143 6.310
Box terminals
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1DA20 1 1 unit 143 2.190
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1DA20 1 1 unit 143 4.660
3NP1 143-1DA20
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA20 1 1 unit 143 6.730
With electromechanical MFM fuse monitoring
Flat terminals
250
400
1 and 0
2 and 1
A
A
3NP1 143-1DA11
3NP1 153-1DA11
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
2.630
4.650
7
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA11 1 1 unit 143 6.750
Box terminals
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1DA21 1 1 unit 143 2.630
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1DA21 1 1 unit 143 5.100
3NP1 143-1DA21
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA21 1 1 unit 143 7.170
Flat terminals
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1DA12 1 1 unit 143 2.330
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1DA12 1 1 unit 143 4.350
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA12 1 1 unit 143 6.450
Box terminals
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1DA22 1 1 unit 143 2.330
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1DA22 1 1 unit 143 4.800
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA22 1 1 unit 143 6.870
3NP1 143-1DA22
line monitoring
Flat terminals
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1DA13 1 1 unit 143 2.330
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1DA13 1 1 unit 143 4.350
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA13 1 1 unit 143 6.450
Box terminals
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1DA23 1 1 unit 143 2.330
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1DA23 1 1 unit 143 4.800
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1DA23 1 1 unit 143 6.870
3NP1 143-1DA23

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/93
© Siemens AG 2010
For 40 mm busbar system

SET, M) approx.
A Size kg
For cover level 32 / 70 mm with reach-around protection
for Siemens 8US busbar system and Rittal system without base
for busbar width 12 to 30 mm and thickness 5 mm or 10 mm
Basic units
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BB10 1 1 unit 143 0.980
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1BB20 1 1 unit 143 0.820
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BB20 1 1 unit 143 0.980
7 3NP1 133-1BB20
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BB11 1 1 unit 143 1.420
Box terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BB21 1 1 unit 143 1.420
3NP1 133-1BB21
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BB12 1 1 unit 143 1.120
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1BB22 1 1 unit 143 0.940
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BB22 1 1 unit 143 1.120
3NP1 133-1BB22
line monitoring
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1BB13 1 1 unit 143 1.120
Box terminals
1001) 000 C 3NP1 123-1BB23 1 1 unit 143 0.940
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1BB23 1 1 unit 143 1.120
3NP1 133-1BB23
1)
Note:
Delivered from factory with cable feeder at bottom and convert-
ible by the customer.

7/94 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
SET, M) approx.
A Size kg
For Rittal system with base
Basic units
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1JB10 1 1 unit 143 0.980
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1JB20 1 1 unit 143 0.820
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1JB20 1 1 unit 143 0.980
3NP1 133-1JB20
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JB11 1 1 unit 143 1.420
7
Box terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JB21 1 1 unit 143 1.420
3NP1 133-1JB21
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JB12 1 1 unit 143 1.120
Box terminals
1001) 000 C 3NP1 123-1JB22 1 1 unit 143 0.940
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JB22 1 1 unit 143 1.120
3NP1 133-1JB22
line monitoring
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JB13 1 1 unit 143 1.120
Box terminals
1001) 000 C 3NP1 123-1JB23 1 1 unit 143 0.940
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JB23 1 1 unit 143 1.120
3NP1 133-1JB23
1)
Note:

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/95
© Siemens AG 2010

SET, M) approx.
A Size kg
For cover level 32/70 mm, with reach-around protection
for Siemens 8US busbar system and Rittal Riline60 system without base
Basic units
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 0.980
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 2.850
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 4.760
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 6.840
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 0.820
7 3NP1 133-1BC20 160

250
00 / 000
1 and 0
A
A
3NP1 133-1BC20
3NP1 143-1BC20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
0.980
2.850
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 4.990
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 7.040
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 1.420
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 3.290
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 5.200
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 7.280
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC21 160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 1.420
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 3.290
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 5.430
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 7.480
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 4.900
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 6.980
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 0.940
3NP1 133-1BC22 160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 5.130
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 7.180
line monitoring
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 4.900
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 6.980
Box terminals
1001) 000 C 3NP1 123-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 0.940
3NP1 133-1BC23 160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 5.130
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 7.180
1) 160 A available in combination with feeder terminal 3NP1 923-1BD00
Note:

7/96 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
SET, M) approx.
A Size kg
For Rittal Riline60 system with base
Basic units
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1JC10 1 1 unit 143 0.980
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1JC10 1 1 unit 143 2.850
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1JC10 1 1 unit 143 4.760
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1JC10 1 1 unit 143 6.840
Box terminals
1001) 000 A 3NP1 123-1JC20 1 1 unit 143 0.820
3NP1 133-1JC20 160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1JC20 1 1 unit 143 0.980
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1JC20 1 1 unit 143 2.850
400
630
2 and 1
3 and 2
A
A
3NP1 153-1JC20
3NP1 163-1JC20
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
4.990
7.040
7
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JC11 1 1 unit 143 1.420
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1JC11 1 1 unit 143 3.290
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1JC11 1 1 unit 143 5.200
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1JC11 1 1 unit 143 7.280
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1JC21 160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JC21 1 1 unit 143 1.420
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1JC21 1 1 unit 143 3.290
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1JC21 1 1 unit 143 5.430
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1JC21 1 1 unit 143 7.480
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JC12 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1JC12 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1JC12 1 1 unit 143 4.900
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1JC12 1 1 unit 143 6.980
Box terminals
1001) 000 C 3NP1 123-1JC22 1 1 unit 143 0.940
3NP1 133-1JC22 160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JC22 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1JC22 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1JC22 1 1 unit 143 5.130
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1JC22 1 1 unit 143 7.180
line monitoring
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JC13 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1JC13 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1JC13 1 1 unit 143 4.900
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1JC13 1 1 unit 143 6.980
Box terminals
1001) 000 C 3NP1 123-1JC23 1 1 unit 143 0.940
3NP1 133-1JC23 160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1JC23 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1JC23 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1JC23 1 1 unit 143 5.130
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1JC23 1 1 unit 143 7.180
1) 160 A available in combination with feeder terminal 3NP1 923-1BD00
Note:

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/97
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH000
Connection methods
Feeder terminals, 16 ... 95 mm2 A 3NP1 923-1BD00 1 1 unit 143 0.097
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 923-1BD00
3-way terminal, 3 x 2.5 ... 16 mm2, A 3NP1 923-1BE20 1 1 unit 143 0.134
for box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
7
3NP1 923-1BE20
Covering caps A 3NP1 923-1BF10 1 1 unit 143 0.012

For 1 blank space on a three-phase busbar
(1 set = 20 units)
3NP1 923-1BF10
3-phase busbar
Iu = max. 225 A
(1 set = 5 units)
3NP1 933-1BF30 • For 2 x NH000 A 3NP1 923-1BF20 1 1 unit 143 0.268
• For 3x NH000 A 3NP1 923-1BF30 1 1 unit 143 0.436
• For 4x NH000 A 3NP1 923-1BF40 1 1 unit 143 0.650
Connection piece, Iu = max. 225 A A 3NP1 923-1BF50 1 1 unit 143 0.263
For 3-phase busbars
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BF50
Auxiliary conductor connection, 0.25 ... 1 mm2 A 3NP1 923-1BG40 1 1 unit 143 0.004
For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)

7/98 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH000 (continued)
Device covers, auxiliary switches
Reach-around protection for busbar mounting
(1x top, 1x bottom)
• For System Siemens 8US A 3NP1 923-1CA10 1 1 unit 143 0.048
• For System Rittal A 3NP1 923-1CA20 1 1 unit 143 0.053
3NP1 923-1CA10
Cable connection covers A 3NP1 923-1CB00 1 1 unit 143 0.039

Only for busbar systems 40 mm / 60 mm, top and bottom
3NP1 923-1CB00
7
Masking frame supports A 3NP1 923-1CF00 1 1 unit 143 0.012
(1 set = 2 units)
3NP1 923-1CF00
System masking frames

Dimensions (H x W) 215 x 130 mm A 3NP1 923-1DA00 1 1 unit 143 0.049
3NP1 923-1DA00
Fixing kits
For 1 standard mounting rail A 3NP1 923-1EA00 1 1 unit 143 0.009
3NP1 923-1EA00
Auxiliary switches
1 CO A 3NP1 920-1FA00 1 1 unit 143 0.012
1 CO contact, solid-state compatible A 3NP1 920-1FB00 1 1 unit 143 0.012
3NP1 920-1FA00
Fuse carriers
Standard A 3NP1 923-1GA00 1 1 unit 143 0.124
With electronic EFM 10 fuse monitoring A 3NP1 923-1GB20 1 1 unit 143 0.551
With electronic EFM 20 fuse monitoring and A 3NP1 923-1GB30 1 1 unit 143 0.573
line monitoring
line monitoring
3NP1 923-1GA00
Locking devices
(1 set = 10 units) A 3NP1 900-1HA00 1 1 unit 143 0.006
3NP1 900-1HA00

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/99
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH00
Connection
Saddle terminals, 1.5 ... 70 mm2 A 3NP1 933-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.081
For flat connection
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BA00
Prism terminal single, 35... 95 mm2 A 3NP1 933-1BB10 1 1 unit 143 0.121
For flat connection
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BB10
7 Connection module, 6 ... 70 mm2

For flat terminals
A 3NP1 933-1BC00 1 1 unit 143 0.145
For 32 mm cover level with box terminal
3NP1 933-1BC00
3-way terminal, 3 x 2.5 ... 16 mm2 A 3NP1 933-1BE10 1 1 unit 143 0.087
For flat terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BE10
3-way terminal, 3 x 2.5 ... 16 mm2 A 3NP1 923-1BE20 1 1 unit 143 0.134
For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 923-1BE20
For flat connection
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BG10
For prism terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BG30
For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 933-1BG40

7/100 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
(1x at top, 1x at bottom)
• For System Siemens 8US A 3NP1 933-1CA10 1 1 unit 143 0.058
3NP1 933-1CA10
Cable connection covers (at top and bottom) A 3NP1 933-1CB00 1 1 unit 143 0.045
For flat terminal
3NP1 933-1CB00
Cable connection covers with rear reach-around protec- A 3NP1 933-1CC00 1 1 unit 143 0.093
tion in case of busbar mounting (at top and bottom)
For flat terminal
7
3NP1 933-1CC00
Cable connection covers with rear reach-around A 3NP1 933-1CD00 1 1 unit 143 0.079
protection in case of busbar mounting (at top and bottom)
For flat terminal
3NP1 933-1CD00
Masking frame supports A 3NP1 933-1CF00 1 1 unit 143 0.012
(1 set = 2 units)
3NP1 933-1CF00
Fixing kits
For 2 standard mounting rails 125/150 mm A 3NP1 933-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 0.009
3NP1 933-1EB00
Auxiliary switches
1 CO A 3NP1 930-1FA00 1 1 unit 143 0.012
3NP1 930-1FB00
Fuse carriers
With electromechanical MFM fuse monitoring A 3NP1 933-1GB10 1 1 unit 143 1.293
and line monitoring
3NP1 933-1GB10 With electronic EFM 25 fuse monitoring and A 3NP1 933-1GB50 1 1 unit 143 0.611
line monitoring
Locking devices

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/101
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH1
Connection
Saddle terminals, 70 ... 150 mm2 A 3NP1 943-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.144
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BA00
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BB10
7
Prism terminals double, 2 x 35 ... 70 mm2 A 3NP1 943-1BB20 1 1 unit 143 0.311
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BB20
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG10
For saddle-type or prism terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG30
For box terminal
(1 set= 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG40

7/102 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
3NP1 943-1CA10 • For System Siemens 8US A 3NP1 943-1CA10 1 1 unit 143 0.024
3NP1 943-1CB00
Cable connection covers with rear reach-around A 3NP1 943-1CD00 1 1 unit 143 0.277
protection (at top and bottom)
7
3NP1 943-1CD00
Masking frame supports (1 set = 2 units) A 3NP1 943-1CF00 1 1 unit 143 0.026
Fixing kits
For 2 standard mounting rails 125/150 mm A 3NP1 943-1EB00 1 1 unit 143 0.017
3NP1 943-1EB00
Auxiliary switches
1 CO A 3NP1 940-1FA00 1 1 unit 143 0.018
3NP1 940-1FA00
Fuse carriers
and line monitoring
line monitoring
3NP1 943-1GB20
Locking devices

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/103
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH2
Connection
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BA00
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BB10
For flat terminal
7 (1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BB20
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG10
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG30
For box terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG40
3NP1 953-1CB00
Cable connection covers A 3NP1 953-1CD00 1 1 unit 143 0.362
With rear reach-around protection (at top and bottom)
Auxiliary switches
1 CO A 3NP1 940-1FA00 1 1 unit 143 0.018
3NP1 940-1FA00
Fuse carriers
line monitoring
line monitoring
3NP1 953-1GB30
Locking devices

7/104 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
For size NH3
Connection
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 963-1BA00
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 963-1BB10
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
7
3NP1 963-1BB20
For flat terminal
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 943-1BG10
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG30
For box terminals
(1 set = 3 units)
3NP1 953-1BG40
Cable connection cover A 3NP1 963-1CD00 1 1 unit 143 0.411
With rear reach-around protection (at top and bottom)
3NP1 963-1CB00
Auxiliary switches
1 CO A 3NP1 940-1FA00 1 1 unit 143 0.018
3NP1 940-1FA00
Fuse carriers
line monitoring
line monitoring
3NP1 963-1GB50
Locking devices

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/105
© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Overview ■ Application
The SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideally
suited for surface mounting and installation in distribution
boards (e.g. ALPHA, SIKUS), meter cabinets
(e.g. ALPHA 400-ZS), and molded-plastic distribution systems
such as 8HP.
The possibility of mounting them onto a range of different busbar
systems allows their very diverse implementation in switchgear
cabinet and control engineering.
The SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are ideal for
operation in combination with other switching devices, for exam-
ple in capacitor modules for reactive-power compensation.
3NP5 0 In conjunction with semiconductor protection fuses (e.g. SITOR),
3NP5 2 these are used for the effective protection of frequency convert-
ers and soft starters.
3NP5 4
7 The SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are suitable for
use in any climate and comply with standards IEC 60947-1 and
IEC 60947-3.
3NP5 fuse switch disconnector range
In addition, the SENTRON 3NP5 series of fuse switch disconnec-
SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors are controls for the tors complies with the requirements of BS 5419 and is also ap-
occasional manual switching/isolating of loads and distribution proved for operation in marine applications.
boards. They are able to switch on, control and switch off the
specified rated current (including a specific overload). All SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors can be sealed as
standard (or can be sealed through accessories).
With the SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors, all poles of
downstream electric loads can be safely disconnected from the
system under load.
7/106 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Type 3NP50 3NP52 3NP53 3NP54
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 160 250 400 630
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-1 Size 00 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 160 250 400 630
50/60 Hz AC V 690
DC V 440 (3 conducting paths series-connected),
220 (2 conducting paths series-connected and with fuse monitoring
through 3RV)
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 6901) 6901) 6901) 6901)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6 6 6
with fuses (by fast switch on)
With fuse links
Rated current Size/A 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630
At 500 V AC (rms value)
Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value)
kA
kA
50
15
50
25
50
40
50
50 7
Short-circuit strength with fuses (with closed disconnector)
With fuse links
Rated current Size/A 00/160 1/250 2/400 3/630
At 500 V AC (rms value) kA 100 100 50 50
Maximum permissible let-through I2t value kA2s 223 780 2150 5400
Permissible let-through current of the fuses (peak value) kA 23 32 40 60
Rated short-circuit making capacity with isolating links2) Size 00 1 2 3
At 500 V AC (peak value) kA 6 17 17 17
Rated making and breaking capacity2) (infeed from top or bottom)3)
Size 00 1 0 2 1 3 2
Breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35) at 400 V AC, with fuse links, rms value, A 1600 2500 1600 4000 2500 5040 4000
Rated operational current Ie at AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 500 V AC, with fuse A 160 250 160 400 250 630 400
links
Breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35) (rms. value) A 1300 2500 1600 4000 2500 5040 4000
Rated operational current Ie at AC-21B, AC-22B, AC-23B at 690 V AC, with fuse A 160 250 160 400 250 630 400
links
Breaking current Ic (p.f. = 0.35) (rms. value) A 800 1280 1000 2520 1600 3200 2520
Rated operational current Ie at AC-21B, AC-22B A 160 250 160 400 250 630 400
Rated operational current Ie at AC-23B A 100 160 125 315 200 400 315
At 220 (440) V DC, with 2 (3) conducting paths series-connected and fuse links:
• Breaking current Ic (L/R = 15 ms) A 640 1000 640 1600 1600 2520 1600
• Rated operational current Ie at DC-23B A 160 250 160 250 250 630 400
Capacitor switching capacity
Capacitor rating at 400 V AC kvar 80 90 150 250
Rated current In at 525 V AC A 116 130 216 361
Capacitor rating kvar 100 125 200 300
Rated current In A 110 137 220 330
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55 for operation4), -50 ... +80 when stored
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 1600
Without molded-plastic masking frame IP005)
With molded-plastic masking frame with closed fuse carrier on the operator side IP30
With molded-plastic masking frame with open fuse carrier IP10
Power loss of the switch at Ith (without power loss of fuse links)
Without busbar adapter W 7.8 (16.3)6) 7.5 15 39
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section (stranded) mm2 2.5 ... 120 6 ... 150 6 ... 240 6 ... 2 × 240
Busbar mm 16 ... 22 22 ... 30 22 ... 30 22 ... 30
Clamp terminals mm2 2.5 ... 50 35 ... 120 -- --
Auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC (accessories)
(the same voltage potential must be applied to both NO and NC contact)
At 50 Hz/60 Hz to 400 V AC, rated operational current Ie at AC-12/AC-15 A A 16/6
Flat terminal (DIN 46244) A 6.3 ... 0.8
Permissible mounting positions Vertical or horizontal
(partially reduced switching capacity with horizontal mounting)
Signaling contact for solid-state fuse monitoring 2 NO + 1 NC
At 250 V, DC-13 A 0.27
At 240 V, AC-15 A 1.5
Thermal free-air rated current Ith A 5
1) When observing degree of pollution 2 (instead of 3) operation is also possi- 4) When using isolating links. If using fuse links, please observe specifica-
ble up to Ui = 1000 V. tions of fuse manufacturer.
2) Rated making and breaking current according to IEC 60947-3 5) For 3NP52 with terminal clamp connection, degree of protection IP10.
Rated making current 6) With busbar adapter.
I = 10 × Ie (AC-23); 3 × Ie (AC-22); 1.5 × Ie (AC-21)
Rated breaking current
Ie = 8 × Ie (AC-23); 3 × Ie (AC-22); 1.5 × Ie (AC-21).
3) When using electronic fuse monitoring, infeed must be from the top.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/107

© Siemens AG 2010
Floor mounting

Rated Connection types For LV For Auxiliary DT Degree of protection IP00, PU PS*/ PG Weight
uninter- (on both sides) HRC fuse isolat- switch on without fuse links, (UNIT, P. unit per PU
rupted links ing switch without isolating links, SET, approx.
current acc. to links discon- with terminal screws M)
Iu IEC 60269 nectors
1)
Connection For conduc- NH size NH Version Order No. Price

tor cross- size per PU
section
A mm2 kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features
160 Flat 2.5 ... 1503) 00 and 00 Without4) } 3NP50 60-0CA00 1 1 unit 103 1.608
connector2) 000 1 NO + B 3NP50 60-0CA10 1 1 unit 103 1.650
1 NC
Clamp 1 conductor 00 and 00 Without4) A 3NP50 60-0CB00 1 1 unit 103 1.739
terminals 2.5 ... 50 or 000 1 NO + B 3NP50 60-0CB10 1 1 unit 103 1.748
2 conductors 1 NC
7 3NP50 60-0CA00
1 × 2.5 ... 50
1 × 2.5 ... 35
250 Flat 6 ... 1505) 1 and 0 1 Without } 3NP52 60-0CA00 1 1 unit 103 5.475
terminals 1 NO + A 3NP52 60-0CA10 1 1 unit 103 5.491
1 NC
Clamp 35 ... 120 1 and 0 1 Without C 3NP52 60-0CB00 1 1 unit 103 5.605
terminals 1 NO + B 3NP52 60-0CB10 1 1 unit 103 5.814
1 NC
3NP52 60-0CA00
400 Flat 6 ... 2405) 2 and 1 2 Without } 3NP53 60-0CA00 1 1 unit 103 6.532
terminals 1 NO + A 3NP53 60-0CA10 1 1 unit 103 6.551
1 NC
3NP53 60-0CA00
630 Flat 6 ... 2 × 2405) 3 and 2 3 Without } 3NP54 60-0CA00 1 1 unit 103 7.945
terminals 1 NO + B 3NP54 60-0CA10 1 1 unit 103 7.958
1 NC
3NP54 60-0CA00
1)
For LV HRC fuse links, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems".
2)
For 3NP50 60 with flat connectors, appropriate 3NY1 106 cable lug covers
must be used to provide finger-safe cover, according to EN 50274
(see Accessories).
3)
According to DIN 46234 or 16 mm2 ... 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235
(use M10 cable lug as necessary).
4)
If auxiliary switch is retrofitted, additional drill holes are required on the
switch.
5)
According to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; with cable lug to DIN 46235:
Min. conductor cross-section 16 mm2 (use M12 cable lug if necessary).

7/108 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Rated Connection types For LV HRC For iso- Auxiliary DT Degree of protection IP00, PU PS*/ PG Weight
uninter- (on both sides) fuse links lating switch on without fuse links, (UNIT, P. unit per PU
rupted acc. to links switch dis- without isolating links, SET, approx.
current DIN 436201) connectors with terminal screws M)
Iu
Connec- For conduc- NH size NH size Version Order No. Price
tion tor cross- per PU
section
A mm2 kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features2)
Busbars with a width of 12 mm and thickness of 5 mm or 10 mm
160 Flat 2.5 ... 1503) 00 and 000 Without C 3NP50 65-1CF00 1 1 unit 103 2.380
terminals Connection 1 NO + B 3NP50 65-1CF10 1 1 unit 103 2.370
at bottom 1 NC
Clamp 1 conductor 00 and 000 Without B 3NP50 65-1CG00 1 1 unit 103 2.433
terminal 2.5 ... 50 or 1 NO + B 3NP50 65-1CG10 1 1 unit 103 2.437
2 conductors 1 NC
1 × 2.5 ... 50
1 × 2.5 ... 35 7
bottom con-
nection
1)
2)
For accessories and more devices on busbar systems, see "Accessories".
3)
According to DIN 46234 or 16 ... 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235
■ Overview
Note:
For switch versions "For installation in any distribution board" and
busbar adapters see page 7/117.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/109
© Siemens AG 2010
With fuse monitoring

Fuse monitoring by motor starter protectors
Floor mounting
Rated Connection types For LV HRC Auxiliary switches DT Degree of protection IP00, PU PS*/ PG Weight
uninter- (on both sides) fuse links without fuse links, (UNIT, P. unit per PU
rupted acc. to without isolating links, SET, approx.
current DIN 436201) with terminal screws M)
Iu Connec- For conduc- On switch On MSP
tion tor cross- discon-
section nector
A mm2 NH size Version Version Order No. Price kg
per PU
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features
with fuse monitoring by SIRIUS motor starter protectors
With plug-in connection of the auxiliary switch connecting cable (length ap-
prox. 1 m) to the motor starter protector
7
160 Flat termi- 2.5 ... 1503) 00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NO + } 3NP50 60-0EA86 1 1 unit 103 2.484
nals 2) 1 NC 1 NC
1 NO + 2 NO B 3NP50 60-0EA26 1 1 unit 103 2.550
1 NC
Clamp 1 conductor 00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NO + B 3NP50 60-0EB86 1 1 unit 103 2.616
terminals 2.5... 50 1 NC 1 NC
2 conductor 1 NO + 2 NO B 3NP50 60-0EB26 1 1 unit 103 2.650
1 × 2.5 ... 50 1 NC
1 × 2.5 ... 35
250 Flat termi- 6 ... 1504) 1 and 0 1 NO + 1 NO + } 3NP52 60-0EA86 1 1 unit 103 6.014
nals 1 NC 1 NC
1 NO + 2 NO B 3NP52 60-0EA26 1 1 unit 103 6.867
1 NC
Clamp 35 ... 120 1 and 0 1 NO + 1 NO + B 3NP52 60-0EB86 1 1 unit 103 7.095
terminals 1 NC 1 NC
1 NO + 2 NO B 3NP52 60-0EB26 1 1 unit 103 6.659
3NP52 60-0EA86 1 NC
400 Flat termi- 6 ... 2404) 2 and 1 1 NO + 1 NO + } 3NP53 60-0EA86 1 1 unit 103 7.083
nals 1 NC 1 NC
1 NO + 2 NO B 3NP53 60-0EA26 1 1 unit 103 5.410
1 NC
3NP53 60-0EA86
630 Flat termi- 6 ... 2 × 3 and 2 1 NO + 1 NO + } 3NP54 60-0EA86 1 1 unit 103 8.462
nals 2404) 1 NC 1 NC
1 NO + 2 NO B 3NP54 60-0EA26 1 1 unit 103 9.233
1 NC
3NP54 60-0EA86
1)
2)
(see Accessories).
3)
According to DIN 46234 or 16 ... 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235
4)
According to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235, with cable lug to DIN 46235:

7/110 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Iu Connec- For conduc- On switch On MSP
tion tor cross- discon-
section nector
per PU
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing features with fuse
monitoring by SIRIUS motor starter protectors 2)
160 Flat termi- 2.5 ... 1503) 00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NO + A 3NP50 65-1EF86 1 1 unit 103 2.908
nals 1 NC 1 NC
Connection 1 NO + 2 NO B 3NP50 65-1EF26 1 1 unit 103 2.950
at bottom 1 NC
Clamp 1 conductor 00 and 000 1 NO + 1 NO + B 3NP50 65-1EG86 1 1 unit 103 3.020
terminals 1 NC 1 NC
2.5 ... 50
2 conductors
1 NO +
1 NC
2 NO C 3NP50 65-1EG26 1 1 unit 103 2.973
7
1 × 2.5 ... 50
1× 2.5 ... 35
Connection
at bottom
1)
2)
For accessories and more devices on busbar systems, see chapter 10
"Busbar Systems".
3)

Note:
busbar adapters see page 7/117.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/111
© Siemens AG 2010
Fuse monitoring by electronic fuse monitoring device
Floor mounting
Iu Connec- For con- On On the
tion ductor switch fuse
cross- discon- monitor
section nector
Version Version Order No. Price
A mm2 NH size per PU kg
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing feature,
with electronic fuse monitoring (self-powered), open-circuit principle
For rated operational voltages Ue from 400 V to 500 V AC,
infeed must come from above!
With plug-in connection for connecting cables from auxiliary switches
(approx. 1 m long) to the fuse monitoring device, status indicator:
7
green LED illuminated, fault indication: green LED flashing,
fuse failure: red LED (display per phase)
160 Flat ter- 2.5 ... 00 and 000 1 NO + 2 NO + B 3NP50 60-0HA13 1 1 unit 103 2.375
minals 2) 1203) 1 NC 1 NC
Clamp 1 con- 00 and 000 1 NO + 2 NO + B 3NP50 60-0HB13 1 1 unit 103 2.500
terminals ductors: 1 NC 1 NC
2.5 ... 50
2 con-
ductors:
1×
2.5 ... 50
1×
3NP50 60-0HA13 2.5 ... 35
250 Flat ter- 6 ... 1504) 1 and 0 1 NO + 2 NO + B 3NP52 60-0HA13 1 1 unit 103 5.865
minals 1 NC 1 NC
3NP52 60-0HA13
400 Flat ter- 6 ... 2404) 2 and 1 1 NO + 2 NO + B 3NP53 60-0HA13 1 1 unit 103 6.951
minals 1 NC 1 NC
3NP53 60-0HA13
630 Flat ter- 6 ...2404) 3 and 2 1 NO + 2 NO + B 3NP54 60-0HA13 1 1 unit 103 8.513
minals 1 NC 1 NC
3NP54 60-0HA13
1)
2)
(see Accessories).
3)
4)
According to DIN 46234 or DIN 46235; with cable lug to DIN 46235:

7/112 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Iu Connec- For con- On On the
tion ductor switch fuse
cross- discon- monitor
section nector
per PU
Completely compartmentalized, with high speed closing feature,
with electronic fuse monitoring (self-powered), open-circuit principle
For rated operational voltages Ue from 400 V to 500 V AC, infeed
must come from above!
160 Flat ter- 2.5 ... 00 and 000 1 NO + 2 NO + B 3NP50 65-1HF13 1 1 unit 103 2.776
minals 1202) 1 NC 1 NC
Connec-
tion at
bottom 7
3NP50 65-1HF13
1) For LV HRC fuse links, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems".
2) According to DIN 46234 or 16 mm2 ... 95 mm2 according to DIN 46235

Note:
busbar adapters see page 7/117. .

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/113
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

Version For fuse switch DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
disconnectors per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
kg
Fuse carriers
3NP50 6.-.C..0 B 3NY1 074 1 1 unit 103 0.620
3NP52 60-.C..0 B 3NY1 371 1 1 unit 103 0.263
3NP53 60-.C..0 B 3NY1 372 1 1 unit 103 1.510
3NP54 60-.C..0 B 3NY1 373 1 1 unit 103 1.690
With fuse monitoring by 3RV1 MSPs 3NP50 6.-.E..6 B 3NY1 420 1 1 unit 103 1.405
(with auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC), 3NP52 60-.E..6 B 3NY1 421 1 1 unit 103 1.900
with plug-in connection, 3NP53 60-.E..6 B 3NY1 422 1 1 unit 103 1.980
without connector and connecting cable 3NP54 60-.E..6 B 3NY1 423 1 1 unit 103 2.600
3NY1 074
Connector and connecting cable
1 m long 3NP5 with 3RV1 B 3NY1 910 1 1 unit 103 0.097
7 3 m long
With electronic fuse monitoring for 3NP50 6.-.H.13
B
B
3NY1 911
3NY1 513-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
103
103
0.261
1.235
400 V ... 500 V 3NP52 60-.H.13 C 3NY1 513-2 1 1 unit 103 2.130
(with auxiliary switch 2 NO + 1 NC), 3NP53 60-.H.13 B 3NY1 513-3 1 1 unit 103 2.146
with plug-in connection, 3NP54 60-.H.13 C 3NY1 513-4 1 1 unit 103 0.325
without connector and connecting cable
3NY1 513-3
Plugs and connecting cables (6-pole) 3NP5 with EFM B 3NY1 915 1 1 unit 103 0.372
3 m long
3NY1 915
Auxiliary switches 1 NO + 1 NC
With actuating cams, 3NP501) B 3NY3 033 1 1 unit 103 0.015
screws and washers
(mounting kit)
3NY3 033
With fixing bracket and 3NP52 ... 3NP54 B 3NY3 034 1 1 unit 103 0.015
screws (mounting kit)
3NY3 034
Arc chute
(3 units each are required 3NP50 B 3NY4 031 1 1 unit 103 0.218
for 3NP52, 3NP53 and 3NP52 B 3NY4 011 1 1 unit 103 0.215
3NP54) 3NP53, 3NP54 B 3NY4 012 1 1 unit 103 0.240
3NY4 031
3NY4 011
Molded-plastic masking frames
As replacement for mask- 300 × 220 mm 3NY1 210 A 3NY1 102 1 1 unit 103 0.071
ing frames from assembly 300 × 245 mm 3NY1 211 A 3NY1 103 1 1 unit 103 0.075
kits for installation (without 300 × 290 mm 3NY1 212 A 3NY1 104 1 1 unit 103 0.084
fixing brackets and small
parts)
1)
If retrofitted, drill holes required.

7/114 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
SITOR fuses for 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors: Assignment table
Type Permissi- Required NH Opera- Rated Rated DT SET, M) approx.
ble conductor size tional current voltage2)
load cross- class
current1) section
Cu
A mm 2 A V kg
SITOR 3NE1 fuses for 3NP5
3NP50 16 1.5 000 gR/gS 16 690 } 3NE1 813-0 1 3 units 047 0.133
20 2.5 000 gR/gS 20 690 } 3NE1 814-0 1 3 units 047 0.124
25 4 000 gR/gS 25 690 } 3NE1 815-0 1 3 units 047 0.127
35 6 000 gR/gS 35 690 } 3NE1 803-0 1 3 units 047 0.128
40 10 000 gR/gS 40 690 } 3NE1 802-0 1 3 units 047 0.126
50 10 000 gR/gS 50 690 } 3NE1 817-0 1 3 units 047 0.129
63 16 000 gR/gS 63 690 } 3NE1 818-0 1 3 units 047 0.126
80 25 000 gR/gS 80 690 } 3NE1 820-0 1 3 units 047 0.124
100 35 00 gR/gS 100 690 } 3NE1 021-0 1 3 units 047 0.204
7
125 50 00 gRgS 125 690 } 3NE1 022-0 1 3 units 047 0.195
125 50 00 gR 125 690 A 3NE1 022-2 1 3 units 047 0.195
3NP52 160 70 1 gR/gS 160 690 } 3NE1 224-0 1 3 units 047 0.522
160 70 1 gR 160 690 A 3NE1 224-2 1 3 units 047 0.535
200 95 1 gR/gS 200 690 } 3NE1 225-0 1 3 units 047 0.518
200 95 1 gR 200 690 A 3NE1 225-2 1 3 units 047 0.508
250 120 1 gR/gS 250 690 } 3NE1 227-0 1 3 units 047 0.515
250 120 1 gR 250 690 A 3NE1 227-2 1 3 units 047 0.533
3NP53 315 2 × 70 2 gR/gS 315 690 A 3NE1 230-0 1 3 units 047 0.519
315 2 × 70 2 gR 315 690 A 3NE1 230-2 1 3 units 047 0.519
350 2 × 95 2 gR/gS 350 690 } 3NE1 331-0 1 3 units 047 0.687
350 2 × 95 2 gR 350 690 A 3NE1 331-2 1 3 units 047 0.684
400 2 × 95 2 gR/gS 400 690 } 3NE1 332-0 1 3 units 047 0.519
3NP54 450 2 × 120 2 gR/gS 450 690 A 3NE1 333-0 1 3 units 047 0.689
450 2 × 120 2 gR 450 690 A 3NE1 333-2 1 3 units 047 0.691
500 2 × 120 2 gR/gS 500 690 A 3NE1 334-0 1 3 units 047 0.765
560 2 × 150 3 gR/gS 560 690 A 3NE1 435-0 1 3 units 047 1.000
560 2 × 150 3 gR 560 690 A 3NE1 435-2 1 3 units 047 1.098
630 2 × 185 3 gR/gS 630 690 A 3NE1 436-0 1 3 units 047 1.113
625 2 × 185 3 gR 630 690 A 3NE1 436-2 1 3 units 047 1.038
710 2 × (40 x 5) 3 gR/gS 710 690 A 3NE1 437-0 1 3 units 047 1.045
690 2 × (40 x 5) 3 gR 690 600 D 3NE1 437-1 1 3 units 047 1.179
685 2 × (40 x 5) 3 gR 710 600 B 3NE1 437-2 1 3 units 047 1.031
800 2 × (50 x 5) 3 gR/gS 800 690 A 3NE1 438-0 1 3 units 047 1.560
750 2 × (50 x 5) 3 gR 750 600 B 3NE1 438-1 1 3 units 047 1.100
720 2 × (50 x 5) 3 gR 800 600 A 3NE1 438-2 1 3 units 047 1.067
655 2 × (40 x 5) 3 gR 670 690 A 3NE1 447-2 1 3 units 047 1.044
820 2 × (40 x 8) 3 gR 850 690 A 3NE1 438-2 1 3 units 047 1.067
SITOR fuses 3NE3 ... 3NE8, 3NC2 up to 3NC8 for 3NP5
3NP50 25 4 00 gR 25 690 } 3NE8 015-1 1 3 units 047 0.193
33 6 00 gR 35 690 } 3NE8 003-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
45 10 00 gR 50 690 } 3NE8 017-1 1 3 units 047 0.614
54 16 00 gR 63 690 } 3NE8 018-1 1 3 units 047 0.196
68 25 00 aR 80 690 } 3NE8 020-1 1 3 units 047 0.206
89 35 00 aR 100 690 } 3NE8 021-1 1 3 units 047 0.207
106 50 00 aR 125 690 } 3NE8 022-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
130 70 00 aR 160 690 } 3NE8 024-1 1 3 units 047 0.195
3NP523) 32 6 0 gR 32 1000 } 3NE4 101 1 3 units 047 0.824
40 10 0 gR 40 1000 } 3NE4 102 1 3 units 047 0.258
50 10 0 gR 50 1000 } 3NE4 117 1 3 units 047 0.274
63 16 0 gR 63 1000 } 3NE4 118 1 3 units 047 0.257
80 25 0 aR 80 1000 } 3NE4 120 1 3 units 047 0.261
95 35 0 aR 100 1000 } 3NE4 121 1 3 units 047 0.260
120 50 0 aR 125 1000 } 3NE4 122 1 3 units 047 0.265
150 70 0 aR 160 1000 } 3NE4 124 1 3 units 047 0.274
3NP53 100 35 1 aR 100 1000 A 3NE3 221 1 3 units 047 0.510
120 50 1 aR 125 1000 A 3NE3 222 1 3 units 047 0.506
150 70 1 aR 160 1000 } 3NE3 224 1 3 units 047 0.513
190 95 1 aR 200 1000 } 3NE3 225 1 3 units 047 0.586
230 120 1 aR 250 1000 } 3NE3 227 1 3 units 047 0.580
285 185 1 aR 315 1000 } 3NE3 230-0B 1 3 units 047 0.513
310 240 1 aR 350 1000 A 3NE3 231 1 3 units 047 0.515
330 240 1 aR 400 1000 A 3NE3 232-0B 1 3 units 047 0.520
360 2 × 150 1 aR 450 1000 } 3NE3 233 1 3 units 047 0.580
210 120 2 aR 250 800 } 3NE4 327-0B 1 3 units 047 0.780
270 240 2 aR 315 800 } 3NE4 330-0B 1 3 units 047 1.539
400 2 x (30 x 5) 2 aR 450 800 } 3NE4 333-0B 1 3 units 047 0.682
1) 3)
In the case of cyclic loads, the currents may have to be reduced again Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR
(precise values on request). 3NE41 fuses should be switchable only occasionally and only at zero cur-
2)
When maintaining overvoltage category 2 (instead of 3) and degree of pol- rent.
lution 2 (instead of 3) to EN 60 947-1, the rated insulation voltage of the
3NP fuse switch disconnector is also Ui = 1000 V.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/115
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
Type Permissi- Required NH Opera- Rated Rated DT SET, M) approx.
ble conductor size tional current voltage2)
load cross- class
current1) section
Cu
A mm 2 A V kg
3NP54 360 240 2 aR 400 1000 A 3NE3 332-0B 1 3 units 047 0.683
400 2 x 150 2 aR 450 1000 A 3NE3 333 1 3 units 047 0.687
450 2 x 150 2 aR 500 1000 } 3NE3 334-0B 1 3 units 047 0.697
510 2 x 185 2 aR 560 1000 } 3NE3 335 1 3 units 047 0.692
580 2 x 185 2 aR 630 1000 } 3NE3 336 1 3 units 047 0.810
630 2 × 200 2 aR 710 900 } 3NE3 337-8 1 3 units 047 0.687
630 2 × 200 2 aR 800 800 } 3NE3 338-8 1 3 units 047 0.686
630 2 × 200 2 aR 900 690 } 3NE3 340-8 1 3 units 047 0.657
450 2 x (30 x 5) 2 aR 500 800 } 3NE4 334-0B 1 3 units 047 0.683
600 2 x (40 x 5) 2 aR 710 800 } 3NE4 337 1 3 units 047 0.689
145 70 3 gR 150 500 B 3NC2 423-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
180 95 3 gR 200 500 B 3NC2 425-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
7 225
255
120
185
3
3
gR
gR
250
300
500
500
B
B
3NC2 427-3C
3NC2 428-3C
1
1
3 units
3 units
047
047
0.940
0.940
330 240 3 gR 350 500 B 3NC2 431-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
400 240 3 gR 400 500 B 3NC2 432-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
135 70 3 gR 150 660 B 3NC8 423-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
180 95 3 gR 200 660 B 3NC8 425-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
225 120 3 gR 250 660 B 3NC8 427-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
300 240 3 gR 350 660 B 3NC8 431-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
425 2 x 150 3 gR 500 660 B 3NC8 434-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
800 3 x (60 x 6) 3 aR 1000 600 C 3NC8 444-3C 1 3 units 047 0.940
1)
2)
When maintaining overvoltage category 2 (instead of 3) and degree of pol-
lution 2 (instead of 3) to EN 60 947-1, the rated insulation voltage of the
3NP fuse switch disconnector is also Ui = 1000 V.
3)
Due to the mechanical stress on the relatively long fuse blades, SITOR
3NE41 fuses should be switchable only occasionally and only at zero cur-
rent.
For technical specifications and dimensional drawings of the
SITOR fuses, see chapter 5 "Fuse Systems"

7/116 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Assembly kits for distribution systems

Version For fuse switch Dimensions DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
mm kg
For installation in any distribution board
Molded-plastic masking frames Height × Width
For installation in the cabinet 3NP50 with and 215 × 135 A 3NY1 105 1 1/400 units 103 0.045
without auxilia-
ry switch
With auxiliary 215 × 135 A 3NY1 115 1 1/400 units 103 0.044
switch
For installation in metal front With and with- 220 × 160 A 3NY1 125 1 1 unit 103 0.062
plates out auxiliary
switch
For covering the connection 3NP50 with and 265 × 135 A 3NY1 107 1 1 unit 103 0.073
terminals without auxilia-
ry switch
7
3NY1 107
For covering the cable lug 3NP50 with and 290 × 135 A 3NY1 106 1 1/225 units 103 0.071
connections without auxilia-
ry switch
3NY1 106
For separate covering of the With auxiliary 290 × 135 A 3NY1 116 1 1/225 units 103 0.071
upper and lower cable lug switch
connections 3NP50 with and 290 × 135 A 3NY1 108 1 1/200 units 103 0.048
without auxilia-
ry switch
Assembly kits for flush mounting
With molded-plastic masking 3NP50 60 250 × 149 B 3NY1 208 1 1 unit 103 0.531
frame, fixing brackets and 3NP52 60 300 × 220 B 3NY1 210 1 1 unit 103 0.287
small parts. For disconnec-
tors with and without auxiliary 3NP53 60 300 × 245 B 3NY1 211 1 1 unit 103 0.298
switches 3NP54 60 300 × 290 B 3NY1 212 1 1 unit 103 0.313
3NY1 212
Covers for cable lug connections Cover length
Can be screwed onto free 3NP52 99 A 3NY1 241 1 1 unit 103 0.205
screw end to protect against 3NP53/3NP54 95 B 3TX6 546-3B 1 1 unit 101 0.260
accidental touch
(1 set = 6 units) 120 B 3NY1 245 1 1 unit 103 0.336
3TX6 546-3B
Clamp terminals Conductor
(1 set = 3 units) cross-section
3NP50 2.5 ... 50 mm2 1) B 3NY1 903 1 1 unit 103 0.108
3NP52 35 ... 120 mm2 B 3NY1 907 1 1 unit 103 0.225
3NY1 907
Busbar adapters Busbar width
For 60 mm busbar system 3NP50 108 A 8US12 91-4SB00 1 1 unit 143 0.551
3NP52, 3NP53, 250 (length A 8US12 10-4AG00 1 1 unit 143 3.060
3NP542) 320mm, M10
terminal screws,
connecting ca-
bles must be
manufactured)
8US12 10-4AG00
Sealing lugs 3NP50 B 3NY1 940 1 1 unit 103 0.010
Retrofittable
(1 pack = 10 units)
1)
Also available in 2-wire version: 1 × 2.5 mm2 ... 50 mm2 and
1 × 2.5 ... 35 mm2.
2)
Disconnector is wider than adapter. The adapter can, however, be
expanded to 276 mm with two 8US19 98-2BM00 side modules.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/117
© Siemens AG 2010
SENTRON 3NJ4, 3NJ5 In-Line Fuse Switch Disconnectors up to 2000 A
Introduction
■ Overview
• Compliant with IEC/EN 60439-1, IEC/EN 60947-3
• Voltage levels up to 690 V AC
• Rated operational current from 160 A to 2000 A
• Fuse links according to IEC 60269 Part 1 can be used – nickel-
plated fuse blades are not permissible due to the high transfer
resistance
• In open position safe from touch by the back of the hand
(exception 3NJ56: IP00)
• Parking position for maintenance
• 1-pole or 3-pole switchable
• Vertical and horizontal mounting position
• Climate-proof
• Degree of protection IP30 with closed fuse carriers, IP10 with
7 open fuse carriers (exception 3NJ56: IP00)
3NJ4/3NJ5 fuse switch disconnectors

Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in size 00
1 4
2 6
13
12
1 Cover 9 Prism terminal

7 2 Terminal strip 10 Box terminal
8
3 Busbar terminal 11 Cover
9
10 4 Adapter for screw fixing 12 3NJ4/5 fuse switch disconnector
on busbar systems Basic device size 00
11 5 Current transformer 13 Auxiliary switch mounting kit

6 Distance compensation
16*BD
7 Flat connector
8 Saddle terminal
7/118 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Overview of all components and accessory parts: 3NJ4/3NJ5 in sizes 1 to 3
2
7
7
16*BE
1 Terminal strip 6 V terminal

2 Distance 7 Box terminal
compensation
8 Cover
3 Auxiliary switch
8 9 3NJ4/5 fuse switch
4 Flat connector
disconnector
5 Stud terminal Basic device size 1/2/3
Parking position SENTRON 3NJ41 and 3NJ56 single-pole and 3-pole in-line fuse
switch disconnectors are designed for installation in low-voltage
For maintenance e.g., the fuse carriers of the 1-pole switchable distribution boards, substations and cable distribution cubicles.
in-line fuse switch disconnectors of sizes 1 to 3 and the 3-pole
switchable in-line fuse switch disconnectors of size 00 can be
mounted after being turned by 180° (fuse facing outwards).
This results in the following advantages:
• Visible disconnection point
• Depot for fuse links (parking position)
• No opportunity for mistakes on replacing the fuse links
• Additional touch protection in the vicinity of the lyre-shaped
contacts
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/119

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
Type 3NJ41 0 3NJ41 2 3NJ41 3 3NJ41 4 3NJ56 3NJ41 5 3NJ41 8 3NJ41 6 3NJ41 7
3NJ50
Conventional thermal current
Free-air with gG fuses, Ith A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 1260 1600
Free-air with isolating link, Ith A -- -- -- 800 -- 1000 1250 1600 2000
Free-air with gTr fuses, Ith A -- -- -- -- 1154 722 910 1154 1444
Rated apparent power of the transformer, Sn kVA -- -- -- -- 800 500 630 800 1000
For fuse links and isolating links Size 00 1 2 3 4a 3 3 2x3 2x3
gG acc. to IEC 60269, In A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800
Free-air with isolating link, In A -- -- -- -- -- 1000 1250 2 x 800 2 x 1000
gTr acc. to VDE 0636-2011, Irat A -- -- -- -- 1154 722 909 2 x 577 2 x 722
gTr acc. to VDE 0636-2011, Sn kVA -- -- -- -- 800 500 630 2 x 400 2 x 500
Rated operational voltage Ue V 690 690 690 690 690 690 400 690 400
7
At 40 Hz ...60 Hz AC
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 690 1000 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 12 12 12 12 12 8 12 8
Rated conditional short-circuit current with fuses
With gG fuse (rms value) kA 80/50 110 110 110 80 110 50 80 50
With gTr fuse (rms value) kA -- -- -- -- -- -- 50 -- --
Max. permissible power loss per W 12 32 45 48 110 51 61 48 51
fuse link
Rated short-time withstand current ICW kA -- 14.5 14.5 14.5 35 14.5 14.5 25 25
rms value
Rated making and breaking capacity
Rated operational current Ie for gG fuses
At AC-21B 400 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800
AC-22B 400 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 630 800 2 x 630 2 x 800
AC-23B 400 V AC A -- 250 400 -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-21B 500 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- --
AC-22B 500 V AC A 160 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- --
AC-23B 500 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-21B 690 V AC A 100 250 400 630 1250 -- -- -- --
AC-22B 690 V AC A 100 250 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-23B 690 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Rated operational current Ie for gTr fuses
At AC-22B 400 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- 722 910 2 x 577 2 x 722
Rated operational current Ie for isolating links
At AC-22B 400 V AC A -- -- -- -- -- 1000 1250 2 x 800 2 x 1000
Capacitive switching capacity kvar -- 105 ... 155 ... 250 ...300 -- -- -- -- --
115 185
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55, > 35 °C with derating factors
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 1400 1400 800 800 500 800 500 500 500
Electrical endurance, operating cycles 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100
With closed fuse carrier, IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP10 IP30 IP30 IP30 IP30
with terminal cover and peripheral cover
With open fuse carrier IP10 IP10 IP10 IP10 IP00 IP10 IP10 IP10 IP10
Power loss of the main current paths at Ith W 18 23 54 115 190 275 155 350 375
Terminal screws M8 M10 M12 M12 M16 2 × M12 2 × M12 3 × M12 4 × M12
Flat bars mm 20 30 30 30 80 80 x 10 80 x 10 -- --
Cable lug, max. conductor cross-section mm2 95 240 240 240 2 × 300 2 × 300 2 × 300 3 × 300 4 × 300
(stranded) 4 x 185 4 x 185
Tightening torque Nm 12 ... 15 30 ... 35 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 50 ... 60 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40
Clamp/V terminals mm2 1.5 ... 70 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 25 ... 300 -- -- -- -- --
Fixing screws M8 M12 M12 M12 M16 M12 M12 M12 M12
Required tightening torque for mounting on bus- Nm 16 ... 18 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 50 ... 60 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40 35 ... 40
bars
7/120 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
1-pole switchable

Rated For fuse Center-to- Connection type DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
operational links acc. to center (terminal screws/clamp- per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
current Ie IEC 60269-1 clearance type terminals included in SET, approx.
the scope of supply)1) M)
optionally top or bottom
(rotatable!)
A NH size mm kg
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 1-pole switchable
160 00 and 000 185 M8 flat connector A 3NJ50 13-0BD00 1 1 unit 143 2.561
250 1 185 M10 flat connector A 3NJ41 21-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 5.284
400 2 and 1 185 M12 flat connector A 3NJ41 31-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 5.363
630 3 and 2 185 M12 flat connector A 3NJ41 41-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 6.098
1250 4a 185 M16 × 60 stud terminal A 3NJ56 43-0BB00 1 1 unit 143 23.608
7
3NJ41 21-3BF01
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 1-pole switchable,

for integratable current transformers
250 1 185 M10 flat connector C 3NJ41 21-3BF11 1 1 unit 143 5.690
400 2 and 1 185 M12 flat connector C 3NJ41 31-3BF11 1 1 unit 143 5.720
630 3 and 2 185 M12 flat connector C 3NJ41 41-3BF11 1 1 unit 143 6.680
3NJ41 21-3BF11
1)
Fixing screws for mounting on busbars must be ordered separately.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/121
© Siemens AG 2010
3-pole switchable

Rated For fuse Center-to- Connection type DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
operational links acc. to center (terminal screws/clamp- per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
current Ie IEC 60269-1 clearance type terminals included in SET, approx.
the scope of supply)1) M)
optionally top or bottom
(rotatable!)
A NH size mm kg
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 3-pole switchable
160 00 and 000 100 M8 flat connector } 3NJ41 03-3BF02 1 1 unit 143 1.400
F70 box terminal A 3NJ41 03-3BR02 1 1 unit 143 1.479
160 00 and 000 185 M8 flat connector A 3NJ50 33-0BD00 1 1 unit 143 2.608
250 1 185 M10 flat connector } 3NJ41 23-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 5.481
M12 stud terminal A 3NJ41 23-3BJ01 1 1 unit 143 5.512
V terminal A 3NJ41 23-3BT01 1 1 unit 143 5.908
7 3NJ41 23-3BF01
M12 stud terminal
V terminal
A
A
3NJ41 33-3BJ01
3NJ41 33-3BT01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
5.580
5.899
M12 stud terminal A 3NJ41 43-3BJ01 1 1 unit 143 6.321
V terminal A 3NJ41 43-3BT01 1 1 unit 143 6.675

with electronic fuse monitoring (EFM)
160 00 and 000 100 M8 flat connector D 3NJ41 03-3CF02 1 1 unit 143 1.400
250 1 185 M10 flat connector C 3NJ41 23-3CF01 1 1 unit 143 1.400
400 2 and 1 185 M12 flat connector C 3NJ41 33-3CF01 1 1 unit 143 1.400
3NJ41 .3-3CF..
for integratable current transformers
250 1 185 M10 flat connector } 3NJ41 23-3BF11 1 1 unit 143 5.890
In-line fuse switch disconnectors, 3-pole switchable, for integratable

current transformers, with electronic fuse monitoring (EFM)
250 1 185 M10 flat connector C 3NJ41 23-3CF11 1 1 unit 143 1.400
Trans- Rated Center-to- Rated current Rated opera- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
former apparent center of gTr fuses tional current Ie per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
apparent power of clearance with 3NJ4914- SET, approx.
power the gTr 8BA00 isolating M)
fuses link
kVA kVA mm A A kg
for secondary-side fusing of transformers and feeder lines
500 500 185 722 1000 A 3NJ41 53-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 11.030
630 630 185 909 1250 A 3NJ41 83-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 12.943
800 2 x 400 185 2 x 577 1600 C 3NJ41 63-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 12.943
1000 2 x 500 185 2 x 722 2000 C 3NJ41 73-3BF01 1 1 unit 143 12.943
3NJ41 63-3BF01
1) Fixing screws for mounting on busbars must be ordered separately.

7/122 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

Version For in-line DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
fuse switch per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
disconnectors SET, M) approx.
or dimensions
kg
Cover 3NJ50 33, B 3NJ49 12-1FA02 1 1 unit 143 0.090
Size 00 3NJ5013
Additional touch protection with
use of cable lugs
Cover1) 3NJ41 2 to } 3NJ49 12-1AA01 1 1 unit 143 0.103
Size 1 to 3 3NJ41 4,
Additional touch protection 3NJ41 5,
with use of cable lugs or connection 3NJ41 8
from above
33NJ49 12-1AA01
Covers size 3 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 12-1EA00 1 1 unit 143 0.200
For double bars
7
3NJ49 12-1EA00
Cover size 00 3NJ41 03 A 3NJ49 12-1DA02 1 1 unit 143 0.005
(can also be used as spacer)
top and bottom
to cover long cable lugs and compen-
sate for combination of 3NJ41 03 with
terminals 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
(1 set = 2 units: short and long 2) )
3NJ49 12-1DA02
Blanking covers 50 mm wide A 3NJ49 12-2AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.189
For panel cut-out
3NJ49 12-2AA01
According to the size of the switch 100 mm wide A 3NJ49 12-2BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.215
disconnectors: sizes 1 to 3
(for fitting in the cutout of the control
panels)
3NJ49 12-2BA00
For 3NJ41 03 50 mm wide A 3NJ49 12-2CA00 1 1 unit 143 0.090
3NJ49 12-2CA01
Fixing clips 3NJ41 A 3NJ49 18-0AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.130
(1 set = 4 units, including
fixing accessories)
2 units per side, for fixing the cover of
the control panel front
3NJ49 18-0AAA00
1)
With cable lugs and connection from above, the terminal cover can be
extended by connecting two units together.
2)
Can be shortened (in exchange for short cover, included in the scope of
supply of the in-line disconnector).

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/123
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories
Version For in-line DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

fuse switch per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
disconnectors SET, approx.
or dimensions M)
kg
Unequipped section cover for busbars A
To be fitted directly in the drilled holes of the busbars
$ Busbar center-to-center spacing 185 mm 50 mm wide A 3NJ49 12-3AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.148
% Busbar center-to-center spacing 185 mm 100 mm wide A 3NJ49 12-3BA01 1 1 unit 143 0.372
& Busbar center-to-center spacing 100 mm 50 mm wide A 3NJ49 12-3CA00 1 1 unit 143 0.105
(Also for covering a blank space on
3NJ49 18-0DA02 or 3NJ59 30-3BB)

Adapters for screw fixing on busbar systems
7
• For fitting of two 3NJ41 03 fuse switch 3NJ41 03 A 3NJ49 18-0DA02 1 1 unit 143 0.751
disconnectors (= 1 holder) onto a busbar
system with 185 mm center-to-center
spacing (including adaptation of the
installation depth to that of the 3NJ41 2 to
3NJ41 4 fuse switch disconnectors)
• For fitting two 3NJ50 fuse switch discon- 3NJ50 13 and D 3NJ59 30-3BB 1 1 unit 143 0.675
nectors (= 1 holder) (to adapt the overall 3NJ50 33
depth of sizes 1 to 3)
• For fitting one 3NJ41 03 fuse switch dis- 3NJ41 03 A 3NJ49 18-0EA00 1 1 unit 143 0.232
connector (= 3 separate brackets) onto a
3NJ49 18-0DA02 busbar system with 60 mm center-to-cen-
ter spacing
Adapters with busbar terminals 3NJ41 03 D 3NJ49 18-0DB02 1 1 unit 143 0.751
For fitting two 3NJ41 03 fuse switch
disconnectors (= 1 holder) onto a busbar
system with 185 mm center-to-center
spacing (including adaptation of the overall
depth to the 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 fuse switch
disconnectors)
Fixing screws 3NJ41 03 B 3NJ49 18-0DC02 1 1 unit 143 0.200
for fitting 3NJ41 03 switch disconnectors
with integratable current transformers onto
adapters
3NJ49 18-0EA00 (1 set = 3 items)
Busbar supports 3NJ41 and 3NJ5 } 3NJ59 74-0AB 1 1 unit 143 0.463
For 100 mm and 185 mm center-to-center
spacing, for screwing on of busbars
3NJ59 74-0AB
Grounding kit with 3NJ41 4 to D 3NJ49 10-1AA00 1 1 unit 143 4.200
connecting cable 25 mm2 3NJ41 8
3NJ49 10-1AA00
Busbar terminals 3NJ41 03 } 3NJ49 11-3AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.176
3NJ49 11-3AA00
For rapid mounting of the in-line 3NJ41 2 to } 3NJ49 11-3BA01 1 1 unit 143 0.607
disconnectors onto the busbars 3NJ41 4
(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ49 11-3BA01

7/124 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
Saddle terminals 3NJ41 03 A 3NJ49 11-4AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.041
Connector Cu, 1.5 ... 70 mm2
(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ49 11-4AA00
Prism terminal kit 3NJ41 03 A 3NJ49 11-1AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.098
Connector Al/Cu, 10 ... 70 mm2
(1 set = 3 units)
3NJ49 11-1AA00
Box terminal kit 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 11-2BQ00 1 1 unit 143 0.949
Connector Al/Cu, 95 ... 240 mm2
(for connection to flat connector)
(1 set= 3 units) 7
3NJ4911-2BQ00
Busbar connection assembly kit for NH 1, 2, 3
With flat connector
2 x 240 mm2 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 11-5AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.500
3NJ49 11-5AA00
2 x 300 mm2/3x 120 mm2 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 11-5BA00 1 1 unit 143 1.700
3NJ49 11-5BA00
1 x 400 mm2 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 11-5CA00 1 1 unit 143 1.800
3NJ49 11-5CA00
Busbar connection assembly kit for NH3
as double bars
3 x 300 mm2 / 4 x 185 mm2 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 11-6AA00 1 1 unit 143 2.800
3NJ49 11-6AA00
4 x 240 mm2 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 11-6BA00 1 1 unit 143 3.800
3NJ49 11-6BA00

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/125
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
Mechanical coupling of operating 3NJ41 4 A 3NJ49 11-6CA00 1 1 unit 143 0.150
handles
3NJ49 11-6BA00
Auxiliary switch mounting kit 3NJ41 to 3NJ50 A 3NJ49 13-1AA01 1 1 unit 143 0.029
For sizes 00 to 3 with connecting
cables, for 3-pole switchable switch
disconnectors only
3NJ49 13-6AA02
Fuse 630 kVA 909 A 3NJ41 8 C 3NJ49 14-8AA00 1 1 unit 143 1.341
Size NH 3
7
Specially for the protection of
transformers
(minimum order quantity 3 units)
Isolating links B 3NJ49 14-8BA00 1 1 unit 143 2.800
Size NH 3, 1250 A
3NJ49 14-8BA00
Mounting hooks A 3NJ49 18-1AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.120
(one per in-line disconnector required)
3NJ49 18-1AA00
Distance compensation 3NJ41 03 } 3NJ49 15-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.020
For fuse switch disconnectors, with 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 } 3NJ49 15-2BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.095
integratable current transformers if no
current transformer is built in.
3NJ49 15-1BA00
3NJ49 15-2BA00
Terminal strips 3NJ41 03 } 3NJ49 15-1CA00 1 1 unit 143 0.030
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 } 3NJ49 15-2CA00 1 1 unit 143 0.110
3NJ49 15-1CA00
3NJ49 15-2CA00

7/126 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Accessories

SET, M) approx.
kg
Current transformers .../1 A
100/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 03 C 3NJ49 15-1EA10 1 1 unit 143 0.250
100/1 A, Cl. 1, 2.0 VA 3NJ41 03 C 3NJ49 15-1EA20 1 1 unit 143 0.250
150/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 03 C 3NJ49 15-1FA10 1 1 unit 143 0.250
150/1 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 03 D 3NJ49 15-1FA11 1 1 unit 143 0.250
150/1 A, Cl. 1, 3.0 VA 3NJ41 03 } 3NJ49 15-1FA20 1 1 unit 143 0.250
75/1 A, Cl. 1, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2DA20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
100/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2EA10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
100/1 A, Cl. 1, 2.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2EA20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
3NJ49 15-1FB20 150/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2FA10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
150/1 A, Cl. 1, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2FA20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
250/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2GA10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
250/1 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2GA11 1 1 unit 143 0.190
250/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 } 3NJ49 15-2GA20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
400/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2HA10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
400/1 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2HA11 1 1 unit 143 0.190
400/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
500/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA
500/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4
}
C
C
3NJ49 15-2HA20
3NJ49 15-2JA10
3NJ49 15-2JA20
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
143
143
143
0.190
0.190
0.190
7
600/1 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2KA10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
600/1 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2KA11 1 1 unit 143 0.190
3NJ49 15-2HA20 600/1 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 } 3NJ49 15-2KA20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
Current transformers .../5 A
100/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.0 VA 3NJ41 03 C 3NJ49 15-1EB10 1 1 unit 143 0.250
100/5 A, Cl. 1, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 03 C 3NJ49 15-1EB20 1 1 unit 143 0.250
150/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 03 C 3NJ49 15-1FB10 1 1 unit 143 0.250
150/5 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 03 D 3NJ49 15-1FB11 1 1 unit 143 0.250
150/5 A, Cl. 1, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 03 } 3NJ49 15-1FB20 1 1 unit 143 0.250
75/5 A, Cl. 1, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2DB20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
100/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2EB10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
100/5 A, Cl. 1, 2.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2EB20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
3NJ49 15-1FB20 150/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 1.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2FB10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
150/5 A, Cl. 1, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2FB20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
250/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2GB10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
250/5 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2GB11 1 1 unit 143 0.190
250/5 A, Cl. 1, 3.75 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 } 3NJ49 15-2GB20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
400/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 C 3NJ49 15-2HB10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
400/5 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2HB11 1 1 unit 143 0.190
400/5 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 } 3NJ49 15-2HB20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
500/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2JB10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
500/5 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2JB20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
600/5 A, Cl. 0.5, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2KB10 1 1 unit 143 0.190
600/5 A, Cl. 0.5 calibrated, 2.5 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 D 3NJ49 15-2KB11 1 1 unit 143 0.190
600/5 A, Cl. 1, 5.0 VA 3NJ41 2 to 3NJ41 4 } 3NJ49 15-2KB20 1 1 unit 143 0.190
3NJ49 15-2HB20

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7/127
© Siemens AG 2010
Notes
7/128 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

8
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
8/2 Introduction
8/5 Control Switches
8/8 Pushbuttons
8/12 Light Indicators
8/15 ON/OFF Switches
8/20 DC Isolators
8/22 Busbar Systems
8/24 Remote Control Switches
8/28 Switching Relays
Insta Contactors
8/30 Insta contactors, DC technology
8/33 Insta contactors, AC technology
8
8/37 Soft-Starting Devices
Timers
8/38 Digital time switches
8/45 Mechanical time switches
8/49 Timers for buildings
8/51 Timers for industrial applications
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Control switches 8/5 For the switching of lighting and other IEC/EN 60947-3; ✓ ✓ ✓
electrical devices up to 20 A. IEC/EN 60669-1;
For use in control cabinets for the logical GB14048.3-2002 CCC
linking of functions.
Pushbuttons 8/8 To be used as pushbuttons in control IEC/EN 60947-3; ✓ -- ✓

systems, e.g. to switch on seal-in circuits IEC/EN 60669-1;
or as pushbuttons with maintained-con- GB14048.3-2002 CCC
tact function for manual use, as control
8 switches or for the switching of loads up
to 20 A.
Light indicators 8/12 Light indicators for signaling switching DIN VDE 0710-1 ✓ -- ✓
states or faults in systems.
ON/OFF switches 8/15 For the switching of lighting, motors and 16 A ... 25 A and ✓ ✓ ✓
other electrical devices from 20 to 125 A. 40 A ... 100 A:
IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1,
(VDE 0632-1)
32 A and 125 A:
IEC/EN 60947-3;
GB14048.3-2002 CCC
DC isolators 8/20 The DC isolator is a specific switch dis- IEC/EN 60947-3, ✓ ✓ ✓

connector for activating the solar mod- IEC/EN 60669-1
ules in photovoltaic systems according
to DIN VDE 0100-712.
Busbar Systems 8/22 For fast and safe connection IEC/EN 60439-1 ✓ -- ✓
8/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Introduction
Residential
buildings
Non-resi-
Industry
dential
Remote control switches 8/24 For the switching of lighting up to IEC 60669-1 ✓ ✓ ✓
16 A in rooms using several push- IEC 60669-2
buttons and central ON/OFF IEC 60669-3
switches. EN 60669
EN 60669-2-2 and
EN 60669-2-2/A1
Switching relays 8/28 For the switching of small loads up EN 60947-5-1 ✓ -- ✓

to 16 A or as coupling devices in
control systems.
8
Insta contactors
Insta contactors, DC technology 8/30 Insta contactors 24, 40 and 63 A for IEC 60947-4-1 ✓ ✓ ✓
the switching of heating, lighting, IEC 60947-5-1
such as fluorescent lamps, incan- IEC 61095
descent lamps, ohmic or inductive EN 60947-4-1
loads. EN 60947-5-1
EN 61095
UL 508
Insta contactors, AC technology 8/33 Insta contactors 20, 25, 40 and 63 A IEC 60947-4-1 ✓ ✓ ✓
for the switching of heating, lighting, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 61095,
such as fluorescent lamps, incan- EN 60947-4-1
descent lamps, ohmic or inductive EN 60947-5-1
loads. EN 61095
NF C 61-480
(NF EN 61095)
Soft-starting devices 8/37 Protection of machines with trans- EN 60947-4-2 -- -- ✓

mission, belt or chain drives, con-
veyor belts, fans, pumps,
compressors, packing machines or
door operating mechanisms
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Introduction
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Timers
Digital time switches 8/38 Minute-precise switching of devices and sys- IEC 60730-1 and ✓ ✓ ✓
tem components in day, week and year pro- IEC 60730-2-7
grams. Unique due to the wide variety of EN 60730-1 and
functions offered by the Mini and Top versions; EN 60730-2-7
for PC programming Astro, Profi and Expert
Mechanical time switches 8/45 Accurate and 15-minute switching accuracy. IEC 60730-1 and ✓ ✓ ✓
With automatic time setting during commission- IEC 60730-2-7
ing and automatic switching to daylight EN 60730-1 and
savings. EN 60730-2-7
UL 60730
8
Timers for buildings 8/49 Lighting controls with stairwell lighting timers IEC 60699 ✓ ✓
ensure the safe use of stairwells and save EN 60669,
energy. Expanded applications for common DIN 18015
rooms and garages, as well as the time switch-
ing of ventilators and fluorescent lamps.
Timers for industrial 8/51 Multifunctional, delay, wiper, flashing and OFF- IEC 60255 ✓
applications delay timers in control circuits expand the use EN 60255
of distribution boards in both small and large
plants.
8/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Control switches
■ Overview
Two-way switches are used in control cabinets and distribution Control switches in a range of contact versions have an integral
boards for switching small loads on/off or over. control lamp for the ON setting.
Group switches with center position permit the positions The auxiliary switch (AS) signals the contact position of the
open/stop/closed, for example to control anti-clockwise rotation switch. It has the same design as the auxiliary switch used for
- Off - clockwise rotation. the miniature circuit breakers (see Chapter "Miniature Circuit
Breakers").
■ Benefits
• The control switches can be bus-mounted with each other or • The handle locking device prevents undesired manual on and
with 5TE4 8 pushbuttons, 5TE5 8 light indicators or 5TT4 1 re- off switching. This increases operational safety.
mote control switches and 5TT4 2 switching relays. This saves • The handle locking device is a universal accessory for all
time and space. switches and miniature circuit breakers. This simplifies
• For busbars, see page 8/22. logistics.
5TE8 1
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1
Approvals EN 60669
Rated operational current Ie Per conducting path A 20
Rated operational voltage Ue 1-pole V AC 230
Multipole V AC 400
Rated power dissipation Pv Contact per pole VA 0.7
Conventional thermal current Ithe (enclosed) A 20
Rated breaking capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 60
Rated making capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 60
Short-circuit strength
In conjunction with fuse of the same EN 60269 gL/gG kA 10
rated operational current
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV >5
Clearances Open contacts mm 2×>2
Between the poles mm >7
Creepage distances mm >7
Mechanical service life Switching cycles 25000
Electrical service life Switching cycles 10000
Minimum contact load V; mA 10; 300
Rated short-time currents
Per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 Up to 0.2 s A 650
Up to 0.5 s A 400
(The respective rated surge current can Up to 1 s A 290
be calculated by multiplying by a factor of 1.5). Up to 3 s A 170
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) 1
Max. tightening torque Nm 1.2
Conductor cross-sections Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6
Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1 ... 6
At 95 % relative humidity Acc. to DIN 50015 °C 45
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/5

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Control switches

Version Ie Ue Conductor Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
cross- ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
sections width SET, approx.
M)
A V AC Up to mm2 MW kg
Two-way switches (20 A)
With sealable switch position,
separate handle locking device can be retrofitted
Mountable auxiliary switch
1 NO + 1 NC 20 400 6 1 } 5TE8 151 1 1 unit 027 0.075
Auxiliary switch cannot be retrofitted

2 NO + 2 NC 20 400 6 1 B 5TE8 152 1 1 unit 027 0.095
3 NO + 1 NC 20 400 6 1 B 5TE8 153 1 1 unit 027 0.094
1 CO 20 230 6 1 } 5TE8 161 1 1 unit 027 0.072
2 CO 20 400 6 1 } 5TE8 162 1 1 unit 027 0.090
8
Group switches with center position (20 A)
separate handle locking device can be retrofitted
1 CO 20 230 6 1 } 5TE8 141 1 1 unit 027 0.060
2 CO 20 400 6 1 } 5TE8 142 1 1 unit 027 0.091
Control switch (20 A)

With fixed mounted glow lamp 230 V or diode 48 V,
with replaceable, white transparent luminescent cap,
with sealable switch position, separate handle locking
device can be retrofitted
1 NO 20 230 6 1 } 5TE8 101 1 1 unit 027 0.070
20 48 6 1 B 5TE8 101-3 1 1 unit 027 0.056
1 NO, for max. 150 m cable length

20 230 6 1 B 5TE8 105 1 1 unit 027 0.066
2 NO 20 400 6 1 B 5TE8 102 1 1 unit 027 0.078
3 NO 20 400 6 1 B 5TE8 103 1 1 unit 027 0.091
With mounted auxiliary switch (1 NO, 1 NC)

3 NO 20 400 6 1.5 B 5TE8 108 1 1 unit 027 0.137

8/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Control switches

width SET, approx.
M)
MW kg
For right-side retrofitting with factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also Section
"Miniature circuit breakers"
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 010 1 1 unit 027 0.066
2 NO 0.5 A 5ST3 011 1 1 unit 027 0.055
2 NC 0.5 A 5ST3 012 1 1 unit 027 0.055

For all 5TE8 switches, A 5ST3 801 1 1 unit 027 0.012
can be sealed against unwanted manual ON/OFF
switching,
for padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Spacers
8
Contour for modular devices with a mounting depth
of 70 mm;
can be snapped onto either side of the busbar, so
that two spacers allow for convenient cable routing
0.5 } 5TG8 240 1 2 units 027 0.010
Cap sets
For manual changing of the luminous plates for
5TE8 10 control switches
Cap set comprising 1 red, green, yellow, white and C 5TG8 068 1 1 set 027 0.006
blue plate each
For busbars for control switch, see page 8/22.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/7
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons
■ Overview
The pushbuttons are used in control systems, e.g. to switch on function for manual use, as control switches or for the switching
seal-in circuits or as pushbuttons with maintained-contact of loads up to 20 A.
■ Benefits
• Pushbuttons with setting function for momentary-contact or • Pushbuttons and light indicators with separate infeed in one
8 maintained-contact operation can be changed over after

installation and connection. This increases the application
device. This means they can also be used for voltages other
than the switching voltage.
options of the devices and saves laborious working in the • Control pushbuttons with remote signaling pilot light in one
distribution board. modular width in momentary-contact or maintained-contact
operation save space.
• In the case of devices with two pushbuttons and two lamps, • Pilot lights and caps can also be safely replaced during oper-
each pushbutton must be set separately. This increases the ation without the use of tools. Functionality is quickly restored.
application options of devices. • A range of different-colored, transparent caps enable the
signaling of plant states in compliance with IEC 60073. Three
indications are possible for each device - this saves space.
• The lamps are mounted in a slotted base, which protects

against polarity reversal. Thus, correct polarization is always
ensured for DC applications.
8/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons
5TE4 8
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3;
IEC/EN 60669-1
Approvals EN 60669-1
Rated operational current Ie Per conducting path A 20
Multipole V AC 400
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole VA 0.6
Conventional thermal current Ithe (enclosed) A 20
Rated breaking capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 60
Rated making capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 60
Mechanical service life Switching cycles 25000
Rated short-time currents
Per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 Up to 0.2 s A 650
(The respective rated surge current can

be calculated by multiplying by a factor of 1.5).
Up to 0.5 s
Up to 1 s
Up to 3 s
A
A
A
400
290
170
8
Power loss of 5TG8 05.-. LEDs 5TG8 05.-.

Rated power dissipation Pv
• LED VA 0.4
Color coding according to IEC 60073

Color Safety of people or environment Process state System state
Red Danger Emergency Faulty
Yellow Warning/Caution Abnormal
Green Safety Normal
Blue Stipulation
White
Gray No special significance assigned
Black
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/9

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons

M)
Pushbuttons without maintained-contact function
1 NO + 1 NC
1 gray pushbutton 20 400 6 1 } 5TE4 800 1 1 unit 027 0.073
1 NO, 1 NO
1 green pushbutton, 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 804 1 1 unit 027 0.093
1 blue pushbutton
1 NO + 1 NC
1 red pushbutton 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 805 1 1 unit 027 0.074
1 NO + 1 NC
1 green pushbutton 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 806 1 1 unit 027 0.067
1 NO + 1 NC
1 yellow pushbutton 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 807 1 1 unit 027 0.074
8 1 NO + 1 NC
1 blue pushbutton 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 808 1 1 unit 027 0.071
Pushbuttons with maintained-contact function

1 NO + 1 NC
1 gray pushbutton 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 810 1 1 unit 027 0.074
2 NO
3 NO + N
4 NC
2 CO
Control pushbuttons with maintained-contact function

and/or momentary-contact function and lamp, 230 V
For max. 5 m cable length
1 NO + 1 NC
1 red pushbutton 20 400 6 1 } 5TE4 820 1 1 unit 027 0.083
1 NO
1 red pushbutton 20 230 6 1 } 5TE4 821 1 1 unit 027 0.073
2 NO
2 NC
Control pushbuttons with maintained-contact function

and/or momentary-contact function and lamp, 230 V
1 NO
Double pushbuttons with maintained-contact function and/or

momentary-contact function
1 NO and 1 NC,
1 red pushbutton
1 NO, 1 NC and 1NO, 1 NC

1 red pushbutton

8/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Pushbuttons

M)
Double pushbutton with maintained-contact function
and/or momentary-contact function and two lamps, 230 V
1 NO and 1 NO, 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 840 1 1 unit 027 0.094

1 green pushbutton,
1 red pushbutton
1 NO and 1 NC, 20 400 6 1 B 5TE4 841 1 1 unit 027 0.094

1 green pushbutton,
1 red pushbutton
Version Ie Un DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
mA V kg
LEDs for manual replacement
N
White
Red
0.4 12 ... 60 AC/DC C
C
5TG8 056-0
5TG8 056-1
1
1
5 units
5 units
027
027
0.005
0.005
8
Yellow C 5TG8 056-2 1 5 units 027 0.005
Green C 5TG8 056-3 1 5 units 027 0.005
Blue C 5TG8 056-4 1 5 units 027 0.005
White 0.4 115 AC/DC C 5TG8 057-0 1 5 units 027 0.005
Red C 5TG8 057-1 1 5 units 027 0.005
Yellow C 5TG8 057-2 1 5 units 027 0.005
Green C 5TG8 057-3 1 5 units 027 0.005
Blue C 5TG8 057-4 1 5 units 027 0.005
White 0.4 230 AC C 5TG8 058-0 1 5 units 027 0.005
Red C 5TG8 058-1 1 5 units 027 0.005
Yellow C 5TG8 058-2 1 5 units 027 0.005
Green C 5TG8 058-3 1 5 units 027 0.005
Blue C 5TG8 058-4 1 5 units 027 0.005
Cap sets, manually replaceable with colored caps with
or without lamps
Gray, non-transparent (1 set = 5 units) D 5TG8 060 1 1 set 027 0.001
Red, transparent (1 set = 5 units) B 5TG8 061 1 1 set 027 0.004
Green, transparent (1 set = 5 units) B 5TG8 062 1 1 set 027 0.001
Yellow, transparent (1 set = 5 units) B 5TG8 063 1 1 set 027 0.004
Blue, transparent (1 set = 5 units) C 5TG8 064 1 1 set 027 0.003
Black, non-transparent (1 set = 5 units) D 5TG8 065 1 1 set 027 0.001
White, transparent (1 set = 5 units) B 5TG8 066 1 1 set 027 0.003
Red and green (1 set contains 10 lamps per color), D 5TG8 067 1 1 set 027 0.011
yellow, blue and white (1 set contains 5 lamps per color)
Red, green, yellow (1 set = 3 units) C 5TG8 070 1 1 set 027 0.007

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/11
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Light indicators
■ Overview
Light indicators are used to signal switching states or faults in They are available as single, double or triple light indicators.
systems.
The triple light indicators are used as phase or signal indicators.
■ Benefits
• Pilot lights and caps can also be safely replaced during oper- • The lamps are mounted in a slotted base, which protects
8 ation without the use of tools. Functionality is quickly restored.
• A range of different-colored, transparent caps enable the
against polarity reversal. This ensures the correct polarization
for all DC applications.
signaling of plant states in compliance with IEC 60073. Three • A range of different-colored, transparent caps enable the
indications are possible for each device - this saves space. signaling of plant states in compliance with IEC 60073. Three
indications are possible for each device - this saves space.
• The devices have preferred positions for the N terminals, so • A light indicator with three lamps enables three-phase signal-
that it is possible to bus-mount several devices. This ensures ing and "traffic-light signaling" in a single modular width. This
fast and simple installation saves valuable installation space and makes things more
• The options for bus mounting are described in the chapter manageable. This enables implementation of the signaling of
"Miniature circuit breakers". system states as defined in IEC 60073.
8/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Light indicators
5TE5 8
Standards DIN VDE 0710-1
Rated operational voltage Ue Max. V AC 230 (for different voltages see 5TG8 lamps)
Rated power dissipation Pv VA See 5TG8 lamps
Clearances Between the terminals mm >7
5TG8 05.
Color coding according to IEC 60073
Rated power dissipation Pv Meaning
• LED VA 0.4
Safety of people Process state System state
Color and environment
8
Red Danger Emergency Faulty
Yellow Warning/Caution Abnormal
Green Safety Normal
Blue Stipulation
White No special significance assigned

Version Ue Conductor Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
M)
V AC Up to mm2 MW kg
Light indicators for a max. cable length of up to 5 m
With 1 red lamp 230 6 1 } 5TE5 800 1 1/12 units 027 0.051
With 2 lamps, green and red } 5TE5 801 1 1 unit 027 0.068
With 3 green lamps } 5TE5 802 1 1 unit 027 0.076
With 3 lamps, red, yellow and green } 5TE5 803 1 1 unit 027 0.076
Light indicators for a max. cable length of up to 250 m

With 1 red lamp 230 6 1 B 5TE5 804 1 1 unit 027 0.063

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/13
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Light indicators
Ie Ue DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
mA V kg
LEDs for manual replacement
N
White 0.4 12 ... 60 AC/DC C 5TG8 056-0 1 5 units 027 0.005
Red C 5TG8 056-1 1 5 units 027 0.005
Yellow C 5TG8 056-2 1 5 units 027 0.005
Green C 5TG8 056-3 1 5 units 027 0.005
Blue C 5TG8 056-4 1 5 units 027 0.005
White 0.4 115 AC/DC C 5TG8 057-0 1 5 units 027 0.005
Red C 5TG8 057-1 1 5 units 027 0.005
Yellow C 5TG8 057-2 1 5 units 027 0.005
Green C 5TG8 057-3 1 5 units 027 0.005
Blue C 5TG8 057-4 1 5 units 027 0.005
White 0.4 230 AC C 5TG8 058-0 1 5 units 027 0.005
Red C 5TG8 058-1 1 5 units 027 0.005
Yellow C 5TG8 058-2 1 5 units 027 0.005
Green C 5TG8 058-3 1 5 units 027 0.005
Blue C 5TG8 058-4 1 5 units 027 0.005
Cap sets for manual changing of colored caps
8 Red, transparent
(1 set = 5 units)
B 5TG8 061 1 1 set 027 0.004
Green, transparent B 5TG8 062 1 1 set 027 0.001

(1 set = 5 units)
Yellow, transparent B 5TG8 063 1 1 set 027 0.004

(1 set = 5 units)
Blue, transparent C 5TG8 064 1 1 set 027 0.003

(1 set = 5 units)
White, transparent B 5TG8 066 1 1 set 027 0.003

(1 set = 5 units)
Red and green D 5TG8 067 1 1 set 027 0.011

(1 set = 10 lamps per color),
yellow, blue and white
(1 set = 5 lamps per color)
Red, green, yellow C 5TG8 070 1 1 set 027 0.007
(1 set = 3 units)

8/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
■ Overview
The devices are used for the switching of lighting, motors and The ON/OFF switches in the rated currents 32 A to 125 A can be
other electrical devices. used as switch disconnectors according to IEC/EN 60947-3.
The rated currents of the range are 20 A to 125 A. There is a A special version of the ON/OFF switch with rated current 63 A
compact series of space-saving devices with up to 4 NO con- is available for use in meter cabinets. This version can be locked
tacts in a single MW available for rated currents 20 A and 32 A. in the "OFF" position using a special key. The clamping screws
are mechanically covered so that they are no longer accessible.
■ Benefits
• The switches can be retrofitted with auxiliary switches without • Clear and visible conductor connection in front of the busbar
the need for tools for safe and easy mounting.
• Uniform auxiliary switches for miniature circuit breakers and • The infeed can be either from the top or the bottom as the
switches. So no need to stock-keep additional components. terminals are identical. This simplifies connection.
• The 20 A and 32 A switches can be bus-mounted with each • Spacers can be used as a compensating element and have a
other or with 5TE4 8 pushbuttons, 5TE5 8 light indicators or width of 0.5 MW. They come with an integrated wiring duct for
5TT4 1 remote control switches and 5TT4 2 switching relays. the insertion of conductors.
This saves time and space • Two oppositely installed spacers thus offer space for large
• For busbars, see page 8/22. conductor cross-sections up to a 15 mm diameter. This simpli-
fies cable routing in the distribution board.
• The handle locking device is a universal accessory for all
switches and miniature circuit breakers. This simplifies
logistics.
• The handle locking device prevents undesired manual on and

off switching. This increases operational safety.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/15

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
5TE8 1 5TE8 2
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3; IEC/EN 60947-3
IEC/EN 60669-1
Rated operational current Ie Per conducting path A 20 32
Multipole V AC 400
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole, max. VA 0.7
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 20 32
Rated breaking capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 60 96
Rated making capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 60 96
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm
In conjunction with fuse of the same rated EN 60269 gL/gG kA 10
operational current
Mechanical service life Switching 25000
8 Electrical service life

cycles
Switching 10000
cycles
Per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 Up to 0.2 s A 650 1000
Up to 0.5 s A 400 630
(The corresponding rated surge current can be Up to 1 s A 290 450
established by multiplying by factor 1.5.) Up to 3 s A 170 250
8/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches
5TE8 3 5TE8 4 5TE8 5 5TE8 6 5TE8 7 5TE8 8

-- IEC/EN 60669-1 --
Rated operational current Ie Per conducting path A 32 40 63 80 100 125
Multipole V AC 400
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole, max. VA 0.7 0.9 2.2 3.5 5.5 8.6
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith A 32 40 63 80 100 125
Rated breaking capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 96 120 196 240 300 375
Rated making capacity At p.f. = 0.65 A 96 120 196 240 300 375
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm
In conjunction with fuse of the same EN 60269 gL/gG kA 10
rated operational current
Clearances Open contacts mm >7
cycles
8
Electrical service life Switching 10000 5000 1000
cycles
Rated power 1-pole kW 5 6.5 10 13 16 16
Switching of resistive loads 2-pole kW 9 11 18 22 28 28
including moderate overload AC-21 3-/4-pole kW 15 15 30 39 48 48
Per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 Up to 0.2 s A 760 950 1500 2700 3400 3400
Up to 0.5 s A 500 630 1000 1650 2100 2100
(The corresponding rated surge current can be Up to 1 s A 400 500 800 1350 1700 1700
established by multiplying by factor 1.5.) Up to 3 s A 280 350 560 800 1000 1000
Conductor cross-sections Rigid mm2 1 ... 35 2.5 ... 50
Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1 ... 35 2.5 ... 50

M)
ON/OFF switches (20 A and 32 A)
separate handle locking device can be retrofitted,
Mountable auxiliary switch
1 NO 20 230 6 1 } 5TE8 111 1 1/12 units 027 0.068
32 B 5TE8 211 1 1 unit 027 0.066
2 NO 20 400 6 1 } 5TE8 112 1 1 unit 027 0.075
32 } 5TE8 212 1 1 unit 027 0.076
3 NO 20 400 6 1 B 5TE8 113 1 1 unit 027 0.086
32 B 5TE8 213 1 1 unit 027 0.086

3 NO + N 20 400 6 1 B 5TE8 114 1 1 unit 027 0.094
32 } 5TE8 214 1 1 unit 027 0.094
With mounted auxiliary switch
3 NO + N 20 400 6 1.5 B 5TE8 118 1 1 unit 027 0.138
32 B 5TE8 218 1 1 unit 027 0.143

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/17
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches

M)
ON/OFF switches (32 A to 125 A)
Can be used as switch disconnector
According to EN 60947-1
With sealable switch position, separate handle locking
device can be retrofitted, auxiliary switches can be retrofit-
ted
1 NO, red handle 63 230 35 1 B 5TE8 521 1 1 unit 027 0.108
100 50 B 5TE8 721 1 1 unit 027 0.110
1 NO, gray handle 32 35 B 5TE8 311 1 1 unit 027 0.113
40 B 5TE8 411 1 1 unit 027 0.113
63 B 5TE8 511 1 1 unit 027 0.117
80 50 B 5TE8 611 1 1 unit 027 0.124
100 B 5TE8 711 1 1 unit 027 0.123
125 B 5TE8 811 1 1 unit 027 0.124
100 50 B 5TE8 722 1 1 unit 027 0.216
2 NO, gray handle 32 35 } 5TE8 312 1 1 unit 027 0.215
40 } 5TE8 412 1 1 unit 027 0.216
8 63
80 50
}
B
5TE8 512
5TE8 612
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.215
0.237
100 B 5TE8 712 1 1 unit 027 0.240
125 B 5TE8 812 1 1 unit 027 0.229

100 50 B 5TE8 723 1 1 unit 027 0.355
3 NO, gray handle 32 35 } 5TE8 313 1 1 unit 027 0.321
40 } 5TE8 413 1 1 unit 027 0.320
63 } 5TE8 513 1 1 unit 027 0.321
80 50 } 5TE8 613 1 1 unit 027 0.337
100 } 5TE8 713 1 1 unit 027 0.355
3 NO+ N, red 63 400 35 4 B 5TE8 524 1 1 unit 027 0.430

handle 100 50 B 5TE8 724 1 1 unit 027 0.476
3 NO+ N, gray 32 35 } 5TE8 314 1 1 unit 027 0.428
handle 40 } 5TE8 414 1 1 unit 027 0.430
63 } 5TE8 514 1 1 unit 027 0.426
80 50 } 5TE8 614 1 1 unit 027 0.475
100 } 5TE8 714 1 1 unit 027 0.476
125 } 5TE8 814 1 1 unit 027 0.477
4 NO, gray handle 32 35 4 B 5TE8 315 1 1 unit 027 0.424
40 B 5TE8 415 1 1 unit 027 0.434
63 B 5TE8 515 1 1 unit 027 0.436
80 50 B 5TE8 615 1 1 unit 027 0.479
100 B 5TE8 715 1 1 unit 027 0.481
125 B 5TE8 815 1 1 unit 027 0.482
125 B 5TE8 813 1 1 unit 027 0.357
ON/OFF switches 63 A
Can be used as switch disconnector
According to EN 60947-1
Terminal access from the bottom and off-position lockable
with special key (exclusive power supply company tool)
Reduced lower terminal entry for conductors with
approx. 7 mm diameter
3 NO 63 400 35 3 B 5TE8 533 1 1 unit 027 0.311

for all 5TE8 switches,
for right-side retrofitting with factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also
Section "Miniature circuit breakers"
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 010 1 1 unit 027 0.066
2 NO 0.5 A 5ST3 011 1 1 unit 027 0.055
2 NC 0.5 A 5ST3 012 1 1 unit 027 0.055
Auxiliary switches for small output
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 013 1 1 unit 027 0.055
2 NO 0.5 B 5ST3 014 1 1 unit 027 0.054
2 NC 0.5 B 5ST3 015 1 1 unit 027 0.060

8/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
ON/OFF switches

M)
For all 5TE8 switches, A 5ST3 801 1 1 unit 027 0.012
can be sealed against unwanted manual
ON/OFF switching,
for padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Terminal covers
For all 5TE8 5 to 5TE8 8 switches, B 5ST3 800 1 10 units 027 0.002
in 1 MW per pole version,
for covering screw openings,
sealable
Spacers
8
Contour for modular devices with a mounting
depth of 70 mm;
can be snapped onto either side of the busbar,
so that two spacers allow for convenient cable
routing
0.5 } 5TG8 240 1 2 units 027 0.010
Phase connectors
For easier wiring in various wiring versions
and bus mountings or as a fixpoint terminal for conduc-
tors from 2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2
1P 125 230 50 1 B 5TE9 112 1 1 unit 027 0.114
N-conductor connectors
For easier wiring in various wiring versions
and bus mountings or as a fixpoint terminal for N conduc-
tors from 2.5 mm2 to 50 mm2 with blue color marking
1P 125 230 50 1 B 5TE9 113 1 1 unit 027 0.114

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/19
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
DC isolators
DIN VDE 0100-712 specifies the use of special switch discon- • Compact DIN rail device for applications up to 1000 V DC
nectors for isolating solar modules in photovoltaic systems. With • Separate switching position display for unambiguous indica-
a high rated voltage of 1000 V DC, the 5TE2 515-1 switch dis- tion of the switching state
connectors from Siemens go well above and beyond meeting
these requirements. • Compatible with all miniature circuit breaker accessories –
reduced stock-keeping
The optimally coordinated BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection • The effective touch protection when grasping the device con-
product range – which includes DC overvoltage protection and siderably exceeds the requirements of BGV A3.
universal current-sensitive SIQUENCE TYPE B RCCBs – en-
ables the quick and easy implementation of standard-conform • Manual snap-on fixing and release systems that require no
protection for photovoltaic systems. tools enable fast assembly and disassembly of switch discon-
nectors
• Clear and visible conductor connection that can be easily
checked in front of the busbar
5TE2 515-1
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3, IEC/EN 60669-1
Rated operational current Ie A 63
8
Rated operational voltage Ue For 4 poles in series V DC 1000
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole, max. W 4.4
Rated short-circuit strength Icw 1000 V DC, 4-pole A 760
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm 1000 V DC, 4-pole A 500
cycles
Electrical service life Switching 5000
cycles
Utilization category DC-21B
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) PZ 2
Max. tightening torque Nm 2.5 ... 3
Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25

M)
DC isolators
1000 V DC,
can be used as switch disconnector according to
EN 60947-1,
with sealable switch position,
separate handle locking device can be retrofitted,
auxiliary switch can be retrofitted
4 NO 63 -- 35 4 C 5TE2 515-1 1 1 unit 027 0.672

for DC isolator 5TE2, for right-side retrofitting with
factory-fitted brackets,
for further technical specifications, see also Sec-
tion "Miniature circuit breakers"
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 010 1 1 unit 027 0.066
2 NO 0.5 A 5ST3 011 1 1 unit 027 0.055
2 NC 0.5 A 5ST3 012 1 1 unit 027 0.055
Auxiliary switches for small output
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 } 5ST3 013 1 1 unit 027 0.055
2 NO 0.5 B 5ST3 014 1 1 unit 027 0.054
2 NC 0.5 B 5ST3 015 1 1 unit 027 0.060

8/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
DC isolators
■ Configuration
For DC voltages up to 1000 V, the four poles need to be con- For this reason it is essential to comply with the polarity specifi-
nected in series. In contrast to normal flush-mounting switches, cations of the switches when connecting the conductor. Suitable
these devices are also fitted with arcing chambers and perma- precautions should be taken during plant configuration to
nent solenoids to aid the positive quenching of the electric arc in ensure there can be no polarity reversal in DC operation
direct currents. (e.g. photovoltaic plants).
- 1 + 3 - 5 + 7
- 1 + 3 - 5 + 7
+ 2 - 4 + 6 - 8
+ 2 - 4 + 6 - 8
WR
I201_14005
I201_14006
+ -
-
+
- + + -
PV WR
PV
Legend:
PV: Photovoltaic
WR: Inverter
8
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/21

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Busbar systems
■ Overview
Siemens has developed a rail-mounting concept which makes The arrangement of the terminals on the devices is adapted to
the linking of switching devices just as easy as that of miniature the bus mounting. With only two busbars, this saves consider-
circuit breakers. able mounting time.
■ Benefits
8 • Uniform bus mounting on many devices • All 5TE8 switches (20 A and 32 A) in 1 MW can be fed via the
• All 5TE8 switches (20 A and 32 A), 5TE4 8 pushbuttons, single or two-phase busbars. Thus 2 two-phase busbars
5TE5 8 light indicators and 5TT4 1 remote control switches support a 4-pole infeed. This is unique.
and 5TT4 2 switching relays can be bus-mounted. This makes
installation tasks considerably easier.
• Infeed: The phase busbar is fed in at the tunnel terminal for

conductors up to 6 mm2 up to 32 A. No additional feeder
terminals required.
8/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Busbar systems

Version Length DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
mm kg
Single-phase busbars
For all 5TE8, 20 A and 32 A switches 210 C 5TE9 100 1 10 units 027 0.034
In the 12 MW version for the cutting of unused
terminal lugs to ensure insulation clearances if
one device terminal is to be supplied separately
despite being mounted on the busbar,
modular clearance = 1 MW
Busbar infeed to unit terminal with conductor
cross-section of 6 mm2 up to 32 A
Can be mounted top or bottom in the front or
rear terminal area
Note:
An end cap is not required on single-phase
busbars.
Two-phase busbars
For all 5TE8, 20 A and 32 A switches 220 C 5TE9 101 1 10 units 027 0.076
In 12 MW version with 1 MW division, whereby
the two busbars are offset by 0.5 MW 8
Both copper conductors of the two-phase bus-
bar are insulated together.
Busbar infeed to unit terminal with conductor
cross-section of 6 mm2 up to 32 A
Can be mounted from top or bottom, or in the
front or rear terminal area, thus allowing realiza-
tion of a
4-conductor connection using two two-phase
busbars.
End caps for two-phase busbars
End caps for 5TE9 101 two-phase busbars to C 5TE9 102 1 1 set 027 0.001
keep insulation clearances when the bar is
being cut.
1 set = 10 units
5ST3 6 and 5ST3 7 busbar systems
All busbars of the 5ST3 6 and 5ST3 7 busbar
systems can also be used for all 5TE8 switches
from 32 A to 125 A in 1 MW per pole versions
(see chapter "Miniature Circuit Breakers").

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/23
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Remote control switches
Remote control switches are used in residential and non-resi- • All the devices have the VDE mark. This increases operational
dential buildings, as well as the switchgear engineering sector. safety.
They trip in the event of current inrushes, i.e. pulses, and then • Remote control switches with central/group switching support
electromechanically save the switching position (i.e. without convenient and high feature applications
auxiliary power), even in the event of a power failure. In residen-
tial and non-residential buildings, used in conjunction with push- • High functional reliability due to electromechanical design
buttons, they facilitate installation of systems where, for exam- without fault-prone electronics
ple, a corridor light needs to be switched from more than one • The devices have no standby losses
location. Because they save the switching position without • All devices have a switching position indicator and are oper-
standby losses, they enable the energy-efficient control of ated manually. This enables simple on-site operation and fast
lighting. recognition of the switching state.
With special functions, such as central and group control, or • The remote control switches can be bus-mounted on
series and shutter/blind control sequences, even high feature 5TE9 100 and 5TE9 101 busbars; e.g.: bus mounting of the
control tasks can be implemented easily and energy-efficiently. N conductor and/or infeed.
All the devices have the VDE mark and can also be equipped • All the remote control switches can be fitted with an additional
with an additional auxiliary switch. All devices have a switching auxiliary switch. This increases application flexibility.
position indicator and are operated manually. The switching
noise is particularly quiet and meets the requirements of residen-
tial buildings.
8
Note:
Busbars to match the 5TT4 1 remote control switch can be found
on page 8/22.
8/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Remote control switches Auxiliary switches
5TT4 101 5TT4 103 5TT4 12 5TT4 13 5TT4 900 5TT4 901
5TT4 102 5TT4 104 5TT4 15 5TT4 14
5TT4 105
5TT4 115
Standards IEC 60669-1, IEC 60669-2, IEC 60669-3,
EN 60669, EN 60669-2-2, EN 60669-2-2/A1
Approvals VDE 0632
Contact type 1 NO 3 NO 1 NO Series 1 CO 1 CO
2 NO 4 NO 2 NO Shutter/
1 NO 1 NC 3 NO blind
1 NO 1 NC
Manual operation Yes --
Switching position indication Yes --
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 8 ... 230 --
V DC 12 ... 110 --
Primary operating range × Uc 0.8 ... 1.1 --
Rated frequency fc (AC types) Hz 50 --
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 4 1
• Magnet coil, only pulse
• Per contact at 16 A
W/VA
W
4.5/7
1.2
9/13 4.5/7 --
-- 8
Minimum contact load V AC; mA 10; 100 10; 100 5 AC/DC; 1
Rated operational current Ie at p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 A 16 5 0.1
• 1 NO V AC 250 -- 250 -- 250 30 AC/DC
• 2 NO V AC 400 -- 400 250 --
• 3 NO V AC -- 400 400 -- --
• 4 NO V AC -- 400 -- -- --
• 1 NO + 1 NC V AC 250 -- 250 -- --
Glow lamp load at 230 V mA 5 --
• With one 5TT4 920 compensator mA 25 --
• With two 5TT4 920 compensators mA 45 --
Incandescent lamp load W 2400 --
Different phases between magnet coil/contact Permissible --
Contact gap mm > 1.2 < 1.2
Safe separation
Creepage distances and clearances between magnet coil/contact mm >6
Pushbutton malfunction
Protected against continuous voltage, safe due to design Yes PTC Yes1) Yes --
Minimum pulse duration ms 50
Electrical service life In switch-
At Ie/Ue or specified lamp load ing cycles 50000
• Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6 0.5 ... 4
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1 ... 6 0.75 ... 4
1)
For 2.5 MW 5TT4 123-0 devices with PTC.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/25

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices

Contacts Ue Ie Uc Uc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC V AC V DC MW kg
Remote control switches,
auxiliary switches can be retrofitted
1 NO 250 16 230 1 } 5TT4 101-0 1 1/12 units 027 0.135
115 B 5TT4 101-1 1 1 unit 027 0.138
24 } 5TT4 101-2 1 1 unit 027 0.134
12 B 5TT4 101-3 1 1 unit 027 0.133
8 B 5TT4 101-4 1 1 unit 027 0.128
2 NO 400 16 230 1 } 5TT4 102-0 1 1 unit 027 0.144
115 B 5TT4 102-1 1 1 unit 027 0.150
24 } 5TT4 102-2 1 1 unit 027 0.144
12 B 5TT4 102-3 1 1 unit 027 0.145
8 B 5TT4 102-4 1 1 unit 027 0.141
3 NO 16 230 2 } 5TT4 103-0 1 1 unit 027 0.199
24 } 5TT4 103-2 1 1 unit 027 0.198
4 NO 16 230 2 } 5TT4 104-0 1 1 unit 027 0.211
24 } 5TT4 104-2 1 1 unit 027 0.210
1 NO + 1 NC 250 16 230 1 } 5TT4 105-0 1 1 unit 027 0.144

115 B 5TT4 105-1 1 1 unit 027 0.151
24 } 5TT4 105-2 1 1 unit 027 0.144
12 B 5TT4 105-3 1 1 unit 027 0.145
8 B 5TT4 105-4 1 1 unit 027 0.140
1 NO + 1 NC 250 16 110 1 } 5TT4 115-1 1 1 unit 027 0.144
24 } 5TT4 115-2 1 1 unit 027 0.147
12 } 5TT4 115-3 1 1 unit 027 0.144
Remote control switches with central ON/OFF switching,

auxiliary switch cannot be retrofitted
1 NO 250 16 230 1.5 } 5TT4 121-0 1 1 unit 027 0.155
24 } 5TT4 121-2 1 1 unit 027 0.165
2 NO 400 16 230 1.5 } 5TT4 122-0 1 1 unit 027 0.163
24 } 5TT4 122-2 1 1 unit 027 0.175
3 NO 400 16 230 2.5 } 5TT4 123-0 1 1 unit 027 0.227
1 NO + 1 NC 250 16 230 1.5 } 5TT4 125-0 1 1 unit 027 0.163
Remote control switches, with central and group ON/OFF
switching, auxiliary switch cannot be retrofitted
1 NO 250 16 230 1.5 } 5TT4 151-0 1 1 unit 027 0.145
24 1.5 } 5TT4 151-2 1 1 unit 027 0.144
2 NO 400 16 230 1.5 } 5TT4 152-0 1 1 unit 027 0.156
24 1.5 } 5TT4 152-2 1 1 unit 027 0.155
Series remote control switches

Contact sequence 1 - 2 - 1+2 - 0
2 NO 250 16 230 1 } 5TT4 132-0 1 1 unit 027 0.143
12 } 5TT4 132-3 1 1 unit 027 0.130
Blinds remote control switches

Contact sequence 1 - 0 - 2 - 0
2 NO 250 16 230 1 } 5TT4 142-0 1 1 unit 027 0.144
24 B 5TT4 142-2 1 1 unit 027 0.145
12 C 5TT4 142-3 1 1 unit 027 0.143

8/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Contacts Ue Ie Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC MW kg
Auxiliary switches
One device can be retrofitted per remote control switch
1 CO 250 5 0.5 } 5TT4 900 1 1 unit 027 0.049
250 V AC/5 A
1 CO 30 AC/DC 0.1 0.5 } 5TT4 901 1 1 unit 027 0.050
For small outputs
Compensators
For increasing the glow lamp load by 20 mA
250 -- 1 } 5TT4 920 1 1 unit 027 0.073
8
Mechanical storage Busbar mounting
Remote control switches are used to switch lighting by means of
several pushbuttons. This makes complex cross/two-way
switching unnecessary. With each pushbutton impulse, the re-
mote control switch changes its contact position from "OFF" to
"ON", etc. In the event of a power failure, the last switching posi-
tion is mechanically stored. Electromechanical remote control
switches have no standby loss.
Pushbutton malfunction
Pushbuttons can jam, which may expose remote control
switches to a continuous voltage. All remote control switches are
protected against this type of malfunction through their design or
through PTC.
Central switching functions
Versions with central ON/OFF function allow the central switch-
ing of all connected remote control switches. This type of central • All 5TT4 1 remote control switches can be bus-mounted with
switching can also be actuated using a time switch. All remote each other. This saves time and space.
control switches can be switched to the ON or OFF switching Note:
state, regardless of their current switching state. Busbars to match the 5TT4 1 remote control switch can be found
Contact sequences on page 8/22.
1 – 2 – 1+2 – 0 or 1 - 0 - 2 - 0 means:
0: No contact closed
1: Only contact 1 closed
2: Only contact 2 closed
1+2: Contact 1 and Contact 2 are closed
The contact positions are constantly changing with each push-
button impulse.
Note:
Synchronous switching of the contacts cannot be guaranteed
with parallel switching. Products with central/group switching
must be used for the mutual control of several remote control
switches.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/27
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Switching relays
Switching relays are used in residential, non-residential and in- • Fast and simple installation thanks to bus-mounting
dustrial buildings for the purpose of contact multiplication. They • Switching position indicator when checking the plant for
can be used with safe isolation between coil voltage and con- enhanced safety
tact. Switching relays for direct voltages in particular are seeing
increasing use. • Manual intervention possible at any time – easy fault locating
due to manual operation.
With the 5TE9 100 and 5TE9 101 busbar, the switching relays
can be mounted quickly and safely, e.g. by bus-mounting the
N-conductor and/or infeed – and this applies to the whole range
of switching relays.
Note:
Busbars to match the 5TT4 2 switching relay can be found on
page 8/22.
5TT4 201-. 5TT4 202-. 5TT4 204-. 5TT4 205-. 5TT4 206-. 5TT4 207-. 5TT4 217-.
Standards EN 60947-5-1, EN 60669-2-2
Contact type 1 NO 2 NO 4 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 1 CO 2 CO 2 CO
Manual operation Yes
8 Rated control voltage Uc V AC
V DC
8 ... 230
--
--
12 ... 110
Primary operating range × Uc 0.8 ... 1.1
Rated frequency fc Hz 50
• Magnet coil W/VA 2.4/3.0 2.4/3.0 4.8/6.0 2.4/3.0 2.4/3.0 2.4/3.0 1.7
• Per contact at 16 A W 1.0
Minimum contact load V AC; mA 10; 100
At p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 A 16
Rated operational voltage Ue 250 400 400 400 250 400 400
Different phases
Between magnet coil/contact Permissible
Contact gap mm > 1.2 < 1.2
Safe separation
Between creepage distances and clearances
magnet coil/contact mm >6
Electrical service life
At Ie/Ue or specified lamp load Switch- 50000
ing cycles
• Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6
2
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm 1 ... 6
8/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Switching relays

Contacts Ue Ie Uc Uc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
Switching relays for AC voltage
1 NO 250 16 230 1 } 5TT4 201-0 1 1/12 units 027 0.130
115 B 5TT4 201-1 1 1 unit 027 0.138
24 } 5TT4 201-2 1 1 unit 027 0.132
12 } 5TT4 201-3 1 1 unit 027 0.131
8 } 5TT4 201-4 1 1 unit 027 0.129
2 NO 400 16 230 1 } 5TT4 202-0 1 1 unit 027 0.143
115 B 5TT4 202-1 1 1 unit 027 0.147
24 } 5TT4 202-2 1 1 unit 027 0.142
12 B 5TT4 202-3 1 1 unit 027 0.142
8 B 5TT4 202-4 1 1 unit 027 0.139
4 NO 400 16 230 2 A 5TT4 204-0 1 1 unit 027 0.266
115 B 5TT4 204-1 1 1 unit 027 0.276
24 A 5TT4 204-2 1 1 unit 027 0.278
12 B 5TT4 204-3 1 1 unit 027 0.262
8 B 5TT4 204-4 1 1 unit 027 0.261
1 NO + 400 16 230 1 A 5TT4 205-0 1 1 unit 027 0.142
1 NC 115
24
12
B
}
B
5TT4 205-1
5TT4 205-2
5TT4 205-3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
027
0.147
0.144
0.142
8
8 B 5TT4 205-4 1 1 unit 027 0.139
1 CO 250 16 230 1 } 5TT4 206-0 1 1 unit 027 0.135
115 B 5TT4 206-1 1 1 unit 027 0.140
24 } 5TT4 206-2 1 1 unit 027 0.137
12 B 5TT4 206-3 1 1 unit 027 0.136
8 B 5TT4 206-4 1 1 unit 027 0.137
2 CO 400 16 230 1 A 5TT4 207-0 1 1 unit 027 0.149
115 B 5TT4 207-1 1 1 unit 027 0.153
24 } 5TT4 207-2 1 1 unit 027 0.150
12 B 5TT4 207-3 1 1 unit 027 0.145
8 B 5TT4 207-4 1 1 unit 027 0.147
Switching relays for direct voltage
2 CO 400 16 110 1 } 5TT4 217-1 1 1 unit 027 0.150
30 } 5TT4 217-6 1 1 unit 027 0.135
24 A 5TT4 217-2 1 1 unit 027 0.152
12 } 5TT4 217-3 1 1 unit 027 0.145
Spacers
In the case of higher ambient temperatures, we 0.5 } 5TG8 240 1 2 units 027 0.010
recommend placing a spacer after every second
switching relay for better heat dissipation.
Busbar mounting
• All 5TT4 2 switching relays can be bus-mounted with each
other. This saves time and space.
Note:
Busbars to match the 5TT4 2 switching relay can be found on
page 8/22.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/29
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
Insta contactors, DC technology
■ Overview
Insta contactors are standard devices in installation technology In addition to their basic function, they can also be used for the
and belong to the BETA switching device range. Insta contac- ON/OFF switching of single-phase and three-phase electrical
tors are particularly suitable for switching heating, lighting and motors.
motors. The 5TT5 7 Insta contactors meet the requirements of EN 60947
While Insta contactors have seen a considerable decline in use and are approved to UL 508.
in the electrical heating sector in residential buildings, they have
gained considerable significance for lighting circuits in build-
ings. Insta contactors are increasingly used in industry for
motors where distribution technology plays a major role, e.g. in
auxiliary installations for heat pumps and air conditioning tech-
nology.
■ Benefits
• Safe cable routing through the cable entry funnel - saves time • Switching position indicator for fast recognition of operating
during installation. state offers greater safety when checking the plant.
• The insulation goes right through into the cable entry funnel -
thus ensuring maximum touch protection.
8/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
5TT5 73 5TT5 74 5TT5 75
4-pole 4-pole 4-pole
Standards EN 60947-4-1; EN 60947-5-1; EN 61095; UL 508
Approvals UL 508; UL File No. E303328
Rated frequency at AC fn Hz 40 ... 450
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 24, 115, 230 24, 230
V DC 24, 110, 220 24, 220
Rated operational voltage Ue V 440
Rated operational current Ie At V AC Acc. to UL 480; acc. to IEC 440
• AC-1/AC-7a, NO contacts A 24 40 63
• AC-1/AC-7a, NC contacts A 24 30 30
• AC-3/AC-7b, NO contacts A 9 22 30
• AC-3/AC-7b, NC contacts A 6 -- --
• Pick-up power VA/W 4/4 5/5 6.5/6.5
• Holding power VA/W 4/4 5/5 4.2/4.2
• Per contact AC-1/AC-7a VA 1.5 3 6
Switching times
• Closing (NO contacts) ms ≤ 40
• Opening (NO contacts) ms ≤ 40
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Contact gap (S contacts) min.
kV
mm
≥4
2.4 2.8 2.6
8
At Ie and load AC-1/AC-7a For switching 150000
cycles
AC-3/AC-7b For switching 500000 170000 240000
cycles
Mechanical service life For switching 1 million
cycles
Maximum switching frequency
At load AC-1/AC-7a Switching 300
cycles/h
AC-3/AC-7b Switching 600
cycles/h
Switching of resistive loads AC-1 V AC 230
For rated operational power Ps (NO contacts)
• Single-phase kW 5.3 8.8 13.8
• Three-phase kW 16 26 41
Switching of three-phase asynchronous motors AC-3 V AC 400
for rated operational power Ps (NO contacts)
• Single-phase kW --
• Three-phase kW 4 11 15
Minimum switching capacity V; mA ≥ 17; ≥ 200
Overload withstand capability
Per conducting path (NO contacts only) At 10 s A 72 176 240
Short-circuit protection, according to coordination type 1
Back-up fuse characteristic gL/gG A 35 63 80
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv)
• Coil connection 1 1 1
• Main connection 1 2 2
Tightening torques
• Coil connection Nm 0.9 0.9 0.9
• Main connection Nm 1.0 2.5 2.5
• Coil connection
- Solid mm2 1.5 ... 4
- Stranded, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 2.5
- AWG cables AWG 16 ... 10
Tightening torques lb. in 8
• Main connection
- Solid mm2 1.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 25
- Stranded, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 16
- AWG cables AWG 16 ... 8 16 ... 4
Tightening torques lb. in 9 20
Permissible ambient temperature
• For operation °C -25 ... +55
• For storage °C -50 ... +80
According to UL 508 In A 24 40 63
UL 508 General Use 240 V/480 V FLA A 24 40 63
UL 508 AC discharge lamps A 24 30 40
UL 508 motor load 240 V Power hp 3 7.5 10
UL 508 motor load 480 V Power hp 5 15 15
UL 508 Short-circuit at 480 V K5 fuses A 25 40 75
kA 5
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/31

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors

Contacts Ue Ie Uc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
Insta contactors
For AC or DC continuous operation,
with switching position indication,
with DC magnetic system
4 NO 440 24 230 220 2 A 5TT5 730-0 1 1 unit 027 0.260
115 110 B 5TT5 730-1 1 1 unit 027 0.261
24 24 A 5TT5 730-2 1 1 unit 027 0.267
3 NO + 1 NC 440 24 230 220 2 A 5TT5 731-0 1 1 unit 027 0.259
24 24 A 5TT5 731-2 1 1 unit 027 0.266
5TT5 730-0 2 NO + 2 NC 440 24 230 220 2 A 5TT5 732-0 1 1 unit 027 0.261
24 24 A 5TT5 732-2 1 1 unit 027 0.264
4 NC 440 24 230 220 2 A 5TT5 733-0 1 1 unit 027 0.257
24 24 B 5TT5 733-2 1 1 unit 027 0.265
4 NO 440 40 230 220 3 A 5TT5 740-0 1 1 unit 027 0.434
24 24 A 5TT5 740-2 1 1 unit 027 0.446
3 NO + 1 NC 440 401) 230 220 3 A 5TT5 741-0 1 1 unit 027 0.437
8 2 NO + 2 NC 440 401)
24
230
24
220 3
B
A
5TT5 741-2
5TT5 742-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.447
0.435
24 24 B 5TT5 742-2 1 1 unit 027 0.446
4 NO 440 63 230 220 3 A 5TT5 750-0 1 1 unit 027 0.443
24 24 A 5TT5 750-2 1 1 unit 027 0.446
1)
3 NO + 1 NC 440 63 230 220 3 B 5TT5 751-0 1 1 unit 027 0.445
5TT5 740-0 24 24 B 5TT5 751-2 1 1 unit 027 0.441
2 NO + 2 NC 440 631) 230 220 3 B 5TT5 752-0 1 1 unit 027 0.441
24 24 B 5TT5 752-2 1 1 unit 027 0.451
Auxiliary switches
For installation on the left of Insta contactors 24 A, 40 A
and 63 A, max. one auxiliary current switch per Insta
contactor, minimum contact load AC 24 V; 5 mA.
2 NO 230 4 0.5 } 5TT5 900 1 1 unit 027 0.059
AC-15
1 NO + 1 NC 230 4 0.5 } 5TT5 901 1 1 unit 027 0.059
AC-15
Spacers
For heat dissipation between the Insta contactors. 0.5 } 5TG8 240 1 2 units 027 0.010
We recommend placing a spacer after every
second Insta contactor.
Can be mounted reciprocally, so that two spacers
enable greater cable routing.
Sealable terminal covers

For Insta contactors 24 A, 2 B 5TT5 902 1 1 set 027 0.007
(1 set = 2 units)
For Insta contactors 40 A and 63 A 3 B 5TT5 903 1 1 set 027 0.008
(1 set = 2 units)
1)
For NC contacts 30 A.

8/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
Insta contactors, AC technology
■ Overview
Insta contactors without manual switch
The 5TT5 8 Insta contactors are equipped with an AC magnetic
system and are ideal for use under harsh conditions. The auxil- Insta contactors are playing an ever growing role in lighting cir-
iary switches can be mounted without tools. When equipped cuits in buildings Insta contactors are increasingly used in indus-
with terminal covers, the devices can also be sealed. try for motors where distribution technology plays a major role,
e.g. in installations for heat pumps and air conditioning technol-
ogy. In addition to their basic function, they can also be used for
the ON/OFF switching of single-phase and three-phase electri-
cal motors.
Insta contactors with manual switch
A key feature of Insta contactors with manual operation is the
fact that users can switch consumers/loads on and off by hand.
■ Benefits
• Extremely long service life of 3 million switching cycles is a • Insta contactors with O/I/Automatic function enable the testing
testimony to their reliability of a plant by manual switch without the need to apply a control
voltage
• Safe cable entry through cable entry funnel - saves time
during assembly • Switching position indicator for fast recognition of operating
state offers greater safety when checking the plant.
• Insulated right through to the cable entry funnel. This provides
enhanced touch protection
• Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted on all versions – even on
the 20 A type. More functionality when using the devices.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/33

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors
Insta contactors Auxiliary
switches
5TT5 80. 5TT5 82., 5TT5 84. 5TT5 85. 5TT5 910
5TT5 83.
Standards IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 61095;
EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 61095
Approvals EN 61095
Number of poles 2 4 4 4 2
Rated frequency at AC Hz 50/60
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 24, 230 24, 115, 230 24, 230 24, 230 --
Primary operating range × Uc 0.85 ... 1.1 --
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 230 400 230/400
Rated operational current Ie A 20 25 40 63 6/4 (230/400 V)
• Pick-up power (without manual switch VA/W 6/3.8 10/5 15.4/6 --
or manual switch in "I" position)
• Pick-up power (with manual switch in "AUTO" position) VA/W 12/10 33/25 62/50 --
• Holding power VA/W 2.8/1.2 5.5/1.6 7.7/3 --
• Per contact VA 1.7 2.2 4 8 --
Switching times
8
• Closing (NO contacts) ms 15 ... 25 10 ... 20 15 ... 20 --
• Opening (NO contacts) ms 20 20 10 --
• Closing (NC contacts) ms 20 ... 30 20 ... 30 5 ... 10 --
• Opening (NC contacts) ms 10 10 10 ... 15 --
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 440 500
Contact gap, minimum mm 3.6 3.4 4
At Ie and load
• AC-1/AC-7a For switching 200000 100000 --
• AC-3/AC-7b cycles 300000 500000 150000 --
Mechanical service life For switching 3 million
cycles
Maximum switching frequency
At load In switching 600
cycles/h
Switching of resistive loads AC-1/AC-7a
For rated operational power Ps
• Single-phase 230 V kW 4 5.4 8.7 13.3 --
• Three-phase 400 V kW -- 16 26 40 --
Switching of three-phase asynchronous motors AC-3/AC-7b
For rated operational power Ps
• Single-phase 230 V kW 1.31) 1.3 3.7 5 --
• Three-phase 400 V kW -- 4 11 15 --
Minimum switching capacity V; mA 17; 50 12; 5
Overload withstand capability
Per conducting path At 10 s A 72 68 176 240 --
(NO contacts only)
Short-circuit protection, according to coordination type 1
Back-up fuse characteristic gL/gG A 20 25 63 80 6
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv)
• Coil connection 1 1.2 --
• Main connection 1 3.5 1
Tightening torques
• Coil connection Nm 0.6 --
• Main connection Nm 1.2 2 0.8
• Coil connection Rigid mm2 1.0 ... 2.5 --
Flexible, mm2 1.0 ... 2.5 --
with end sleeve
• Main connection Rigid mm2 1.0 ... 10 1 ... 25 1 ... 2.5
Flexible, mm2 1.0 ... 6 1 ... 16 1 ... 2.5
with end sleeve
• For operation °C -5 ... +55
• For storage °C -30 ... +80
1)
For NO contacts only.
8/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors

Version Ue Ie Uc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC V AC MW kg
Insta contactors without manual switch
For alternating current continuous operation,
with AC magnetic system
2 NO 230 20 230 1 } 5TT5 800-0 1 1 unit 027 0.143
24 } 5TT5 800-2 1 1 unit 027 0.141
1 NO + 1 NC 230 20 230 } 5TT5 801-0 1 1 unit 027 0.141
24 } 5TT5 801-2 1 1 unit 027 0.142
5TT5 800-0 2 NC 230 20 230 } 5TT5 802-0 1 1 unit 027 0.143
24 } 5TT5 802-2 1 1 unit 027 0.141
4 NO 400 25 230 2 } 5TT5 830-0 1 1 unit 027 0.258
115 B 5TT5 830-1 1 1 unit 027 0.274
24 } 5TT5 830-2 1 1 unit 027 0.272
3 NO + 1 NC 400 25 230 } 5TT5 831-0 1 1 unit 027 0.260
115 B 5TT5 831-1 1 1 unit 027 0.274
24 B 5TT5 831-2 1 1 unit 027 0.272
4 NO
for high capacitive
400 25 230 2 B 5TT5 820-0 1 1 unit 027 0.230
8
loads up to 150 μF
5TT5 830-0
2 NO + 2 NC 400 25 230 } 5TT5 832-0 1 1 unit 027 0.260

24 } 5TT5 832-2 1 1 unit 027 0.273
4 NC 400 25 230 } 5TT5 833-0 1 1 unit 027 0.258
24 B 5TT5 833-2 1 1 unit 027 0.271
4 NO 400 40 230 3 } 5TT5 840-0 1 1 unit 027 0.393
24 } 5TT5 840-2 1 1 unit 027 0.389
3 NO + 1 NC 400 40 230 B 5TT5 841-0 1 1 unit 027 0.387
24 B 5TT5 841-2 1 1 unit 027 0.398
2 NO + 2 NC 400 40 230 B 5TT5 842-0 1 1 unit 027 0.398
24 B 5TT5 842-2 1 1 unit 027 0.388
4 NC 400 40 230 } 5TT5 843-0 1 1 unit 027 0.396
24 B 5TT5 843-2 1 1 unit 027 0.396
5TT5 840-0 4 NO 400 63 230 3 } 5TT5 850-0 1 1 unit 027 0.390
24 } 5TT5 850-2 1 1 unit 027 0.397
3 NO + 1 NC 400 63 230 } 5TT5 851-0 1 1 unit 027 0.391
24 B 5TT5 851-2 1 1 unit 027 0.391
2 NO + 2 NC 400 63 230 B 5TT5 852-0 1 1 unit 027 0.400
24 B 5TT5 852-2 1 1 unit 027 0.388
4 NC 400 63 230 } 5TT5 853-0 1 1 unit 027 0.403
24 B 5TT5 853-2 1 1 unit 027 0.396
Auxiliary switches
For mounting on right-hand side
Max. one auxiliary switch per Insta contactor.
2 NO 230, AC-15 6 -- 0.5 } 5TT5 910-0 1 1 unit 027 0.045
1 NO + 1 NC 230, AC-15 6 -- } 5TT5 910-1 1 1 unit 027 0.046
5TT5 910-0
For Insta contactor 20 A 1 B 5TT5 910-5 1 2 units 027 0.002
For Insta contactors 40 A and 63 A 3 B 5TT5 910-7 1 2 units 027 0.003

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/35
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Insta Contactors

width SET, approx.
M)
Insta contactors with manual switch 0/I/Automatic
For alternating current continuous operation,
with AC magnetic system
2 NO 230 20 230 1 } 5TT5 800-6 1 1 unit 027 0.141
24 } 5TT5 800-8 1 1 unit 027 0.143
1 NO + 1 NC 230 20 230 B 5TT5 801-6 1 1 unit 027 0.143
24 B 5TT5 801-8 1 1 unit 027 0.148
5TT5 800-6
4 NO 400 25 230 2 } 5TT5 830-6 1 1 unit 027 0.261
24 } 5TT5 830-8 1 1 unit 027 0.261
3 NO + 1 NC 400 25 230 } 5TT5 831-6 1 1 unit 027 0.261
24 B 5TT5 831-8 1 1 unit 027 0.263
8 5TT5 830-6
4 NO 400 40 230 3 } 5TT5 840-6 1 1 unit 027 0.399
24 B 5TT5 840-8 1 1 unit 027 0.402
3 NO + 1 NC 400 40 230 B 5TT5 841-6 1 1 unit 027 0.399
24 B 5TT5 841-8 1 1 unit 027 0.406
4 NO 400 63 230 } 5TT5 850-6 1 1 unit 027 0.394
5TT5 840-6
Auxiliary switches
For mounting on right-hand side
Max. one auxiliary switch per Insta contactor.
2 NO 230, AC-15 6 -- 0.5 } 5TT5 910-0 1 1 unit 027 0.045
1 NO + 1 NC 230, AC-15 6 -- } 5TT5 910-1 1 1 unit 027 0.046

For Insta contactors 40 A and 63 A 3 B 5TT5 910-7 1 2 units 027 0.003

8/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Soft-starting devices
■ Overview
The soft-starting device must not be operated with capacitive
The soft-starting device is an electronic control for the soft load. In order to ensure the safety of persons and systems, only
startup of one-phase asynchronous machines. A phase control suitably qualified personnel should work on these devices.
causes the current to rise steadily. This also increases the motor To prevent losses in the device, the power electronics are
torque and the drive starts up smoothly. Because drive elements bridged with relay contacts after startup. Can be retrofitted in
are handled more gently they can be designed more cost-effec- existing plants at any time.
tively. As well as a considerable reduction in startup noise, this
also helps prevent the tipping or sliding of materials to be trans-
ported. The starting current is minimized. There is no speed ■ Benefits
adjustment. There is no marked soft start behavior without a • On completion of startup, the power semiconductors are
mechanically connected load. bridged, which prevents overheating in the case of frequent
If the power semiconductor is to be protected against short cir- starting and inhibits premature wear and tear
cuits or ground faults during startup, a super-quick fuse must be
installed. Otherwise, the usual line and motor protective mea- • Separate setting of ramp up time and starting torque enables
sures must be used. In the case of high switching frequencies, optimum adaptation to the mechanics
we recommend installing a thermistor motor protection for • The LEDs for startup and continuous operation provide
monitoring the permissible motor temperature. constant information on the operating state.
5TT3 440 5TT3 441
8
Standards EN 60947-4-2
Supply/motor voltage V AC 400 230
Rated power VA 3.5 1.4
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated power dissipation Pv Coil/drive 3.5 1.7
Contact1) per pole 4.6 0.7
Rated output of motor
- Max. At 400 V VA 5500 1500
- Min. At 400 V VA 300 100
Startup voltage % 30 ... 70 20 ... 70
Starting ramp s 0.1 ... 10
Recovery time ms 100 200
Switching frequency
3 × IN, TAN = 10 s, νu = 20 % Switching 36 (up to 3kW) 10
cycles/h
3 × IN, TAN = 10 s, νu = 20 % Switching 20 (from 3...5.5 kW) 10
cycles/h
Semiconductor fuse Super quick A 35 20
Conductor cross-sections Rigid max. mm2 2 × 2.5
Flexible, with end sleeve min. mm2 1 × 0.5
Permissible ambient temperature °C -20 ... +60 -20 ... +55
Resistance to climate Acc. to EN 60068-1 20/60/4 20/55/4
1) For rated operational current.

Version Ue Pc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC W MW kg
Single-phase 230 100 ... 1500 2 B 5TT3 441 1 1 unit 027 0.160
Soft-starting devices mounting depth 55 mm

Three-phase, 400 300 ... 5500 6 B 5TT3 440 1 1 unit 027 0.450
2-phase motor control

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/37
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
Digital time switches
These days, time switching is taken for granted. • The menu-assisted operation with background lighting, con-
trast setting of the display and illuminated keys offer a clear
In fact, it is now hard to imagine many process sequences and overview for any application
energy saving processes without time switching. It could also be
argued that time switching satisfies a basic need in the electrical • The text-assisted programming of the time switches with their
installation sector. logical 4 pushbutton system and extremely intuitive menu-
driven handling saves time
The new generation of digital time switches have a much more
• Simple programming on the PC enables the fast creation of
diverse range of functions than earlier devices and, thanks to
complicated switching programs, thus saving time and
better solutions, are simpler to operate.
eliminating errors
They can be used for switching systems or system components, • Data keys enable the transfer of programs to the switch key,
or for functions, such as: irrigation systems, greenhouses, public thus saving huge amounts of time during commissioning and
gardens, swimming pools, filtering installations, canopy con- maintenance
trols, school bells, church bells, shop window lighting, advertis-
ing lighting, gym lighting, traffic signal controls, street lighting, • Intuitive operation of 5-way joystick
illuminated signs, office lighting, lighting of stairwells and • Energy saving option via astro function.
entrances, object illumination, preheating of industrial furnaces,
spraying machines, ovens, heating systems, air-conditioning
systems, fans and ventilation systems, heating and circulation
pumps and sauna systems.
All devices have the VDE mark and are UL approved
8 (not 7LF4 444).
8/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
Mini Top Profi Astro Expert
7LF4 401-5 7LF4 411 7LF4 421 7LF4 431 7LF4 444
7LF4 412 7LF4 422 7LF4 432
Standards EN 60730-1, -2-7; UL 60730 EN 60730-1, -2-7
Approvals VDE, UL 60730-1,-2-7/UL 917 CSA C22.2 No. 14 and 177 VDE
Supply
• Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC 110 ... 240 120, 230 120, 230 230 120/230
V AC/DC -- -- 24 -- 24
- Primary operating range × Uc 0.85 ... 1.1 0.85 ... 1.1 0.85 ... 1.11) 0.85 ... 1.1 80 .. 253 V1)
- Frequency ranges Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 602) 50 ... 60 50 ... 602)
• Rated power dissipation Pv VA 0.035 2 2 2 2.5/43)
Channels/contacts
• Switching channels 1 1 or 2 4
- Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 250
- Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 1 A 16
At p.f. = 0.6 A 10
• Contacts 1 CO 1 or 2 CO 4 CO
- Mechanical switching cycles (in millions) >5 10
- Electrical switching cycles At p.f. = 1 6000 (20 A) 100000
• Minimum contact load V; mA 12; 100
8
- Incandescent lamp load A 5 8
- Fluorescent lamp load At 7 μF VA 58 60
Uncorrected VA 1400
- Energy-saving lamp load W 100
Safety
• Different phases permissible between actuator/contact Yes
• Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 4
- EMC: burst Acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV > 4.4
- EMC: surge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kV > 2.0
- Electrostatic discharge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 kV > 8.0
• Power reserve storage Mains/battery a 6/2 6 5
- Battery type Li primary cell
• Program memory Captive -- Yes
• Overvoltage category Acc. to EN 61010-1 III
Function
• Minimum switching sequences 1 min 1s
• Make and break cycles 1 min 1s
• Clock errors per day Typical s/day +0.3 ± 14) ± 0.86 ± 0.2
• Control input Terminal S -- Yes
• Memory spaces
- Programs5) 28 56 (2 × 28) 28 (2 × 14) 4 × 3 × 28
- Pulse (alternatively) -- 84 --
- Pulse cycle -- 1 s ... < 60 min --
Connections
• Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) PZ 1
• Conductor cross-sections of main current paths
- Rigid, max. mm2 4
- Rigid, min. mm2 1.5
- Flexible with end sleeve Max. mm2 2.5
Environmental conditions
• Permissible ambient temperature °C -10 ... +55 -20 ... +55
• Storage temperature °C -20 ... +60
• Resistance to climate Acc. to EN 60068-1 10/055/21 20/055/21
• Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
• Safety class Acc. to EN 60730-1 II
1)
For 24 V devices (7LF4 421-2, 7LF4 422-2 and 7LF4 444-2):
Tolerance -10/+10 %; operating range 0.9 ... 1.1 × Uc.
2)
For 24 V devices (7LF4 421-2, 7LF4 422-2 and 7LF4 444-2):
Frequency range 0 ... 60 Hz.
3)
For 24 V device (7LF4 444-2): Pv = 4 VA.
4)
At 25°C a clock error of +0.3s is assumed. Accuracy may deviate by a
further ±1s around this value.
5)
A program consists of an ON time, an OFF time and assigned ON and OFF
days or day blocks.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/39

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers

width SET, approx.
M)
Mini digital time switches
• Weekly program
• 1 channel
1 CO 250 16 110 ... 240 1 B 7LF4 401-5 1 1 unit 027 0.156
Top digital time switches

• Weekly program
• With text-assisted programming concept languages:
German, English, French, Italian, Dutch, Spanish
• 1 channel
8 • 56 programs
1 CO 250 16 230 2 } 7LF4 411-0 1 1 unit 027 0.157
1 CO 250 16 120 2 B 7LF4 411-1 1 1 unit 027 0.159
• 2 channels
• 56 programs (28 per channel)
2 CO 250 16 230 2 A 7LF4 412-0 1 1 unit 027 0.182
2 CO 250 16 120 2 B 7LF4 412-1 1 1 unit 027 0.181
Profi digital time switches
• Weekly program
• Simple program creation by means of PC using the
software included with the 7LF4 940-0 USB adapter
• Vacation program
• Random program
• Operating hours meter, counting range: 65535 h
• 1 channel
• 56 programs
• Pulse function, 84 start times
1 CO 250 16 230 2 A 7LF4 421-0 1 1 unit 027 0.195
1 CO 250 16 120 2 B 7LF4 421-1 1 1 unit 027 0.192
1 CO 250 16 24 AC/DC 2 A 7LF4 421-2 1 1 unit 027 0.189
• 2 channels
2 CO 250 16 230 2 A 7LF4 422-0 1 1 unit 027 0.210
2 CO 250 16 120 2 B 7LF4 422-1 1 1 unit 027 0.209
2 CO 250 16 24 AC/DC 2 B 7LF4 422-2 1 1 unit 027 0.207
Astro digital time switches
• Weekly program
• Astro function
• Vacation program
• 1 h test
• Input disable over PIN code
• 1 channel
• 28 programs
• With control input,
delay time 0 min ... 23 h 59 min
1 CO 250 16 230 2 } 7LF4 431-0 1 1 unit 027 0.206
• 2 channels
2 CO 250 16 230 2 } 7LF4 432-0 1 1 unit 027 0.221

8/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers

width SET, approx.
M)
Expert digital time switches
• Weekly program
• Year program
• Exception program (priority program)
• Astro function
• Cycle function for channel 1
• Vacation function
• 1 h test
• Input disable over PIN code
• 84 programs per channel
• With control input (only 1 channel),
delay time 0 min ... 23 h 59 min
• With Expert data key, Order No. 7LF4 940-2
• 4 channels
4 CO
4 CO
250
250
16
16
120/230
24 AC/DC 6
6 }
B
7LF4 444-0
7LF4 444-2
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
027
027
0.460
0.450 8
Data keys for digital time switches: Profi and Astro
• Programming at the PC B 7LF4 940-1 1 1 unit 027 0.020
(7LF4 940-0 USB adapter and software required)
• Read-in of programs to the time switch
• Writing of programs from the time switch
• Transfer of programs
- From PC to time switch and vice versa
- From time switch to time switch
Data keys for Expert digital time switch

• Programming at the PC B 7LF4 940-2 1 1 unit 027 0.022
(7LF4 940-0 USB adapter and software required)
• Read-in of programs to the time switch
• Writing of programs from the time switch
• Transfer of programs
- From PC to time switch and vice versa
- From time switch to time switch
USB adapter and software for digital time switches:

Profi, Astro and Expert
• For the reading and writing of data keys at the PC B 7LF4 940-0 1 1 unit 027 0.111
• With programming software
• With one data key for Profi, Astro
Order No. 7FL4 940-1
• Can be connected over USB interface
• System requirements:
- Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows 2000,
Windows ME, Windows XP or Windows 98
Second Edition
- USB connection
- 40 MB free disk space
Holder for front panel installation
Cutout dimensions:
Height 45+0.5 mm
Width 23 mm, 41 mm, 59 mm, 77 mm, 95 mm or 113 mm B 7LF9 006 1 1 unit 027 0.070

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/41
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
Mini digital time switches
Easy commissioning:
You can get started with the programming straight away. Profi,
Astro and Expert are supplied with the time, date and automatic
daylight savings for Central Europe already set.
Clear contrast:
In order to maintain an overview even in bad light conditions and
extreme temperatures, the contrast of the display can be
adjusted - practical down to the very last detail.
Convenient programming:
It has never been so easy and uncomplicated to operate and
program a digital time switch.
1-channel time switches allow input of up to 56 switching pro-
grams, 2-channel time switches allow up to 28 programs per
channel and 4-channel time switches up to 84 programs per
channel. This means that the Profi, Astro and Expert time
switches are ideally equipped for even the most complex of
8 The Mini digital time switch with a width of only 1 MW and its tasks.
hourly, daily and weekly program is ideal for replacement and Each entry required is clearly indicated so no prolonged study-
use in distribution boards with limited space. ing of the operating instructions. And, particularly practical: you
The Mini digital time switch can be used flexibly as it can also be don't even need a power supply to program the digital time
operated in battery mode with all its functionalities. Furthermore, switches.
the actuator of the clock can be removed from its enclosure for The Profi, Astro and Expert digital time switches offer more than
easy programming over the 5-way joystick prior to mounting. reliable switching. Numerous integrated convenience functions
make them versatile and simple problem solvers.
Top, Profi, Astro and Expert digital time switches
A data key enables easy programming of the Profi, Astro and
Whether you are programming locally using the text-assisted
Expert digital time switches at a PC, simplifies the setting of time
programming, or sitting comfortably in front of your PC, the task
switch programs and saves enormous amounts of time. This pre-
is quicker and easier with the Top, Profi, Astro and Expert digital
vents human error and enables simple copying of complete time
time switches.
switch programs to different time switches.
Astro function:
The Astro and Expert time switches have one key strength: the
Astro function. The exact time of sunrise and sunset is available
for every location and every day in the year. This means, for
example, that the connected outer lighting is only switched on
when it is dark - whether it is winter when the days are shorter or
in summer when the days are much longer. The benefits are
obvious:
• Cost-savings, because electricity is only used when the light-
ing is really needed, and because this prolongs the service life
of the lighting itself. Particularly in the case of dusk-dependent
lighting controls.
• Safety and convenience, because the light is always switched
on when it's dark
• Ease-of-use, because the digital time switch doesn't have to
be reprogrammed throughout the year
• Installation couldn't be easier, because Astro digital time
Simple operation: switches work in the distribution board. No further need for
Four programming pushbuttons offer user-friendly assistance laborious cable laying to the light sensors. This means that it
with a text menu. is not necessary to lay cables across the lightning protection
zones. The compact 2-MW series is also ideally suited for ret-
Easy-to-read display: rofitting or replacement.
And if you need to change the settings of the digital time switch It goes without saying that the digital time switches Astro and
at the back of a dark control cabinet, the integral background Expert don't just switch at dawn and dusk, complex, combined
lighting of the display and the lighting of the control elements programs are also possible. You always have the choice be-
offer a clear overview. tween astronomically calculated and individually set switching
times, or a combination of both.
8/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
PC programming: Control input:
The delay time that can be adjusted in the control input enables
an additional switching of the relay, parallel to the switching pro-
gram. Settable overtravel 0 min to 23 h 59 min, the delay time
starts as soon as the voltage drops out at the control input.
1 h test:
The "1H TEST" function can be used for simulating switching. If
"1H TEST" is activated, the switching outputs are switched for
one hour. At the end of the specified time, the digital time switch
automatically resumes execution of the switching commands
according to the programmed switching times.
PIN code:
Input and programming can be disabled using a four-digit PIN
code.
Week programs:
Programs that are designed to be repeated regularly every
week, e.g. light control, heating control. A weekly program
The Profi, Astro and Expert digital time switches support plug-in comprises an ON/OFF time and assigned ON/OFF days.
data keys. This provides even greater safety and convenience.
Year programs:
For example, the data key lets you read out a program from a
digital time switch, copy it to a PC, where it can be saved and Programs that are only to be executed within a defined period of 8
edited - or simply transfer it to another time switch. You can also validity. They overlap with the week programs of the same chan-
work with several data keys and it takes only a matter of seconds nel according to an OR operation. The period of validity is spec-
to change programs. ified by entering the start/end date. Validity from start date
00:00:00 to end date 24:00:00. The start date must be prior to
A safety copy ensures fast service. So if a time switch has been the end date. Within their period of validity, these programs act
interfered with, you can simply use the data key to transfer the as weekly programs. Outside their period of validity, these
stored program back to the time switch. programs have no influence on the switching behavior.
Thanks to the standard operator interface, based on MS-Office, Exception programs:
there is no need for laborious program training.
have a higher priority than week and year programs. Week and
Pulse function for 1-channel devices: year programs of the same channel will not be executed within
With the pulse function, up to 84 start times and a pulse time can the period of validity of an exception program. However, within
be programmed onto the time switch. The pulse duration can be the period of validity other exception programs will be executed.
selected between 1 s and 59 min 59 s. The different exception programs overlap according to an OR
operation.
Random function:
Cycle function:
If the random function is activated, the set switching times are
shifted within a range of +/- 30 min. On the year time switch, channel 1 has an additional option for
"cyclic switching". The term "cyclic switching" means that within
Operating hours meter: a specific period, the time switch is switched on for a specific
For commercial fields of application in particular, it is often nec- duration (ON time). The cycle time can be set between 2 sec-
essary to establish the running time of the switched load, e.g. onds and 2 hours. The ON time can be set between one second
lighting. The operating hours meter shows the total ON time per and one hour.
channel and the date of the last reset.
Vacation period function:
In the vacation program, the vacation period is set with start and
end date. If the vacation program is activated, the digital time
switch does not carry out any programmed switching com-
mands during the relative period but, depending on the respec-
tive input, is set to "CONTINUOUSLY OFF" or "CONTINUOUSLY
ON" during the vacation period. At the end of the specified
vacation period, the digital time switch automatically resumes
execution of the switching commands according to the
programmed switching times.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/43

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
USB adapters
The Profi, Astro and Expert time switches are easy to program at
the PC using the data key with the USB adapter and software.
This enables the simple and fast creation of complicated time
switch programs. Storing and copying time switch programs is
also very easy and convenient.
• Clear data on the annual ON time of the consumer enables a

precise statement on the annual power consumption.
• You can create switching programs for digital time switches
easily and conveniently at the PC in the comfort of your own
home, store it on the data key and transfer it to the time switch
on site.
• You save time not only when creating and transferring pro-
grams, but also during maintenance.
8/44 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
Mechanical time switches
These days, time switching is taken for granted. • The automatic setting system automatically sets the clock tim-
ers during commissioning. No need to manually adjust the
These days, energy savings through time switching have be- pointer for daylight savings.
come a matter of course. In fact, it is now hard to imagine many
process sequences without time switching. • The automatic make ready system also continues to operate
automatically after a voltage failure. No need for manual time
Mechanical time switches are used wherever the minimum reset.
switching interval is sufficient. The switching control pins can be
• The precision quartz clock mechanism adds all clock errors to
set without the use of tools at minimum intervals of 15 minutes.
approx. +/- 1 min clock accuracy per year. So there is also no
They can be used for switching systems or system components,
need to reset the clock timer during operation.
or for functions, such as: irrigation systems, greenhouses, public
gardens, swimming pools, filtering installations, canopy con-
trols, church bells, shop window lighting, advertising lighting,
gym lighting, traffic signal controls, street lighting, illuminated
signs, office lighting, lighting of stairwells and entrances, object
illumination, preheating of industrial furnaces, spraying ma-
chines, ovens, heating systems, air-conditioning systems, fans
and ventilation systems, heating and circulation pumps and
sauna systems.
All devices have the VDE mark and are approved to UL.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/45

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
Synchronous time switches without power Quartz-clock time switches with power reserve
reserve
7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5 7LF5
300-1 300-5 300-6 300-7 301-0 301-1 301-4 301-5 301-6 301-7 305-0
Standards EN 60730-1, -2-7, UL 917
Approvals UL 60730-1,-2-7/UL 917 CSA C22.2 No. 14 and 177
Operating mode Synchronous Quartz
• Time program Day Day Week Hour Day Day Day Week Day Week Day
Supply
• Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC 230 230
- Primary operating range × Uc 0.85 ... 1.1 0.85 ... 1.1
• Rated frequency Hz 50 50
- Frequency ranges Hz 50 50/60
• Rated power dissipation Pv VA 1 1 0.2 0.2 1 1 1
Channels/contacts
• Switching channels 1 1
- Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 250 250
- Rated operational current Ie
At p.f. = 1 A 16 16
At p.f. = 0.6 A 4 4
8 • Contacts
- Mechanical switching cycles in millions
1 NO
20
1 CO 1 CO 1 NO 1 CO 1 NO
20
1 CO 1 CO 1 CO 1 CO 1 CO
- Electrical switching cycles at p.f. = 1 100000 100000

• Minimum contact load V; mA 4; 1 4; 1
- Incandescent lamp load A 5 5
- Fluorescent lamps
At 7 μA VA 60 60
Uncorrected VA 1400 1400
Safety
• Different phases permissible
between actuator/contact Yes Yes
• Electrical isolation, creepage distances
and clearances, actuator/contact mm 8/6 8/6
• Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 4 4
drive/contact
- EMC: burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV > 4.4 > 4.4
- EMC: surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kV > 2.0 > 2.0
- Electrostatic discharge acc. to kV > 8.0 > 8.0
IEC 61000-4-2
• Power reserve storage a -- 100 h 6 100 h
- Minimum loading time h -- 48 -- 48
- Battery type -- NiMH Li primary cell NiMH cell
cell
- Service life of battery
At 20 °C a -- 6 10 6
At 40 °C a -- 5
• Overvoltage category acc. to III III
EN 61010-1
Function
• Minimum switching sequences min 30 240 5 30 30 240 30 240 30
• Make and break cycles min 15 120 37.5 s 10 15 120 15 120 10
• Switching accuracy min ±5 ± 30 ± 0.2 ±5 ±5 ± 30 ±5 ± 30 ±5
• Clock errors per day System-synchronized ± 2.5 s ± 60/year ± 2.5 s
Connections
• Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) PZ 1 PZ 1
• Conductor cross-sections of main current
paths
- Rigid, max. mm2 4 4
- Rigid, min. mm2 1.5 1.5
- Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 2.5 2.5
- Flexible, without end sleeve mm2 4 4
• Permissible ambient temperature °C -10 ... +55 -10 ... +55
• Storage temperature °C -10 ... +60 -10 ... +60
• Resistance to climate acc. to EN 60068-1 10/055/21 10/055/21
• Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors IP20, with connected conductors
• Safety class acc. to EN 61140 II II
8/46 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers

width SET, approx.
M)
Synchronous time switches without power
reserve, 1 MW
• Day disk
1 NO 250 16 230 1 } 7LF5 300-1 1 1 unit 027 0.083
• Hour disk
1 NO 250 16 230 1 B 7LF5 300-7 1 1 unit 027 0.083
Synchronous time switches without power reserve, 3

MW
• Day disk
1 CO 250 16 230 3 } 7LF5 300-5 1 1 unit 027 0.151
• Week disk
8
1 CO 250 16 230 3 A 7LF5 300-6 1 1 unit 027 0.153
Synchronous time switches without power reserve,

for wall mounting
• Day disk
1 CO 250 16 230 -- B 7LF5 301-0 1 1 unit 027 0.196
Quartz-clock time switches with power reserve

• Day disk
1 NO 250 16 230 1 A 7LF5 301-1 1 1 unit 027 0.088

and automatic time setting
for Central European time zone
• Time set automatically during commissioning
• Automatic daylight savings
• With quartz clock mechanism
• clock accuracy ± 0.2 s/day
• 5-year power reserve
(time buffer in the event of a voltage failure)
• Day disk
1 CO 250 16 230 3 A 7LF5 301-4 1 1 unit 027 0.182
• Week disk
1 CO 250 16 230 3 B 7LF5 301-5 1 1 unit 027 0.179
Clock accuracy ± 2.5 s/day
• Day disk
1 CO 250 16 230 3 } 7LF5 301-6 1 1 unit 027 0.157
• Week disk
1 CO 250 16 230 3 A 7LF5 301-7 1 1 unit 027 0.158
Quartz-clock time switches with power reserve,

for wall mounting (surface mounting)
• Day disk
1 CO 250 16 230 -- B 7LF5 305-0 1 1 unit 027 0.205

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/47
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Holder for front panel installation
Cutout dimensions:
Height 45+0.5 mm
Width 23 mm, 41 mm, 59 mm, 77 mm, 95 mm or B 7LF9 006 1 1 unit 027 0.070
113 mm
Mechanical time switches with day disk Mechanical time switches with week disk
Synchronous time switches without power reserve LED display
The control gear is driven by a synchronous motor so it is depen- The adjustment data for Central Europe are stored and an LED
dent on the power supply frequency. If this frequency is unsta- provides information on the current state.
ble, the devices cannot be used. In the event of a power failure,
the time switch will stop. So: simply unpack, snap into place, connect and set the desired
switching times - no tools required! This saves time and money.
Clear design
A quartz electronic circuit supplies the drive with a stabilized fre-
quency so that the time switch is not dependent on the power Extremely intuitive – thanks to clear design. The switching times
supply frequency. In the event of a power failure, the time switch are easy to read.
continues to operate on its power reserve. With the weekly time switch, the make and break cycles are only
120 minutes with a minimum switching interval of 240 minutes.
Automatic setting system
This supports fast and easy installation of the 7LF5 301-4 and
7LF5 301-5 time switches. These time switches self-adjust dur-
ing commissioning in fast mode to the correct time and correct
day within the Central European zone. They also automatically
set the correct time for daylight saving. A further advantage is
the quartz-precise adjustment of the correct time and the correct
day as soon as the supply voltage is reconnected after a power
failure.
Precision quartz mechanism
Clock accuracy: The internal precision clockwork has an accu-
racy of ± 1 min. per year. Until now, this level of accuracy and au-
tomatic operational safety was only possible using digital time
switches.
Optimization of power consumption due to minimum make and
break cycles of 15 minutes: it is possible to set the switching
times in 15-minute patterns, with a switching interval of at least
30 minutes.

8/48 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
Timers for buildings
In many installations there is great savings potential to be found • Energy savings through disconnection of unnecessary equip-
in the lighting of corridors, stairwells and ancillary rooms. Many ment
installations are in operation for hours without anyone being • Reliable durable switching of different illuminants using pat-
present. Lighting which is switched on unnecessarily in ancillary ented contact design
rooms often goes unnoticed for days.
• Suitable for energy-saving lamps
Due to the gradual phasing out of incandescent lamps starting • Ultra-quiet stairwell lighting timers - ideal for residential areas
in September 2009, it is crucial we switch to other types of light-
ing. In particular compact fluorescent lamps (energy-saving • Warning of impending switch-off according to DIN 18015-2 for
lamps such as the Osram Dulux EL) will be used more frequently stairwell lighting in apartment houses.
in stairwells as in other areas.
Our stairwell lighting timers offer different levels of convenience,
depending on the range of functions. On stairwell lighting timers
from Siemens, the required time can be precisely set without
tools using the push-to-lock knurling wheel. With modern four-
wire installations, stairwell lighting timers can always just be
pressed again. A maintained light switch prevents the need for
repeated pressing, for example when moving house. The vari-
ous types are available either with or without warning prior to
switch-off.
■ Technical specifications 8
7LF6 110 7LF6 111 7LF6 113 5TT1 303 7LF6 114 7LF6 115 7LF6 116 7LF6 112
Standards IEC 60669, EN 60669
Supply
• Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC 230
- Primary operating range At 50/60 Hz × Uc 0.9 ... 1.1
• Rated power dissipation Pv VA Approx. 5
Setting range min 0.5 ... 10 1 ... 10 0.5 ... 10 3 ... 60 0.5 ... 10
• Accuracy s ±30
Manual switches Automatic/permanent Yes
Minimum push duration ms 30
Voltage endurance At pushbutton input Yes
(pushbutton malfunc-
tion)
Short-circuit strength A 700 -- 700
Channels/contacts
• Switching channels
- Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 1 A 16 -- 10 16
• Contact gap mm >3 0.3 >3
Max. incandescent lamp load W 2000 -- 2000 --
Max. energy-saving lamp load 14 W Unit(s) 20 -- 20 --
Fluorescent lamp load 58 W
- Uncorrected Unit(s) 20 -- 20
- DUO circuit Unit(s) 2 × 20 -- 2 × 20
- Siemens ECG 1 lamp Unit(s) 10 6 10
2 lamps Unit(s) 2×5 3 2×5
Glow lamp load mA 50 10 50 --
Max. fan load VA -- 200
Connections
- Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6
- Flexible, with end sleeve Min. mm2 1
• Resistance to climate Acc. to EN 60068-1 °C -20 ... +50
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/49

© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers

Ue Ie Uc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
Stairway lighting timers
With switch for continuous light and latch setting,
setting range 0.5 ... 10 minutes
For 3-wire circuit, L-momentary contact,
not resettable
250 16 230 1 } 7LF6 110 1 1 unit 027 0.080
For 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact, resettable,

or 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact, resettable
250 16 230 1 A 7LF6 111 1 1 unit 027 0.088
With warning by flashing prior to switching off,

for 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact, resettable,
250 16 230 1 } 7LF6 113 1 1 unit 027 0.088
8 Lighting timers
With switch for continuous light and push-to-lock knurl-
ing wheel setting,
with warning by flashing prior to switch-off, setting range
0.5 ... 10 minutes,
4-fold extension of runtime by pressing the pushbutton
for 1 second,
for 4-wire circuit, L-momentary contact,
or 3-wire circuit, N-momentary contact
250 16 230 1 B 7LF6 114 1 1 unit 027 0.088
Energy-saving timers
With switches for continuous light and push-to-lock
knurling wheel setting,
setting range 3 ... 60 minutes,
switch off by pressing pushbutton a second time briefly
(< 1 s) as with remote control switch, reset by pressing
pushbutton a second time for longer (> 1 s),
250 16 230 1 A 7LF6 116 1 1 unit 027 0.071
With switch for continuous light and push-to-lock knurl-

ing wheel setting,
with warning by flashing prior to switch-off, setting range
3 ... 60 minutes,
switch off by pressing pushbutton second time as with
remote control switch,
250 16 230 1 A 7LF6 115 1 1 unit 027 0.088
Timers for fans up to 200 VA

With switch for continuous operation and push-to-lock
knurling wheel setting,
setting range 0.5 ... 10 minutes,
for delayed switch-on of fan
250 16 230 1 B 7LF6 112 1 1 unit 027 0.082
ECG control switch for ECG 1 ... 10 V

With transparent cap, with switch for continuous light
and position indication, range 1 ... 10 minutes,
with warning of switching off through dimming,
direct voltage output 1 ... 10 V for controlling 20 ECG
250 10 230 2 B 5TT1 303 1 1 unit 027 0.143

8/50 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
Timers for industrial applications
Time relays are primarily used in series applications where the • Suitable for universal use because the devices can be oper-
use of PLC controls is too labor and cost-intensive. Multifunction ated with 12 - 240 V AC/DC and work across a broad range
relays are now the market standard. Operation is clear, simple from seconds to hours
and offers a range of functions. • An off-delay without auxiliary power supports expanded
application.
5TT3 185 5TT3 181 5TT3 184
5TT3 182
5TT3 183
Standards EN 60255; EN 61810
Supply
• Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC 12 ... 240 220 ... 240 110 ... 240
V DC 12 ... 240 -- 110 ... 240
- Primary operating range × Uc 0.8 ... 1.1
• Rated frequency fn Hz 45 ... 400 50/60
• Rated power dissipation Pv VA Approx. 1.5 Approx. 5 Approx. 1
Setting ranges See setting ranges, timing intervals
Recovery time ms 15 ... 80 Approx. 40 Approx. 100
Contacts
• Switching channels
8
- Rated operational current Ie A 4 8 5
• Contact gap mm μ contact
- Minimum contact load V; mA 10; 300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Input/output kV >4
Electrical service life In switching cycles 1A 1.5 × 105 -- 1.5 × 105
At AC-15 -- 1.5 × 105 --
Connections
• Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) 2
• Conductor cross-sections of main current
paths
- Rigid, max. mm2 2 × 2.5
- Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 2 × 1.5
• Permissible ambient temperature °C -40 ... +60
• Resistance to climate Acc. to EN 60068-1 40/60/4

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC V MW kg
Multifunction timers
Programmable for:
response delay; passing make contact function;
delayed pulse generator; clock generator starting
with impulse; off-delay; pulse converter; passing
break contact function; response/off-delay
1 CO 250 4 DC 12 ... 240 1 } 5TT3 185 1 1 unit 027 0.085
AC 12 ... 240
Delay timers
1 CO 250 8 220 ... 240 AC 1 } 5TT3 181 1 1 unit 027 0.090
Wiper timers
1 CO 250 8 220 ... 240 AC 1 B 5TT3 182 1 1 unit 027 0.079
Flashing timers
Pulse time is equal to idle time
1 CO 250 8 220 ... 240 AC 1 B 5TT3 183 1 1 unit 027 0.084
Off-delay timers
1 CO 250 5 110 ... 240 AC 1 B 5TT3 184 1 1 unit 027 0.077
110 ... 240 DC

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 8/51
© Siemens AG 2010
Switching Devices
Timers
5TT3 185 multifunctional timers Time operation interruption/time addition
Setting aids For the functions AV, EW, IE, BI, the timing interval can be inter-
rupted at any time by activating B1 (+) and by removing the con-
The period of the flashing of the green LED 1 when set for a tim- trol voltage continued again (time addition).
ing interval is 1 s ± 4%, which can therefore be used as a setting
aid. This is particularly useful in the lower time setting range and Control input B1
for long delay times because the multiplication factors between
the individual time ranges are exact. The functions RV, IF, AW, AV/RV can be controlled using the con-
trol input B1 (+) with potential against terminal A2. The auxiliary
Example: voltage of terminal A1 can be used for this purpose, as well as
Delay time to be set: 40 min. any other voltage within the range 12 ... 240 V AC/DC. The oper-
Using the fine setting, this delay time can be set within the set- ation of parallel loads (e.g. contactors) from B1 (+) to A2 is also
ting range 3 ... 300min. However, in this case it takes a long time permissible.
to check the time and requires several operational sequences in If voltage is simultaneously applied to the control input B1 (+)
realtime. To speed up the setting process, the setting range will and A1 for the IF function, this triggers an output pulse with the
be switched to 0.03 ... 3 min. In this case, the required value cor- set time interval t1.
responds to a delay time 0.4 min (= 24 s). The timing interval is
triggered and the potentiometer is set to 24 flashing periods of
the yellow LED 2. The device is then set back to the setting
range 3 ... 300 min and the setting process is completed.
8
Control S1 Position Contact Possible time setting ranges t:
Function c 0.02 ... 1 s
switch 0.06 ... 6 s
A1-A2
0.3 ... 30 s
St 0.03 ... 3 min
B1-A2 0.3 ... 30 min
3 ... 300 min
15-18 0.3 ... 30 h
Response delay AV 1 t 3 ... 300 h
15-16
15-18
Passing make contact EW 2 t
15-16
function
15-18 t 0,5 s
Pulse generator, delayed IE 3
15-16
Flashing relay, 15-18
BI 4 t t
starting with impulse 15-16
A1 15
Control S2 A1-A2 16 18
LED 1 green
B1-A2
E1
LED 2 yellow Z
15-18
OFF-delay RV 5 t t t
15-16 E2
15-18 t
Pulse shape IF 6 t t t
15-16
15-18
Passing break contact AW 7 t t t
15-16
function
I201_11970
15-18 t t t t
Response delay 8
AV/RV 15-16 B1(+) A2
OFF-delay I2_10908b
Control S1 Control S2 User interfaces Front view

L+ N L+ N LED 1 Status display LED 1 green: status display
LED 2 Switching position indication LED 2 yellow: switching
S1 E1 Setting range adjuster position
S2 Z Fine adjuster for setting ranges indication
E2 Function settings for timing intervals E1: Setting range adjuster
A1 A2 B1(+) A1 A2 Device displays Z: Fine adjuster for
setting ranges
LED 1 Lights up if operational voltage E2: Function settings for
is applied (green) timing intervals
Contact S1 Control contact S2 LED 2 indicates the timing interval and state
For the functions: response delay, The functions: off-delay, of the equalizing relay (yellow)
passing make contact function, pulse shape, passing break contact • Continuous light
pulse generator delayed, function, response and off-delay are - Off output relay not activated,
clock generator – (start with pulse) – triggered by continuous power no timing interval
the timing interval is triggered by supply over the control contact S2 - On output relay not activated,
closing the switching contact S1. between A1 and B1 (+). no timing interval
• Flashing light
- Short on, long off
Output relay not activated, timing interval
- Short on, long off
Output relay activated, timing interval
8/52 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

9
© Siemens AG 2010
Transformers, Bells and

Socket Outlets
9/2 Introduction
9/3 Bell Transformers
9/5 Transformers for Permanent Loads
9/7 Power Supply Units
9/9 Bells and Buzzers
9/10 REG Socket Outlets
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
9
- Certificates
and at
configurators
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Introduction
■ Overview
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Bell transformers 9/3 Power supply up to 40 VA as safety extra- EN 61558-2-8 ✓ ✓ --
low voltage (SELV) in residential buildings
for the supply of gongs, buzzers, bells, door
openers and remote control switches
Transformers for permanent 9/5 Power supply up to 63 VA as safety extra- EN 61558-2-2 ✓ -- ✓

loads low voltage (SELV) for the supply of control
circuits, switching relays and Insta contac-
tors
9
Power supply units 9/7 Direct voltage power supply up to 24 V DC EN 61558-2-6 ✓ ✓ ✓
and 2 A as safety extra-low voltage (SELV)
for the supply of gongs, buzzers, bells, door
openers, switching relays and Insta contac-
tors
Bells and buzzers 9/9 Bells and buzzers serve to indicate alarm ✓ ✓ ✓
states or for general acoustic signaling.
They are used as modular installation
devices in distribution boards.
REG socket outlets 9/10 For power supply during maintenance in DIN VDE 0620-1, ✓ ✓ ✓
distribution boards in DIN VDE, CEE 7, CEE 7 standard sheet V,
CEI 23-50 and UL 489 versions CEI 23-50,
UL 498
9/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Bell transformers
A typical application for these bell transformers is short-time • Bell transformers with a footprint of only one modular width
use, as occurs with bells, gongs, door openers or remote control • Reliable device protection through PTC resistors; for protec-
switches in residential buildings. tion against overload and short-circuits
The standard EN 61558 distinguishes between transformers for • The bell transformers are IMQ (Italy) and VDE approved. This
short-time loading and those for permanent loading. This means ensures operational safety.
that clear requirements for bell transformers are defined. Bell
transformers must maintain 100 % of their rated power for
1 minute, or 20 % for 5 minutes, without tripping.
Siemens bell transformers are protected against short circuit or
moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a disconnection occurs,
the bell transformer must be switched off for approx. 30 minutes
to cool down the PTC resistor.
4AC3 006 4AC3 008 4AC3 016 4AC3 108 4AC3 116 4AC3 140
Approvals EN 61558-2, IMQ
Rated operational power Ps VA 8 8 16 8 16 40
Operating range at 50/60 Hz × Ue 0.9 ... 1.06
Rated frequency Hz 50
Operating frequency range Hz 45 ... 65 48 ... 62
Rated secondary voltage Usec
• In series connection
V AC 12
V AC --
2×4
8
2 × 12
24 9
Rated secondary current Isec
• At 4 V A AC -- 2 × 1.0 2 × 2.0 -- -- --
• At 8 V A AC -- 1 1 -- -- --
• At 12 V A AC 0.67 -- -- 2 × 0.33 2 × 0.67 2 × 1.67
• At 24 V -- -- -- 0.33 0.67 1.67
Rated power dissipation PV
• In no-load operation W 0.78 1.8 2.4 1.6 1.6 1.2
• At rated load W 1.65 5 7.5 3.6 8.2 17.2
Safe separation
• Creepage distances and clearances mm >3
Insulation class B
Test voltage, 50 Hz, 1 minute
• Primary against secondary winding kV 4 > 3.75
• Rigid mm2 1 × 6 or 2 × 4
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 0.75
Permissible ambient temperature °C -10 .... +25
Permissible humidity % ≤ 80
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60629 IP20
Safety class Acc. to EN 61140/ II
VDE 0140-1
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 9/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Bell transformers

Ue Uc Isec Ps Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC V AC A AC VA MW kg
Bell transformers
With PTC protection
230 12 0.67 8 1 B 4AC3 006 1 1 unit 027 0.189
With two secondary voltages, optionally for

series or parallel switching
230 2 × 4/8 2 × 1/1 8 2 A 4AC3 008 1 1 unit 027 0.273
2 × 2/2 16 2 B 4AC3 016 1 1 unit 027 0.351
2 × 12/24 2 × 0.33/0.33 8 2 } 4AC3 108 1 1 unit 027 0.269
2 × 0.67/0.67 16 2 A 4AC3 116 1 1 unit 027 0.347
2 × 1.67/1.67 40 3 A 4AC3 140 1 1 unit 027 0.570

9/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Transformers for permanent loads
These transformers up to 63 VA provide a safety extra-low volt- • The transformers with 24 VA, 40 VA and 63 VA cores are
age for supplying control current circuits, switching relays or molded, which means that they are hum-free and suitable for
Insta contactors in continuous operation as alternating voltage installation in sound-sensitive distribution boards
power supply for 8 V, 12 V or 24 V AC. • Reliable device protection through PTC; provide longstanding
Siemens transformers for permanent loading are protected protection against overload and short circuits
against short circuit or moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If a • The transformers are IMQ and VDE approved – this ensures
disconnection occurs, the transformer must be switched off for operational safety.
approx. 30 min to allow the PTC resistor to cool down.
EN 61558-2-2 specifies that with transformers for permanent
loading the difference between the non-loaded output voltage
and the output voltage loaded with the rated load must not ex-
ceed 10 %. This requirement places the highest demands on the
design of this type of transformer. It can only be met by using
high-quality core materials and a core design with an extraordi-
narily high efficiency, such as type EI to DIN 41302.
4AC3 408 4AC3 516 4AC3 524 4AC3 540 4AC3 616 4AC3 624 4AC3 640 4AC3 663
Approvals EN 61558-2, IMQ
Rated operational power Ps VA 8 16 24 40 16 24 40 63
Rated short-time power
p.f. = 0.5; t = 10 s VA 10 18 27 48 18 27 48 80 9
Operating range at 50/60 Hz × Ue 0.9 ... 1.1
Operating frequency range Hz 48 ... 62
Rated secondary voltage Usec V AC 8 2×4 8 2 × 12
In series connection V AC No 8 No 24
Rated secondary current Isec
• At 4 V A AC No 2×2 No
• At 8 V A AC 1 2 3 5 No
• At 12 V A AC No 2 × 0.67 2×1 2 × 1.67 2 × 2.62
• At 24 V A AC No 0.67 1 1.67 2.62
Rated power dissipation PV
• In no-load operation VA 3.5 10.3 8.0 13.8 8.0 13.1 8.3 23.0
• At rated load W 2.6 4.6 2.7 6.9 3.6 6.3 5.7 10.0
Hum-free Core molded No Yes No Yes
Safe separation
Creepage distances and clearances mm ≥3
Insulation class B
Test voltage, 50 Hz, 1 minute
Primary against secondary winding kV ≥4
• Rigid mm2 1 ... 6
• Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 0.75
In operation °C -10 ... +40
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20
Safety class Acc. to II
EN 61140/VDE 0140-1
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 9/5

© Siemens AG 2010

Ue Usec Isec Ps Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC V AC A AC VA MW kg
With PTC protection for AC voltage/current supply as
safety extra-low voltage
For continuous operation for the supply of control circuits,
switching relays and Insta contactors
With one secondary voltage
230 8 1 8 3 A 4AC3 408 1 1 unit 027 0.513
3 24 4 B 4AC3 524 1 1 unit 027 0.827
5 40 4 B 4AC3 540 1 1 unit 027 0.802
With two secondary voltages, optionally for
series or parallel switching
230 2 × 4/8 2 × 2/2 16 3 B 4AC3 516 1 1 unit 027 0.560
2 × 12/24 2 × 0.67/0.67 16 3 A 4AC3 616 1 1 unit 027 0.563
2 × 1.0/1.0 24 4 A 4AC3 624 1 1 unit 027 0.873
2 × 1.67/1.67 40 4 A 4AC3 640 1 1 unit 027 0.811
2 × 2.62/2.62 63 5 A 4AC3 663 1 1 unit 027 1.096

9/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Power supply units
The electronic power supply unit provides a 24 V DC supply to • Expanded applications due to safety extra-low voltage SELV.
systems with an operational voltage of 85 to 265 V AC or
85 to 300 V DC. The device operates in the lower class for Electronic power supply units
minimum power supply with a safety extra-low voltage (SELV). • Smallest electronic power supply unit in the lower power class
In the event of short circuits and high capacitive loads, the in 2 MW. This saves valuable space in distribution boards
power supply unit detects the overcurrent as soon as it is acti- • Universal applications in many systems, thanks to wide range
vated and shuts down immediately. It switches back on after voltage supply of 85 V to 265 V AC or 85 V to 300 V DC
2.5 seconds. The electronic power supply unit is suitable for
supplying the 5TT7 1 GSM alarm modules within a supply • Interference suppression to limit value Class B (lower limit)
voltage range of 150 to 230 V AC. even meets the requirements for residential buildings.
Power supply units for direct voltages with rectifiers are used to Power supply units with bridge rectifiers
supply gongs, bells, door openers, switching relays, remote
control switches, Insta contactors or for safety extra-low voltage • The power supply units are IMQ and VDE approved. This
systems (SELV) in continuous operation. They are protected ensures continuous operation.
against short circuit or moderate overload by a PTC resistor. If
tripped, the power supply unit must be switched off for approx.
30 mins. to allow the PTC resistor time to cool down.
4AC2 400 4AC2 401 4AC2 402
Standards EN 61558-2-6 EN 60068-2,
EN 61558-1,
EN 61000-4
Approvals EN 61558-2; IMQ --
Rated operational power Ps
W
V AC
24
230
43 8.4
85 ... 265 9
V DC -- 85 ... 300
Permissible operational voltage
For the 5TT7 1 GSM alarm modules V AC/DC -- 150 ... 265
Primary operating range At 50/60 Hz × Ue 0.9 ... 1.1 --
Rated frequency Hz 50 50/60
Operating frequency range Hz 48 ... 52 --
Rated secondary voltage Usec V DC 12 24 24 ± 5 %
Rated secondary current Isec A DC 2.0 1.8 0.35
Current limitation PTC Electronic overload
protection
Residual ripple mV -- < 100
Rated power dissipation Pv In no-load operation W 5 6 --
At rated load W 10 15 --
Hum-free Core molded Yes --
Safe separation Creepage distances and mm 8 > 5.5
clearances
Insulation class B --
Test voltage
Primary against secondary winding 50 Hz, 1 min kV >4 --
Insulation resistance kV -- 4
Rated impulse withstand voltage/ Acc. to IEC 60664-1 -- 6 kV/2
degree of pollution
Static discharge Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-2 kV -- 8
RF irradiation Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-3 V/m -- 10
Transient overvoltage (burst) Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-4 kV -- 4
Transient overvoltage (surge) Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-5
• Supply lines A1, A2 kV -- 1
• A1/A2 and ground kV -- 2
RF, conducted disturbance Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-6 V -- 10
Interference suppression to lower limit class Acc. to EN 61000-6-3 -- Complied with
Terminals
• Screw (slotted-head) -- M2.5
• ±screw (Pozidriv) 1 --
• Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6 0.5 ... 2.5
• Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 0.75 0.5 ... 1.5
Permissible ambient temperature °C -10 ... +40 -20 ... +60
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-1 -- 20/045/04
Resistance to vibrations Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 mm -- 0.35 amplitude
Frequency 10 ... 55 Hz
Safety class Acc. to EN 61140 II
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 9/7

© Siemens AG 2010
Power supply units

Ue Usec Isec Ps Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC V DC V DC A DC W MW kg
Power supply units
With transformer for safety extra-low voltage,
with rectifier in center tap connection
230 -- 12 2.0 24 4 A 4AC2 400 1 1 unit 027 0.840
-- 24 1.8 43 5 A 4AC2 401 1 1 unit 027 1.106
Electronic power supply unit

SELV, short-circuit resistant
85 ... 265 85 ... 300 24 ± 5 % 0.35 8.4 2 B 4AC2 402 1 1 unit 027 0.081

9/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Bells and buzzers
Bells and buzzers are typically used in residential buildings and • Bell transformers and buzzers with a footprint of only one
non-residential buildings, such as shops, offices, banks, etc. modular width
They are used to indicate alarm states or for general acoustic • Reliable device protection through PTC; for protection against
signaling. overload and short circuits.
Bells and buzzers are used as modular installation devices in
distribution boards. These devices are designed for short-time
use in compliance with IEC 62080.
7LQ2 204-0 7LQ2 204-1
7LQ2 205-0 7LQ2 205-1
7LQ2 206-0 7LQ2 206-1
Standards IEC 62080
Rated operational power Ps VA 5.5 4
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 230 12
Primary operating range At 50/60 Hz × Ue 0.94 ... 1.06
Operating frequency range Hz 45 ... 65
Rated power dissipation PV In no-load operation W 0.83
Pollution degree Acc. to EN 61010-1 2
Working voltage Acc. to EN 61010-1 V AC 230 12
Insulating material group Acc. to EN 61010-1 II
Safe separation
• Clearance mm ≥3 ≥ 1.5 9
• Creepage distances in device mm ≥ 2.5 ≥ 1.5
Test voltage, 50 Hz, 1 min kV 1.25 1
Flammability Class V0
• Rigid mm2 1 × 6 or 2 × 4
• Flexible with end sleeve mm2 0.75
Volume dB ≥ 75

Ue Ps Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC VA MW kg
Bells
230 5.5 1 B 7LQ2 204-0 1 1 unit 027 0.072
12 4 1 B 7LQ2 204-1 1 1 unit 027 0.086
Buzzers
230 5.5 1 B 7LQ2 205-0 1 1 unit 027 0.073
12 4 1 B 7LQ2 205-1 1 1 unit 027 0.070
Bell-buzzer combinations
230 5.5 1 B 7LQ2 206-0 1 1 unit 027 0.053
12 4 1 B 7LQ2 206-1 1 1 unit 027 0.103

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 9/9
© Siemens AG 2010
REG socket outlets
■ Overview
The socket outlets for mounting in distribution boards to In distribution boards with 55 mm mounting depth the socket
DIN 43880 and on TH35 standard mounting rails to DIN 60715 outlet can only be used without the hinged lid. The lids can be
have since become standard in modern switchgear/distribution retrofitted on all devices. To make installation easier, the touch-
boards. They are used for tasks such as the connection of plug- protected terminals L, N and PE are located on the side of the
in communication devices in communication distribution boards, socket outlet.
in switchgear assemblies for maintenance purposes or in private
plants for the occasional use of devices with heavy starting and In plant sections where equipment is still live, even after the main
separate fusing. switch has been disconnected, this must be indicated accord-
The socket outlet range complies with a number of different stan- ing to EN 50110-1 and IEC/EN 60204-1. Yellow socket outlets are
dards and is available according to the standards of the follow- used for these applications.
ing countries: VDE for Germany, CEE7 for Belgium/France,
CEI for Italy and UL for USA.
■ Benefits
• Complete program according to VDE, UL, CEI and CEE for • By pulling on the hinges, the hinged lid stays open > 180°.
worldwide application. This facilitates manual insertion of connectors.
5TE6 800 5TE6 801 5TE6 810 5TE6 802 5TE6 803 5TE6 804
Standards VDE 0620-1 VDE 0620-1 VDE 0620-1 CEI 23-50 CEE 7 stan- UL 498
dard sheet V
Approvals VDE 0620-1 -- UL File No.
E258598/
9 CSA C22.2
No. 182.3M
Rated operational current Ie A AC 16 15
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) PZ1
Terminal tightening torque, max. N 1.2
Stripped length mm 10
• Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 0.5 ... 4
• Rigid AWG 10 ... 14
• Flexible AWG 14
Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Mounting position Without cover: any, with cover: vertical or horizontal

Ue Ie Conductor Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
section width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A mm2 MW kg
®
SCHUKO socket outlets
according to DIN VDE 0620-1
• Without hinged lid
230 16 6 2.5 } 5TE6 800 1 1 unit 027 0.086
SCHUKO® socket outlets

• With hinged lid
230 16 6 2.5 } 5TE6 801 1 1 unit 027 0.093

9/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
REG socket outlets
Ue Ie Conductor Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

section width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A mm2 MW kg
®
SCHUKO socket outlets
• Without hinged lid, yellow RAL 1018
230 16 6 2.5 } 5TE6 810 1 1 unit 027 0.089
Socket outlets
according to CEI 23-50
• With hinged lid
230 16 6 2.5 } 5TE6 802 1 1 unit 027 0.093
Socket outlets
according to CEE 7 Standard sheet V 9
• Without hinged lid, with grounding pin
230 16 6 2.5 } 5TE6 803 1 1 unit 027 0.089
UL 498 socket outlets

• Without hinged lid
125 15 6 2.5 } 5TE6 804 1 1 unit 027 0.088
Hinged lids for 5TE6 socket outlets 2.5 C 5TE9 120 1 1 unit 027 0.019

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 9/11
© Siemens AG 2010
REG socket outlets
Hinged lid for simple application
The hinged lid can be opened at an angle greater than 180 degrees. By pulling on the hinges, the covers stay open, which facilitates plugging in.
The hinged lids can be retrofitted on all versions.
In order to make sure that it is possible to work on the distribution board in

the event of a power failure, we recommend that the infeed socket outlet is
fed using a short-circuit current proof cable installation and a separate fuse.
The yellow socket outlet must be used for this purpose.
9/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

10
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
10/2 Introduction
10/3 General data
40 mm Busbar Systems
10/6 Introduction
10/7 Base assemblies up to 400 A
10/8 Introduction
10/14 Infeed and connection components
10/16 Busbar adapters and device holders
10/23 Connector for 3NP1 fuse switch
disconnectors
10/24 Accessories
10/26 Distribution Board Components
10/28 Built-in Components
can be found at
under Product List:
- Technical Specifications 10
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Introduction
■ Overview
Devices Page Application Standards Used in
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
40 mm Busbar Systems 10/6 Base assemblies up to 400 A, EN 13601 ✓ -- ✓
busbar supports, IEC 60439-1
busbars, IEC 61439-2
covers for the touch protection
Base assemblies up to 400 A 10/7 Base assemblies up to 400 A, EN 13601 ✓ -- ✓

covers for the touch protection
NSE0_02112
60 mm Busbar Systems 10/8 Base assemblies up to 630 A, EN 13601 ✓ -- ✓

overview with different devices IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A

NSE0_02123
covers for the touch protection UL 508 A
10
covers for the touch protection UL 508 A
16(B
Infeed and connection components 10/14 Feeder for busbar systems, EN 13601 ✓ -- ✓
terminals... IEC 60439-1
IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A
Busbar adapters and device holders 10/16 Busbar adapters and device EN 13601 ✓ -- ✓
holders for the design of IEC 60439-1
3RV2/3RT2 load feeders IEC 61439-2
UL 508 A
Distribution board components 10/9 Longitudinal stays, assembly kits, IEC 60439-1 ✓ -- ✓
covers for the touch protection IEC 61439-3
DIN VDE 0603-1
Built-in components 10/28 3-pole NEOZED bus-mounting IEC 60947-3 ✓ -- ✓

bases or DIAZED bus-mounting EN 60947-3
bases, IEC 60269
NEOZED bus-mounting switch EN 60269
disconnectors,
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
and busbar device adapters.
10/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
General data
■ Overview
The use of busbar systems with their versatile rail-adaptable tion boards due to their small footprint, compact design and
connection, switching and installation devices is an ideal and quick assembly contacts. Mounting is implemented on longitu-
cost-effective electrotechnical enhancement of modern distribu- dinal stays. The busbar spacing is 60 mm.
6
5
7
8
4
3
2
1
I201_13633
3
$ Longitudinal stays
10
% Busbar supports, 3-phase
& Copper busbars
( Terminals
) Support for blanking cover
* Blanking covers
+ Supports
, Touch protection cover
9
- Busbar support, single-phase
■ Benefits ■ Design
Notable cost reduction compared to conventional installation in 8US busbar systems with 60 mm busbar center-to-center clear-
switchgear and control cabinets due to the following reasons: ance as well as flat copper profiles have become firmly estab-
• Mechanical fixing and electrical contacting in a single step lished on the world market.
• No access wiring and fewer busbar terminals used The permissible busbar temperature is decisive when dimen-
• Double use of the busbar space sioning the busbars. The busbar temperature is dependent on
the current and the current distribution, on the busbar cross-sec-
• Clear arrangement tion and the busbar surface, on the position of the busbars, con-
• Straightforward replacement of individual devices or whole vection and the ambient temperature. The values stated in the
combinations following table can only be considered as guide values because
• High operational safety through finger-safe covering of the the conditions vary with each location. The values are based on
adapters and device holders uninterrupted current over the whole busbar length.
All the above advantages are felt especially in cases where The busbar runs prove most advantageous when the incoming
many tap-off units of the same performance range are required. supply is centrally located and the load is distributed symmetri-
cally on both sides.
■ Application ■ Function
8US busbar systems are used for the direct busbar-mounting of
current-limiting devices (protection devices) such as fuse switch Short-circuit strength
disconnectors and motor starter protectors/circuit breakers as The short-circuit strength of the busbar system is dependent on
well as complete load feeders. the distance of the busbar supports and on the busbar cross-
8US busbar systems are designed for horizontal mounting of the section.
busbars. The short-circuit strength of the whole system is dependent on
the short-circuit strength of the busbars and of the adapters with
circuit breakers or switch disconnectors. If one of these values
is lower than the prospective short-circuit current at the place of
installation, a current-limiting protective device has to be
mounted upstream of the 8US busbar system. This may also be
mounted as a feeder circuit breaker on the busbar system itself.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
General data
Uninterrupted current for busbars, E-Cu bare, at 35 °C ambient temperature according to DIN 43671
Bar dimensions System Uninterrupted current at a busbar temperature of
65 °C 85 °C 105 °C
mm mm A A A
12 × 5 40 + 60 188 248 295
15 × 5 40 + 60 222 293 349
20 × 5 60 274 362 430
25 × 5 60 327 432 513
30 × 5 60 379 500 595
12 × 10 40 + 60 302 398 474
20 × 10 60 427 564 670
30 × 10 60 573 756 900
Special profile up to 1600 A 60 1020 1020 1600
General technical specifications

Short-circuit strength
Of 8US1 busbar device adapter Current limiting due to associated motor starter protectors/circuit breakers/load feeders
up to 50 kA
Of the busbar systems see Characteristic Curves
Material of the 8US1 busbar supports, busbar device Fiberglass-strengthened polyamide
adapters and device holders
Color RAL 7035, light gray
Thermal stability (minimum values)
Busbar supports, busbar device adapters, °C 120
device holders, infeed and covers
AWG connecting cables °C 105 / 150
10 Cover profiles
Bases, partitions, edge profiles and blanking covers
°C
°C
110
70
Machining of plastic profiles Take care when machining that no cracks are formed. A cross-cut circular saw with the
following characteristic values has proven successful in cutting cover profiles for busbars:
• D = 300 mm, B 0 2.2 mm,
• T = 120 R (5° negative replaceable tooth at a cutting rate of 50 ... 60 m/s)
• Tooth feed 0.05 ... 0.1 mm
The plastic parts are secured so that vibration is ruled out.
Approvals
Busbar supports, busbar device adapters, device hold- UR, CSA, cuUS- Listed
ers and terminals.
Technical specifications of the system components
Infeed, connection modules, three-phase 5SH3 538 5SH3 535 8US19 21-1BA00 8US19 21-1AA00
Center-to-center clearance mm 60 60 60 60
Current carrying capacity of the terminal points A 80 560 300 440
The specified current carrying capacities reflect the ther-
mal load capability of the terminal points under favorable
conditions (with the largest conductors it is possible to
connect). This does not invalidate the assignment of con-
ductor cross-sections and current carrying capacities as
defined in national and international specifications.
Tightening torque Nm -- 30 8 ... 10 12 ... 15
Clamping space W × H mm -- -- 10 × 15 15 × 15
Conductors that can be used mm2 1.5 ... 16 150 ... 300 6 ... 50 (70) 35 ... 120
Cu, re, rm, f, f+AE Cu, Al Cu, rm, f, f+AE Cu, rm, f, f+AE
(reduction of the (connections with alu- (reduction of the (reduction of the
maximum conductor minum conductors maximum conductor maximum conductor
cross-sections may are not maintenance cross-sections may cross-sections may
be required) free), rm, sm, f be required), la. be required), la.
Cu 6 × 9 × 0.8 Cu 6/10 × 15.5 × 0.8
10/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
General data
■ Characteristic curves
Characteristic curves as a function of rated peak withstand current
40 mm Busbar Systems 60 mm Busbar Systems
pk kA
kA NSE0_00342b
pk NSE0_01546 kA 90
55 pk
NSE0_01547
50 55 1
80
45 50
2 x 12x5 45 75
T
40 2 x 15x5 30x10
70
35 40
1 x 12x5 35 65
30 1 x 15x5 30x5
30 60
25
25 55
20
200 250 300 350 400 mm 20 50
200 250 300 350 400 mm 45

40 20x5 20x10
Surge current 12x5 12x10
pk 35
Surge current pk
Spacing of busbar supports 30
Spacing of busbar supports 300 400 500 600 700 mm 800 900
5-pole busbar supports 2
1 Surge current pk
2 Spacing of busbar supports
10
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/5

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Introduction
■ Overview
The 40 mm busbar system for the lower performance range up to 400 A: Terminals and covers for infeed and connection components
The 40 mm busbar system is used in machine engineering and
distribution boards, in meter cabinets and in power distribution
systems of the low performance range up to 400 A.
The busbar cross-sections are adapted to the rated currents and
are available in the sizes 12 x 5 mm, 12 x 10 mm, 15 x 5 mm and
15 x 10 mm. The basic system is configured without covers. If
touch protection is required, this is possible with busbar covers.
10 Terminals round off the product range of the 40 mm busbar sys-
tem.
10/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Base assemblies up to 400 A
■ Overview
2
1 3 4
NSE0_02112
1 Flat copper profile 4 Inlay part

2 Busbar support 5 Covering cap
3 Cover profile
40 mm busbar system: Base assembly up to 400 A

Description DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG Weight
SET, approx.
10
M)
kg
%() Busbar supports
End and intermediate holders for
flat copper profiles
12 mm x 5 mm, 12 mm x 10 mm, A 8US19 03-3AB00 1 1 unit 143 0.184
15 mm x 5 mm, 15 mm x 10 mm
3-pole, with inside fixing
(PU = 2 busbar supports including
inlay parts for bar thickness 5 mm
and lateral finger-safe covers)
8US19 03-3AB00
5-pole, L1–L3 + N + A 8US19 03-5AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.137

12 mm x 5 mm and 12 mm x 10 mm PE/N
with inside fixing
8US19 03-5AA00
$ Flat copper profiles
(flat profile, approx. 2.4 m long,
bare, acc. to EN 12167)
12 mm × 5 mm B 8WC5 123 1 1 unit 143 1.100
8WC5 15 mm × 5 mm B 8WC5 121 1 1 unit 143 1.550
& Cover profiles for busbars
12 mm × 5 mm 1000 mm long A 8US19 22-2CA00 1 10 units 143 0.200
15 mm × 5 mm 1000 mm long A 8US19 22-2AA00 1 10 units 143 0.156
8US19 22-2CA00

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/7
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Introduction
■ Overview
The 60 mm busbar system for the medium and top performance range up to 1600 A, here for example with the 3NP1 switch disconnector, size 3
The 60 mm busbar system is used preferably in control cabinet
installation, in motor control centers and in power distribution
systems of the medium power range (630 A) and top perfor-
10
mance range (1600 A, special profile).
The 60 mm busbar system can be configured as a basic system
without covers. The busbar cross-sections are available in the
sizes 12 x 5 mm to 30 x 10 mm and as a special profile.
Busbar adapters for SIRIUS, 3VL circuit breakers, 3KA and 3KL
switch disconnectors, and 3NP1 and 3NP5 fuse switch discon-
nectors offer numerous options for configuring this busbar sys-
tem. Feeder units, terminals and other accessories open up a
large range of application.
Busbars with a special profile are suitable for applications up to
1600 A. All components of the 60 mm busbar system can be fit-
ted.
10/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
■ Overview

NSE0_02123

Flat copper profile Cover profile

Busbar supports Support for blanking covers
End cover Blanking cover
60 mm busbar system: Base assemblies up to 630 A

Longitudinal stays and assembly kits
Description Dimensions DT Order No. Price PU
per PU (UNIT,
PS*/
P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
10
SET, approx.
M)
mm kg
Longitudinal stays
For mounting the assembly kits in un-
equipped distribution boards, two longitudi-
nal stays are required
Height
600 A 8GK4 851-4KK00 1 1 set 039 1.000
750 A 8GK4 851-5KK00 1 1 set 039 1.300
900 A 8GK4 851-6KK00 1 1 set 039 1.500
1050 A 8GK4 851-7KK00 1 1 set 039 1.800
1200 A 8GK4 851-8KK00 1 1 set 039 2.080
1350 A 8GK4 852-8KK00 1 1 set 039 2.340
Assembly kits
Comprising touch protection cover
and 4 supports
Cutout width for three-phase busbar systems
• 216 mm 300 × 250 A 8GK4 801-2KK13 1 1 unit 039 0.500
• 466 mm 300 × 500 A 8GK4 801-2KK23 1 1 unit 039 0.700
• 716 mm 300 × 750 A 8GK4 801-2KK33 1 1 unit 039 0.900
• 216 mm 450 × 250 A 8GK4 801-3KK13 1 1 unit 039 0.650
• 466 mm 450 × 500 A 8GK4 801-3KK23 1 1 unit 039 0.900
• 716 mm 450 × 750 A 8GK4 801-3KK33 1 1 unit 039 1.150
• 1 set = 2 stays

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/9
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Busbar support and end cap
Description Connections Standard DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
plus per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
UL, CSA SET, approx.
M)
kg
% Busbar supports
End and intermediate holders for flat copper profiles
12 mm x 5 mm, 12 mm x 10 mm,
15 mm x 5 mm, 15 mm x 10 mm,
20 mm x 5 mm, 20 mm x 10 mm,
25 mm x 5 mm, 25 mm x 10 mm,
30 mm x 5 mm, 30 mm x 10 mm
3-pole, with fixing screws A 8GK9 711-0KK03 1 1 unit 039 0.300
8GK9 711-0KK03
3-pole, with outside fixing L1–L3 A 8US19 23-2AA01 1 10 units 143 0.200
3-pole, with inside fixing L1–L3 A 8US19 23-3AA01 1 10 units 143 0.200
10
8US19 23-3AA01
4-pole, with inside fixing L1–L3 + PE/N A 8US19 23-4AA00 1 10 units 143 0.269
2-pole, with outside fixing A 8US19 23-5AA00 1 10 units 143 0.200
8US19 23-5AA00
N/PE busbar supports
• 1-pole, plus PE/N A 5SH3 540 1 1 unit 016 0.059
for flat copper profile
for 5/10 mm busbar
5SH3 540
• 1-pole, in addition for copper PE/N UL508 A 8US19 23-1AA01 1 1 unit 143 0.200
profiles 6 x 6 mm,
mounting on 8US1923-2AA01
3-pole busbar supports or free
standing
8US19 23-1AA01

10/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Description Connections Standard DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

M) kg
End and intermediate holders for flat copper profiles
5 mm x 20 mm, 10 mm x 20 mm, 10 mm x 30 mm
3-pole, with inside fixing L1–L3 UL 508A1) A 8US19 23-3UA01 1 10 units 143 0.205
8US19 23-3UA01
& End covers
For covering unterminated
busbar ends
• For 8US19 23-2AA01, L1–L3 UL 508A A 8US19 22-1AC00 1 10 units 143 0.020
3AA01 and -3UA01
• 4-pole, L1–L3 + PE/N A 8US19 22-1AB00 1 1 unit 143 0.055
for 8US19 23-4AA00
1 pack = 2 units
(1x right, 1x left)
For 5SH3 532 holder
8US19 22-1AC00
• Height 230 mm (3-pole) B 5SH3 533 1 4 units 016 0.035
5SH3 534
• Height 290 mm C 5SH3 534 1 4/40 units 016 0.045
(4-pole or
3-pole + cable duct),
1 pack = 2 units
(1x right, 1x left)
Covers, supports for blanking covers, flat copper profiles and busbar connection parts 10
Description Length Width Standard DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
mm mm M) kg
( Cover profiles for busbars
12 mm x 5 mm 1000 A 8US19 22-2CA00 1 10 units 143 0.200
8US19 22-2CA00
15 mm x 5 mm, 1000 UL 508A A 8US19 22-2AA00 1 10 units 143 0.156
20 mm x 5 mm,
25 mm x 5 mm,
30 mm x 5 mm
8US19 22-2AA00
12 mm x 10 mm, 1000 UL 508A A 8US19 22-2BA00 1 10 units 143 0.105
15 mm x 10 mm,
20 mm x 10 mm,
25 mm x 10 mm,
30 mm x 10 mm
) Supports for blanking covers )
Mounting on busbar 1000 190 UL 508 B 5SH3 536 1 4/160 units 016 0.037
(2 units per section of
blanking cover)
5SH3 536
* Blanking covers
Mounting on 5SH3 536 1000 202 UL 508A A 5SH3 537 1 2 units 016 1.130
support for blanking covers
5SH3 537
1) Only with base plate 8US19 22-2UA01

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/11
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Description Length Cross- Standard DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

section plus per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
M)
mm mm2 kg
Base plates
For 3-pole system, 1100 -- UL 508A A 8US19 22-2UA01 1 2 units 143 0.200
width 230 mm
8US19 22-2UA01
$ Flat copper busbar (flat profile, bare)
Flat copper profile for universal applications
• 12 x 5 mm, current up to 200 A 2400 60 EN 12167 B 8WC5 123 1 1 unit 143 1.100
Flat copper profile for ALPHA distribution boards
• 12 x 5 mm, current up to 250 A 250 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 731-0KK10 1 5 units 039 0.100
500 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 731-0KK20 1 5 units 039 0.330
750 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 731-0KK30 1 5 units 039 0.500
1000 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 731-0KK40 1 5 units 039 0.660
1250 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 731-0KK50 1 5 units 039 0.830
500 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 733-0KK20 1 5 units 039 0.570
750 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 733-0KK30 1 5 units 039 0.850
1000 60 EN 12167 A 8GK9 733-0KK40 1 5 units 039 1.120
10 • 20 x 5 mm, current up to 320 A

1250
250
60
100
EN 12167
EN 12167 A
A 8GK9 733-0KK50
8GK9 733-0KK10
1
1
5 units
5 units
039
039
1.470
0.290
500 150 EN 12167 A 8GK9 735-0KK20 1 5 units 039 0.750
750 150 EN 12167 A 8GK9 735-0KK30 1 5 units 039 1.460
1000 150 EN 12167 A 8GK9 735-0KK40 1 5 units 039 2.170
1250 150 EN 12167 A 8GK9 735-0KK50 1 5 units 039 2.880
500 300 EN 12167 A 8GK9 736-0KK20 1 5 units 039 1.720
750 300 EN 12167 A 8GK9 736-0KK30 1 5 units 039 2.600
1000 300 EN 12167 A 8GK9 736-0KK40 1 5 units 039 3.400
1250 300 EN 12167 A 8GK9 736-0KK50 1 5 units 039 4.600
$ Flat copper profile, tinned
Extension terminals -- -- -- A 8JK3 201 1 10 set 046 0.020
for busbars 12 x 5 mm
tightening torque 6.0 Nm
(busbar not included
1 set = 2 units)
8JK3 20
Busbar connection pieces
For flat profiles (max. 630 A)
20 mm × 5 mm, 40 -- -- A 8US19 21-2BE00 1 6 units 143 0.070
20 mm × 10 mm,
25 mm × 5 mm,
25 mm × 10 mm,
30 mm × 5 mm,
8US19 21-2BE00 30 mm × 10 mm
For flat profiles (max. 630 A)
12 mm × 5 mm, 55 -- -- A 8US19 21-2BF00 1 12 units 143 0.070
12 mm × 10 mm,
15 mm × 5 mm,
15 mm × 10 mm,
20 mm × 5 mm,
8US19 21-2BF00 20 mm × 10 mm

10/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
■ Overview

NSE0_02113
Flat copper profile
Busbar support
End cover
60 mm busbar system: Base assembly up to 1600 A

Description Standard DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
M) kg
Busbar supports
3-pole, end and intermediate
holder with finger-safe busbar
cover (1 pack = 2 busbar sup-
L1–L3 A 8US19 43-3AA00 1 1 unit 143 1.310
10
ports + finger-safe end covers)
8US19 43-3AA00
Flat copper profiles
(approx. 2.4 m long, tinned)
Special profile up to 1600 A, cross section 720 mm2 A 8US19 48-2AA00 1 1 unit 143 15.360
8US19 48-2AA00
Cover profiles
For flat copper profiles, length 1000 mm A 8US19 22-2DA00 1 5 units 143 0.200
For special profiles/TT profiles up to 1600 A A 8US19 41-2BF00 1 3 units 143 1.134
8US19 41-2BF00
Barriers, closed
76 mm wide, 2400 mm long C 8US19 22-1JA00 1 1 unit 143 0.700
For additional touch protection at the top/bottom
76
48
NSB0_91362b
2400
8US19 22-1JA00
Supports for blanking covers
Mounting on busbar UL 508A B 5SH3 536 1 4/160 units 016 0.037
(2 units per section of blanking cover),
height 1000 mm
5SH3 536
Blanking covers
Mounting on 5SH3 536 support UL 508A A 5SH3 537 1 2 units 016 1.130
for blanking covers,
height 1000 mm
5SH3 537

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/13
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Infeed and connection components
■ Overview
60 mm busbar system: Terminals and covers for infeed and connection components

Description Length Width Conductor DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
cross- per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
10
M)
mm mm mm2 kg
Infeeds
Terminal plate with
cover
• 3-pole 200 20 1.5 ...16 A 5SH3 538 1 5 units 016 0.181
• 3-pole 200 54 6 ... 50 A 8US19 21-1BA00 1 1 unit 143 0.397
• 3-pole 200 81 35 ... 120 A 8US19 21-1AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.607
8US19 21-1AA00
Outgoing modules for PE/N

Connection module 242 18 A 8US12 00-0AA00 1 1 unit 143 0.142
for 4-pole (PE/N) up to
16 mm must be at-
tached to an
adapter/device holder
SR60 terminal plates
3-pole with cover 150 ... 300 C 5SH3 535 1 1 unit 016 1.608
(shown without
cover)
5SH3 535
Terminal sets
3-pole 120 ... 300 A 8US19 41-2AA03 1 1 unit 143 0.160
without cover
for round cables
8US19 41-2AA03

10/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Infeed and connection components
Description Conductor DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

cross- per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
mm2 M) kg
Terminal sets
3-pole without cover A 8US19 41-2AA04 1 1 unit 143 0.140
for flat bars up to
32 x 20 mm
8US19 41-2AA04
Covers for 8US19 41-2AA03/04 A 8US19 22-1GC00 1 1 unit 143 0.150
terminal set
8US19 22-1GC00
Terminals for circular conductors
5 mm busbar thickness1)
12 mm × 5 mm, 1.5 ... 16 } 8US19 21-2AA00 100 100 units 143 0.100
15 mm × 5 mm, 4 ... 35 } 8US19 21-2AB00 100 50 units 143 4.600
20 mm × 5 mm, 16 ... 70 } 8US19 21-2AD00 1 50 units 143 0.072
25 mm × 5 mm, 16 ... 120 } 8US19 21-2AC00 1 50 units 143 0.107
30 mm × 5 mm 1.5 ... 16 } 8US19 21-2AA01 1 15 units 143 0.020
4 ... 35 } 8US19 21-2AB01 1 15 units 143 0.020
Terminals 16 ... 70 } 8US19 21-2AD01 1 15 units 143 0.020
16 ... 120 } 8US19 21-2AC01 1 15 units 143 0.020
20 mm × 5 mm, 25 mm × 5 mm, 95 ... 185 } 8US19 41-2AA01 1 6 units 143 0.315
30 mm × 5 mm
10 mm busbar thickness
150 ... 300 } 8US19 41-2AA02 1 3 units 143 0.425
10
12 mm × 10 mm,1) 1.5 ... 16 } 8US19 21-2BA00 1 100 units 143 0.020
15 mm × 10 mm,1) 4 ... 35 } 8US19 21-2BB00 1 50 units 143 0.040
20 mm × 10 mm, 16 ... 70 } 8US19 21-2BD00 1 50 units 143 0.070
25 mm × 10 mm, 16 ... 120 } 8US19 21-2BC00 1 50 units 143 0.100
30 mm × 10 mm 1.5 ... 16 } 8US19 21-2BA01 1 15 units 143 0.020
4 ... 35 } 8US19 21-2BB01 1 15 units 143 0.040
Terminals 16 ... 70 } 8US19 21-2BD01 1 15 units 143 0.070
16 ... 120 } 8US19 21-2BC01 1 15 units 143 0.100
20 mm × 10 mm, 95 ... 185 } 8US19 41-2AA01 1 6 units 143 0.315
25 mm × 10 mm, 150 ... 300 } 8US19 41-2AA02 1 3 units 143 0.425
30 mm × 10 mm
Covers for terminals for circular conductors
(attachment to busbar)
For terminals up to 120 mm2 } 8US19 22-1GA00 1 10 units 143 0.126
200 mm long, 84 mm wide
For terminals up to 300 mm2 2) } 8US19 22-1GA02 1 1 unit 143 0.696
200 mm long, 270 mm wide
8US19 22-1GA00
Terminals
For cable lugs up to 240 mm2, A 8US19 41-2AC00 1 6 units 143 0.368
10 mm bar thickness
(threaded bolts M10)
8US19 41-2AC00
For copper bars or laminated conductors A 8US19 41-2BB00 1 6 units 143 0.307
20 mm x 5 mm,
20 mm x 10 mm,
25 mm x 5 mm,
25 mm x 10 mm,
30 mm x 5 mm,
8US19 41-2BB00 30 mm x 10 mm
For 2 x 40 mm x 10 mm A 8US19 41-2BA00 1 3 units 143 0.824
8US1941-2BA00
1)
Cannot be used on a special profile up to 1600 A. 2)
Only for 20 mm × 5 mm, 20 mm × 10 mm, 25 mm × 5 mm, 25 mm × 10 mm,
30 mm × 5 mm and 30 mm × 10 mm.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/15
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Busbar adapters and device holders
■ Overview
60 mm busbar system: Busbar adapters and device holders

All busbar device adapters and device holders are designed for
copper busbars according to DIN 46433, width 12 to 30 mm,
thickness 5 mm and 10 mm, and special profiles up to 1600 A.
10 ■ Selection and ordering data

For SIRIUS 3RV2/3RT2 load feeders
Welded connection conductor resistant up to 150 °C
Busbar Number Adapter Connecting cables Stan- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
device of dard per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
adapters mount- Length Width Cross- Tem- Rated Rated Addi- SET, approx.
for ing rails sec- pera- current volt- tionally M)
(35 mm) tion ture age UL,
max. CSA
mm mm AWG °C A V kg
Size S00 devices with screw connection
MSPs/ 1 200 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5DS10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
circuit
breakers
Direct-on- 1 200 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5DS10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
line starters
1 260 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5DT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
Reversing 1 200 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5DS10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
starters
Device + +
holder with Device 1 200 45 -- -- -- -- UL 508 } 8US12 50-5AS10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
3RA21 20 holders
MSPs/ 1 200 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 8US12 51-5DS11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
circuit
breakers
MSPs/ 1 260 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5DT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
circuit
breakers
Direct-on- 1 260 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5DT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
line starters
Reversing 1 260 45 12 150 25 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5DT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
Device
starters
holder with
3RA21 20 + +
Device 1 260 45 -- -- -- -- UL 508 } 8US12 50-5AT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
holders

10/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
adapters mount- Length Width Cross- Tem- Rated Rated Addi- SET, approx.
for ing rails sec- pera- current volt- tionally M)
max. CSA
MSPs/ 1 260 45 10 150 32 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5NT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
circuit
breakers
Direct-on- 1 260 45 10 150 32 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5NT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
line starters
Reversing 1 260 45 10 150 32 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5NT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
starters
+ +
Device Device 1 260 45 -- -- -- -- UL 508 } 8US12 50-5AT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
holder with holders
3RA22 20
Size S0 devices with spring-type terminals
MSPs/ 1 260 45 10 150 32 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5NT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
circuit
breakers
Direct-on- 1 260 45 10 150 32 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5NT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
line starters
Reversing 1 260 45 10 150 32 690 UL 508 } 8US12 51-5NT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
starters
+ +
Device 1 260 45 -- -- -- -- UL 508 } 8US1250-5AT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
Device holders
holder with
3RA22 20
10

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/17
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
adapters for mount- Length Width Cross- Tem- Rated Rated Addi- SET, approx.
ing rails sec- pera- current volt- tionally M)
max. CSA
Size S2 devices
MSPs/ 1 182 55 8 105 56 690 } 8US12 61-5FM08 1 1 unit 143 0.263
circuit
breakers
Contactors 1 182 55 8 105 56 690 } 8US12 61-5FM08 1 1 unit 143 0.263
+ overload
relay
Direct- 1 242 55 8 105 56 690 } 8US12 61-5FP08 1 1 unit 143 0.292
on-line
Reversing starters
feeder Reversing 1 242 55 8 105 56 690 } 8US12 61-5FP08 1 1 unit 143 0.292
starter
adapter
+ +
Connecting Device -- 242 54 -- -- -- -- -- } 8US12 60-5AP00 1 1 unit 143 0.243
wedge holders1)
+ +
Connecting -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- } 8US19 98-1AA00 100 100 units 143 0.100
wedges
(2 units
needed for
attachment)
MSPs/ -- 215 72 4 105 80 600 UR, A 8US12 11-4TR00 1 1 unit 143 0.470
circuit CSA
10
breakers
Device holder
1) Spacer and fixing screw for reversing contactor are included in the scope
of supply.

10/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
For motor starter protectors/circuit breakers and load disconnect switches which require busbar device adapters for
mounting on busbars
Busbar device Adapter Connecting cables Standard DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
adapters for Length Width Type Rated Rated Addi- per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
current voltage tionally SET, approx.
UL, CSA M)
mm mm A V kg
3VL circuit breakers1)
3VL12) 175 108 Busbars 160 690 A 8US12 11-4SL01 1 1 unit 143 0.597
3VL1 to 3VL4 320 184 M10 stud 400 690 A 8US12 10-4AF00 1 1 unit 143 2.769
and also with terminal +
RCD module2) A 8US19 27-4AF01 1 1 unit 143 0.575
3VL5 325 184 M8 stud 580 690 A 8US12 13-4AF00 1 1 unit 143 2.880
8US10 11-4SL01
terminal
3VL UL circuit breakers
VL150X UL 190 105 Tubular 150 600 UL 508A A 8US12 13-4AQ01 1 1 unit 143 1.020
CG-Frame contacts
VL150 UL 190 105 Tubular 150 600 UL 508A A 8US12 13-4AQ03 1 1 unit 143 1.020
DG-Frame contacts
VL250 UL 190 105 Tubular 250 600 UL 508A A 8US12 13-4AQ03 1 1 unit 143 1.020
FG-Frame contacts
8US12 13-4AQ01
VL400 UL 296 140 Tubular 400 600 UL 508A A 8US12 13-4AH00 1 1 unit 143 1.900
JG-Frame contacts
VL400X UL 296 140 Tubular 540 600 UL 508A A 8US12 13-4AH00 1 1 unit 143 1.900
LG-Frame contacts
10
8US12 13-4AH00
3KA und 3KL switch disconnectors
3KA523) 320 184 M10 stud 630 690 A 8US12 10-4AF00 1 1 unit 143 2.769
3KA533) terminal
3KL523)
3KL533)
3KA553) 320 250 M10 stud 630 690 A 8US12 10-4AG00 1 1 unit 143 3.060
3KA573) terminal
3KA583)
3KL553)
3KL573)
3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors
3NP50 60 175 108 Busbars 160 690 A 8US12 10-4AF00 1 1 unit 143 2.769
(NH00)
3NP524), 320 250 M10 stud 630 690 A 8US12 10-4AG00 1 1 unit 143 3.060
3NP534), terminals
3NP545)
1)
Observe the short-circuit strength of the busbar system.
Short-circuit strength > 50 kA on request.
2)
Usable only for 3VL circuit breakers with line-side box terminals.
3)
Without connecting cables. The connecting cable between adapter and
device should be manufactured in accordance with the rated current as a
round cable, e.g. H07V-R with cable lug, or as a flat conductor for a M10
stud terminal.
4)
round cable, e.g. H07V-R with cable lug, or as a flat conductor for a M10
stud terminal.
5)
round cable, e.g. H07V-R, bared at both ends for tunnel terminals.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/19
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact feeder according to IEC and UL
Welded cable connection resistant up to 105 °C
adapter mount- Length Width Cross- Tem- Rated Rated Addi- SET, approx.
for ing rails section pera- current volt- tionally M)
(35 mm) ture age UL, CSA
max.
Size equivalent to 3RA61
Direct- 1 200 45 10 105 32 690 UR, CSA } 8US12 11-1NS10 1 1 unit 143 0.337
on-line
starters
Device
holder
Size equivalent to 3RA62
Reversing 1 200 45 10 105 32 690 UR, CSA } 8US12 11-1NS10 1 1 unit 143 0.337
starters
+ +
Device 1 200 45 -- -- -- -- UL 508 } 8US1 250-1AA10 1 1 unit 143 0.239
holders
Device
10 holder

10/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
For universal device design
Number of Adapter Connecting cables DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
mounting Length Width Cross- Tem- Length Rated Rated per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
rails section pera- current voltage SET, approx.
(35 mm) ture M)
max.
mm mm AWG °C mm A V kg
Devices 45 mm wide
Device holder for side mounting onto busbar device adapter,
no electrical contact
1 200 45 -- -- -- -- -- } 8US12 50-1AA10 1 1 unit 143 0.239
8US1250-1AA10
1 200 45 -- -- -- -- -- } 8US12 50-5AS10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
8US1250-5AS10
1 260 45 -- -- -- -- -- } 8US12 50-5AT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183 10
8US1250-5AT10
Devices 45 mm and 72 mm wide
Busbar device adapter with connection conductors for contact with
busbars, welded connection conductor resistant up to 150 °C
1 200 45 12 150 165 25 690 8US12 51-5DS11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
1 200 45 12 150 99 25 690 } 8US12 51-5DS10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
1 260 45 12 150 99 25 690 } 8US12 51-5DT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
1 260 45 12 150 165 25 690 } 8US12 51-5DT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
1 260 45 12 150 99 32 690 } 8US12 51-5NT10 1 1 unit 143 0.183
8US1251-5DS10 1 260 45 12 150 165 32 690 } 8US12 51-5NT11 1 1 unit 143 0.183
1 200 45 10 105 118 32 690 } 8US12 11-1NS10 1 1 unit 143 0.337
-- 215 72 4 105 210 100 690 A 8US12 11-4TR00 1 1 unit 143 0.470
8US1211-4TR00

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/21
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Busbar Number Adapter Connecting cables DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
device of mount- Length Width Cross- Rated Rated per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
adapters ing rails section current voltage SET, approx.
(35 mm) M)
mm mm mm2 A V kg
Busbar device adapters with terminals (at top) for any arrange-
ment of components
-- 1 182 45 1.5... 4 25 690 A 8US12 50-5RM07 1 1 unit 143 0.174
8US12 50-
5RM07
Device holders for lateral attachment to busbar device adapters
of the same length
Device 1 182 45 -- -- -- } 8US12 50-5AM00 1 1 unit 143 0.158
holders
Device 1 182 55 -- -- -- } 8US12 60-5AM00 1 1 unit 143 0.202
holders
Device -- 242 54 -- -- -- } 8US12 60-5AP00 1 1 unit 143 0.243
holders
Connecting -- -- -- -- -- -- } 8US19 98-1AA00 100 100 units 143 0.100
wedges
8US19 50-
(2 units
1AM00
needed for
10 attachment)
Connecting
wedge
Side modules for extending busbar device adapters and device
holders of the same length
Side -- 182 13.5 -- -- -- A 8US19 98-2BM00 1 4 units 143 0.036
modules
Side -- 200 9 -- -- -- A 8US19 98-2BJ10 1 1 unit 143 0.023
modules
8US19 98-
2BM00

10/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Connector for 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors

For snap connections to 60-mm-busbar systems
Rated current Iu LV HRC fuse links DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
A Size kg
For cover level 32 / 70 mm,
with reach-around protection for 8US busbar system
Basic units
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 0.980
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 2.850
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 4.760
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC10 1 1 unit 143 6.840
Box terminals
160 000 A 3NP1 123-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 0.820
3NP1 133-1BC20 160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 0.980
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 2.850
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 4.990
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC20 1 1 unit 143 7.040
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 1.420
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 3.290
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 5.200
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC11 1 1 unit 143 7.280
10
Box terminals
3NP1 133-1BC21 160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 1.420
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 3.290
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 5.430
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC21 1 1 unit 143 7.480
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 4.900
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC12 1 1 unit 143 6.980
Box terminals
160 000 A 3NP1 123-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 0.940
3NP1 133-1BC22 160 00 / 000 A 3NP1 133-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 A 3NP1 143-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 A 3NP1 153-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 5.130
630 3 and 2 A 3NP1 163-1BC22 1 1 unit 143 7.180
line monitoring
Flat terminals
160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 4.900
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1BC13 1 1 unit 143 6.980
Box terminals
160 000 C 3NP1 123-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 0.940
3NP1 133-1BC23 160 00 / 000 C 3NP1 133-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 1.120
250 1 and 0 C 3NP1 143-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 2.990
400 2 and 1 C 3NP1 153-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 5.130
630 3 and 2 C 3NP1 163-1BC23 1 1 unit 143 7.180
Accessories
Connection modules
For 32-mm-cover level with A 3NP1 933-1BC00 1 1 unit 143 0.145
box terminal 6 mm ... 70 mm2

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/23
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Accessories

The accessories are designed for the 8US 60-mm busbar sys-
tem for Cu busbars according to DIN 46433, width 12 mm to
30 mm, thickness 5 mm and 10 mm, and special profiles up to
1600 A.
Description Length Width DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
mm mm kg
20 mm × 5 mm, 40 A 8US19 21-2BE00 1 6 units 143 0.070
20 mm × 10 mm,
25 mm × 5 mm,
25 mm × 10 mm,
30 mm × 5 mm,
30 mm × 10 mm
12 mm × 5 mm, 55 A 8US19 21-2BF00 1 12 units 143 0.070
12 mm × 10 mm,
15 mm × 5 mm,
15 mm × 10 mm,
8US19 21-2BE00 / 20 mm × 5 mm,
8US19 21-2BF00 20 mm × 10 mm
Mounting rails (35 mm) – plastic
with fixing screws
45 A 8US19 98-7CB45 1 10 units 143 0.009
10
8US19 98-7CB45
54 A 8US19 98-7CB54 1 10 units 143 0.100
8US19 98-7CB54
72 A 8US19 98-7CB72 1 10 units 143 0.100
8US19 98-7CB72
Connecting elements
For connecting busbar adapters } 8US19 98-1AA10 1 50 units 143 0.183
and device holders
8US19 98-1AA10
Spacers
Fixes the feeder to the busbar } 8US19 98-1BA10 1 10 units 143 0.183
adapter
8US19 98-1AA1
Vibration & shock kit
} 8US19 98-1CA10 1 1 unit 143 0.183

10/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Accessories
Description Length Width DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
mm mm kg
20 mm × 5 mm, 40 A 8US19 21-2BE00 1 6 units 143 0.070
20 mm × 10 mm,
25 mm × 5 mm,
25 mm × 10 mm,
30 mm × 5 mm,
30 mm × 10 mm
12 mm × 5 mm, 55 A 8US19 21-2BF00 1 12 units 143 0.070
12 mm × 10 mm,
15 mm × 5 mm,
15 mm × 10 mm,
8US19 21-2BE00 / 20 mm × 5 mm,
8US19 21-2BF00 20 mm × 10 mm
Mounting rails (35 mm) – plastic
with fixing screws
45 A 8US19 98-7CA15 1 10 units 143 0.009
55 A 8US19 98-7CA16 1 10 units 143 0.100
72 A 8US19 98-4AA00 1 10 units 143 0.143
90 A 8US19 98-7CA08 1 10 units 143 0.187
Mounting rail
110 A 8US19 98-7CA10 1 10 units 143 0.219
Connection holders
For fixing the motor starter protector to the mounting rail A 8US19 98-1DA00 100 20 units 143 0.100
(for SIRIUS size S00/S0)
NSE0_0347
8US19 98-1DA00
10
Screw holders
For supplementary screw mounting of the feeder B 8US19 98-1CA00 100 20 units 143 0.100
8US19 98-1CA00
Spacers
Fixes the feeder to the busbar adapter } 8US19 98-1BA00 100 100 units 143 0.100
8US19 98-1BA00
Connecting wedges
For mechanical linking of busbar device adapters and } 8US19 98-1AA00 100 100 units 143 0.100
device holder (2 units per combination)
Connecting wedge

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/25
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Distribution board components
■ Overview
Material properties Ambient temperatures
Busbar supports and busbar-mounting fuse bases (see "Built-in When dimensioning the busbars based on rated currents, the
components" from page 10/28) are manufactured from glass-fi- ambient temperature and the Cu busbar temperature must also
ber reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (color RAL 7035, light be taken into account.
gray). The material ensures excellent mechanical, chemical and
electrical properties. Furthermore, the material has an extremely The location of the busbar system and its ability to dissipate heat
low flammability and meets the requirements of UL 94 V0. This through convection also play a key role in this calculation. Be-
satisfies the load requirements of the busbar supports at rated cause conditions can vary for each distribution board, the values
operational voltage 500 V and rated currents at 200 A to 630 A, in the following table serve as a guideline only. However, they
as well as the rated short-circuit strength 50 kA. must be applied to the entire busbar length.
Continuous currents depending on the Cu busbar dimensions and Cu busbar temperatures

at 35°C ambient temperature
Cu busbar dimensions Uninterrupted current for open busbar routing Continuous current of fuse link
H×D ambient temperature 35 °C Operational class gL/gG
mm × mm A A
12 × 5 200 200
12 × 10 360 315
15 × 5 250 250
15 × 10 447 400
20 × 5 320 315
20 × 10 520 500
25 × 5 400 400
25 × 10 580 500
30 × 5 447 400
30 × 10 630 630
As far as other types of upstream protective devices are concerned, please observe the permissible continuous current of the busbar.
Dynamic rated short-circuit strength Diagram of the dynamic short-circuit strength of the busbars
10 The electrodynamic load of the busbars depends on the level of
I2_07483a
short-circuit current, the length of the busbar section through 80 Let-through current
which the current flows, the support spacing of the busbar sup- of the fuse links
Operating class
ports and, of course, on the distance between the busbars them- D
gL/gG
[kA]
selves. This is because, for example, if an LV HRC fuse is con-
nected upstream to the busbars in the protective device, the let- 70 n 630 A
through current iD is the maximum current to flow through this
protective device. The value iD depends on the maximum sys-
tem short-circuit current and the current-limiting action of the
protective device used. The permissible let-through values of 60
500 A
the protective equipment are specified by the manufacturers in 30x10 n
the form of a current limitation diagram as a function of the so- Busbar dimension
called prospective short-circuit current (r.m.s. value of the pos- mm
sible rated short-circuit current for the system). 50
30x5
The current-limiting characteristics for the fuse links can be
found in the Technical Information, see note on Technical Infor- n 400 A
mation at the beginning of the chapter. 20x10
40 n 315 A
12x10
For busbar supports with busbars of 12 mm x 5 mm to
20 mm x 5 mm, the distance between the holders of the support 20x5
12x5
spacing should be adapted to suit the bars in the distribution n 250 A
board and, if possible, should not exceed 250 mm. When using 30 n 200 A
busbars of 25 mm x 5 mm, 30 mm x 5 mm, 12 mm x 10 mm to 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
30 mm x 10 mm the distance can also be up to 500 mm. In the Distance between busbar support in mm
case of larger distances, subcarriers must be fitted, as in-
creased support spacing reduces the dynamic stability. iD: Let-through values (kA) of the LV HRC fuse links, operational class
gL/gG with rated current 200 A to 630 A for a prospective short-circuit
It is essential to ensure that the permissible current carrying ca- current Ip = 120 kA.
pacity of the individual busbars is not exceeded. A center infeed
is required in the limit range. However, the infeed can also be
carried out at both ends of the busbar.
10/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Distribution board components

Planning dimensions
Width
mm MW
NEOZED bus-mounting bases D02
Covers 27 1.5
Covers, extra wide 36 2.0
Covers, double width 54 3.0
DIAZED bus-mounting bases DII
Covers 42 2.3
DIAZED bus-mounting bases DIII
Covers 57 3.2
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors 27 1.5
LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors size 00 108 6
Number of built-in components that can be mounted

Height Width Cutout width D02/63 A D02/63 A D02/63 A DII/25 A DIII/63 A 5SG7 230 bus-
5SH5 241 5SH5 242 5SH5 243 5SH2 042 5SH2 242 mounting switch
disconnectors D02
mm mm mm (27 mm width) (36 mm width) (54 mm width) (42 mm width) (57 mm width) (26.8 mm width)
300 250 216 8 6 4 5 3 8
500 466 17 12 8 11 8 17
750 716 26 19 13 17 12 26
450 250 216 8 6 4 5 3 8
500 466 17 12 8 11 8 17
750 715 26 19 13 17 12 26
■ Dimensional drawings 10
8GK9 busbar support N/PE busbar support Connection modules
5 SECTION: A-A
A
34
30,5
49,5
60
36,5
20
60
33
200
194
191
15
60
4 Nm
6,5
60
65
50
I2_13999a
I2_14000a
A NSE0_01568a
49,5
20 20 28 32
8GK9 711-0KK03 5SH3 540 5SH5 538
Connection modules Connection modules Connection modules

94
60
60
189
200
175
200
200
194
60
60
I2_07150a
80
I2_06439b
84 20 84 31
55 46 NSE0_01598
70 55 54 32
8US19 21-1AA00 8US19 21-1AA00 8US19 21-1BA00

shown closed shown opened
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/27

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
■ Overview
Rail-adaptable built-in components, such as NEOZED and have integrated reach-through guards, enable the implementa-
DIAZED bus-mounting bases, adapters for modular installation tion of cost-effective overall solutions.
devices, LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors and NEOZED bus-
mounting fuse switch disconnectors are made of glass-fiber re- Previously two optional solutions were provided, which can now
inforced, thermoplastic polyester. The material ensures the re- be replaced using new technology: touch protection over base
quired mechanical, chemical and electrical properties. and edges or touch protection over partitions.
Efficient power distribution up to 630 A. Higher overall efficiency and cost savings in the plant engineer-
Users have several options for mounting the SR60 busbar ing industry.
system: The fuse holders for cylindrical fuses, size 10 x 38 and for
1. Mounting in distribution boards American fuses, Class CC, can be used in the international plant
engineering industry. In addition, Siemens offers a broad range
The busbar supports are mounted on the longitudinal stays. of UL-approved components for the design of switchgear
Once the built-in components are mounted and connected, the assembly according to UL 508 A.
touch protection cover (section cover) protects against acciden- For further information, see Chapter "BETA Devices according to
tal contact with live parts. UL Standards" in Catalog LV 16 · 2009.
2. Installation in industrial control cabinets Fuse holders are available with a connection module 16 mm²
and screwless terminals; this offers users maximum safety and
The demand for comprehensive touch protection has generated comfort.
new solutions: built-in components, such as busbar fuse bases
5
4
10
3
2
I2_13634a
I201_13634
1 NEOZED bus-mounting bases, 3-pole

2 DIAZED bus-mounting bases, 3-pole
3 SR60 bus-mounting fuse holders, 3-pole
4 NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors, 3-pole
5 Connection modules, three-phase
6 Adapters for modular installation devices according
to DIN 43880
7 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
■ Benefits
• The direct contact of the rail-adaptable switching and installa- • New in-built components with touch protection ensure com-
tion devices on the Cu busbars reduces distribution panels prehensive touch protection without the previously required
and mounting times. partitions.
• Compared to conventional installation, the transfer resistance • International application due to UL-approved components.
of the connections is drastically reduced. This prevents un- • Enhanced effectiveness and increased safety due to screw-
necessary temperature rise. less terminals.
10/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
NEOZED SR60 DIAZED SR60
bus-mounting bases bus-mounting bases
5SG6 202 5SF6 014 5SF6 214
5SG6 206 5SF6 015 5SF6 215
5SG6 207 5SF6 018 5SF6 218
5SF6 020 5SF6 220
D01 D02 DII DIII
Standards IEC 60269-3/ VDE 0636-3
Rated voltage V AC/DC 400/250 500 690/600
Rated current A 16 (with NEOZED 63 25 63
retaining springs)
Rated conditional short-circuit current kA AC 50 50
kA DC 8 8
For fuse links with power losses per phase W 2.5 5.5 4 7
Busbar center-to-center spacing mm 60 60
3NW7 431 3NW7 431-0HG

3NW7 432-0HG
Standards IEC 60269-2, UL 512, CSA C22.2
UL 512, CSA C22.2
Approvals U, CSA UL, CSA
Sizes 10 × 38 Class CC
Max. rated voltage Ue
• IEC/EN V AC 690 --
• UL/CSA V AC 600 600
Max. rated operational current Ie
10
(When several devices are used next to each other, it is essential to comply with the
rated load factor acc. to EN 60 439-1, Table 1.)
• IEC/EN A 32 --
• UL/CSA A 30 30
Utilization categories
• IEC/EN AC-22B (500 V)
AC-21B (690 V, 30 A)
• UL/CSA Can only be used as fuse holder
(type-tested with fuse links, operational class gL/gG)
• IEC/EN kA 100 (400 V, 500 V, 690 V) --
• UL/CSA kA 50 (600 V) 200
For fuse links with power losses per phase W 3 --
Screwless wire connections
• IEC/EN mm2 Cu 1.5 … 6 (f)
• UL/CSA AWG 16 … 10 (str)
5SG7 230 3NW7 430

Standards IEC 60269-3, IEC 60269-2 IEC 60269-3, IEC 60269-2
Approvals EN 60947-3, IEC 60947-3 EN 60947-3, IEC 60947-3
Sizes D01 D02 10 mm × 38 mm
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60
Rated voltage Ue V AC 400 690
V DC 110 --
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6
Rated operational current Ie A 631) Up to 32
Utilization categories AC-23 A (400 V) AC-20
(Type-tested with 3-poled, switchable version) DC-21 B (48 V) – 1 pole DC-20
DC-21 B (110 V) – 2 poles
Box terminals for wire connection mm2 Cu 1.5 … 6 (re) Cu 1.5 … 6 (re)
mm2 Cu 1.5 … 16 (f) Cu 1.5 … 16 (f)
mm2 Cu 1.5 … 16 (f+AE) Cu 1.5 … 16 (f+AE)
Signaling switches for the display of switching positions 1 CO 1 CO
Cable terminals Bottom Bottom
Busbar thickness mm Through combination foot for 5, 10 mm
Rated conditional short-circuit current kA AC 50 50
(type-tested with fuse links, operational class gL/gG) kA DC 8 --
Permissible power loss of fuse links per phase W 5.5 3
For standalone operation without lateral modules or for group operation with lateral
modules
1)
In the case of permanent load over 35 A, we recommend the use of
5SH5 526 lateral modules. Please observe EN 60 439-1, Table 1.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/29

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Built-in components

Size Rated current Rated voltage Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
A V MW kg
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases with
touch protection, 3P
For 5/10 mm busbars
27 mm wide
D02 63 400 1.5 B 5SG6 206 1 4 units 016 0.175
36 mm wide
D02 63 400 2 B 5SG6 207 1 4 units 016 0.188
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases, 3P

Standard version
For 5/10 mm busbars
D02 63 400 1.5 A 5SG6 202 1 4/104 units 016 0.141
NEOZED SR60 covers for standard version

D02 1.5 A 5SH5 241 1 4/200 units 016 0.023
Extra wide, with clearance for wiring
D02 2 B 5SH5 242 1 4/140 units 016 0.027
10 With double width

For more clearance for wiring
D02 3 C 5SH5 243 1 4/120 units 016 0.039
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases with

touch protection, 3P
For 5/10 mm busbars
For use with DIAZED SR60 adapter rings
DII 25 500 2.3 B 5SF6 018 1 4 units 016 0.301
DIII 63 500 V AC/DC (acc. to 3.2 B 5SF6 218 1 4 units 016 0.402
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
For use with DIAZED screw adapters

DII 25 500 2.3 B 5SF6 020 1 4 units 016 0.291
DIII 63 500 V AC/DC (acc. to 3.2 B 5SF6 220 1 4 units 016 0.392
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
For NEOZED screw caps, adapter sleeves and fuse links, see chapter "Fuse Systems", NEOZED fuse systems.

10/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
Size Rated current Rated voltage Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
A V MW kg
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases, 3P
Standard version
For 5/10 mm busbars
For use with DIAZED adapter rings
DII 25 500 2.3 B 5SF6 014 1 2/52 units 016 0.220
DIII 63 500 V AC/DC (acc. to 3.2 B 5SF6 214 1 2/52 units 016 0.301
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
For use with DIAZED screw adapters

DII 25 500 2.3 B 5SF6 015 1 2/52 units 016 0.210
DIII 63 500 V AC/DC (acc. to 3.2 B 5SF6 215 1 2/52 units 016 0.288
DIN VDE 0636-3 also
690 V AC/600 V DC)
DIAZED SR60 covers for standard version
DII 2.3 B 5SH2 042 1 2/120 units 016 0.051
DIII 3.2 B 5SH2 242 1 2/120 units 016 0.056
DIAZED SR60 adapter rings

Only for DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
DII 2 C 5SH3 071 1 10/1500 units 016 0.005
4 C 5SH3 072 1 10/1500 units 016 0.003
6 C 5SH3 073 1 10/3000 units 016 0.005
10 C 5SH3 074 1 10/4000 units 016 0.001
10
16 C 5SH3 075 1 10/5000 units 016 0.001
20 C 5SH3 076 1 10/3000 units 016 0.003
DIII 2 C 5SH3 078 1 10 units 016 0.009
4 C 5SH3 080 1 10 units 016 0.009
6 C 5SH3 081 1 10 units 016 0.008
10 C 5SH3 082 1 10 units 016 0.008
16 C 5SH3 083 1 10 units 016 0.007
20 C 5SH3 084 1 10 units 016 0.006
25 C 5SH3 085 1 10/1000 units 016 0.005
35 C 5SH3 086 1 10/3500 units 016 0.005
50 C 5SH3 087 1 10/600 units 016 0.004
SR60 bus-mounting fuse holders, 3P

For 5/10 mm busbars
with screwless terminals
For cylindrical fuses, 10 × 38 mm U, s
-- 30 690 1.5 A 3NW7 431 1 1 unit 018 0.185
For UL fuses, class CC u, s

-- 30 600 1.5 A 3NW7 431-0HG 1 1 unit 018 0.186
For UL fuses, class CC u, s

with LED signal detectors
-- 30 600 1.5 A 3NW7 432-0HG 1 1 unit 018 0.188
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors, 3P

For 5/10 mm busbars
D02 63* 400 1.5 A 5SG7 230 1 1/30 units 016 0.747
*from 35 A load use 5SH5 526 side module
Rail-mounting disconnector SR60, 3P

For cylindrical fuses 10 mm × 38 mm
For 5/10 mm busbars
-- 32 690 1.5 A 3NW7 430 1 1/40 units 018 0.756
For DIAZED screw caps, screw adapters and fuse links, see chapter "Fuse Systems", DIAZED fuse systems.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/31
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Built-in components

width SET, approx.
M)
MW kg
Auxiliary switches for signaling the switching
state for NEOZED bus-mounting switch
disconnectors and bus-mounting disconnec-
tors (for cylindrical fuses)
1 CO 0.5 C 5SH5 525 1 1/50 units 016 0.007
5SH5 525
Lateral modules
For greater heat dissipation for loads > 35 A with
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors
0.5 C 5SH5 526 1 5/50 units 016 0.051
5SH5 526
Reducers
For NEOZED fuse links D01
In SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors C 5SH5 527 1 10/100 units 016 0.001
5SH5 527
SR60 LV HRC bus-mounting fuse bases, 3P
Size 00
For 5/10 mm busbars
With cover, connections at top
Terminals up to 70 mm2
With saddle-type terminal A 3NH4 052 1 4 units 014 0.663
10 3NH4 052

10/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
■ Dimensional drawings
NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases
D02/63 A D02/63 A D02/63 A
(a = 27 mm, t = busbar thickness) (a = 27 mm, b = 50 mm) (a = 36 mm, b = 50 mm)
60
60
200
194
189
169
177
60
60
I2_07478a
I2_13998
a t a 32
23 35
33,5 43
55 28 b
5SG6 202 (t = 5 mm) 5SG6 206 5SG6 207
DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases

DII/25 A DIII/63 A DII/25 A DIII/63 A
(a = 42 mm) (a = 57 mm) (a = 42 mm) (a = 57 mm)
10
60
60
60
200
194
189
169
169
169
60
60
60
I2_07497
I2_13998
I2_07496
a t a t a 32
36 36 35
43,5 43,5 43
66 66 28 b
5SF6 014, 5SF6 015 5SF6 214, 5SF6 215 5SF6 018, 5SF6 020 5SF6 218, 5SF6 220
(t = 5 mm) (t = 5 mm) (b = 70 mm) (b = 70 mm)
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 10/33

© Siemens AG 2010
Busbar Systems
Built-in components
NEOZED SR60 covers SR60 LV HRC bus-mounting fuse bases, 3P
D02/63 A
89
99 64
33 33 29 4
60
60
60
60
5
200
200
200
200
60
60
60
60
I2_07500 I2_07510 I2_07511 I2_07479a

27 36 54
5SH5 241 5SH5 242 5SH5 243 3NH4 052
1-fold 1.33-fold 2-fold
DIAZED SR60 covers NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting switch disconnectors/

SR60 bus-mounting disconnectors
DII/25 A DIII/63 A
27,5 31,5
19,2
I2_08543
10
60
60
60
200
200
200
60
60
60
I2_14009
I2_14008
42 57 26,8 100
5SH2 042 (1-fold: a = 42 mm) 5SH2 242 (1-fold: a = 57 mm) 5SG7 230
3NW7 430
SR60 bus-mounting fuse holders for cylindrical fuses

79
63
27 27,5 32
34
60
200
194
60
I2_14001
3NW7 431,
3NW7 431-0HG,
3NW7 432-0HG
10/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

11
© Siemens AG 2010
Measuring Devices and

E-Counters
Introduction
11/2 Energy management systems
11/3 Measuring devices and E-counters
E-Counters
11/6 PAC1500 three-phase counters
11/9 PAC1500 single-phase counters
11/12 Expansion modules for E-counters N
Power Monitoring Devices

11/14 PAC3000 multimeters
11/17 PAC3000 multicounters
11/21 7KT1 391 LAN couplers
11/23 PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200
power monitoring devices
11/26 PAC3100 power monitoring devices
11/29 PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
11/30 PAC RS485 expansion modules
11/31 PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules for
PAC4200 N
Analog Volt- and Ammeters

11/32 7KT1 0 measuring devices
Digital Volt- and Ammeters

11/33 7KT1 11, 7KT1 12 measuring devices
11/35
Time and Pulse Counters
Time and pulse counters for mounting
11
onto standard rail
11/37 Time counters for front-panel
mounting
Accessories
11/39 7KT1 2 current transformers
11/40 7KT9 0 measuring selector switches
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List:
- Updates
- Download
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Certificates
and at
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Measuring Devices and E-Counters

Introduction
Energy management systems
■ Overview
System configuration
Operation & monitoring

Windows or web clients
Ethernet
Data processing
SENTRON powermanager server
Ethernet (Modbus)
Data detection PAC3200 PAC4200 PAC3200
Measuring/protection devices
Modbus RS485
PAC3100 SENTRON SENTRON
I202_01389
3WL 3VL
System overview
The SENTRON-based power management system is comprised SENTRON powermanager
of a PC with the related power management software and with
the related devices which are connected directly to the PC The SENTRON powermanager power management software
through Ethernet. • is an independent power management software
• can be operated with a PC and measuring instruments with
General goals of a power management system: Ethernet connection
• to identify savings potential • is expandable from the simple standard application to a fully
• to reduce power costs flexible customer solution
• is fully scalable with regard to the number of devices and to
• to ensure power availability the software's functions
through transparency of the momentary conditions and through • ensures the optimum integration of measuring instruments
from the SENTRON PAC range, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit
11
comprehensive power assignments and evaluations.
breakers and other devices
SENTRON powermanager is designed for:
• collecting
• monitoring
• evaluating
• presenting
• archiving
power data from SENTRON PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200
power monitoring devices, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit breakers,
and any Modbus-capable detecting devices.
■ Benefits
• Transparency of power flows The components are optimally coordinated with each other. For
• Exact knowledge of the consumption profile example, special drivers for the SENTRON devices are inte-
grated in the SENTRON powermanager software so that on the
• Increase of power efficiency one hand the power data acquisition can take place without any
• Optimization of power supply contracts great configuration effort and on the other hand the most impor-
• Compliance with contractual terms tant measured values or states are indicated by predefined dis-
plays. This reduces the amount of engineering work.
• Assignment of power costs to cost centers
• Optimization of plant maintenance The SENTRON powermanager software comprises a server/cli-
ent software for the acquisition, processing, presentation and ar-
• Identification of critical plant conditions chiving of power data. These power data are supplied primarily
The SENTRON product family includes not only a power man- by power monitoring devices (PAC) or 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
agement software in the form of SENTRON powermanager but which are connected to the system through Ethernet.
also the matching hardware in the form of the SENTRON PAC
and the SENTRON 3WL/3VL for realizing a complete power
management system.
Hardware components of the Power Management System are You can find more information on the Internet at:
dealt with in this chapter, its software components in chapter 13. www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem
11/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Introduction
Measuring devices and E-counters
■ Overview
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
E-counters
PAC1500 three-phase counters 11/6 Measurement of consumption data and EN 50470-1, ✓ ✓ ✓
7KT1 5 E-counters plant capacity utilization in three-phase EN 50470-3
systems of system components, offices EN 62052-23,
or holiday apartments. EN 62053-31
PAC1500 single-phase counters 11/9 For the measurement of kWh in single- EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3, ✓ ✓ ✓
7KT1 53, 7KT1 14 E-counters phase systems, e.g. in industrial plants, EN 62053-31
offices and apartments in apartment
houses
Expansion modules 11/12 Communication interfaces with IrDA EN 13757 ✓ ✓ ✓

infraret interface for PAC1500 E-coun- ISO/IEC 14543-3
ters. Modules are available for the EN 50090, EN 13321-1
following bus systems:
11
• M-Bus
• Modbus RTU
• KNX/EIB
• RS 485
Multifunction measuring instruments

PAC3000 multimeters 11/14 Display of 23 electrical measured values IEC 60051-2, EN 60051-2 ✓ -- ✓
7KT1 30 for switchgear assemblies, infeed or IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
outgoing feeders. (VDE 0411 T 1)
Easy commissioning due to fault detec-
tion if connected incorrectly.
PAC3000 multicounters 11/17 Display of 35 electrical measured values IEC 60051-2, EN 60051-2 ✓ -- ✓
7KT1 31, 7KT1 34 and consumption values in switchgear IEC 61010-1, EN 61010-1
assemblies, infeed or outgoing units. (VDE 0411 T 1)
Easy commissioning due to fault detec- IEC 62053-21, EN 62053-
tion if connected incorrectly. 21 (VDE 0418 T 3-21)
7KT1 391 LAN couplers 11/21 Up-to-date consumption data of multi- IEEE 802 ✓ -- ✓
counters and E-counters available world-
wide using LAN data communication.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/3

© Siemens AG 2010

Introduction
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
PAC3100 power monitoring 11/26 Display of 30 electrical measured values IEC 61557-12 ✓ -- ✓
devices and consumption values in switchgear
AC/DC power supply unit with assemblies, infeed or tap-off units.
screw connection International standards and multi-lingual
displays for worldwide use.
Control panel flush-mounting instrument
with graphics display, integrated digital
in- and outputs and a RS 485-interface
for the transfer of measured values and
configurations.
PAC3200 power monitoring 11/27 Display of over 50 electrical measured Energy-measurement ✓ -- ✓
devices values for switchgear assemblies, infeed accuracy according to
3 versions: or outgoing feeders. 10 dual-tarif energy IEC 62053
counters for precise energy monitoring
• AC/DC power supply unit with for power draw and feedback.
screw connection
International standards and multi-lingual
• DC power supply unit with extra- displays for worldwide use.
low voltage, screw connection
• AC/DC power supply unit with with graphics display, integrated digital
ring terminal lug connection in- and outputs and an integrated
Ethernet interface for the transfer of
measured values and configurations.
Plug-in options module for Modbus RTU
or PROFIBUS DP.
PAC4200 power monitoring 11/28 Display of over 200 electrical measured IEC 61557-12 ✓ -- ✓
devices values for switchgear assemblies, infeed
2 versions: or outgoing feeders. Extensive functions
for precise energy-monitoring for power
• AC/DC power supply unit with draw and feedback and for appraisal of
screw connection network quality.
11 • AC/DC power supply unit with

ring terminal lug connection
International standards and multi-lingual
displays for worldwide use.
with graphics display, user-defined
displays, memory, clok and calendar
function, digital in- and outputs and an
integrated Ethernet interface with gate-
way function to transfer measured values
and configurations. Plug-in options mod-
ule for Modbus RTU or PROFIBUS DP.
PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion 11/29 The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP ✓ -- ✓
modules expansion module is used to connect
the PAC3200 and PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments to the RS 485.
PAC RS485 expansion modules 11/30 The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP ✓ -- ✓

expansion module is used to connect
the PAC3200 and PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments to the
PROFOBUS DP- V1..
PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules 11/31 The SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion IEC 62053-31 ✓ -- ✓
module is used to expand the SENTRON
PAC4200 power monitoring device to up
to 10 digital inputs and 6 digital outputs.
11/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Introduction
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Analog measuring devices
7KT1 0 measuring devices 11/32 Voltage and current measurement for IEC 60051-2, ✓ -- ✓
monitoring incoming and outgoing cur- EN 60051-2
rents as well as device currents in order
to prevent plant overload.
Digital measuring devices

7KT1 11, 7KT1 12 measuring devices 11/33 Voltage and current measurement with DIN 43751-1, ✓ -- ✓
large 3-digit LEDs for monitoring incom- DIN 43751-2
ing and outgoing currents as well as
device currents in order to prevent plant
overload.
Time and pulse counters

Time and pulse counters for mount- 11/35 For monitoring operating hours and IEC 60255-6, ✓ ✓ ✓
ing onto support rail starting operations for planning preven- EN 60255-6,
7KT5 8 tative maintenance tasks and prevent- (VDE 0435-301),
ing sudden shutdowns UL 94
11
Time counters for front-panel 11/37 For monitoring operating hours and IEC 60255-6, ✓ ✓ ✓
mounting starting operations for planning preven- EN 60255-6
7KT5 5, 7KT5 6 tative maintenance tasks and prevent- (VDE 0435-301)
ing sudden shutdowns.
Accessories
7KT1 2 current transformers 11/39 Straight-through transformers for instal- IEC 60044-1, ✓ -- ✓
lation in distribution boards and non- EN 60044-1
contact measuring of primary currents. (VDE 0414 T 44-1)
Ideal for combining with switch discon-
nectors, multimeters, multicounters and
E-counters.
7KT9 0 measuring selector switches 11/40 For switching over the phases for volt- ✓ -- ✓
meters and ammeters
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/5

© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters
PAC1500 three-phase counters
■ Overview
The E-counters (power meters) are used to record the amount of
electrical energy exported or imported. Siemens compact
E-counters are designed as modular devices for alternating
current and can be mounted on standard mounting rails. They
comply with the counter standard EN 50470 (Part 1 and 3) and
come with an LCD display.
Three-phases counters are available up to 80 A and in versions
with transformer connections (…/5 A to 10000/5 A).
E-counters store both active and reactive energy, and comply
with accuracy class 1 (for active energy).
All E-counters have a pulse output (S0) and are designed for
2-tariff measurements. The calibrated versions are in
accordance with the Directive 2004/22/EC on measuring instru-
ments.
At the same time the E-counters have an integrated optical inter-
face (IrDA) for connecting communication modules, which
enables their integration in a range of other systems, such as
3-phase counter PAC 1500 (7KT1 543) with direct connection up to 80 A energy management systems.
■ Benefits
• Complies with the new counter standard EN 50470
(Part 1 and 3)
• Easy-to-read LCD display
• Versions calibrated in accordance with the Directive
2004/22/EC on measuring instruments can be used for
invoicing purposes
• Exact recording thanks to accuracy class 1 (for active energy)
• Direct connection up to 80 A;
11 Transformer current connection .../5 A
• Sealable terminal covers
11/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters
PAC1500 three-phase E-counters 7KT1 543 7KT1 540
7KT1 545
Standards EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3,
EN 62053-23, EN 62053-31
Connection
• Direct connection 80 A --
• Transformer current connection -- .../5 A
General data
• Enclosure, mounting width Acc. to DIN 43880 MW 4
• Mounting Acc. to EN 60715 35 mm
• Mounting height mm 70
Function
• Operating mode Three-phase loads Conductors 2-3-4 3-4
• Storage of setting and counter reading Through (EEPROM) Yes
• Tariff for active and reactive energy T1/T2
Supply (through measuring terminals)
• Rated control supply voltage Un V AC 230
• Voltage range V 184 ... 276
• Rated frequency fn Hz 50
• Rated power dissipation Pv VA (W) ≤ 8 (0.6)
Overload capability
• Voltage Umax Continuous operation: V 480
Phase/phase
1 second: Phase/phase V 800
Continuous operation: Phase/N V 276
1 second: Phase/N V 300
• Current Imax Continuous operation A 80
Short-time operation (for 0.5 s) A -- 120
Short-time operation (for 10 ms) A 2400 --
Display (readout)
• Connection error and phase failure Display of rotating field error PHASE Err
• Display LCD Digits 8 (1 decimal point)

Digit dimensions mm x mm 6x3
• Active energy: 1 display, 8-digit
+ display import or export (arrow)
Tariff/tariffs
Max. display (continuous)
kWh
kWh
000000.0 ... 999999.9
999999.9 ... 000000.0 11
• Reactive energy: 1 display, 8-digit Tariff/tariffs kvarh 000000.0 ... 999999.9
+ display import or export (arrow) Max. display (continuous) kvarh 999999.9 ... 000000.0
• Instantaneous active power: 1 display, 3-digit W, kW, MW 000 ... 999
• Instantaneous reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit var, kvar, Mvar 000 ... 999
• Display tariff identification T1/T2
• Transformer primary current 1 display, 1-digit -- 5 ... 10000
• Display period s 2 2
Measuring accuracy At 23 ±1 °C based on nominal value
• Active energy and active power Acc. to EN 50470-3 % ±1 (B)
• Reactive energy and reactive power Acc. to EN 62053-23 % ±2
Measuring inputs
• Connection type Direct Transformer TA-TC .../5 A
• Voltage Un Phase/phase V 400
Phase/N V 230
• Operating range voltage Phase/phase V 319 ... 480
Phase/N V 184 ... 276
• Current Iref A 15 --
• Current In A -- 5
• Current Imin A 0.75 0.05
• Operating range current (Ist … Imax) Direct connection A 0.0025 ... 80 --
Transformer connection A -- 0.010 ... 6
• Transformer current Primary current of the transformer A -- 5 ... 10000
Smallest input step A -- 5
• Frequency Hz 50
• Input ripple form Symmetrical sinusoidal
• Operational starting current Ist mA 25 10
S0 interface Acc. to EN 62053-31
• Pulse outputs
- For absorbed active and reactive energy T1 + T2 Yes
• Pulse quantity --
- At 80 A kWh 500 --
- Can be set on transformer kWh -- 1000 - 10 - 1
• Pulse duration ms 30 ±5 ms
• Required voltage V AC 5 ... 230 ±5 %
V DC 5 ... 300
• Permissible current mA 90
• Permitted current µA 1
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/7

© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters
PAC1500 three-phase E-counters 7KT1 543 7KT1 540

7KT1 545
Optical interfaces
• Calibration from the front (accuracy check) LED kWh 1000 10000
IR interface
• At the side for connecting communication modules Yes
(M-Bus / Modbus RTU / RS 485 / KNX)
Safety Acc. to EN 50470-1
• For indoor areas Yes
• Overvoltage category 4
• Operational voltage V 300
• Test voltage 1.2/50 µs kV 6
• Flame resistance UL 94 Class V0
• Seal between the top and bottom of the enclosure (mod. 7KT1 543) Yes
Terminal connections
• Lift terminals of main current paths Screw head Z ± Pozidriv PZ2 PZ1
• Lift terminals for S0 pulse outputs Blade for slotted screw mm x mm 0.8 x 3.5 0.8 x 3.5
• Conductor cross-sections of operational current and
main current paths
- Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 35 1.5 ... 6
- Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 35 1.5 ... 6
• Conductor cross-sections for S0 pulse outputs
- Rigid mm2 0.14 ... 2.5 0.14 ... 2.5
- Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 0.14 ... 1.5 0.14 ... 1.5
Ambient conditions
• Mechanical environment M1
• Electromagnetic environment E2
• Operating temperature °C -10 ... +55
• Temperature limits for storage and transport °C -25 ... +70
• Relative humidity (without condensation) % ≤ 80
• Vibrations Sinus amplitude at 50 Hz mm ± 0.075
• Degree of protection Installed device IP511)/IP20
Front side/terminals
1) For installation in a distribution board with at least IP51 degree of protec-
tion.
11 ■ Selection and ordering data

Un Imax Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC MW kg
Digital E-counter
• For direct connection, double rate
230 80 4 B 7KT1 543 1 1 unit 027 0.386
• For direct connection, double rate,
calibrated version
230 80 4 B 7KT1 545 1 1 unit 027 0.395
• For transformer connection, double rate
230 trans- 4 B 7KT1 540 1 1 unit 027 0.281
former /5

11/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters
PAC1500 single-phase counters
Digital 7KT1 53 E-counter.
• Complies with the new counter standard EN 50470

(Part 1 and 3)
• Easy-to-read LCD display
• Versions calibrated in accordance with the Directive
2004/22/EC on measuring instruments can be used for
invoicing purposes
• Exact recording thanks to accuracy class 1 (for active
energy).
E-counters for active energy 7KT1 140
• The drum-type register with digit size 4 mm × 1.2 mm enables
easy reading
• The short-circuit proof pulse output protects the device if it is
assembled incorrectly.
PAC1500 single-phase E-counters:
left: Digital 7KT1 53 E-counter • Direct connection up to 80 A
right: 7KT1 140 E-counters for active energy
The E-counters (power meters) are used to record the amount of
electrical energy exported or imported. Siemens compact
E-counters are designed as modular devices for alternating cur-
rent and can be mounted on standard mounting rails. They com-
ply with the counter standard EN 50470 (Part 1 and 3) and come
with an LCD display.
The PAC1500 single phase counters for direct connection are
available up to 80 A. They store both active and reactive energy
and all comply with accuracy class 1 (for active energy).
All E-counters have a pulse output (S0) and are designed for
1-tariff or 2-tariff measurements depending on the version. The
calibrated versions are in accordance with the Directive
11
2004/22/EC on measuring instruments.
At the same time the E-counters − except version 7KT1 140 −
have an integrated optical interface (IrDA) for connecting com-
munication modules. Integration of the E-counters, e.g. in en-
ergy management systems, is thus possible.
PAC1500 single-phase counters, 7KT1 530 7KT1 531 7KT1 140
direct connection up to 80 A 7KT1 533
Standards EN 50470-1, EN 50470-3, EN 62053-23, EN 62053-31
General data
• Enclosures Acc. to DIN 43880 MW 2
• Mounting Acc. to EN 60715 35 mm
Function
• Operating mode Single-phase loads Conductors 2
• Storage of setting and counter reading Through (EEPROM) Yes --
• Rate For active energy T1 T1 + T2 T1
For reactive energy T1 T1 + T2 --
Supply (through measuring terminals)
• Rated control supply voltage Un V AC 230
• Voltage range V 184 ... 276
• Rated power dissipation Pv VA (W) ≤ 8 (0.6)
Overload capability
• Voltage Umax Continuous operation V 276
Short-time operation (for 1 s) V 300
• Current Imax Continuous operation A 80
Short-time operation (for 10 ms) A 2400
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/9

© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters
PAC1500 single-phase counters, 7KT1 530 7KT1 531 7KT1 140

direct connection up to 80 A 7KT1 533
Display
• Display mode LCD Electromechanical
• Digits 7 (1 decimal point)
• Display dimensions mm x mm 6x3 3.8 x 1.5
• Active energy: 1 display, 7-digit Tariff/tariffs kWh 000000.0 ... 999999.9
+ display import or export (arrow) Max display (continuous) kWh 999999.9 ... 000000.0
• Reactive energy: 1 display, 7-digit Tariff/tariffs kvarh 000000.0 ... 999999.9 --
+ display import or export (arrow) Max display (continuous) kvarh 999999.9 ... 000000.0
• Instantaneous active power: 1 display, 3-digit W, kW, MW 000 ... 999
• Instantaneous reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit var, kvar, 000 ... 999
Mvar --
• Current tariff
1 display, 1-digit T1 T1/T2 T1
• Display period s 1 1 --
Measuring accuracy at 23 ±1 °C Based on nominal value
• Active energy and active power Acc. to EN 50470-3 % ±1 (B)
• Reactive energy and reactive power Acc. to EN 62053-23 % ±2 --
Measuring inputs
• Connection type Phase/N Direct
• Operating range voltage Phase/N V AC 184 ... 276
• Current Iref A 15
• Current Imin A 0.75
• Operating range current (Ist ... Imax) Direct connection A 0.0025 ... 80
• Frequency Hz 50
• Current waveform Symmetrical sinusoidal
• Operational starting current Ist mA 25
S0 interface Acc. to EN 62053-31
• Pulse outputs
- For absorbed active and reactive energy Yes Yes, only for
active energy
11 • Pulse count
• Pulse duration
Pulses/kWh
ms
1000
30 ± 5 30 ± 2
• Required voltage V AC 5 ... 230 ±5 %
V DC 5 ... 300
• Permissible current (pulse on) mA 90
• Permissible current (pulse off, maximum fault current) µA 1
Optical interfaces
• Calibration from the front (accuracy check) LED Pulses/kWh 1000
IR interface
• At the side for connecting communication modules -- Yes --
(M-Bus / Modbus RTU / RS 485 / KNX)
Safety Acc. to EN 50470-1
• For indoor areas Yes
• Overvoltage category 4
• Test voltage 1.2/50 µs kV 6
• Flame resistance UL 94 Class V0
Terminal connections
• Lift terminals of main current paths Screw head Z ± Pozidriv PZ2
• Lift terminals for S0 pulse outputs Blade for slotted screw mm x mm 0.8 x 3.5
• Conductor cross-sections of operational current Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 35
and main current paths Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1.5 ... 35
• Conductor cross-sections for S0 pulse outputs Rigid mm2 0.14 ... 2.5
Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 0.14 ... 2.5
Ambient conditions
• Mechanical environment M1
• Electromagnetic environment E2
• Operating temperature °C -10 ... +55
• Temperature limits for storage and transport °C -25 ... +70
• Relative humidity (without condensation) % ≤ 80
• Degree of protection Installed device IP511)/IP20
Front side/terminals
1)
For installation in a distribution board with at least IP51 degree of
protection.
11/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters

Un Imax Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC MW kg
Digital E-counter
• For direct connection, single rate
230 80 2 B 7KT1 530 1 1 unit 027 0.164
• For direct connection, double rate
230 80 2 B 7KT1 531 1 1 unit 027 0.164
• For direct connection, double rate,
calibrated version
230 80 2 B 7KT1 533 1 1 unit 027 0.190
PAC1500 single-phase counters for active energy

Digital E-counter,
with 7-digit drum-type register 4 mm × 1.2 mm
with S0 interface, for single-phase operation
• Direct connection, single rate
230 80 2 B 7KT1 140 1 1 unit 027 0.141
11

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/11
© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters
Expansion modules for E-counters N
■ Overview Expansion module versions
7KT1 908 (M-Bus communication module)
• Power supply through bus cable
• Baud rates: 300 to 9600 kbit/s
• Status indication by LED on the module
• Can be parameterized using M-Bus Master software
7KT1 907 (Modbus RTU communication module)
• Power supply: 230 V AC
• Baud rates: 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 38.4 kbit/s are supported.
• Can be parameterized using RS-485 Master software
7KT1 900 (KNX/EIB communication module)
• Power supply through the KNX/EIB bus cable
7KT1 903 (RS-485 communication module)
• Power supply: 230 V AC
Expansion module for Instabus KNX (left) with
3-phase counter PAC 1500 (7KT1 543, right)
Expansion modules are used as communication interfaces for

PAC1500 E-counters. They have the following features:
• The expansion modules can be selected independently of the
E-counter. Retrofitting of already installed E-counters is there-
fore possible if required.
• Data transmission between the E-counters and the expansion
modules takes place through the IrDA infrared interface.
• The expansion modules are placed alongside the E-counters
in the installation direction so that their IrDA interfaces lie ex-
actly opposite.
11
11/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

E-Counters
N Expansion modules for E-counters

width SET, approx.
M)
MW kg
Expansion module M-Bus 1 B 7KT1 908 1 1 unit 027 0.050
For connecting PAC1500 E-counters to
M-Bus
7KT1 908
Expansion module Modbus RTU 1 B 7KT1 907 1 1 unit 027 0.050
RTU Modbus
7KT1 907
Expansion module RS 485 1 B 7KT1 903 1 1 unit 027 0.050
For connecting PAC1500 E-counters via
RS 485 to LAN coupler 7KT1 391
7KT1 903
Expansion module KNX 1 B 7KT1 900 1 1 unit 027 0.050
11
Instabus KNX
7KT1 900

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/13
© Siemens AG 2010

PAC3000 multimeters
• Clear display of all necessary measured values
• All measured values can be read from a distance
• Customized setting of the measured quantities for the stan-
dard display
• Wide range of application thanks to flexible adaptation to
measuring current transformers
• Detection of connection errors during commissioning saves
considerable time when trying to locate faults
• Large, 11 mm high, green 7-segment displays for measured
values makes for easy reading
• Indication of units of measurement directly alongside the re-
lated measured values provide a clear overview.
PAC3000 multimeters
Multimeters are mainly used in power distribution boards for in-
feeds into buildings and plants. They replace the more common
analog voltmeters and ammeters with measuring point change-
over, as well as measuring devices for power outputs and power
factor p.f..
The standard measured quantity to be indicated in the 5 display
fields of the multimeter can be tailored to customer require-
ments. Versions for direct connection (63 A) or for transformers
(/5 A) with adjustable transformer primary current from 5 A to
5000 A, enable a wide range of application.
The green 7-segment displays for the measured values and the
orange indicators of the units of measurement directly alongside
11 the measured values make for easy reading.
PAC3000 multimeters 7KT1 300 7KT1 301
Standards DIN 43751-1, DIN 43751-2 and EN 61010-1
Supply
• Primary operating range × Uc 0.8 ... 1.2
• Rated frequency Hz 50
• Frequency ranges Hz 45 ... 65
• Rated power dissipation Pv VA ≤ 10
Overload capability
• Voltage Continuous: Phase/phase V 480
Continuous: Phase/N V 276
• Current Continuous A 76 6
0.5 s A -- 110
10 ms A 1000 --
Measuring inputs
• Connection type Direct Transformer /5 A
• Voltage Ue Phase/phase V 400
Phase/N V 230
• Operating range voltage Phase/phase V 87 ... 400
Phase/N V 50 ... 230
• Current Ie A 63 5
• Operating range current A 0.1 ... 63 0.01 ... 5
• Frequency Hz 50
11/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

PAC3000 multimeters
PAC3000 multimeters 7KT1 300 7KT1 301

Display
• Connection errors Inverted phases Err
• Voltage: 3 displays, 3-digit Delta L1 – L2, L2 – L3, L3 – L1 V 87 ... 480
Star L1/N – L2/N – L3/N V 50 ... 276
Voltage > 480/276 V HHH
Voltage < 87/50 V –––
• Current: 3 displays, 3-digit L1 – L2 – L3 0.3 ... 76 A 0.1 A ... 1.2 kA
For current > 76 A or 6 A × transformer HHH
conversion ratio
For current < 0.1 A or 0.01 A × transformer OOO
conversion ratio
• Frequency: 1 display, 3-digit ΣL Hz 45.0 ... 65.0
• Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit or L1 – L2 – L3, ΣL W, kW 0 ... 999
1 display, 3 of 7 digits display with floating decimal point or MW
• Reactive power: 1 display, 3-digit ΣL, with capacitive or inductive indication; var, kvar 0 ... 999
display with floating decimal point or Mvar
• Apparent power: 3 displays, 3-digit or L1 – L2 – L3, ΣL W, kW 0 ... 999
1 display, 3-digit display with floating decimal point or MW
• p.f.: 3 displays, 3-digit or 1 display, 3-digit L1 – L2 – L3, ΣL 0.01 ... 1.00
display with floating decimal point
• Transformer primary current Only if set A -- 5 ... 5000
• Transformer secondary current Only if set A -- 5
• Display period /s 2
• Storage of setting EEPROM
Measuring accuracy
• Voltage % 2
• Current % 2
• Power % 4
• P.f. % 4
• Frequency % 2
Safety according to EN 61010-1
• Overvoltage category II
• Operating voltage category
• Clearances
V
mm
600
≥ 3.0
11
• Creepage distances In device mm ≥ 4.3
On printed boards (not installed) mm ≥ 3.0
• Test pulse voltage 1.2/50 μs kV 4
• Test voltage 50 Hz, 1 min kV 2.2
Terminals
• Main current paths ±screw (Pozidriv) 2 1
• Supply terminals Blade for slotted screw mm × mm 0.4 × 2.5
• Conductor cross-sections, main current Rigid, maximum mm2 1 × 25 or 2 × 16 1 × 6 or
paths 2×4
Rigid, minimum mm2 1 × 1.5
• Conductor cross-sections for supply Rigid, maximum mm2 1 × 2.5 or
terminals 2 × 1.5
Flexible, with end sleeve, minimum mm2 1 × 0.75
Ambient conditions
• Temperatures °C 0 ... +55
• Relative humidity % ≤ 80
• Vibrations Sinus amplitude at 50 Hz mm ±0.25
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/15

© Siemens AG 2010

PAC3000 multimeters

width SET, approx.
M)
PAC3000 multimeters
For the display of 23 electrical values,
of which 5 values can be continuously displayed,
mounting onto standard rail
• For direct connection
3 × 230/400 63 230 6 B 7KT1 300 1 1 unit 027 0.465
• For transformer connection 5 ... 5000 A,
adjustable in 5 A steps, secondary current 5 A
3 × 230/400 trans- 230 6 B 7KT1 301 1 1 unit 027 0.407
former /5
7KT1 300
Readout data
You can continuously display 5 measured quantities from the fol-
lowing 23 options.
No. Measured value Display Unit Assign-
ment
1 Active power D1 W L1
2 Voltage D1 V L1
3 Current D1 A L1
4 Apparent power D1 VA L1
11 5
6
P.f.
Voltage
D1
D1
P.f.
V
L1
L1 – L2
8 Voltage D2 V L2
9 Current D2 A L2
11 P.f. D2 P.f. L2
12 Voltage D2 V L2 – L3
14 Voltage D3 V L3
15 Current D3 A L3
17 P.f. D3 P.f. L3
19 Active power D1, D2, D3, D5 W ΣL
20 Apparent power D1, D2, D3, D5 VA ΣL
21 Reactive power D5 var ΣL
22 Frequency D4 Hz ΣL
23 P.f. D1, D2, D3, D4 P.f. ΣL
2 set values are also indicated:
24 Transformer setting D5 CT/A /5
25 Transformer setting CT/A 5 ... 5000

11/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

PAC3000 multicounters
• Clear display of all necessary measured values
• All measured values can be read from a distance
• Customized setting of the measured quantities for the stan-
dard display. Fast display of all measured quantities over op-
erator buttons
• Wide range of application thanks to flexible adaptation to
measuring current transformers
• Detection of incorrect connections during installation
• Communication with LAN or Modbus RTU enables integration
in an energy management system
Multicounter PAC3000
Multicounters are mainly used in power distribution boards for in-
feeds into buildings and plants. They replace the more common
analog voltmeters and ammeters with measuring point change-
over, as well as measuring devices for power outputs and power
factor p.f..
The standard measured quantity to be indicated in the 6 display
fields of the PAC3000 multicounter can be tailored to customer
requirements. The measured values of all measured quantities
can also be displayed quickly and easily over the operator but-
tons. Versions for direct connection (63 A) or for transformers
(/5 A) with adjustable transformer primary current from 5 to
5000 A, enable a wide range of application.
The green 7-segment displays for the measured values and the
orange indicators of the units of measurement directly alongside 11
the measured values make for easy reading.
PAC3000 multicounters without communication interface 7KT1 310 7KT1 311
PAC3000 multicounters with RS 485 interface (Modbus RTU, for LAN couplers) 7KT1 340 7KT1 341
Standards EN 61010-1, EN 62053-21, -23, -31
Supply
Overload capability
• Voltage Continuous: Phase/phase V 480
Continuous: Phase/N V 276
• Current Continuous A 76 6
0.5 s A -- 110
10 ms A 2000 --
Measuring inputs
• Connection type Direct Transformer /5 A
• Voltage Ue Phase/phase V 400
Phase/N V 230
- Operating range voltage Phase/phase V 87 ... 480
Phase/N V 50 ... 276
• Current Ie A 63 5
- Operating range current A 0.3 ... 63 0.012 ... 5
• Frequency Hz 50
- Operating frequency range Hz 45 ... 65
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/17

© Siemens AG 2010


Standards EN 61010-1, EN 62053-21, -23, -31
Display
• Connection errors Inverted phases Err
• Voltage: 3 displays, 3-digit Delta L1 – L2, L2 – L3, L3 – L1 V AC 87 ... 480
Star L1/N – L2/N – L3/N V AC 50 ... 276
Voltage > 480/276 V HHH
Voltage < 87/50 V LLL
• Current: L1 – L2 – L3 – neutral conductor 0.3 ... 76 A 0.1 A ... 1.2 kA or
0.1 ... 6 A
× transformer conversion ratio
For current > 76 A or HHH
6 A x transformer conversion ratio
For current < 0.3 A or OOO
0.012 A x transformer conversion ratio
• Frequency: 1 display, 3-digit ∑L Hz 45.0 ... 65.0
• Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit L1 – L2 – L3, W, kW 0 ... 999
display with floating decimal point or MW
• Active power: 3 displays, 3-digit, ∑L, W, kW 0 ... 999
3 of 7 digits + display with floating decimal point or MW
display import or export
• Reactive power: 1 display, ∑L, var, kvar or 0 ... 999
3 of 7 digits + capacitive display with floating decimal point Mvar
or inductive load
• Apparent power: 3 displays, 3-digit L1 – L2 – L3, ∑L VA, kVA or 0 ... 999
display with floating decimal point MV
• Apparent power: 5 displays, 3-digit, ∑L, VA, kVA or 0 ... 999
adjustable display with floating decimal point MV
• Active energy: 1 display, 7-digit ∑L, Wh, kWh or 0 ... 9999999
display import or export, display with floating decimal point MW or 0 ... 999
+ display rate 1 or 2
• Reactive energy: 1 display, 7-digit ∑L, varh, kvarh 0 ... 9999999
+ capacitive or inductive load display with floating decimal point or Mvarh or 0 ... 999
• Apparent energy: 5 displays, 3-digit, ∑L, VAh, kVAh 0 ... 9999999
adjustable rate display with floating decimal point or MVh or 0 ... 999
11 • p.f.: 3 displays, 3-digit L1 – L2 – L3,

display with floating decimal point
0.01 ... 1.00
• p.f.: 4 displays, 3-digit, ∑L 0.01 ... 1.00

adjustable
• Transformer primary current Only if set A -- 5 ... 5000
• Transformer secondary current Only if set A -- 5
• Display period /s 2
• Storage of setting and energy values EEPROM
S0 interface Acc. to IEC 62053-31 Class A
• Terminal output for direct connection 63 A, adjustable Imp/kWh 10 – 1 – 0.1 – 0.01 – 0.001 --
Depending on the transformer factor, Imp/kWh -- 10 – 1 – 0.1 – 0.01 – 0.001
adjustable
• Pulse duration ms 125 ... 300
• Minimum interval between 2 pulses ms 300
• Required voltage V DC 5 ... 30
• Current ON/OFF mA 10 ... 27/0 ... 2
Measuring accuracy
• Voltage % 1
• Current % 1
• Power outputs % 2
• Active energy Acc. to IEC 62053-21 Class 2
• Reactive energy Acc. to IEC 62053-23 Class 2
• P.f. % 2
• Frequency % 1
Safety according to EN 61010-1
• Overvoltage category II
• Operating voltage category V 600
• Clearances mm ≥ 3.0
• Creepage distances In device mm ≥ 4.3
On printed boards (not installed) mm ≥ 3.0
• Test voltage 50 Hz, 1 min kV 2.2
11/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010


Standards EN 61010-1, EN 62053-21, -23, -31
Terminals
• Main current paths ±screw (Pozidriv) 2 1
• Supply and control terminals Blade for slotted screw mm × mm 0.4 × 2.5
• Conductor cross-sections, main cur- Rigid, maximum mm2 1 × 25 or 1 × 6 or
rent paths 2 × 16 2×4
Rigid, minimum mm2 1 × 1.5
• Conductor cross-sections Rigid, maximum mm2 1 × 6 or
Supply and control terminals 2×4
Flexible, with end sleeve, minimum mm2 1 × 0.75
Ambient conditions
• Relative humidity % ≤ 80
• Vibrations Sinus amplitude at 50 Hz mm ±0.25

width SET, approx.
M)
For the display of 35 electrical values, of which
5 or 6 values can be continuously displayed.
For 3-phase, 3/4-wire connection,
with S0 interface
Without communication interface
11
Standard rail mounting
3 × 230/400 63 230 6 B 7KT1 310 1 1 unit 027 0.478
3 × 230/400 trans- 230 6 B 7KT1 311 1 1 unit 027 0.421
former /5
7KT1 310
With RS 485 interface and RTU Modbus
protocol or for connection to LAN net-
works over 7KT1 390 or 7KT1 391
LAN coupler
Standard rail mounting
3 × 230/400 63 230 6 B 7KT1 340 1 1 unit 027 0.484
3 × 230/400 trans- 230 6 B 7KT1 341 1 1 unit 027 0.430
former /5

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/19
© Siemens AG 2010

Readout data
You can continuously display 6 measured quantities from the fol-
lowing 35 options.
No. Measured value Display Unit Assignment
2 Voltage D1 V L1
3 Current D1 A L1
5 P.f. D1 P.f. L1
8 Voltage D2 V L2
9 Current D2 A L2
11 P.f. D2 P.f. L2
14 Voltage D3 V L3
15 Current D3 A L3
17 P.f. D3 P.f. L3
19 Temperatures D6 °C –
20 Current, N conductor D6 A ∑L
21 Active power D4 W ∑L
22 Reactive power D5 var ∑L
23 Apparent power D5 var ∑L
24 Frequency D6 Hz ∑L
11 25
26
P.f.
Active energy rate 1
D1, D2, D3, D6
D4
P.f.
Wh
∑L
∑L →
27 Active energy rate 2 D4 Wh ∑L →
28 Active energy rate 1 D4 Wh ∑L ←
29 Active energy rate 2 D4 Wh ∑L ←
30 Reactive energy rate 1 D5 varh ∑L, ind.
31 Reactive energy rate 2 D5 varh ∑L, ind.
32 Reactive energy rate 1 D5 varh ∑L, chap.
33 Reactive energy rate 2 D5 varh ∑L, chap.
34 Apparent energy rate 1 D5 VAh ∑L
35 Apparent energy rate 2 D5 VAh ∑L
2 set values are also indicated:
36 Transformer setting D4 CT/A /5
37 Transformer setting D5 CT/A 5 ... 5000
All the measured values are transmitted via LAN.
11/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

7KT1 391 LAN couplers
■ Overview ■ Application
Usable E-counters and multicounters
Following E-counters and multicounters can be connected
to the LAN coupler:
Order No.
Energy counters
Digital 3-phase counters
• PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate 7KT1 543
• PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate, 7KT1 545
calibrated version
• PAC1500, for transformer connection .../5 A, double 7KT1 540
rate
• For transformer connection .../5 A, double rate, 7KT1 542
calibrated version
• For direct connection 125 A, double rate 7KT1 546
• For direct connection 125 A, double rate, 7KT1 548
calibrated version
• For direct connection 63 A, double rate 7KT1 520
7KT 391 LAN couplers
• For transformer connection .../5 A, double rate 7KT1 521
A LAN coupler supports worldwide data recall from multi- Digital 1-phase counters
counters and E-counters over a LAN link to the Internet.
• PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate 7KT1 531
Up to 30 devices can be linked with a LAN coupler. In turn, the • PAC1500, for direct connection 80 A, double rate, 7KT1 533
LAN coupler is connected to a LAN. calibrated version
Multicounters
Data communication between the LAN coupler and the PC takes
place using the TCP/IP protocol. • PAC3000, for direct connection 7KT1 340
• PAC3000, for transformer connection .../5 A 7KT1 341
■ Benefits • For transformer connection .../5 A 7KT1 342
• Integration of measuring devices in industrial or office commu-

nication
• Use of existing local networks (LAN) for transmitting the mea-
sured data
• The internal storage possibility (2 GByte internal memory)
11
makes a permanent connection unnecessary
• TCP/IP data protocol enables a wide range of application
• Data output in csv files enables the implementation of custom-
ized solutions for measured data indication and analysis
• One LAN coupler for up to 30 devices
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/21

© Siemens AG 2010

7KT1 391 LAN couplers
7KT1 391
Standards IEEE 802.3 AS, IEC 60950, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
General data
• Enclosures Acc. to DIN 43880 4 modules
• Mounting Acc. to EN 60715 Mounting onto standard mounting rail (35 mm)
Supply
Function
• System start Automatic upon switching on
• LAN server identification Over the IP address of the PC
• Transmission rate Limitation by LAN Mbit/s 100
• Operating system Windows XP/Vista/7
• Browser IE 7, 8; Mozilla Firefox 3.09 / 3.5.3 / 3.6; Opera 9.64 / 10 / 10.5;
Safari 3.2.2 /4.0.5; Google Chrome 3.0.195.27.
LAN interface
• HW interface Connection RJ 45
• SW interface TCP/IP
Interface to the measuring instruments
• HW interface RS 485 terminals Number 3 (+/-/shielded twisted pair)
• Line Version STP (shielded twisted pair)
Minimum cross-section mm2 2 × 0.2 or 2 x AWG 24
Maximum line capacity pF/m < 50
Impedance W 100
Maximum overall cable length m ≤ 1200
Type of installation Serial
Measuring instruments can be connected Number 30
directly
Safety according to IEC 60950
11
• Enclosure material group II
• Clearances mm ≥ 4.0
• Creepage distances ≥ 4.5
50 Hz, 1 min kV 4
• Flame resistance Acc. to UL 94 Class V0
• Fire load kJ 2977.8
Terminals
• Lift terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) PZ1
• Conductor cross-sections of main current Rigid mm2 0.75 ... 6
paths
2
Flexible with sleeve mm 0.75 ... 6
• Temperatures In operation °C -10 ... +55
Storage and transport °C -25 ... +70
• Relative humidity In operation % ≤ 80
• Safety class acc. to IEC 60950 III
• Degree of protection Installed device front side (terminals) IP20

Uc Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC MW kg
LAN couplers
For connection of up to 30 devices over RS 485
230 4 B 7KT1 391 1 1 unit 027 0.205

11/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200
Measuring precisely with SENTRON PAC3100/3200/4200 SENTRON PAC General
The common features of all power monitoring devices in the
SENTRON PAC series:
• Simple mounting and commissioning
• High IP65 degree of protection (front side, when installed) per-
mits usage in extremely dusty and wet environments
• Intuitive operation using 4 function buttons and multilingual
plain text displays
• Easy adaptation to different systems using integrated and op-
tional
- Digital inputs and outputs
- Communication interfaces
• Worldwide use
- Min. 8 languages
- International approvals
- Developed and tested to European and international stan-
dards
• Low mounting depth
The SENTRON PAC power monitoring devices: SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200
PAC3200 (left), PAC3100 (center) and PAC4200 (right)
Additional performance characteristics of the SENTRON
The power monitoring devices of the SENTRON PAC series are
PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200:
used to measure and indicate all relevant network parameters in
low-voltage power distribution. They can be used for single- • Precise energy recording
phase measurements as well as for multiphase measurements in • Versatile system integration
3 and 4-conductor networks (TN, TT, IT). - Integrated Ethernet interface
Power values for main distribution boards, electrical feeders or - Optional communication modules available
individual loads are recorded precisely and reliably, and impor- - Multifunctional digital inputs and outputs
tant measured values are supplied in addition for assessing the - Limit value monitoring
state of the plant and the quality of the network. • Can be connected directly to power supply networks up to
690 V AC (UL-L) , CATIII without voltage transformers.
More information
• Easy-to-use configuration software included as standard
11
SENTRON PAC4200
More information is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem Additional performance characteristics of the SENTRON
PAC4200:
• Monitoring the plant status and the system quality
- Basic information for evaluating network quality
- Logging of plant history in the form of operation, control and
system-related events
• Recording of the power range through power averaging (load
profile)
• Daily energy meters for apparent, active and reactive energy
across 365 days for cut-off date assessment
• Detection of gas, water, compressed air or other energy
sources via pulse counter to the digital inputs
• Can be expanded using modules to up to 10 digital inputs and
6 digital outputs
• Meters for apparent, active and reactive energy for the precise
detection of the power consumption of a partial process or
manufacturing process
• 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet interface with gateway function for the
easy connection of devices with serial RS485 interface via ex-
pansion module PAC RS485 to an Ethernet network
• Comprehensive convenience indicators, such as user-defined
displays, bar and status indicators, phase diagram and list
and histogram graphics
• Satisfies the accuracy requirements of class 0.2S high-preci-
sion meters used by power supply companies according to
IEC 62053-22, which are normally reserved for exacting indus-
trial applications
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/23

© Siemens AG 2010

System integration of RS485 field bus devices through Ethernet
■ Application
A special feature is the integrated gateway function of the
Three-phase power monitoring devices are used to measure SENTRON PAC4200. It enables a cost-effective and simple
and indicate all relevant network parameters of an electrical in- connection of devices with an RS485 interface to an Ethernet
stallation and they monitor these parameters permanently. network.
Applications Everything required is provided by the SENTRON PAC RS485
Wherever power has to be distributed, be it in industrial or infra- expansion module, to which a maximum of 31 lower-level de-
structural buildings, the SENTRON PAC supplies important infor- vices can be connected without a repeater and as many as 247
mation to the building services system or the power controlling with a repeater.
system. The gateway function of the SENTRON PAC4200 supports the
The many different communication options offered by the Modbus protocol and can be parameterized using SENTRON
SENTRON PAC make it an indispensable supplier of data for powerconfig.
energy management systems and for plant and building auto-
SQL Server Client Client
mation. database
Industries
Power distribution systems for the power supply are needed in
all sectors of industry. SENTRON PAC is used accordingly in all
sectors where power consumption and electrical parameters are Ethernet
to be measured.
Integration of PAC3200 and PAC4200
SENTRON PAC4200
When the SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 are fully integrated with serial gateway
in a energy management system, they monitor the power con-
sumption and help to monitor the operating state of the plant.
SENTRON
Measured values, limit value violations, operating hours of a con- Modbus RTU PAC3200
nected load or power flows are supplied by the instruments
quickly and reliably.
Using the optionally available interface modules, it is possible to
integrate both instruments in every I&C system or every
NSG0_00238a
SIMATIC S7 environment.
System integration using block libraries
11 Optionally available block libraries make it easy to integrate the SENTRON VL Power monitoring devices
SENTRON WL
power monitoring devices in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system and the SCADA-System SIMATIC WinCC. Together with Connecting Modbus-RTU devices to a power management system
the faceplates as user interface for SENTRON PAC3200, the through PAC4200
driver blocks and diagnostics blocks in the control system en-
able the operating and monitoring of technologically important
values and functions of the measuring devices in the respective
target system.
Faceplates
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
Libraries for PCS7

16(BF
and WinCC
Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC PCS 7/WinCC
11/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010

Instrument variants SENTRON PAC3100 PAC3200 PAC4200

Basic measurement variables
Voltage, current ✓ ✓ ✓
Neutral conductor current ✓ -- ✓
Apparent power, active power, reactive power, power factor ✓ ✓ ✓
Power factor of the fundamental -- -- ✓
wave
Frequency Of the reference phase ✓ ✓ ✓
Min/max values Slave pointer function | with date & time ✓ | -- ✓ | -- ✓|✓
Power measurement
Apparent energy -- ✓ ✓
Active energy, reactive energy Input | Output | Balance ✓|✓|✓ ✓ | ✓ | -- ✓ | ✓ | --
Number of tariffs Apparent, active and reactive energy 1 2 2
Daily energy values for 365 days Apparent, active and reactive energy -- -- ✓
Consumption recording of a sub- Apparent, active and reactive energy -- -- ✓
process or manufacturing process
Power averages of the last measure- Active and reactive power average with ✓ ✓ ✓
ment period min / max value
Load profile record -- -- ✓ max. 3840 entries1)
E-counter for S0 signal at a digital Electrical energy | any energy -- | -- ✓ | -- ✓ | ✓
input
Accuracy class for active energy Acc. to IEC 62053-21 / 62053-22 Class 1 Class 0.5S Class 0.2S
Accuracy class for reactive energy Acc. to IEC 62053-23 Class 3 Class 2 Class 2
Monitoring of state of the plant and quality of the network
Configurable displays
Operating hours counter
For presenting up to 4 measured quantities
Operating hours of loads
--
--
--
✓
4
✓
11
Sliding mean values U, I, S, P, Q, LF -- -- ✓
THD voltage, current -- THD-R THD
Distortion current strength -- -- ✓
Phase angle, phase displacement angle -- -- ✓
Unbalance Voltage | current -- Unba | Inba2) Unb | Inb3)
Harmonics in voltage, current -- -- 3. to 31st
Limit value monitoring Max. number of limit values -- 6 12
Boolean logic For limit values | inputs --| -- ✓ | -- ✓|✓
Event memory for operation, control Including time stamp -- -- ✓ (> 4000 events)
and system-related events
Battery backup for min / max values -- -- ✓
System integration and communication
Ethernet (integrated) -- 10 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
• Protocol Modbus TCP -- ✓ ✓
• Gateway Ethernet <--> RS485 (Modbus) -- -- ✓4)
PROFIBUS DP-V1 -- Expansion module optional
RS 485 Integrated Expansion module optional
• Protocol Modbus RTU ✓ ✓ ✓
4DI/2DO expansion module Expansion to max. 10 DI / 6 DO -- -- ✓ (max. 2 modules)
Number of expansion modules Max. -- 1 2
Integrated digital inputs (DI) Number | multifunctional 2 | -- 1|✓ 2|✓
Integrated digital outputs (DO) Number | multifunctional 2| ✓ 1|✓ 2|✓
Installation plan
Dimensions (L x W x D) In mm 96 x 96 x 56 96 x 96 x 56 96 x 96 x 82
Mounting depth PAC | PAC with expansion module (in mm) 51 | -- 51 | 73 77 | 99
Panel cutout (L x W) In mm 92 x 92 92 x 92 92 x 92
Standards and approvals
CE / cULus / C-Tick / GOST ✓ ✓ ✓
IEC 61557-12 ✓ -- ✓
1) 3)
This corresponds for example to a duration of 40 days with a measurement Unba, Inba - Unbalance with regard to amplitude and phase
period length of 15 minutes. 4)
In conjunction with SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module
2)
Unba, Inba - Unbalance with regard to amplitude ✓ = Available, -- = Not available
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/25

© Siemens AG 2010

PAC3100 power monitoring devices

Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC3100 Screw terminals
Control panel flush-mounting instrument A 7KM3 133-0BA00-3AA0 1 1 unit 133 0.325

96 mm x 96 mm
Screw terminals for connecting current and
voltage
AC/DC universal power supply unit
UAUX:
100 … 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 … 250 V DC ±10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 480/277 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /5 A
7KM3 133-0BA00-3AA0
■ Accessories
SET, M) approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC TMP
Adapter for mounting on standard A 7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0 1 1 unit 133 0.105
mounting rail
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
11
Current transformers Software components
Suitable current transformers can be found For more information about the software components
• in chapter 2 "Molded Case Circuit Breakers" see chapter 13 and on the Internet at
• in the Industry Mall, section "Industry Automation and Drive www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem
Technologies" --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology" --> "Protection Devices"
--> "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
--> "3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
--> "3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A"
--> "Accessories and Spare Parts"

11/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, M) approx.
kg

96 mm x 96 mm
voltage
UAUX:
95 … 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 … 340 V DC ±10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
7KM2 112-0BA00-3AA0 Ie: /1 A or /5 A

96 mm x 96 mm
voltage
DC power supply unit with extra-low voltage
UAUX: 22…65 V DC ±10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 500/289 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM2 111-1BA00-3AA0
SENTRON PAC3200 Ring terminal lug
connection
96 mm x 96 mm
Cable lug terminals for connecting current
and voltage
AC/DC universal power supply unit: 11
UAUX:
95…240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
110…340 V DC ±10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
7KM2 112-0BA00-2AA0 Ie: /1 A or /5 A
■ Accessories
SET, M) approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC TMP
mounting rail
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
Suitable current transformers can be found Software for PAC3200 see chapter 13, section "Configuring,
• in chapter 2 "Molded Case Circuit Breakers" visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC"
• in the Industry Mall, section "Industry Automation and Drive For more information about the software components
Technologies" --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and see chapter 13 and on the Internet at
Electrical Installation Technology" --> "Protection Devices" www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/27
© Siemens AG 2010


SET, M) approx.
kg

96 mm x 96 mm
voltage
UAUX:
95 … 240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 … 340 V DC ±10 %
NSG0_00230
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
7KM4 112-0BA00-3AA0 Ie: /1 A or /5 A
SENTRON PAC4200 Ring terminal lug
connection
96 mm x 96 mm
Cable lug terminals for connecting current
and voltage
AC/DC universal power supply unit:
UAUX:
95…240 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
110…340 V DC ±10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
7KM4 112-0BA00-2AA0 Ie: /1 A or /5 A
■ Accessories
11 Version DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
PS* PG Weight
per PU
SET, M) approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC TMP
mounting rail
7KM9 900-0YA00-0AA0
Suitable current transformers can be found For more information about the software components
• in chapter 2 "Molded case circuit breakers" see chapter 13 and on the Internet at
• in the Industry Mall, section "Industry Automation and Drive www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem
Technologies" --> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology" --> "Protection Devices"

11/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
■ Overview
The PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module has the following
features:
• Pluggable PROFIBUS DP communication modules for
SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200 power monitoring devices
• Parameterizable from the front of the device or using parame-
terization software
• Using PROFIBUS DPV1, data can be transferred in both cyclic
and acyclic modes
• Easy engineering thanks to integration into SIMATIC STEP 7
and/or simple integration via GSD file for other programming
systems
• Optimum use of process image of a control for selection of in-
dividual measurment values for cyclical transfer
• All baudrates from 9.6 kbit/s up to 12 Mbit/s are supported
• Connection through 9-pole Sub-D connector according to
IEC 61158
• No external auxiliary power necessary
SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
• Additional display via the device display and via LEDs on the
module
■ Application
The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP communication module is All individual measurement variables supplied by the SENTRON
plugged onto the rear of the power monitoring device. The de- PAC multifunction measuring instruments are selected and cycli-
vice identifies the module automatically and presents the param- cally transmitted by means of the GSD file. This permits the op-
eters of relevance for this module for selection in the parameter- timum use of the PROFIBUS Master process image.
ization menu.
11
SET, M) approx.
kg
PAC PROFIBUS DP
Expansion module for A 7KM9 300-0AB00-0AA0 1 1 unit 133 0.045
SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200
(PROFIBUS DP V1)
7KM9 300-0AB00-0AA0

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/29
© Siemens AG 2010

PAC RS485 expansion modules
■ Overview
The SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module has the following
features:
• PAC RS485 plug-in communication module for SENTRON
PAC3200 and PAC4200 power monitoring devices
• Parameterizable from the front of the device or using parame-
terization software
• Support for the Modbus RTU protocol
• Plug and play
• Baud rates 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 38.4 kbit/s are supported
• Connection by means of 6-pole screw terminals
• No external auxiliary power necessary
SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module
■ Application
The SENTRON PAC RS485 communication module is plugged In connection with the SENTRON PAC3200 and 4200 multifunc-
into the back of the PAC power monitoring device. tion measuring instruments, the Modbus RTU protocols are sup-
The device identifies the module automatically and presents the ported with baud rates of 4.8/9.6/19.2 and 38.4 kBd.
parameters of relevance for this module for selection in the pa-
rameterization menu. The state of the module is indicated by the The SENTRON PAC RS485 expansion module is required for the
integrated LED. gateway function of the PAC4200 to achieve simple devices with
RS485 interface, such as the PAC3100, via Ethernet
(Modbus TCP).

11 Version DT Order No. Price PU PS* PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
kg
PAC RS485
Expansion module for A 7KM9 300-0AM00-0AA0 1 1 unit 133 0.041
SENTRON PAC3200 and PAC4200
(Modbus RTU)
7KM9 300-0AM00-0AA0

11/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

N PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules for PAC4200
■ Overview
The SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module is used to ex-
pand the SENTRON PAC4200 power monitoring device to up to
10 digital inputs and 6 digital outputs.
It offers the following features:
• Up to two 4DI/2DO modules can be plugged onto a PAC4200.
• The 4DI/2DO modules mean that the internal digital inputs and
outputs can be expanded by up to 8 inputs and 4 outputs.
• The 4DI/2DO expansion modules can be parameterized via
the front of the device or via the SENTRON powerconfig con-
figuration software.
• The digital inputs can be used without external voltage
sources. They are self-powered.
• All functions of the integrated multifunctional inputs/outputs on
the PAC4200 are also available in the 4DI/2DO expansion
module.
• Inputs and outputs can be used as an S0 interface conforming
to IEC 62053-31.
SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules • The connection is made via a 9-pole screw terminal.
• No external auxiliary power supply is required.
■ Application
There are many possible uses for the SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO • Monitoring of multiple, single switches with auxiliary contacts
expansion module. Some of these include: via PAC4200
• Connection of up to 10 energy counters with pulsed output • Use of the digital outputs as pulse output for active and reac-
(S0) for detecting the consumption of other energy-carriers tive energy
e.g. gas, water or compressed-air consumption • Use of the digital outputs as outputs for switching operations
• Integration of other media into energy management system and/or for time synchronization.
■ Benefits
Digital inputs Digital outputs 11
Consumption recording and evaluation The digital outputs offer a high degree of flexibility as they can
• Cost-effective energy counters can be used as media coun- be used as follows:
ters. • For status display
• It is not necessary to replace meters as the basic power me- - for a limit value violation
ters with pulse output already installed can be used. - for a direction of rotation
- for an operating state on the PAC4200
• Other media can be easily integrated into a power manage-
ment system. • As remote-controlled switching outputs
• Increase the transparency of the power flows, because the • For synchronization of the periods load profile detection in
power consumption of a sub-process or the product-related other devices
power consumption can be detected and evaluated, for ex- • For signaling power measurement
ample. - related active energy
• Pulse counters can be easily assigned using user-definable - supplied active energy
displays. - related reactive energy
- supplied reactive energy
Status monitoring
The digital inputs reduce the wiring outlay thanks to the effective
integration of basic protection equipment and switchgear.

SET, M) approx.
kg
PAC 4DI/2DO
Expansion module for A 7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0 1 1 unit 133 0.041
SENTRON PAC4200
7KM9 200-0AB00-0AA0

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/31
© Siemens AG 2010

Analog Volt- and Ammeters
7KT1 0 measuring devices
• The 7KT1 020 ammeters can be equipped with changeable
scales for primary currents of 60, 150 or 400 A AC, depending
on the transformer ratio of the installed current transformer.
The changeable scales are included in delivery. This ensures
universal application
• Permanent overload up to 20 % does not damage the device.
Protection for your plant.
These devices for measuring voltages and currents can be used

for monitoring incoming and outgoing currents or device cur-
rents in electric plants. They are suitable for direct connection in
a single-phase system or with selector switches for the mea-
sured values in three-phase systems.
7KT1 000 7KT1 01. 7KT1 020
Measuring ranges
• Direct measurement V AC 0 ... 500 -- --
A AC -- 0 ... 25 --
A AC -- 0 ... 40 --
11
A AC -- 0 ... 60 --
• Transformer measurement A AC -- -- 0 ... 150/5
Max. permissible measuring frequency Hz 45 ... 65
Display Pointer
Measuring accuracy at 23 ±1 °C % ±1.5 ±3 ±1.5
Rated operational power Ps VA <2 < 1.1
Temperature influence %/°C ±0.03
Overload capability Continuous 1.2 × Umeas 1.2 × Imeas
Short-time for 1 s 2 × Umeas 10 × Imeas
Test voltage 50 Hz, 1 min kV >2
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) 1 2 1
Conductor cross-sections Rigid, max. mm2 1 × 6/2 × 4 1 × 25/2 × 16 1 × 6/2 × 4
Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 0.75 0.75

Umeas Imeas Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC MW kg
Analog voltmeters
500 4 B 7KT1 000 1 1 unit 027 0.137
Analog ammeters for direct connection
25 4 B 7KT1 010 1 1 unit 027 0.152
40 B 7KT1 011 1 1 unit 027 0.160
60 B 7KT1 012 1 1 unit 027 0.168
Analog ammeter for transformer connection
with 3 different interchangeable scales
0 ... 60 A, 0 ... 60/5 4 B 7KT1 020 1 1 unit 027 0.136
0 ... 150 A and 0 ... 150/5
0 ... 400 A 0 ... 400/5

11/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

7KT1 11, 7KT1 12 measuring devices
• The ammeters have 14 measuring ranges from 0 A to 20 A to
0 A to 999 A, which can be set using a coding switch. This
ensures universal application.
Measuring devices 7KT1: Left voltmeter, right ammeter

These devices for measuring voltages and currents can be used
for monitoring incoming and outgoing currents or device cur-
rents in electric plants. They are suitable for direct connection in
a single-phase system or with measuring transducers in three-
phase systems.
The measuring ranges of the ammeter are set at the device with
a coding switch.
7KT1 110 7KT1 120
Standards DIN 43751-1, -2
Rated control supply voltage Uc
Primary operating range
V AC
× Uc
230
0.9 ... 1.15
11
Rated operational power Ps VA <2
Measuring range
• Voltage Direct measurement V AC 12 ... 600 --
• Current Direct measurement A AC -- 0.4 ... 20 direct
Transformer measurement A AC -- 0.1 ... 1000/5
Display 3 LEDs red; height 10 mm
• Voltage > 600 V HHH --
< 12 V -- -- -- --
• Current Direct > 20 A -- HHH
Transformer > 5 A -- HHH
Direct < 0.4 A -- -- -- --
Transformer < 0.1 A -- -- -- --
Measuring cycle /s 4 times
Measuring accuracy At 23 °C % ±0.5 ±1 digit
Temperature influence %/°C ±0.03
Overload capability
• Voltage Continuous V 720 --
Short-time for 1 s V 780 --
• Current Continuous, direct A -- 22
Continuous, transformer A -- 5.5
Short-time for 1 s, direct A -- 200
Short-time for 1 s, transformer A -- 50
Electrical isolation
• Clearances mm ≥3 ≥ 1.5
• Creepage distances in the device mm ≥ 4.3 ≥ 2.1
• Creepage distances on the printed board Printed boards not installed mm ≥ 3.0 ≥ 1.5
Test voltage 50 Hz, 1 min kV 2.2 1.35
Conductor cross-sections Rigid, max. mm2 1 × 6/2 × 4
Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 0.75
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/33

© Siemens AG 2010

7KT1 11, 7KT1 12 measuring devices

Ue Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC MW kg
Digital voltmeters
Measuring range AC 12 ... 600 V 230 2 B 7KT1 110 1 1 unit 027 0.214
Digital ammeters for

direct and transformer connection
Measuring range 230 2 B 7KT1 120 1 1 unit 027 0.219
direct: 0.4 ... 20 A
transformer: 0.1 ... 1000 A/5
Range selector switch for 7KT1 120 digital ammeter
1234
Direct measurement
0000 20 A AC
0 Transformer measurement
11 1 2 3 4 1
1000
0100
25/5 A AC 0 0 0 1
40/5 A AC 1 0 0 1
200/5 A AC
250/5 A AC
1100 50/5 A AC 0 1 0 1 400/5 A AC
I2_00183c
0010 60/5 A AC 1 1 0 1 500/5 A AC
1010 80/5 A AC 0 0 1 1 600/5 A AC
0110 100/5 A AC 1 0 1 1 800/5 A AC
1110 150/5 A AC 0 1 1 1 999/5 A AC

11/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

for mounting onto support rail
■ Overview
and monitoring of production sequences, maintenance cycles
and warranty times.
As well as the proven electromechanical time and pulse coun-
ters for mounting in distribution boards, we also supply digital
time and pulse counters.
The fields of application for both counter types are very diverse,
such as the recording of operating hours of machines, systems
or building management systems, as well as pulse counting for
general volume flow counting, registration of starting frequen-
cies, starting cycles or production quantities in systems and ma-
chines.
■ Benefits
• Time and pulse counters help to plan maintenance intervals,
which safeguard and ensure high plant availability
• Versions without zero position and with electric or manual zero
position for all applications.
Time counters: Left: electromechanical, right: Electronic • Flexible application of the digital counters for power supplies
Time and pulse counters are used for the reliable monitoring of of 12 V to 150 V DC and 24 V to 240 V AC in a single device.
production and service times, which enables the exact planning
7KT5 801 7KT5 802 7KT5 803 7KT5 804 7KT5 806 7KT5 807
Standards EN 60255-6; UL 863
Approvals UL 863, UL File No. E300537, CSA C22.2 No. 6 and 55
Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC -- 24 115 230 115 230
V DC 12 ... 24 --
Primary operating range At 50/60 Hz × Uc 0.9 ... 1.1
Rated frequency Hz -- 50 60
11
Rated power dissipation Pv VA <1 <2
Method of operation Counting of Hours
Display Drum-type register h 00000.00
Terminals ± screw (Phillips) 1
Conductor cross-sections Rigid mm2 1.5
Permissible humidity % < 80
7KT5 811 7KT5 812 7KT5 814 7KT5 821 7KT5 822 7KT5 823 7KT5 833
Standards EN 60255-6; UL 863
Approvals UL 863, UL File No. E300537, CSA C22.2 No. 6 and 55
Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC -- 24 230 24 ... 240
V DC 12 ... 24 -- -- 12 ... 150
Rated frequency Hz -- 50/60
Rated power dissipation Pv VA <1 <2 <1
Method of operation Counting of Pulses Hours Pulses
Display Drum-type register 0000000 -- --
LCD h -- 000000.0 --
-- -- 0000000
Counting frequency Hz 10 -- 10
Pulse duration ms 50 -- 50
Resetting Electrical -- Yes
Mechanical -- Yes
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/35

© Siemens AG 2010

for mounting onto support rail

Uc Frequency Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V Hz MW kg
Time counters
Mechanical counting mechanism,
display 00000.00 h without resetting
12 ... 24 DC -- 2 A 7KT5 801 1 1 unit 027 0.098
24 AC 50 A 7KT5 802 1 1 unit 027 0.093
115 AC B 7KT5 803 1 1 unit 027 0.093
230 AC A 7KT5 804 1 1 unit 027 0.093
115 AC 60 B 7KT5 806 1 1 unit 027 0.094
230 AC B 7KT5 807 1 1 unit 027 0.095
Pulse counters
Mechanical counting mechanism,
display 0000000 without resetting
12 ... 24 DC -- 2 B 7KT5 811 1 1 unit 027 0.095
24 AC 50/60 B 7KT5 812 1 1 unit 027 0.089
230 AC B 7KT5 814 1 1 unit 027 0.096
Electronic time counters
LCD 000000.0 h without resetting
DC 12 ... 150, -- 2 B 7KT5 821 1 1 unit 027 0.089
AC 24 ... 240 50/60
With electrical resetting
DC 12 ... 150, -- B 7KT5 822 1 1 unit 027 0.085
AC 24 ... 240 50/60
With electrical and mechanical resetting
DC 12 ... 150, -- B 7KT5 823 1 1 unit 027 0.089
AC 24 ... 240 50/60
Electronic pulse counters
LCD 0000000
11 With electrical and mechanical resetting

DC 12 ... 150, -- 2 B 7KT5 833 1 1 unit 027 0.089
AC 24 ... 240 50/60
Time counters count the time in hours with an accuracy of two
decimal places (hundredths of hours). The pulse counter adds
the number of pulses, e.g. the making operations of devices.
A power supply is required at terminals 1 and 3 of the electronic
counters so that the device can constantly display the measured
values. Once terminal 3 is supplied with voltage (for DC "+"), the
counting procedure starts. If terminal 4 is supplied short-time
with voltage (for DC "+"), the counter is reset.
In the case of electronic counters, the counting result is saved
indefinitely in the event of a power failure (EEPROM). On recov-
ery of the power, the counting is continued from the saved value.
As well as a modern design, the electronic counter has a 7-digit
LCD, which can be reset electrically or manually.

11/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Time counters for front-panel mounting
■ Overview
Time and pulse counters for control cabinets, control and me-
chanical engineering are used, e.g. in boilers, machine tools or
compressors. The pulse counters count the starting frequencies.
This supports planning for preventative maintenance.
In-time and regular maintenance is the best protection against
unexpected shutdowns.
■ Benefits
• Time and pulse counters help to plan maintenance intervals,
which safeguard and ensure high plant availability.
Time counters: Left: Counting mechanism, right: Counting mechanism

with front frame
7KT5 500 7KT5 501 7KT5 502 7KT5 503 7KT5 504 7KT5 505
Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC -- 115 230 115 230 24
V DC 10 ... 80 --
Rated frequency Hz -- 50 60 50
Rated power dissipation Pv VA <1 0.2 1.8 0.9 1.8 0.2
Pulse duration Pulse length, pulse interval ms 50
Front-panel mounting
• Without masking frame
Switchboard cutout
mm × mm 45.2 × 45.2+0.3
11
55 mm × 55 mm
• With masking frame Ø mm 50.2+0.3
55 mm × 55 mm
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529
• Front panel IP65
• Installation with seal IP43
• Terminals IP20, with connected conductors
7KT5 600 7KT5 601 7KT5 602 7KT5 603 7KT5 604
Rated control supply voltage Uc V AC -- 115 230 115 230
V DC 10 ... 50 --
Rated frequency Hz -- 50 60
Rated power dissipation Pv VA <1
Pulse duration Pulse length, pulse interval ms 50
Front-panel mounting Switchboard cutout mm × mm 68+0.5 × 68+0.5
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529
• Front panel IP52
• Terminals IP00
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/37

© Siemens AG 2010

Time counters for front-panel mounting

Uc Frequen- Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
cy ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
V Hz MW kg
Time counters
Mechanical counting mechanism, display
00000.00 h,
For front-panel mounting, front frame 48 mm x 48 mm
10 ... 80 DC – A 7KT5 500 1 1 unit 027 0.059
24 AC 50 A 7KT5 505 1 1 unit 027 0.056
115 AC A 7KT5 501 1 1 unit 027 0.058
230 AC A 7KT5 502 1 1 unit 027 0.057
115 AC 60 A 7KT5 503 1 1 unit 027 0.058
230 AC A 7KT5 504 1 1 unit 027 0.058
For front-panel mounting, front frame 72 mm x 72 mm
with narrow frame acc. to DIN 43700
10 ... 50 DC – 2 B 7KT5 600 1 1 unit 027 0.131
115 AC 50 B 7KT5 601 1 1 unit 027 0.128
230 AC A 7KT5 602 1 1 unit 027 0.129
115 AC 60 B 7KT5 603 1 1 unit 027 0.128
230 AC B 7KT5 604 1 1 unit 027 0.129
Covers for 7KT5 5 time counters

55 mm × 55 mm B 7KT9 020 1 1 unit 027 0.005
Sealing rings for 7KT9 020 covers
IP43 installation in switchboards with smooth C 7KT9 000 1 1 set 027 0.011
surfaces
(1 set = 5 units)
Terminal covers for 7KT5 6 time counters
Degree of protection, IP20, with connected con- B 7KT9 021 1 1 unit 027 0.003
11 ductors

11/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010

Accessories
7KT1 2 current transformers
This 3-phase current transformer can be used in distribution • The current transformer has accuracy class 1 in accordance
boards according to DIN 43880. The measuring leads are routed with EN 60044-1. This value is better than most measuring de-
vertically through the standard mounting rail. vices in this area of application.
This type of current transformer is suitable for supply systems or • The versions designed for a transformer ratio of 60/5 A,
outgoing conductors in connection with the installation of a 5TE8 100/5 A and 150/5 A enable an even broader range of appli-
switch or a 5TE1 disconnector, as the primary connecting leads cations.
do not have to be interrupted.
The current transformer is designed for cables of up to 13 mm in
diameter, e.g. H07V-R with 50 mm2 conductor cross-section.
7KT1 200 7KT1 201 7KT1 202
Secondary rated current strength A 5
Accuracy class Cl. 1
Rated power VA 1.25 2.5 3.75
Rated frequency fn Hz 50/60
Thermal current limit Ith Short-time A 60 × Ie
Thermal continuous current A 1 × Ie
Overcurrent limit factor FS 5
Creepage distances and clearances mm >3
Rated operational current Ie A AC 3 × 60 3 × 100 3 × 150
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) PZ 1
- Rigid mm2 0.5 ... 4
- Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 0.5 ... 2.5
11
Resistance to climate Acc. to EN 60068-1 20/60/4

Ue Ie Isec Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC A AC MW kg
720 3 × 60 5 6 B 7KT1 200 1 1 unit 027 0.499
3 × 100 B 7KT1 201 1 1 unit 027 0.512
3 × 150 B 7KT1 202 1 1 unit 027 0.510

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 11/39
© Siemens AG 2010

Accessories
7KT9 0 measuring selector switches
Measuring selector switches are used as CO contacts of the • The devices have a rated insulation voltage of 660 V. This per-
phases for voltages and currents in three-phase systems for volt- mits use in many systems.
meters and ammeters.
The design of these switches is adapted to match the modular
installation devices. They support use in compliance with
EN 60947-3.

width SET, approx.
M)
Voltmeter selector switches
400 12 6 3 A 7KT9 010 1 1/48 units 027 0.126
Ammeter selector switches for transformer

operation
400 12 6 3 A 7KT9 011 1 1 unit 027 0.128
11

11/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
12
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
12/2 Introduction
Transfer Switches
12/5 SENTRON Transfer Control Devices
for ATSE
Monitoring Devices for

Electrical Values
12/9 Residual current monitors
12/11 Voltage relays
12/15 Current relays
12/17 Priority switches
12/18 Fuse monitors
12/19 Phase and phase sequence monitors
12/20 Insulation monitors for industrial
applications
12/21 Monitoring of medical premises
Monitoring Devices for Plants and

Devices
12/29 GSM alarm modules
12/31 Fault signaling units
12/32 EMERGENCY STOP modules
12/33 Level relays
12/35 Line circuit relays
12/36 Dusk switches
12/38 Temperature controllers
12/40 P.f. controllers
12/41 Thermistor motor protection relays
12

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Transfer switches
SENTRON transfer control devices 12/5 The SENTRON ATC5300, equipped with IEC 60947-6-1 ✓ ✓ ✓
for ATSE two motor-driven circuit breakers,
serves as a transfer system that auto-
matically or manually switches between
two power supply systems in low-volt-
age power distribution applications.
Monitoring devices for electrical values

Residual current monitors 12/9 To increase system availability and IEC 62020; ✓ -- ✓
operating safety through continuous EN 62020
monitoring of residual current in electri-
cal systems and alarms if a defined
threshold is exceeded.
Voltage relays 12/11 Monitoring the voltage of emergency IEC 60255; ✓ -- ✓

lighting in public buildings, short-time EN 50172
failures of 20 ms, for ensuring opera-
tional parameters for devices or system
components or monitoring the neutral
conductor for breaks.
12 Current relays 12/15 Monitoring of emergency and signal

lighting and motors.
IEC 60255 ✓ -- ✓
All current relays can be short-time

overloaded and connected either with
direct measurement or through trans-
formers.
Priority switches 12/17 For a reduction of the connection fee in IEC 60669; -- ✓ --
accordance with German Federal Reg- BTO § 6 Section 4
ulations on Tariffs when used in systems
with electric storage heaters where the
continuous-flow heaters are switched
with priority.
Fuse monitors 12/18 Monitoring of all types of low-voltage IEC 60255 ✓ -- ✓

fuses.
Can be used in asymmetric systems
afflicted with harmonics and regenera-
tive feedback motors.
12/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Introduction
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Phase and phase sequence monitors 12/19 For the visual signaling of phase failures IEC 60255 -- -- ✓
or phase sequences in three-phase
systems.
The phase sequence is arbitrary. The
device is also suitable for 1, 2 or
3-phase operation.
Insulation monitors for industrial 12/20 To increase system availability and IEC 60255; -- -- ✓
applications operating safety through continuous IEC 61557
monitoring of the isolation resistance in
ungrounded direct voltage or alternat-
ing voltage networks.
Monitoring of medical premises 12/21 For the insulation monitoring of a EN 61557-8; ✓ -- --

medical IT system or the load current IEC 61557-8;
monitoring of an IT system transformer DIN VDE 0100-710;
for a non-permissible temperature rise. IEC 60364-7-710
Monitoring of the voltage supply with
automatic switchover.
Monitoring plants for systems and devices

GSM alarm modules 12/29 Mobile monitoring and switching of ✓ ✓ ✓
plants worldwide by SMS for greater
safety and convenience. Plants can be
remotely switched and signals
received.
12
Fault signaling units 12/31 Evaluation and display of fault alarms IEC 60255 ✓ -- ✓
and alarm signals for monitoring indus-
trial plants and control systems.
With 4 inputs and connections for
39 expansion fault signaling units.
EMERGENCY STOP modules 12/32 For EMERGENCY-STOP switching in According to the ✓ -- ✓

accordance with the Directive 98/37/EC Directive 98/37/EC;
on Safety of Machines. Safe types of EN 954-1;
circuits for machines, plants or test EN ISO 13849-1
stations in industrial, commercial and
private enterprise applications.
Level relays 12/33 Control of liquid levels in containers with IEC 60255 ✓ -- ✓
3 electrode connections for 1-step and
2-step level control. High immunity to
interference of the measuring circuit
isolated from the system.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Introduction
Non-residential
Residential
buildings
buildings
Industry
Line circuit relays 12/35 For disconnecting the voltage or field IEC 60255 -- ✓ --
circuit of unused lines when loads are
disabled.
Dusk switches 12/36 For demand-oriented switching of EN 60730 ✓ ✓ --

lighting installations for shop windows
or paths in order to cut energy costs
Temperature controllers 12/38 For controlling and limiting tempera- EN 60730 ✓ ✓ ✓

tures. Three adjustable ranges from
- 30 °C to + 100 °C. For PT 100 measur-
ing element + 2 °C to + 400 °C.
P.f. controllers 12/40 For the monitoring of asynchronous IEC 60255, -- -- ✓

motors for underload and no-load oper- IEC 61557
ation, e.g. fan monitoring in the case of
V-belt breakage, filter blockages, pump
12
monitoring in the event of valve closure
or dry runs.
Thermistor motor protection relays 12/41 For the prevention of thermal motor IEC 60255 -- -- ✓
overloads, e.g. due to high switching
frequency, single-phasing, disabled
cooling or excessive ambient tempera-
tures.
With detection of wire breaks in the sen-
sor circuit.
12/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches
SENTRON transfer control devices for ATSE
■ Overview
Mode of operation
The SENTRON ATC5300 controls the transfer between the main
and standby power supplies fully automatically, while talking into
consideration the set limit values and delay times. It detects
fluctuations occurring in the main power supply quickly and
switches to the standby power supply. The control device only
switches to the standby power supply after it has ensured that
the standby supply is delivering the required power supply qual-
ity. The devices switches back to the main power supply taking
into consideration the set parameters once the required power
supply quality is available again. If the standby power supply
and/or the main power supply is fed by a generator, the control
device also offers a wide range of settings, such as a generator
lead time, generator delay time, and generator start test at spec-
ified times.
The SENTRON ATC5300 can control air circuit breakers, com-
pact molded case circuit breakers, switch disconnectors or con-
tactors. The circuit breakers are controlled via the related motor-
ized operating mechanisms.
Setting parameters and monitoring using
SENTRON ATC SOFTWARE
SENTRON ATC5300 network switchover controls
In addition to operation and parameterization on-site, you can
Automatic system transfer with the SENTRON ATC5300 also monitor and set the parameters of the controller using the
The SENTRON ATC5300, equipped with two motor-driven circuit SENTRON ATC software. The software offers a high level of con-
breakers, serves as a transfer system that automatically or man- venience and quick access to all device settings, e.g. complex
ually switches between two power supply systems in low-voltage settings which occur when connecting generators.
power distribution applications. Measurement variables
In particular, the SENTRON ATC5300 is deployed everywhere The SENTRON ATC5300 records and monitors the following
where a power failure is especially critical, e.g. in hospitals, in measurement variables:
conjunction with UPS systems, and for industrial processes.
Measured variables Default setting Limit value setting Delay time Can be deactivated
Rated system voltage Un V AC 100 ... 690 70 % ... 98 % (75 % ... 100 %) 1) 0.1 s ... 900 s --
102 % ... 120 % (100 % ... 115 %) 1) 0.1 s ... 900 s ✓
✓
12
Voltage asymmetry % 1 % ... 20 % 0.1 s ... 900 s
Phase failure % 60 % ... 85 % 0.1 s ... 30 s ✓
Direction of rotation Left, right -- -- ✓
Frequency Hz 50/60 80 % ... 100 % 0.1 s ... 900 s ✓
101 % ... 120 % 0.1 s ... 900 s ✓
Battery voltage Ub V DC 12/24/48 70 % ... 100 %2) 0 ... 60 s ✓
110 % ... 140 %2) ✓
1)
Hysteresis value for enabling back-transfer
2)
Warning only, no switching
✓ yes
-- no
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/5

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches
■ Benefits
• 8 digital inputs, 6 of which are programmable and 7 relay out-
The advantages of the SENTRON ATC5300 at a glance: puts, 5 of which are programmable
• Controls compact molded case circuit breakers MCCB, air cir- • 4 selectable operating modes: off, manual, automatic, test
cuit breakers ACB, switch disconnectors LBS, or contactors
• Data, parameter and logged events (e.g. power failure, faults)
• Two measuring inputs for single-phase and multi-phase power remain accessible and unaltered even after a power failure or
supply systems restarting a device
• Option for switching between system to system, generator to • Status display of the connected switches or contactors
system, system to generator, and generator to generator
configurations • Logging and statistical processing of occurring events
possible
• Direct measurement of three-phase industrial systems rang-
ing up to 400 V ACL-N or 690 V ACL-L (converter costs, no • Easy system integration through integrated MODBUS inter-
assembly and installation costs for converters) face (RTU and ASCII) for integrating e.g. into a power
management system
• Has two voltage supply units to cover all standard AC/DC volt-
age supplies, alternative supply via main and standby system • The illuminated LED display makes reading measured values
possible and parameters easy, even under unfavorable lighting condi-
tions
• Low space requirements due to door installation and compact
design • The SENTRON SOFTWARE ATC programming software saves
considerable time when setting parameters and setting up the
• Two displays for monitoring the normal/standby system and SENTRON ATC5300
displaying the phase and interlinked cable voltages
• Generator test run function for mandatory testing intervals
• Setting control parameters for generator activation require-
ments • Command option for switching to the second set of protection
parameters in the ETU76B (air circuit breaker 3WL).
• Calendar clock
■ Integration
Implementation of an automatic transfer system Q1 and Q2, configured with SENTRON circuit breakers
The SENTRON ATC5300 is used to automatically and manually All SENTRON circuit breakers connected to the SENTRON
switch from a main power supply to a standby power supply and ATC5300 must be equipped with the following accessories:
vice versa. In case system faults occur, the SENTRON ATC5300 • 3VL circuit breakers MCCB
controls the switching operations fully automatically. This en- The following is also required for each MCCB:
sures a very high level of operational continuity. - A motor drive
SENTRON ATC5300 allows the implementation of an automatic - An alarm switch
transfer control unit in conjunction with compact molded case - Two auxiliary switches 1 NO/1 NC
circuit breakers MCCB, air circuit breakers ACB, switch discon- • 3WL air circuit breakers ACB
nectors LBS, or contactors. The following is also required for each 3WL ACB:
12 The following devices are ideally matched to the SENTRON
ATC5300:
- A motor drive
- A closing solenoid
- An auxiliary release (shunt release)
• SENTRON 3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers - Tripped signal switch
• SENTRON 3WL Air circuit breakers - One auxiliary switch block 2 NO/2 NC (standard fittings)
Component interaction
• Feed-in system line 1 (main system) and line 2 (standby
system) are connected to SENTRON ATC5300.
• In case of system anomalies, the SENTRON ATC5300 acti-
vates components Q1 and Q2 accordingly.
• Q1 and Q2 can be implemented with compact molded case
circuit breakers MCCB, air circuit breakers ACB, switch dis-
connectors LBS, or contactors.
12/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches
LINE 1 LINE 2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N
QF1
QF2
x x x x x x x x
Q1 Q2
I202_01380
LOAD L1 L2 L3 N
Implementation of an automatic transfer system
ATC5300 ATC5300
Auxiliary supply Reversing time of control device s 1
Rated voltage Un Communication cables
• AC V AC 220 ... 240 RS232 serial interface bit/s 1200 ... 38400
• DC V DC 12 / 24 / 48 • With programmable baud rate
Operating range • Connection through RJ6/6 connector
• AC V AC 187 ... 264 RS485 serial interface bit/s 1200 … 38400
• DC V DC 9 ... 70 • Optically insulated
Frequency Hz 45 ... 65 • With programmable baud rate
• Connection through plug-in terminals
Max. power consumption VA 9
at Un = 240 V AC Real-time clock
Max. power loss Energy storage Stored-energy capacitors
• At 240 V AC W 6.3 Operating time without feeding voltage Days Approx. 12 ... 15
• At 48 V DC W 4.1
Insulation voltage
Max. current consumption
12
• At 12 V DC mA 300
• At 24 V DC mA 180 Ambient conditions
• At 48 V DC mA 90 Operating temperature °C -20 … +60
Safety in the event of short interruptions ms 50 Storage temperature °C -30 … +80
Measuring inputs Relative humidity % <90
Max. rated voltage Un Max. pollution degree 3
• Phase-phase V AC 690
• Phase-neutral V AC 400 Overvoltage category 3
Phase-phase measuring range V AC 80 ... 800 Measuring category CAT III
Frequency ranges Hz 45 ... 65 Connections
Measuring method RMS value (true RMS) Terminal type Removable/pluggable
Measuring input impedance Cable cross-section mm2 0.2 ... 2.5 (24 ... 12 AWG)
• Phase-phase MΩ >1.1 Max. tightening torque Nm 0.5 (4.5 lbf·in)
• Phase-neutral MΩ >0.5 Enclosure
Connection method Single-phase, two-phase, or Enclosure material Thermoplast LEXAN 3412R
three-phase system
Version Door installation
Measuring errors ±0.25 %,
Value range ±1 digit Degree of protection IP41 front, IP20 rear
Digital inputs Weight g 950
Number of inputs 8, 6 of which are program- Certificates and conformity
mable ATS/ATSE standard Complies with the ATS/ATSE
Type of input Negative standard IEC 60947-6-1, in
combination with 3VL or
Input current mA ≤10 3WL1)
Input signal Environment classification 3K6 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
• Logic state "0" V ≤1.5 (typical 2.9)
• Logic state "1" V ≥ 5.3 (typical 4.3) 3B2 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
Input signal delay ms ≥ 50 3C3 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
Relay outputs 3S2 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
Number of outputs 7, 5 of which are program- 3M6 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3
mable EMC Acc. to IEC 60947-6-1
Contact configuration 1) For more information see device manual at:
• 2 relays with 1 NO contact 12 A, at 250 V AC (AC-1) www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
• 3 relays with 1 NO contact 8 A, at 250 V AC (AC-1)
• 2 relays with 1 CO contact 8 A, at 250 V AC (AC-1)
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/7

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Transfer Switches

SET, M) approx.
kg
Screw terminals
SENTRON ATC5300 A 3KC9 000-8TL30 1 1 unit 143 0.950
Control panel instrument 144 x 144 x 94 mm
with the following features:
• Screw terminal connection
• AC/DC power supply unit
• 220 … 240 V AC, 45 ... 60 Hz
• 9 ... 70 V DC
• Rated setting range: 100 … 690 V AC
3KC9 000-8TL30
SENTRON SOFTWARE ATC A 3KC9 000-8TL70 1 1 unit 143 0.300
Software for setting parameters and remote control
operations, incl. connection cable from control
device to PC,
cable length 1.8 m
• CD incl. software and manuals.
• Minimum hard- and software requirements:
- Pentium, 64 MB RAM
3KC9 000-8TL70 - COM interface (serial RS232)
- CD drive
- Windows 95/98/2000/XP/Vista/Windows 7
12

12/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices for Electrical Values
Residual current monitors
■ Overview 100 % I n
Disconnection
Plant safety and operating safety are becoming increasingly im-
n
portant alongside the protection of personnel. Shutdowns due to
Residual current I
the unexpected tripping of protective devices cause high costs.
It is possible to detect residual currents in the electrical installa-
tion before the protective device responds.
Residual current monitors (RCM) monitor residual current in 50 % I n
electrical installations and issue a signal when the residual cur- Alarm
rent exceeds a set value.
RCMs are used primarily in plants where a fault should result in
a signal but not in disconnection. This enables plant operators to
I2_16044
detect faults and eliminate their causes before the protective
devices disconnect the installation, which increases plant and
operating safety and cuts costs. Time t
The summation current transformer detects all conductors re- Time characteristic of the rated residual current ΙDn
quired to conduct the current, i.e. including the neutral conduc-
tor where applicable. In a fault-free system, the magnetizing ef-
fects of the conductors through which current is flowing cancel ■ Benefits
each other out for the summation current transformer, i.e. the • Higher plant availability and operating safety through perma-
sum of all currents is zero. If a residual current is flowing due to nent monitoring of residual currents
an insulation fault, a residual magnetic field is left in the core of • Adjustable limit values for residual current and response time
the transformer and produces a voltage. This voltage is evalu- enable timely detection and signaling – plant shutdowns are
ated using the electronics of the RCM. The switched contact can often avoidable
be used e.g. to operate an acoustic/optical signaling device, a
higher-level control system or a circuit breaker. • Devices for every application:
The summation current transformers are available in various
sizes, the RCMs can be used optionally for signaling and/or
switching
• Additional fire protection can be implemented using the
monitoring system.
RCM analog RCM digital RCM digital, 4 channels
Standards EN 62020, IEC 62020
• Frequency Hz 50/60
Rated residual current ΙDn
• Type A A 0.03 ... 3 0.03 ... 3 0.03 ... 3
12
• Type AC A 3 ... 5 3 ... 30 3 ... 30
Response time tv s 0.02 ... 5 0.02 ... 10, INS, SEL1) 0.02 ... 10, INS, SEL1)
Relay contacts 1 × alarm 1 × alarm, 1 × alarm,
1 × tripping operation 4 × tripping operation
• Rated voltage V AC 230 230 230
• Rated current A 6 6 6
Summation current transformer mm ∅ 20 ... 210
Test/Reset Yes/Yes
External tripping operation/external reset --/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes
Mounting width MW 2 3 3
• Contacts IP20
• Front IP41
Operating temperature °C -10 ... +50
1) INS: instantaneous, SEL: selective.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/9

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Residual current monitors

Rated opera- Rated residual Response Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
tional voltage current time ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
Ue IΔn tv
V AC A s MW kg
RCM analog
230, 50/60 Hz 0.03 ... 3 (Type A) 0.02 ... 5 2 B 5SV8 000-6KK 1 1 unit 027 0.163
3 ... 5 (Type AC)
RCM digital
230, 50/60 Hz 0.03 ... 3 (Type A) 0.02 ... 10, 3 B 5SV8 001-6KK 1 1 unit 027 0.236
3 ... 30 (Type AC) INS, SEL1)
RCM digital, 4 channels

230, 50/60 Hz 0.03 ... 3 (Type A) 0.02 ... 10, 3 B 5SV8 200-6KK 1 1 unit 027 0.236
3 ... 30 (Type AC) INS, SEL1)
1)
INS: instantaneous, SEL: selective.
Internal diameter DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
12
M)
mm kg
Summation current transformer
Including holder for standard 20 B 5SV8 700-0KK 1 1 unit 027 0.076
mounting rail
30 B 5SV8 701-0KK 1 1 unit 027 0.095
Including holder for wall mounting1) 35 B 5SV8 702-0KK 1 1 unit 027 0.161
70 B 5SV8 703-0KK 1 1 unit 027 0.274
105 B 5SV8 704-0KK 1 1 unit 027 0.545
Including holder for wall mounting 140 B 5SV8 705-0KK 1 1 unit 027 1.222
210 B 5SV8 706-0KK 1 1 unit 027 2.040
Holders for standard mounting rails B 5SV8 900-1KK 1 2 units 027 0.004
Suitable for summation current transformer with internal
diameter of 20 mm, 30 mm, 35 mm, 70 mm and 105 mm
1)
Mounting on standard mounting rail with optional holder for standard
mounting rail also possible.

12/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays
Voltage relays are used for device and plant protection, supply- • Complete voltage protection in a compact design for overvolt-
ing safety light devices and the detection of N-conductor breaks age and undervoltage monitoring in a single device
and short-time voltage interruptions. • Plants and devices are reliably and easily protected by phase-
They are available as undervoltage, overvoltage and under/ failure relays
overvoltage relays. The devices are equipped with different • Overvoltages and consequential damage due to high volt-
functions, depending on their intended use, and comply with the ages are prevented through N-conductor monitoring
pertinent regulations. • Asymmetry monitoring in the voltage relay also protects three-
phase AC motors against operation with voltage skew.
5TT3 400 5TT3 404 5TT3 406 5TT3 194 5TT3 195
5TT3 401 5TT3 405
5TT3 402
5TT3 403
Standards IEC 60255; IEC 61810
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 230/400 400
Operating range (overload capability) × Uc 1.1 1.35
Response values ON-switching × Uc 0.9/0.95 4 % hysteresis
OFF-switching 0.7/0.85 0.7 ... 0.95 0.9 ... 1.3
Phase asymmetry Setting accuracy % -- Approx. 5 ... 10 -- Approx. 5 ... 10
Repeat accuracy % -- 1 -- 1
Phase failure detection At L1 or L2 or L3 ms 100 --
N-conductor monitoring -- Yes --
Rated insulation voltage Ui Between coil/contact kV 4
Contacts μ contact (AC-11) A 4
Electrical isolation Creepage distances and
clearances
Actuator/contact mm 3 5.5
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact kV > 2.5 >4
• Rigid, max. mm2 2 × 2.5
Resistance to climate Acc. to EN 60068-1
°C -20 ... +60
20/60/4
12
5TT3 196
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 24
• Coil/drive VA 0.6
• Contact1) per pole VA 0.8
Hysteresis % 4
Response values × Uc
• Undervoltage Undervoltage 0.82
• Overvoltage Overvoltage 1.18
Residual ripple tripping ΔUc Infinitely variable % 0 ... 15
Overload capability 33 V DC Continuous
35 V DC ms 500
45 V DC ms 10
Creepage distances and clearances mm 4
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Input/output kV > 2.5
Minimum contact load V/mA 24/300
Rated operational current Ie AC-11 A 1
AC-1 A 4
Contacts μ contact
Electrical service life In switching cycles at Ie 5 × 105
Terminals +/-screw (Pozidriv) 1
• Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 1 × 0.5
1)
For rated operational current.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/11

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays
5TT3 407 5TT3 408 5TT3 410

Rated control voltage Uc V AC 230/400
Operating range (overload capability) × Uc 1.1 1.35 1.2
Back-up fuse Terminals L1/L2/L3 A 2
Response values Overvoltage:
OFF-switching × Uc -- 0.9 ... 1.3 --
ON-switching -- 4 % hysteresis --
Undervoltage:
OFF-switching × Uc 0.8 0.7 ... 1.1 --
ON-switching 0.85 4 % hysteresis --
Phase asymmetry Setting accuracy % Approx. 5 ... 10
Repeat accuracy % 1
Phase failure detection At L1, L2 or L3 ms ≥ 20 100 --
OFF delay s -- 0.1 ... 20 --
Automatic reclosing delay s 0.2 ... 20 -- --
Contacts μ contact (AC-11) A 3 1 4
clearances
Contact/contact mm -- 4 --
Actuator/contact mm 4 5.5
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact kV >4
Rated operational power Ps AC operation:
230 V and p.f. = 1 VA 2000 -- --
230 V and p.f. = 0.4 VA 1250 -- --
DC operation:
Ue = 24 V and Ie = 6 A W max. 100 -- --
Ue = 60 V and Ie = 1 A W max. 100 -- --
Ue = 110 V and Ie = 0.6 A W max. 100 -- --
Ue = 220 V and Ie = 0.5 A W max. 100 -- --
12 Humidity class Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 F
Voltage relays
5TT3 411 5TT3 412
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 230 230/400
Overload capability × Uc 1.15 1.1
Response values ON-switching 2 % hysteresis 4 % hysteresis
OFF-switching × Uc 0.9 0.9
Phase failure detection At L1, L2 or L3 ms -- 100
N-conductor monitoring -- Yes
Contacts AC-15 NO contacts 3 3
AC-15 NC contacts 2 1
Electrical service life in switching cycles AC-15, 1 A, 230 V AC 5 × 105
Rated impulse withstand voltage Acc. to IEC 60664-1 kV 4
Pollution degree 2
• Rigid mm2 2 × 2.5
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 2 × 1.5
Permissible ambient temperature °C -20 … +60
12/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A V MW kg
Overvoltage relays
For the monitoring of 1, 2 or 3 phases against N,
switching thresholds:
0.9 ... 1.3 x Uc, 4 % hysteresis, adjustable
2 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 2 B 5TT3 194 1 1 unit 027 0.132
For the monitoring of 3 phases against N,
with N-conductor monitoring,
2 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 2 B 5TT3 195 1 1 unit 027 0.132
Direct voltage monitors

for monitoring a 24-V direct voltage network;
undervoltage Ufrom = 0.82
overvoltage Ufrom = 1.18
residual ripple 0 % ... 15 %, adjustable
1 NO and 1 NC 230 5 24 DC 1 B 5TT3 196 1 1 unit 027 0.074
Undervoltage relays
with phase failure detection
Switching thresholds:
0.7 and 0.9 x Uc, not adjustable
1 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 1 } 5TT3 400 1 1 unit 027 0.081
For the monitoring of safety light devices of 1, 2 or
3 phases against N,
with phase failure detection, switching
thresholds:
1 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 1 } 5TT3 401 1 1 unit 027 0.079
with phase failure detection
2 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 2 } 5TT3 402 1 1 unit 027 0.126
with phase failure detection 12
2 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 2 A 5TT3 403 1 1 unit 027 0.126
For the monitoring of 3 phases against N, with
asymmetry, reverse voltage and phase failure
detection, with N-conductor monitoring, switching
thresholds:
2 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 2 B 5TT3 404 1 1 unit 027 0.130
for monitoring of safety light devices of 3-phases
against N, with asymmetry, reverse voltage and
phase failure detection,
2 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 2 B 5TT3 405 1 1 unit 027 0.128
For the monitoring of 3 phases against N,
with asymmetry, reverse voltage and
phase failure detection,
2 CO 230 4 230/400 AC 2 B 5TT3 406 1 1 unit 027 0.131

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/13
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A V AC MW kg
Short-time relays
For the monitoring of short-time failure detection
≥ 20 ms of 1, 2 or 3 phases against N,
with phase failure detection and
N-conductor monitoring,
0.8 ... 0.85 x Uc, not adjustable
2 CO 230 4 230/400 2 B 5TT3 407 1 1 unit 027 0.133
Under and overvoltage relays

For the monitoring of 3 phases against N, with
asymmetry, reverse voltage and phase failure
detection, with N-conductor monitoring and adjust-
able time delay of 0.1 ... 20 s,
Undervoltage:
overvoltage:
2 CO 230 4 230/400 2 B 5TT3 408 1 1 unit 027 0.136
N conductor monitors
with asymmetry detection and
N-conductor monitoring
2 CO 230 4 230/400 2 B 5TT3 410 1 1 unit 027 0.129
Voltage relays for undervoltage monitoring of

medical premises
Single-phase against N
with test button, switching thresholds: 0.9 × Un,
2 % hysteresis
12
2 NO + 2 NC 230 4 230 4 C 5TT3 411 1 1 unit 027 0.220
Single, two or three-phase against N,
with asymmetry, reverse voltage and phase failure
detection, with N-conductor monitoring, and one
test button each for the phases, switching thresh-
olds: 0.9 × Un, 4 % hysteresis
1 CO, 1 NO, 1 NC 230 4 230/400 4 C 5TT3 412 1 1 unit 027 0.230

12/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Current relays
Current relays monitor single and three-phase systems for the • Devices with an extremely broad range of applications of min-
flow of current, e.g. in emergency lighting installations, and the imum 0.1 A to maximum 15 A without transformer
loading of motors. They are available as undercurrent, overcur- • Permanent overload capability up to 20 A or 30 A max. for up
rent and under/overcurrent relays. to 3 seconds, protect the function against uncontrolled plant
states and increase plant availability
• Range changing enables the precise setting of current values
through a high resolution
• Ultra compact current relays require only the smallest of
spaces and save costs
5TT6 111 5TT6 112
Standards IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435-303
Rated control current Ic A 1 ... 10
Overload capability, continuous A 15
Overload capability, short-time At 50 °C ambient tempera- A 20
ture max. 3 s
Response values ON-switching Infinitely variable
OFF-switching permanent, 4 % hysteresis
Switching delay tv Infinitely adjustable s 0.1 ... 20
Response time Non-adjustable ms Current corresponds to the rated operational power of the continu-
ous-flow heater
Rated insulation voltage Ui Between coil/contact kV 2.5
Contacts
μ contact (AC-15) NO contacts A 3
NC contacts A 1
Electrical isolation Creepage distances and mm 3
clearances
actuator/contact
12
Flexible, with end sleeve 2
min. mm 1 × 0.5
5TT6 113 5TT6 114 5TT6 115 5TT6 120

Standards IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435-303
Rated control current Ic 4 ranges 1 range
A 0.1 ... 1 0.5 ... 5
A 0.5 ... 5
A 1 ... 10
A 1.5 ... 15
Overload capability, continuous A 20 15
Overload capability independent of measuring range max. 3 s A 30
Response values ON-switching Infinitely variable
OFF-switching Permanent, 4 % hysteresis
Switching delay tv Infinitely adjustable s 0.1 ... 20
Response time Non-adjustable ms see: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
Rated insulation voltage Ui Between coil/contact kV 2.5
Contacts
μ contact (AC-15) NO contacts A 5
NC contacts A 1
Electrical isolation Creepage distances and mm 3
clearances
actuator/contact
Flexible, with end sleeve min. mm2 1 × 0.5
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/15

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Current relays

Contacts Ue Ie Measuring Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
range ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A A AC MW kg
Current relays for single-phase loads up to 230 V AC,
auxiliary voltage and measuring circuit, not isolated
Undervoltage monitoring, single-phase
1 CO 230 5 1 ... 10 1 B 5TT6 111 1 1 unit 027 0.084
Overcurrent monitoring, single-phase
1 CO 230 5 1 ... 10 1 B 5TT6 112 1 1 unit 027 0.080
Current relays for single-phase loads up to 230 V AC,

auxiliary voltage and measuring circuit,
galvanically isolated
Undervoltage monitoring, single-phase
2 CO 230 5 4 ranges 2 B 5TT6 113 1 1 unit 027 0.152
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
Overcurrent monitoring, single-phase
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
Over/undervoltage monitoring, single-phase
0.1 ... 1
0.5 ... 5
1 ... 10
1.5 ... 15
Current relays for three-phase loads for 3 × 400 V AC,
separate signal with N-wire connection
Over/undervoltage monitoring, three-phase
12
2 CO each for 230 5 0.5 ... 5 4 B 5TT6 120 1 1 unit 027 0.245
overcurrent/
undercurrent
respectively

12/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Priority switches
In the mixed operation of electric hot water and electric storage Reduction of the connection fee, which depends on the maxi-
heaters, the priority switch interrupts the charging procedure of mum load to be supplied (BTO, German Federal Regulation on
the storage heater if hot water is required during the low-tariff Tariffs § 6 Section 4), when used in systems with continuous-flow
time, thus limiting the connected load in compliance with heaters and electric storage heaters where the continuous-flow
BTO § 6. The control circuit terminals must be sealable. heaters are switched with priority.
5TT6 101 5TT6 102 5TT6 103
Standards EN 60669, BTO § 6 Section 4
Rated control current Ic A 40 54 6 ... 40
(Current corresponds to the rated operational power of the
continuous-flow heater).
Response currents A 13 23 6
(Continuous rise not permissible)
Rated operational power
For continuous-flow heaters Up to 230 V AC kW 9 12 1.5 ... 9
Up to 3 × 230 V AC kW 27 36 4.5 ... 27
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV > 2.5
Rated operational current Ie At Ue = 230 V AC A 1
• Coil For conductor cross-sections up to mm2 10
• Contacts For conductor cross-sections up to mm2 2 × 2.5
Resistance to climate Acc. to DIN 50016 FW 24

Ue Ie Response Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
currents ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A A MW kg
Priority switches
For continuous-flow heaters up to 27 kW
230 40 13 1 } 5TT6 101 1 1 unit 027 0.113
12
For continuous-flow heaters up to 33 kW
230 54 23 1 B 5TT6 102 1 1 unit 027 0.092
For electronically controlled
continuous-flow heaters up to 27 kW
230 40 6 ... 40 1 } 5TT6 103 1 1 unit 027 0.113
5TT6 101

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/17
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Fuse monitors
Fuse monitors serve to monitor all types and versions of melting • Increase in plant availability, because fuse failures – which
fuses that cannot be equipped with a fault signal contact. This could cause considerable damage to the plant – are detected
enables integration in fault signaling circuits or a central alarm in in plenty of time.
order to improve plant availability. • A fuse failure is detected even if the load is switched off. This
ensures the highest level of plant availability.
5TT3 170
Rated control voltage Uc V 3 AC 380 ... 415
Internal resistance of measuring paths Ω/V > 1000
Max. permissible rear feed % 90
Response/release time ms < 50
Input/output
Electrical service life AC-11 in switching cycles at 1 A 1.5 × 105
Conductor cross-sections Rigid, max. mm2 2 × 2.5
Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 1 × 0.5

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A 3 V AC MW kg
12
Fuse monitors
For all low-voltage fuse systems. Can be used in
asymmetric systems afflicted with harmonics and
regenerative feedback motors. Signal also for dis-
connected loads.
230 4 380 ... 415 2 } 5TT3 170 1 1 unit 027 0.153

12/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Phase and phase sequence monitors
Phase monitors monitor the voltages in three-phase system and • The three-phase LED display in the phase monitor and the
signal the power failure of one or more phases over a floating LED display in the phase sequence monitors provide constant
contact. Phase sequence monitors monitor the phase sequence information on the switching state of the plant
in three-phase systems and signal any changes in the phase se- • The compact design in 1 MW saves space.
quence – change of rotating field – over a floating changeover
contact.
5TT3 421 5TT3 423
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 230/400 400
Rated power dissipation Pv Electronics VA 9
Contacts VA 0.2
clearances
Actuator/contact mm 4
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact kV > 2.5
Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 –
■ Selection and ordering data 12

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A V AC MW kg
Phase monitors
With 3 green LEDs for 3 phases
1 CO 250 4 230/400 1 } 5TT3 421 1 1 unit 027 0.080
Phase sequence monitors

With one green LED, which lights up for right-
rotating field
1 CO 250 4 400 1 } 5TT3 423 1 1 unit 027 0.080

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/19
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Insulation monitors for industrial applications
■ Overview
Insulation monitors are used for protection of persons and These types of measurements are specified according to
against fire in non-grounded systems (IT systems). The insula- DIN VDE 0100-410 – Low-voltage electrical installations –
tion resistance of the system being monitored is measured Protection against electric shock (similar to IEC 60364-4-41).
against ground.
5TT3 470 5TT3 471
Power supply Uc V AC 220 ... 240 --
V DC -- --
Primary operating range With AC supply × Uc 0.8 ... 1.1 --
For DC supply V DC -- --
Frequency range for Uc Hz 45 ... 400 --
Rated power dissipation Pv VA Approx. 2 --
For DC supply W -- Approx. 1
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Terminals A1 to A2 kV <4 <4
Terminals L to PU kV <4 <4
Terminals A1, A2 to L, PU kV <4 <3
Terminals against contacts kV <6 <6
Measuring circuit For direct voltage and alternat- For direct voltage systems
ing voltage networks
Measurement voltage range Umeas V AC 0 ... 500 --
V DC -- 12 ... 280
Primary operating range × Umeas 0 ... 1.1 0.9 ... 1.1
Frequency range for Umeas Hz 10 ... 1000 --
Alarm values Measuring shunt RAL kΩ 5 ... 100 5 ... 200
Setting of alarm value On absolute scale Infinitely variable Infinitely variable
Alternating current internal resistance Internal testing resistor kΩ > 250 --
Direct current internal resistance Internal testing resistor kΩ > 250 --
L+ and L- to PU kΩ -- 75 each
Measurement voltage Umeas Internal V DC Approx. 15 --
Max. measurement current Imeas Short circuit mA < 0.1 0.2 ... 4 depending on the
voltage
Direct interference voltage Max. permissible V DC 500 --
Response delay At RAL 50 kΩ and 1 μF
and ∞ up to 0.9 x Rmeas s < 1.3 0.8
and Rmeas from ∞ to 0 Ω s < 0.7 0.4
12 Switching hysteresis
Contacts
At Rmeas 50 kΩ
μ contact
% 15
2 CO
10 ... 15
2 CO
Rated operational current Is Thermal current limit Ith A 4 4
DC-13 at 24 V DC A -- 2
DC-13 at 250 V DC A -- 0.2
AC-15 A -- 3
AC-15 NO contacts A 5 --
AC-15 NC contacts A 2 --
Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) 2 2
Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 1 × 0.50
Degree of protection Terminals (acc. to EN 60529) IP20
Enclosure (acc. to EN 60529) IP40

Contacts Uc Ue Measuring Mount- DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
range ing per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
width SET, approx.
M)
V AC V kΩ MW kg
Insulation monitors
For monitoring the insulation resistance in non-grounded
three-phase and single-phase AC networks
from 10 ... 1000 Hz against ground
2 CO 230 0 ... 500 V AC 5 ... 100 2 B 5TT3 470 1 1 unit 027 0.184
For monitoring the insulation resistance in non-grounded
DC systems against ground
2 CO -- 12 ... 280 V DC 5 ... 200 2 B 5TT3 471 1 1 unit 027 0.149

12/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring of medical premises
In areas that conform to Group 2 of DIN VDE 0100-710, any in- • TÜV-certified switchover device with increased functionality
terruption to the examination and/or treatment of patients would • Plant state signal over contacts – No specific manufacturer's
place those patients at risk. bus system
Limit monitoring • Easy operation over potentiometers as the set limit value is
always visible
This is prevented through the use of changeover and monitoring
units. These monitor the insulation resistance of the non- • Easy to integrate in existing plants, including plants from other
grounded IT system, the load current and the temperature of the manufacturers.
transformer. If the limit value is exceeded, the insulation monitor
gives out a warning signal.
Voltage monitoring
In addition, a special voltage relay monitors the voltage of the
power supply and switches to a second power supply if it falls
below the specified limit values.
Switchover device
7LQ3 361 7LQ3 362
Standards IEC 60364-7-710; DIN VDE 0100-710
Power supply Uv V AC 230 230/400
Primary operating range × Uv 0.9 … 1.1
Supply frequency fv Hz 50 … 60
Insulation coordination IEC 60664-1
Pollution degree 3
Power loss max. Pv W 10.7
Power section
Contactors Mechanically latched; mechanically and electrically locked
Rated operational current acc. to DIN VDE 0100-710 A 51 32
Rated operational current AC-3 A 113 71
Short-circuit protection acc. to DIN VDE 0100-710
• Max. backup protection gG A 63
Switchover time s 0.1 ... 10
Measuring circuit insulation monitoring
Response value Rresp kΩ 50 12
Response deviation DIN VDE 61557-8
Response time ton at Ron = 50 kΩ, Ce = 1 μF RF from ∞ to 0.5 × Rto s < 1.3
RF from ∞ to 0 kΩ s < 0.7
Hysteresis % 15
Measurement voltage Um V DC Approx. 15
Measurement current Im max (at RF = 0 Ω) µA < 50
Internal resistance DC Ri kΩ > 250
Impedance Zi at 50 Hz kΩ > 250
Permissible direct interference voltage Ufg V DC < 300
Test button External/internal
Measuring circuit load current monitoring
Response value, A 5 … 50
adjustable with external transformer 50/5 A, Class 1
Hysteresis % 4
Temperature influence %/°C ≤ 0.05
Time delay tv, adjustable s 0.1 … 20
Measuring circuit temperature monitoring
Response value kΩ 3.2 … 3.8
Release value kΩ 1.5 … 1.8
PTC thermistor Acc. to DIN 44081/44082 Unit(s) 1 … 6 in series
Measuring circuit, voltage monitoring
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/21

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Switchover device
7LQ3 361 7LQ3 362
Connection
Terminals
• Load circuit Feeder terminals mm² 4 ... 16
Output terminals
• Communication Status signals mm² 2.5
Fault indications
Permissible ambient temperature °C -20 ... 45
Mounting position Vertical
Insulation monitors
7LQ3 354 7LQ3 355
Power supply Uv V AC 230
Primary operating range × Uv 0.9 … 1.1
Supply frequency fv Hz 50 … 60
Power loss max. Pv VA Approx. 7
Rated system voltage Un (measuring circuit) V AC 0 … 300
Rated frequency fn Hz 10 … 1000
EMC immunity to interference IEC 61000-6-2
EMC emitted interference IEC 61000-6-3
Insulation coordination IEC 60664-1
Pollution degree 3
Flammability class UL 94V-0
Measuring circuit insulation monitoring
Response value Rresp kΩ 50 50 ... 500
Response deviation EN 61557-8
Response time ton at Ron = 50 kΩ, Ce = 1 μF RF from ∞ to 0.5 × Ron s < 1.3
RF from ∞ to 0 kΩ s < 0.7
Hysteresis % 15
Measurement voltage Um V DC Approx. 15
Measurement current Im max (at RF = 0 Ω) µA < 50
12 Internal resistance DC Ri
Impedance Zi at 50 Hz
kΩ
kΩ
> 250
> 250
Permissible direct interference voltage Ufg V DC < 300
Measuring circuit load current monitoring
Response value, A 5 … 50
adjustable with external transformer 50/5 A, Class 1
Hysteresis % 4
Temperature influence %/°C ≤ 0.05
Time delay tv, adjustable s 0.1 … 20
Measuring circuit temperature monitoring
Response value kΩ 3.2 … 3.8
Release value kΩ 1.5 … 1.8
PTC thermistor Acc. to DIN 44081/44082 Unit(s) 1 … 6 in series
Display and control elements
Operating error Acc. to IEC 61557-8
LED display
• Current and temperature monitoring One red and one green LED
• Ready-to-run Green
• Insulation fault Red
• Line breakage monitoring of the isolation measuring circuit Red
• Display of current insulation resistance -- 11-step LED chain
Pushbuttons Test and Reset
12/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Insulation monitors
7LQ3 354 7LQ3 355
Output relay
Contacts for Overtemperature 2 CO
Overload 2 CO
Insulation fault 2 CO
Mode of operation Working current
Contacts AC-15 NO contacts A AC/V AC 3/230
AC-15 NC contacts A AC/V AC 1/230
Electrical service life AC-15, 1 A, 230 V AC Switching 30000
cycles
Thermal current A AC 5
Connection
• Conductor cross-sections Rigid mm2 2 × 2.5
• Insulation fault Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 1 × 2.5
Mounting position any
Vibration strain Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
• Amplitude mm 0.35
• Frequency Hz 10 … 55
Test and signaling panels

7LQ3 356 7LQ3 357
Standards DIN VDE 0100-710; IEC 60364-7-710
Rated voltage Un V AC/DC 24
Voltage range AC 0.8 ... 1.1 x Un
DC 0.9 ... 1.2 x Un
Rated current per input mA 0.25
Rated consumption VA 6
Rated operating mode Continuous operation
Pollution degree Acc. to IEC 60664-1 2
• Enclosures
• Terminals
Acc. to IEC/EN 60529
Acc. to IEC/EN 60529
IP40
IP20
12
Flammability class UL 94V-0
Vibration strain Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6
• Amplitude mm 0.35
• Frequency Hz 10 … 55
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-1 20/045/04
Terminal marking EN 50005
Conductor connections
• Solid mm2 1 × 1.5
mm2 2 × 0.5
• Strand mm2 1×1
mm2 2 × 0.2
• Strand with sleeve mm2 1 × 0.5
Conductor mounting Box terminals with wire protection
Device dimensions mm 80 × 160 × 57 82 × 150 × 57
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/23

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Current transformer Class 1

7LQ3 358
Test voltage 50 Hz, 1 min kV 3
Rated transmission ratio kn A 50/5
Primary rated current A 50
Secondary rated current A 5
Rated power V/A 1.5
Class 1
Highest voltage at equipment / insulation level kV 0.72/3
Overcurrent factor FS5
• Thermal rated short-time current × In 60
• Thermal rated continuous current × In 1.2
Expanded current range % 120
Test and signaling combination for insulation monitors

7LQ3 360
Standards DIN VDE 0100-710; IEC 60364-7-710
Voltage range AC 0.8 ... 1.1 × Un
Connected load W 0.5
Rated operating mode Continuous operation
EMC
• Static discharge Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-2 kV 8 (air discharge)
• RF irradiation Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-3 V/m 10
• Rapid transients Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-4 kV 2
• Surge voltage (surge) Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-5 kV 1
Degree of protection IP30
Amplitude mm 0.35
Frequency Hz 10 ... 55
12
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-1 05/055/04
Terminal marking EN 50005
Conductor connections
• Solid mm2 1×4
• Strand with sleeve and plastic collar mm2 1 × 2.5
• Strand with sleeve and plastic collar DIN 46228-1/-2/-3/-4 mm2 2 × 1.5
• Strand with sleeve DIN 46228-1/-2/-3 mm2 2 × 2.5
Conductor mounting Box terminals with wire protection
Device dimensions mm 80 × 80 × 35
12/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Voltage relays
5TT3 411 5TT3 412
Rated control voltage Uc V AC 230 230/400
Overload capability × Uc 1.15 1.1
Contacts AC-15 NO contacts 3 3
AC-15 NC contacts 2 1
Electrical service life in switching cycles AC-15, 1 A, 230 V AC 5 × 105
Pollution degree 2
• Rigid mm2 2 × 2.5
• Flexible, with end sleeve mm2 2 × 1.5
IT line transformer
4AT3/4AT4
In the case of isolating transformers used to set up medical IT systems,
overcurrent protective devices are only permissible as protection against
short circuits. To protect the isolating transformers against overload they
are fitted with monitoring devices that signal an excessive rise in tempera-
ture (e.g. 7LQ3 354 insulation monitors).
Safety class I
Static shield between primary and secondary winding with insulated connection
Thermistor transformer protection Warning in the event of thermal overload1)
Insulation monitoring With center tap
Short-circuit voltage uz % ≤3
No-load supply current i0
• Starting current (rush), max.
%
x I1N
≤3
8
12
Rated ambient temperature ta /Thermal Class 55 °C/H
1)
Tripping units must be ordered separately.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/25

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A V AC MW kg
Switchover device according to VDE 0100-710
for medical premises
2-pole,
for medical premises of Group 2,
for switching over two redundant supply leads,
monitoring of IT system and the IT line transformer,
up to 8 kVA
230 51 230 D 7LQ3 361 1 1 unit 027 17.500
4-pole, for use with symmetric loads

230 32 230/400 D 7LQ3 362 1 1 unit 027 17.500
Insulation monitors
With load current and temperature monitoring for medical
premises
230 6 B 7LQ3 354 1 1 unit 027 0.396
With load current and temperature monitoring of medical

premises with adjustable response value of 50 … 500 kΩ
and output for 7LQ3 360 test and signaling combination
230 8 } 7LQ3 355 1 1 unit 027 0.600
12
Test and signaling panels
For switchover devices,
24 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz
Surface mounting B 7LQ3 356 1 1 unit 027 0.325
Flush mounting B 7LQ3 357 1 1 unit 027 0.220

12/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A V AC MW kg
Test and signaling combination for insulation
monitors
24 V AC 50/60 Hz B 7LQ3 360 1 1 unit 027 0.105
Current transformer 50A/5A AC Class 1

With base angle
230 } 7LQ3 358 1 1 unit 027 0.390
Voltage relays for undervoltage monitoring of medical

premises
Single-phase against N
with test button, switching thresholds: 0.9 × Un,
2 % hysteresis
2 NO + 2 NC 230 4 230 4 C 5TT3 411 1 1 unit 027 0.220
Single, two or three-phase against N,
with asymmetry, reverse voltage and phase failure
detection, with N-conductor monitoring,
and one test button each for the phases,
switching thresholds: 0.9 × Un, 4 % hysteresis
1 CO, 1 NO, 1 NC 230 4 230/400 4 C 5TT3 412 1 1 unit 027 0.230
■ Accessories
SIRIUS 4AT isolating transformers
Further information about the SIRIUS 4AT isolating transformers
can be found in the catalog IC 10 · 2011.
12
Rated Voltage rise Rated voltages Short-circuit protection for the DT1) Order No. PU PS*/ PG Cu Weight
power Pn during transformer (UNIT, P. unit weight per PU
no-load SET, per PU approx.
operation uA M) approx.
Input Output With fuse, With circuit breaker
U1N U2N gG opera- Type Set
tional value
class
kVA % V V A A kg kg
Isolating transformer
2.5 3.6 230 230-115 35 3RV20 21-4CA10 21 C 4AT30 12-1TA71-3MA0 1 1 unit 104 7.400 25.500
3.15 3.6 230 230-115 35 3RV10 31-4EA10 26 C 4AT36 02-1TA71-3MA0 1 1 unit 104 6.800 33.000
4 3.6 230 230-115 50 3RV10 31-4EA10 29 C 4AT36 12-1TA71-3MA0 1 1 unit 104 9.400 36.000
5 3.6 230 230-115 50 3RV10 31-4FA10 36 C 4AT39 02-1TA71-3MA0 1 1 unit 104 9.700 45.000
6.3 3.6 230 230-115 63 3RV10 31-4GA10 40 C 4AT39 12-1TA71-3MA0 1 1 unit 104 13.800 49.000
8 3.7 230 230-115 63 3RV10 41-4JA10 49 C 4AT43 02-1TA71-3MA0 1 1 unit 104 12.600 63.000
2.5 3.6 230 230-115 35 3RV20 21-4CA10 21 C 4AT30 12-1TA71-3MC0 1 1 unit 104 7.400 33.200
3.15 3.6 230 230-115 35 3RV10 31-4EA10 26 C 4AT36 02-1TA71-3MC0 1 1 unit 104 6.800 50.000
4 3.7 230 230-115 50 3RV10 31-4EA10 29 D 4AT36 12-1TA71-3MC0 1 1 unit 104 9.400 44.000
5 3.6 230 230-115 50 3RV10 31-4FA10 36 C 4AT39 02-1TA71-3MC0 1 1 unit 104 9.700 59.000
6.3 3.9 230 230-115 63 3RV10 31-4GA10 40 C 4AT39 12-1TA71-3MC0 1 1 unit 104 13.800 63.000
8 3.7 230 230-115 63 3RV10 41-4JA10 49 C 4AT43 02-1TA71-3MC0 1 1 unit 104 12.400 77.000
1)
Delivery time depends on the number of units ordered, the specified
delivery time applies to an order quantity of up to 5 units.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/27
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
TÜV-certified switchover device
The 7LQ3 361 and 7LQ3 362 switchover devices have been
tested and certified by TÜV Rhineland. Switchover devices
comply with DIN VDE 0100-710:2002-11 and
IEC 60364-7-710:2002-11.
Rhineland TÜV certificate for 7LQ3 361 and 7LQ3 362 switchover
devices
12
12/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices for Plants and Devices
GSM alarm modules
The GSM alarm module (GSM = Global System for Mobile Com- • Mobile monitoring and control of electrical plants and system
munications) enables cost-effective remote control of industrial components
and private building management, e.g. of heating, air-condition- • Fast and reliable alarm signaling over SMS
ing and cooling systems. But it is also possible to safely control
elevators and escalators and all kinds of production equipment, • Simple operation and parameterization over SMS
such as machines, automatic devices and conveyor belts. The • Saves space and can be retrofitted in any plant
GSM alarm module is particularly suitable for distant plants, • 1 administrator telephone number from any mobile network for
such as monitoring the heating of summer houses or the pumps configuration
of a water treatment plant.
• Transmission of alarm messages to up to 5 cell phones
Using voltage relays, current relays, fuse monitors, miniature cir- • Customized tests for 2 alarm inputs and switchable output.
cuit breakers, residual current operated circuit breakers or surge
arresters fitted with auxiliary switches or signal contacts, there
are virtually no limits to the type of monitoring tasks that can be
carried out. The use of remote controlled mechanisms with min-
iature circuit breakers and residual current operated circuit
breakers also allows realization of a range of cost-effective and
interesting solutions.
Note:
Since the availability of mobile networks cannot be guaranteed,
GSM alarm modules should not be used for safety-relevant con-
trol functions.
5TT7 120-0
Rated power Ps W 4.5
Digital inputs V DC 24; 2-wire connection, isolated
Signal voltage "0" at the input V DC -2 ... 2
Signal voltage "1" at the input V DC 8 ... 30
Maximum contact load At p.f. = 1 V; A 250; 5
Maximum contact load V; A 30; 5
Rated operational voltage Ue V DC 10 ... 30
• Permissible residual ripple
- At 10 V % <1
- At 30 V % < 10
12
Vibration resistance Acc. to EN 60068-2-34 g 1 at 10 ... 500 Hz
Shock resistance Acc. to EN 60068-2-27 g 30 for 18 ms
Shock resistance Acc. to EN 60068-2-29 g 25 for 6 ms
EMC Acc. to EN 6100-6-2, Complied with
EN 61000-6-3
Frequency band E-GSM 900 / GSM 1800
Power class GSM 900:4 (2 CO) / GSM 1800:1 (1 CO)
GPRS class Multislot Class 8, operation mode Class B, HSCSD, SAT
Connections
• Terminals ±screw (Pozidriv) 1
- Rigid, max. mm2 1.5 ... 4
- Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 1 ... 2.5
Ambient temperature °C -20 ... +50
Humidity at 40 °C % 0 ... 95
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/29

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
GSM alarm modules

width SET, approx.
M)
V AC A AC V DC MW kg
GSM alarm modules
For GSM network operating with two alarm
inputs and one switching output
with backup battery for signaling in the event of
power failures
230 5 24 4 A 5TT7 120-0 1 1 unit 027 0.279
Aerials1)
Rod aerial with magnet base, with MMC con- B 5TT7 908-1 1 1 unit 027 0.075
nection and connecting cable
Flat form for adhesion, with MMC connection B 5TT7 908-2 1 1 unit 027 0.048
and connecting cable
Electronic power supply unit

SELV, short-circuit resistant
For supplying the 5TT7 120 GSM alarm modules B 4AC2 402 1 1 unit 027 0.081
within a supply voltage range of 150 to 230 V AC
For further information, please refer to chapter
Transformers, Bells and REG Socket Outlets.
1)
Essential accessories.
12

12/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Fault signaling units
Fault signaling units are used in small plants where the installa- • Ultra compact device designs that only require the smallest of
tion of complex fault signaling systems would be too labor-inten- spaces in distribution boards
sive and too expensive. In the event of a fault, they enable fast • The modular design means that it is easy to add devices as
fault localization of all monitoring devices and limit monitors from your system expands.
a central location. This increases plant availability. With the cor-
rect sensor configuration, they also provide the option of preven-
tative maintenance.
• 4 fault signal inputs with LED
• 1 LED as centralized fault indicator
• One unit each for centralized fault indication and acoustic
signaling
• With acknowledgment for acoustic indicators
• Open-/closed-circuit principle to the 4 inputs can be adjusted
via jumpers X1 - X2
• A maximum of 39 5TT3 461 expansion fault signaling units can
be connected to the 5TT3 460 centralized fault signaling unit
• The maximum possible cable length between 5TT3 460 cen-
tralized fault signaling units and 5TT3 461 expansion fault sig-
naling units is approx. 100 m with a conductor cross-section
of 1.5 mm2.
5TT3 460 5TT3 461
Rated frequency fn Hz 50/60
Fault signaling inputs S1 ... S4 V AC 230
Signal voltage V 7 ... 10
To terminals S and H
Noise pulse duration ms ≥ 100
Acknowledgment pulse duration ms ≥ 200
Contacts
• Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 230 --
• Rated operational current Ie A 5 --
• Minimum contact load
Connections
V; mA 10; 100 --
12
• Conductor cross-sections
- Rigid, max. mm2 2 × 2.5
- Flexible, with end sleeve, min. mm2 1 × 0.5
Humidity class Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 F

width SET, approx.
V AC A AC V AC MW M) kg
Centralized fault signaling units with transparent cap
230 5 230 2 B 5TT3 460 1 1 unit 027 0.149
Expansion fault signaling units with transparent cap

230 -- -- 2 B 5TT3 461 1 1 unit 027 0.124

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/31
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
EMERGENCY STOP modules
EMERGENCY STOP circuits are common safety measures in all • The electrical isolation between electric circuit and control
laboratory equipment and industrial plants. The EMERGENCY meets the requirements of the standard
STOP modules used here must meet the most rigorous demands • An LED for the operating and switching state provides con-
with regard to functional reliability. Benchmark is the degree of stant information on the operating state
self-monitoring. The Directive 98/37/EC on Safety of Machines,
valid from 31.02.1994, only specifies global safety standards. • The safety category 4 to EN 954-1 expands the application
Details on how to implement individual safety demands are de- options in many fields
fined in standards, e.g. by the European Committee for Electro- • Compliance with the regulations according to EC Machine
technical Standardization (CENELEC), which are based on inter- Directive 98/37/EC supports a high safety standard for those
national standards. working in the plants.
5TT5 200
Standards IEC 60204-1; EN 60204-1 (VDE 0113-1)
Supply
• Rated control voltage Uc V AC 230
• Rated power dissipation Pv Coil/drive 3.5
Contact per pole VA 0.8
Control voltage Terminal Y1 V AC/DC 24
Control current Terminal Y1 mA DC 45
Recovery time ms 500
Safety
• Electrical isolation, creepage distances and clearances, actuator/contact mm 3
• Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp actuator/contact kV >4
Contacts
• Contacts NO contacts AC-15 A 3
NC contacts AC-15 A 2
NO contact/NC contact AC-1 A 5
• Contact gap mm >1
• Electrical service life AC-15, 2 A, 230 V AC Switching 105
cycles
• Reliable switching frequency Switching 600
12
cycles/h
Vibration resistance
Amplitude Acc. to EN 60068-2-610 Up to 55 Hz mm 0.35
Connections
- Rigid Max. mm2 2 × 2.5
- Flexible, with end sleeve Min. mm2 1 × 0.5
Permissible ambient temperature °C 0 ... +50

width SET, approx.
M)
EMERGENCY STOP modules
400 5 230 4 B 5TT5 200 1 1 unit 027 0.284

12/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Level relays
Level relays are used for the monitoring and control of conduc- The measuring range up to 450 kΩ enables a differentiation be-
tive, non-combustible liquids and powders. They ensure over- tween foam and liquid. It also increases the universal application
flow and dry run protection. Due to their sensor performance, the for resistance measurements.
devices can also be used for general resistance monitoring.
Due to its low-frequency, electrically isolated measuring circuit,
LED displays: the device has a high immunity to interference against system
• Green LED: lights up when operational voltage is applied coupling, which enables cable lengths of up to 1500 m and sup-
presses the effects of electrolysis in the liquid
• Yellow LED: lights up if MIN output relay is activated
• The two outputs for minimum and maximum control can also
• Red LED: lights up if MAX output relay is activated.
be used for the advance warning and tripping of limit values
• 3 electrode connections for 1-step and 2-step level control
• All standard products can be used as electrodes
• High immunity to interference of the measuring circuit isolated
from the system
• Programmable for open-circuit principle (with bridge X2 COM)
or closed-circuit principle (without jumper)
• Separately adjustable delay times for tv min and tv max,
0.2 s to 2 s.
5TT3 435
Supply
• Rated control voltage Uc V AC 230
• Rated frequency fn Hz 50/60
Setting range of the liquid level kΩ 2 ... 450
Switching point hysteresis of set value
• At 450 kΩ % 3
• At 2 kΩ % 6
Voltage temperature influence From set value % <2
Max. cable length to the Set value kΩ
Electrodes at 100 μF/km 450 m 50
100 m 200
35 m 500
10
5
m
m
1500
3000 12
Electrode voltage Max. V AC Approx. 10
Electrode current Max. mA AC Approx. 1.5
Response delay Adjustable s 0.2 ... 20
OFF-delay Adjustable s 0.2 ... 20
Rated operational voltage Ue V 250
Test voltage
Input/auxiliary circuit kV 4
Input/output circuit kV 4
Auxiliary/output circuit kV 4
Connections
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/33

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Level relays

width SET, approx.
M)
Level relays
230 4 230 2 B 5TT3 435 1 1 unit 027 0.188
Immersion electrodes
• Made of stainless steel, with PG13 sealing cap
• Temperature range 0 ... 60 °C
• Suitable for pure water in open containers
With terminal connection B 5TG8 223 1 1/24 units 027 0.087
12

12/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Line circuit relays
Line circuit relays are used to interrupt circuits and prevent elec- • High availability to a wide range of loads, as all resistive,
tromagnetic fields in circuits where there are currently no active capacitive and inductive loads are detected
loads. • Adjustable from 2 VA to 20 VA
If the loads are disconnected, and the line circuit relay measures
a usage of only 2 to 20 VA - adjustable - it disconnects the cable • With status display for contact adjustment
to the supply voltage and switches over to extra-low voltage. As • With switch continuously ON
soon as loads are reconnected, the line circuit relay detects the • With safety information on stickers for socket outlets and
increase in usage and switches back to the supply voltage. distribution boards.
While the line circuit relay switches off any unnecessary system
components, it is not a device for ensuring isolation in the sense
of safe disconnection.
The line circuit relay is unable to detect consumers with elec-
tronic power supply units, e.g. electronically controlled vacuum
cleaners. It is expedient to connect such equipment to a base
load resistor (PTC resistor) so that the line circuit relay is reset to
supply voltage.
5TT3 171
Rated power dissipation Pv Electronics VA 5
Contacts VA 2.6
Monitoring voltage V 3
Response value adjustable VA 2 ... 20
Release value % of the response value 70
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Input/output kV >4
AC-11 A 3
Contacts μ contact
Electrical service life In switching cycles at 3 A AC-11 5 × 105
12
Terminals +/-screw (Pozidriv) PZ 1
• Rigid Max. mm2 2 × 2.5
• Flexible, with end sleeve Min. mm2 1 × 0.5
Degree of protection Acc. to IEC/EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Safety class Acc. to EN 61140/VDE 0140-1 II
Humidity class Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 F

width SET, approx.
M)
Line circuit relays
For disconnecting the voltage or field circuit of
electrical systems even when loads are dis-
abled.
1 NC 250 16 230 1 A 5TT3 171 1 1 unit 027 0.087
Base load resistors for electronic devices
With 15-cm connection wires, end sleeves C 5TG8 222 1 1 unit 027 0.006
and shrink sleeving

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/35
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Dusk switches
Dusk switches are used for the demand-oriented switching of • The devices 7LQ2 101 and 7LQ2 103 have 2 switching chan-
lighting installations for shop windows or paths in order to cut nels that can be set independently of each other. This requires
operating costs. a light sensor
A light sensor measures the level of daylight. Switching depends • 12 dusk switches can be switched parallel to a light sensor.
on the desired brightness. A time delay and the switching This saves the multiple installation of light sensors in a single
hysteresis prevent clock-pulse behavior. system and all dusk switches operate independently of each
The sensor must be mounted so that it is not influenced by the other and can be adjusted individually.
lighting feedback.
7LQ2 100 7LQ2 101 7LQ2 102 7LQ2 103 5TT3 303
Standards EN 60730
Measuring ranges, setting ranges Lux 2 ... 500 2 × 2 ... 500 2 ... 500 2 × 2 ... 500 2 ... 500
Time delay Non-adjustable s 75 ± 25 No 75 ± 25 No 50
Adjustable No 2 × 50 ... 100 No 2 × 50 ... 100 No
± 25 ± 25
Status indication, LED Switching status indication Instantaneous No
Switching state OFF Green No
Switching state ON Red No
Incandescent lamp load W 2000 2 × 2000 2000 2 × 2000 1200
Different phases Actuator/contact permissible Yes No
Contact/contact No Yes No Yes No
clearances
Actuator/contact mm 4 No
Contact/contact mm No 4 No 4 No
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact kV > 2.5 No
1.2/50 μs Contact/contact kV No > 2.5 No > 2.5 No
Contacts μ contact 1 NO 2 NO 1 NO 2 NO 1 NO
• Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 250
• Rated operational current Is
- At p.f. = 1 A 16 10
- At p.f. = 0.4 A 4 2
12 • Minimum contact load
• Contact switching Closes with approaching
V; mA 10; 100
Terminals 3/4 5/6 and 9/10 3/4 5/6 and 9/10 No
darkness
Connections
- Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6 1.5
- Flexible, with end sleeve Min. mm2 0.75 0.5
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Device °C -10 ... +55
- Light sensor °C -30 ... +70 --
• Permissible humidity
- Device % < 80
- Light sensor % < 98 --
• Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529
- Device IP20, with connected conductors IP54
- Light sensor IP55 IP65 No
• Safety class Acc. to EN 61010 II
12/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Dusk switches

width SET, approx.
M)
Dusk switches
1-channel version,
Setting range 2 ... 500 lux
with 7LQ2 910 light sensor
for surface mounting, IP55
250 16 230 2 A 7LQ2 100 1 1 unit 027 0.287
With 7LQ2 911 light sensor,
for flush wall mounting, IP65
250 16 230 2 B 7LQ2 102 1 1 unit 027 0.332
2-channel version,
with 7LQ2 910 light sensor,
for surface mounting, IP55,
expandable to 24 channels through parallel
switching of 12 devices, which can be mutually
controlled through a light sensor.
250 16 230 3 B 7LQ2 101 1 1 unit 027 0.253
with 7LQ2 911 light sensor,
for flush wall mounting, IP65
expandable to 24 channels through parallel
switching of 12 devices, which can be mutually
controlled through a light sensor.
250 16 230 3 B 7LQ2 103 1 1 unit 027 0.279
1-channel version,
for surface mounting, IP54,
with integrated light sensor
250 10 230 – C 5TT3 303 1 1 unit 027 0.226
Replacement light sensors 12

With watertight, resistant resin molding material,
heat-resistant to 70 °C
Degree of protection IP55, for 7LQ2 100 and 7LQ2 101, B 7LQ2 910 1 1 unit 027 0.038
for surface mounting, 2 ... 500 lux
Degree of protection IP65, for 7LQ2 102 and 7LQ2 103, B 7LQ2 911 1 1 unit 027 0.080
for flush wall mounting, 2 ... 500 lux

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/37
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Temperature controllers
The temperature controllers are used for controlling or limiting • Electronic temperature controllers with red/green LED for sup-
temperatures in residential and non-residential buildings, as well ply voltage indication, switching status indication and temper-
as in industrial areas. They're used for heating registers, panel ature sensor monitoring. This supports the monitoring of safe
and hot air heating and direct floor heating, as a limiting thermo- operation at all times
stat for air-conditioning systems and cooling systems, switch- • The temperature sensor with the measuring element KTY or a
gear cabinet cooling, etc. as well as for temperature control in PT100 is monitored for short-circuits and interruptions. This
humid and dusty rooms. Can also be used for inaccessible room protects against unpleasant surprises during operation.
temperature setting for rooms in public buildings, such as
schools, dayrooms and comparable applications.
7LQ2 001 7LQ2 002 7LQ2 003 7LQ2 005
Standards EN 60730
Measuring ranges, setting ranges °C -30 ... +30 0 ... +60 +40 ... +100 2 ... +400
Switching hysteresis Adjustable °C 1 ... 5 4 ... 20
Status indication, LED
Switching status indication
• Actuating voltage Green
• Switching state ON Red
• Break or short circuit of the sensor conductor Red flashing
Different phases Actuator/contact permissible Yes
clearances, actuator/contact mm 4
(1.2/50 μs)
Contacts μ contact 1 CO
• Rated operational current Is
- At p.f. = 1 A 16
- At p.f. = 0.4 A 4
12 • Contact switching Closes with increasing
temperature
Terminals 3/4
Connections
- Rigid mm2 1.5 ... 6
- Flexible, with end sleeve Min. mm2 0.75
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Device °C -10 ... +55
- Temperature sensor °C -30 ... +105 --
• Permissible humidity
- Device % ≤ 80
- Temperature sensor % ≤ 98 --
• Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529
- Device IP20, with connected conductors
- Temperature sensor IP65 --
• Safety class Acc. to EN 61010 II
12/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices

width SET, approx.
M)
With KTY 11-6 temperature sensor
Adjustment range -30 ... +30 °C, 1 CO
250 16 230 2 B 7LQ2 001 1 1 unit 027 0.259
Adjustment range 0 ... +60 °C, 1 CO
250 16 230 2 B 7LQ2 002 1 1 unit 027 0.260
Adjustment range +40 +100 °C, 1 CO
250 16 230 2 B 7LQ2 003 1 1 unit 027 0.260
Temperature controllers without temperature
sensor
For PT100 measuring element
(not included in delivery)
Adjustment range +2 ... +400 °C, 1 CO
250 16 230 2 B 7LQ2 005 1 1 unit 027 0.232
KTY 11-6 replacement temperature sensors
Safety class IP65, for 7LQ2 001, 7LQ2 002 and
7LQ2 003, encapsulated,
with watertight/resistant resin material,
with 1 m silicone line,
heat-resistant up to 105°C,
can be extended up to 100 m
230 B 7LQ2 900 1 1 unit 027 0.032
12

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/39
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
P.f. controllers
■ Overview
The p.f. controllers monitor the phase displacement between in the event of valve closure or dry runs. A current transformer is
current and voltage. Because the phase displacement angle used for higher rated currents.
changes with the load of the motor, this measurement method is
ideal for the monitoring of asynchronous motors for underload If the p.f. value set at the p.f. monitor is fallen below for the dura-
and no-load operation, independent of size. However, in some tion of the set response delay, the output relay switches to the
cases, the p.f. barely changes if the load of the motor changes, alarm state and the red LED lights up. If it exceeds the p.f. value,
e.g. in the case of relatively minor load changes on large-scale the output relay switches back without any significant delay.
motors or single-phase split-pole motors or collector motors. • Adjustable p.f. response value, from 0 to 0.97
The p.f. controller monitors single and three-phase asynchro- • Current range up to 8 A
nous motors up to approx. 5 A (without current transformer) for • LED display for operation and alarm
underload and no-load operation. This is phase-sequence-inde- • Automatic resetting of alarm.
pendent and increases plant availability. Typical applications are
fan monitoring in the case of V-belt breakage, pump monitoring
■ Benefits
• The ultra compact p.f. controller requires only the smallest of
spaces and saves costs.
5TT3 472
Standards IEC/EN 60255, VDE 0435
Rated control voltage Uc 3 V AC 400
Primary operating range With AC supply × Uc 0.8 ... 1.1
Frequency range fn Hz 45 ... 65
Rated power dissipation Pv VA Approx. 11
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Against contacts kV <4
Current measuring circuits For AC systems
Current measuring range Imeas A AC 0.4 ... 8
Short-time load carrying capacity For 2 s A 20
For 0.5 s A 40
Current transformer, Class 3 or better Secondary current A 1 or 5
Setting range Adjustable p.f. 0 ... 0.97
Response delay Adjustable s 1 ... 100
12
Short-circuit strength Fuse 4 A gL A 4
Contacts μ contact 1 CO
• Rated operational current Ie Thermal current A 4
AC-15 NO contacts A 3
AC-15 NC contacts A 1
AC-13 at 24 V DC A 1
Connections

width SET, approx.
M)
P.f. controllers
For monitoring of the underload of motors
up to approx. 5 A AC
by making p.f. measurements,
setting range p.f. from 0 to 0.97
1 CO 4 3 × 400 0.4 ... 8 1 B 5TT3 472 1 1 unit 027 0.081

12/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Thermistor motor protection relays
■ Overview
Thermistor motor protection relays monitor the thermistors • Response value: 3.2 to 3.8 kΩ
wound in motors. This helps prevent thermal motor overloads, • Release value: 1.5 to 1.8 kΩ
e.g. due to high switching frequency, single-phasing, disabled
cooling or excessive ambient temperatures. Up to 6 thermistors • Max. cable length of sensor supply cable NYM 2 × 1.5
in series can be monitored. A conductor break in the sensor con- is 100 m
ductor will immediately trip the device. The device can also be • Remote Reset: over A1/A2 (NC contact) or over X1/X2
used for monitoring wound quick-break switches - e.g. bimetal (NO contact)
thermostats. This offers all-round motor protection.
LED displays:
• For the detection of
- Temperature limits being exceeded • Green LED: lights up when operational voltage is applied
- Wire breaks in sensor circuits • Red LED: lights up in the event of overtemperatures or an
• 1 input for 1 to 6 thermistors interruption in the sensor circuit.
• With 2 LEDs green/red for ready-to-run and fault
■ Benefits
• The test button for the diagnosis of the devices ensures high • A remote reset enables the device to be switched back on
functional reliability for users again centrally at any time. This increases plant availability.
• The ultra compact thermistor motor protection relay requires
only the smallest of spaces. This saves costs
5TT3 431
5TT3 432
Response value kΩ 3.2 ... 3.8
Release value kΩ 1.5 ... 1.8
• Rated operational voltage Ue
• Rated operational current Ie
V AC
A
230
5 12
Actuator/contact mm 4
Connections

width SET, approx.
M)
Thermistor motor protection relays
230 5 230 2 B 5TT3 431 1 1 unit 027 0.167
With fault storage,
reset pushbutton and remote reset
230 5 230 2 B 5TT3 432 1 1 unit 027 0.172

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 12/41
© Siemens AG 2010
Monitoring Devices
Notes
12
12/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

13
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
13/2 Introduction
Planning the Power Distribution

System with SIMARIS
13/4 SIMARIS design
13/5 SIMARIS project
13/6 SIMARIS curves
13/7 ALPHA SELECT Planning and Con-

figuration Software
Configuring, Visualizing and

Controlling with SIMATIC
13/9 SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate
13/11 SIMATIC WinCC powerrate
13/13 SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200
13/14 3WL/3VL block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
13/15 PAC3200 block library
for SIMATIC WinCC
PAC4200 block library
for SIMATIC WinCC
Configuring, Visualizing and

Controlling with SENTRON
13/16 SENTRON powermanager
13/19 Switch ES Power
can be found at
under Product List:
under Entry List: 13
- Updates
- Download
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Characteristics
- Certificates
and at
- Configurators

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
Introduction
■ Overview
SIMARIS design
Software tool for the quick and effective dimensioning of power
distribution for non-residential and industrial buildings:
• Dimensioning on the basis of real products according to
acknowledged technical rules and standards (VDE, IEC)
• Automatic access to an integrated product database
• Easy implementation and modification in the planning and
realization concept
• Reduction of routine work
SIMARIS project
Software tool to provide a quick overview of the space require-
ment for electrical power distribution and simple costing for pur-
pose-built and industrial buildings:
• Automatic selection and placement of matching distribution
systems
• Fast overview of space requirements and budget
• Thorough planning from the medium voltage supply to the
distribution board
• Easy adaptation of the project plans in case of changes in
use or expansions
• New from Version 2.0 upwards: Automatic generation of
specifications
SIMARIS curves
Software tool for quickly and easily comparing tripping charac-
teristics in Siemens low-voltage-protection equipment:
• Characteristic curve display and overview
• Device selection via order number or selection aid
• Saving of selected devices as favorites
• Saving of several characteristic curves including selected
settings as a complete project
13
More information about SIMARIS
You can find more information and order options on the Internet
at:
www.siemens.com/simaris
13/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
Introduction
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate, SIMATIC WinCC powerrate

SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC powerrate are add-ons to PCS 7
and WinCC respectively and throw light on power consumption
from the infeed to the load.
• Identification of power-intensive consumer devices and pro-
cesses in order to introduce measures for improving power
efficiency
• Comparison of consumption profiles for greater efficiency of
process design
• Optimizing the company according to energy parameters
based on an assessment of consumption and costs
• Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus
preventing higher power supply costs or penalty payments.
SIMATIC PCS PAC3200 7 Library, SENTRON PAC3200 block

library for SIMATIC WinCC
The SENTRON PAC3200 block library enables the seamless in-
tegration of the SENTRON PAC3200 multifunction measuring in-
strument in the PSC 7 or WinCC process world.
3WL/3VL block library for SIMATIC PCS 7

The 3WL/3VL block library enables the seamless integration of
the 3WL/3VL circuit breaker in the PSC 7 process world.
13
Switch ES Power
Shared software platform for communication-capable
SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers:
• Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring
in one software
• Clear representation of all available parameters
• All the available status information and measured values are
displayed in dialog boxes
• Software for SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/3

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
Planning the Power Distribution System with SIMARIS
SIMARIS design
SIMARIS design • Reduction of routine work
• Dimensioning on the basis of real products according to
acknowledged technical rules and standards
• Integrated product database
• Detailed knowledge of products and systems not required
• Easy implementation and modification in the planning and
realization concept
• Clear-cut presentation of changes with specification of the
revision date
• Detailed parts lists with exact product descriptions
• Easy adaptation in case of changes in use or expansions
• Comprehensive documentation with simple data transfer
(Office, CAD etc.)
■ Application
SIMARIS design is suitable for dimensioning electric power dis-
tribution systems in all industrial and non-residential buildings.
From shopping centers to hospitals and production buildings –
with SIMARIS design it is possible to reduce the amount of work
required for the overall planning of power distribution systems
SIMARIS design is a software tool for the quick and effective di-
and hence the time spent on selecting and dimensioning the
mensioning of power distribution for non-residential and indus-
necessary equipment.
trial buildings.
In the planning phase already, the complete circuit can be di-
mensioned on the basis of real products. This avoids additional
costs due to uncoordinated systems in the implementation
phase. The right components and distribution systems for the
case in question are selected automatically in the light of the
product data stored in SIMARIS design.
Every configuration of the electric power distribution is subject
to frequent change and adaptation in the implementation phase
as well as in the planning phase. SIMARIS design incorporates
each change into the supply concept and automatically checks
its reliability in terms of the regulations and standards currently
in force.
Even an analysis of selectivity, for example for safety power sup-
ply elements, can be simply performed with SIMARIS design. All
these steps are precisely documented in SIMARIS design.
13 More information and order options

can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/simarisdesign
13/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
SIMARIS project
■ Overview
Detailed information about Siemens units or their order numbers
are not needed because SIMARIS project makes the selection
automatically on the basis of the parameters entered. For each
item of switchgear or each distribution, SIMARIS project takes
the wiring, control and measurement etc. into account.
A system plan drawn up professionally in SIMARIS design can
also be imported into SIMARIS project, which means that select-
ing devices becomes redundant and the project structure is
formed automatically. Convenient output variants are available
to document the results, and Version 2.0 and higher also in-
cludes the automatic generation of specifications for the
planned systems.
Typical versions of a system planned in SIMARIS project can be
saved and imported continually into new projects from the favor-
ites library. Automatically created systems can also be subse-
quently optimized or changed. This is particularly relevant if
planning becomes more detailed and the budget needs to be re-
inforced as a result.
For detailed calculation of costs – on an up-to-date and regional
basis – and for more project support please contact your
SIMARIS project is a software tool for providing a quick overview Siemens representative.
of the space requirement for electrical power distribution in non-
residential and residential buildings, for simple costing of the re- More information and order options
quired systems and for the automatic generation of specifica- can be found on the Internet at:
tions. www.siemens.com/simarisproject
The following is determined in SIMARIS project based on the
pre-defined project structure and the basic technical specifica-
tions selected:
• For medium-voltage switchgear: selection of the required sys-
tem and the required fields, then presentation of a front view
with dimensions.
• For transformers: selection of the required system and then
the required quantity. Selected transformers are presented as
a parts list.
• For low-voltage switchgear and distribution boards: selection
of the required protection devices and switching devices per
system. The best suited distribution system is automatically
selected from the created list of distribution devices, is
equipped with the devices and presented graphically in an
automatically generated front view including dimensions.
• For busway systems: selection of the required system, then
specification of the length and selection of the additionally re-
13
quired components, e.g. infeeds, junction units and tap-off
units. All the resulting components are listed in a parts list.
• Automatic selection and placement of matching distribution SIMARIS project is suitable for establishing space requirements
systems and determining the costs of electrical power distribution in all
• Fast overview of space requirements and budget industrial and non-residential buildings. From shopping centers
• Thorough planning from the medium voltage supply to the dis- to hospitals and production buildings – with SIMARIS project it is
tribution board possible to reduce the amount of work required for the overall
planning of power distribution systems and hence the time spent
• Intuitive and easy to operate on selecting and dimensioning the necessary equipment.
• Saving planned systems for similar projects individually in the
favorites library and importing them from there into new proj-
ects
• e.g. graphic views, lists and specifications
• Easy adaptability to changes in use or expansions
• Importing of a project drawn up in SIMARIS design 5.0 profes-
sional
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/5

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
SIMARIS curves
• Characteristic curve display and overview
• Clearly structured catalog selection
• Device selection via order number or selection aid
• Saving of selected devices as favorites
• Saving of several characteristic curves including settings as
complete project
• User-friendly system documentation
■ Application
SIMARIS curves is a software tool for displaying tripping charac-
teristics, let-through power curves and let-through current
curves of Siemens low-voltage controls and fuses. Ranging from
shopping malls through hospitals to production shops –
SIMARIS curves lets you call up the required curves quickly and
documents in the required output language.
SIMARIS curves is a software tool for the quick and simply com-
parison of tripping characteristics for Siemens low-voltage-pro-
tection equipment and fuses.
With SIMARIS curves it is possible to simulate parameter set-
tings on protective devices. The respective characteristic curve
is selected by direct entry of the Siemens order number or with
a user-friendly selection tool. Individual products with default at-
tributes can be stored as favorites and called up again. Tripping
characteristics with tolerance ranges are available for presenta-
tion along with let-through current and let-through power charac-
teristic curves. A printout summary documents the characteristic
curves selected and each of their settings.
More information and order options
can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/simariscurves
13
13/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
ALPHA SELECT Planning and
Configuration Software
■ Overview
Whether you are an installation engineer or a control cabinet en-
gineer, an electrical wholesaler or a planner – the software
ALPHA SELECT makes it quicker and easier than ever before to
plan and configure distribution boards and meter cabinets.
Easy-to-use, intuitive functions accompany you step-by-step
through the entire project, from planning to installation. Configu-
ration errors are virtually impossible thanks to the collision tests
and configuration rules saved in the program.
ALPHA SELECT comprises:
• ALPHA SIMBOX small distribution boards
• ALPHA 400-ZS meter cabinets
• ALPHA Distribution Boards
• ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution systems
• ALPHA BOX IEC wall-mounted distribution boards
In addition you can use the electronic catalogs (EGH selection
catalog and CA 01) to select BETA low-voltage circuit protection
products, GAMMA instabus products (for building manage-
ment) and many other items from the Siemens Industry product
selection.
Calculation of power loss
13
Selection of the ALPHA distribution system Parts list with calculation
Distribution board equipment, front view Illustration of the device structure as single-pole circuit diagram
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/7

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
ALPHA SELECT Planning and
Configuration Software
Start with the selection of a suitable distribution system and dis-
tribution board by selecting the required degree of protection, ■ Benefits
safety class and dimensions. You can then just drag & drop the • Cabinet selection: simple selection of cabinet system, degree
required assembly kits, devices and accessories of your choice. of protection, safety class and dimensions
Essential accessories are determined automatically. When se- • Selection of equipment using technical specifications
lecting the devices, customer specifications can be prepared
using either item numbers or in accordance with the electrical • Alternative structuring of the devices according to
structure. In case 2 a graphical representation in the form of a - Electrical structure and graphic output as 1-pole circuit dia-
1-pole circuit diagram has been available since the launch of gram
Version 6.0. - Item numbers in the customer specifications
• Positioning of assembly kits and devices using drag & drop
The graphic representation of the structure enables individual
levels, such as doors, covers, equipment racks or devices, to be • Automatic determination of key accessories
visualized, rendered transparent and hidden in order to provide • Numbering of assembly kits in the assembly drawing
users with a constant overview of already configured compo-
• Automatic issue of item codes for devices
nents.
• Calculation of power loss
There is also an integrated option for power loss calculation
which enables comparison of the calculated power loss values • Differentiated calculation options, including allowance made
of the devices installed in the distribution board with the thermal for assembly work
rating of the distribution board, giving due consideration to the • Listing in the assembly structure of devices placed in the as-
point of installation and the permissible overtemperature sembly kits, including numbering of the assembly kits and the
(related to 35 °C ambient temperature). item codes of the devices
Frequently required components can be saved as favorites for • Easy drawing up of quotations for projects: Clearly arranged
integration in other projects at any time. output selection for parts lists, assembly drawing and assem-
bly structure
Used in conjunction with existing calculation aids, users are able
• Clearly arranged calculation aids. Calculations for individual
to tailor parts lists, assembly drawings and assembly structures
items and assembly, for material surcharges, shipment costs,
to individual requirements and output as both a hard copy and
discounts and miscellaneous extras are easy to perform in the
in electronic form.
parts list. Standard discounts for each price group can also be
In addition to planning and calculation in the program, users are saved in the memory.
also able to produce parts lists and graphic documentation to • Option for quotations with individual company logo
accompany customer quotations or for ordering the required
components. • Update over the web with quick download times
• Manual available as a download
The workshop version, which comprises a structured list of the
distribution boards and the respectively installed parts and
graphical representation of the different user-defined layers, di- ■ Technical specifications
rectly supports the building of distribution boards configured us-
ALPHA SELECT system requirements:
ing ALPHA SELECT.
• Processor: from 1 GHz
www.siemens.com/alpha-select
• Main memory: minimum 512 MB
• operating system: Windows 7/VISTA/XP/2000
• Free hard disk space: 100 ... 500 MB
(depending on the number of modules installed)
13 • Display resolution: minimum 1024×768 with 16-bit color inten-
sity
Support for planning and configuration is available from:
• www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support
• Tel.:+49 (0)9 11 8 95 72 22
13/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SIMATIC
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate
cesses in order to introduce measures for improving power ef-
ficiency
process design
• Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus pre-
venting higher power supply costs or penalty payments
• Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 and
SENTRON PAC4200 measuring devices, with a quick over-
view of selected measured values and signals
• Integration of switches, with an overview of switch status and
switching possibilities
• Exact assignment and comparison of the consumption data of
certain work processes through batch-related consumption
recording
SIMATIC PCS 7 is an add-on to PCS 7 which throws light on ■ Application

power consumption from the infeed to the load. Power data are
continuously collected, archived and processed further. With an SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate is used in all areas in which PCS 7 is
exact knowledge of the consumption profile, it is possible to used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role. Full
identify savings potential, optimize your power supply condi- integration in PCS 7 means that there is no need for a special
tions and hence, lower your power costs. Monitoring the con- system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you
tractually agreed power limit helps on the one hand to prevent the assurance of building on tested and certified product com-
unnecessarily high power prices or penalties and on the other ponents, with interfaces which enable customized expandabil-
hand to make full use of the fixed power limit. ity.
Batch-related consumption recording enables the exact record-
ing and evaluation of power consumption per batch.
The integration of switches through digital inputs/outputs en-
ables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with suit-
able authorization, remote switching. With integration through
DPV1, selected measured values and signals of the
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments can be indicated online.
Data recorded and archived by SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate can
be exported to Excel, and they can also be presented in different
reports.
Support for the WinCC Web Navigator means that the
SIMATIC powerrate functionality is also available over the web. 13
Full integration in PCS 7 enables the easy use of standard inter-
faces or standard functionalities from PCS 7.
Components
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate is made up of the following compo-
nents:
• Blocks for the acquisition and processing of power data
• Faceplates for the presentation and processing of power data
• Components for implementing load management (calculating
trends, monitoring limits, enabling/disabling loads)
• Blocks for batch-related consumption recording
• Blocks for the integration of measuring devices and switches
• Other components, for example, for time synchronization,
data buffering or data exchange with archives
• Faceplates for presenting results and for entering values (e.g.
for configuration or from manual measured values)
• Excel-based reports for allocating power data to cost centers,
for batch-related evaluation and for determining and present-
ing the duration curve
• Exporting data to Excel
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/9

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate

SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP3, V 7.0 SP3, V 7.1 and V7.1 SP1
SET, M) approx.
kg
SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate V 3.0
Trial license B 3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YG7 1 1 unit 276 0.200
Limited 30 day Engineering-/Runtime license
Unlimited Engineering-und AS-Runtime license1) B 3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YG0 1 1 unit 276 0.200

Also includes PAC3200 3VL/3WL block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
Upgrade from SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate V 2.0 to V 3.0

Unlimited Engineering-und AS-Runtime license1) B 3ZS2 785-1CC30-0YE0 1 1 unit 276 0.200
Also includes PAC3200 3VL/3WL block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
1) For operation on one PCS 7 OS (single workstation system or server) and

an automation system (AS). A license is required per PCS 7 OS single
workstation system or server if using additional PCS 7 OS single worksta-
tion systems or servers.
Information about using SIMATIC PCS 7 Powerrate
is available from
Siemens AG, Technical Support
Tel.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 222
Fax.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 223
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
You can find further general information on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem
13

13/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate
cesses in order to introduce measures for improving power ef-
ficiency
process design
• Complying with the contractually agreed power limit, thus pre-
venting higher power supply costs or penalty payments
• Integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON 4200
measuring devices, with a quick overview of selected mea-
sured values and signals
• Integration of switches, with an overview of switch status and
switching possibilities
• Exact assignment and comparison of the consumption data of
certain work processes through batch-related consumption
recording
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is an add-on to WinCC which throws ■ Application

light on power consumption from the infeed to the load. Power
data are continuously collected, archived and processed further. SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is used in all areas in which WinCC
With an exact knowledge of the consumption profile, it is possi- is used and energy efficiency considerations play a major role.
ble to identify savings potential, optimize your power supply Full integration in WinCC means that there is no need for a spe-
conditions and hence, lower your power costs. Monitoring the cial system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give
contractually agreed power limit helps on the one hand to pre- you the assurance of building on tested product components,
vent unnecessarily high power prices or penalties and on the with interfaces which enable customized expandability.
other hand to make full use of the fixed power limit. SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 3.0 can be used with
SIMATIC S7-317 and higher.
Batch-related consumption recording enables the exact record-
ing and evaluation of power consumption per batch.
The integration of switches through digital inputs/outputs en-
ables the monitoring or indication of switch status and, with suit-
able authorization, remote switching. With integration through
DPV1, selected measured values and signals of the
SENTRON PAC3200 and SENTRON PAC4200 multifunction
measuring instruments can be indicated online.
Data recorded and archived by SIMATIC WinCC powerrate can
be exported to Excel, and they can also be presented in different
reports.
Full integration in WinCC enables the easy use of standard inter-
faces or standard functionalities from WinCC. 13
Components
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate is made up of the following compo-
nents:
• Blocks for the acquisition and processing of power data
• Faceplates for the presentation and processing of power data
• Components for implementing load management (calculating
trends, monitoring limits, enabling/disabling loads)
• Blocks for batch-related consumption recording
• Blocks for the integration of measuring devices and switches
• Other components, for example, for time synchronization,
data buffering or data exchange with archives
• Faceplates for presenting results and for entering values
(e.g. for configuration or from manual measured values)
• Excel-based reports for allocating power data to cost centers,
for batch-related evaluation and for determining and present-
ing the duration curve
• Exporting data to Excel
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/11

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate

SIMATIC WinCC V 6.2 SP2/SP3 and V 7.0 SP1
- and related versions of STEP 7

SET, M) approx.
kg
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 3.0
Trial license B 3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YG7 1 1 unit 276 0.200
Limited 30 day Engineering-/Runtime license
Unlimited Engineering-und AS-Runtime license1) B 3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YG0 1 1 unit 276 0.200

Also includes:
• License for WinCC UserArchive
• PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC
Upgrade from SIMATIC WinCC powerrate V 2.0 to V 3.0
Unlimited Engineering-und AS-Runtime license1) D 3ZS2 795-1CC30-0YE0 1 1 unit 276 0.200
Also includes:
• License for WinCC UserArchive
• PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC
1)
For operation on one WinCC OS (single workstation system or server) and
an automation system (AS). A license is required per WinCC single work-
station system or server if using additional WinCC single workstation sys-
tems or servers.
Information about using SIMATIC WinCC Powerrate
is available from
Siemens AG, Technical Support
Tel.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 222
Fax.: +49 (0) 911 895 7 223
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
You can find further general information on the Internet at:
13

13/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200
• Full integration of SENTRON PAC3200 in the PCS 7 process
control system through PROFIBUS DPV1 using a certified
PCS 7 add-on module
• Reading out and displaying device data
• Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
• Resetting values on the device (min/max values)
■ Application
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 is used in all areas in which
PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there is no
need for a special system environment. Predefined modules and
symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certi-
fied product components. In future the PAC4200 can also be
used as a measuring instrument.
The PCS 7 block library - SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 - for

the SENTRON PAC3200 multifunction measuring instrument en-
ables the seamless integration of the multifunction instrument in
the PCS 7 process world.
It comprises one driver block, one diagnostics block and the
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to
the faceplates in the user interface of the process control sys-
tem, generate signals and guarantee connection to the mainte-
nance system of PCS 7.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitor-
ing and enable technologically important values and functions of
the SENTRON PAC3200 to be displayed and performed as a
PCS 7 object.
Between the faceplates and the blocks as well as between the
blocks and the SENTRON PAC3200 there exist on the system
side bidirectional communication connections not only for dis-
playing values in the faceplates but also for forwarding input
data to the device.
This makes the SENTRON PAC3200 power monitoring device an
integral component of PCS 7.
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the 13
SIMATIC PCS 7.

SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP3, PCS 7 V 7.0 SP1
and PCS 7 V7.1 SP1
SET, M) approx.
kg
SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 1)
Engineering license 3ZS2 781-1CC10-0YG0 1 1 unit 133 0.250
• For operation on one PCS 7 OS (single workstation system or server) and
an automation system (AS).
• When using additional PCS 7 OS devices, you need an engineering license

for each PCS 7 OS.
Runtime license 3ZS2 781-1CC10-6YH0 1 1 unit 133 0.250
• For operation on an additional AS
1)
For currently-supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see
http:/support.automation.siemens.com

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/13
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
• Full integration of SENTRON circuit breaker in the PCS 7 pro-
cess control system through PROFIBUS DPV1 using a certi-
fied PCS 7 add-on module
• Remote switching and monitoring
• Reading out of maintenance information
• Automatic information in case of overload, short-circuit and
faults
• Limit monitoring through the driver block
• Resetting values on the device (min/max values)
■ Application
The 3WL/3VL block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 is used in all areas
in which PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there
is no need for a special system environment. Predefined mod-
ules and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested
and certified product components.
The 3WL/3VL PCS 7 block library for SENTRON circuit breaker
allows for the simple and quick integration of the SENTRON
circuit breaker into the PCS 7 process world.
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply current, power
and energy data to the faceplates in the user interface of the pro-
cess control system, generate signals and guarantee connec-
tion to the maintenance system of PCS 7.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitor-
ing and enable the SENTRON circuit breaker to be displayed
and performed simply as a PCS 7 object.
The 3WL/3VL block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 provides for con-
tinual plant transparency. Critical plant states are recognized
quickly and costs owing to outages avoided. System availability
is permanently increased
This transforms the SENTRON circuit breaker into an integral
component of PCS 7.
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the
SIMATIC PCS 7.
13
SIMATIC PCS 7 V 6.1 SP1 and PCS 7 V 7.0 SP1
SET, M) approx.
kg
Engineering license B 3ZS2 782-1CC10-0YG0 1 1 unit 133 0.250
• When using additional PCS 7 OS devices, you need an engineering license
for each PCS 7 OS.
Runtime license B 3ZS2 782-1CC10-6YH0 1 1 unit 133 0.250


13/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC
System requirements
■ Overview
The SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC is
SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC released for
• WinCC V 6.2 SP2
• WinCC V 7.0
• WinCC V 7.0 SP1
WinCC options AS-OS Engineering and Basic Process Control
must be installed. The block library is available for both S7-300
and S7-400. At least one S7 CPU317-2DP is required for use in
the S7-300 area. At least one S7 CPU414-2 is required for use in
the S7-400 area.
Supported operating systems are the same as for
SIMATIC WinCC.
■ Benefits
• Full integration of the SENTRON PAC3200 in SIMATIC WinCC
through PROFIBUS DPV1 The block library is a certified
WinCC add-on module
• Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
The SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC • Resetting values on the device (min/max values)
enables the seamless integration of the SENTRON PAC3200
multifunction measuring instrument in WinCC.
■ Application
faceplates. The blocks in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to The SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC is
the faceplates in the user interface of WinCC, generate signals used in all areas in which WinCC is used. Predefined blocks and
and guarantee connection to the maintenance system of WinCC. symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certi-
fied product components. In future the PAC4200 can also be
Faceplates used as a measuring instrument.
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitor- The blocks work in a cyclic mode with fast updating of the impor-
ing and enable technologically important values and functions of tant measured quantities and, in future, in an acyclic mode with
the SENTRON PAC3200 to be displayed and performed in little space requirement in the process image.
WinCC.
Between the faceplates and the blocks as well as between the
blocks and the SENTRON PAC3200 there exist on the system
side bidirectional communication connections not only for dis-
playing values in the faceplates but also for forwarding input
data to the device.
This makes the SENTRON PAC3200 power monitoring device an
integral component of WinCC.
13
SIMATIC WinCC V 7.0 and WinCC V 7.0 SP 1
SET, M) approx.
kg
SENTRON PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC1)
Engineering license 3ZS2 791-1CC10-0YG0 1 1 unit 133 0.250
• When using additional WinCC OS devices, you need an engineering license
for each WinCC OS.
Runtime license 3ZS2 791-1CC10-6YH0 1 1 unit 133 0.250

1) For currently-supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see

http:/support.automation.siemens.com

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/15
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SENTRON
SENTRON powermanager
■ Overview
The SENTRON-based power management system is comprised SENTRON powermanager is designed for:
of a PC with the related power management software and with • collecting
the related devices which are connected directly to the PC
through Ethernet. • monitoring
• evaluating
General goals of a power management system:
• presenting
• to identify savings potential
• archiving
• to reduce power costs
• to ensure power availability power data from SENTRON PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200
multifunction measuring instruments, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit
through transparency of the momentary conditions and through breakers, and any modbus-capable detecting devices.
comprehensive power assignments and evaluations.
"Expert" and "Web" option packs
The SENTRON powermanager PC-based power management
software The SENTRON powermanager standard package already cov-
ers the usual requirements. With this package the user receives
• is an independent power management software an easy-to-engineer power management software which en-
• can be operated with a PC and measuring instruments with ables the data detected by the measuring instruments to be
Ethernet connection read out, presented, archived and processed in basic evalua-
• is expandable from the simple standard application to tions. With the "Expert" option pack the user receives full flexibil-
a fully flexible customer solution ity for the presentation of graphic interfaces (e.g. single line pre-
sentations) in order to integrate his own images and devices.
• is fully scalable with regard to the number of devices and to The data/images are displayed as standard using a Windows cli-
the software's functions ent which must be installed on the PC. The "Web" pack is offered
13 • Ensures the optimum integration of measuring instruments
from the SENTRON PAC range, SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit
to meet the market's demands for web presentation.
breakers and other devices
■ Benefits
• Transparency of power flows This reduces the engineering work for the customer and gives
• Exact knowledge of the consumption profile the user the assurance of knowing that the device functions are
optimally supported in the software.
• Increase of power efficiency
• Optimization of power supply contracts The SENTRON powermanager software comprises a server/cli-
ent software for the acquisition, processing, presentation and ar-
• Compliance with contractual terms chiving of power data. These power data are supplied primarily
• Assignment of power costs to cost centers by multifunction measuring instruments (PAC) or 3WL/3VL circuit
• Optimization of plant maintenance breakers which are connected to the system through Ethernet.
• Identification of critical plant conditions
In the SENTRON product family the user will find not only a
power management software in the form of SENTRON power-
manager but also the matching hardware in the form of
SENTRON PAC measuring instruments and SENTRON 3WL/3VL
circuit breakers for realizing a complete power management
system. The components are optimally coordinated with each
other, e.g. special drivers for the SENTRON devices are inte-
grated in the SENTRON powermanager software so that on the
one hand the power data acquisition can take place without any
great configuration effort and on the other hand the most impor-
tant measured values or states are indicated by predefined dis-
plays.
13/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Software
■ Application
Applications • Archiving of measured quantities
The product offers a standard power management solution • Monitoring of status and limits, with generation of correspond-
which provides the user with the following basic functionality: ing signals
• Collection of measured quantities from the devices • Reserve curve display for visualizing the achieved data and
online data
• Presentation of the measured quantities from the devices in ta-
ble form in a predefined standard view for • Cost center reports based on predefined rates and the ar-
SENTRON PAC3100, PAC3200 and PAC4200 measuring in- chived consumption data
struments and 3WL/3VL circuit breakers • OPC server
• Free presentation of measured quantities possible, including • Configuration of the system including user management
from non-Siemens devices using generic Modbus drivers
System configuration
Operation & monitoring

Windows or web clients
Ethernet
Data processing
SENTRON powermanager server
Ethernet (Modbus)
Data detection PAC3200 PAC4200 PAC3200
Measuring/protection devices
Modbus RS485
PAC3100 SENTRON SENTRON
I202_01389
3WL 3VL
This standard solution is designed with cost-efficiency and sim- Industries

ple system start-up in mind.
Interesting for all industries because power efficiency through
The "Expert" option pack is available for customers with broader strict monitoring and the resultant optimization measures plays a
requirements particularly with regard to visualizing the status of key role throughout the manufacturing industry, in non-residen-
the entire power distribution. Using this option pack it is possible tial buildings, in the services sector and on infrastructure proj-
to create any number of graphic images as single-line diagrams ects. This has an impact on competitiveness, particularly in view
and to add and interlink self-defined objects and have them re- of rising energy prices.
spond to events, e.g. through object animation. In addition the
user can define his own devices using a device editor, which is System requirements 13
included in the delivery, and integrate them in the system. The Hardware requirements
user even has the possibility of creating his own runtime scripts.
However, unlike the SENTRON powermanager software, the • Processor: Intel Pentium IV 2.8 GHz (or better)
"Expert" option pack requires a certain system know-how, which • RAM: min. 2 GB
can be acquired in special training courses. • Hard disk: min. 1 GB free
The system is expandable of course to the extent that it allows • Graphics: VGA with min. 1280 x 1024 pixels with 16-bit color
the customer to begin with the basic functionality of the intensity
SENTRON powermanager and add the "Expert" option pack at a
later date. Existing data and configurations can still be used af- Supported operating systems
ter upgrading. • Windows Vista: Business, Ultimate; SP1
System configuration • Windows XP: XP with SP2/SP3
• Integration of measuring instruments by means of predefined • Windows 2003: Server 2003 Server (32-bit)
device templates for the SENTRON PAC family and the Supported Excel versions (required for reporting)
SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
• Excel 2000, Excel XP, Excel 2003, Excel 2007
• Easy integration of existing modbus-capable detecting
devices
• Communication through Standard Ethernet
• Integration of devices with RS485 interface (ModbusRTU)
through Modbus gateway, e.g. the SENTRON PAC4200 can
be used as gateway
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/17

© Siemens AG 2010
Software

SET, M) approx.
SENTRON powermanager V 2.0

• Trial lizense B 3ZS2 711-0CC20-0YA7 1 1 unit 133 0.230
≤ 10 devices, incl. "Expert" and "Web" option pack
product full license limited to 30 days
• Product full license, Lean B 3ZS2 711-0CC20-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
≤ 10 devices
• Product full license, Standard B 3ZS2 712-0CC20-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
≤ 50 devices
• Product full license, Advanced B 3ZS2 713-0CC20-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
≤ 100 devices
• Product full license, Maximum B 3ZS2 714-0CC20-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
≤ 200 devices
• Upgrade license B 3ZS2 712-0CC20-0YD0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
from Lean to Standard
from Standard to Advanced
from Advanced to Maximum
• Option pack "Up to 5 Clients" B 3ZS2 710-3CC20-0YH0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
Expansion up to 5 clients
• Option pack "From 5 to 10 Clients" B 3ZS2 710-4CC20-0YH0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
Expansion from 5 to 10 clients
(Requirement: Option pack "Up to 5 Clients")
• Option pack "Expert" B 3ZS2 710-2CC20-0YH0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
Option for creating and presenting any number of freely configured images
• Option pack "Web" B 3ZS2 710-1CC20-0YH0 1 1 unit 133 0.230
Option for access over the web (e.g. Internet Explorer) for up to 10 clients
Price advantages through system packages
SENTRON powermanager with SENTRON PAC3200 contains one
SENTRON powermanager product full license,
Lean (3ZS2711-0CC20-0YA0) and, depending on the package, three or five
or ten units of SENTRON PAC3200 (7KM2112-0BA00-3AA0)
• SENTRON powermanager System3 B 3ZS2 813-2CC20-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 1.610
13 You can find more information on the Internet at:

13/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
Switch ES Power
• Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring in
one software
• Documentation of measured values and settings
• Clear representation of all available parameters
• All the available status information and measured values are
clearly displayed in dialog boxes
• Software for SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL
• Easy connection build-up through acyclic PROFIBUS DPV1
data traffic
• Identical storage format for parameters with the Breaker Data
Adapter (BDA)
• Easy-to-operate Windows interface
• No programming knowledge required for operation
Object manager of Switch ES Power
• Uniform data management for circuit breaker parameters
• Automatic parameterization if components are replaced
Adjustment of parameter set A with Switch ES Power

Switch ES Power is the shared software platform for communica-
tion-capable SENTRON circuit breakers. This has the advantage
that all device-specific setting options are identical in terms of
appearance and handling.
Switch ES Power can be used to configure, document, operate
and monitor the SENTRON 3WL and SENTRON 3VL circuit
breakers through PROFIBUS DP.
More information can be found on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sentron

SET, M) approx.
kg
Switch ES Power
Calibration, documentation, operation and monitoring of
SENTRON 3WL/3VL circuit breakers through PROFIBUS DP;
runs under Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP Professional,
A 3ZS2 311-0CC10-0YA0 1 1 unit 133 0.200
13
including online help, English or German selectable;
including Object Manager (OM) for Switch ES Power for integration in STEP7
System requirements:
PROFIBUS card: CP5512, CP5611, CP5613 or CP5614
and MPI interface on PG7xx and its driver software,
see interactive Catalog CA01, CD-ROM drive
System requirements for OM Switch ES Power:
SIMATIC: S7, M7, C7, PCS 7
STEP 7: version 5.2 or higher
CD-ROM drive

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 13/19
© Siemens AG 2010
Software
Notes
13
13/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

20
© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
20/2 Catalog Notes
20/3 Ordering Notes
20/5 UL Notes
20/6 ATEX Explosion Protection
20/7 Further Documentation
20/8 Standards and Approvals
20/28 Siemens Contacts
20/29 Solution Partners
20/30 Online Services
20/31 Service & Support
20/33 Comprehensive Support

from A to Z
20/34 Software Licenses
20/35 Subject Index
20/41 Order Number Index

incl. Export Markings
20/52 Terms and Conditions of Sale and

Delivery
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Catalog notes
■ Overview
Trademarks Symbols
All product designations may be registered trademarks or prod- The symbols used in this catalog are listed below. These sym-
uct names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by bols are use in conjunction with an orange background to mark
third parties for their own purposes may violate the rights of the special selection criteria (e.g. connections, types of coordina-
owner. tion, etc.).
Amendments
Connections
All technical data, dimensions and weights are subject to
change without notice unless otherwise specified on the pages Screw terminals
of this catalog. Ring terminal lug connection
Dimensions Switching capacity of 3WL circuit breakers
All dimensions are in mm. N ECO switching capacity
(Icu up to 55/66 kA at 500 V)
Images
S Standard switching capacity
The illustrations are not binding. (Icu up to 66/80 kA at 500 V)
Technical data H High switching capacity

(Icu up to 100 kA at 500 V)
The technical data in the catalog are for general information. The
instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the prod- C Very high switching capacity
ucts must be observed during assembly, operation and mainte- (Icu up to 150 kA (3-pole)/130 kA (4-pole)
at 500 V)
nance.
DC Switching capacity for DC current
Further technical information is available at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support Switching capacity of 3VL circuit breakers
• under Product List: N Standard switching capacity
- Technical specifications (Icu up to 55 kA at 415 V)
• under Entry List: H High switching capacity

- Updates (Icu up to 70 kA at 415 V)
- Download
L Very high switching capacity
- FAQ (Icu up to 100 kA at 415 V)
- Manuals
- Certificates
Configurators can be found under
Assembly, operation and maintenance
The instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the
products must be observed during assembly, operation and
maintenance.
20 20/2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Logistics
General Packaging, packing units
With regard to delivery service, communications and environ- The packaging in which our equipment is dispatched provides
mental protection, our logistics service ensures "quality from the protection against dust and mechanical damage during trans-
moment of ordering right through to delivery". By designing our port, thus ensuring that all our products arrive in perfect condi-
infrastructure according to customer requirements and imple- tion.
menting electronic order processing, we have successfully opti-
mized our logistics processes. We select our packaging for maximum environmental compati-
bility and reusability (e.g. crumpled paper instead of polystyrene
We are proud of our personal consulting service, on-time deliv- chips for protection during transport in packages up to 32 kg)
eries and 1-day transport within Germany. and, in particular, with a view to reducing waste.
To this end, we supply the preferred types marked with } With our multi-unit packaging and reusable packaging, we offer
ex works. you specific types of packaging that are both kind to the environ-
ment and tailored to your requirements:
We regard the DIN ISO 9001 certification and consistent quality
checks as an integral part of our services. Your advantages at a glance:
Electronic order processing is fast, cost-efficient and error-free. • Lower order costs.
Please contact us if you want to benefit from these advantages. • Cost savings through uniform-type packaging: low/no dis-
posal costs.
• Reduced time and cost thanks to short unpacking times.
• "Just-in-time" delivery directly to the production line helps re-
duce stock: cost savings through reduction of storage area.
• Fast assembly thanks to supply in sets.
• Standard Euro boxes - corresponding to the Euro pallet mod-
ular system - suitable for most conveyor systems.
• Active contribution to environmental protection.
Unless stated otherwise in the "Selection and ordering data" of

this catalog, our products are supplied individually packed.
For small parts/accessories, we offer you economical pack-
aging units as standard packs containing more than one
item, e.g. 5, 10, 50 or 100 units. It is essential that whole num-
ber multiples of these quantities be ordered to ensure satis-
factory quality of the products and problem-free order pro-
cessing.
The products are delivered in a neutral carton. The label in-
cludes warning notices, the CE mark, the open arrow recycling
symbol, and product description information in English and
German. In addition to the Order No. (MLFB) and the number of
items in the packaging, the Instr. Order No. is also specified for
the operating instructions. It can be obtained from your local
Siemens representative (you will find a list of your local Siemens
representatives at www.siemens.com/automation/partner).
The device Order No. of most devices can also be acquired
through the EAN barcode to simplify ordering and storage logis-
tics.
The Order Nos. and EAN codes are assigned electronically in
the master data of the products for low-voltage power distribu-
tion and electrical installation.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/3 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Overview
Ordering special versions Ordering very small quantities
When ordering products that differ from the standard versions When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order
listed in the catalog, "–Z" must be added to the Order No. indi- processing are greater than the order value. We therefore rec-
cated and the required features must be specified using alpha- ommend that you combine several small orders. Where this is
numeric order codes or plain text. not possible, we regret that we are obliged to make a small pro-
cessing charge: for orders with a net goods value of less than
€ 250 we charge an € 20 supplement to cover our order pro-
cessing and invoicing costs.
Explanations on the Selection and Ordering Data
Delivery time class (DT)
Preferred types are device types that can be delivered immediately ex works, i.e. they are dispatched
DT Meaning within 24 hours.
} Preferred type Normal quantities of the products are usually delivered within the specified time following receipt of your
order at our branch.
A Two workdays
In exceptional cases, the actual delivery time may differ from that specified.
B One week
The delivery times apply up to the ramp at Siemens AG (products ready for dispatch).
C Three weeks
The transport times depend on the destination and type of shipping. The standard shipping time for Ger-
D Six weeks
many is one day.
X On request
The delivery time classes specified here represent the state at 10/2010. They are permanently optimized.
Up-to-date information can be found at www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Price units (PU)
The price unit defines the number of units, sets or meters to which the specified price and weight apply.
PS/P. unit (packaging size/packaging unit)
The packaging size / packaging unit defines the number, e.g. of units, sets or meters, for outer packaging.
• The first digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) indicates the minimum order quantity. You can only order this
specified quantity or a multiple thereof.
• The second digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) specifies the number of units contained in larger packaging
(e.g. in a carton). You must order this quantity or a multiple thereof if you want the item to be delivered in a larger packaging quantity.
Examples:
PS/P. unit Meaning

1 unit You can order one item or a multiple thereof.
5 units For example, five units are packed in a bag. Because the bags cannot be opened, you can only order a multiple of
the quantity contained in the bag: 5, 10, 15, 20 etc.
5/100 units One carton contains (for example) 20 bags, each containing 5 units, i.e. a total of 100 units. If only cartons are avail-
able for delivery, you need to order a multiple of the carton quantity: 100, 200, 300, etc.
Ordering a quantity of 220 units, would produce the following delivery: two cartons, each containing 100 units
(= 200 units) and 4 bags, each containing 5 units (= 20 units).
Price groups (PG)
Each product is assigned to a price group.
Weight
The defined weight is the net weight in kg and refers to the price unit (PU).
Examples
DT Order No. Price PU PS/ PG DT Order No. Price PU PS/ PG
per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU (UNIT, P. unit
SET, SET,
M) M)
} 5SW3 300 1 1/10 units 008 A 5SW3 313 1 1 set* 008
DT: Preferred type DT: A = two workdays

PU: One unit (on which price is based) PU: One set, i.e. 12 units (on which price is based)
PS/P. unit: 1 = minimum order quantity / 10 = quantity per PS/P. unit: The minimum order quantity is one set
carton PG: 008
PG: 008 * The selection and ordering data specifies that one set con-
tains 12 units
20 20/4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
UL notes
■ Low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation technology.

The secrets of UL. You have our support.
Our products for low-voltage power distribution and electrical in-
stallation are designed not only for the IEC market. Numerous
devices have both UL and IEC approval. This makes it easier for
manufacturers of switchgear and controlgear assemblies to en-
ter the North American market.
Exports to North America require special approvals which differ
from the IEC directives. On the IEC market, directives define only
the essential functions of a system. The technical details are not
listed. By contrast, directives on the American market go into the
details of how to carry out the installation work etc.
For OEMs and machine manufacturers it is important to know the
main differences between the two technical worlds and to work
together respectively with manufacturers and suppliers who
have the right products and know-how. In addition to looking in this catalog you should also check out
our Catalog LV 16 "Controls and Components for Applications
Siemens is a strong partner in this case. Our know-how extends according to UL" for UL-specific products:
from the production of UL-approved devices to the wiring of con- • SIRIUS 3RV17 and 3RV18 circuit breakers
trol cabinets according to UL directives.
• Components for SENTRON 8US distribution systems
These UL requirements are already taken into account when de- • SENTRON 3WL5 and 3VL circuit breakers
signing our devices for low-voltage power distribution and elec-
trical installation. They are developed not only for the IEC market • ALPHA distribution boards and terminal blocks
but also for the UL market. • BETA low-voltage circuit protection
We have been working with UL (Underwriters Laboratories Take a look at our range of products and convince yourself. Or
Inc.®), the leading technical certification company in the USA, simply click on
since 1969. We are also glad to share our knowledge with you in
the form of training courses. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/ul-europe
With our UL-certified products for low-voltage power distribution Here you will find information on for example UL standards, UL
and electrical installation you are on the safe side and can build classification and a number of technical particularities of UL.
control cabinets according to UL standard easily and quickly. Under "UL Overview/Standards and Approvals" we provide a
UL-certified products to be found in this catalog include for ex- summary of the available products and product groups. A table
ample: lists the UL standards to which the products conform and con-
tains links to the corresponding UL reports.
• SENTRON circuit breakers, motor starter protectors and switch
disconnectors Under "Portfolio" we round off with a list of our most relevant
• ALPHA FIX terminal blocks products for low-voltage power distribution and electrical instal-
lation as well as for low-voltage controls (including links to the re-
• SENTRON busbar systems spective Internet product pages).
• Miniature circuit breakers and fuses from the BETA low-voltage Simply click on the navigation bar and go on a UL discovery
circuit protection range tour!
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/5 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
ATEX explosion protection
■ Overview
In many industries the production, processing, transport and In this catalog, special attention is drawn to devices which com-
storage of combustible substances are accompanied by escap- ply with the ATEX Directive. However, it does not replace inten-
ing gases, vapor or spray which find their way into the environ- sive study of the relevant fundamentals and directives when
ment. Other processes result in combustible dust. Together with planning and installing electrical systems.
the oxygen in the air, the result can be an explosive atmosphere
which will explode if ignited.
Serious injury to persons and damage to property can result par-
ticularly in the chemical and petrochemical industry, mineral oil
and natural gas production, mining, mills (e.g. grain, solid mate-
rials) and many other sectors.
To guarantee the maximum possible safety in these areas, the
legislators of most countries have drawn up requirements in the
form of laws, regulations and standards. In the course of global-
ization, great progress has been made with regard to uniform di-
rectives for explosion protection.
With Directive 94/9/EC, the European Union laid the foundations
for complete harmonization by requiring that all new devices as
from 1st July 2003 have to be approved in accordance with this
directive.
20 20/6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Further documentation
■ Overview
We regard product support as just as important as the products
and systems themselves.
Visit our site on the Internet for a comprehensive offering of sup-
port for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
products, such as
• Operating instructions and manuals for direct download
• Online registration for seminars and events
• Up-to-date answers to your queries and problems
• Software upgrades and updates for fast download
• Telephone assistance in more than 190 countries
• Photos and graphics for external use
and much, much more - all conveniently and easily accessible.
Address:
You will find regularly updated information material such as cat-

alogs, customer magazines, brochures and trial versions of soft-
ware for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
on the Internet at:
Here you can order your copy of the available documentation or
download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP).
For your configuration systems we can provide technical and

graphic data in electronic form for the range of low-voltage
power distribution and electrical installation products:
CAx online generator
For the further processing of low-voltage power distribution and
electrical installation products in CAE/CAD systems the online
generator provides:
• Technical product master data in CSV and Excel format
• Graphic product data
- 2D dimensional drawings in DXF format (other formats op-
tional)
- 3D models in STEP format
- Internal circuit diagrams
- EPLAN electric P 8 macros
• Documentation in the form of PDF files
- Product data sheets
- Manuals
- Operating instructions
- Characteristics
- Certificates
• Product photos
• Texts for tenders in GAEB and Text format
www.siemens.com/cax
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/7 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
■ Overview
Approvals, test certificates, characteristic curves
An overview of the certificates available for low-voltage power
distribution and electrical installation products along with more
technical documentation can be consulted daily on the Internet
at:
Product support: Approvals / Certificates Product support: Characteristic curves

Product standards (excerpt)
IEC EN DIN VDE Title
60947-1 60947-1 -- Low-voltage controlgear and switchgear – General rules
60947-2 60947-2 -- • Circuit breakers
60947-3 60947-3 -- • Switches, disconnectors, switch disconnectors and fuse-combination units
60947-4-1 60947-4-1 -- • Contactors and motor starters – Electromechanical contactors and motor starters
60947-4-2 60947-4-2 -- • Contactors and motor starters – Semiconductor motor controllers and starters, soft starters
60947-4-3 60947-4-3 -- • Contactors and motor starters – AC semiconductor controllers and contactors for non-motor loads
60947-5-1 60947-5-1 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – Electromechanical control circuit devices
60947-5-2 60947-5-2 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – Proximity switches
60947-5-3 60947-5-3 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – Requirements for proximity devices with
defined behaviour under fault conditions
60947-5-5 60947-5-5 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – Electrical emergency stop device with mechanical latch-
ing function
60947-5-6 60947-5-6 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – DC interface for proximity sensors and
switching amplifiers (NAMUR)
60947-5-7 60947-5-7 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – Requirements for proximity switches with
analog output
60947-5-8 60947-5-8 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – Three-position enabling switches
60947-5-9 60947-5-9 -- • Control circuit devices and switching elements – Flow rate switches
60947-6-1 60947-6-1 -- • Multiple function equipment – Transfer switching equipment
60947-6-2 60947-6-2 -- • Multiple function equipment – Control and protective switching devices (or equipment) (CPS)
60947-7-1 60947-7-1 -- • Ancillary equipment – Terminal blocks for copper conductors
60947-7-2 60947-7-2 -- • Ancillary equipment – Protective conductor terminal blocks for copper conductors
60947-7-3 60947-7-3 -- • Ancillary equipment – Safety requirements for fuse terminal blocks
60947-8 60947-8 -- • Control units for built-in thermal protection (PTC) for rotating electrical machines
62026-2 50295 -- • Controller and device interface systems. Actuator-Sensor Interface (AS-i)
60269-1 60269-1 -- Low-voltage fuses – General requirements
60269-4 60269-4 -- Low-voltage fuses – Supplementary requirements for fuse-links for the protection of semiconductor
devices
60050-441 -- -- International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. Switchgear, controlgear and fuses
60439-1 60439-1 -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies – Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies
61439-1 -- -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies – General rules
61439-2 -- -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies – Particular requirements for busbar trunking
systems (busways)
-- 50274 -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies – Protection against electric shock - Protection
against unintentional direct contact with hazardous live parts
61140 61140 -- Protection against electric shock - Common aspects for installation and equipment
60664-1 60664-1 -- Insulation coordination for electrical equipment within low-voltage systems –
Principles, requirements and tests
20 20/8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
IEC EN DIN VDE Title

60204-1 60204-1 -- Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines – General requirements
-- 50178 -- Electronic equipment for use in power installations
60079-14 60079-14 -- Explosive atmospheres – Part 14: Electrical installations design, selection and erection
Installing electrical apparatus in potentially explosive gas atmospheres (except mining)
60079-2 60079-2 -- Explosive atmospheres – Part 2: Equipment protection by pressurized enclosures "p"
61810-1 61810-1 -- Electromechanical elementary relays – Part 1: General requirements
61812-1 61812-1 -- Specified time relays for industrial use – Part 1: Requirements and tests
60999-1 60999-1 -- Connecting devices – Electrical copper conductors – Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-
type clamping units – Part 1: General requirements and particular requirements for clamping units for con-
ductors from 0.2 mm2 to 35 mm2
61558-1 61558-1 0570-11) Safety of power transformers, power supplies, reactors and similar products –
- Part 1: General requirements and tests
61558-2-1 61558-2-1 0570-2-11) - Part 2-1: Particular requirements and tests for separating transformers and power supplies
incorporating separating transformers for general applications
1)
61558-2-2 61558-2-2 0570-2-2 - Part 2-2: Particular requirements and tests for control transformers and power supplies
incorporating control transformers
61558-2-4 61558-2-4 0570-2-41) - Part 2-4: Particular requirements and tests for isolating transformers and power supply units
incorporating isolating transformers
61558-2-6 61558-2-6 0570-2-61) - Part 2-6: Particular requirements and tests for safety isolating transformers and power supply units
incorporating safety isolating transformers
61558-2-9 61558-2-9 0570-2-91) - Part 2-9: Particular requirements and tests for transformers and power supply units for class III
handlamps for tungsten filament lamps
61558-2-12 61558-2-12 0570-2-121) - Part 2-12: Particular requirements for constant voltage transformers
61558-2-13 61558-2-13 0570-2-131) - Part 2-13: Particular requirements and tests for auto transformers and power supply units
incorporating auto transformers
61558-2-15 61558-2-15 0570-2-151) - Part 2-15: Particular requirements for isolating transformers for the supply of medical locations
61558-2-20 61558-2-20 0570-2-201) - Part 2-20: Particular requirements and tests for small reactors
62041 62041 0570-101) Power transformers, power supply units, reactors and similar products – EMC requirements
60076-11 60076-11 -- Power transformers – Part 11: Dry-type transformers
-- -- 0552 Standards for variable-ratio transformers with moving contacts perpendicular to the coiling direction
61000-4-1 61000-4-1 -- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-1: Testing and measurement techniques – Overview
of IEC 61000-4 series
61000-6-3 61000-6-3 -- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-3: Generic standards – Emission standard for
residential, commercial and light-industrial environments
61000-6-4 61000-6-4 -- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-4: Generic standards – Emission standard for
industrial environments
60044-1 60044-1 -- Instrument transformers – Part 1: Current transformers
1)
VDE classification.
UL CSA C22.2 ASME JIS Title

506 -- -- -- Specialty transformers
508 -- -- -- Industrial control equipment
489 -- -- -- Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures
1012 -- -- -- Power units other than CLASS 2
1561 -- -- -- Dry-type general purpose and power transformers
5085 -- -- -- Low-voltage transformers
60601-1 -- -- -- Medical electrical equipment, Part 1: General requirements for safety (IEC 60601, EN 60601,
VDE 0750-1)
1604 -- -- -- Electrical equipment for use in CLASS I and II, Division 2 and CLASS III hazardous (Classified) locations
1059 -- -- -- Terminal blocks
486A-486B -- -- -- Wire connectors
486E -- -- -- Equipment wiring terminals for use with aluminum and/or copper conductors
50 -- -- -- Enclosures for electrical equipment. Non-environmental considerations
-- No. 66 -- -- Specialty transformers
-- No. 14 -- -- Industrial control equipment
-- No. 5 -- -- Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures
-- No. 107-1 -- -- General use power supplies
-- -- A17.5 / B 44.1 -- Elevator and escalator electrical equipment
-- -- -- C 8201-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear; Contactors and motor-starters
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/9 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
■ Quality management ■ Certificates

The quality management system of our I BT LV Business Unit Information on the certificates available (CE, UL, CSA, FM, ship-
complies with the international standard EN ISO 9001. ping authorizations) for low-voltage power distribution and elec-
The products and systems listed in this catalog are marketed us- trical installation products can be found on the Internet at:
ing a VDE-approved quality management system according to www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
ISO 9001.
In the Entry List you can use the certificate type (general product
VDE certificate approval, explosion protection, test certificates, shipbuilding,...)
as a filter criterion.
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Building Technologies Division
Low Voltage Distribution (I BT LV)
Reg. No.: 40017/QM/03.06
■ Approval requirements valid in different countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only ap-
manufactured and tested according to the relevant German prove special switchgear versions. Such special versions are
standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European stan- listed separately from the standard versions in the individual
dards (EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards as- parts of this catalog.
signed to the single devices are stated in the relevant parts of
this catalog. For this equipment, partial limitations of the maximum permissi-
ble voltages, currents and ratings can be imposed, or special
As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the various approval and, in some cases, special identification is required.
regulations valid in other countries are also taken into account in
the design of the equipment. For use on board ship, the specifications of the marine classifi-
cation societies must be observed (see table below). In some
In some countries (see table below), an approval is required for cases, they require type tests of the components to be ap-
certain low-voltage switchgear and controlgear components. proved.
Depending on the market requirements, these components have
been submitted for approval to the authorized testing institutes. The present state of approval is shown in the "Overview of ap-
proved equipment" tables on 20/12 to 20/27.
■ Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

Country Canada 1) USA 1) China
Government-appointed or private, officially CSA UL UL CQC
recognized testing bodies (USA)
Approval symbol s c u cU u U
c UUS c UUS
c uUS c uUS
Approval requirements + + +
Remarks UL and CSA are authorized to grant approvals according to Canadian CCC
or US regulations. Please note: these approvals are frequently not rec-
ognized and additional approval often has to be obtained from the
national testing authority.
For more information about UL and CSA see 20/11.

1)
For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
20 20/10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
■ Marine classification societies

Country Germany United France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA
Kingdom
Name Ger- Lloyds Bureau Det Norske Russian Registro Polski American
manischer Register of Veritas Veritas Maritime Italiano Rejestre Bureau of
Lloyd Shipping Register of Navale Statków Shipping
Shipping
Codes GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS
■ CE mark of conformity
Manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to All the products in this catalog are in conformance with the EC
which EC directives apply must identify their products, operating directives and bear the CE mark.
instructions or packaging with a CE mark. • Low-voltage directive
The CE mark confirms that a product fulfills the appropriate ba- • EMC directive
sic requirements of all pertinent directives. The mark is a manda- • Machinery directive
tory requirement for putting products into circulation throughout
the EC. • Ex protection directive
The CE mark of conformity: >.
■ Accident prevention
Test certificates and approvals from the BIA (German statutory
industrial accident insurance institution in Bonn) and from SUVA
(Swiss institute for accident prevention) are available for some
devices in safety control systems. For details, see the respective
product descriptions.
■ Special standards, for example the USA and Canada

In the USA and Canada, for machine tools and processing ma- The abbreviations are harmonized with IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix
chines in particular, supply lines are laid using rubber insulated 1 Table A.1 and correspond to the stated utilization categories.
cable enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping similar to that used for
gas or water pipe systems. For various switching devices detailed in the catalog, a note has
been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the
The tubing system must be completely watertight and electri- auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they
cally conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since the have the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can
tubing system can also be grounded, the cable entries of en- only be connected to the same pole of the actuating voltage,
closed units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads must e.g. "600 V AC above 300 V AC same polarity".
be fitted with metal adapters between these threads and the
tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the
switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately
unless otherwise specified.
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for auxiliary circuits
(e.g. contactor relays, commanding and signaling devices and
auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are generally
only approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard
Duty" and are identified either with these specifications in addi-
tion to the maximum permissible voltage or by using an abbrevi-
ation.
Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)

Recognized Component Listed Product
Devices are identified on the rating plate Devices are identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate
using the "UL recognition mark": e.g. USA: u LISTED 165 C Canada: cu LISTED 165 C
USA: U, cUUS IND. CONT. EQ. IND. CONT. EQ.
Canada: cU, cUUS (165 C stands for: Siemens, I IA CD Division, Amberg plant)
Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e.: Devices are approved for "field wiring", i.e.:
as devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed, • As devices for installation in control systems, which are completely wired by
wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere.
elsewhere, according to the operating conditions.
• As single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada.
If devices are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as U or cU "recognized components".
For more information about UL and CSA see 20/10.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/11 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
■ Special standards, for example Russia, Australia and China

GOST approval for Russia Tick" mark. These requirements have been in force since Octo-
ber 1st, 1999.
CCC approval
Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required for many prod-

A GOST approval is required for all products that are to be sold ucts that are marketed in China.
in Russia. The GOST mark has been obligatory on the packag-
ing of all devices since mid-1998.
All devices delivered to any part of the Russian Federation must
have this customs certification.
C-Tick licensing for Australia
The C-Tick license is required for marketing Siemens compo-

nents in Australia. Electronic devices must provide proof of EMC
clearance in Australia, similar to the CE mark of conformity laid
down by the EMC directive applicable in the EC and bear the "C-
■ Type overview of approved devices

Chapter 1 · Air Circuit Breakers
Approvals Marine classifications
Application in Canada USA China Germany United France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA
1) 2) 1) 1) Kingdom
Certification s cUUS u cuUS U CCC GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS
SENTRON WL circuit breakers up to 6300 A (ACB)
3WL1 +3) -- -- -- -- + + + + + + -- + +
UL/CSA version
3WL5 -- -- + + -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1)
+ Standard version approved. For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
-- Not yet submitted for approval. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support.
2)
cu and cU approvals are available in accordance with US approval.
Further certifications and approvals available on request. 3)
CSA attestation according to IEC 60947-2.
Chapter 2 · Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Application in Canada USA China Germany United France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA
1) 2) 1) 1)
Kingdom
Certification s cUUS u cuUS U CCC GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS
SENTRON VL circuit breakers up to 1600 A (MCCB)
3VL1/2/3/4 -- -- -- -- -- + + + + + -- -- -- +
3VL5/6/7/8 -- -- -- -- -- + + + + + -- -- -- +
3VL9 -- -- -- -- -- + + + + + -- -- -- +
UL/CSA version
3VL1 + -- + -- × + -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3VL2/3/4/4X + -- + -- × + -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3VL6/7/8 + -- + -- × +3) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
3VL9 + -- + -- × +3) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
+ Standard version approved. 1) For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
2) cu and cU approvals are available in accordance with US approval.
× U approval not required because u approved.
3) Not all versions are approved. Request required.
Further certifications and approvals available on request.
20 20/12 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Chapter 3 · Miniature Circuit Breakers
Application in Germany, Belgium France Italy Russia USA, Canada China
Europe
Approvals VDE CEBEC LCIE (NF) IMQ GOST Fire Safety U u CCC
Protection
Miniature circuit breakers
5SL + + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SY4 +1)2) -- -- + + + + -- +
5SY7 + -- -- + + + + -- +
5SY8 -- -- -- -- + + + -- --
5SY5, universal current + -- -- -- + + -- -- +
5SP4 + -- -- -- + + + -- +
5SP5 + -- -- -- + + -- -- --
Miniature circuit breakers with plug-in terminal
5SJ6 . . .-.KS + -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
Miniature circuit breakers 1+N
5SY6 0. . + -- + + + + -- -- +
Miniature circuit breakers according to UL 489 and IEC
5SJ4 . . .-.HG40 -- -- -- -- + -- -- + --
5SJ4 . . .-.HG41 -- -- -- -- + -- -- + --
5SJ4 . . .-.HG42 -- -- -- -- + -- -- + --
5ST3 01. + -- -- -- + + + -- +
5ST3 02. + -- -- -- + + + -- +
5ST3 0. .-0HG -- -- -- -- -- + -- + --
Main miniature circuit breakers
5SP3 + -- -- -- + + -- -- --
Circuit breaker terminals
5SK9 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- --
1)
+ Standard version approved. Characteristic A, VDE-tested.
-- Not yet submitted for approval. 2)
All types with rated current In ≤ 63 A.
Application in Germany France United Kingdom Italy Norway

Marine classifications GL BV LRS RINA DNV
Miniature circuit breakers
Characteristic B C D B C D B C D B C D B C D
5SY4 + + -- +1) +1) +1) +1) +1) -- +1) +1) +1) +1) +1) +1)
5SY7 + + -- + + + + + -- + + + + + +
5SP4 + + + -- -- -- + + + -- -- -- -- -- --
+ Standard version approved.
-- Not yet submitted for approval.
1) All types with rated current In ≤ 63 A.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/13 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Chapter 4 · Residual Current Protective Devices
Application in Germany, Belgium France Italy Austria Spain Russia China
Europe
Approvals VDE CEBEC LCIE (NF) IMQ ÖVE AENOR GOST Fire Safety CCC
Protection
RCCBs, type A, 2-pole
5SM3 . . .-6
5SM3 111-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 311-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 312-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 314-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 316-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 317-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 412-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 414-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 416-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 417-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 612-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 614-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 616-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 617-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 416-8 + -- -- -- + + + + --
5SM3 417-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 614-8 + + -- -- + -- + + --
5SM3 616-8 + -- -- -- + + + + --
5SM3 617-8 + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 . . .-6KK
5SM3 315-6KK + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 318-6KK + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 415-6KK + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 418-6KK + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 615-6KK + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 618-6KK + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 . . .-6KK01
5SM3 312-6KK01 + -- -- + -- + + + +
5SM3 314-6KK01 + -- -- + -- + + + +
5SM3 316-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 317-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 616-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 617-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 . . .-6KK12
5SM3 312-6KK12 + + -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 314-6KK12 + + -- + -- -- + + --
5SM3 316-6KK12 + -- -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 317-6KK12 + -- -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 . . .-6KL
5SM3 111-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 311-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 312-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 314-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 316-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 317-6KL + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 412-6KL + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 414-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 416-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 417-6KL + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 612-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 614-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 616-6KL + -- + -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 617-6KL + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 61.-8KL
5SM3 614-8KL + -- -- -- + -- + + --
5SM3 616-8KL + -- -- -- + -- + + --
20 20/14 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
Protection
RCCBs, type A, 4-pole
5SM3 . . .-6
5SM3 342-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 344-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 345-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 346-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 347-6 + -- -- + -- + + --
5SM3 348-6 -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 444-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 445-6 -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 446-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 448-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 642-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 644-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 645-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 646-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 647-6 + -- -- -- + + + + --
5SM3 648-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 742-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 744-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 745-6 -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 746-6 + + -- + + + + + +
5SM3 748-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + +
5SM3 . . .-8
5SM3 444-8 + -- -- -- + + + + --
5SM3 446-8 + -- -- -- + + + + --
5SM3 644-8 + -- -- -- + + + + --
5SM3 645-8 -- -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 646-8 + -- -- -- + + + + --
5SM3 647-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 648-8 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 745-8 -- -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 748-8 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 846-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 . . .-6KK
5SM3 342-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 344-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 346-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 446-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 644-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 646-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 647-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- + + + --
5SM3 342-6KK03 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 344-6KK03 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 342-6KK12 + + -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 344-6KK12 + + -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 346-6KK12 + + -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 347-6KK12 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 644-6KK12 + + -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 646-6KK12 + + -- + -- -- + + +
5SM3 . . .-8KK
5SM3 646-8KK12 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 . . .-6KL
5SM3 342-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 344-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 346-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 347-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 642-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 644-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 646-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 647-6KL + -- + -- + -- + + --
5SM3 746-6KL + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 . . .-8KL
5SM3 646-8KL + -- -- -- + -- + + --
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/15 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
Protection
RCCBs, type A, 500 V
5SM3 352-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 354-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 356-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 652-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 654-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 656-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
RCCBs, type A, 50 ... 400 Hz
5SM3 342-6KK03 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 344-6KK03 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
RCCBs, type B
5SM3 . . .-4
5SM3 321-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 322-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 324-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 326-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 342-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 344-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 346-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 347-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 621-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 622-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 624-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 626-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 642-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 644-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 646-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 647-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 746-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 747-4 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 . . .-5
5SM3 646-5 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 647-5 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 746-5 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 747-5 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
RCCBs, type B+
5SM3 . . .-4KK14
5SM3 321-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 322-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 324-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 326-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 342-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 344-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 346-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 347-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 621-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 622-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 624-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 626-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 642-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 644-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 646-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 647-4KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 . . .-5KK14
5SM3 646-5KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM3 647-5KK14 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
RCBOs, type B
5SU1 . . .-. AK8.
5SU1 374-7AK81 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 374-7AK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-7AK81 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-7AK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 374-8AK81 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-8AK81 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 . . .-. BK8.
5SU1 674-7BK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 874-7BK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-8BK81 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 874-8BK81 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
20 20/16 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
Protection
RCBOs, type B (continued)
5SU1 . . .-. CK8.
5SU1 674-7CK81 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-7CK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
RCBOs, type B+
5SU1 . . .-. DK8.
5SU1 374-7DK81 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 374-7DK82 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-7DK81 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-7DK82 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 374-8DK81 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-8DK81 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 . . .-. EK8.
5SU1 674-8EK81 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-7FK81 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 674-7FK82 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
RCBOs, up to 40 A, type A
5SU1 324-6FA.. + -- -- + -- -- + + --
5SU1 324-7FA.. + -- -- + -- -- + + --
5SU1 .5.-6KK.. + -- -- + + -- + + +
5SU1 .5.-7KK.. + -- -- + + -- + + +
5SU1 353-7KL.. + -- -- -- + -- + + --
5SU1 354-7VK.. + -- -- + -- -- + + --
RCBOs, 125 A, type A
5SU1 .24-6KK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 .24-7KK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 .44-6KK82 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 .44-7KK82 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 624-6WK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 624-7WK82 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 .44-6WK82 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SU1 .44-7WK82 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
RC units, up to 63 A, type A
5SM2 . . .-6
5SM2 121-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 322-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 325-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 332-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 335-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 342-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 345-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 425-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 435-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 445-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 622-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 625-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 632-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 635-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 642-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 645-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 725-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 735-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 745-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 . . .-6KK01
5SM2 322-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 325-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 332-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 335-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 342-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 345-6KK01 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/17 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
Protection
RC units, up to 63 A, type A (continued)
5SM2 . . .-8
5SM2 622-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 625-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 635-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 645-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 735-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 745-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 822-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 825-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 832-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 835-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 842-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
5SM2 845-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + +
RC units, up to 100 A, type A
5SM2 . . .-6
5SM2 327-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM2 347-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM2 627-6 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM2 647-6 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM2 . . .-8
5SM2 627-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM2 647-8 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM2 827-8 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SM2 847-8 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5ST3 051 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SW3 300 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SW3 301 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SW3 302 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
5SW3 330 + -- -- -- -- -- + + --
+ Standard version approved. Further certifications and approvals available on request.
Chapter 5 · Fuse Systems

Application in Germany, Germany Netherlands Austria Russia Canada, USA China
Europe
Approvals VDE GL KEMA ÖVE GOST u s CCC
NEOZED fuse systems
5SE2
5SE2 013-2A + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SE2 280 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SE2 300 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SE2 302 + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SE2 304 + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SE2 306 + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SE2 31. + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SE2 32. + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SE2 332 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SE2 335 + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SE2 340 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SE2 350 + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SE2 363 + -- -- + + -- -- --
5SG1
5SG1 .01 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 .30 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 . .2 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 . .4 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 . .5 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 331 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 553 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 590 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 650 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 653 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 693 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 731 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 81. -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
20 20/18 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
NEOZED fuse systems (continued)
5SG5
5SG5 . .0 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG5 .01 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG5 . .3 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG5 .30 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG5 555 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 655 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG1 695 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG7
5SG7 1. . + + -- -- + -- -- --
5SG7 133-8BA. . + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SG7 6. . + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH4
5SH4 1. . + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH4 316 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH4 317 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH4 362 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH4 363 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH5
5SH5 0. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH5 1. . + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH5 2. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH5 4. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
DIAZED fuse systems
5SA1 . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SA2 . . + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SB1 . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SB2 . . + + + + + -- -- --
5SB3 . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SB4 010 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SB4 .1 + + + + + -- -- --
5SC1 .. -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SC2 .. -- + -- -- + -- -- --
5SD6 .. + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SD8 ... -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1
5SF1 005 + + + -- + -- -- --
5SF1 01 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1 012 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1 024 + + + -- + -- -- --
5SF1 060 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1 205 + + -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1 214 -- + -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1 215 -- + + -- + -- -- --
5SF1 224 + + -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1 260 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF1 401 -- + -- -- + -- -- --
5SF4
5SF4 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF5
5SF5 066 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF5 067 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF5 068 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF5 2. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SF6
5SF6 . . . + -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1
5SH1 11 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 12 + + -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 13 + + -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 141 -- + -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 161 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 170 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 22 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 221 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 23 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH1 231 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH2
5SH2 . . -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
5SH3
5SH3 . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SH3 703 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/19 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
Approvals VDE GL KEMA ÖVE GOST u cUus s CCC
Cylindrical fuse systems
Cylindrical fuse links and cylindrical fuse holders
3NW6 . . .-1 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NW7 0. . -- -- -- -- + -- + -- --
3NW7 1. . -- -- -- -- + -- + -- --
3NW7 2. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NW7 3. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NW8 . . .-1 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
Compact fuse holders for motor starter combinations
3NW7 03.-1 -- -- -- -- -- + -- + --
3NW7 53.-1HG -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
3NW7 903-1 -- -- -- -- -- -- + + --
Class CC fuse system
3NW1 . . .-0HG -- -- -- -- + + -- + --
3NW2 . . .-0HG -- -- -- -- + + -- + --
3NW3 . . .-0HG -- -- -- -- + + -- + --
3NW7 5.3-0HG -- -- -- -- + + -- + --
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links
3NA3
3NA3 0. . + + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NA3 1. . + + + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 1. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 2. . + + + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 250 + + -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 254 + + -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 2. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 34. + + + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 350 -- + -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 352 + + + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 354 + + -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 360 + + + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 362 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 365 + -- + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 372 + -- + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 4. . + -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 6. . + -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 8. . + + + -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 8. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NA3 8. .-7 + + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NA3 8. .-8 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 1
3NA6 10. + -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 110 + -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 114 + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 117 + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 12. + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 13. + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 14. + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 1. .-4 + -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 1. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 2
3NA6 214 + -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 220 + -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 222 + -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 224 + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 23. + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 24. + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 25. + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 260 + -- + -- + -- -- + --
3NA6 22.-4 + -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 23.-4 + -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 24.-4 + -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 250-4 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 252-4 + -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 254-4 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 260-4 + -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NA6 2. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
20 20/20 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse links (continued)
3NA6 8
3NA6 80. + -- + -- + -- -- --
3NA6 810 + -- + -- + -- -- --
3NA6 812 + -- + -- + -- + --
3NA6 814 + -- + -- + -- + --
3NA6 817 + -- + -- + -- + --
3NA6 82. + -- + -- + -- + --
3NA6 830 + -- + -- + -- + --
3NA6 832 + -- + -- + -- + --
3NA6 836 + -- + -- + -- -- --
3NA6 8. .-4 + -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NA6 8. .-4KK + -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NA6 8. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NA6 8. .-7 + -- + -- + -- + --
3NA7 1
3NA7 10. + + + -- + -- -- --
3NA7 110 + + + -- + -- -- --
3NA7 114 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 117 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 12. + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 13. + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 14. + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 1. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NA7 2
3NA7 214 + + + -- + -- -- --
3NA7 220 + + + -- + -- -- --
3NA7 222 + + + -- + -- -- --
3NA7 224 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 23. + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 24. + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 252 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 260 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 2. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NA7 8
3NA7 80. + + + -- + -- -- --
3NA7 810 + + + -- + -- -- --
3NA7 812 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 814 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 817 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 82. + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 830 + + + -- + -- + --
3NA7 832 + + -- -- + -- + --
3NA7 836 + + -- -- + -- -- --
3NA7 8. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NA7 8. .-7 + + -- -- + -- -- --
3ND1
3ND1-. . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3ND2
3ND2-. . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NX1 0. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5TT3 170 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/21 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
Approvals VDE GL KEMA ÖVE GOST u U s CCC
LV HRC Fuse Systems
LV HRC fuse bases and accessories
3NH3
3NH3 030 -- + + -- + -- + -- --
3NH3 031 -- + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 032 -- + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 035 -- + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 036 -- -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 037 -- -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 038 -- -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 050 -- + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 051 -- + -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 052 -- + -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 053 -- + -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NH3 1. . -- + + -- + -- + -- --
3NH3 2. . -- + + -- + -- + -- --
3NH3 3. . -- + + -- + -- + -- --
3NH3 4. . -- + + -- + -- + -- --
3NH3 5. . -- -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH4
3NH4 030 -- + + -- + -- + -- --
3NH4 031 -- + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH4 032 -- + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH4 035 -- + + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH4 037 -- -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH4 045 -- -- + -- + -- -- -- --
3NH4 230 -- + + -- + -- + -- --
3NH7
3NH7 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
SITOR LV HRC design
3NC
3NC2 4. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NC3 2. .-1 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- --
3NC3 2. .-6 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- --
3NC3 3. .-1 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- --
3NC3 3. .-6 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- --
3NC3 4. .-1 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NC3 4. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NC5 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NC7 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NC8 4. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NE1
3NE1 0. .-0 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 0. .-2 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 224-0 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NE1 225-0 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 230-0 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 2. .-2 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 2. .-3 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 3. .-0 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 331-2 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 332-2 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NE1 333-2 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 334-2 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 331-3 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 332-3 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3NE1 333-3 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 334-3 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 435-0 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- --
3NE1 436-0 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- --
3NE1 437-0 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NE1 438-0 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- --
3NE1 4. .-1 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 4. .-2 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 4. .-3 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
3NE1 8. .-0 -- -- -- -- + + -- -- +
20 20/22 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Europe
SITOR LV HRC design (continued)
3NE3
3NE3 2. . -- -- -- -- + + -- +
3NE3 3. . -- -- -- -- + + -- +
3NE3 4. .-0C -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE3 6. .-0C -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE3 6. .-1C -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE3 6. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE4
3NE4 1. . -- -- -- -- + + -- +
3NE4 1. .-5 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE4 337 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE4 3. .-0B -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE4 3. .-6 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE4 3. .-6B -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE5
3NE5 4. .-0C -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE5 6. .-0C -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE6
3NE6 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NE7
3NE7 4. .-0C -- -- -- -- + + -- --
3NE7 6. .-0C -- -- -- -- + + -- --
3NE7 6. .-1C -- -- -- -- + + -- --
3NE8
3NE8 0. . -- -- -- -- + -- -- +
3NE8 7. . -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NE9
3NE9 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NC1
3NC1 003 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NC1 006 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 008 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 01. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 02. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 032 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 038-. -- -- -- -- + -- + --
3NC1 09. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 40. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 41. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 42. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 43. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 440 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 450 -- -- -- -- + -- + --
3NC1 49. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC1 451-1 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NC1 4. .-5 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2
3NC2 200 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 22. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 232 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 240 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 250 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 263 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 280 -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 29. -- -- -- -- + + + --
3NC2 258-1 -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
3NC2 2. .-5 -- -- -- -- + + -- --
5SD4 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
5SE1 . . . -- -- -- -- + -- -- --
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/23 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Chapter 6 · Overvoltage Protection Devices
Application in Germany, Europe Netherlands Russia
Approvals VDE KEMA GOST
5SD7 41.-1 -- -- +
5SD7 44.-1 -- -- +
5SD7 42.-. -- + +
5SD7 46.-. -- -- +
5SD7 47.-. -- -- +
5SD7 48.-. -- -- +
5SD7 432-1, 5SD7 432-2 -- + +
5SD7 432-3, 5SD7 432-4 -- -- +
5SD7 434-1 -- + +
Accessories for surge arresters
5SD7 418-0 -- + +
5SD7 418-1 -- -- +
5SD7 428-. -- + +
5SD7 437-., 5SD7 438-. -- + +
5SD7 448-1 -- + +
5SD7 468-1 -- -- +
5SD7 488-. -- + +
5SD7 498-. -- -- +
Link rails
5SD7 490-. -- + +
Surge arresters for measuring and control technology
5SD7 5. .-. -- -- +
Chapter 7 · Switch Disconnectors

Application in Canada1)2) USA1) China Germany United Kingdom Norway Poland
Approvals s cUus u U CCC GL LRS DNV PRS
3LD main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches up to 250 A
3LD20 + -- + -- + +3) +3) +3) +3)
3LD21 + -- + -- + +3) +3) +3) +3)
3LD22 + -- + -- + +3) +3) +3) +3)
3LD25 + -- + -- + +3) +3) +3) +3)
3LD27 + -- + -- + +3) +3) +3) +3)
3LD28 + -- + -- + +3) +3) +3) +3)
3LD23 + -- + -- +4) +3) +3) +3) +3)
3LD24 + -- + -- +4) +3) +3) +3) +3)
2)
+ Standard version approved. cu and cU approvals are available in accordance with US approval.
3)
-- Not yet submitted for approval. Not all versions are approved. Request required.
4)
Further certifications and approvals available on request. Available soon.
1) For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
Application in Germany, Europe France Russia USA, Canada China

Approvals VDE LCIE (NF) GOST u CCC
5TE1 switch disconnectors up to 200 A
5TE1 2.0 -- + + -- --
5TE1 310 -- + + -- --
5TE1 315 -- + + -- --
5TE1 320 -- + + + --
5TE1 325 -- + + -- --
5TE1 330 -- + + + --
5TE1 335 -- + + -- --
5TE1 340 -- + + + --
5TE1 345 -- + + -- --
5TE1 410 -- + + -- --
5TE1 415 -- + + -- --
5TE1 420 -- + + + --
5TE1 425 -- + + -- --
5TE1 430 -- + + + --
5TE1 435 -- + + -- --
5TE1 440 -- + + + --
5TE1 445 -- + + -- --
5TE1 6.0 -- + + -- --
20 20/24 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Application in Canada USA1) China Germany France United CIS Norway Poland
Kingdom
Approvals s cUus u U CCC GL BV LRS RMRS DNV PRS
SENTRON 3KA, 3KE switch disconnectors up to 1000 A
3KA50 -- -- -- -- -- + + +3) +3) -- +
3KA51 -- -- -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3KA52 30, 3KA53 30, 3KA55 30 +2)3) -- +2)3) -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3KA57 -- -- -- -- + +3) + -- -- -- +
3KA57 30 +2)3) -- +2)3) -- + +3) + -- -- -- +
3KA58 -- -- -- -- + -- + -- -- -- +
3KA58 30 +2)3) -- +2)3) -- + -- + -- -- -- +
3KE42 -- -- -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3KE43 -- -- -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3KE44 -- -- -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- +
3KE45 -- -- -- -- +3)3 -- + -- -- -- +
SENTRON 3KL switch disconnectors with fuses up to 800 A
3KL50 -- -- -- -- +4) +3) + +3) -- -- +
3KL52 -- -- -- -- -- +3) + +3) +3) -- +
3KL52 30 -- -- -- +2)3) +4) +3) + +3) -- -- +
3KL52 40 -- -- -- -- +4) +3) + +3) -- -- +
3KL53 30 -- -- -- +2)3) +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KL53 40 -- -- -- +2)3) +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KL55 -- -- -- -- -- -- + +3) -- -- +
3KL55 30 -- -- -- +2)3) +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KL55 40 -- -- -- -- +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KL57 -- -- -- -- -- -- + +3) -- -- +
3KL57 30 -- -- -- +2)3) +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KL57 40 -- -- -- -- +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KL61 30 -- -- -- +2)3) +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KL62 30-1AB02 -- -- -- +2)3) +4) -- + -- -- -- +
3KM50 -- -- -- -- -- +3) + +3) +3) -- +
3KM52 -- -- -- -- -- +3) -- +3) -- -- +
3KM53 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- +
3KM55 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- +
3KM57 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- +
3NJ62 -- -- -- -- +4) -- -- -- -- +4) --
SENTRON 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A
3NP1 -- + -- -- + +4) -- +4) -- +4) --
SENTRON 3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors up to 630 A
3NP5 -- -- -- -- + -- -- -- -- -- +
3NJ41 03 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
3NJ41 21 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
3NJ41 23 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
3NJ41 31 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
3NJ41 33 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
3NJ41 41 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
3NJ41 43 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
3NJ50 13 -- -- -- -- +3) -- -- -- -- -- --
+ Standard version approved. 1) For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
2) Approved rated data on request.
Further certifications and approvals available on request. 3) Not all versions are approved. Request required.
4) Available soon.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/25 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Chapter 8 · Controls
Application in Germany, Europe Netherlands Russia USA, Canada China
Approvals VDE KEMA GOST u CCC
Control switches
5TE8 101 + -- + -- +
5TE8 101-3 -- -- + -- +
5TE8 102 + -- + -- +
5TE8 103 + -- + -- +
5TE8 105 -- -- + -- +
5TE8 108 + -- + -- --
5TE8 14. + -- + -- --
5TE8 15. + -- + -- +
5TE8 16. + -- + -- --
Pushbuttons
5TE4 8. . + -- + -- +
Application in Germany, Europe France Russia USA, Canada China

Approvals VDE LCIE (NF) GOST u cUus CCC
Indicator light
5TE5 800 + -- + -- -- --
5TE5 801 + -- + -- -- --
5TE5 802 + -- + -- -- --
5TE5 803 -- -- + -- -- --
5TE5 8004 + -- + -- -- --
ON/OFF switches
5TE8 .11 + -- + -- -- +
5TE8 .12 + -- + -- -- +
5TE8 .13 + -- + -- -- +
5TE8 .14 + -- + -- -- +
5TE8 .15 -- -- + -- -- +
5TE8 118 + -- + -- -- --
5TE8 218 -- -- + -- -- --
5TE8 52. + -- + -- -- +
5TE8 533 + -- + -- -- --
5TE8 72. + -- + -- -- --
5TT4 1. . + -- + -- -- --
Switching relays
5TT4 2. . + -- + -- -- --
Insta contactors (DC technology)
5TT5 7. . -- -- + + -- --
Insta contactors (AC technology)
5TT5 80. -- + + -- -- --
5TT5 820-0 -- -- + -- -- --
5TT5 83. -- + + -- -- --
5TT5 84. -- + + -- -- --
5TT5 85. -- + + -- -- --
5TT3 4. . -- -- + -- -- --
Timers
7LF4 40. + -- + -- + --
7LF4 41. + -- + + -- --
7LF4 42. + -- + + -- --
7LF4 43. + -- + + -- --
7LF4 44. + -- + -- -- --
7LF5 300-1 + -- + + -- --
7LF5 300-5 + -- + + -- --
7LF5 300-6 + -- + + -- --
7LF5 300-7 + -- + -- -- --
7LF5 301-. + -- + + -- --
7LF5 305-0 + -- + + -- --
7LF6 1. . -- -- + -- -- --
5TT3 18. -- -- + -- -- --
20 20/26 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix

Chapter 9 · Transformers, Bells and Socket Outlets
Application in Germany, Europe Italy Russia USA, Canada
Approvals VDE IMQ GOST cUus
Bell transformers
4AC3 006 -- + + --
4AC3 008 + + + --
4AC3 016 + + + --
4AC3 1. . + + + --
4AC3 4. . -- + + --
4AC3 5. . -- + + --
4AC3 6. . -- + + --
Power supply units
4AC2 400 -- + + --
4AC2 401 -- + + --
4AC2 402 -- -- + --
Bells and buzzers
7LQ2 . . . -- -- + --
REG socket outlets
5TE6 800 + -- + --
5TE6 801 + -- + --
5TE6 802 -- -- + --
5TE6 803 -- -- + --
5TE6 804 -- -- + +
5TE6 810 + -- + --
Chapter 10 · Busbar Systems

Application in Canada USA
Approvals s cUus u U
40 mm busbar systems
8US + + -- +
60 mm busbar systems
8US + + -- +
You can find more information about standards and approvals at
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/27 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Siemens contacts
■ Contact partner at Siemens Industry

At Siemens Industry, more than 85 000 people are resolutely
pursuing the same goal: long-term improvement of your compet-
itive ability. We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commit-
ment, we continue to set new standards. In all industries – world-
wide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
• Product group,
• Country,
• City,
• Service.
20 20/28 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Solution partners
■ Solution partners - Automation, power distribution and PLM

Solution Partner Finder
The Siemens Solution Partner Program helps you to find the op-
timum partner for your specific requirements. Support is pro-
vided by the Solution Partner Finder, a comprehensive online da-
tabase that showcases the profiles of all our solution partners.
You can convince yourself of the competence of the respective
Solution Partner by means of the references provided.
The following search criteria are possible:
• Country
• Technology
• Sector
• Company
• Zip code
Once you have located a partner, you are only one small step
from contacting them.
You can locate the Solution Partner Finder as follows:
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Additional information on the Siemens Solution Partner Program
is available online at:
The products and systems from Siemens Industry Automation www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner
and Drive Technologies offer the ideal platform for all automation
applications.
Under the name Siemens Solution Partner, selected system inte-
grators operate around the world as uniformly qualified solution
providers for the portfolio of Siemens automation, power distri-
bution and product lifecycle management products. Day after
day, they utilize their qualified product and system know-how as
well as their excellent industry expertise to your advantage –
for all requirements.
The Solution Partner emblem is a guarantee of quality.
The basis for this is to be found in four defined quality features:
• Solution quality:
A good result in every case based on proven solution know-
how.
• Expert quality:
Certified technical competence guarantees maximum effi-
ciency.
• Project quality:
Straight to the goal with proven project experience.
• Product range quality:
Comprehensive portfolio for state-of-the-art solutions from a
single source.
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/29 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Online Services
Information and ordering options available
on the Internet and DVD
■ Siemens Building Technologies on the web

The Siemens Division Building Technologies offers the full range
of products and solutions for secure and energy-efficient build-
ings and infrastructures – from building automation and heating,
ventilation and air-conditioning systems (HLK) to fire protection,
security, low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
technology.
Extensive information about all products, systems and services
and support services is available in a compact and clear format
on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/buildingtechnologies
■ Product selection with the interactive catalog CA 01

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry
product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under:
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
■ Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG
on the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of prod-
ucts clearly and informatively presented in electronic catalogs.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure, from se-
lection over ordering through to order tracking, to be carried out
online over the Internet.
A range of functions offer comprehensive support.
These include powerful search functions that make it easy to find
the required products, which can then be immediately checked
for availability. Customer-specific discounting and compilation of
tenders are possible online, as is checking the status of your or-
der (Tracking & Tracing).
You can find the Industry Mall on the Internet at:
20 20/30 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
For machine constructors, solution providers and plant opera- Our Service & Support accompanies you worldwide in all mat-
tors: The service offering from Siemens Industry, Automation and ters concerning automation and drives from Siemens. We pro-
Drive Technologies includes comprehensive services for a wide vide direct on-site support in more than 100 countries through all
range of different users in all sectors of the manufacturing and phases of the life cycle of your machines and plants.
process industry
You have an experienced team of specialists at your side to pro-
To accompany our products and systems, we offer integrated vide active support and bundled know-how. Regular training
and structured services that provide valuable support in every courses and intensive contact among our employees - even
phase of the life cycle of your machine or plant - from planning across continents - ensure reliable service in the most diverse
and implementation through commissioning as far as mainte- areas.
nance and modernization.
■ Online Support ■ Technical Consulting

The comprehensive online infor- Support in planning and design-
mation platform supports you in ing your project: From detailed
all aspects of our Service & Sup- actual-state analysis, definition
port at any time and from any lo- of the goal and consulting on
cation in the world. product and system questions
right through to the creation of
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/ the automation solution.
support
■ Technical Support ■ Training

Expert advice on technical Extend your competitive edge -
questions with a wide range of through practical know-how
demand-optimized services for directly from the manufacturer.
all our products and systems.
www.siemens.com/sitrain
technical-support
Contact information is available in the Internet at:

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/31 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
■ Engineering Support ■ Modernization

Support during project engi- You can also rely on our support
neering and development with when it comes to modernization
services fine-tuned to your re- - with comprehensive services
quirements, from configuration from the planning phase all the
through to implementation of an way to commissioning.
automation project.
■ Field Service ■ Service programs

Our Field Service offers you ser- Our service programs are se-
vices for commissioning and lected service packages for an
maintenance - to ensure that automation and drives system or
your machines and plants are product group. The individual
always available. services are coordinated with
each over to ensure smooth
coverage of the entire life cycle
and support optimum use of
your products and systems.
The services of a service pro-
gram can be flexibly adapted at
any time and used separately.
■ Spare parts Examples of service programs:

In every sector worldwide, 7 Service contracts
plants and systems are required
to operate with constantly in- 7 Plant IT Security Services
creasing reliability. We will pro- 7 Life Cycle Services for Drive Engineering
vide you with the support you 7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Life Cycle Services
need to prevent a standstill from
occurring in the first place: with 7 SINUMERIK Manufacturing Excellence
a worldwide network and opti- 7 SIMATIC Remote Support Servicess
mum logistics chains.
Advantages at a glance:
7 Reduced downtimes for increased productivity
7 Optimized maintenance costs due to a tailored scope of ser-
vices
■ Repairs 7 Costs that can be calculated and therefore planned
Downtimes cause problems in 7 Service reliability due to guaranteed response times and
the plant as well as unnecessary spare part delivery times
costs. We can help you to re- 7 Customer service personnel will be supported and relieved of
duce both to a minimum - with additional tasks
our worldwide repair facilities.
7 Comprehensive service from a single source, fewer interfaces
and greater expertise
■ Optimization
During the service life of ma-
chines and plants, there is often
a great potential for increasing
productivity or reducing costs.
To help you achieve this poten-
tial, we are offering a complete
range of optimization services.
Contact information is available in the Internet at:

20 20/32 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Comprehensive support from A to Z
■ Overview
In all issues for more efficiency - comprehensive support and ac-
Product information cess at any time to tried and tested tools, quickly and easily via
Website Fast and targeted information about low-voltage the Internet.
power distribution:
Newsletter Always up to date about our forward-looking prod-

ucts and systems:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/newsletter
Product information/product & system selection

Information and Current catalogs, customer magazines, brochures,
download center demo software and promotion packages:
Industry Mall Comprehensive information and order platform for

the Siemens Industry Basket:
Product- & System-Engineering

SIMARIS Support in planning and configuration the electrical
Software tools power distribution:
www.siemens.com/simaris
Engineering soft- Simple and fast configuration for distribution boards

ware ALPHA and meter cabinets with products from the Siemens
SELECT Industry Basket:
www.siemens.com/alpha-select
Product documentation
Service & support Comprehensive technical information - from planning
portal to configuration and operation:
Cax Data Collation of commercial and technical master prod-

uct data:
www.siemens.com/cax
Image database Collection of product photographs and graphics,

such as dimensional drawings and internal circuit
diagrams:
www.siemens.de/lowvoltage/bilddb
Product training
SITRAIN Portal Comprehensive training program about our prod-
ucts, systems and engineering tools:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training
Product hotline
Technical support Support in all technical queries about our products:
E-mail: support.automation@siemens.com
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/33 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Software licenses
■ Overview
Software types Factory license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
The following software types have been defined: the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-
• Engineering software nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number
of hardware devices on which the software may be installed re-
• Runtime software sults from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).
Engineering software Certificate of license
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- Downgrading
parties free-of-charge. The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
Runtime software such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- Delivery versions
sions, drivers, etc. Software is constantly being updated.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro- The following delivery versions
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for • PowerPack
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. • Upgrade
You can find information about license fees according to use in can be used to access updates.
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. PowerPack
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
the relevant product(s). (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
License types ware is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari- license of the software to be replaced.
ous types of software license:
• Floating license Upgrade
• Single license An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
• Rental license is already held.
• Trial license The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
Floating license product, proves that the new version is licensed.
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. of the software to be upgraded.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use be- ServicePack
gins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user. ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
Single license ing to the number of existing original licenses.
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one License key
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for software products with and without license keys.
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
One single license is required for each type of use defined. is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
Rental license The complete installation of software products requiring license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software license key (which represents the license).
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software. Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the
“Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or under
Trial license www.siemens.com/industrymall
(Industry Mall Online-Help System)
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
20 20/34 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Subject index
■ Overview
Numerics B
4. contact (N conductor) Base load resistors
For 3LD 7/22, 7/24, 7/25 For electronic devices 12/35
Bases
For 8US 10/12
A Basic element
Accessories For surge arresters 6/17
For PAC3200 power monitoring devices 11/26, 11/27, 11/28 Basic switch version
Adapter for screw fixing For 3KA/3KE 7/34
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124 Bell transformers 9/4
Adapter sleeve fitters Bells 9/9
For DIAZED fuse bases 5/16 Bi-metal ammeters
For NEOZED 5/11 For 3NJ62 7/83
Adapter sleeves Bi-metal measuring instruments
For DIAZED fuse bases 5/16 For 3NJ62 7/83
For NEOZED fuse bases 5/11 Blanking covers
Adapters with busbar terminal For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/123
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124 For 3NJ62 7/88
Aerials For 8US 10/13
For GSM alarm modules 12/30 Block library 3WL/3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7 13/14
Air circuit breakers/non-automatic air circuit breakers 1/1 ... 1/54 Box terminal assembly kit
ALPHA SELECT 13/7 For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
Ammeter selector switches 11/40 Box terminals
Ammeters 3NP1 version 7/92, 7/93, 7/97
Analog 11/32 For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
Digital 11/34 Breaker blocking covers
For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/83, 7/85, 7/87 For miniature circuit breakers 3/57
Analog ammeter 11/32 Busbar adapter systems 2/89
Analog voltmeters 11/32 Busbar adapters
Arc chute 3NP5 7/117
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42 For main miniature circuit breakers (SHU) 3/57
For 3NP5 7/114 For MINIZED switch disconnectors 5/11
Arcing contacts Busbar connection pieces
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42 For 8US 10/12, 10/13, 10/24, 10/25
Assembly kits Busbar covers
For SR60 distribution board components 10/9 For 3NJ62 7/88
Assembly kits for flush mounting Busbar device adapters
For 3NP 7/117 For 8US 10/16
Assembly tools Busbar supports 10/10
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/24 For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
For 8US 10/13
Auxiliary conductor connections
For 3NP1 7/98, 7/100, 7/102, 7/104, 7/105 Busbar terminals
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
Auxiliary releases
For circuit breakers 1/23, 1/40, 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60 Busbars 5/29 ... 5/32
Acc. to UL 489 3/53
Auxiliary switch mounting kit 7/126
Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
For residual current protective devices 4/24, 4/25
Auxiliary switches Standard 3/28, 3/39 ... 3/42
For 3KA/3KE 7/40, 7/42
Bus-mounting bases
For 3KL 7/49, 7/50, 7/56
DIAZED 5/15
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/24, 7/25
For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/82, 7/84, 7/86 Buzzers 9/9
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
For 3NP5 7/114
For circuit breakers 1/23, 1/40, 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/61 C
Auxiliary switches (AS) Cable connection cover
For Control Switches 8/7 For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
For cylindrical fuse holders 5/21 Cap sets
For DC isolators 8/20 For Control Switches 8/7
For Insta contactors 8/32, 8/35, 8/36 For light indicators 8/14
For miniature circuit breakers 3/31, 3/52 For pushbuttons 8/11
For MINIZED switch disconnectors 5/8 Caps
For ON/OFF switches 8/18 For DIAZED fuse bases 5/16
For remote control switches 8/27
Centralized fault signaling unit 12/31
For residual current protective devices 4/14
For switch disconnectors 7/28 Changeover switches
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
For 3KA/3KE 7/41
For 3KA/3KE 7/42
Circuit breaker terminals 3/59
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/35 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Subject index
Circuit breakers Current relays 12/16
Air 1/1 ... 1/54 Current transformer busbars 7/83
Auxiliary releases for 1/23, 1/40, 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60 For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85
Auxiliary switches 1/23, 1/40 Current transformers 2/91 ... 2/93, 7/82, 11/39, 12/27
Auxiliary switches for 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/61 For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/127
Communication-capable 1/26, 1/43, 2/12 ... 2/29, 2/40 ... 2/51, 2/98 For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/82, 7/84, 7/86
Connection methods for 1/27 ... 1/28, 1/45 ... 1/46 Cylindrical fuse bases
Conversion sets 1/47 SITOR 5/60
Fixed mounting 1/7 ... 1/10, 1/15 ... 1/18, 1/50, 2/10 ... 2/54
Generator protection 2/46 ... 2/51 Cylindrical fuse holders 5/20, 5/21
Guide frames for 1/30 ... 1/33, 1/53 ... 1/54 SITOR 5/60
Interlocks for 2/83 ... 2/88 Cylindrical fuse links 5/19, 5/20
Molded-case 2/1 ... 2/98 SITOR 5/59, 5/60
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers 2/30 ... 2/31, 2/52 ... 2/53
Operating mechanisms for 1/23, 1/25, 1/40, 2/55, 2/56, 2/62 ... 2/69
Plug-in version 2/70 ... 2/75 D
RCD modules 2/76 Data keys
Shunt releases 1/23, 1/40 For digital time switches 8/41
Shunt releases for 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60
DC isolators 8/20
System protection 2/10 ... 2/25, 2/34 ... 2/51
Undervoltage releases 1/23, 1/40 Delay timers 8/51
Undervoltage releases for 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60 Device adapters for 8US 10/16
With electronic release 1/7 ... 1/22, 1/34, 2/10 ... 2/29, 2/34 ... 2/51 Device holders
Withdrawable bridging units 1/48 For 8US 10/16
Withdrawable grounding units 1/48 DIAZED
Withdrawable short-circuits 1/48 Bus-mounting bases 5/15, 10/30, 10/31
Withdrawable version 1/11 ... 1/14, 1/19 ... 1/22, 1/51 ... 1/52, 2/70 ... 2/75 Fuse bases 5/14
Clamp terminals Fuse links 5/13, 5/14
For 3NP5 7/117 Digital ammeters 11/34
Combination surge arresters 6/6 Digital time switches 8/40, 8/41
Communication modules for E-counters 11/12 Astro 8/40
Communication-capable circuit breakers 1/26, 1/43, 2/12 ... 2/29, Data keys 8/41
2/40 ... 2/51, 2/98 Expert 8/41
Compensator 8/27 Mini 8/40
Profi 8/40
Complete version
Software 8/41
For 3KA/3KE 7/34
Top 8/40
Completely compartmentalized USB adapters 8/41
3NP5 version 7/108, 7/109, 7/110, 7/111, 7/112, 7/113 Digital voltmeters 11/34
Configuration 13/7 Direct current
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SIMATIC 13/9 ... 13/15 Non-automatic air circuit breakers 1/50 ... 1/54
Connecting terminal plates Direct operating mechanisms
For 8US 10/14 For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
Connecting wedges Direct voltage monitors 12/13
For 8US 10/25 Distance compensation
Connection assembly kits For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
Connection holders For 3K switch disconnectors 7/57 ... 7/63
For 8US 10/25 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms IP65
Connection methods For 3KA/3KE 7/40, 7/41, 7/42
For circuit breakers 1/27 ... 1/28, 1/45 ... 1/46 For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers 2/77 ... 2/82 For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
Connection modules 10/23 Double pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11
For 3NJ62 7/88
Dusk switches 12/37
For 3NP1 7/100
Light sensor 12/37
Contact extensions
For 3NJ62 7/82, 7/84, 7/86
Control pushbuttons 8/10
Control switches 8/6
E
Control switches 8/6 ECG control switches 8/50
Group switches 8/6 E-counters 11/8
Two-way switches 8/6 Three-phase 11/8
Conversion sets EFM 10
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers to withdrawable circuit breakers 1/47 For 3NP1 7/90
Coupling drivers EFM 20
For door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 7/62 For 3NP1 7/90
Cover IP20 EFM 25
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49 For 3NP1 7/90
Cover profiles Electromechanical fuse monitoring
For 8US 10/11, 10/13 For 3NP1 7/90
Cover rings 5/17 Electronic fuse monitoring
Cover support For 3NP1 7/90
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105 For 3NP5 7/112, 7/113
Covers 1/26, 1/35, 1/41, 3/35, 4/25 Electronic fuse monitoring with DC monitoring
For DIAZED fuse bases 5/16 For 3NP1 7/90
For DIAZED SR60 bus-mounting bases 10/31 Electronic fuse monitors
For LV HRC fuse bases 5/48 For 3NP5 7/112, 7/113
For miniature circuit breakers 3/35 Electronic releases 1/7 ... 1/22, 1/34, 1/35, 2/10 ... 2/29, 2/34 ... 2/51
For NEOZED fuse bases 5/10 EMERGENCY STOP modules 12/32
For NEOZED SR60 bus-mounting bases 10/30 End and intermediate holders
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/123 For 8US 10/7, 10/10, 10/11
For residual current protective devices 4/14 End caps
For time counters 11/38 For busbars 4/25, 8/23
Covers for cable lug connections Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
For 3NP5 7/117 Standard 3/28, 3/41, 3/42
Covers for terminals for circular conductors End covers
For 8US 10/15 For 8US 10/11
CubicleBUS modules 1/43
20 20/36 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Subject index
Energy counters 11/8 Fuse tongs 5/60
Three-phase 11/8 Fuse-base covers
Energy management 11/2 For LV HRC fuse bases 5/49
Energy-saving timers 8/50 Fuses
ETU electronic releases 1/7 ... 1/22, 1/34, 2/12 ... 2/29, 2/40 ... 2/51 For 3KL 7/50
Expansion fault signaling units 12/31 For 3KM 7/50
Expansion modules for E-counters 11/12 For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
For 3NP5 7/115
Expansion modules for power monitoring devices
PAC 4DI/2DO 11/31
PAC PROFIBUS DP 11/29
PAC RS 485 11/30 G
Extension terminals 10/12 Generator protection 2/16 ... 2/29, 2/46 ... 2/51
Grounding brackets
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42
F Grounding set
Fault signal contacts (FC) For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
For miniature circuit breakers 3/31, 3/52 Group switches 8/6
Fault signaling units 12/31 GSM alarm modules 12/30
Centralized fault signaling unit 12/31 Guide frames
Expansion fault signaling units 12/31 For circuit breakers 1/30 ... 1/33, 1/53 ... 1/54
Feeder terminals 3/59 Guide rails
For 3NP1 7/98 For 3NJ62 7/88
Fixed mounting
Circuit breakers 1/7 ... 1/10, 1/15 ... 1/18, 1/50
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers 2/10 ... 2/54 H
Connection methods for 2/77 ... 2/82 Handle coupler
Fixing clips For residual current protective devices 4/22
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/123 Handle locking devices
Fixing kits For control switches 8/7
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103 For miniature circuit breakers 3/34, 3/53
Fixing parts For ON/OFF switches 8/19
For miniature circuit breakers 3/34 Handle with masking plate
For residual current protective devices 4/27 For door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 7/62
Fixing screws High speed closing
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124 3NP5 version 7/108, 7/109, 7/110, 7/111, 7/112, 7/113
Flashing timers 8/51 Holder
Flat copper profile For front panel installation 3/35, 8/41, 8/48
For 8US 10/13 Holders for ammeters
Flat copper profiles For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
For 8US 10/7
Flat terminals
3NP1 version 7/92, 7/93, 7/97 I
For 3N4/3NJ5 7/121
Immersion electrodes
Front panel For level relays 12/34
For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
Infeeds
Fuse bases For 8US 10/14
DIAZED 5/14
Inscription labels 3/34, 4/27
NEOZED 5/9, 5/10
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/23, 7/24, 7/25
Fuse carriers
Insta contactors
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/104, 7/105
AC technology 8/35, 8/36
For 3NP5 7/114
DC technology 8/32
Fuse covers
Instabus KNX 11/13
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56 Insulation monitors 12/20, 12/26
Fuse links Interlocks 1/26, 1/36
Class CC fuse system 5/26 For circuit breakers 2/83 ... 2/88
Cylindrical fuses 5/20 Intermediate frames 3/35
DIAZED 5/13, 5/14 Isolating links
NEOZED 5/7 For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
Fuse monitor connections For LV HRC fuse bases 5/49
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
Fuse monitoring
For 3NP5 7/110
Fuse monitors 5/43, 12/18
Fuse partitions
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
Fuse pullers
For LV HRC fuse links 5/49
Fuse switch disconnectors
MINIZED 5/8
Fuse systems 5/2 ... 5/64
Busbars 5/29 ... 5/32
Class CC 5/26
Class CC fuse system 5/26
Cylindrical fuse systems 5/19 ... 5/21
DIAZED 5/13 ... 5/17
DIAZED fuse systems 5/13 ... 5/17
LV HRC fuse bases 5/46 ... 5/49
LV HRC fuse links 5/35 ... 5/41
LV HRC signal detectors 5/43
NEOZED 5/7 ... 5/11
NEOZED fuse systems 5/7 ... 5/11
Photovoltaic fuses 5/64
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/37 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Subject index
K Monitoring devices 12/2 ... 12/41
Knob-operated mechanism Current relays 12/16
For 3LD 7/23 Dusk switches 12/37
EMERGENCY STOP modules 12/32
Fault signaling units 12/31
Fuse monitors 12/18
L GSM alarm modules 12/30
Labeling systems 3/34, 4/27 Insulation monitors 12/20
LAN couplers 11/22 Level relays 12/34
Lateral modules Line circuit relays 12/35
For 8US 10/22 Monitoring of medical premises 12/26, 12/27
Leakage current measurement devices 4/14 Network switchover control 12/8
p.f. controller 12/40
LEDs Phase monitors 12/19
For light indicators 8/14 Phase sequence monitors 12/19
For pushbuttons 8/11 Priority switches 12/17
Level relays 12/34 Residual current monitors 12/10
Light indicators 8/13 Temperature controllers 12/39
Light sensor Thermistor motor protection relays 12/41
For dimmer switch 12/37 Voltage relays 12/13
Lighting timers 8/50 Monitoring of medical premises 12/26, 12/27
Lightning arresters 6/4 Motor protection 2/26 ... 2/29
Line circuit relays 12/35 Motor starter protectors/Circuit breakers
Link rails 3/59 Generator protection 2/16 ... 2/29
For 3NP1 7/98 Motor protection 2/26 ... 2/29
For overvoltage protection devices 6/13 Starter protection 2/30 ... 2/31
Lock System protection 2/10 ... 2/25
For miniature circuit breakers 3/34 Mounting hook
Locking caps 5/8 For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
Locking devices 1/27, 1/35 Mounting plates 3/57
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/104, 7/105 Moving-iron ammeters
For miniature circuit breakers 3/34 For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
For residual current protective devices 4/14 Moving-iron measuring instruments 7/83
Locking mechanisms 1/27, 1/36 For 3NJ62 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
LV HRC bus-mounting bases 5/47 Multicounters 11/19
LV HRC contact covers Multi-function plugs
LV HRC bus-mounting bases 5/48 For 3NJ62 7/73, 7/83, 7/85, 7/87
LV HRC fuse bases 5/46 ... 5/49 Multifunction timers 8/51
LV HRC fuse links 5/35 ... 5/41 Multimeters 11/16
LV HRC signal detectors 5/43
Lyre-shaped fuse covers
For 3KL 7/48 N
N conductor monitors 12/14
N or PE terminals
M For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/25
Magnetic releases 2/30 ... 2/31, 2/52 ... 2/53 N-conductor connectors 8/19
Main connections 1/28, 1/45 ... 1/46, 2/7 NEOZED
Main miniature circuit breakers (SHU) 3/56, 3/57 Adapter sleeve fitters 5/11
Male connectors Adapter sleeves 5/11
For lightning arresters 6/12 Busbar adapters 5/11
For surge arresters 6/12, 6/17 Caps 5/10
Covers 5/10
M-Bus 11/13
Fuse bases 5/9, 5/10
Measuring devices Retaining springs 5/11
Analog 11/32 Screw caps 5/11
Three-phase 11/3 ... 11/40
NEOZED bus-mounting bases 10/30
Measuring selector switches 11/40
NEOZED fuse links 5/7
Mechanical coupling of operating handles
Network switchover control 12/8
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126
Non-automatic air circuit breakers
Mechanical time switches 8/47, 8/48
Air 1/1 ... 1/54
MFM Direct current 1/50 ... 1/54
For 3NP1 7/90
Non-automatic molded case circuit breakers 2/30 ... 2/31, 2/52 ... 2/53
Miniature circuit breakers 3/2 ... 3/59
10 000 A, high current 3/15
10 000 A, universal current 3/16, 3/17
10,000 A 3/11 ... 3/14 O
15,000 A 3/18 ... 3/20 OFF switches 8/17 ... 8/19
25 kA 3/21, 3/22 Off-delay timers 8/51
6000 A 3/6, 3/7 ON-OFF switch 8/17 ... 8/19
Acc. to UL 489 and IEC 3/48 ... 3/53 Operating mechanisms
Additional components 3/31 ... 3/35 For circuit breakers 1/23, 1/25, 1/40, 2/55, 2/56, 2/62 ... 2/69
Busbars 3/28, 3/39 ... 3/42, 3/45, 3/53
Operating mechanisms for fixed mounting
Circuit breaker terminals 3/59
For 3KA/3KE 7/40
Compact range 1+N in 1 MW 3/28
High current, 10 000 A 3/15 Operating protective covers
Main miniature circuit breakers (SHU) 3/56, 3/57 For miniature circuit breakers 3/57
RC units 3/32, 3/33 Outgoing modules for PE/N
Universal current, 10 000 A 3/16, 3/17 For 8US 10/14
With plug-in terminal 3/25 Overvoltage protection devices 6/2 ... 6/18
MINIZED Accessories for surge arresters 6/12
Fuse switch disconnectors 5/8 Combination surge arresters 6/6
Switch disconnectors 5/8 Configuration 6/14
Molded case circuit breakers 2/1 ... 2/98 Lightning arresters 6/4
Link rails 6/13
Molded-plastic enclosures 3/35, 4/27
Surge arresters 6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/17
Molded-plastic masking frames
Overvoltage relays 12/13
For 3NP5 7/114, 7/117
20 20/38 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Subject index
P Residual current protective devices 4/2 ... 4/28
p.f. controller 12/40 Accessories 4/27
Additional components 4/14
PAC PROFIBUS DP 11/29
Busbars 4/24, 4/25
PAC RS 485 11/30 Leakage current measurement devices 4/14
PAC1500 11/6 RC units 4/16, 4/17
PAC1500 single-phase counters 11/9 RCBO 4/19 ... 4/22
PAC1500 three-phase counters 11/6 RCCB 4/5 ... 4/8
PAC3100 11/23, 11/26 RCCB socket outlets (SRCDs) 4/26
PAC3100 power monitoring devices 11/23, 11/26 Residual-current operated circuit breakers 4/28
SIGRES 4/7, 4/8
PAC3200 11/23, 11/27, 13/15
SIQUENCE RCCBs 4/10 ... 4/12
PAC3200 block library for SIMATIC WinCC 13/15
Residual-current operated circuit breakers 4/28
PAC3200 power monitoring devices 11/23, 11/27
Retaining springs
PAC4200 11/23, 11/28 For NEOZED 5/11
PAC4200 power monitoring devices 11/23, 11/28 Rotary operating mechanisms
Padlocks 3/34, 3/53, 4/14 For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/25
Parallel switches For switch disconnectors 7/28
For 3KA/3KE 7/41, 7/42 RS 485 11/13
Parking position
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/119
Partition S
For 8US 10/13
Saddle terminals
Partitions
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125
For LV HRC bus-mounting bases 5/48
For 3NP1 7/100, 7/102, 7/105
For LV HRC fuse bases 5/48, 5/49
Phase connectors 8/19 Screw adapters
For DIAZED fuse bases 5/16
Phase monitors 12/19
Screw caps
Phase sequence monitors 12/19 For DIAZED fuse bases 5/15
Photovoltaic For NEOZED fuse bases 5/11
Cylindrical fuse holders 5/64 Screw holders
Cylindrical fuse links 5/64 For 8US 10/25
DC isolators 8/20
Sealable covers
Photovoltaic fuses 5/64 For 3NP1 7/98
Planning 13/7 Sealing lugs
Planning the Power Distribution System with SIMARIS 13/4 ... 13/6 For 3NP5 7/117
Plug-in version Selection and ordering data (paper) 7/82
Circuit breakers 2/70 ... 2/75 Selector switches
Power Management System 11/2 For ammeters 11/40
Power supply units 9/8, 12/30 For voltmeters 11/40
Priority switches 12/17 Series remote control switches 8/26
Prism terminal Shaft couplings
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/125 For door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 7/62
For 3NP1 7/100, 7/102 Short-time relays 12/14
PROFIBUS 1/44 Shunt releases
PROFIBUS DP 11/29 For circuit breakers 1/23, 1/40, 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60
Protective devices with device holder 1/34 Shunt trips (ST)
Pulse counters For miniature circuit breakers 3/31, 3/52
Electronic 11/36 Shutter/blind remote control switches 8/26
Mechanical 11/36 Signaling combination
Pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11 For insulation monitors 12/27
Control pushbuttons 8/10 Signaling panels 12/26
Double pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11 SIMARIS curves 13/6
SIMARIS design 13/4
SIMARIS project 13/5
Q SIMATIC PCS 7 Library PAC3200 13/13
Quartz-clock time switches 8/47 SIMATIC PCS 7 powerrate 13/9, 13/10
SIMATIC WinCC powerrate 13/11, 13/12
Single-phase measuring devices
R Analog measuring devices 11/32
Rated current modules 1/24, 1/34 Digital measuring devices 11/34
Rating Plug 1/24, 1/34 Time and pulse counters 11/36
RC units Time counters for front-panel mounting 11/38
For miniature circuit breakers 3/32, 3/33 SIQUENCE RCCBs 4/10 ... 4/12
For residual current protective devices 4/16, 4/17 SITOR fuses
RCBO 4/19 ... 4/22 For 3KL 7/50
RCCB protective socket outlets 4/26 For 3KM 7/50
For 3NP5 7/115
RCCB socket outlets (SRCDs) 4/26
SITOR semiconductor fuses 5/50 ... 5/64
RCCBs 4/5 ... 4/8
Cylindrical fuse design 5/59, 5/60
RCD modules LV HRC design 5/51 ... 5/57
For circuit breakers 2/76 NEOZED and DIAZED, SILIZED design 5/62
Reach-around protection Socket outlets
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105 For modular installation devices 9/10, 9/11
Reducers 5/8 SCHUKO 4/26
For door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms 7/62 Soft-starting devices 8/37
REG socket outlets 9/10, 9/11 Software
Remote control switches 8/26 For digital time switches 8/41
Remote controlled mechanisms (RC) Spacers
For miniature circuit breakers 3/31 For 8US 10/24, 10/25
For residual current protective devices 4/14 For Control Switches 8/7
Residual current monitors 12/10 For Insta contactors 8/32
For miniature circuit breakers 3/34
For ON/OFF switches 8/19
For switching relays 8/29
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/39 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Subject index
Stairwell lighting timers 8/50 Time counters
Starter protection 2/30 ... 2/31 Electronic 11/36
Stud terminal For front-panel mounting 11/38
For 3NJ4/3N5 7/121 Mechanical 11/36
Summation current transformer Time switches
For residual current monitors 12/10 Digital 8/40, 8/41
Support rails Mechanical 8/47, 8/48
For 8US 10/25 Quartz 8/47
Synchronous 8/47
Supports for blanking covers
For 8US 10/11 Timers 8/38 ... 8/52
For buildings 8/50
Surge arresters
For fans 8/50
For measuring and control technology 6/17
For industry 8/51
Type 2 6/9, 6/10
Time switches
Type 3 6/11
Digital 8/40, 8/41
Switch disconnectors 7/27 Mechanical 8/47, 8/48
MINIZED 5/8
Touch protection
Switch ES Power 1/43, 13/19 For RCCBs 4/27
Switching devices 8/2 ... 8/52 Touch protection covers
Busbars 8/23 For busbars 4/25
Control switches 8/6 Acc. to UL 489 3/53
DC isolators 8/20 Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
Insta contactors Standard 3/40
AC technology 8/35, 8/36
Transformers
DC technology 8/32
Bell transformers 9/4
Light indicators 8/13
For permanent load 9/6
OFF switches 8/17 ... 8/19
ON-OFF switch 8/17 ... 8/19 Transformers, bells and socket outlets 9/2 ... 9/12
Pushbuttons 8/10, 8/11 Triple terminals
Remote control switches 8/26 For 3NP1 7/98, 7/100
Soft-starting devices 8/37 Two-way switches 8/6
Switching relays 8/29
Timers
Digital time switches 8/40, 8/41 U
Mechanical time switches 8/47, 8/48
Under and overvoltage relays 12/14
Timers for buildings 8/50
Timers for industrial applications 8/51 Undervoltage relays 12/13
Switching relays 8/29 Undervoltage releases
For circuit breakers 1/23, 1/40, 2/57, 2/59 ... 2/60
Switching shafts
For 3LD 7/22, 7/23, 7/24 Undervoltage releases (UR)
For miniature circuit breakers 3/31
Switchover device
For medical premises 12/26 Unequipped section covers
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/124
Synchronous time switches 8/47
USB adapters
System covers
For digital time switches 8/41
For 3NP1 7/99, 7/101, 7/103, 7/104, 7/105
System protection 2/10 ... 2/25, 2/34 ... 2/51
V
T Voltage relays 12/13, 12/14, 12/27
Voltmeter selector switches 11/40
Temperature controllers 12/39
Voltmeters
Temperature sensor 12/39
Analog 11/32
Terminal covers 3/34, 3/35, 3/57, 4/27, 7/82, 8/19, 11/38 Digital 11/34
For 3KA/3KE 7/40, 7/42
For 3KL 7/48, 7/49, 7/50
For 3KM 7/55, 7/56
For 3LD 7/21, 7/22, 7/23, 7/25 W
For 3NJ62 7/84, 7/86 Wall enclosures 3/35, 4/27
Sealable 8/32, 8/35, 8/36 Wiper timers 8/51
Terminal sets Wiring 1/35
For 8US 10/14, 10/15 Withdrawable bridging units 1/48
Terminal strips Withdrawable grounding units 1/48
For 3NJ4/3NJ5 7/126 Withdrawable short-circuits 1/48
Terminals 7/84
Covers 7/28
Circuit breakers 1/11 ... 1/14, 1/19 ... 1/22, 1/51 ... 1/52, 2/70 ... 2/75
For 3NJ62 7/82, 7/86
For 8US 10/15
For busbars 4/25
Acc. to UL 489 3/53
Acc. to UL 508 3/45, 5/32
Standard 3/28, 3/42
Terminals for circular conductors
For 8US 10/15
Test combination
For insulation monitors 12/27
Test panels 12/26
Thermal-magnetic releases 2/10 ... 2/13, 2/34 ... 2/39
Thermistor motor protection relays 12/41
Three-phase busbar
For 3NP1 7/98
Three-phase measuring devices 11/3 ... 11/40
Current transformers 11/39
E-counters 11/8
LAN couplers 11/22
Measuring selector switches 11/40
Multicounters 11/19
Multimeters 11/16
20 20/40 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
incl. export markings
■ Overview
Order No. Export markings Page Order No. Export markings Page
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3K 3LD22 17 N N 7/15
3KA N N 7/34 3LD22 2 N N 7/8, 7/10
3KC90 00-8TL3 EAR99 N 12/8 3LD22 3 N N 7/16 ... 17, 7/20
3KC90 00-8TL7 5D992 N 12/8 3LD22 4 N N 7/13
3KE N N 7/36 ... 38 3LD22 5 N N 7/7, 7/9
3KL N N 7/45 ... 46 3LD22 6 N N 7/18 ... 20
3KM N N 7/54 3LD23 0 EAR99 N 7/6, 7/10
3KX22 1 N N 7/36, 7/41 ... 42 3LD23 1 EAR99 N 7/11 ... 12, 7/14
3KX22 3 N N 7/41 ... 42 3LD23 3 N N 7/16 ... 17
3KX22 50 N N 7/41 ... 42 3LD24 05-0 N N 7/6
3KX22 52-0 N N 7/42 3LD24 05-1 EAR99 N 7/6
3KX22 52-1 N N 7/41 ... 42 3LD24 05-3 EAR99 N 7/10
3KX31 N N 7/40, 7/49, 7/56 3LD24 05-7 EAR99 N 7/10
3KX35 0 N N 7/48 ... 49, 7/55 ... 56 3LD24 1 EAR99 N 7/11 ... 12, 7/14
3KX35 1 N N 7/35, 7/40, 7/47 ... 48, 7/55 3LD24 3 N N 7/16 ... 17
3KX35 2 N N 7/47 ... 48, 7/55 3LD25 04-0 N N 7/6
3KX35 3 N N 7/35, 7/40, 7/47 ... 49, 7/55 3LD25 04-1 N N 7/6
3KX35 52-3D N N 7/40, 7/48, 7/55 3LD25 04-3 N N 7/10
3KX35 52-3E N N 7/40, 7/49, 7/56 3LD25 14-0 N N 7/11 ... 12
3KX35 53 N N 7/40, 7/48, 7/55 3LD25 14-1 N N 7/11 ... 12
3KX35 56 N N 7/35, 7/47 3LD25 17 N N 7/15
3KX35 57 N N 7/40 ... 41, 7/49, 7/56 3LD25 2 N N 7/10
3KX35 6 N N 7/50 3LD25 3 N N 7/16 ... 17
3KX36 N N 7/50 3LD25 4 N N 7/13
3KY22 0 N N 7/41 3LD25 5 N N 7/7
3KY22 32 N N 7/42 3LD25 6 N N 7/18 ... 19
3KY22 34 N N 7/42 3LD27 04-0 N N 7/6
3LD 3LD27 04-1 N N 7/6
3LD20 03-0 N N 7/6 3LD27 1 N N 7/11 ... 12
3LD20 03-1TL N N 7/6 3LD27 2 N N 7/10
3LD20 03-1TP N N 7/6 3LD27 3 N N 7/16 ... 17
3LD20 03-2 N N 7/6 3LD27 6 N N 7/18 ... 19
3LD20 13 N N 7/11 ... 12 3LD28 N N 7/6, 7/11 ... 12, 7/16 ... 18
3LD20 17 N N 7/15 3LD92 00-2 N N 7/21
3LD20 2 N N 7/8 3LD92 00-5B N N 7/6 ... 9, 7/21 ... 25
3LD20 3 N N 7/16 ... 17 3LD92 00-5BF N N 7/21 ... 25
3LD20 4 N N 7/13 3LD92 00-5C N N 7/12 ... 13, 7/17 ... 18,
3LD20 5 N N 7/7, 7/9 7/21 ... 25
3LD20 6 N N 7/18 3LD92 00-5CF N N 7/21 ... 25
3LD21 03-0 N N 7/6 3LD92 00-6 N N 7/21 ... 25
3LD21 03-1 N N 7/6 3LD92 01 N N 7/21
3LD21 03-2 N N 7/6 3LD92 05 N N 7/21 ... 22, 7/24 ... 25
3LD21 03-3 N N 7/10 3LD92 20 N N 7/8 ... 9, 7/16 ... 17, 7/22
3LD21 03-4 N N 7/10 3LD92 21 N N 7/22
3LD21 13-0 N N 7/11 ... 12 3LD92 24 N N 7/21 ... 22
3LD21 13-1 N N 7/11 ... 12 3LD92 40-0 N N 7/16 ... 17, 7/23
3LD21 13-3 N N 7/14 3LD92 40-2 EAR99 N 7/23
3LD21 13-4 N N 7/14 3LD92 41 EAR99 N 7/23
3LD21 2 N N 7/8, 7/10 3LD92 42 N N 7/23
3LD21 3 N N 7/16 ... 17 3LD92 43 EAR99 N 7/23
3LD21 4 N N 7/13 3LD92 45 EAR99 N 7/23
3LD21 5 N N 7/7, 7/9 3LD92 50 N N 7/6 ... 7, 7/13, 7/16 ... 17,
7/24
3LD21 6 N N 7/18 ... 19
3LD92 51 N N 7/24
3LD22 03-0 N N 7/6
3LD92 56 N N 7/21 ... 22, 7/24
3LD22 03-1 N N 7/6
3LD92 80 N N 7/6, 7/11 ... 12, 7/16 ... 18,
3LD22 03-3 N N 7/10 7/25
3LD22 13-0 N N 7/11 ... 12 3LD92 81 N N 7/25
3LD22 13-1 N N 7/11 ... 12
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/41 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3LD92 84 N N 7/24 ... 25 3NJ49 11-3 N N 7/124
3LD92 86 N N 7/21 ... 25 3NJ49 11-4 N N 7/125
3NA, 3NC 3NJ49 11-5 N N 7/125
3NA N N 5/35 ... 40 3NJ49 11-6A N N 7/125
3NC10 00 EAR99H N 5/60 3NJ49 11-6B N N 7/125
3NC10 03 N N 5/59 3NJ49 11-6C N N 7/126
3NC10 06 N N 5/59 3NJ49 12-1A N N 7/123
3NC10 08 N N 5/59 3NJ49 12-1D N N 7/123
3NC10 1 N N 5/59 3NJ49 12-1E N N 7/123
3NC10 2 N N 5/59 3NJ49 12-1F N N 7/123
3NC10 32 N N 5/59 3NJ49 12-2 N N 7/123
3NC10 38 EAR99H N 5/60 3NJ49 12-3 N N 7/124
3NC10 38-1 N N 5/60 3NJ49 13 N N 7/126
3NC10 38-2 N N 5/60 3NJ49 14-8A N N 7/126
3NC10 38-3 N N 5/60 3NJ49 14-8B EAR99 N 7/126
3NC10 9 N N 5/60 3NJ49 15-1B N N 7/126
3NC14 0 N N 5/59 3NJ49 15-1C N N 7/126
3NC14 1 N N 5/59 3NJ49 15-1E N N 7/127
3NC14 2 N N 5/59 3NJ49 15-1F N N 7/127
3NC14 3 N N 5/59 3NJ49 15-2B N N 7/126
3NC14 4 N N 5/59 3NJ49 15-2C N N 7/126
3NC14 50 N N 5/59 3NJ49 15-2D N N 7/127
3NC14 51 EAR99H N 5/60 3NJ49 15-2E N N 7/127
3NC14 51-1 N N 5/60 3NJ49 15-2F N N 7/127
3NC14 9 N N 5/60 3NJ49 15-2G N N 7/127
3NC2 N N 5/51, 5/59 ... 60, 7/51, 3NJ49 15-2H N N 7/127
7/116
3NJ49 15-2J N N 7/127
3NC3 N N 5/54 ... 56
3NJ49 15-2K N N 7/127
3NC5 N N 5/57
3NJ49 18-0A N N 7/123
3NC73 2 N N 5/57
3NJ49 18-0DA N N 7/124
3NC73 3 N N 5/57
3NJ49 18-0DB N N 7/124
3NC8 N N 5/51 ... 52, 7/51, 7/116
3NJ49 18-0DC N N 7/124
3ND, 3NE, 3NG, 3NH
3NJ49 18-0E N N 7/124
3ND N N 5/41
3NJ49 18-1 N N 7/126
3NE1 N N 5/51 ... 53, 7/50 ... 51,
7/115 3NJ50 N N 7/121 ... 122
3NE32 N N 5/55, 7/51, 7/115 3NJ56 N N 7/121
3NE33 N N 5/55, 7/51, 7/116 3NJ59 N N 7/124
3NE34 N N 5/55 3NJ62 02 N N 7/69
3NE35 N N 5/57 3NJ62 03-1AA N N 7/69
3NE36 2 N N 5/55 3NJ62 03-1AB N N 7/69
3NE36 35-0 N N 5/55 3NJ62 03-1AC N N 7/69
3NE36 35-6 N N 5/55 3NJ62 03-3AA N N 7/69
3NE36 36 N N 5/55 3NJ62 03-3AB N N 7/69
3NE36 37 N N 5/55 3NJ62 03-3AC N N 7/69
3NE4 N N 5/54, 5/57, 7/51, 3NJ62 03-4 N N 7/69
7/115 ... 116 3NJ62 04 N N 7/70
3NE5 N N 5/56 3NJ62 12 N N 7/69
3NE6 N N 5/57 3NJ62 13-1AA N N 7/69
3NE7 N N 5/56 3NJ62 13-1AB N N 7/69
3NE8 N N 5/52, 5/54, 7/51, 7/115 3NJ62 13-1AC N N 7/69
3NE94 N N 5/57 3NJ62 13-3AA N N 7/69
3NE96 2 N N 5/57 3NJ62 13-3AB N N 7/69
3NE96 3 N N 5/57 3NJ62 13-3AC N N 7/69
3NG N N 5/49 3NJ62 13-4 N N 7/69
3NH N N 5/46 ... 48, 10/32 3NJ62 14 N N 7/70
3NJ 3NJ62 22 N N 7/69
3NJ41 N N 7/121 ... 122 3NJ62 23-1AA N N 7/69
3NJ49 10 N N 7/124 3NJ62 23-1AB N N 7/69
3NJ49 11-1 N N 7/125 3NJ62 23-1AC N N 7/69
3NJ49 11-2 N N 7/125 3NJ62 23-3AA N N 7/69
20 20/42 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3NJ62 23-3AB N N 7/69 3NP19 0 N N 7/99, 7/101, 7/103 ... 105
3NJ62 23-3AC N N 7/69 3NP19 20 N N 7/99
3NJ62 23-4 N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1BD N N 7/98
3NJ62 24 N N 7/70 3NP19 23-1BE EAR99 N 7/98, 7/100
3NJ62 32 N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1BF1 EAR99 N 7/98
3NJ62 33-1AA N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1BF2 EAR99 N 7/98
3NJ62 33-1AB N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1BF3 EAR99 N 7/98
3NJ62 33-1AC N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1BF4 EAR99 N 7/98
3NJ62 33-3AA N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1BF5 N N 7/98
3NJ62 33-3AB N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1BG N N 7/98
3NJ62 33-3AC N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1C N N 7/99
3NJ62 33-4 N N 7/69 3NP19 23-1D N N 7/99
3NJ62 34 N N 7/70 3NP19 23-1E N N 7/99
3NJ62 4 N N 7/71 3NP19 23-1G N N 7/99
3NJ62 5 N N 7/71 3NP19 30 N N 7/101
3NJ62 6 N N 7/71 ... 72 3NP19 33-1BA N N 7/100
3NJ62 7 N N 7/71 ... 72 3NP19 33-1BB N N 7/100
3NJ62 8 N N 7/71 ... 72 3NP19 33-1BC N N 7/100, 10/23
3NJ62 9 N N 7/71 ... 72 3NP19 33-1BE EAR99 N 7/100
3NJ69 0 N N 7/82 ... 88 3NP19 33-1BG N N 7/100
3NJ69 1 N N 7/88 3NP19 33-1C N N 7/101
3NJ69 20-2 N N 7/82 3NP19 33-1D N N 7/101
3NJ69 20-3B N N 7/82, 7/84 3NP19 33-1E N N 7/101
3NJ69 20-3D N N 7/83 3NP19 33-1G N N 7/101
3NJ69 20-3E N N 7/83, 7/85 3NP19 40 N N 7/103 ... 105
3NJ69 20-3F EAR99 N 7/82 3NP19 43-1BA N N 7/102
3NJ69 23-1B N N 7/82 3NP19 43-1BB EAR99 N 7/102
3NJ69 23-1D N N 7/82 3NP19 43-1BG N N 7/102, 7/104 ... 105
3NJ69 23-1E N N 7/82 3NP19 43-1C N N 7/103 ... 105
3NJ69 23-4 N N 7/83 3NP19 43-1D N N 7/103
3NJ69 24 N N 7/82 3NP19 43-1E N N 7/103
3NJ69 30-2 N N 7/84 3NP19 43-1G N N 7/103
3NJ69 30-3B N N 7/84 3NP19 53-1BA N N 7/104
3NJ69 30-3D N N 7/85 3NP19 53-1BB EAR99 N 7/104
3NJ69 30-3FB EAR99 N 7/84 3NP19 53-1BG N N 7/104 ... 105
3NJ69 30-3FC EAR99 N 7/84 3NP19 53-1C N N 7/104
3NJ69 30-3FE N N 7/84 3NP19 53-1D N N 7/104
3NJ69 33-1B N N 7/84 3NP19 53-1G N N 7/104
3NJ69 33-1D N N 7/84 3NP19 63-1BA N N 7/105
3NJ69 33-1E N N 7/84 3NP19 63-1BB EAR99 N 7/105
3NJ69 33-4 N N 7/85 3NP19 63-1C N N 7/105
3NJ69 34 N N 7/84 3NP19 63-1D N N 7/105
3NJ69 40-2 N N 7/86 3NP19 63-1G N N 7/105
3NJ69 40-3B N N 7/86 3NP5 N N 7/108 ... 113
3NJ69 40-3E N N 7/87 3NW
3NJ69 40-3FB EAR99 N 7/86 3NW1 N N 5/26
3NJ69 40-3FC N N 7/86 3NW20 1 N N 5/26
3NJ69 40-3FE N N 7/86 3NW20 2 N N 5/26
3NJ69 43-1C N N 7/86 3NW20 3 N N 5/26
3NJ69 43-1D N N 7/86 3NW20 4 N N 5/26
3NJ69 43-1E N N 7/86 3NW20 5 N N 5/26
3NJ69 43-4 N N 7/87 3NW20 6 N N 5/26
3NJ69 44 N N 7/86 3NW20 8 EAR99H N 5/26
3NJ69 5 N N 7/87 3NW21 N N 5/26
3NP 3NW22 N N 5/26
3NP11 2 N N 7/92, 7/94 ... 97, 10/23 3NW3 N N 5/26
3NP11 3 N N 7/92, 7/94 ... 97, 10/23 3NW60 01-1 N N 5/19
3NP11 4 N N 7/93, 7/96 ... 97, 10/23 3NW60 01-4 N N 5/64
3NP11 5 N N 7/93, 7/96 ... 97, 10/23 3NW60 02 N N 5/19
3NP11 6 N N 7/93, 7/96 ... 97, 10/23 3NW60 03-1 N N 5/19
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/43 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3NW60 03-4 N N 5/64 3NY19 03 N N 7/117
3NW60 04-1 N N 5/19 3NY19 07 N N 7/117
3NW60 04-4 N N 5/64 3NY19 10 N N 7/114
3NW60 05-1 N N 5/19 3NY19 11 N N 7/114
3NW60 05-4 N N 5/64 3NY19 15 N N 7/114
3NW60 06-1 N N 5/19 3NY19 4 N N 7/117
3NW60 06-4 N N 5/64 3NY3 N N 7/114
3NW60 07 N N 5/19 3NY4 N N 7/114
3NW60 08-1 N N 5/19 3SB, 3TX, 3UF
3NW60 08-4 N N 5/64 3SB N N 2/61, 7/40, 7/48 ... 49,
7/55 ... 56
3NW60 1 N N 5/19
3TX N N 2/59 ... 60, 7/117
3NW61 N N 5/19
3UF N N 2/98
3NW62 N N 5/19
3VL
3NW63 N N 5/19
3VL17 0 EAR99 N 2/10 ... 11, 2/34 ... 37
3NW70 13 N N 5/20
3VL17 1 EAR99 N 2/10 ... 11, 2/30 ... 31,
3NW70 13-4 N N 5/64 2/34 ... 37, 2/52 ... 53
3NW70 14 N N 5/20, 5/64 3VL17 2 EAR99 N 2/10 ... 11, 2/34 ... 37
3NW70 23 N N 5/20 3VL17 9 EAR99 N 2/10 ... 11, 2/34 ... 37
3NW70 23-4 N N 5/64 3VL27 05 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35,
3NW70 24 N N 5/20, 5/64 2/38 ... 39
3NW70 33 N N 5/21 3VL27 06 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21,
3NW70 33-1 N N 5/24 2/24 ... 25, 2/28 ... 31,
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
3NW70 34 N N 5/20, 5/24 2/44 ... 47
3NW70 53 N N 5/20 3VL27 08 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35,
3NW70 54 N N 5/20 2/38 ... 39
3NW70 63 N N 5/21 3VL27 10-1C EAR99 N 2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44, 2/46
3NW70 64 N N 5/20 3VL27 10-1D EAR99 N 2/12, 2/30
3NW71 N N 5/20 ... 21 3VL27 10-1E EAR99 N 2/34, 2/38, 2/52
3NW72 N N 5/20 ... 21 3VL27 10-2C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW73 13 N N 5/20 3VL27 10-2D EAR99 N 2/13, 2/31
3NW73 14 N N 5/20 3VL27 10-2E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3NW73 23 N N 5/20 3VL27 10-3C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW73 24 N N 5/20 3VL27 10-3D EAR99 N 2/13, 2/31
3NW73 33 N N 5/21 3VL27 10-3E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3NW73 34 N N 5/20 3VL27 12 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35,
2/38 ... 39
3NW73 53 N N 5/20
3VL27 16 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21,
3NW73 54 N N 5/20 2/24 ... 25, 2/28 ... 31,
3NW73 63 N N 5/21 2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
2/44 ... 47, 2/52 ... 53
3NW73 64 N N 5/20
3VL37 20-1C EAR99 N 2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44, 2/46
3NW74 30 N N 10/31
3VL37 20-1D EAR99 N 2/12
3NW74 31 N N 10/31
3VL37 20-1E EAR99 N 2/34, 2/38
3NW74 32 N N 10/31
3VL37 20-2C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW75 1 N N 5/26
3VL37 20-2D EAR99 N 2/13
3NW75 2 N N 5/26
3VL37 20-2E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39
3NW75 33-0 N N 5/26
3VL37 20-3C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW75 33-1 N N 5/24
3VL37 20-3D EAR99 N 2/13
3NW75 34 N N 5/24
3VL37 20-3E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39
3NW79 01 N N 5/21
3VL37 25-1C EAR99 N 2/20, 2/24, 2/28, 2/44, 2/46
3NW79 02 N N 5/21
3VL37 25-1D EAR99 N 2/12, 2/30
3NW79 03 N N 5/21
3VL37 25-1E EAR99 N 2/34, 2/38, 2/52
3NW79 03-1 N N 5/24
3VL37 25-2C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NW8 N N 5/19 ... 20
3VL37 25-2D EAR99 N 2/13, 2/31
3NX, 3NY
3VL37 25-2E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3NX N N 5/43, 5/48 ... 49
3VL37 25-3C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/29, 2/45, 2/47
3NY10 N N 7/114
3VL37 25-3D EAR99 N 2/13, 2/31
3NY11 N N 7/114, 7/117
3VL37 25-3E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3NY12 N N 7/117
3VL47 2 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/30 ... 31,
3NY13 N N 7/114
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39
3NY14 N N 7/114
3NY15 N N 7/114
20 20/44 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3VL47 3 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21, 3VL92 00-3 EAR99 N 2/77 ... 78
2/24 ... 25, 2/28 ... 31, 3VL92 00-4 EAR99 N 2/71, 2/78
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
2/44 ... 47 3VL92 10 N N 2/90
3VL47 4 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/20 ... 21, 3VL92 15 EAR99 N 2/78
2/24 ... 25, 2/30 ... 31, 3VL92 16-4 EAR99 N 2/77 ... 78
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39,
2/44 ... 47, 2/52 ... 53 3VL92 16-5GC3 N N 2/76
3VL57 3 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/30 ... 31, 3VL92 16-5GC4 EAR99H N 2/76
2/34 ... 35, 2/38 ... 39 3VL92 16-5GD EAR99H N 2/76
3VL57 4 EAR99 N 2/12 ... 13, 2/34 ... 35, 3VL92 16-8 N N 2/90
2/38 ... 39
3VL92 8 N N 2/90
3VL57 50-1C EAR99 N 2/28
3VL93 00-3A EAR99 N 2/62
3VL57 50-1DC EAR99 N 2/12
3VL93 00-3H EAR99 N 2/62, 2/83 ... 85
3VL57 50-1DK N N 2/30
3VL93 00-3MA N N 2/66
3VL57 50-1E EAR99 N 2/34, 2/38
3VL93 00-3MC N N 2/66
3VL57 50-2C EAR99 N 2/29
3VL93 00-3MD N N 2/66
3VL57 50-2DC EAR99 N 2/13
3VL93 00-3ME N N 2/66
3VL57 50-2DK N N 2/31
3VL93 00-3MJ EAR99 N 2/66
3VL57 50-2E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39
3VL93 00-3ML EAR99 N 2/66
3VL57 50-3C EAR99 N 2/29
3VL93 00-3MN EAR99 N 2/66
3VL57 50-3DC EAR99 N 2/13
3VL93 00-3MQ EAR99 N 2/66
3VL57 50-3DK N N 2/31
3VL93 00-3MS EAR99 N 2/66
3VL57 50-3E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39
3VL93 00-3T EAR99 N 2/79
3VL57 63-1C EAR99 N 2/20, 2/24, 2/44, 2/46
3VL93 00-4E EAR99 N 2/79
3VL57 63-1D EAR99 N 2/12, 2/30
3VL93 00-4P EAR99 N 2/70 ... 71
3VL57 63-1E EAR99 N 2/34, 2/38, 2/52
3VL93 00-4R EAR99 N 2/79
3VL57 63-2C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/45, 2/47
3VL93 00-4TA N N 2/79
3VL57 63-2D EAR99 N 2/13, 2/31
3VL93 00-4TC EAR99 N 2/79
3VL57 63-2E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3VL93 00-4TD EAR99 N 2/79
3VL57 63-3C EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/45, 2/47
3VL93 00-4W EAR99 N 2/71
3VL57 63-3D EAR99 N 2/13, 2/31
3VL93 00-8B EAR99 N 2/83 ... 85, 2/94 ... 95
3VL57 63-3E EAR99 N 2/35, 2/39, 2/53
3VL93 00-8CA3 N N 2/77 ... 79
3VL67 80-1 EAR99 N 2/20, 2/24, 2/30, 2/44, 2/46,
2/52 3VL93 00-8CA4 EAR99 N 2/77 ... 79
3VL67 80-2 EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47, 3VL93 00-8CB EAR99 N 2/77 ... 79
2/53 3VL93 00-8CE N N 2/77 ... 79
3VL67 80-3 EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47, 3VL93 00-8L EAR99 N 2/83 ... 85
2/53 3VL93 00-8S EAR99 N 2/83 ... 85
3VL77 10 EAR99 N 2/20 ... 21, 2/24 ... 25, 3VL93 20 N N 2/90
2/44 ... 47
3VL93 21 EAR99 N 2/83 ... 85
3VL77 12 EAR99 N 2/20 ... 21, 2/24 ... 25,
2/30 ... 31, 2/44 ... 47, 3VL93 24 EAR99 N 2/79
2/52 ... 53 3VL93 25-5GE3 N N 2/76
3VL87 16-1 EAR99 N 2/20, 2/24, 2/30, 2/44, 2/46, 3VL93 25-5GE4 EAR99H N 2/76
2/52
3VL93 25-5GF EAR99H N 2/76
3VL87 16-2 EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47,
2/53 3VL93 25-8 N N 2/90
3VL87 16-3 EAR99 N 2/21, 2/25, 2/31, 2/45, 2/47, 3VL94 00-1 N N 2/59
2/53 3VL94 00-2AB EAR99 N 2/59
3VL90 00-4 EAR99 N 2/70 ... 75 3VL94 00-2AD EAR99 N 2/59
3VL90 00-8AP EAR99 N 2/84 ... 88 3VL94 00-2AH EAR99 N 2/61
3VL90 00-8AQ EAR99 N 2/98 3VL94 00-2AJ EAR99 N 2/61
3VL90 00-8AU N N 2/98 3VL94 00-3A EAR99 N 2/63
3VL90 00-8AV EAR99 N 2/98 3VL94 00-3H EAR99 N 2/63, 2/66, 2/85
3VL90 00-8L EAR99 N 2/83 ... 88 3VL94 00-3MA N N 2/66
3VL91 00-3MA N N 2/66 3VL94 00-3MC N N 2/66
3VL91 00-3MC EAR99 N 2/66 3VL94 00-3MD N N 2/66
3VL91 00-3MD EAR99 N 2/66 3VL94 00-3ME N N 2/66
3VL91 00-3ME N N 2/66 3VL94 00-3MJ N N 2/66
3VL91 00-4 EAR99 N 2/70, 2/77 3VL94 00-3ML EAR99 N 2/66
3VL91 12-5GA EAR99H N 2/76 3VL94 00-3MN EAR99 N 2/66
3VL91 12-5GB EAR99 N 2/76 3VL94 00-3MQ EAR99 N 2/66
3VL91 15 EAR99 N 2/77 3VL94 00-3MS EAR99 N 2/66
3VL91 16 EAR99 N 2/77 3VL94 00-3T EAR99 N 2/79 ... 81
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/45 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3VL94 00-4 EAR99 N 2/72, 2/79 3WL
3VL94 00-8B EAR99 N 2/85, 2/94 3WL11 N N 1/7 ... 8, 1/11 ... 12,
1/15 ... 16, 1/19 ... 20
3VL94 00-8CA EAR99 N 2/79
3WL12 N N 1/7 ... 9, 1/11 ... 13,
3VL94 00-8CB3 N N 2/79
1/15 ... 17, 1/19 ... 21,
3VL94 00-8CB4 EAR99 N 2/79 1/50 ... 52
3VL94 00-8L EAR99 N 2/85 3WL13 N N 1/9 ... 10, 1/13 ... 14,
3VL94 40-5GG N N 2/76 1/17 ... 18, 1/21 ... 22
3VL94 40-5GH EAR99 N 2/76 3WL91 11-0AA1 N N 1/34
3VL94 40-8 EAR99 N 2/90 3WL91 11-0AA2 N N 1/34
3VL94 6 EAR99 N 2/79 3WL91 11-0AA3 N N 1/34
3VL95 0 EAR99 N 2/63, 2/73, 2/80, 2/85 ... 86 3WL91 11-0AA5 N N 1/34
3VL95 6 N N 2/90 3WL91 11-0AA6 N N 1/34
3VL96 00-3A EAR99 N 2/63 ... 64 3WL91 11-0AB01 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3H EAR99 N 2/63 ... 64, 2/66, 2/86 ... 87 3WL91 11-0AB02 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3MA N N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AB03 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3MC N N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AB04 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3MD N N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AB07 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3ME N N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AB08 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3MJ EAR99 N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AB10 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3ML EAR99 N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AB12 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3MN EAR99 N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AB18 N N 1/39
3VL96 00-3MQ EAR99 N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AD N N 1/40
3VL96 00-3MS EAR99 N 2/66 3WL91 11-0AE N N 1/40
3VL96 00-4 EAR99 N 2/73, 2/81 3WL91 11-0AF N N 1/40
3VL96 00-8B EAR99 N 2/86, 2/95 3WL91 11-0AG N N 1/40
3VL96 00-8CA EAR99 N 2/80 ... 81 3WL91 11-0AH N N 1/38
3VL96 00-8CB EAR99 N 2/80 ... 81 3WL91 11-0AJ N N 1/38
3VL96 00-8CE N N 2/79 ... 81 3WL91 11-0AK N N 1/34 ... 35
3VL96 00-8L EAR99 N 2/86 ... 87 3WL91 11-0AL N N 1/45
3VL96 00-8S EAR99 N 2/87 3WL91 11-0AM0 N N 1/45
3VL96 8 N N 2/90 3WL91 11-0AM9 N N 1/47
3VL97 0 EAR99 N 2/81, 2/84 ... 88 3WL91 11-0AN0 N N 1/46
3VL97 1 EAR99 N 2/83 ... 88, 2/90 3WL91 11-0AN1 N N 1/46
3VL98 00-1S N N 2/60 3WL91 11-0AN2 N N 1/46
3VL98 00-1UD N N 2/60 3WL91 11-0AN3 N N 1/46
3VL98 00-1UG N N 2/60 3WL91 11-0AN4 N N 1/46
3VL98 00-1UH N N 2/60 3WL91 11-0AP N N 1/41
3VL98 00-1UJ N N 2/60 3WL91 11-0AR N N 1/41
3VL98 00-1UK EAR99 N 2/60 3WL91 11-0AS N N 1/41
3VL98 00-1UL N N 2/60 3WL91 11-0AT N N 1/34 ... 35, 1/37, 1/43 ... 44,
2/98
3VL98 00-1UM N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA0 N N 1/42
3VL98 00-1UN N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA10 N N 1/42
3VL98 00-1UP N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA14 N N 1/37, 2/59 ... 60
3VL98 00-1UQ N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA2 N N 1/35
3VL98 00-1UR N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA3 N N 1/35
3VL98 00-1US N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA4 N N 1/35
3VL98 00-1UU N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA5 N N 1/35
3VL98 00-1UV N N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA7 N N 1/35, 1/38
3VL98 00-2 EAR99 N 2/60
3WL91 11-0BA8 N N 1/35 ... 36
3VL98 00-3AS N N 2/65
3WL91 11-0BB1 N N 1/36
3VL98 00-3AT N N 2/65
3WL91 11-0BB2 N N 1/36
3VL98 00-3AU EAR99 N 2/65
3WL91 11-0BB3 N N 1/36
3VL98 00-3AW EAR99 N 2/65
3WL91 11-0BB4 N N 1/36
3VL98 00-3H EAR99 N 2/65, 2/87 ... 88
3WL91 11-0BB5 N N 1/42
3VL98 00-3M N N 2/66
3WL91 11-0BB6 N N 1/43
3VL98 00-4 EAR99 N 2/74 ... 75, 2/81 ... 82
3WL91 11-0BC N N 1/43, 1/47, 2/98
3VL98 00-8 EAR99 N 2/81 ... 82, 2/87 ... 88,
2/96 ... 97 3WL91 11-0BD N N 1/48
3VL98 16-2 EAR99 N 2/61 3WL91 12 N N 1/36
3VL98 16-8 N N 2/90 3WL92 N N 1/30 ... 33, 1/53 ... 54
20 20/46 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3WL93 N N 1/34 5SH2 N N 5/16, 10/31
3ZS 5SH30 N N 5/16, 10/31
3ZS23 N N 1/43, 2/98, 13/19 5SH31 N N 5/16
3ZS27 10 EAR99S N 13/18 5SH32 0 N N 5/16
3ZS27 11 EAR99S N 13/18 5SH32 1 N N 5/16
3ZS27 12-0CC20-0YA 5D992 N 13/18 5SH32 2 N N 5/16
3ZS27 12-0CC20-0YD EAR99S N 13/18 5SH32 8 N N 5/16
3ZS27 13 EAR99S N 13/18 5SH33 N N 5/16 ... 17
3ZS27 14 EAR99S N 13/18 5SH34 N N 5/17
3ZS27 81 On req. 13/13 5SH35 N N 5/31, 10/10 ... 11,
3ZS27 82 5D992 N 13/14 10/13 ... 14
3ZS27 85 EAR99S N 13/10 5SH37 N N 5/16
3ZS27 91 On req. 13/15 5SH4 N N 5/11
3ZS27 95 EAR99S N 13/12 5SH50 N N 5/11
3ZS28 5D992 N 13/18 5SH51 N N 5/11
4AC, 4AT, 4NC 5SH52 N N 5/10, 10/30
4AC N N 9/4, 9/6, 9/8, 12/30 5SH53 N N 5/30 ... 31
4AT N N 12/27 5SH54 N N 5/11
4NC N N 2/92 ... 93 5SH55 0 N N 5/11
5SA, 5SB, 5SC, 5SD 5SH55 1 N N 5/30
5SA N N 5/13 5SH55 25 N N 10/32
5SB N N 5/13 5SH55 26 N N 10/32
5SC N N 5/13 5SH55 27 N N 5/8, 10/32
5SD4 N N 5/62 5SH55 3 N N 5/8
5SD5 N N 5/62 5SJ, 5SK, 5SL, 5SM
5SD6 N N 5/14 5SJ N N 3/25, 3/48 ... 52
5SD74 1 N N 6/4, 6/12 5SK N N 3/59
5SD74 2 N N 6/10, 6/12 5SL N N 3/6 ... 7
5SD74 3 N N 6/11 ... 12 5SM1 N N 4/14, 4/26
5SD74 41 N N 6/6 5SM2 N N 3/32 ... 33, 4/16 ... 17
5SD74 42 N N 6/6 5SM31 N N 4/6
5SD74 43 N N 6/6 5SM33 1 N N 4/5 ... 8
5SD74 44 N N 6/6 5SM33 2 EAR99H N 4/10
5SD74 48 N N 6/12 5SM33 42-0 N N 4/5
5SD74 6 N N 6/9, 6/12 5SM33 42-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11
5SD74 7 N N 6/10 5SM33 42-6 N N 4/6 ... 8
5SD74 8 N N 6/9 ... 10, 6/12 5SM33 44-0 N N 4/5
5SD74 9 N N 6/12 ... 13 5SM33 44-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11
5SD75 N N 6/17 5SM33 44-6 N N 4/6 ... 8
5SD8 N N 5/13 5SM33 45 N N 4/5 ... 6
5SE, 5SF, 5SG, 5SH 5SM33 46-0 N N 4/5
5SE N N 5/7, 5/62 5SM33 46-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11
5SF N N 5/14 ... 15, 10/30 ... 31 5SM33 46-6 N N 4/6 ... 8
5SG1 N N 5/9 5SM33 47-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11
5SG5 N N 5/9 ... 10 5SM33 47-6 N N 4/6 ... 7
5SG6 N N 10/30 5SM33 48 N N 4/6
5SG71 1 N N 5/8 5SM33 5 N N 4/7
5SG71 2 N N 5/8 5SM34 N N 4/5 ... 6, 4/8
5SG71 3 N N 5/8 5SM36 1 N N 4/6, 4/8
5SG71 5 N N 5/8 5SM36 2 EAR99H N 4/10
5SG71 6 N N 5/8 5SM36 42-0 N N 4/5
5SG72 N N 10/31 5SM36 42-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11
5SG76 N N 5/8 5SM36 42-6 N N 4/6 ... 7
5SH11 1 N N 5/15 5SM36 44-0 N N 4/5
5SH11 2 N N 5/15 5SM36 44-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11
5SH11 3 N N 5/15 5SM36 44-6 N N 4/6 ... 8
5SH11 4 N N 5/15 5SM36 44-8 N N 4/8
5SH11 6 N N 5/15 5SM36 45 N N 4/5 ... 6, 4/8
5SH11 7 N N 5/15 5SM36 46-0 N N 4/5
5SH12 N N 5/15 5SM36 46-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/47 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
5SM36 46-5 EAR99H N 4/10 5ST37 50 N N 3/41, 4/25, 5/30
5SM36 46-5K N N 4/11 5ST37 50-0 N N 3/45, 5/32
5SM36 46-6 N N 4/6 ... 8 5ST37 6 N N 3/28, 3/42
5SM36 46-8 N N 4/8 5ST37 7 N N 3/41, 3/45, 4/25, 5/32
5SM36 47-4 EAR99H N 4/10 ... 11 5ST38 00 N N 3/34, 8/19
5SM36 47-5 EAR99H N 4/10 5ST38 01 N N 3/34, 3/53, 8/7, 8/19
5SM36 47-5K N N 4/11 5ST38 02 N N 3/34, 3/53, 4/14
5SM36 47-6 N N 4/6 ... 8 5ST38 03 N N 3/34
5SM36 48 N N 4/6, 4/8 5ST38 05 N N 4/22
5SM36 5 N N 4/7 5ST38 06 N N 3/34
5SM37 42 N N 4/6 5ST38 07 N N 3/34
5SM37 44 N N 4/6 5SU, 5SV, 5SW, 5SY, 5SZ
5SM37 45 N N 4/5 ...6, 4/8 5SU N N 4/11 ... 12, 4/19 ... 22
5SM37 46-4 EAR99H N 4/10 5SV N N 12/10
5SM37 46-5 EAR99H N 4/10 5SW1 N N 3/35, 4/27
5SM37 46-6 N N 4/6 ... 7 5SW30 N N 3/35, 4/14, 4/27
5SM37 47-4 EAR99H N 4/10 5SW33 00 N N 4/14
5SM37 47-5 EAR99H N 4/10 5SW33 01 N N 4/14
5SM37 48 N N 4/6 5SW33 02 N N 4/14
5SM38 N N 4/8 5SW33 03 N N 4/14
5SP, 5ST 5SW33 1 N N 4/14, 4/27
5SP N N 3/15 ... 16, 3/56 ... 57 5SW33 3 N N 4/14
5ST13 N N 3/57 5SY4 N N 3/11 ... 14
5ST18 N N 3/59 5SY5 N N 3/16 ... 17
5ST21 34 N N 3/35, 4/27 5SY6 N N 3/28
5ST21 35 N N 3/35, 4/27 5SY7 N N 3/18 ... 20
5ST21 36 N N 3/35, 4/27 5SY8 N N 3/21 ... 22
5ST21 4 N N 4/25 5SZ N N 4/26
5ST21 56 N N 4/25 5TE, 5TG, 5TT
5ST21 57 N N 4/25, 5/31 5TE1 N N 7/27
5ST21 7 N N 3/34, 4/27 5TE2 N N 8/20
5ST21 8 N N 5/30 5TE4 N N 8/10 ... 11
5ST21 90 N N 5/30 5TE5 N N 8/13
5ST21 91 N N 5/30 5TE6 N N 9/10 ... 11
5ST21 92 N N 5/30 5TE8 N N 8/6, 8/17 ... 18
5ST21 96 N N 5/30 5TE9 N N 7/28, 8/19, 8/23, 9/11
5ST21 97 N N 5/30 5TG N N 3/34, 8/7, 8/11, 8/14, 8/19,
8/29, 8/32, 12/34 ... 35
5ST22 N N 3/34, 4/27
5TT1 N N 8/50
5ST26 N N 5/24
5TT3 N N 5/43, 8/37, 8/51,
5ST30 1 N N 3/31, 3/52, 5/8, 8/7, 8/18,
12/13 ... 14, 12/18 ... 20,
8/20
12/27, 12/31, 12/34 ... 35,
5ST30 2 N N 3/31, 3/52 12/37, 12/40 ... 41
5ST30 3 N N 3/31, 3/52 5TT41 N N 8/26
5ST30 4 N N 3/31 5TT42 0 N N 8/29
5ST30 5 N N 3/31, 4/14 5TT42 1 N N 8/29
5ST36 N N 3/28, 3/39 ... 40, 3/45, 3/53, 5TT49 N N 8/27
4/24 ... 25, 5/31 ... 32
5TT5 N N 8/32, 8/35 ... 36, 12/32
5ST37 0 N N 3/41, 3/45, 4/24,
5TT6 N N 12/16 ... 17
5/29 ... 30, 5/32
5TT7 N N 12/30
5ST37 1 N N 3/41, 3/45, 4/24 ... 25,
5/29 ... 30, 5/32 7KM
5ST37 3 N N 3/40, 4/24 7KM2 5D992 N 11/27
5ST37 40 N N 3/40 7KM3 EAR99APP N 11/26
5ST37 41 N N 3/40 7KM4 5D992 N 11/28
5ST37 42 N N 3/40 7KM92 EAR99H N 11/31
5ST37 43 N N 3/40 7KM93 N N 11/29 ... 30
5ST37 44 N N 3/40 7KM99 N N 11/26 ... 28
5ST37 45 N N 3/40 7KT
5ST37 46 N N 3/40 7KT10 0 N N 11/32
5ST37 48 N N 3/41, 5/30 7KT10 10 N N 11/32
5ST37 48-0 N N 3/45, 5/32 7KT10 11 N N 11/32
20 20/48 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
7KT10 12 N N 11/32 8UC6 N N 2/67, 7/40 ... 42, 7/48 ... 50,
7KT10 2 N N 11/32 7/55 ... 56, 7/62
7KT11 1 N N 11/34 8UC7 N N 2/67, 2/69, 7/34, 7/36, 7/38,
7/40 ... 42, 7/46,
7KT11 2 N N 11/34 7/48 ... 50, 7/54 ... 56,
7KT11 4 N N 11/11 7/61 ... 62
7KT12 N N 11/39 8UC9 N N 7/36 ... 38, 7/41 ... 42, 7/46,
7/50, 7/62 ... 63
7KT13 0 N N 11/16
8US, 8WC
7KT13 1 N N 11/19
8US10 N N 2/89
7KT13 4 N N 11/19
8US12 0 N N 10/14
7KT13 9 N N 11/22
8US12 1 N N 2/90, 7/117, 10/18 ... 21
7KT15 N N 11/8, 11/11
8US12 50 N N 10/16 ... 17, 10/20 ... 22
7KT19 N N 11/13
8US12 51-5DS10 N N 5/24, 10/16, 10/21
7KT55 N N 11/38
8US12 51-5DS11 On req. 10/16, 10/21
7KT56 N N 11/38
8US12 51-5DT N N 5/24, 10/16, 10/21
7KT58 0 N N 11/36
8US12 51-5N N N 10/17, 10/21
7KT58 1 N N 11/36
8US12 6 N N 10/18, 10/22
7KT58 2 N N 11/36
8US12 9 N N 7/117
7KT58 3 N N 11/36
8US19 0 N N 10/7
7KT90 0 N 9I999 11/38
8US19 21-1 N N 10/14
7KT90 10 N N 11/40
8US19 21-2AA N N 10/15
7KT90 11 N N 11/40
8US19 21-2AB N N 10/15
7KT90 2 N N 11/38
8US19 21-2AC N N 10/15
7LF, 7LQ
8US19 21-2AD00 N N 10/15
7LF4 N N 8/40 ... 41
8US19 21-2AD01 N N 10/15
7LF5 N N 8/47
8US19 21-2BA N N 10/15
7LF61 10 N N 8/50
8US19 21-2BB N N 10/15
7LF61 11 N N 8/50
8US19 21-2BC N N 10/15
7LF61 12 N N 8/50
8US19 21-2BD00 N N 10/15
7LF61 13 N N 8/50
8US19 21-2BD01 N N 10/15
7LF61 14 N N 8/50
8US19 21-2BE N N 10/12, 10/24 ... 25
7LF61 15 N N 8/50
8US19 21-2BF N N 10/12, 10/24 ... 25
7LF61 16 N N 8/50
8US19 22 N N 10/7, 10/11 ... 13, 10/15
7LF9 N N 3/35, 8/41, 8/48
8US19 23 N N 10/10 ... 11
7LQ20 N N 12/39
8US19 27 N N 2/90, 10/19
7LQ21 00 N N 12/37
8US19 41-2AA01 N N 10/15
7LQ21 01 N N 12/37
8US19 41-2AA02 N N 10/15
7LQ21 02 N N 12/37
8US19 41-2AA03 N N 10/14
7LQ21 03 N N 12/37
8US19 41-2AA04 N N 10/15
7LQ22 N N 9/9
8US19 41-2AC N N 10/15
7LQ29 N N 12/37, 12/39
8US19 41-2B N N 10/13, 10/15
7LQ33 5 N N 12/26 ... 27
8US19 43 N N 10/13
7LQ33 60 N N 12/27
8US19 48 N N 10/13
7LQ33 61 N N 12/26
8US19 98-1AA0 N N 10/18, 10/22, 10/25
7LQ33 62 N N 12/26
8US19 98-1AA1 N N 10/24
8GB, 8GK
8US19 98-1BA0 N N 10/25
8GB N N 3/35
8US19 98-1BA1 N N 10/24
8GK4 N N 10/9
8US19 98-1CA0 N N 10/25
8GK97 1 N N 10/10
8US19 98-1CA1 N N 10/24
8GK97 3 N N 10/12
8US19 98-1D N N 10/25
8HP, 8JH, 8JK
8US19 98-2 N N 10/22
8HP27 0 N N 7/39
8US19 98-4 N N 10/25
8HP27 1 N N 7/39
8US19 98-7 N N 5/24, 10/24 ... 25
8HP27 3 N N 7/39
8WC N N 10/7, 10/12
8HP27 4 N N 7/39
XP
8HP27 5 N N 7/39
XPT --N N 7/88
8HP27 6 N N 7/39
8JH N N 5/31
8JK N N 10/12
8UB, 8UC
8UB N N 7/37 ... 38
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/49 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Notes
20 20/50 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Notes
Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 20/51 20

© Siemens AG 2010
Appendix
Terms and conditions of sale and delivery
■ Overview
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software Export regulations
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol-
lowing terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condi- Our obligation to fulfill this agreement is subject to the proviso
tions for supplies and services, including software products, by that the fulfillment is not prevented by any impediments arising
any Siemens entity/regional having a registered office outside of out of national and international foreign trade and customs re-
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and quirements or any embargos and/or other sanctions.
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms If you transfer goods (hardware and/ or software and/ or technol-
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. ogy as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the
mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (in-
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany cluding all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable national
for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and and international (re-) export control regulations.
Electronics Industry shall apply. If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request
For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft- by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods,
Seat or Registered Office in Germany shall apply. works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
restrictions existing.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions
for Supplies of Siemens Automation and Drives for Customers Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. by the competent authorities.
For software products, the General License Conditions for According to current provisions, the following export regulations
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. catalog / price list:
General
AL Number of the German Export List
All dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German Products marked other than "N" require an export license.
law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only apply
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
to devices for export. relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
Illustrations are not binding. Goods labeled with an "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to a
European or German export authorization when being
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, exported out of the EU.
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - ECCN Export Control Classification Number
these are subject to change without prior notice. Products marked other than "N" are subject to a re-export
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, excluding packaging. license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to a US
the applicable legal regulations. re-export authorization.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit Even without a label or with an "AL: N" or "ECCN: N", authoriza-
the prices valid at the time of delivery. tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
Surcharges are added to the price of products that contain which the goods are to be used.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
will be determined based on the official price and the metal fac-
tor of the respective product. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
order.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products.
An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
• 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
(for customers based in Germany)
• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
(for customers based outside Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
(Germany: Industry Mall Online Help System)
20 20/52 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

© Siemens AG 2010
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low Voltage Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Motion Control Catalog
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and CA 01 SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Low Voltage Distribution Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Drive Systems Equipment for Machine Tools
Variable-Speed Drives SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21
SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 D 11.1 Motors for Production Machines
Standard Inverters SINAMICS S110 PM 22
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D The Basic Positioning Drive
Distributed Inverters
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 Low-Voltage
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units Controls and Distribution – LV 1
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12 SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
Medium-Voltage Converters SICUBE System Cubicles and Cubicle Air-Conditioning LV 50
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3 PDF: SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units PDF: SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1 Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution – LV 90
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
Three-phase Induction Motors D 84.1
• H-compact Power Supply and System Cabling
• H-compact PLUS
Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2
Technology, HT-direct Process Instrumentation and Analytics
DC Motors DA 12 Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
Converters
SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22
Cabinet Units PDF: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
Components for the System Integration
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 Safety Integrated
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11 SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3 Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES PC-based Automation ST PC
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Motors for Production Machines Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
SINAMICS S110 PM 22 Micro Automation
The Basic Positioning Drive SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
Process Control System
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1
PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1 Process Control System
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60
• Motors SIMATIC NET
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO Industrial Communication IK PI
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61
• Motors SIMATIC Sensors
• Drive System SINAMICS S120 Sensor Technology for Factory Automation FS 10
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1 Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
Mechanical Driving Machines
Flender Standard Couplings MD 10.1 System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
Electrical Installation Technology interactive catalog CA 01
PDF: ALPHA Distribution Boards and Terminal Blocks ET A1
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3
PDF: BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection ET B1
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
PDF: GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1 Download-Center
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. www.siemens.com/buildingtechnologies/infocenter

© Siemens AG 2010
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Building Technologies Division
Low Voltage Distribution
Postfach 10 09 53
93009 REGENSBURG
GERMANY
Subject to change without prior notice

Order No. E86060-K8250-A101-A1-7600
3P.8303.51.02 / Dispo 18301
KG 1210 10. ST 712 En
Printed in Germany
© Siemens AG 2010
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of further
development of the products. An obligation to provide
the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third
parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owners.

Low Voltage LV10-1 Complete English 2011

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Low Voltage LV10-1 Complete English 2011

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

© Siemens AG 2010

Low-Voltage Power Distribution

Answers for infrastructure.

Related catalogs Contents

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1

DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1 · · ·

Interactive Catalog CA 01 All products of automation technology, drive technology,

Industry Mall All products of automation technology, drive technology,

Trademarks Technical Support

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

Catalog LV 10.1 · 2011

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

The products in this catalog can also be found

SIVACON 8MC, 8MF Cubicle Systems

2 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

Answers for infrastructure

Siemens Industry meets the great challenges of our time

head on. With solutions for technical infrastructure in

industrial and non-residential buildings, residential

buildings and public facilities, Siemens ensures enhanced

comfort and energy efficiency in buildings, as well as the

protection and safety of persons, property and business

processes. As a longstanding and professional partner with

all-round expertise in the industry sector, we offer tailored

solutions that generate sustainable added value for our

Gain a competitive edge -

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 3

The right product for every need

Our portfolio comprises switchboards,

4 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

Consistent, safe and intelligent

Whether in industrial plants or in buildings: Every technical

system depends on a reliable supply of electric power. Even a

short power failure may have serious consequences. For this

the broadest world-wide, covering everything from switchboards

We will be glad to provide you with extensive support from the

initial information to the operation. Convince yourself of the

possibilities we offer you.

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 5

6 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

DC isolators → page 8/20 SENTRON PAC 1500 E-counters → page11/6

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 7

Expansion modules for E-counters → page11/13 LAN couplers → page 11/21

SENTRON ATC5300 → page 12/8 Residual current monitoring, RCM → page12/10

8 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

Our added extra

Build on a sound basis Low-voltage power distribution on the Web

The range of courses extends through low-voltage power distri-

And by the way: in 1991, the training center in Regensburg

For details of our current range of courses, please visit our

We can help you with all your requirements: contact us if you

Just give us a call:

Tender specification texts

For your support, we offer you a comprehensive range of

Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011 9

Much more Selecting

You have a catalog in your hands that will serve Ordering

Added value due to additional information

Convinced? We look forward to your visit!

10 Siemens LV 10.1 · 2011

Air Circuit Breakers

3WL Air Circuit Breakers/